King Horn, a middle English romance. Edited from the manuscripts by Joseph Hall

KING HORN

JOSEPH HALL

HENRY FROWDE, M.A.

PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

LONDON, EDINBURGH

NEW YORK

Wf

KING HORN

A MIDDLE-ENGLISH ROMANCE

EDITED FROM THE MANUSCRIPTS
BY

JOSEPH HALL, M.A.

HEAD MASTER OF THE HULME GKAMMAR SCHOOL, MANCHESTEK

vj:-.

' Ne al soh ne al les Jiat leod-scopes singe^\' — Lajamox

OXFORD
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

MDCCCCI

PR _

OXFORD

PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

BY HORACE HART, M.A.
PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY

CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION .
GRAMIMAR
IMETRE .
THE STORY .

KING HORN IN THREE

NOTES .

HORN CHILDE

GLOSSARY

INDEX OF NAMES .

PARALLEL TEXTS

i'A(;k
vii

xvi

xlv

ii

I

179

'93
237

INTRODUCTION

The Middle-English Romance of King Horn exists in three IMS,
copies, (i) MS. Harleian, 2253, British Museum, London (L); (2)
MS. Laud, ]Misc. 108, Bodleian Library, Oxford (O) ; and (3) MS.
Gg. iv. 27. 2, University Library, Cambridge (C). L, a vellum book
measuring 30 x 18 centimetres, consists of two distinct MSS. bound
up together. The first, executed in England towards the end of the
thirteenth century, contains religious pieces in Anglo-French prose
and verse ; a translation of Vitas Patrum ; La passiun nostre Seignour
(being an extract from the Bible of Herman de Valenciennes) ; De
Tiberio sanato with the Legend of S. Veronica added ; Lives of
S. John Evangelist, S. John Bapdst, S. Bartholomew, and Passioun
seint Piere. All these pieces except the first are in MS. Egerton,
2710'. The second IMS. begins at f. 49, and ends with f. 142: it
has lost two leaves after f. 52, and again after f. 140, and there is
a f. 67 * after f. 67. Its eighty-six articles, written in English, Anglo-
French, and Latin, cannot be described here in detail. They comprise
forty English lyrics printed in Boddeker, Altenglische Dichtungen, in
Wright, Political Songs (Camden Society), and Specimens of Lyric
Poetry (Percy Society) ; nine similar pieces in French, and one of
French and Latin mixed, printed in Wright, Specimens ; two satirical
poems in French, De coniuge non ducenda, in Wright, Poems attri-
buted to Walter Mapes, and The Order of Bel-Eyse, pjrinted in the
Political Songs ; six fabliaux (for which see Ward, Catalogue of
Romances, i. pp. 328, 813); The Harrowing of Hell (ed. IMall,
Breslau, 1871) ; Debate of Body and Soul, in Wright, Mapes ; Legend
of Marina ; Maximion, and the Proverbs of Hendyng, all printed in
Boddeker and elsewhere. Among the Latin pieces are three lives of
saints: at f. 53 r the life of S. Ethelbert, patron saint of Hereford
(comp. Malmesbury, Gesta Pontificum, p. 305); at f. 140 v the
martyrdom of S. Wistan, who was connected with Evesham and
Worcestershire (Malmesbury, pp. 297-8. Chronicle of Evesham, ed.

* Bulletin de la Societe des Anciens Textes rran9ais, 1875, p. 52 ; 18S9, pp. 82,
83, 88, 92-94.

viii INTRODUCTION.

Macray, pp. 325-37), and at f. 132 r the Legend of S. Etfrid of
Leominster, missionary from Northumbria to the West Mercian king,
IMerwald, son of Penda, and builder about 660 a. d. of the first
religious house at Leominster (Leland, Collectanea, ii. p. 169 ;
Itinerary, iv. p. 72 ; Dugdale, Monasticon, iv. p. 51. See also
Wharton, Anglia Sacra, i. pp. 695, 6). All these hel<Sng to West
Mercia, and the presence of the last-mentioned, a purely local tradi-
tion, makes it highly probable that the MS. ' was written by some
secular clerk connected with the priory of Leominster' (Wright,
Specimens, p. vii.). Possibly in the word dhnprest, written on the
margin of f. 66 r in the same hand as the MS., we have the name of
the compiler. The date of the MS. can be determined within narrow
limits. It cannot be prior to 1307 a. d., as it contains an elegy on
the death of Edward the First. If, as is most probable, the prophecy
of Thomas of Ercildoune on f. 127 r", 'When bambourne ys donged
wy]3 dede men,' is a reference to Bannockburn (see T. of E. ed.
IMurray, E. E. T. S. No. 61, pp. xviii , xix.), it must be put after 1314
A.D. '. On the other hand, the writing cannot be put later than 1320
A. D. The IMS. may then be dated between 1314 and 1320 a. d.
King Horn, which runs from f. 83 r to f 92 v, is written in long line,
containing two lines as printed in this edition, although the scribe
often divides his page elsewhere into two or even three columns. The
handwriting is fairly clear, but ;/ and «, e and 0, c and ^,y and/" are not
always easily distinguishable. The letter j/ is regularly dotted, and
i is occasionally marked with a stroke. The use of the accents over
eere, 1. 316 ; beer, 11. 1108, 1113, 1131, is noteworthy; it occurs also
in C 1396. At 11. 661, 663, 1 142, 1 143, the head of the double long
s in fyjjh is prolonged over the end of the word, as also in dyjjh,
1. 1 145, possibly indicating a final e. The first line at the top of the
folio often has the loops of the letters prolonged above and rubricated.
There are no illuminated or large-sized initials, and few capitals,
rubricated small letters doing duty for them for the most part ; these
latter are represented in the text by thick capitals.

O, a small folio measuring 27 x 18 centimetres, written on parch-
ment, has been described by Dr. Horstman in Leben Jesu, Munster,
1873, pp. 1-7, and in Archiv fiir d. Sludium der n. Sprachen, xlix.
PP- 395-41 4- It is, in my opinion, a composite manuscript. The first
MS., imperfect at the beginning, ends with f. 203 v, where a leaf

' The Chronicle of England in MS. Reg. 12, c. xii. B. M., which ends with the
death of Gaveston in 131 2 a.d., is the work of the same scribe.

INTRODUCTION. ix

probably blank has been cut out. From f. 23 r to f. 198 r extends
a collection of Legends of the Saints, printed by Horstman in the
Early South-English Legendary, E. E. T. S., No. 87, where at pp. i,
483 will be found the titles of the remaining articles of the IMS. Its
date is about 1290 a. d. The orthography is strongly influenced by
Anglo-French usage : the scribe has a series of peculiarities not found
in the copy of King Horn which follows, such as ij for i {Jijf, sijk,
ivij/), u in final syllables for e {bropur, opur, nopiir, watuf), ui, uy for
A.S.J', the z-umlaut of u {briiydale, kuyride, luyiel), gu for g before
e, I in Teutonic words {guod, lo}igue,Ji7tguer), ie to represent A.S. e, eo
{liet, qm'ene, fierde, hiet), and others detailed in Horstman, Leben Jesu,
pp. 8-14. The second IMS. begins at f. 204 r; it consists of three
gatherings of twelve leaves each, with guards at folios 214 v and 226 v.
A leaf has been cut out between folios 211 and 212. The IMS. has
been reduced in height, and the title of the first piece partly shorn
away. Its contents are :

f. 204 r. Havelok . the Dane. Edited by Sir Frederick Madden for the Rox-
burghe Club, and by Professor Skeat for the Early English Text Society.

f. 219 V. King Horn.

f. 22S V. Vita &: passio sancii Blayij martixis.

f. 230 V. Vita & passio sancfe Cecilie \irginis & martir/j'. These two lives are
printed in the Early South-English Legendaiy, pp. 485-496.

f. 233 V. Vita cuiz^jdam saticti \in nomine Alex, optima vita. This life of
S. Alexius is printed in Herrig's Archiv, li., pp. loi-iio, and in E. E. T. S.
No. 69.

f. 237 r. Here bi g}TineJ) somer soneday. This poem was probably inspired
by the deposition of Richard the Second : it is printed in Reliquiae Antiquae, ii.
PP- 7~9- Then follow some scraps, including eight lines lamenting the prevalence
of faithlessness in friendship.

All after f. 228 is in a hand of the end of the fourteenth or the
beginning of the fifteenth century ; what precedes is by most autho-
rities assigned to the last twenty years of the thirteenth century, but
I venture to think it not earlier than 13 10 a. d. The original -manu-
script from which Havelok was copied had twenty lines to the page
(Zupitza in Anglia, vii. 155); the same may be inferred for this copy
of Horn from the transposition of O 1462-81. It is therefore prob-
able that both poems were copied from the same manuscript, and that
of 2^ format such as a wandering minstrel would possess. The hand-
writing is square and solid, the letters are crowded and fused together,
and the spaces between the words narrow. The initial letter of each
line is separated from the rest by a space, and is accordingly printed
here as a capital. Large coloured capitals also occur, sometimes

X INTRODUCTION.

marking the beginning of a paragraph, but mostly to adorn the hero's
name. The letters/ and j' differ little in shape, but the latter is often
dotted; c and / are often undistinguishable. The use of the long
_/ greatly predominates ; it occurs even at the end of words, especially
in the inflections of nouns. Short s is confined almost e^fclusively to
the final position ; it occurs a few times at the beginning, never in the
middle of words. The combination ih appears only a few times at
the end of words like with^ seih, deth, golh, poncuth, nouth, ith ; p is
employed everywhere else. The scribe had the OE. p before him in
his original at 1. 449, but he does not use it anywhere. He made
not only a peculiar use of the symbols, but distinguished himself by
the wavering and inconsistency of his orthography. A dispropor-
tionate part of the Glossary is taken up with the recording of the
variant spellings in O.

C was formerly bound up with IMS. Gg. iv. 27 ; it consists of
fourteen folios written in double columns throughout on parchment
of unequal lengths, measuring about 25 x 16 centimetres. The
initial of each line is written apart and rubricated ; though mostly
small letters they are here printed as capitals. Two lines are often
written as one ; they are usually divided by : or ; as each single line
usually ends with a full stop. There are large red and blue capitals,
and paragraph marks are casually added, twice (11. 582, 1322) in the
middle of a line. The handwriting is sharp and clear, but sometimes
rather crowded in the effort to save space, and for the same reason
additions above the line are common. The manuscript is the work
of an Anglo-French scribe about the year 1 260 a. d. Its contents are :

f. I r'. Fragment of Floris and Blauncheflur, printed in Lumby's edition of
King Horn, pp. 51-74. See also Dr. Hausknecht's edition of the romance, p. 94.

f. 6 r^. King Horn.

f. 13 v'. Assumpc/ozm de xxostxe. dame, printed in Lnmby, pp. 44-50. Compare
the version in Cursor Mundi, 11. 20065-20304, and the Introduction, pp. 42*, 43*.
The piece is imperfect at the end of the MS. on f. 14 v-.

The texts in this edition are intended for close reproductions of the
MSS. in every detail except that already mentioned. Contractions
are expanded in italics, and only obvious blunders are corrected,
always with mention of the original in the foot-notes. The text of
C, to which the commentary generally refers, is punctuated, and the
other versions are arranged parallel to it so as to show the variants,
and facilitate the investigation of the relationship between the MSS.,
a problem of some complexity. It is convenient for reference to state
my views at the outset in a tabular form, as follows :

INTRODUCTION. xi

,/3 C

A represents the common original of our three versions. It is not
necessarily the primitive form of the story, but may, as INIr. Ward
suggests (Catalogue, i. p. 448), have added the King IMody episode,
and thus duplicated Horn's disguises and rescues of Rimenhild. a is
a descendant of A through a sufficient number of copies to allow for
a considerable corruption of the original text.

There is a noteworthy difference in the length of the three versions,
O having twenty-three lines more than L, and forty-five more than C,
if the epilogue, 11. 1525-30, in tlae latter be left out of the reckoning
as a later addition. O contains a number of couplets and a single
line entirely unrepresented in the other versions, viz. 11. 123, 124;
241; 373> 374; 383. 384; 425, 426; 491, 492; 521, 522; 613,
614; 724. 725; 1076, 1077; 1282, 1283; 1296, 1297. These
consist mainly of lines repeated out of their proper context (comp.
123, 124 with O 231, 232; 241 with O 560; 383, 384 with C 1107,
1 108), or of repetitions in another shape of ideas already expressed
(e. g. 11. 425, 426 ; 1076, 1077), or of phrases which form the common
stock of the romance writers (e.g. 11. 491, 492). With the possible
exception of 11. 425, 426, where C is plainly defective, none of these
passages can claim to be original, that is descended from A. They
mark a distinct and late stage in the evolution of the O text, and are
probably due to the minstrel from whose twenty-line IMS. e O was
copied. They can hardly have originated with the writer of O, who
seems to have been a mere copyist, and a not very intelligent one ;
especially noteworthy is the way in which he has carried into his text
^t II- 373> 374 an attempt at recasting the unsatisfactory 11. 379, 380
made on the margin by his predecessor.

L has one couplet peculiar to itself, 11. 267, 268 ; it is also un-
original, and arises from an attempt by the writer of L, or possibly of
8, to recast 1. 266 so as to bring it into better syntactical relation to the
preceding lines. Of the lines which occur in C only, 11. 379, 80; 876
are original; 11. 879,880; 1065, 1066; 1113, 1114; 1265, 1266;
i439> 1440 are later additions probably due to /3, and 11. 361, 362;
1103, 1104; 1435, 1436 are doubtful. L 891-920 and O 910-921

xii INTRODUCTION.

are independent expansions of the brief original represented by C,
which has, however, lost two lines before I. 893.

But besides these places where the MSS. show a complete indepen-
dence of one another, there is a considerable number of passages
where the corresponding lines have little in common, as L 449, 450,
O 465, 466, C 445, 446 ; L 552, O 570, C 554 ; L 571, 572, O 587,
588, C 573, 574; L 1377, 1378, O 1406, 1407, C 1369, 1370; or
where the same idea is very differently expressed, as L 299, 300,
O 304, 305. C 293, 294 ; L 371, 372, O 379, 380, C 367, 368;
L 483, 484, O 499, 500, C 479, 480; L 1057, 1058, O 1092, 1093,
C 1049, 1050; L 1222, O 1257, C 1214; L 1273, O 1306, C 1263;
L 1294, O 1329, C 1286 ; L 1353, 1354, O 1382, 1383, C 1343,
1344 ; L 1483, 1484, O 1510, 1511, C 1463, 1464 ; L 1543, 1544,
O 1566, 1567,0 1521, 1522. Of these variations the former are due
to an attempt to mend a corrupt or defective original a, the latter
mostly to the avoidance of rhymes which are impossible in the scribe's
dialect. At L 1377 all the readings are reminiscences; comp. C 86,
87 ; L 1227, 1228 ; O 619, 620. Elsewhere 7, the common original
of LO, has avoided difficult expressions preserved by C, as at L 571,
572 ; L 1353, 1354. Not seldom the readings of all three MSS. are
unsatisfactory, comp. L 552, L 1057, 8; otherwise C seems to have
best preserved the original readings.

These divergences throw no light on the relationship of the MSB.,
unless so far as their number and importance make it improbable that
any one of them is the direct source of any other. More instructive
is the class of passages where the same idea occurs in all three MSS.,
but with small variations in the turn of the expression. It will be
found that, while O and C are occasionally more nearly alike and L
and C more frequently, in the great majority of cases L and O exhibit
the closer resemblance. Thus on pp. 86, 87 of the texts LO agree
at L 1491, L 1493, L 1494, L 1496, L 1498, L 1502, L 1504,
L 1506; LC at L 1503, L 151 8, and OC at O 1 5 1 9. It is, of course,
unsafe to lay much stress on what may often be casual coincidences.
The scribes handled their texts with great freedom whenever they
thought they could improve on the sense or metre of their original.
Using a common stock of tags and conventional phrases, it is no
wonder if two of them now and then independently hit on similar
expressions. Still, after all deductions, there is strong evidence in this
concurrence of LO that they have a more intimate connexion than
L and C or O and C, and form a manuscript-group representing

INTRODUCTION. xiii

a single ]\IS. y. And it is greatly strengthened by observation of those
cases in which two of the MSS. exhibit passages which are absolutely
unrepresented in the third, or agree in a form of expression quite
different from that of the remaining IMS. LO have in common
thirty-two passages, as at L 17, i8 ; L 75, 76 ; L 147, 148 ; L 159,
160, which are wanting in C ; LC twenty-eight passages, as L 145,
146; L 241 ; L 435, .436, which are not in O; OC twenty-three
passages, as O loi, 102 ; O 225, 226 ; O 268, which are absent from
L. There is at first sight no great numerical majority in favour of the
combination LO. But the last two results are greatly modified by
taking into account the conditions of transmission of the manuscripts.
O or e is the work of an extremely careless copyist ; he leaves out
without reason lines corresponding to L 501, L 682, and passages as
at L 1247-1250, displaces couplets (comp. L 1109, mo with O 383,
384 ; L 1243, 1244 widi O 1048, 1049), repeats words out of pre-
ceding lines, as at L 241, O 244, and where the repeated word
is initial remodels the passage as at O 473. On the other hand,
L often fails to agree with O because it or its predecessor S has been
carefully edited by a man who aimed at pure rhymes, smooth rhythm,
delicacy of expression and consistency of sense. Passages in OC
which are corrupt or difficult, like O 268; O 666; O 1311, 1312;
O 1362, 1363, are simply omitted by him; defective rhymes are
avoided in the same way at O 413, 414 ; O 553, 554, or by com-
pression of four lines into two, as at O 407-410; O 623-626;
considerations of taste dictate the omission of O 225, 226; O 952-
955 ; and, having once admitted the couplet L 17, 18, he consistently
leaves out the original represented by C 95, 96, which is altered in
O loi, 102. Though some deduction must be made from the list of
agreements of LO, as at L 405; L 407-410; L 411, 412, where C
is manifestly defective, the net result places the combination LO far
ahead of the other two in point of numbers. Still more conclusive
is a qualitative examination of the passages themselves. The great
majority possessed in common by LC and by OC are beyond doubt
original, that is, descended from a, and there is not one of them which
may not be so, while a large proportion of those in which LO agree
are plainly later additions. Thus L 17, 18 ; L 864 ; L 1041, 1042 ;
L i389> 1390; L 1526 are mere tags; L 75, 76; L 147, 148;
L 663, 664; L 889, 890; L 1143,1144; L 1183, 1184; L 1305,
1306 are expansions of preceding lines ; L 715, 716 is a reminiscence
of L 585, 586; L 131 3, 1314 is suggested by L 1321. Now it is

XIV INTRODUCTION.

clear that, while any two of the MSS. may agree in exhibiting
lines derived from the original MS., if two of them coincide in
a considerable number of subsequent additions they must have a
common source in some intermediate MS.

A comparison of the passages where two of the MSS. concur in
a form of expression widely different from that of the third yields the
same result. Here also all possible combinations of the manuscripts
are found, and the original is preserved sometimes by LO, as at L 495,
496, sometimes by OC, as at O 133, 134, often in LC, as at L 174,
L 199, L 278. But the combination LO differs from the others in
exhibiting a series of readings, as at L 49 ; L 335, 336; L 562;
L 579 ; L 644; L 651; L 694; L 885; L 1399, which contain
mistakes such as are not likely to have arisen independently.

To sum up the results: (i) None of the INISS. is the source of
either of the others. (2) All three have rewritten, generally with poor
effect, passages which have been corrupted in process of transmis-
sion to the common source a from the original A. (3) LO form a
manuscript-group descended from an intermediate manuscript y. (4)
O has been derived mediately through a twenty-line IMS. e, which is
responsible for considerable independent additions appearing in O.
(5) L may have passed through a IMS. 8, which has substituted Allof
for Murry as the name of Horn's father, and has subjected y to an
extensive revision, or the writer of L may be responsible for these
alterations. (6) C approaches the original more nearly than L or O :
a consensus of L and C, or of O and C, in doubtful passages gives the
text of the original.

Wissmann's views are widely different. Perplexed by the curious
interweaving of the MSS., and thinking that in certain places L pre-
serves the original against a consensus of OC, and O likewise against
LC, he fell back on a theory of oral transmission, which gets no support
from what we know of the history of all other Middle-English romance
texts. Even a theory of contamination, as, for instance, that L is an
edited text based on manuscripts of the O and C classes, would
present less difficulty. The strength of Wissmann's argument centres
in those passages which he adduces to show that both O and L pre-
serve the original reading against a consensus of the other two MSS.
These passages are not convincing, in some cases because they show
only trifling variations or additions which may well have been written
down by two scribes quite independently, in others because the editor's
judgement as to the original reading is open to question. The passage

INTRODUCTION. XV

which tells most strongly for his view is O 1368, 1369, where O is
undoubtedly right. But the reading in which LC concur is a very
natural blunder, and such as may have been made by two scribes quite
independently. A similar place is L 1 146, where, in my opinion, L is
right, but Wissmann adopts the reading of OC. Here the reading of
L is an obvious correction made over an erasure.

L was the first of the texts to be printed: it occupies pp. 91-155
in vol. ii. of Ritson's Ancient Engleish IMetrical Romancees, published
in 1802. At p. 221 of vol. iii. he gives the readings of the MS. which
he has altered in his edition, and at pp. 439, 440 some corrections.
C appeared for the first time along with the variants of L and O in
Francisque Michel's Bannatyne Club book, Horn et Rimenhild :
Recueil de ce qui reste des poe'mes relatifs a leurs aventures, published
in 1845. It was edited for the Early English Text Society in 1866
by J. Rawson Lumby\ and by Morris in his Specimens of Early
English, 1867, ^nd two subsequent editions. Finally, it was included
by Matzner in his Altenglische Sprachproben, Erster Band, published
at Berlin in 1867, ^^'i^h elaborate and very useful notes. O was printed
by Dr. Horstman in Herrig's Archiv, vol. 1., for 1872. Dr. Theodor
Wissmann in 1881 issued as the forty-fifth volume of Quellen und
Forschungen a critical edition-, containing an introduction on the
relationship of the I\ISS. and the metre, a text with all the variants,
twenty-eight pages of notes, and a glossary extending to forty-three
pages. He had previously published in 1876, as the sixteenth volume
of the same series, an introductory volume with the title, King Horn,
Untersuchungen zur Mittelenglischen Sprach-und Litteraturgeschichte^
dealing w-ith the language of the poem and the relationship of the
different versions of the legend. In his Studien zu King Horn, which
appeared in 1880, in Anglia, iv. pp. 342-400, he added some further
remarks on the latter subject and an elaborate study of the social
conditions described in the romance. His contributions to the
elucidation of King Horn are as valuable as they are extensive, and
I have found them very helpful.

* Reviewed by P. ]M. in Revue Critique, 1S67, No. 233, pp. 358-363.

^ Reviewed by Zupitza in Anzeiger fiir Deutsches Alterthum, ix. pp. 1 81-192,
by Stratmann in Englische Studien, v.' pp. 40S, 9, by A. Brandl in Litteratur-
blatt fiir Germanische und Romanische Philologie, 1S83, No. 4, pp. 132-5, and by
R. W. in Litterarisches Centralblatt, 1883, No. 2, p. 61. Kolbing, Bemerkungen
zu Wibsmann's Ausgabe des King Horn, appeared in Englische Studien, \-i.

PP- 153-7-

' Re\'iewed by Zupitza in Anzeiger, iv. pp. 149-53, by A. Stimming in
E. Studien, i. pp. 351-62, and by C. j. in Revue Critique, 1876, No. 240.

GRAMMAR

This section deals mainly with the Phonology and Accidence of
the three texts: in Syntax the use of the Subjunctive Mood is treated
for its bearing on Accidence. The object of the investigation is to
present a general view of the sounds and inflections of the texts by
a comparison with the corresponding West Saxon (mostly E. VV. S.)
forms as given in Sweet's Dictionary. The occurrence of forms con-
trolled by rhyming with words which do not admit of variation is
specially noted by subjoining the controlling rhyme as helping, when
undoubtedly original, to determine the dialect and home of the
original A. On the other hand, the dialect of each scribe is to be
inferred from the general colouring of the language of his text
wherever he was free to make it conform to his own practice.

PHONOLOGY.
1. Correspondences of O. E. short vowels and diphthongs.

a before m — a. Ex.: fram, 72, O 78; game, L 206 f * ; nam, O 547, 585;
name, L 205 f, 1266, rhymes with blame (not original) : = 0. Ex. : from, L 78 ;
nome, L 219 (nom, L 5S3, O 597 = A.S. nom or *nom). a before n = a.
Ex. : bigan, 117, O 125, L 753 ; gan, L 388 f ; canst, 1206, O 1248 ; man, L 793 1.
lemman, 433, O 453, L 574, wimman, O 76, 418; mani, 1070, O 1215; wan,
O 200; = 0. Ex. : bigon, L 140 ; gon, L 247, con, L 302 ; const, L 1213 ; mon,
L 324 ; monnes, L 871 ; lemmon, L 679, wymmon, L 552 ; mon {pron.) L 250 ;
moni, L 1076; on {adv.) L 849 f ; vpon, L 34, On, 44, r. w. s/oii. a before nd
= a. Ex.: answered, 106S, O 1109; land, L 601 : = 0 in all other cases, as
fond, L 39 1 ; fonde, O 380, r. w. wefide ; fonde, L 734 f ; honde, L 64 1, O 1 172,
r.vi. fonde; londe, L 701 ; onsnerede, L46; sonde, 809, O 14S8 ; sonde, L 271 +;
stonde, L 399 f ; stronde, L 39 f ; schonde, L 702 f ; wonde, 337, L 343, O 763.
a before tig, nk = a. Ex.: ancre, L 1024; drank, O 1 148; lang, 494; sang, 3;

^ "I" after a reference to L means that the same form occurs in the parallel line of
O and of C. Numbers without a letter refer to C. Variations of spelling without
significance are neglected. Only one reference to each text is given as a rule for
any form, the glossary supplying others : where a reference to any of the texts is
not given it may be inferred that the form does not occur in that text. Thw^ fram
occurs ten times in C, thirteen times in O, but not at all in L; frotn ten times in L,
but not in C or O.

GRAMMAR. xvii

sprang, 124: = 0. Ex.: among, L 230 f ; dronk, L Ii56t; long, L 100 1;
longest, 1310; songe, L iioif; sprong, L 1229 f; strong, L 99t; t'onkede,
L 510; fongc, L 721 f; wrong, 1062. a before other consonants remains un-
altered, as in habbe, L 76, O 76 ; adune, 1488; krake, O1118; tale, L 478 f ; warne,
6S9, O 708 ; latten, L 937 : exceptions are help, O 918 (= A. S. halp), found else-
where in S. English (see Bulbring, Geschichte des Ablauts, p. 79) ; leten,929, and
lette, O 972, influenced in form by Icetan and l§ttan ; weme, L 691, representing
A. S. ■wearnian, and wreche, L 1292 f, due to the oblique case wraece. For keste,
O 677, O. N. kasta, see Morsbach, Mittelenglische Grammatik, § 87, anm. 2.
a + ^ produces aiv, aj. Ex. : dawes, O 970, L 1303 ; drawe, L 1297, O 1473,
draje, 1289; laje, 11 10, lawe, L 1112, O 1147; plawe, L 1094, r. w. felawe =
*plaga, Kluge, Grandriss, I. p. 875.

se = a. Ex. : after, L 364 1 ; at, L 676 t ; «as, L 13 f ; nas, 18, O 925 ; bar,
1 109; bad, O 235, 273; bad, 79, L 85, 1069; bispac, O 205; blake, L i2iot,
r. w. /aie, L 1331 f, r. w. forsake; brae, L 683 f ; fader, L 881 f ; faste, L 122,
O 126; fasste, 119; glad, O 1273, 1527; glas, L 14 f ; gras, L I34t; habbe, 304,
O 315, L 408; hauede, O 9, 48 ; hadde, L 21 f ; hauene, 751 ; lache, O 678;
lappe, L 1209, O 1244 ; masse, 799, L 805, 1382 ; maste, L 1023 f ; pa[je, O 1447
(A. S. psej) and pap) ; quaj), 127 ; quad, O 686; amde, 1231 ; sale, 1107, L 1109,
r. w. a/e; sat, 653 ; spac, 159, L 179, O 342 ; })at, L 27 f (A. S. Jjset and pat) ;
water, 142, L 146, O 150 ; whanne, O 151, 915 ; what, 39, L 771, O 854 : = e.
Ex. : efter, L 527 ; awrek, L 900 ; wes, L 5 ; nes, L 204 (see Biilbring, p. 62) ;
ber, L iiii, O 1146 ; beme, 690, O 709; bernde, L 1240 ; forberne, L 692 ; bed,
L 1075, O 1227, r. w. ded; bispek, O 95; heuede, L 52, hede, L 472; hedde,
L 1 169, r. w. adredde; messe, O826, O 1055 ; set, L 835, O 856; spec, L 95, 329,
O 145 ; when, L 366; whet, L 43, L 177, L 950 ; wet, L 597 ; sumwet, L 6S3, r. w.
7iet. O has palle (A. S. psell), O 413, r. yf.fulle, and pelle (A. S. pell", O 151 1,
r. w. felle, C, pelle, 401, r. yt.fuHe. A. S. togesdere is in C togadere, 52, 1354,
togare (?), 848 ; in L togedere, L 56, L 856 ; in O togydere, O 56, O 875 ; for it
and quo)), L 131, L 1219, see Morsbach, M. G. p. 131. ee +g = at. Ex. : day,
L 31 t ; fair, 94, L427, O 1173; lay, 658, L. 1315; hylay, O 1346; may, L 32 f;
maiden, 947; mayde, L 278, O 990; navies, L 238 t ; saide, L 789; yslaye,
L 572 : = ei. Ex. : dey, O 513 ; feir, L 258, 385, O 986 ; feyr, L 911, r. w. keyr ;
seide, L 232, 1269, r. w. bitraide; seyde, O 283, r. w. mede, O 936, r. w. rede,
L 1257, r. w. wreyede, O 1288, r. w. bywreyde, seydest, L 1280, but seydes, O 554,
r, w. dedes : = azu, aj in slawe, L 868, O S87, r. w. wifdrawe ; aslaje, 860, r. w.
7vtJ>draje, representing geslagen. ae +/« = aj, ah in lajte, 243, r. w. tajte; lahte,
L 249, r. w. (ahte, L 664, r. w. bycahte : - au in bylaucte, O 681 ; laucte, O 254, r. w.
taucie; oflaucte, O 914.

ea before //, Ik = a everywhere, as in al, L 388 \ ; falle, L 786 f \ walke, 1088 ;
walked, L 961, O 996; but hes, 1066. ea before Id =■ e. Ex.: belde, 602;
bihelde, L 854t, r. w. y^/(/(j ; elde, 1391, O 1440; held, O 1417; helde, L 314,
O 319, 902 ; helde, O 502 ; kelde, L 1150, chelde, 1148 ; quelde, 988, r. w. felde\
aquelde, L 881, O 900, r. w. shelde, L 998, r. vf.afelde', telde, O 487 ; welde,
L 4S5 t, r. w. jelde in L C, r. w. felde, L 426 : = 0. Ex. : bold, L 17, O 17 ;
biholde, L 599, O 617 ; old, L 18, O 18 ; olde, L 1407 ; hold, L 380 + ; kolde,
O 1185 ; tolde, 467, L 471 ; wolde, 308 := a once in bald, 90 ; O 96 has baud.
At O 1074 hylde seems dictated by the rhyme with Reymylde. In the forms repre-
senting A. S. scealt a is invariable, ea before r + another consonant = a every-
where, as in arme, L 705 t ; bare, 891 ; jare, 467, O 1396 = gearo from *garwa
(but see Sievers, Angelsachsische Grammatik, § 104, anm. i) ; harde, L S72 fi

b

xviii GRAMMAR.

scharpe, L 23S f ; except ert, 109S ; herpe, O 1508 ; harpen, O 244, r. w. semen.
Brende, O 1275, represents bsernde in form with meaning of beam, a confusion
helped by O. N. brenna. ea before k appears as e in fette, L 1398; wexe,
O loi, 441, as a in waxe, 95, L 445; waxej), O 991 (= weaxep, not wiexS).
A. S. seab, i and 3//. s. of seen is in C sa?, 125, sau3, 167, sej, 1083; in L seh,
L 1 75 ; in O say, O 1 77, say, O 61 1 (see Blilbring, p. 67). The forms corresponding
to A. S. meaht, meahtest, &c., neaht, later miht, niht all have i or j, so myhte,
L 1413, r. w.fyhtv, L 1342, O 1373, both r. w.fyhtc ; nyht, L 127 f , r. w. lyht. ea
as M-umlaut ie a. Ex. : ale, O 384, 1108, L 1 1 10 ; brudale, 1032, L 1267 ; bridale,
O 1073, O 1300 ; care, L 269, O 274, 1244. ea after palatals is regularly a. Ex. :
gate, 1078, O 1088; 5ate, 1043, O 11 14; jates, L 1246; 5af, 640, O 1439;
schame, 327, L 334, and the representatives of A. S. sceal. But L has jef only
for A. S. 5eaf (Blilbring, p. 66).

^ = ^ regularly. Ex. : adrenche, 105 ; areche, L 668 ; beste, L 29+, r. \v. werste ;
quelle, L 65 f, r.vf. telle; sette, L 385 f, r. w. grette; stede, 257, r. w. drede.
Exceptions are vacche, L 1228, r. w. cacche ; strongeste, L 831 (but strengeste, 823,
O 852) and stant, O 1007, the two latter due to the influence of the nasal : in
nycke, L 1248, r. \\. J>icke, the substitution of ^ for ^ is due to a lowering of
i towards e, which is equally attested by such rhymes as dwelle, 373, O 3S8, r. w.
stille, telle, L 370 f. r. w. 7mne, 944, r. w. willc. e is also regularly e, but on the
same principle lowered z is written for it in snille, O 217, r. w. hulle; blisse, O 596,
r. w. kusse (read blesse : kesse, but the possible influence of A. S. bliSs is not to
be overlooked) : blisse, O 571, r. w. pruesce, and snelle, 1463, with wille (comp.
Morsbach, § 114). The abstract termination nes is always nesse, so feirnesse,
L 2 2 1 . The prefix be becomes bi, by ; ge is mostly 2 in C , j in L, and y or hy in
O. § z.ndQ+g=ei, ey. Ex.: leye, L 1139, ileie, 1139; pleie, 23, pleye,
L O 25 ; rein, 11, reyn, LO 11 ; seil, 1013, seyl, L 1023, O 1052 ; selj) = s§ge8,
L 773, seyt,0 772, and the imperative forms seie, sei, sey = seje ; treyde, O 1313 ;
weie, 759, r. w. tweie, 1236, r. w. preie ; weye, L 765, r. w. tueye, O 1049, r. w,
preye; veie, O257. Exceptionally ai, ay occur in sail, 188 ; say, L 157, L 177,
L456 ; way, 1304. L has always a;eyn, ajeynes, tojeynes for ongegn, togegnes,
while OC have ajea, ajenes, tojenes, 5en, representing ongen, togenes, gen.
A. S. If ogan appears as leggen, L. 902, legge, L 1065 f, r, w. nigge, rigge, O 1446,
O 1502, both r. w. brigge; leie, leye, L 308 f, r. w. tweie : A. S. sgcgan as seie,
seye, L77ot, r.vf. preie ; sf oge as seie, 895, 1265: wi'Bsfogan as wi])segge,
1276, wytsigge, O 1319, wij)sugge, L 1284, all r. w. ligge = licgan.

i§ as 2-umlaut of ea is e in deme, O 1382, werne, 1404, both r. w. jerne =
georne ; werne, O 374, r. w. Home, O 724, O 908, both r. w. jerne = iernan,
L 889, r. w. erne; gestes, O 541, r. y/.feste, L1225, r. v/.festes; geste, 1217, r. w.
fcste: but wurne, 1086, r. w. jerne. Sturne, L 704, r. w. turne, 877, r. w. vrne
= yrnan (BUlbring, p. 78). For A. S. hlighhan, O has leyhe, O 366. ie as
j-umlaut of eo is also e, as jerne, 915, L 1419, O 1436, all r. w. iverne; jerne,
O 724, O 908, both r. w. xverne; sexte, O 961, r. w. nexte; and probably
erne, L 889, O 906. But sixe, 391, O 959, six, L 926, have i. Words
which in E. W. S. contain the group luier, as wiersa, wiersta, wierst,
wierf), have in L, W. S. %oyr, wur, and in their M. E. development conform to
the class of words having^; they are accordingly placed under y. Ifulde, 148S,
descends from a by-form fyllan. ie arising from e after palatals regularly gives
e, sojelde, 482, L 486 bothr. w. welde, jeld, L 1000 f; jeue, L 164 f, 581, L 919;
forjef, 349, L 355 ; sheld, L 515 f, r. vf.felJ. But i,y appears in jiue, 15S, 414,
438, 5yue, O 436; forjyf, O 361 : shillej), O 220, represents A.S. scilp.

GRAMMAR, xix

eo before r + consonant is preserved unaltered in feor, 769, 1135, 1146, 1177;
heorte, 263, 1148 ; heonene, L 1546. It is e in berwe, O 951, r. w. serue; derkc,
L 1451 t; er])e, O247; fer, L 775, O 798; jeme, 1085, O 1383; herte,Lii98 f ;
kerue, 233, L 241, both r. vv. se7-ue ; smerte, L 1504 \ ; steriie, L 781 f, r. w. serue \
swerd, L 634 f ; werke, L 1452, but it appears as 0 in sworde, L 462, r. w. worde,
L 1508, r. \v. horde, and suerde, L 619 f, r. w. orde, O 1535, r. w. horde.
L has horte, L 380, but also writes huerte, L 2S1, L 886, just as he has huere
( = heora), L 9, L 1 16, L 178, &c. ; huem ( = hecm), L 54, an Anglo-French pecu-
liarity (see Morsbach, p, 36) ; and u appears in jurne, L 1384, r. w. hurtte. eo + ht
produces ijt, iht. Ex. : dailijt, 124, lyht, L 128, both r.w. nijl; fijte, 514, fyjte,
O 874, r. w. dyjcte ; lijte, 1003, L 1014 ; bryhte, L 1449 f, r. w. nyhte, L 384, r. w.
ryhte. In other combinations eo generally appears as e, so ber, 1 11 2, r. w. squier,
beere, L 1113, r. w. skyetie, bere, O 1148, r. \y. squiere ; bitwex, 346, O 1453,
r. w. wexe ; clepen, O 235, clepe)), L 231 ; heuene, L 420, 1524, O 1569 ; henne,
L 50 1 ; seluer, 459, L 463; swere, L 1072 f, r. w. c/iere, L izii f, r. w. dere.
Apparent exceptions are clupede (A. S. clypian), 225; hanne, O 332, influenced
by hwanne and panne, and siluer, O 477 (A. S. silofr) : am, 149, O 158,
icham, L 1134, represent earn, not eom. For A. S. geong in the singular L has
SjTige, L 131, r. w. tydynge, L 285, r. w. bringe, L 377, r. w. kinge, L 610, r. w.
rynge : O 5enge, O 463, r. w. swohiiige, O 583, O 630, r. w. riitge, O 290, r. w.
bringe, and 5onge, O 1056, O 133c, both r, w. J^ynge, Oie^^^, r. w. ry^ig : C also
5onge, 279, r. w. bringe, 566, r. w. ringe. In the plural alL three MSS. have
jonge, L 545, r. \v. yspronge, L 1390, r. w. s/onge; O 563, r. w. hysprotige,
O 141 7, r. w. stonge; 127, r., w. tipinge, 547, r. w. isprunge. L has also
5ungemen, L 1366. For, O 1 183, is a scribe's mistake {or fer.

i is represented by i, rarely by _y in C, in L O j is predominant, but i is not
uncommon. Where i appears to have given rise to e, this is generally explained
by the existence of variant A. S. forms, so 5ef, 87, L loi, ef, 537, 1142 = A. S.
gef, geof ; her, L 920 = A. S. Mere ; sej)]jen, L 1158 = A. S. seo'8?an. The
e of schepede, O 1013, and weste, L 1484, seems due to influence of labials, so
probably suemme, O 1469, suemne, O 199, helped by confusion with the causal
swemman. By the side of forms with i there occur, mostly in C, the following
with u which rest on A. S. variants in y\ hure {pron.), 963, 1165, 1198 = hyre ;
hure {adj.), 288 = hyre ; muchel, 83, L 523, muche, L 89, 1050, O 1438 = mycel
(see under y) ; schup, 132, 1437 = scyp ; suj^e, 178, 375 = swype ; su))})e, 1078,
1156 = sy'BISan; fuder, 1424 = Jjyder; ulke, 1199, hulke, O 496, O 1240 =
ylca ; wulle, 542 (see gloss, for other forms) = wylle ; probably the influence of
•w has helped in the change. L O write wolle, &c., with usual substitution of
0 for 71, but L has also ichulle.

O appears regularly as 0, excepting the usual changes in prefixes, as adrede =
ondrsedan, arewe = ofhreowan^ and inflections as flotterede = floterode.
Springing from A. S. by-forms are serewe, L 412 (see Morsbach, § 120, anra. i) ;
Jiene, L 153, ])en, L 158 = A. S. IJeene : sherte, L 935 = A. S. sceort, rhymes
with derste, a form apparently quite isolated for the fourteenth century, and
possibly influenced by the 2 pr. s. ind. dearst, in Lajamon, disrsi and derst.
Besides the normal dorste in all three texts, durste, L 724, durst, O 725, L 1420
also occur ; the tt is due to the influence of the pr.pl. durron. o + ^ = (j/i in L,
as abohte, dohter, wrohte ; = oj in C, as bojte, dojter, wrojte; = ou in O, as
aboute, O 1433, bowten, O 923, douter, wroute.

U is represented by u or by its graphic variant 0, while ou is used to indicate
lengthening before certain combinations of consonants. The scribe of C shows

b 2

XX GRAMMAR.

a strong preference for u, but he has o in com, come, icomen eighteen times, and
in anonder, comynge, dronken, fonde, gomes, honde, louede, ouercome]), someres,
sone, sones, soneday, welcome, mostly where m or « follows : on occurs only in
founde, 1301, and yfonnde, 773. On the other hand 0 predominates in L O, but
L has sixteen words with « and O nine. L O write on very regularly before nd,
except in fonde, O 380, O 548 (= funde, Sievers, § 386, anm. 2) ; fonden.L 131 1 ;
fonde, O 141 (=fundian); grunde, O no, &c. ; hundes, O 91, &c. ; ponde,
O 1173; stunde, O 766, and with a liquid in the following syllable, hundred,
O 632, &c. ; bonder, L 1339 ; vnder, L 325, O 581 ; bonder, O 32S ; vnderfonge,
L 335 ; honderfonge. O 947 ; vnderstond, L 245 ; honderstonde, O 1307 ; wonder,
L 284, O 289 ; but OH does not occur before ng, nk, and there is no instance in
our texts of tt before mb. Representing u before rn, O has hy5ouren, O 1183
(= ge -urnen), mourne, mourninde, mome, and spume (A. S. has spurnan and
spornan) ; L murne and mourninde. The form J)ourh, L 886, is noteworthy;
O 1418 has ])oru, C 875 })ure5, both = Jjuruh ; coupe, L 242, is O. F. coupe,
n + Jit = ujt in C ; fujten, 1375; l^ujte, 278: in O otU, as fouten, O 1414; in
L we find fyhten, L 1385, r. w. ohtoun, the former corrupt and the latter quite
isolated. For A. S. fugol, C has fo5el, O fojeles and foules, L foul, foules. The
form pende, L 1138, r. w. hende (- gehfnde) would imply a theoretical *pynd
(pynding, a dam, is found): fletten, L 763, r. w. setten, appears to be a case of
the plural preterite with the ablaut of the singular: dore, O 1018, L 1496, repre-
sents A. S. dor, not dure which is seen in dure pin, 973.

A. S. y is mostly the z'-umlaut of w, but a few words in our texts where the A. S.
form substitutes y for ie, as furst, wurst (fyrest, wyrrest), or y for E. W. S.
i, as churche, dude, muchel, shuUe (cyrice, dyde, mycel, .scyl) and turne, O. F.
torner, show the same development in M. E. as those resulting from stable/, and
are so included with them here.

y = e. Ex. : brenye, O 605 ; cherchen, O 1423, cherches, O 65 ; cleppe,
O 1393, r. w. steppe ; cle[p]ten, O 142S, r. w. wenten; kende, O 443, r. w. welde,
O 1420, r. -w.fende (fynd, dat. s. of feond") ; kenne, 144, L 184, r. w. suddenne,
O 614, r. w. maune, L 630, O 648, r. w. nienne ; kesse, 431 , r. w. ywisse, 584, r. w.
blesse, L 1216, r. w, Westnesse\ kes, 738; keste, L 1195, r. w. reste\ denie, 592,
denye, O 606; dede, O 345, deden, O 194; dent, 152; dcntes, 857; euel, L 335,
euele, L 336, heuele, O 340; felle, L 1157, r. w. telle \ felle, 1254, r. w. belle',
ferste, L 661, O 1232, both r. w. berste; leste, 473, L 477, both r. w, beste ; leste,
862, L 870, both r. w. 7-este ; iment, 795 ; merie, O 608, 1386, r. vv. ? serie, merye,
L T400, O 1431, both r. w. wer'ie; meche, O 269, O 865 ; of|)prste, O 1155;
of])enche, L no, r. w. adrenche; sterye, L 147, r. w. derie ; werchen, O 1422;
werke, O 933 ; werse, O 120, werste, L 30 +, r. w. heste ; werst, L 72 ; verst, O 72 ;
teme, O 686, O 1480, r. w. sterne, ytemed, O 460. y = t,y. Ex.: abygge,
O 1116; brigge, 1076, O 1117; brymme, 190, r. w. szvymtue; kyrke, O 932;
chirche, L 905, 1380, chyrche, L 1392 ; kinne, O 152, O 894, r. w. sodenne ; kyn,
633, r. w. men; kiste, O 417, L 12 17 ; dide, O iroi ; fulfille, L 1264, r. w. belle \
firste, O 122, L 1197, r. w. berste; girde, O 517, r. w. herte, gyrte, O 1512, r. w.
schirte ; list, L 343 ; liste, O 424, r. w. reste ; lyste, L 410, r. w. reste, L T218;
mynt, O 824; mikel, O 289, miche, O 89, O 693, michel, O 75, O 339, O 965 ;
rigge, 1058, O iioi, both r, w. legge ; stirie, O 149, r. w. derie ; J^ynke, L 11 53 f.
r. w. drynke, J)inke)), O 1371 ; of))inke, O 112, r. w. adrinke, L 980, r. w. adrynke,
1056, r. w. drinke, O 1099, r. w. drynke, ofl)ynke, L 1064, r. w. drynke, of f'inche,
106, r. w. adrenche, O 1015, r. w. drenche. The following have an invariable
i Qx y. king, kyng, r. w. singe, L 4 +, which descends from a by-form cining ;

GRAMMAR. xxi

words with y+///, as dri3te, 1310, r. w. Ujte\ f1i5te, 1398, r. w. lijte; flyhte,
L 1414, r. vv. 7/iyhte, and pink)), 1309. y = Ji. Ex.: abugge, 1075, L 1081 ;
^'■"fag"-'. L 10S2 ; brunie, 591, L 719; brunye, L 849; buriede, L 906; burden,
892 ; yclupten, L 1217 ; churchen, 62 ; cunde, 421, r. w. buiide, 1377, r. w. ende\
kunde, L 425 ; cunne, L 186; kunne, S65, O 1563, l)oth r. w. Snddenne, O 1309;
cure, L 1446 ; cusse, L 43s;, r. w. unsse, L 581, r. vv. bksse, 1208, r. w. IVestenicsse ;
kusse, O 595, r. w. blisse (bletsian), O 1251, r. w. esttiesse; custe, L 403, 405,
739, 1 189, r. w. reste ; kuste, O 1230, r. w. 7-este, O 1252, custen, L 743, O 1428,
kusten, O 766, cus, L 74a ; dude, L 1017 f, &c., duden, 180 ; dunt, O 904; dunte,
609, O 625, both r. w. wente, O 891, r. w. hente ; duntes, 673, L 865, O 884 ; fulle,
403, r. w. felle, 1155, O 1192, both r. w. telle ; fullen, O 1295, r. w. bellen, fulle,
O414, r. vf./alle; fulde, L 1122+; furste, 114, L 118, O 625, L 885, r. w.
huerte, O 904, r.w. herte, 661, O679, 1191 all r. w. berste, 1119, O 1154; gurden,
L I486; hulle, 208, O 218, r. w. sjiille (snell) ; hurne, L 1383, r, w. jtirne
(georne) ; knutte, L 850; luste, O 493, 1263, both r. w. beste, lust, 337, luste)),
O 835 ; luste, L403 1, O 889, r.w. reste,0 1254; muchel, 83, L523, muche, L 89,
1050, O 1438 ; munt, L 801 ; murie, 521, L 592, murje, O 1432 ; ofJ)urste, 11 20,
afurste, L 1 1 20 ; rugge, L 1066, r.w. legge; schuUe, 207; sture, L 1445 ; wurche,
1379, L 1391 ; wurs, 116, wurst, 68, wurste, 648; wurj), 460, wurstu, 324;
})uncbe]), L 1321, L 1340; turne, 703, r. w. mume, L 703, r. w. sttime, O 1114,
r. w, spume, L 973 f, r. w. mume ; tome, O 722, r. w. mourne. For tt, 0 some-
tinaes occurs, as wors, L 120; worJ)est, L 332, worstu, O 337. y + cg-ei in
abeie, no, r. w. dete, abeye, O 116, r. w. deye, beye, L 114, r. w. deje. Come,
530, is derived from O. N. kvdma (Kluge, Giundriss, I. p. 790).

2. Correspondences of O. E. long vowels and diphthongs.

a in prefixes is regularly a. a final = 0. Ex. : flo, L 92 (O. N. fld) ; fro, 367,
O951 (O.N.frfi); mo, 808,0837; slo,L9i (O.N. sl4) ; so, Li8ot; J70, L52t;
to, L 606 ; two, 49, tuo, L 37, tvo, O 37 ; who, L 1492 ; wo, L 281 f , r. vv. do ;
weylawey, L 1500, O 1527 (wa la wa) is influenced by O. N. vei. a before c is
a in vvedlak, 1254, L 1264: 0 in strokes, O 915 (comp. stracian). a before d is
mostly 0, so rod, L 34t ; kni5thod, L 543, 545, 126S ; J)ralhod, 439 ; nabod, 720.
But feyrhade, L 89, fayrhede, O 89, rhyme with made. The suffix in fairhede,
83, r. vv. makede, 797, L 803, r. vv. spede ; falssede, L 1256, r. w. hede, O 1287,
r. vv. makede; Jiralhede, L 443, O 459 does not represent -had, but an umlauted
by-form *li8ed (Kluge, Grundriss, I. p. 874'). a before f is regularly 0, so drof,
L 123 +, r. w. Perof; louerd, L 441, O 531, lord, 511. a before / occurs only in
hoi, L 1351 t, and holy, O 932 ; before m only in hom, L 225 f' a before « is
also 0, as anon, L 49 f ; bone, L 916 ; gon, L 50 f ; non, L 1502 f ; stone, L 79 f;
won, L906 (^O.N.vd.n); ymone, 834, L842, mone, 528, O 861. For the A. S. strong
form of the numeral adjective an, LOG have on, one, an, a ; L C o; O ane,
L en (senne, occasional ace. s. m.), while the weak form ana, alone, is one, onne.
a before / is seen only in stirop, 758, and probably slape, L 1315, r. w. y shape,
1417, r. w. rape, a before r is regularly 0, so lore, L 1531 f ; more, L 680,
r.w. jere; ore, L 653 f, 1509; sore, L 75, O 75 ; %ok {adv.), L73t, L1091;
sorewenesse, L 930 f- a before s, si is 0, as ros, L 847 f ; aros, L 1325 f ; agros,
L 1326, O 1355 (*agras) ; before sc is a in askede, L 43, O 615, axede, 39.
a before/ is 0 in bote, L 210 f ; hot, O 624 ; bote, L 773 f ; hoten, L 27, ihote, 201 ;
smot, L 507 t : a in smatte, 607 (*smatode) ; hatte, 60S ^hatode) ; before P is

xxii GRAMMAR.

invariably o, so boJ)e, L 1 204 f (O. N. bitSir) ; loJ)e, L 1068 f ; o]>e, L 353 1, 450,
r. w. soJ>e\ wroJ)e, L 354 f. a before ly is <? in bicnowe, L 993, O 1028;
blowe, L I38it; iknowe, L 1213, 1372; nowhar, 257, nowar, 955; soule,
L 1196, O 1231 ; ])rowe, 1490, L 1512, but a in saule, 1190. })rewe, O 1539, r. w.
areive (on rsewe), represents a by-form ^Jreewan with the vowel of the 2, 3 pr, s.
The a forms of (ge)seon which occur are (i) sawe, 2 //. s. ; (2) sawon, //.//. ;
(3) sawe, /A J. j?<i^". They develop through later ssege, sffigon. For (1) L has
seje, L 1159, r. w. le^e (leage), O seye, O 1194, r. w. leye (leage), C isije, 1157,
r. w. lije (licgan) ; for (2) L has yseyjen, L 756, r. w. ey^en (eagan), O seye,
O 779, r. w. /lej/e (eage), C isije, 756, r. w. zje (cage) ; (3) is in L seje, L 985,
seye, L 130, in C isije, 976, r. w. i^e (eage). Comp. Biilbring, Ablaut, pp. 72,
73. a+^ (/?) = 0^ in C, as 05ene, oje; Jroje, 336, woje, 970; in L O = 07i', as
owe (for agan and agen see gloss.) ; ])rowe, L 342, O 349 ; wowe, L 982, O 1017 :
L 418 has ohte.

re. 86 = Kentish and Anglian e is regularly represented by e. Ex. : adrede,
L 297, adredde, L1170, r. w. hedde, ofdrede, 291, O 302, adred, L 1436, r. w. bed\
dedes, 537, O 553, r. w. seydes; ete, L i26Sf, r. w. stiete, heten, O 1280; euen,
L 407 ; eue, L468 f, r- w. Icue ; fere, O 1285 ; gredde, L 1202, r. w. bedde; grete,
8S9, O 928 ; mysrede, L 298 f ; nower, O 268, L 804 ; rede, L 833 f, r. w. dede ;
rede, L 192 +, O 1394, r. w. made ; slepe, O 1346 ; slepe, L 656, O 674 both r. w.
wepe, slepest, 1308, L 1320 both r. w. kipcst; aslepe, 658, r. w. -wepe; speche,
L 1380 + ; pere, L 525 f, r. w. jere, J)erin, 1241, r. w. ferin; wede, L 1060 f;
wete, L 970 ; wher, 416, L 1458; ymete, O 1347. The only exceptions are J)rall,
L 423 (O. N. prsell), r. w. wipal, J^ralle, 419, O 441 both r. w. bifalle and the
compound, pralhede, J)ralhod. Some of the words cited have double forms in O C
but not in L, as dradde, 120, 1166, ofdradde, O 1205, r. w. hadde, ofdrad, 573
(ofdreedd), r. w. aviad, where a represents » shortened before a doubled con-
sonant, and slape, L 1315, r. w. yshape, 1417, r. w. rape, representing A. S. slap :
of forms answering to A. S. pser, hwser, nahwser, nower, L has per, Jiere, wher,
wer, werefore, nower; O, Jier, nower, nowere; C, ))er, Jjere, wher (once), while the
by-forms par, hwar, nahwar are represented in L by pare, L 471, L 1365, r. w.
yfare, pore, L 1090, r. w. so7-e, L 1531, r. w. lore; in O by par, pere, O 485, r. w.
Jiyfare, pore, O 1556, r. w. sore, whar, war, quare, warfore, noware ; in C by pare,
par, whar, nowhar, nowar. May, L955 = mceg has been influenced by msegden.
» is in other cases generally e, so bileue, 742, L 746, both r. w. Icue ; cleche, L 963
= *cl8lcan (Luick, Untersuchungen, § 550) ; herst, O 562 = Srest ; lesten, O 6,
r. w. weslen, yleste, L 6, r. w. xveste; leste, L 612, r. w. beste, lest, O 499, r. w.
inakedest ; lede, 293, r. w. ^ede, 908, O 949, r. w. bede, 1393, r. w. spede, L 1546+,
r. w. dede\ ofreche, 1283,0 1326, porhreche, L 1291, all r. w. wreche; s[l]ette,
L 714, r. w. Jlette; sprede, 716, r. w. stede, and many others. But a = a in
felauiade, L 174, r. w. made, verade, 166, r. w. makcde (read made) ; lafte, L 616 ;
laste, 6, r. w. weste', ilaste, 660, r. w. caste; spake, L 535, speke, O 555, both
r. w. take ; ware, O 38, O 94, r. w. nere. Of words which have a, 0, v instead
of ^, ani, L 324, any, O 14, ony, O 329, represent ani ; are, 448, ar, 546, or, 553,
are influenced by O. N. dr ; arowe, 1489, L 1511 = on rawe, rowe, L 1086 f, r. w.
lowe; vch, L 218, L 1094, eueruch, L 673, eueruche, L 942, eueruchen, L 898,
euerich, O 226, &c., represent yle ; gop, L 215, O 217, owes its vowel to that of
the pres. plaral; ladde, L 2 2t, r. vj. hadde, ladden, L 598, r. w. hadden, lasse,
800, L 806, have a as shortening of se before a doubled consonant; laste, 616,
leste, O 632 both r, w. haste = Isesest; lade, L 1409, r. w. made, should probably
be referred to hladan; most, L 254, descends from mast; sytten, O I26i,is

GRAMMAR. xxiii

a weak form with the vowel of the present ; to brake, 1077, r. w. gate; spake,
L 535. speke, O 555, both r. w. take, represent forms without umlaut (^Biilbring,
p. 5S) ; J)an, 624 = '5am, and warn, O 1235, O 1362, wham so, 352, L 358 =
hwam. a +^ is seen in leye, L 1 262, r. w. bytreye, laic, 1 252, r. w. bitraie, leyen,
O 1293. r. w. l)y,i'r€yeti : » + /^ in tahte, L 250, r. w. lahte, ta3te, 244, r. w. lajte,
laucte, O 254, r. w. taucte (A.S. has both tShte and tahte).

ea is preser^-ed in earen, L 969, tearen, L 970. Otherwise it is generally e, so
bed, L soS f ; byreued, L 618 f ; dede, L 834 f, r. w. rede, 1546 f, r. w. Icde ;
eere, L 316, r. w. were; flet, L 197; jere, L 736 f, r. w.pere, O 1174, r. w. here,
96, r. w. more; jeuen, 1498, L 1518; leue, L 467 f, r. w. eite, 741, L 745 both
r. w. bileue ; nere, L 966, r. w. h^re; ner, L 368, O 376 ; shewe, L 1481, r. w.
felawe; slen, L 104 1; streme, L 1526, r. w, reme; teres, O 696, 890, teires,
L 67S; teren, O 1005, and many others. But the adverb geara is 5are, 1356 (as
if from * gara), r. w.fare, and sore, L 1366. Brid, 1257, is probably a false form,
a corruption of bridale, but it may belong to the i = ea forms explained later.
Beside the normal flen, 86, and fle, 1370, slen, L 104 f, and sle, L 602, O 1407,
we find flo, L 92 = O. N. fid, and slo, L 91 = O. N. sl^, flon, O 92, and slon,
L 47 t, r. w. on, upon, perhaps a new formation from the preceding (but the ninth
century Kentish gloss, occidendus, to ofslanne, Haupt's Zeitschrift, xxi. p. 37, casts
doubt on this), and slein, L 1203, imitative of the past part, slsegen or slggen
(Biilbring, p. 96). Streume, O 1551, is apparently influenced by O. N. straumr.
C has i for ea in dijes, 640, di))e, 58, 1252; y])e, 57; ire, 309, r. w. were, ires,
959 ; tires, 676, 960 ; nir, 364 : also ie for ea in tieres, 654, and nier, 771 (just as
two MSS., neither Kentish nor South-Eastem, of the Poema Morale, write dief and
iej>e, Lewin, p. 18), as well as e for ea in teres, 890. The last spelling represents
the same sound as if in teren, O 1005, and the survival ea in tearen, L 970 : and
the scribe's ie is a well-known Anglo-French spelling with precisely the same
value. The evidence on this point is unusually clear. The first nde in
Orthographia Gallica, ed. Stiirzinger, p. 2, gives ie as the p«-oper symbol for
e ' stricto ore pronunciatam ' in an accented syllable, and the editor collects in
a note, p. 39, from Anglo-French texts a convincing array of examples. The use
of ie for e was a survival, the passage from ie to e had already taken place in
Anglo-French, and the spelling had lagged behind the pronunciation for some
scribes, while others used €e (comp. Meyer-Liibke, Grammaire des Langues
Romanes, I. p. 173, and see Nyrop, Grammaire Historique de la Langue
Francaise, I. § 166, for a similar interchange of e, ie in other French dialects).
But further, the Anglo- French scribes frequently substituted ?' as a purely graphic
variant for ie; comp. for examples, Slimming, Boeve de Haumtone, Bibliotheca
Normannica, vii. p. 202, and Behrens, Zur Lautlehre der Franzosischen Lehnworter
im Mittel-englischen, pp. 148-151. So it comes about that the scribe of C ex-
presses one sound by three symbols, ie, i which represent his own practice, and e
which he copies from his original, just as he writes both miste and mijte (see note
on 1. 249). ea-i-^. For eage, eagan, leage, L has eje, ey;en, L 755, r. w.
yseyjen; lese, L 1160, r. w. se^e: O, eye, heye, O 778, r. w. seye; leye, O 1195,
r. w. seye: C, ise, 755, r. w. isije. eSL + h. Heah, neah, peah are in L heh,
neh : in O, heye, ney, ]>t\, ])jy: in C, hije, ne3, Jej. L has besides Jiah, L 325,
descended from pseh, and O, ))ou, O 1293, which represents O. N. * J?oh (Kluge,
Grundriss, I. p. 789). The i of hije, ije in C is probably not a graphic variant
of e, but a raising of e to i before g and k characteristic of the dialect of C.

eo. L C have beoj?, cheose, beo ; L has code, eoden, lleon, fleoten, forleose,
teon, teonc; L 355, r. w. quetw. C, beon, beo, feci, feoUe, jcode, Icose, kof, seon,

xxiV GRAMMAR.

J)eof, J)reo, weop ; there is no instance in O. Otherwise eo generally appears as
e. Ex. : bede, L 466 f, r. w. spede; ben, 8, O 10, be, L 10 ; chesen, O 799 ; dere,
L 679 t, r. w. here; felle, 858, L 896; fende, O 1421, r. w. kende ; flette, O 786,
r. w. sette ; forlese, O 683 ; lef, O 1 57, L 332 ; schete, 939, r. w. imete, L 947, r. w.
mete; seek, L 278, sech, O 1226; stere, 1373, r. w. baftere; swere, L 748, r. w.
fere; tene, L 685+, r. vf.ysene; ]>&i, L 331, O 336; |)re, L 62 f; I>rettene, L 171,
and others. But L has 7ce for eo in buen,'L 508, bue]), L 183, dnere, L 228, L 437,
hue, L 76, and C has u in bu]?, 807, and 0 in Jirottene, 163, an uncommon form
which occurs in MS. B. of Robert of Gloucester, while Lajamon has for preo, ])ro,
C 3872. In sik, 272, 1 185, i represents the sound oi e. L differs from OC in the
development of initial eo ; for eode, eodon, eow, eower the former has code,
ede, eoden, ou, onre, ore, the latter jede, 50U, joure, &c., always with initial
y except ower, 908 (see Heuser, Anglia, xvii. p. 72). Final eo yields in LOG
be, he, in L O hy, in L G heo, kne, in L hue, in O hye, kne(s), sche, in C
beo. eo+g is seen in dreje, L 1047, r. w. eje, dreye, O 1078, r. w. eye, adrije,
1035 ; lie, 1451, lye, O I49S both r. w. twie : %0 + h in lijt, 493, lyhte, L 497,
li5te, 1309, r. w. drijte. bO + iv = eu in bleu, L 1302 f ; akneu, L 1340, knens,
O 347, aknewes, L 385, knewelyng, 781; yknewe, L 646, kneu, 1149, L 1151 ;
knewe, L 1459 1, r. w. newe, O 1566; rewe, 378, O 392; rew})e, 409, O 693,
reuj)e, L 675, &c. ; J>reu, L 1164, trewe, L 381 f, L 749, r. w. newe. Exceptions
are ru]ie, 673; tnij)e, 674, trouJ>e, L 674; foure, L ii66t, r. w. botire (see Sweet,
H. E. S. § 684) and the forms of the second personal pronoun in the plural.

e is regnlarly e, so bihet, L 474 1; biseche, 453, L 457, r. w. speche; grette,
L 386 1, r. 'w. sette and many others. Softe, O 945, is the adverb form softe;
weopen, L 160 = wepan, seems written for the rhyme to the eye vfhh^eoten;
weop, 69, 675, &c., in G as preterite corresponds to A. S. weop, and is a
characteristic Southern spelling (Biilbring, p. 106) ; do}), 682, 702 = detJ, has the
vowel of its plural, e+g = ei, ey, as tweie, 24, tueye, L O 26.

ie, the ?-umlaut of ea, yields e, so bileue, 1321, r. w. rcue, leue, O 1362,
r. w. reiie, yleue, L 559; fleme, 1271, O 1315; here, L 680 f. r. w. ^r^, herde,
L 693 t ; nede, L 52 f, r. w. stede, L 473, r. w. niede ; scene, O 97, L 98, both r. w.
ke7ie ; stere, 434, O 454, both r. w. dere. But G has lunej), 44, and nixte, 392,
r. w. sixe. ie +^ appears in deje = *diegan, L 113, r. w. beye, L 1192, r. w.
preje, deie, 109, r. w. abeie, deye, O 115, r. w. abeye. ie from other sources.
giet is 5et in L O, 5ute and 3ut in G : for the forms corresponding to the plural hie
of the third personal pronoun, see glossary. L has mostly hue.

i is regularly i, for which L O generally write j : O has once tyime, O loio.
To ri(g)iian corresponds reyne, On, perhaps influenced by O. N. regna : niwe is
nywe, 1432, 1442, r. w. knewe : newe, 746, r. w. trewe, L 1460, O 1487, both r. w.
knewe = Anglian neowe ; so also hewe, L 98 = heow. Stuard, 275, points to
*sty ward. \ + g appears in hije, S80 ; hijede, 968.

6 is unchanged. Gam, 586, L 794 f = c(w)6m, probably follows nam = L. W. S.
nam; neme, 60, may = *nSmon (see Biilbring, p. 76): &wek, L 1435 = awoc,
appears quite isolated, it has perhaps been influenced by awehte, preterite of
awf ccan : fout, 134, for fot is noteworthy: ojt represents owiht, by-form of
awiht. o + k. L has ])ohte, bi])ohte, brohte, loh, sloh = sloh ; O, ])oute,
J)Oucte, bi])onte, bijioucte, broute, broucte, &c. ; G, J)o3te, bi])05te, bro5te. 5 + ^
is regularly oj in G, so boje, 1227 ; droje, 1006 ; swojning, 444 ; wo5e, 546 ; ow
in L O, as bowe, L 1235, O 1270 ; drowe, L 1016, O 1047 ; swowenynge, L 448 ;
wowe, L 544, O 562 ; lowe, L 1502, O 1529, but ouj in louje, 1480, r. vi. yswoje.
Swohinge, O 464, represents geswogung.

GRAMMAR. xxv

U is regularly u in C, on generally, ow occasionally in L O. C has once pou,
237, and ore, 192; L O, vp, vs; L, vppe, vpspringe, vre, vr ; O, bute and but,
oneku}) (= unciaj)), \>u, foruuth, tune, hus, wituten. u + ^/ = wi^ in Ujtcn, 1376,
r. w. /listen ; oujt in oujten, r. w. fouten. u + ^ is «;> in bu5e, 427 ; (tm in
vnbowe, L431. u = ^in abote, O 290, bote, L69, O 69, bot, O 761 ; J)o, O 386,
O 552, O 8SS; ohtoun, L 13S6 (perhaps influenced by O. N. i ottu) ; op, O 1354,
oppe, O 456, OS, O 535.

y the j-unilaut oiu = e. Ex. : herde, L 758, O 7S1 both r. w. ferde, O 871 ;
prede, O 143S, r. w. luede; reme, 1272, r. \i.Jlenie\ schrede, O 739, r. w. stede,
shrede, L 718, r. w. i'/(?«/^,schredde, O 603, r. vi.fedd<:, sredde, L 5S9, r. w.fedde,
shredde, L848t, r. w. bedde. y = i,y. Ex.: bridale, O 1073; bride, 1049,
bn.'d, O 1093 ; drye, O 1488, r. w, weye; keyte, O S84 ; litel, 336, O 349, lite,
^ 654, 932, O 975, both r. w. write, 1131, r. w. white, lyte, L 940, r. w. write.
y = M. Ex. : brudale, 1032, L 1267; bnide, L 1058 ; hudde, 1196, r. w. bedde;
hurede, 752, r. w. ferde; lutel, L 342, lute, L 507, lut, L 616 ; lujere, 498, r. \v.
yfere; schiudde, I464, schnrde, O 1511.

3. Correspondences of O. E. Consonants.

h initial is omitted in aue, O 1215 ; ast, L 790 ; abbe, O 1397 ; e, O 331 ; is,
L 529, ys, L 772; ith, O I565 = hit; yclupten, L 1217. It is lost in the com-
binations nast, L 712, nastu, 11 93; nadde, 863; beryt, O 471 ; haddit, O636;
settit, O 637; drinkyt, O 1161, and in hi, hn, hr, whether initial or in compounds
like arewe, L 382 — ofhreowan. For hofe, O writes 5oue, O 1310. liw initial
appears as wh in L C, but L has exceptionally wer, werefore, wat, wet, sumwet,
and C wat, wanne, wi, wile. O has regularly w, with exceptions whare, whit,
whyjt, O 784 = hwi]3a, quare, qwat, van, O 95 -hweenne. An inorganic h is seen
in hat, O 559 = ac; herst, O 562=Eerest; hes, io66»eallswa; hich, O 211, hyc,
O 1176 = 10; hy, O 407=ig; white, L i47i=wite; sleh, L 823 = slea, sleh,
L 82i=slean. For A. S. eow, O has once hou, O 358. h, medial is almost
always representative of A. S. ht ; whatever the preceding vowel, ht generally
persists in L and becomes jt in C. In O the h often combines with the preceding
vowel. Thus A. S. oht, oht is in L oht, in C 03t, in O out, owt, ouct ; A. S. seht
in L aht, in C ajt, in O auct ; A. S. uht in L yht, in C ujt, in O out ; A. S. ahte
gives ohte, L 418. But A. S. eoht, ieht, eaht, iht, yht are represented in L by
yht, in C by ijt, in O by ict, yet, yjct, ijct, yjt, iyjt ; A. S. feahte is fette, L 1398,
r. w. grette ; for A. S. nilit, vriht, L has niht, wiht; O, nijte, with, in addition to
their usual forms. A. S. awiht is contracted into awt, O 1194; owiht into 031,
976. For nauht, O has nouth, O 325, O 392. In O, ll is occasionally lost, as
knyt, knjthede, rit, rjt, daylyt, fyten. C has st as a graphic variant for ht (ijt,
ojt), in misle, 10 ; plist, 410 ; doster, 249 (see note), li medial also occurs in leyhe,
O 366 = hliehhan ; it is lost in fayrede, O 93; falsede, O 1287; falssede, L 1256:
in oJ)er, L 44 f = ohweeper, and or, O 114. h. final after a vowel remains un-
changed in L, becomes 5 in C and combines with the vowel in O ; so neh, L 868,
ne3, 252, ney, O 991. A. S. purh, Jjviruh, becomes ])ure3, 875, and ])oru, O 1418 ;
Jjurh ut, Jjoruout, O 224, while L has J)ourh, ])urh out.

J) initial is assimilated in alte, 1043, O io88 = 8et p£rQ ; mitte, L 624 + = mid
pe, and lost in ate, O 760; mide, L 1203 = mid py, and combinations of )ju like
canstu, 1206; hauestu, 724, O 749; nastu, 1193; schaitu, 46, 916; sechestu, 942 ;
wepestu, 656; wiltu, O 493; worstu, O 337, wurstn, 324, 708. It is represented
by d in dorte, 3S8, durj), L 390, possibly a dialectic variation (Kluge, Grundriss,

xxvi GRAMMAR.

I. p. 852), or perhaps due to confusion with dorste, durron. /is substituted for p
in afnrste, L ii20 = ofpyrst (see Vamhagen, in Anzeiger, ix. 179; Zupitza, Guy,
1. 346 note): similar is forh, L io35 = forJ). p medial becomes d before / in
lodlike, O 1360, is assimilated in Suddene, and lost in syj^e, O Ii93 = sip]?an,
o})at, L i28 = o})}j8et, and or, O 114. The assimilation in blisse goes back to
A. S. bliss beside blips. Keyte, O 884, descends through cydde from eypde ;
clade, O 176, represents A. S. *gecl8eJ)od ; sijte, 385, syhte, L 387, gesiht, a
by-form of gesihjj, why3t, O 784, hwipa. p final is lost in inflection, as be, L 321,
O 327 = beo]j; becomes d in ded, O 340, under the influence of the adj. dead;
quad, O 686, qwad, O 215, influenced by the plural cwffidon (but comp. Sweet,
H. E. S. § 732), and the contracted stond, L 972. O shows a leaning for i in the
contracted hat, O 1174; stant, O 1007; tyt, O 1385 (L has also tit, L 1352) ; in
det, O 116 ; qwat, O 453 ; wit, O 230, and its compounds wytdra we, &c. (but wiht,
wyjt, whit, &c., also occur), and sittet, O 404. Probably 2 in comez, O 468, is
a graphic variant of this /, as it undoubtedly is in the poem printed in Reliquiae
Antiquae, i. p. 89, where we find comz, wiz (=wij)), havez beside havet, springet,
but no J> final. In some Anglo-French texts i is found as a substitute for z = is
(Boeve de Haumtone, p. 230), and a French scribe might readily interchange them
in copying an English MS. But the scribe of the Legends in the earlier half of O
writes indifferently z and/, not ^, in this inflection (Horstman, Leben Jesu, p. 12).
The use of ^ for/ in deje, L 1378, and wuUej, 603, I take for a slip of the pen.

S initial is unchanged. SC initial is very regularly s/i in L, sck in C, and gener-
ally sc/i in O. But O has sharpe, O 243, and shelde as well as scheld, scene, O 97,
and schene, O 1 74, scyp and schip, besides forms with simple s, as sal, said, solen,
suldes, seld = scield. From screawa comes srewe, O 60, from scrydde, sredde,
L 589 ; but scripp = 0. N. skreppa, produces scrippe, L 1069 f. sc medial and
final is j-j- in O C, ss/i in L ; but O has fis, fys, londische as well as londisse, and
the forms fy5sse, O 11 80, r. w. di'sse, fyjssere, O 1169, pointing to *ficsian. From
asoian comes askede, L 43, O 615, from acsian, acsede, O 43, axede, 39, L 1492.
The spelling laste, L 660, r. w. casi€, for laschte, is exceptional in L. Agesce,
O 1222, r. w. IVestnesse, seems to descend from O. N. gizka, but sc is more prob-
ably a French spelling for ss, as in pruesce, O 572 ; L C have agesse, gesse. SS
final becomes s.

f initial before a vowel is v in vacche, L 1228, vecche, L 1378 ; vurste, L 1119 ;
vele, 56; verde, 625; and in biualle, 172; biuore, 506; biuo, 869; J)aruore, loi ;
vnderuonge, 239. But L has also fecche, furste, and C fele, ferde, bifalle, bifore,
vnderfonge, the spelling with / being purely historical, and the sound regularly
voiced in L C. O has always /. With the exception of ofer, O 1117, f inter-
vocalic is always u, so also leuedy, L 341, O 348; steuene, L 1365, O 1396;
sweuene, L 668 f, for A. S. hlSfdige, stefn, swefn. f of the prefix of is lost
in arewe, L 382 ; adred, L 124; afurste, L 1120, as also in o, L 574, ojie, L 237
for of, of pe, in lord and leman, O 568, in hade, L 59, hede, L 472, L 1255, r. w.
falssede: it is assimilated in hadde, L 21 f, and in lemman ; wimman is A. S.
wimmann. f final is unaltered.

n final is lost in eue, L 468 f ; felaurade, L 174, verade, 166 ; game, L 206 f,
r. w. name; maide, 272, L 278, r. w. seide, but euen, L 407 ; maiden, 947, L 1538,
also occur. For an, nan, min, pin all three MSS. have forms with and without
n. The termination an of adverbs and prepositions loses m in aboute, L 349 f,
r. w. doute; bituene, L 352, O 446 ; bitwen, O 358; tofore, 1436, but double
forms occur in bifore, 456, L 496; biforn, L 532 f, r. w. Horn; bihynde, 192,
L 200, bihinden, O 302, x.yi.lnnde; sujjpe, 1078, sy])e, O1193, se}>J)en, L 1 1 58 ;

GRAMMAR. xxvii

wi))ute, i88, L 413, O 256, wi])Outen, L 353 1- Ilenne, L 50 f, represents A. S.
heonane. For inflectional n see Accidence, nn regularly loses one n, as bigan,
in {adv.), man, and its coniponnds, J)in, wan ; ma ( = mann) occurs at O 400, and
the pronoun me at 366, L 906 ; but n is doubled in stonnde, O 109. n medial is
lost in done ( = to donne), L 790 f, r. w. sone ; soneday, 966, O 1054 (but sonne-
day, L 958) ; Jane, 13, J)an, 116, O 120, ))en, L 13 (but also J)anne, O 13, 68,
L 72, J)enne, L 141, O 461) ; whane, 359, whan, 793, when, L 366, &c. (but
also whanne, 915, wanne, O 151). A. S. on morgne is amorewe, L 407, amorwe,
O 421, amoreje, 645.

C initial before eo, i, ea = ck, as cheose, 664, L 666 ; chesen, O 799; chese,
O 6S4; child, L 1350 1; chirche, L 905, 13S0, cherchen, O 1423 ; chelde, 1148.
Keruen, L 241, kerue, 233, owe k to the influence of corfen, kyrke, O 932, to that
of O. N. kirkja; care, L 269, kare, O 274, 1244, go back to caru ; calle (L. W. S.
ceallian from O. N. kalla), L 907, and kelde, L 1150, kold«, O 1185, derive from
forms having Anglian a for W. S. ea before /+ consonant. Initial c = k,c before
«. 0, u, I, y, y, ^F( = W. S. e) in canst, O 1248, const, L 1213, konne, O 582;
cole, L 58S t ; corn, 1385 ; come, L 1416 f ; cuppe, O 245, 449 ; kenne, L 150 ;
cunde, 421, L 425, kende, O 443 ; kenne, 144, L 184, O614; cure, L1446;
cusse, L435, O 595, kesse, 431; keyte, O 884 ; kene, 91, L 97, O 98 ; kep,
L 750 1. Initial c is preserved in the combinations cl, en, cr, civ. en is always
written kn, except in cniue, O 114 ; bycnowe, O 1028 ; cr appears as kr once in
krake, O 11 18 ; czv is invariably represented by the French spelling qu, occasionally
in O hyqw. O has neyj, O 1186, for A. S. (ge)cneow. c medial after a mutated
vowel is regularly eh, as adrenche, 105, L 109, drenche, O 1014, drenched,
O 1023; areche, 1220, ofreche, O 998, 1283, J)orhreche, L 1291 ; benche,
Liio7t; blenche, 1411, O 1466 ; ouerblenche, L 1429; clenche, L 1498 =
(be)cl§ncan; drenche, O 1199, L1164; shenche, L 374t; seche, Lii82t,
byseche, L 318, 579; pench, L 1163, Jienchest, L 574; teche, L 390 f, teching,
1508, L 1530; byteche, L 577, O 591 ; werchen, O 1422, wurche, 1379, L 1391 :
CC in the same position produces ech, ch, as areche, L 668 ; fecche, 351, L 357 ;
feche, O 363 ; recche, 366, reche, O 378, recchi, L 370, yrecche, L 358. But
CC not preceded by mutated vowel is ck, as in necke, 1240, nycke, L1248 ; ])icke,
L 1247, ])ikke, 1239. Confusion of p^ncan and pynean gives rise to J)enke, 576,
from the former, and to forms with ch, as ])unche)), L 1321, L 1340 ; of])inche, 106,
O 1015, ofl^enche, L no, from the latter. Werke, O 933, is due to the influence
of A. S. weorc. O has also seke, O 983, sekest, O 985, for which see Sweet,
H. E. S. § 741. A. S. Iseccan with the group secc appears as lache, O 678, and
latchen, O 662, vtrreeee with eec as wreche, L 1292, sp(r^£ece as speche, L 1380 f,
but sake, L 1474 f = ssece and saee is probably influenced by O. N. sok. The
group ice appears regularly as ich\e), so chirche, L 905, 1380; michel, O 75,
muchel, 83, L 523 ; riche, L O 20, kingeriche, 17; riche, O 283, 314, L 906.
Under the same head fall words with the termination lice, as loueliche, 454, L 45S ;
rewlich, O 1092; sweteliche, 384, L 386; unbicomelich, 1065, and the representa-
tives of eelc ( = *agelic), gelic, swelc ( = *swalic) ; pile (=f>yllic), eche, O 219,
1087, vch, L218; ilich, 1066; yliche, L O 19 ; swiche, O 585, suche, L 569,
571, swihc, 166. Exceptionally forms with k occur in mikel, O 289 = 0. N. mikil;
lodlike, O 1360; ilik, 502 ; swilk, O 581, while pile (=-pyllic), se ilea ( = *ilica)
have only ])ilke, L 676 ; ilke, S55, L 1238, ulke, 1199, hulke, O 496. A. S.
gelica gives iliche, 18, yliche, LO 19, ylyche, O 300, but Hike, 289. The mono-
syllable ie is ich, O 3, L 32, ihc, 3 ; i, 631, y, O 136, L 175 represent ig, as reuly,
L I0o7> points to *hreowlig, O. N. hryggiligr. Quic, 86, has c, being from cwigu.

xxviii GRAMMAR.

C medial before back vowels is k, c, so all parts of strong verbs with preterite ending
in c, as asoke, forsoke; brouke ; drinke, adrinke; biswike, swike ; bitake, oftok;
sike, speke, strike, walke, and the nouns make, L 1427 ( = gemaca) ; derke
( = deorcan), all weak verbs of the type macian = *mako-jan, as loke, rake,
wakede, thankede, mislike, and the loan-word anker, 1014, O 1053. Noteworthy
is the spelling adronque, L 9SS = adruncen. c medial is lost in the contracted
adrent, 977 = adj:§nced, and made, L 90, O 175. C final is, with the exceptions
already mentioned, regularly c or k. But ac, beside ac, 523. O 860, appears also
as at, 116, O 854, hat, O 559; and seoc is seek, L 278, sik, 272 : sech, O 1226,
is apparently a scribe's mistake.

ge prefix is i in C, occasionally y, regularly y in L, y, hy in O with rare i, so
ifere, 1129, yfere, 242, L 1129; iwis, 196, O 1319, ywis, 517; ymete, O 1347;
hygraue, O 583. It is lost in make, L 1427 f = gemaca ; hende, L 375 t^-ge-
h§nde ; mone, =;28, O 861 ; sijte, 385, L 387; verade, 166, and others, g initial
= Germ.y is lost in if, 107, ef, 537, yf, O 113; elsewhere it is j for which O
occasionally writes _)', as jare, 1356, jore, L 1366; 5e, L 1367 f, ye, O 109; jeie,
L 736 t, yere, O 544; 5et, L 74; 5ef, 87, 5if, O 93, L 349: 3ynge, 5end, and
others, g initial before e, e, ea, ea, ie, eo, is j, in O occasionally y, as ajeyn,
L 580 ; to5eynes, L 820; jen, O 1470, ajen, 582, O 594 ; tojenes, 56 ; 5are, 467,
O 1396; 5ate, 1043, yate, O 1114, jateward, L 1073 ; jelde, 482, L 486 ; jerne,
L 1419, O 1436, jerne, 1085, O 1383; jurne, L 1384; jeue, L 919, 1530, yeue,
O 166 ; 5af, 640, 56f, L 865 ; jeuen, 1498, L 1518. A. S. gierne is heme, O 956.
The forms gate, 1078, O 1088; gateward, 1067, O 1108, perhaps reflect the A. S.
alternation in geat, pi. gatu (Sweet, H. E. S. § 748) : gestes, O 541, L 1225, geste,
1217, are influenced by O. N. gestr : ginne, 546, gynnej), L 729, O 752 ; agynne,
L 1285, O 1320, biginne, 1277, have the ^of the preterite and participle: toga-
dere, 52, togedere, L 56, togydere, O 56, owe g to forms with a, as togadore,
eetgadre. g initial before a, a, 0, u, y, mutation of u, ce, mutation of a, is g, so
game, L 206 t ; gan, 1047,0 1090, gon, L 1055; girde, 0517, gyrte, O 1512,
gurden, L i486; gode, L33t; golde, L 463 t ; gomes, L 24 f I gon, L5ot;
go)), L 215, O 217; igon, 187. But for (be)gan, begunnen, L has also con,
L 302, connen, L 187. g initial + consonant is always g, as gle, gripe, &c. g
medial is lost in drye, O 1488 = drygan ; stirop, 758 ; stiward, L 233 f , and in the
contracted li]), 695, lyht, L 697 ; seij), L 773, seyt, O 772 : most frequently it
combines with a preceding vowel to form a diphthong, as described under the
vowels: it becomes w in berwe, O 951, r. w. sente; amorwe, O 421, amorewe,
L 407, to morwe, O 497, to morewe, L 825; sorewe, L 408, sorwe, O 422;
sorewej), L 9,^6 ; sorwenesse, O 965, L 930. C has sorwe, 911, once, but elsewhere
j, as amoreje, 645, 837, to moreje, 476 ; sor3e, 838, soreje, 261, except sorinesse,
922, with total loss of ^. eg medial generally yields^, as brugge, Hgge, &c., but
lije, 1158 ; abeie, beye, seie also occur, ng medial and final remains unchanged,
so bringe, L 286-t'; ring, 561 f- O has strenc])e, O 1084. g final is lost in the
termination ig, ige, as ani, mani, holy, lefdi, murie, and in the pronoun i, y, hy

= ig.

t is lost before st in beste, L 29 f, tt becomes t in syte, O 834. t is assimilated
in blesse, L 582 f ; blessing, 156, and doubled in latten, L 937 ; lette, O 972 =
latian, under the influence of Ifttan ; in flette, O 786 = fleotan, under that of
Jlitten. For t, d occurs in bidere, 960; scald, O loi, O 107 ; said, O 50, but
prede, O 1438, represents the by-form pryde ; th appears in J)oruuth, O 219,
Jjoruouth, O 226; ith, O 1033.

d medial is lost in answerede, O 46, 1068, onsuerede, L 46, and in the contracted

GRAMMAR. xxlx

presents tit, L 1352, tyt, O 1385 ; stant, O 1007 ; biit'stond, L 972. It becomes
t in the preterites gyrte, 01512, r. w. sc/iirie ; lefte, 647, lafte, L616 ; rente, 725,
toreute, O 750; scholte, 906; schente, 322; sente, O 406, 525, senten, L 1347;
wente, L 77, 472, O 665, biwente, 321, L 329 ; but girde, O 517, r. w. herte,
gurdcn, L i486 ; lefde, 1378; rende, L727; scholde, 395, O947; shulde, L 1104;
shende, L 330, O 335, sende, L 271 f; wende. 367, O 373, L 528, biwende,
O 334, also occur. O has wente, O 626, r. w. dunte = wgndan. The M. E. trende,
O 452 ; trente, L 434, shows the same exchange of i. d. d is assimilated in hatte,
6o8 = hatode; smatte, 6o7 = *sinatode, and doubled in wedde, O 311. d final
often becomes / in L, so amiddewart, L556 ; towart, L I488 ; ant, L 7 (the invari-
able form for and in \S\ ; forewart, L552 ; jent, L 1181 =geond; );ousent, L327 :
it is lost in an, O 104, O915 ; chil, O 550 ; bonder, L 1339 ; stron, O 107 : ywed-
de]>, L 1470, owes its/ to the following \\. Forms corresponding to A. S. tidung
are tidinge, O 136, tidynge, L814; to O. N. titJindi are ti)^inge, 128, tyjiyng,
S06, &c.

For w initial O has v in Teie, O 257 ; vel, O 723 ; vente, O 77 ; verst, O 72 ;
vistes, O 247 : vel occurs at C 445 also : bij)inne, 1042, 1295 ; bi))ute, 1242, with b
for w. are characteristic of C. A. S. wite is white, L 1471 ; •weorjjs, wr)ie, L ^^.
Initial w is lost in nas, 18, O 925, nes, L 204 ; nere, L93t; ichuUe, L 540
(mostly in L, see gloss.) ; nolde, L 1049 f ; nuste, 276, L 282. Initial diu, siv, tw
mostly retain w in O C with occasional u, but L has mostly «. A. S. swilc is
such in all three texts, but also swilk, O 581, swihc, 166 : for swipe, L O C write
swij^e, LC sui])e, and C sul)e four times: swa is so, L 180 + ; eallswa, also,
L 102 f, ase, as, &c. w medial is lost in bare, 891 =bearwe ; ojier, L 44 1, or
O 114; o;t, 976; stuard, 275: for forms descending from nawjjer see gloss,
under notiPer. For eo + w see the former: in gleynge, L 1490; knelyng, L 787,
w is lost.

4. The Romance Element.

All the Romance words of the three texts are here arranged under their tonic
vowels in Anglo-Norman.

a. age, L 1334 1 (in O. F. aage) ; armes, L 485 f ; bamage, O 1544, baronage,
1282, L 1517; blame, 1265, r. w. name; cacche, L 1227, r. \v.vacche\ fable,
L 716, O 737 ; grace, L 569 t, r. w. place; haste, 615, r. w. laste; heritage,
L I289t; homage, 1497; lace, L 7i9t; page, L 1290, O 1325; passage,
L 1333 + ; passe, L 759, r. w. VVestnesse ; place, L 570 f ; scapede, 886 ; stable,
L 586 t ; table, L 585 f ; trewage, 1498, truage, L 1518, O 1545 : probably also
fals, L 645, false, 1248, with the hybrid compound falsede, O 1287, falssede,
L 1256. The e of keche, O 1262, r. w. teche ; kecche, L 1377, r. w. vecche, is due
to the analogy of verbs like reche (r»can\ teche (tScan) with preterites similar
to that of cacchen. For the rhyme haste, O 631 : leste, see Morsbach, p. 119.
a'a = 0. F. anasal. Chambre, L982 ; chaungen, O 1095, chaungi, 1052, chaunge,
L 1060; geant, O 617, geaunt, L 810 + ; grante, 508, graunte, O 528 (in O. F.
graanter). a + /. reaume, O i.sso, r. w. streume, but reme, L 1525, r. w. streme,
shows contraction of e + a and total loss of /: amyraud, O 95, admira(l)d, 89,
r. w. bald, admyrold, L 95, descend from L. L. admiraldus. Unaccented a is
lost in ryuen, O 1223, &c. ; riuede, O 1550 ; bleine, O 701. Kestel, O 14S6, may
represent A. S. *c8Bstel, Anglian cestel (Pogatscher, § 184). Chayere, L 1271 ;
cheyere, O 1304, owe the diphthong to O. F. cheiere: chaere, I26i,is A. N. chaere.
Oryue, L 615, is probably due to the phrase on ryiie, 132.

XXX GRAMMAR.

e. castel, L i488t; chaere, 1261, chayere, L 1271, cheyere, O 1304, all r. w.
here; chapel, L 1392, chapeles, 1380, O 1423 ; damesele, 1169, damysele, O 1208,
damoisele, L 11 73; felle, O 15 10, r. w.pclle; fjste, 477, L 807, O 828, r. w. beste;
geste, L 482 t ; grauel, L 1487 f; payen, L 45, paens, 807 ; pruesse, L 554, 556,
pruesce, O 572 ; rente, 914, O 955, both r. w. zuente ; seraen, L 242, r. w. keruen,
O 245, serue, 234, r. w. kerue; solempnite, L 504. e is lost in pains, 59, payns,
L 63, 85. Unaccented e is lost initially in scapede, 886; stordy, O 893, and in
words beginning with esc, esp, est, as squier, spuse, stable, medially in pelryne,
A. N, pelryne (pilegrym, 1154, O 1191, is M. H. G. pilgrim) : final e is lost in
chapel, L 1392 ; sclauin, 1222, sclaueyn, L 1062, O 1265. An inorganic e separates
two consonants in iogelers, L 1494, O 1521, as w in A. N. jugulurs.

i. aryne, L 784 f , ryue, L 136 f, both r. w. lyiie ; bigile(n), L 328 f, r. w. mile ;
compaynye, 879, r. w. hije; cosin, 1444, cosyn, L 1464, O 1491 ; deuise, 930,
O 973, deuyse, L 938, all r. w, wise ; enemy, O 995, enemis, 952, L 960 ; enuye,
687, L 689, envie, O 706 ; fine, 262, O 271, both r. w. pine, fyne, L 264, r. w.
pyne ; folye^ L 690 f ; hardy, L 1346 ; yle, L 1330, O 1359, r. w. while, ille, 1318 ;
matynes, L 1025 ; paynime, O 832, paynyme, 803, L 811, all r. w. rime; peynlms,
O 87 ; pilegrym, 11 54, pylegrim, O 1191, r. w. win ; pelryne, L 1156, r. w. wyne ;
rime, 1363, O 1402, both r. w. time, ryme, 804, L 1373, r. w. time; scruice,
L 1000, seruyse, O 1031, seruise, 990, all r. w. wise; sire, 1506, syre, O 1552
(L. senior, through *aeior) ; striue, L 413, O 429, r. w. wtue, strif, 407, r. w. wif;
striue (verb), L.729, O 752, both r. w. driue; yre, O 1553; wiket, 1074, wyket,
L 1079, O 1 1 15. e + \ gives preie, 763, r. w. seie ; pre5e, L 1192, r. w. de^e, preye,
L 769, O 792, r. w. seye, where A. N. has prier (see Behrens, p. 99), but the normal
i in ginne, 1456, r. w. inne, gynne, L 1476, r. w. ynne (A. N. engin) ; pris, 898.
i nasal has generally developed like simple i, so sclauyne, 1054, O 1096, sclauin,
1222, but sclaueyn, L 1062 (A. N. esclaueyne).

0 = 0. F. g. botes, O 522, r. \f.fotes; robe, L 1061 ; roche, L 79 f.

tl = 0. F. Q gives on, less frequently u and occasionally &. burdon, 1061, bur-
doun, O 1 104, bordoun, L 1069 '■> colour, L 16, colur, 16, O 16 ; corune, O 495,
r. w. toune, croune, L 1041, coroune, L 479, both r. w. toune; coupe, L 242,
coppe, L 453, r. w. vppe, O 469, r. w. oppe, cupe, 234; curt, O 256, 592, courts
L 251, O 606; doute, O 587; dubbe, 458, dobbe, L494, O510, so dubbing, &c. ;
flour, LO 15, flur, 15; gaJun, 1123, O 1158, galoun, L1123; gigonrs, 1472
(O. F. gigeor) ; glotoun, Lii24t; harpurs, 1471 (O. F. harpeor) ; jogelours,
O 1521 (O. F. jogleor) ; but iogelers, L 1494, has either English term, ere or
may be O. F. joglere =*jocularem ; posse, loi i, r. w. Westernesse ; puste, L 1079,
r. -w.Jluste; soune, L 217, O 220, r. w. toune; sune, 209; spuse, O 943, 995,
spouse, L 1005, O 1036; stordy, O 893, sturdy, L 874 ; traytour, L 1280 ; tur,
1453) tour, L 1473, ture, 1091, r. w. put-e, tonre, O 1132, r. w. poure. XL nasal
has the same development as u- For tume, &c., see p. xx.

•ji. auenture, 650, r. w. biire, O 666, r. w. boure ; couerture, 696, r. w. bure,
O 715, r. w. boure, couertoure, L 698, r. w. boure ^ mesauenture, O 339, r. w.
boure, mesauentur, 326, r. w. bur, messauenture, 710, r. w. bure.

ai is mostly ai, ay, but also, as in A. N. ei, ey. asayle(n'), L 863, O 882,
assaille, 637; bataille, 855, batayle, O 588; bitraie, 1251, r. w. laie, bytreye,
L 1261 ; bitraide, 1270, r. w. seide; boneyres, O 939, r. w. heyres ; faille, 638,
fayle, O 652, faylen, L 864; lay, L 1499 f, ''• '^- "^dyla'^ey; meyster, O 635 ;
palais, 1256, r. w. his, paleyse, L 1266, r. w. eyse, O 1299, r. w. hcyse; seint, 665,
L 1179, seynt, O 1214. Maister, L 868, mayster, O 887; maisteres, 621, may
descend from A. S msegester. ai unaccented gives normally ai, ay, as com-

GRAMMAR. xxxi

paynye, 879, parn, 41, payen, L 45, paiens, L 892, pa}Tiime, O 832, paynyme,
803, L 811, and ey in peynims, O 87. But a represents ai in pacne, 147, paens,
807 = A. X. paen.

ei. bleine, O 701, r. w. seyne ; eyse, L 1265, heyse, O 1298 ; galeie, 185, r. w.
pleie, galeye, L 193, r. w.pLye; heirs, 897, heyres, O 938, heyr, L 912, r. w.
feyr; ley, O 69; preie, 1235, preye, O 104S, L 1243, A. N. prei ; rengne. 901.
Lay, L 1544, r. w. ay, shows a characteristic A. N. interchange of at for ei. Un-
accented ei normnlly gives e, as in damesele, 1 169; but damysele, O 1208 ; damoi-
sele, L 1 1 73 = A. N. damisele, damoisele.

e = 0. F. ie. banere, 1374, r. w. stere ; chere, L 401 f , r. \v. suere, L 901, r. w.
bere, O 1 126, r. vf.'dere ; manere, L 548 f ; mestere, L 235 f ; palmere, L 1037 f ;
porter, L loSr, O 1116; riuere, 230, ryuere, L 236. ie is preserved in squier,
liii, r, w. ber, squiere, O 1149, r. w. bere, skyere, L 1114, r. w. beere, skuyeres,

L 365-

Tie, later oe, appears twice with the characteristic A. N. eo in deol, 1048 ; deole,
1050, r. w. sore, other^vise it gives 0, as dole, L 1057, O 1092 ; proue, L 543 f,
r. w. ivowe, woje, L 1278, r. w. houe ; proued, O 131 1, r. w. joiie, 1267, r. w.
houe.

Oi. crois, 1309, L 1321, cro)3, L 1314; ioie, 1353, L 1371, O 1394, ioye,
O 436, L 1363.

The consonants in the Romance words call for little conament. The doubled
letters ss in assaille, 637, messauentuie, 710 : bb in dubbe, &c. : sc for ss in pruesce,
O 572, r. w. blisse: c for j in service, L 1000, r. w. wyse'. the parasitic / in
solempnite, L 504 : gi for giti in bigile, &c., are all found in A. N. texts. The
A. N. tendency to change liquefied n into simple n is seen in compaynye, 879, but
C has rengne, 901. L once uses ^ for 0 in croyj, L 1314 = A. N. croiz : O adds k
in heyse, O 129S, as often in English words: ille, 1318, is a variant spelling of
O. F. isle also found in A. N. texts.

ACCIDENCE.

The Verb. The Strong Verbs are here classified as in Biilbring. The parts
recorded are : (i^ Infinitive (with all the examples in «) ; imperative ; first person
sing. pres. indicative (this list is not exhaustive) : (2) Second and third person
sing. pres. indicative: (3) Past indicative sing, third or first person: (4) Past
indie, plur. ; second person sing, past indie. ; past subjunctive : (5) Present
participle : (6) Past participle. Weak forms are put in brackets.

la. A. S. e (i) — se — » — e and ie — ea — ea — ie. 1, liggen, O 1343, lyggen,
O 1331, Hje, 115S, r. w. isije; speken, L isSof; jeue, L 919; seon, L 724, 1345,
sen, 650, O 743, se, L 1355; jef, 914, L 1062, 3yf, O 955; forjef, 349, L 355,
forjyf, O 361 : 2. \\]>, 695 ; lyht, L 697; sitte}), 904, syt, O 945; seth, O 134:
3. awrek, L 900; bad, 79, L 85 ; bed, L 1075, O 1227, r. w. ded; bispac, O 205,
bispek, O 95 ; lay, 1303, r. w. way, L 131 5, hylay, O 1346; qua>, 127, qwat,
O 453 ; q"o]), L 131 ; sat, 653, set, L 835, O 856 ; spac, L 179 f, spek, O 145,
L 600 ; 5af, 466, O 1439, 5ef, L 86.; ; saj, 125, say, O 645, sauj, 167, se3, 13.^6,
seh, L 595, sey, O 611 : 4. bede, 907, r. w. lede ; ete, L I268f, r. w. sitete,
heten, O 1280, r. w. leten ; laie, 1252, leye, L 1262, leyen, O 1293 ; seten, L 305 ;
sete, L 1253, L 1496, O 1523, all r. w. lete, [sytten, O 1261] ; spake, 535, L 535,
speke, O 555^ all r. w. take ; seuen, 1498, L 1518 ; seye, O 779, r. w. hcye, O 1194.

xxxii GRAMMAR.

r. w. leye, seje, L 1159, r- w. hje; isije, 756, r. w. ije, yseyjen, L756, r. w. eyjen,
isi^e, 1157, r. w. lije, 976, r. w. ije: 5. liggynde, L 131 2 ; sittende, O 667 ; sit-
tinde, 1443, sittynde, L 649 : 6. leye, L 1139, ileie, 1139.

lb. A. S. e — se — el — o. 1. here, L 479 f ; comen, O 278, L 1475, come,
L 1416 t : 2. comest,L 149, O 1071, comes, O i5i,comez, O468, ouercome]), 815 :
3. ber, L iiii, O 1146, bar, 1109; brae, L683, O 700, brak, 681 ; com, L 229 t,
cam,L794t; nam, O 547, 585; nom, L583, O597 : 4. comen, L 1383 f, come, 59,
L 63, icom, 1318 (for icome); name, 60, nomen, L 64, O 64; tobrake, 1077,
r. vi. gate: 6. bore, O 441, bom, L 10 fj r. w. Horn; comen, O 541, icomen,
202, yeomen, L 170, ycome, L 198, r. vj.ylome, come, I^ 136, O 140,

I c. A. S. i — a — u — u. 1. berwe, O 951, r. w. seme ; fyten, O 534, fijte, 514 ;
5eme, O 724 ; vme, 878 ; jelde, 482, L 486, both r. w jvelde ; keruen, L 241, kerue,
233; sinken. Olio; sterue, L 781 f, r. w. ^■^rwg ; spume, O 1115 ; syngen, O 1425 :
2. biginnes, O 588 ; gynne}), L 729, O 752 ; shille)), O 220 : 3. bigan, 117, O125,
L 753, bygon, L 121 ; gan, L 388 \ ; gon, L 247, con, L 302 ; drank, O 1148,
drone, L 1113, dronk, 1154, O 1191 ; fond, L 39 f ; help, O 918; sprang, 124;
sprong, L 1229 1; wan,02oo; wrong, 1062 : 4. bigonne, L 887, bygonne, O 1460,
bigunne, 1433 > dronken, 1112 ; fu3ten, 1375, r. w. ujten ; fouten, O 1414, r. w.
oujten, fyhten, L 1385 (a false form); funden, 851, founden, L S59, O 878,
founde, 1301, O 1342, fonden, L 1311 ; gunnen, 850 ; gunne, 51, gonnen, O 65,
L 858, gonne, L O 55 ; gon, O 141 {iox gonne) ; connen, L 187 ; spronge, O 513,
sprunge, 1026 ; stonge, L 1389, O 1416 : 5. mominde, O 592, mourninde, L 578 ;
wringende, O 1 1 8 ; wringinde, 1 1 2 ; wryngynde, L 1 1 6 ; 6. adronque, L988; bunde,
422, r. w. cunde, ibunde, 11 16, bounde, O 1151, ybounde, L 1116 ; birimne, 654,
bironne, O 670, byronne, L 652 ; founde, O 1000, yfounde, L 779, ifonnde, 773,
ifunde, 955 ; yjolde, L 464, hy5olde, O 478, ijolde, 460, all r. \i.golde ; iorne, 1146,
yorae, L 1148, hyjonren, O 1183; snnge, 1260, songe, L 1270, O 1303, ysonge,
L 1026, hysonge, O 1055; spronge, O 1065, sprunge, 1015, hyspronge, O 564,
O 1054, yspronge, L 546, isprange, 548; isterue, 1167. To this class conforms
ringe, with pt. pi. ronge, L 1263, runge, 1253, rongen, O 1294, and//, irunge, 1016,
yronge, L 1025.

II. A. S. i — a — i — i. 1. abiden, 728 ; flyten, L 855 ; riden, O 241 ; smiten,
L856; syken,L43o; teon, L 723, L 888, ten, O 742, and others with ?,_y : 3. nabod,
720; agros, L 1326,0 1355, gros, 1314; aros,Li325t; drof, L I23t, r. w.>w/;
rod, L 34 t ; ros, L 847 f ; smot, L 507 f , O 623, r. w. hot : 4. aryse, L 1454,
O 1461 ; drinen, 870, dryae, L 1279 ; riden, O 37, ryde, L 37 ; smiten, L 1385,
smyten, 53, L 57, O 1414; striken, L 1023, O 1052, strike, 1013. To this class
belongs striue, L 729, O 752, O. F. estriver. Ariue, O. F. ariuer, has strong
//., aryue, O 633, r. w, lyue, L 1458, r. w. alyue, oryue, L 615, riue, O 189.

III. A. S. eo, u — ea — u — o. 1. adrije, 1035, r. w. ije ; dreje, L 1047, r. w.
eje ; dreye, O 1078, r. w. eye ; arewe, L 382, r. w. trewe: rewe, 378, O 392, both
r. w. trewe ; bede, L 466 t, r. w. spede ; cheose, 664, L 666, chesen, O 799, chese,
O 684; fleon, L 887 ; fleoten, L 159, r. w. 7veopen ; flete, O 161, r. w. wepe, flette,
O 786, r. w. sette\ forleose, L 665, forlese, O 683, leose, 663 ; lie, 145 1, r. w.
twie, lye, O 1498, r. w. twye ; schete, 939, shete, L 947, both r. w. mete; vnbowe,
L 431, r. w. yswotve: 3. bed, L 508 f ; flet, L 197 : 4. [fletten, L 763, r. w.
settett] : 6. forloren, 479.

IV. A. S. a — o — 6 — a. 1. draje, 1289, T.vr./e/aje(s) ; drawe, L 1297, O 1473,
both r. w. felawe, so todraje, wij)drawe; flen,86, fle, 1370, flon, O92, flo, L92;
leyhe, O 366 ; slen, L 104 t, sle, 604, L 602, O 1407, slon, L 47 f, r. w. on, vpon,
slo, L 91, slein, L 1203 ; steppe, O 1392 ; stonde, L 399 f, 597, r. w. konde =

GRAMMAR. xxxiii

hundas, stonnde, O 109, r. w. grunde : 2. farest, L 799, O 822, faist, 793 ; stant,
O 100;, stond, L 972, stonde}), 962 : 3. atstod, L 1455; awek, L 14,^5, wok,
1417 ; dro3, 872 ; [ferde, L 757 f, r- w. hcrdc-, verdc, 625] ; loh, L 361 ; lowe,
O 367 (for loio); oftok, L 1241, O 1276, ouertok, 1233; schok, 591, O 605 ; sloh,
L611; slo3, 615, slow, O 631 ; stod, 529, r. w. ^(jrf ; tok, L40of : 4. asoke, 65 ;
forsoken, O 69, forsoke, L 69, L 751 f, r. w. loke ; bitoke, L 1103, O 1140, r. w.
loke\ token, O 70 ; droje, 1006, r. w. inoje ; drovve, L 1016, O 1047, both r. w.
ynowe, so to dr03e, wijjdroje, &c. ; houe, 1267, L 1277, Joue, O 1310, r. v^. proue,
proued; lowe, L' 1502, O 1529, both r. w. yswowe, louje, 1480, r. w. yswoje;
slojen, 181 ; slowen, L 1S9, O 1376, sloje, 1327, slowe, O 191, L 892 ; stode,
O 916, r. w. gode ; sworen, 1249, O 1288, suoren, L 1257, suore, L 1259: 6.
aslaje, 88 ; aslajen, 897; slawe, L 868, O 887, yslawe, L 913, r. w. dawe, yslaye,
L 57a; drawe, O 1344, ydrawe, L 1313, both r. w. lazve; fare, 1355, O 1397,
ifare, 468, yfare, L 472; forsake, O 570; igraue, 566, O 583; igrauen, 1 164,
O 1203. [ygraued, L 563, L 1168] ; yshape, L 1316; take, L 1428, O I465, itake,
1410, all r. w. make.

V. A. S. ea— eo — eo — ea and a— e — e— a. 1. blowe, L 1381 f; falle, L786t,
r. w. hallc; bifalle, O 105, byfalle, L 103, both r. w. alle; biualle, 172 ; flowen,
L 121, O 125, flowe, 117; holden, 670, holde, 307, O 390, L 673, helde, L314,
O 319, 902 ; bihelde, 601, L 1149, 846, r. w. felde, byhelde, L 854, O 873, both
r. w. felde, biholde, L 599, O 617 ; knowe, 670, L 672, O 1248, all r. w. oive ;
iknowc, 1372 ; J)rowe, L 981, O 1016, both r. w. 'vowe, 1490, ])rewe, O 1539 ;
to hewe, 1312, L 1324, both r. w. schezve; walke, 1088, r. w. halke\ waxe, 95,
L445, wexe, 441, O loi, r. w. nexte, O 1452, r. w. hytivexe ; welde, 481, L485, both
r. w. jelde, O 501, L 425, r. w. felde, wolde, 308; weopen, L 160, r. vr.fleoien,
wepe, O 162, r. w. flete ; adrede, L 297 ; ofdrede, 291, O 302 ; fonge, L 721 f,
r. w. louge ; honge, L 336, anhonge, 328, onhonge, O 341 ; bote, L 773 t, r. w.
bote; leten, O 1281, r. w. keten, lete, L 1495, O 1522, r. w. seie, 890 ; late, 1044,
1473, r. w. jaie ; forlete, L 224 f, r. w. sttcte ; rede, L 1059 f, r. w. wede, O 1395,
x.yr.made; mysrede, L 298 t ; slepe, L 410, O 424 : 2. wepest, L 654, wepes,
O 672; slepest, 1308, L 1320; waxe]), O 991; wepej), L 1058 f : 3. bleu,
L 1302 t; fel, L 340 t, vel, L 509, feol, 428, [felde, L 425] ; kneu, 1149, L 1151,
Dey3, O 1186; >reu, 1076, L 1162 ; J)rew, L 10S2, O 1197; wex, O 263; wep,
0 73, L 677, 1406; weop, 69, &c., [wepte, L 1424; adredde, L 1170, ofdiadde,
O 1205 ; dradde, 1166 ; gredde, L 1202, r. w. beddc'] ; het, 7, 9 ; hihte, L9 ; bihet,
L 474 t ; let, L 678 t, [lette, L 902, L 907, L 1391 ; schedde, O 920] : 4. felle,
858, L 896 ; feolle, 421 ; knewe, L 1459, O ^48^> ^- ^- "■^^^i 1441. r. w. ny7ve;
yknewe, L 646, r. w. untrewe; [adred, O 128 (for adredde), dradde, 120] ; leten,
136; lete, 1246; threwe, L ii76t, r. w. trewe: 5. wepende, 0 668, wepinde,
L1091, wepynde, L650, wepinge, 1085 : 6. bifalle, 420, O442, both r. vf.fralle;
byflowe, O 612, byflowen, L 628, r. vv. 7-ozve, rowcn ; helde, O 502, hylde, O 1074,
r. w. Reymylde ; biknowe, L 993 ; bycnowe, O 102S ; walke, 953, [walked, L 961,
O 996] ; ofdrad, 573, r. w. aniad, adred, L i 24, L 1436, r. w. bed; hoten, LO 27 ;
bote, O 211, ihote, 201, yhote, L 209, all r. w. bote ; iswoje, 428, yswowe, L432,
O450.

The flexion of the strong verbs may be seen in the following examples : Ind.
pr. s. I. wepe, 2. wepest, 3. wepe];; //. sitte)). Siibj.pr. s. i. come, 2. come, 3.
falle; pi. slen, sle. Ind.pt. s. i. com, 2. come, 3. com ; //. comen, come. SubJ.
pt. s. I. does not occur, 2. come, 3. come ; //. forsoken, asoke. Imp, s, com ; p/.
singe, syte (both in O only). Part. pr. sittinde ; pt. icomen, icome, come.
Variations are in ind. pr. s. i. com, O 1073, O 1074 : 2. biginnes, O 5S8 ; comes,

C

xxxiv GRAMMAR.

O 151 ; wepes, O 672, and contracted farst, 793 : 3. comez, O 468, and contracted
li]), seth, syt, stant, &c. : //. sittet, O 404: hid. pt. s. 3. fonde, O 380; toke*,
L 289, L 467 : subj. p7-. s. i. sleh, L 823 : several imperatives singular in e, as site,
805 ; bere, L 568 ; fonge, L 741 f ; awa^e, L I3i8t : participles present inynde ^L)
and ende (O), with isolated wepinge, 1085.

The Weak Verbs are classified as in Sievers. The parts recorded are : (i)
Infinitive (with all in n) ; imperative ; first person sing. pres. indicative : (2)
Second and third person sing. pres. indicative ; pi. pres. indicative : (3) Past
indicative singular : (4) Past indicative plural : (5) Past participle. Under each
head are given one or two examples of normal forms, followed by all noteworthy
exceptions.

la. 1. leggen, L 902, legge, L 1065 + ; denie, 592, denye, O 606, both r. w.
brenye ; sterye, L 147, stirie, O 149, but sture, L 1445, r. w. cure, were {imp. s,),
L 567, 569: 3. leide, 1121, leyde, L 694, O 711 ; sette, L 505 f : 4. setten, 134,
L 764, sette, L 138, O 142 ; leyden, O 930 : 5. leyd, O 1237 ; set, L 142 1, but
bysette, O 1445, is strong.

1 i>. 1. fullen, O 1295, fuUe, O 414, felle, 1254; leren, L 247, O 252, lere,
L 234t; bywreyen, O 1292; lust {imp. s.), 337, list, L 343; grete, O 153, but
kesse, L 1216 f ; luste, 1263, leste, 473, L 477 ; reste, L S69, O 888 ; stere, 434 ;
wende, L 1118, 11 18, 372 ; luste]) (zw/. //.), O 835 ; reste, 861 ; here {1 pr. s.),
Li33t: 2. kepest, 1307, L 1319; leuest, L 1322, O 1351, bileuest? O 803 ;
wenest, 1133, L 1133, but wenst, O 1168; bisemej), 486, L 490; quemej), L 489,'
wene]), 1439 ; wuniej), 1325 ; wone]), L 1335, O 1366 ; but contracted tit, L 1352,
tyt, O 1385 : 3. custe, L 403, 405, kiste, O 417; herde, L 693 f; lefte, 647, but
leuede, O 634; wendest, 1273, L 1281, wendes, O 1316 : 4. custen, L 743,
O 1428, custe, 1209, O 1252, kyste, L 1217 ; burden, 892, but buriede, L 906 ;
leuede, O 1421 : 5. drenched, O 1023 ; woned, L 36 f, but adrent, 977 ; ikept,
iioi ; munt, L 801, mynt, O 824, iment, 795; isent, 978, and {ad/.) amad, 574,
clade, O 176.

Ic. 1. bringen, O 62, L 344, bringe, L 286 f ; latchen, O 662; sechen,
L 943 ; tellen, O 32 ; werchen, O 1422 ; bring {imp.), O 370 ; telle, 1156, L 1158,
r. w. /e/k, fidle, but tel, L 317, O 322 ; J)ench, L 1163, but seche, O 1198, r. w.
drenche; telle (i pr. s.), L 132 f : 2. sekest, O 985, sechest, 942; Jjenchest,
L 574, JiynkeJ), O 1350, J)unche)>, L 1321, but JiinkJ), 1309 : 3. bro5te, 466,
brohte, L 470, browte, O 4S4 ; fette, L 1398 : 4. bowten, O 923, bo5te, 884;
brojte, 40, brohten, L 44, broucten, O 190, broucte, O 44 ; sowten, O 1418 : 5.
ybroht, L 914, but brouten, O 1419.

II. 1. clepen, O 235 ; fissen, 1136, fisse, 1143 ; harpen, O 244; latten, L 937,
leten, 929, lette, O 972 ; maken, 348, O 360, make, L 1473 1; r. w. sake ; mislyken,
L 429 ; wedden, 1430, O 1561, wedde, L 957 t. r. w. bedde; wowen, L 799,
awowen, O 822 ; loke {imp. 5.), 748, O 775 ; make, 792, make, 1527 ; wise, 237,
but herkne, 806, L 814; clep, O 911 ; mak, O 821 ; funde (i pr. s.), 1280, founde,
O 756, L 1288; wonde, 337 : 2. lokest, L 573; longest, 1310; luuej), 1343;
bihouej), 478, L 482, but bihoued (probably for bihoiiet), O 498. 3. makedest,
1271, makedest, O 500, O 1314; flotterede, L 129 (so herkenede, with e final
elided, O 1506); hopede, 1394; makede, 355, O 367,1065 ; talede, O 4S5; Jjonkede,
L510; wipede, 1203, L 1210; answered, O 1 109 ; loked, O 1122 ; wiped, O 1245,
but answarede, 42, r. w. ofherde, answerde, 199, r. w. herde, onsuerede, L 46,
r. w. yherde, L 1074; askede, L 43, O 615, acsede, O 43, axede, 39, L 1492 ;

' The dot under a vowel indicates that it is elided or not pronounced.

GRAMMAR. XXXV

hurede, 753, herde, L 758, O 781, all x.vr.ferde', hatte (= hatode), 608; louede,
L 254 1; treyde (= tregode), O 1313, r. w. seyde; made, L 90, r. \i, feyrhade,
O 1 75, r. w. clade ; made must also be put for makede at 84, O 420, O 1 286, where
the rhyming words ^xtfairhcdc, seyde, fahede: 4. loueden, O 258, 1522, L 1544,
louede, L253, O 1567, luuede, 247 ; makeden, 1210, L 1490, makede, 1234, 1353:
5. ibl^ssed, 1364, yblessed, L 1374, hyblessed, O 1403; yloued, O 315, loued,
L 310, luued, 304 ; maked, L 451 ; wedded, O 1496 (yweddej), L 1470, is due to
following/?), but made, O 90, mad[e], L 1532 ; ywedde, 1449.

III. 1. habben, O 430, habbe, L 76, O 76, haue, L 1005 +, han. L 576 ;
libbe, L 67 fj r. w. sibbe ; seie, 764, seye, L 770, O 793 ; haue {i7np. ^.), L 144 i* ;
seie, 147, sey, L 153, O 155 ; seie {imp.pl.), 169, say, O 179, say, L 177 ; habbe
(i fr. s.), 304, O 315, L 408, haue, L 310, O 423, 1268, aue, O 1215; lyue,
O 426; seie, 895; wijjsegge, 1276, wi])sugge, L 1284, wytsigge, O 1319: 2.
hauest, L 726, O 735, 795, hauez, O 813, hast, O 529, L 537, 539, ast, L 790;
hauej), L 515, O 1474, habbej), L 1421, haj5, L 217, 513, hat, O 1174; lyuej),
L 1370 t; seij), L 773, seyt, O 772 ; habbe (//.), I355, L 1366, abbe, O 1397
(all followed by je) : 3. hauede, O 9, 48, haue[d], O 274, heuede, L 52, hadde,
L 21 1 ; hade, L 59, hede, L 472, hedde, L 1169 ; liuede, 74; saide, L 789, seyde,
O I35> L 316, sede, 285, seden, 941 (false form) : 4. hadden, L 597, hadde, 9,
O 615 ; lyueden, L 1543 ; seyden, L 306, O 888, sede, 863. It will be seen that
the weak verbs have the same inflections in the present indicative as the strong
verbs, with characteristic variations as hauez, bihoued, hat, seyt, in O. Nor do
they differ in the subjunctives present and past. The isolated //. imperative,
luste]), O 835, is to be noted. The participle present does not occur.

Noteworthy M. E. infinitives are, knisten, 490, knyhten, L 640, knicten, O 658,
knijti, 480, 644; syjen, O 1171; toggen, L 237. Infinitives in en from verbs of
Romance origin are, ryaen, O 1223 ; asaylen, O 651, L 863 (also asayly, L 633) ;
bigilen, L 32S ; chaungen, O 1095 ; faylen, L 864 (fayly, L 634) ; seruen, L 242,
O 245. The//, proue, L 127S, r. w. houe, is apparently a strong form ; yterned,
O 460, shows the English prefix. For the preterite-present and other minor
groups of verbs, see the glossary xmder witen, owe, canst, par, dorste, schal, mai,
mot, ben, wille, don, gon. Peculiar to O C is the p7-es. pi. ind. ben ; O has also
wilen, willen : wulle, woUe, followed by je, occur in L C. The dative infinitive
lingers in to done, L 488, O 504, 784 ; to gone, L 607, 611.

In connexion with the personal endings it is important to determine the extent
to which the subjunctive mood is used in our texts, since upon it depends whether
forms like yly})e, L 2, lyjie, 2, r. w. bli}e, stonde, L 514, r. w. londe, are to be con-
sidered subjunctives or Midland plural indicatives. The classification used is that
of Matzner; words in spaced type are subjunctives in form.

I. Subjunctive in Principal Sentences. 1. Expressing {a) wish or prayer,
as rede, L 1059 f ; wisse, L 1477 1 : {p) command or exhortation, as sle, O 912 ;
drawe, L143S; make, 1527: (c) concession, yknewe, L 646. 2. With virtual
hypothetical clause, feolle, 421 ; were, L 427 f ; nere, 479 ; possibly byseme,
O 506.

II. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses. 1. In substantive clauses {a) where
the clause is real subject of the verb in the principal sentence constructed with
formal it, that or impersonal, so were, L 1171 +. But leuest, L 1322, O 1351 ;
longest, 1 310 ; come]), L 1341 f; rod, L 658, O 676, are indicative, and so are
probably shuie, L 104, ride, O 560 : (1^) in an object clause expressing will,
prayer, &c., as were, O 86; beo, 80, 1440; come, 267, L 273; falle, 455,
L 459 ; bidde, 457 ; make, L 484 ; wolde, O 658, r. yi.yolde ; weude, O 718 ;

C 2

xxxvi GRAMMAR.

so spille, L 202 t, r. w. wille. Indicatives are, makedest, O 500, r. w, lest ;
woldest, L 640, 644, r. w. jolde : (c) in indirect questions, &c., telle, Lsyof,
r, w. wille ; wolde, O 408, r, w. schulde; be, L 398 ; were, 398, O 410, r. w.
here, L772-t', r.^.J)ere; se5e, L 985, isije, 976, r.vf.ije; toke, Lii42f,
r. \v. loke; so seche, L 177 1> r. w. speche. Indicatives are, is, L 205 f, O 1199 ;
woldest, 396, r. w. scholde ; bed, bad, L ii54t; Jjreu, L 1164; kepest, L 1319,
1307; slepest, L 1320, 1308 ; wes, L 1458, was, O 1485, and probably wonde,
337> L343; noma, L 11 77+; come, L ii78t: id) in dependent statement or
command, were, L 303 t, r. w./^y-^; holde, 452, L 456 ; murne, L 974 f, r. w.
turne; so be, L ii33t. But indicatives are, am, 149, O 158; schal, L 157 t;
wes, L 278, L 994, L 1280, was, O 283, 984, O 1029 ; lai, 272 ; woldest, L 351,
and probably seyde, L 693 f ; leyde, L 694 f; bitraide, 1270 ; treyde, O 1313. 2.
in adverb clauses, [a) of time, as seye, L 130; aryse, L 366 f, r. w. wyse; be,
L 36S t ; spronge, O 513, r. w. longe ; sitte, O 552 ; bitide, L 541, r. w. ride ;
take, L 551, 553 ; make, L 552 ; do, L 702, O 721 ; sterue, 910, L 922, r. w.
serue \ wiJ)drowe, L 1415, r.w.ynowe; aryse, L 1454, O 1461; so founden,
O 913 ; ende, 912. Indicatives are, sprong, L 128 f, L 497, sprang, 493 ; seth,
O 134, saj, 125; comes, O 151, com, O 639; farest, farst, L 799 t; was, L 1403 ;
wes, O 1434; gan, 1427; ros, 1434: {l>) place. No subjunctives. Indicatives
are, hast, L 801, hauest, O 824, and probably hopede, 1394 > nii5te, 936, mylite,
L944: (f) conditional, forsoke, L69; toke, L 70; nere, L93t; mote, 97,
L loi ; bifalle, 99, r. w. alle ; were, 107, L iii, L 349 f ; come, O 113, 143 ;
beo, 193, 943, be, O 203, O 553, L 560, r. w. J>e; leste, O 425 ; loke, 575 ;
])enke, 576; flette, L 713, r. w. sette, O 732, r. w. hette \ flitte, 711, r. w.
anhitte ; felle, O 842 ; leste, 862, L 870, luste, O 889, all r. w. reste; wolle,
L 1323, wule, 1311 ; schewe, O 1352 ; and so sleh, L 821, L 823, slen, 813 ;
fellen, O 844 ; nere, L 909 j forsoken, O 69, asoke, 66, and others. Indicatives
are, mictest, O 103; comest, L 149; is, L 201, L 1143, O 1178, L 1351 f ; art,
537; lokest, L 573 ; ))enchest, L 574 ; ouercome}), 815: (</) concessive, were,
L 325 t, 1040, L 1052 ; yrecche, L 358, reche, O 364, recche, 352, all r. w.
fecche; be, L 422, O 438, beo, 416; nere, O1083; leye, L 1262, laie, 1252,
r. w. bytreye, so leyen, O 1293. The indicative does not occur: {e) consecutive,
wr]je, L 86; were, L 438, r. w. dtiere ; knyhty, L 462; dubbe, O 475;
wonde, L 740, O 763, r. w. hosebonde ; blynne, L 1002, lynne, O 1033, linne,
992, all r. w. wyntie \ come, 1072 ; driue, L 1343, O 1374, both r. w. liue\
misse, L I478t, r. w. wisse. Indicatives are, wex, O 263 ; gan, 252 ; was, O 624 :
(/) final, 3eue, L 442 f : {g) modal, were, L 315 +, r. w. eere, 652, O 1065,
L 1090 1; sprunge, 1026. But sprong, L 1036, and probably scholde, O 933,
are indicative: {h) reason, was, L i46of, nes, L 525, are indicative. 3. la
adjective clauses {a) definitive, wiste, 236, r. w. liste; libbe, L 324 f, r. w.
ribbe ; mislyke, L 670, mislike, 668, both r. w. byswyke, O 688, r. w. swike;
lowe, L 1502 f, r. yT.yswowe ; so ly])e, 2, yly})e, L 2, r. w. blipe; keime, L 150,
r. w. Sudentie ; stonde, L 514 1> r. w. londe. But indicatives are numerous, buej),
L 170, beo]), 162 ; sittej), L 394-1" ; spac, 602 ; wes, L 676 f ; brae, L 683 f, &c.,
none of them, however, in rhyme: (^,1 indefinite, conne, L 566, cunne, 568, both
x.yf. Sonne; were, 1128. Indicatives are, leuej), L48f ; wystest, L 240, vistes,
O 247 ; cam, L 794+, r. w. man. It would thus appear that the subjunctive has
still an extensive and varied use in KH., and that it occurs most consistently
where the rhyme has defended it from change. Now it is significant that all the
words in dispute, with one exception, fellen, O 844, also occur in rhyme, and as
a parallel subjunctive use is proved in each case, there is no reason to consider them

GRAMMAR. xxxvii

as other than snbjunctives. That the scribes' practice was more modern than that
of their original is sliown by such rhymes as jolde : woklest, L 639, L 640, 643,
644; scholdc : woldest, 395, 396: doubtless they are responsible for many other
internal changes to the indicative which have sometimes impaired the rhythm.

The IToun. o stems. The normal inflection is, singular vom,, ace. knijt :
gen. knijtcs : Jat. knijte : plural 11., g., d., a. knijtcs. Inorganic e is seen in
sing. n. of the neuters, cole, L 588 f, r. w.fole; jere, L 1140; ryhte, L 5i8t>
r. w. knyhte, and of the masculines, sonde, 271, L 277 (influenced by sand, g. e) ;
kinge, O 33 ; knyhte, L 439, r. w. viyhie; ])ralle, O 441, r. w. bifallc, and wynde,
O 1374 (possibly //«;'«/). A. S, gamen produces game; heued and hed both
occur ; meegden is both maiden and mayde. Sing, genitives in e are bodie (pro-
nounced bodye), 900; boure, O 730; heuene, 414, L 420 (due to heofone, g.
an); flexionless are scyp, O 1412 ; swerd, O 1471 ; lyf, L 914, The dative
termination presents special difficulty. Our texts were copied at a time when
uncertainty and confusion as to the O. E. constructions of the prepositions pre-
vailed', and the inflection was itself losing ground (comp, L 932 + with L 536+).
The scribes omitted the final e not only where it suffered elision, as in lond, 757;
dunt, O 904 ; blod, L 916, but even where it seems indispensable for the metre, as
in word, O 121 ; bur, 325; dissh, L 1146; scheld, O 1344. Its absence is often
characteristic of the remodelled line, as in ber, 1112, or the added passage, as in
ston, L 905. It is probable that most monosyllabic nouns in the original possessed
it in all declensions where the O. E. form had it, and so flexionless forms which
are easily accounted for by elision or otherwise are here ignored. Hom, 647, is
A. S. ham. Hus, 226, hous, L1522, O 1549, all r.\y. AJ>ell>rus] lif, 122, O 130;
knijthod, 440, knythod, L 1278 ; styward, L 455 f, r. vi.foreward, are clear cases
of the dative without e. Bridel, L 778 f, represents A. S. bridle ; finger, 570,
fynger, L 568, fingre ; ro])er, L 196 f, ropre; water, L 141 2, is syncopated
wsetere. O 174 has bodi beside bodie, 164, bodye, L 172 ( = bodi5e). Dri5te,
1 310, seems as if from *dryht, the A. S. form being dryhtene ; msldene is
represented by maiden and mayde. Accusatives in e are, dore, O 1018 (influenced
by duru) ; fere, O 1285, r. w. Aylmere (comp. O 526, L 1251, O 1543) ; londe,
L 130; maste, 1013, r. w. caste; sonde, L 271, r. w. honde ; sore, L 75, O 75,
r. w. more (influenced by M. E. sorvve) ; weye, O 1489, r. w. drye; so alle weie=i
ealne weg. \Viue, O 576, O 773, occurs in corrupt passages. Ancre, L 1024,
ankere, 1014, correspond to ancra ; similar is sweuene, L 668 f. A plural
nominative in e is knyhte, L 1221, r. w. lyhte: folc, O 1566, jer, 524, have the
flexionless A. S. plural, but seres, 912, and sere, L 526, O 544, both r. w. /<?;v,
occur. Plural accusatives in e are, dunte, O 891, r. w. hente ; 5ere, L 736 f, r, w.
pere; geste, 1217, r. w.feste; lyue, O 1281; sy])e, O mi ; worde, 254, O 265,
O 857 (required by the rhyme also at 82S, L 836). Hunde should be written at
881, but the consonantal form also occurs as hounden, O 912. Hundred, 1329,
bonder, L 1339, are unchanged. Plural datives in e are, ;ere, 96, yere, O 102;
hounde, L 596, honde, 598 ; knyhte, L 522, knicte, O 540 (to be restored also at
L 820 t, 885, O 1256), but tearen, L 970, teren, O 1005, are consonantal.

jo stems. Words with original long stem syllable have sing. n. a. in e, as
fissere, erende (but herdne, O 480) ; those with short syllable have consonantal
ending, as net, 1137+, L 659 f (but kinne, O 152, r. w. sodcnne). The dative
ends in e, as ende, L 737 f ; ribbe, L 323 f (but bed, L 1435, r. w. adred, O 1236,

* The term dative is applied conventionally in the glossary to any form governed
by a preposition.

xxxviii GRAMMAR.

r. w. leyd; euen, L 407, eue, L 468 f, r. w. leiie) : the genitive has es, as kunnes,
L 964; beggeres, L 1086 f (possibly //«^ra/). The plural of all cases has es,
but n. fyjjelers, L 1494 ; harperis, L 1493 ; d. hulle, 208, O 218 (to be restored at
L 216) also occur. At 633, 634, kin[ne], men[ne] are to be read.

wo stems. Examples are, sing. n. a. ale, bridale : d. brudale, hewe, kne
( = crieo) : plural d. knes. Akneu, L 340, represents on cneow, so//, d. kneus,
O 347, aknewes, L 385 (on cneowum).

a stems. Excepting the verbal nouns in ing, the sing. n. a. d, of both long and
short stems regularly end in e, so fuUe, shame, tale, leue, lore, wunde. The only
nominatives sing, of long stems recorded are, mede, O 283 ; sorwe, O 270, soreje,
261, sorewe, L 263; streng])e, 215, streg])e, O 225 ; wile, 643, mostly with elision
oi e. Halle, 1474, L 1496, O 1523, is a genitive singular in e : the adverb phrase,
fe whiles, also occurs. Wund, 1342, is a solitary dative singular without e, and
foreward, L 456 t, forewart, L 552, are isolated accusatives singular. The plural
forms which occur are, datives, dounes, L 161 ; wundes, 1423 ; wondes, L 1441 :
accusatives, glouen, L 800, O 823 ( = gl6fan), gloue, 794 ( = gl6fa, glofe) ; niilen,
L 327, mile, 319, O 332, 1176. The verbal nouns in ing occur with and witiiout
final e in all cases of the singular ; a plural is weddinges, O 969.

ja stems. These have regularly e in sing. n. a. d. The dative blys, O 1277, and
the accusative blis, 1234, are the only exceptions. No case of the plural occurs.
This class includes the compounds of nes, as faimesse, meoknesse, sorinesse, and
of rSden, as felaurade, L 174 (= -r«dene); verade, 166 ( = geferr8edene). wa
stems are not represented.

i stems have also sing. n. a. d. generally in e, so cunde. Other nominatives are,
come ; fairhede ; I)ralhede (compounds of *h.red) ; brude, bride ; glede ; nede ;
quene, but bryd, O 1093, quen, 7; accusatives, drench, L 1164; quen, 146, O 154
(doubtful) ; wiht, L 507 t> and dative myht, L 483, also occur. A genitive
singular is speres, L 13S9, O 1416 : the only plurals are n. wijte, 886, and d.
dedes, 537, O 553. The wi stem sS gives sing. n. a. se, see, possibly see,
L 1099; d. se, see and see, 1396 (= Sffiwe) ; g. se, see in se brinke, see side, &c.

u stems. Examples are, sing, n. sone; g. someres ; d. felde (but feld, 514,
L 516); flore ; honde (but bond, A. S. bond, L 312); a. hon[d], O 1446;
sone, 9. Genitives in e are, dure, 973, wode, L 1235 \. Plural n. sones; a, sones,
hondes (but honde, L 116 f, r. w. stronde), 192, L 200, and honden, O 202 ; winter,
O 18, wynter, L 18.

n stems have e in all cases of the singular. Genitives are, chyrche, O 1076 ;
prime, L 857 f ; sonne, L 826, O 847 ; sunne, 1436. A. S. hleefdige gives lefdi,
leuedi, leuedy, L 356, L 397, but apparently leuedy, L 341, O 348 ; lilie is lylye,
L 15, and lili, O 15; hwipa, whyjt, O 784; hiisbondan, hosebonde, L 421 f,
L 739 t' O writes both er])e and ere]), O 176. An archaic ace. sing, survives in
V5ten, 1376, ohtoun, L 1386, oujten, O 1415. Plural nominatives in es are, gomes,
L 24 t, r. w. sones, but 161, r. w. icu??ie : in en, feren, L 102 f, O 123, O 231,
both r. w. dere ; gomen, L 169, r. w. icomejt : in e, ifere, 102, r. w. stere, 221,
r. w. dere, yfere, L 227, r. w. dtiere, L 394, r. w. here. Plural datives in es, ires,
959, r. w. tires; spures, 500: in en, earen, L 969, r. w. tearen, eren, O 1004,
r. w. teren; eyjen, L 755, r.vr. yseyjen; feren, L 88+, L 1250, r. w. weren;
ferin, 1242, r. w. feriti: in e, fere, L 501, r. -w.ywere; yfere, 497, r. w. luj>ere;
schrewe, L 60 fj r. w. ferue. Accusatives in es are, belles, 1381 ; cherches, O 65 ;
masses, 1382; spores, O 522: in en, bellen, O 1294, r. vf.fullen; cherchen,
O 1423, r. w. werchen, churchen, 62 ; feren, L 21 f, L 248, O 253, both r. w.
leren\ feiren, 237 : in e, belle, L 1393, chirche, 1380, r. w. wtirche ; yfere, 242,

GRAMMAR. xxxlx

r. w. !ere; tj-me, 1070, L 1076. Altogether L has es once; en, fifteen times;
e, six : O has es three times ; en, fifteen ; e, twice : C has es six times ; en, ten ;
e, seven. The rhymes with one exception point to e as the original termination.
The genitive phiral does not occur.

The monosyllabic consonant stems have sing. n. a. d. with the same consonantal
ending, so man, lemman, fot. But niht and its compounds conform to the i
stems in the dative, and nijte, 492, appears to be accusative. The only genitive is
mannes, O S61, monnes, L S71, Plural n, men : g. mannes, 2r, menne, L 23:
d. fote, 1240, L 124S, fotes, O 521, fet, L 460 ; manne, O 613, menne, L 1376 f,
men, 634, O 1044 ; wimmenne, O 71, wymmanne, 67, L 71. The r stems have r
throughout the singular, so g. fader, no, L 114, O 1299; moder, 648, O 664,
L 1395, but faderes occurs once, O 116. There arc no plurals. The sing. J, fende,
O 1421, is the only form of the nd stems. Child has sing, d. childe, child:
fluraln. a. children, and n. childre, O 117. Of the loan words may be noticed,
sing. n. a. felavve ; plural n. a. d. felajes, felawe ; //. n. grome, O 171, r. w.
ycome; sing. g. shurte, L 1209, schirt, O 1244. The plurals of adjectives used
as nouns have regularly e, as broune, L 1122, O 1157 ; olde, L 1407, helde,
O 1440; fremede, L 68 f, but held[e], O 1417. Vocatives are, lef, 655, luef,
L 653. Of M. E. nouns the most noteworthy are, n. a. pine, reuj)e; a. drede ;
d, derke (A. S. adj. deorca).

Nouns of Romance origin have usually in sing. n. a. d. the form of the French
accusative, but sire, 1506, &c., is a nominative form. The termination, whether
vocalic or consonantal, of the French oblique case prevails in all three cases, but
the nominative inflection occurs once in enimis, L 960. When the case ends in e,
that termination has the value of a syllable, as chayere, L I27it, r. w. yhere ;
compaynye, 879, r. w. hije; galeie, 185, r. w.pleie; pelryne, L 1156, r.w. zuyne;
pruesse, L 554 f, r. w. blesse ; rente, 914, r. w. -uente. The following nominatives
and accusatives diverge from their French originals, deole, 1050, dole, L 1057,
O 1092 (deol); soune, L 217, O 220 (son), possibly plurals; sclauin, 1222
(esclavine) ; peynim, O 45 (paennime) ; chapel, L 1392 (chapele). Palmere
(palmier) has graphic e everywhere, so damoisele : maister, mayster, represent
maistre : sire as vocative is generally monosyllabic. Datives with final e like
English words are ginne ; paleyse, L 1266, O 1299, r. w. eyse; pelrjiie, L 1156,
r. w. uyjie ; spuse, 995, spouse, L 1005 (espus) ; squiere, skyere ; striue ; ture,
toure, but tour, L 1095. Castele, L 1488 ; granele, L 14S7, have graphic e.
Apparently we must pronounce reaume, O 942, O 1550 ; mesauenture, O 339, 710,
mesauentur[e], 326. The genitive is usually the same as the other cases, so castel,
L 1054; chambre, L 982 ; roche, 1384, but maisteres, 621 ; squieres, 360, O 371,
skuyeres, L 365, have English termination. The plural «. a. d. have es, s, as
armes; enimis; heirs, he}Tes; mat}Ties ; paens, payenes, L 84, L 91, L 187:
ryme, 804, L 812 ; soune, L 217, O 220, may be plurals.

The Adjective. The termination is e in all cases, singular and plural of both
strong and weak declensions when the A. S. strong form has vocalic ending (mostly
jo and -wo stems), so blij)e, dere, fre, jare, hende, isene, kene, lujiere, murie,
mama, newe, queme, riche, swete, trewe, vntrewe, vnome, wilde, ymete. But
rich, O 23 ; \-nom, 330, 1526 ; wild, 252, O 263, also occur, and mild (= milde)
is the invariable form, though milde might be read everywhere. Others with
vowel ending are, one ( = ana), fele, fewe, ilke, mo. The comparatives waver, as
betere; more; fairer, fajTore, L 323, feyrore, L 8, L 10. The superlatives have
all final e, as beste, faireste, nexte, strongeste, except fayrest, O 1S3; wisest,
O 1S4. A. S. wiersa is werse, O 120, wurs, 116, wors, L 120 ; wiersta, wurste,

xl GRAMMAR.

648, werste, L 30 f, ^vurst, 68, werst, L 72, verst, O 72, the short forms being
derived from A. S. adverbs. Adjectives vi^hich in A. S. terminate in ig have i, y
in all cases, as ani, any; blody ; hendy, 1336 (=-h§ndig); holy; mani, mony
{dat. pi. monie, L 60) ; modi, mody, redi ( = *rffidig), worJ)i : so too reuly (see
p. xxvii) beside rewlich, O 1092. Other adjectives with consonantal termination
in A. S. have mostly consonantal ending in sing. n. a. of the strong declension, as
al, bold, glad, hoi, red, whit; the e in cristene, L 1329 f, heuele, O 340, is only
graphic. But nominatives in e are briycte, O 466; longe, O 977, L Ii02f ;
sounde, L 1351, O 1384; yliche, O 19, and accusatives, faire, 387, 403, fayre,
O 399, O 415, feyre, L 401 ; foule, L 1071 ; loJ)e, 1197; longe, O 514; loude,
L 217 (perhaps plural). The words lute, lite, muche, &c., show loss of final /:
agen gives ojene, 249, oune, OAvne. An archaic accusative is godne, 727, L 731.
The dative singular occurs with and without e, so al, alle ; god, gode ; gret,
grete ; whit, white ; cristene, L 185 + ; ojjere, 238, 257, 551, 671 ; euele, L 336,
heuele, O 341. The plural has e throughout, with exception of al, O 919, O 1175,
1489; cristen, 832 ; ded, L 910; lef, O 124, O 232 ; quic, 1370 ; rich, O 23 ; in
some of these the e would, if written, have been elided. OJ)er, 813, is probably
a mistake for oure.

The weak declension has e everywhere, but bryht, L 918 ; 5cng, O 1229, 5yng,
L 214, which all follow the noun they qualify, are uninflected.

Among the few adjectives of Romance origin may be noted the nom. sing.
boneyres, O 939, and the dat. sing, false, 1248. The comparison of adjectives
presents no feature of special interest. Both the mutated form, strengeste, 823,
O 852, and strongeste, L 831, occur.

The numeral an gives nom. an, a, on, o; dat. one (= anum), on; ace. ane,
O 494, en, L 1037 ( = 8enne), on, one, a, o, while the weak form ana, alone,
produces one, onne, the former once, O 358, with a //. ace. pronoun. Twegen is
tueie, tweyne ; twa, two, &c., without distinction of gender, so too beyne, bo as
well as boJ)e (O. N. batSir) ; pri, preo, is once Jireo, 815, and J)re ; fif, generally
flue (=fife), but fif, O 102; siex, sixe, but once six, L 926; seofon, seue ;
twelf, twelf and twelue; Jjreottiene, J)rettene, ))rottene; fiftiene, fiftene. The
forms fiue, sixe, twelue, generally follow their noun. The ordinals have regularly
fina^.^, but seue])e, L 927, L 1140, seuen);e, O 960.

The Adverb, i. Adjectival. Corresponding to A. S. adverbs in e from
adjectives ending in a consonant are, bitere ; faire (= faegre) ; eueneliche, L 100,
Oioo; fule ; jerne; harde ; rajjc ; sweteliche ; wide, &c. ; so schuUe, M. E.
derivative of scyl ; snille. From h^fige comes heuie, 1408 ; hard, 1068, O 1109,
is uninflected: bitterly, L 1058, is a solitary form in ly. A. S. adverbs in e
coinciding with adjectives in e, are represented by dere; hende, L 1137; iriurye
( = myrige); ficke: derne, stille, trewe are M. E. formations of this class. From
A. S. adverbs in a descend jare, 1356, 5ore, L 1366 ; jute, 70 ; more ; sone ; twie,
and analogically ofte : betere, latere, L 1030 f, lasse, lesse are neuters of the com-
parative adjective. A. S. gearo, through gearwe, gives jare, 467. A genitive
form is elles, 246 ; datives, euene, 94 ( = efnum) ; often (?) : accusatives, afterward,
iwis, wis, litel, lute, wel. From combinations with prepositions come arijte, 457
(A. S. ariht) ; anon; oueral, L 252 (=ofer eall), but oueralle, O 1426; toga-
dere, &c. The comparative leng, 728, 742, 1103, represents long ; er, aire, O 554,
ffir : the superlatives, mest, most, are uninflected forms of the adjective, ii. Sub-
stantival. These are mostly combinations of prepositions with nouns ; they end
regularly in e, as adune, afelde, amorwe, &c. But adun, dun, awei, also occur.
Cases of nouns are, accusatives, awt, ojt, naut, noJ)ing, na, no ; datives, eke, euer,

GRAMMAR. xli

euere, L I105, O 1142. eiire, 236, neure, neuer, neuere, L 1106, O 1143; instru-
mental, sore, iii. Pronominal. These generally correspond closely to their A. S.
originals, so hider, hu, nu, |)ider, whi. But both her and here, L 233 f; par and
J)are (^^Jjara"), L 471, 1493, occur : O has noware, O 1292, nowere, O 1 129, whare,
O 438, quare, O 710 : ]janne is represented by J)anne, ])enne, and Jian, O 359 ; so
too whanne, whan. Loss of final n is noted on p. xxvi. iv. Prepositional. Those
ending in A. S. an have e, as abute, bihynde, or en, as abouen, anouen, ouen :
upon represents uppon. Nere, L 966 = near, has positive meaning.

Adverbs of ScandinaAian origin are, ay, L 1543 = ei ; ille ; loje, lowe.

The Fronouu. For details and references the glossary should be consulted.
The pronoun of the first person is in L O, ich, ych, y ; O, hich, yich, hyc, hy ;
C, ihc, i ; L O C, me, we, vs; O, hus, os; L, ous : of the second, LOG, J)ou;
OC, fu ; O, Jo ; L O C, |)e, 5e {itom.pl.), 30U {dat. ace.) ; O, hou (once) : of the
third niasc. s. «., L O C, he ; O, hey, hye, e ; C, hei ; dat. ace, LOG, him, hym ;
ace, G, hine (once) ; L, hyne (twice) : fe/n. s. «., L G, heo ; L O, he, hy ; L, hue ;
O, hye, sche (once); dai. ace, LOG, hire; L O, hyre ; G, hure mostly with
silent e : neut. s. n., L O G, hit ; L O, hyt ; O, ith ; ace, LOG, hit ; O, hyt, ith, it :
//. «., L G, hy ; O G, he ; L, hue, heo ; O, hye ; O G, Jiei (once each) ; O, >e, \o ;
pl.g., L, hure, huere; O, here, >ere (once) ; //. dat. ace, LOG, hem ; L, huem.
In the possessive adjectives, mi, \>\, exist beside the longer forms in nearly all cases :
vre, oure, prevail, but L has vr once, and G ore once: the//, ace 30ur, 815,
should also be noted.

The definite article is usually Jie throughout, but there are traces of older forms.
pat is used in the itotn. ace sifig. eighteen times in the three texts before such A. S,
neuter nouns as ship (seven times), child, folk, thing, and twice before others. The
ace. sing, is >ene, Jen, once each in L; for the dat. sing., L has >en once, G \2.-a.
once and f-are once, with ^tfem. tru|)e, 674. The demonstrative adj. is sing., J)at;
//., \o : the corresponding pronoun occurs only in the singular J)at. It also serves
regularly as the relative, but O has twice warn, s. d., and J)e may be relative at
O 1421. The compound demonstrative ^es is generally Jiis throughout, but in
addition L has sing. dat. Jisse ; ace J)es, Jeose, >ise ; //. dat. ])ise ; //. ace pes,
J>eose, while O has sing. dat. Jise ; //. ace jjyse, and G, sing, ace pes. Sum has
//. sume, summe, &c. ; mani, monie. The dative form ofere is regularly
syncopated. The other pronominal words are without special interest.

DIALECT.

The material available for the determination of the dialect of
the original A is scanty, owing to the extensive alterations made in
the texts by the copyists. Generally speaking, we must rely on the
evidence of forms and sounds controlled by rhymes in passages
clearly original, and, since the decision as to what is original often
rests on subjective grounds, it is safest to draw no decided conclusions
from passages where the texts diverge.

The flexion gives less help than usual, but, so far as it goes, it
points generally to the South. If it has been established (pp. xxxv,
xxxvi) that such forms as lyj?e, 2, stonde, L 514 1, &c., are subjunctives,

xlii GRAMMAR.

the present indicative plural does not occur in rhyme. The present

singular is found only in kepest, r. w. slepest, 1307, 1308, L 1319,

L 1320, which is without significance. Syncopated forms of the

third singular present indicative, though fairly common in all the

texts, never appear in rhyme, and the present participle only in such

combinations as sittynde, r. w. wepynde, L 649, L 650; sittende, r. w.

wepende, O 667, O 668. The second person singular past of the weak

verb is found once in rhyme, makedest, r. w. lest, O 499, in a passage

not original. But the other personal endings of the past singular

are regularly preserved, while the plural shows the Southern loss of

n, as ete, L i268t, r. w. sueie-, to-brake, 1077, r.w. gale; drowe,

L ioi6t, r.y^. ynmve; knewe, L 1459 1, r.w. newe. The perfect

participle is, as in the South, without «, as icume, 162, r.w. gume{s);

ybounde, L 1 1 16 t, r. w. grounde; byronne, L 652 +, r. w. somie; take,

L 14281-, r.w. 7nake,8ic. Exceptions are forloren, 479, r.w. horn

(probably not original), and born, L 10 1, L 512 t, r.w. horji, such

rhymes with proper names being of little significance. On the other

hand, certain examples of the infinitive with 71, characteristic of the

Southern dialects, are few (those which occur, slon, L 47 t, r.w. on,

vpOTi'j gon, L 5ot, L 292 t, r.w. anon; bene, L 1542 t, r.w. queue,

are all found in the South IMidland Genesis and Exodus), while the

infinitive in e is well established by the rhymes. In this deviation

from Southern usage the dialect agrees with that of the undoubtedly

Southern romances ascribed to Thomas Chestre (Libeaus Desconus,

ed. Kaluza, p. Ixxxx), which belong to the South-East bordering on

Kent. The forms werie, L 1399, O 1430 ; serie, 1385, all r.w. merie,

are Southern: derie, L 792 t, r.w. werie', sterye, L 147, r.w. derye;

stirie, O 149, r.w. derie, are also, by inference from them, original.

The tense forms of the strong verbs are fully consistent with the

results established for the South by Biilbring, the A. S. ablaut of the

singular and plural past being well preserved : characteristic of early

Southern are the plurals spake, L 535 1, r. w. take (O has speke") ;

to-brake, 1077, r.w. gale (Bulbring, pp. 57, 59). Peculiar to the

South is the contrast in the development of A. S. seg in ssege, ssegon,

and in Isege, Isegon, preterite forms of seen and licgan, as shown

by the rhymes on pp. xxii, xxiii, the representatives of the former

rhyming with monophthongal descendants of eag, ig ^, those of the

latter with the diphthongal French ei. The infinitives byhelde,

^ It is an open question whether lije, 11 58, r. w. isi^e, is a non-Soi;them form
from licgan, or simply representative of ISage, parallel with C's ije, hije.

GRAMMAR. xliii

L 854+, x.w./elde; welde, 481, L 485, r.w. jdde, are also Southern
(Biilbring, p. 104). Consistent too with a Southern origin are the
large remnant of the weak declension of nouns, especially of plurals
in e with loss of final n ; the considerable number of strong nouns
with plurals in e, partly due to the influence of the weak declension ;
the extensive remains of the inflections of adjectives and pronominal
words and the frequent survival of the prefix ge, especially in the
past participle of verbs, as i, y, where the metre shows it to be
original. Still the fact that this prefix is often wanting, or appears
as a superfluous addition of the scribes, militates in so early a text
against an unmixed Southern origin, and the other phenomena
mentioned in the last sentence are purely quantitative tests as between
the South and the southern parts of the INIidland dialectic area. And
the second singular past indicative sedes, 538,seydes, O 554, both r. w.
dedes, which though missing in L appears to be original, points to
IMidland influence.

The sounds show in the main the characteristic features of the
Southern dialect. Thus A. S. a is, with one or two possible exceptions,
regularly 0 in rhyme. In a Southern text of the first half of the
thirteenth century there would perhaps be nothing remarkable in
knawe (the text has knoive), r.w. fehive, 1089, but in any case the
passage is corrupt in all three IMSS. So, too, we may look on more,
95, r. w. jere (for which Brandl, Literaturblatt, 1883, p. 135, suggests
mare ; jare), as a doubtful passage or an impure rhyme. A. S. ea
before Id becomes e everywhere in rhyme. Though this representa-
tion is occasionally found in Northern texts, the regularity of its
occurrence here points strongly to the Eastern South, while the
absence of ea excludes Kent. To the same quarter belongs the
almost invariable e for the t umlaut of u, u. But once more there
is evidence of Midland influence in the z'of kisse, 431 {kesse in text),
r. w.ywisse, L 435 {cusse in text), r. w. wi'sse ; J>ynke, L 1153 t, r.w.
drynke; ofjjynke, L 10641, r.w. drytike; hulles, L 216, r.w. stille.
It is true that the irreducible e : i rhymes, wille : telle, L 369 t, 943 ;
stille : dwelle, 373, O 387 (the Wiltshire S. Editha has dwelle :
wille, 1027; stylle : wylle, 483); J^icke : nycke, L 1247, ]?ikke:
nekke, 1239, have been held to support the originality of the rhyme
kesse : ywisse (IMorsbach, § 132, anm. i). But they have equally
been used as an argument in favour of the Midland i in such rhymes
as kyn : men, 633; liste : reste, O 424; fulfille : belle, L 1264
(Brandl, Literaturblatt, 1883, p. 135, Anzeiger, xiii, pp. 97-102). It

xHv GRAMMAR.

seems however preferable, while recognizing that i lay sufficiently
near to e to make i : e rhymes tolerable, not to add to their number
unnecessarily, where a perfect rhyme can be restored. The rhymes
litel, lite : write, white (p. xxv) are not significant, as litel is the
regular form in the Ayenbite. Lastly, A. S. y is represented by ?/,
characteristic of the Middle South, in turne, L973t, r. w. murne;
cunde, 421, r. w. bunde. The regular representation of A.S. eo by e
in rhyme points once more to the Midlands, while the wavering
between a and e as the equivalent of A. S. 0B excludes Kent. The
form jing for A. S. geong, required everywhere by the rhymes, is
generally considered Northern, but it appears to be common property
of the romance writers in all parts. The Northern biforn is found in
rhyme with horn, L 532 t, and fro with/^?, 367 ; they are foreign to
the dialect of the writer.

It follows that A does not belong to a district with a well-defined and
consistent dialect, but to a border land. It must be placed somewhere
in the South-Eastern area outside Kent, near enough to the Midland
border to account for a considerable admixture of Midland character-
istics, and at the same time so near the Middle South as to be in
some small degree affected by its peculiarities. North-West Surrey
may possibly satisfy the conditions.

The dialect of the scribe of L, which was probably written at
Leominster, is in basis South- Western, but modified by proximity to
the West Midland border. It has Southern present plurals in ep, as
sitte]?, beo]?, bef?, bue]?; present participles in i7ide, as liggynde, mourninde,
wepinde ; imperative jef (also in C) against Midland jyf in O ; prete-
rite singular seh (= seah). It represents A.S. y by //, but it has also
the Midland i nine times. The South-Eastern e also occurs, but, with
three exceptions, euel, euele (also found in R. of Gloucester), werste
(R. of Gloucester has often the analogous verst = fyrrest), only in
rhyme, and so probably borrowed. It is distinguished from South-
Eastern by the infinitive se, by u for i§, as sturne, and for eo, as
5urne, and by the form wij^sugge; and from Middle South by its
development of initial eo (see p. xxiv), and probably by its frequent
ue for medial and final eo, as buen, bue|3, duere, hue. To West
.Midland influence is probably due the preponderant representation
of A. S. a before m, n by 0 (also characteristic of the Katherine group),
and the impartial use of a and e for A. S. 8B. C belongs to the east
of the Middle South. It is more purely Southern than the original
A or the other MSS. Thus A. S, eo, eo are often preserved (pp. xix,

GRAMMAR. xlv

xxiii), notably in seon, and it has chelde for cealdian, against kcldc
in L, kolde in O. Still traces of Midland influence are not wanting,
such as the plural present ben beside bee]-', Anglian saj, sauj beside
Southern se5 for seah, and a few cases (brigge, brymme, chirche, kyn)
of i for A.S. y. But the regular representative of y is ti, and there
is in addition a considerable number of forms in e. Characteristic
are frequent u for i (p. xix), u in su}7e (= swyjje), jut, jute, luue)?,
&c. ; b for initial w in bij?inne, bij^ute, forms found, so far as I know,
only in a Winchester document (English Gilds, pp. 349, 355). The
dialect of C has much resemblance to that of the Poema Morale, but
it is more Eastern ; we shall probably be near the mark in placing it
in Hampshire. A comparison of the O text of King Horn and
Havelok written by the same scribe shows him to have been
a mechanical copyist who made no consistent attempt to substitute
his own dialect for that of his original. Thus in KH he writes
uncontrolled by the rhyme, brenye, cherchen, kyrke, werchen, jenge,
jonge, heuele, in Havelok, brini, kirke, wirchen, yung, iuele, yuel ;
in KH, kunne, kusse, dude, dunt, muche, in Havelok, kin, kisten,
dide, dede, dint, michel ; in KH, sche, hye, were, ware, berne, lete,
in Havelok, scho, sho, woren, brennen, late. In KH, his represen-
tation of A. S. y is about equally divided between u, e, and i, the two
former due to his Middle South original, the last mainly to his own
dialect, which appears to be East Midland with much resemblance to
that of Robert of Brunne.

JMETRE

It is impossible to discuss here the conflicting views on the origin
and structure of the verse in which King Horn is written. A guide
to the literature on the subject will be found in Paul's Grundriss, ii,
pp. 1004, 1007: among later works should be specially mentioned
the Studien zum Germanischen Alliterationsvers, edited by INI. Kaluza.
The position here adopted is based on the views of Schipper as
expressed in his Englische Metrik and Grundriss der Enghschen
INIetrik, and of Luick in Paul's Grundriss, ii, pp. 994 ff.

The verse of King Horn is native, being a natural development of
the Old English alliterative metre greatly accelerated in its later stages

xlvi METRE.

by the strong influence of French prosody. The direction of this
development is from the Old English four-stressed long line, divided
by a central pause, but bound together by alliteration, with rare and
casual rhyme, and that often imperfect, to a Middle English short
line, with two principal stresses and one or two secondary stresses,
bound in pairs by more or less perfect end-rhyme, alliteration sur-
viving either in traditional combinations or being added as an
occasional ornament. Internally the loose recitative structure of the
O. E. verse, which admits of considerable variety in the number of
light syllables between the stresses and even of their absence, gives
place gradually to a stricter alternation of stressed and light syllables,
one or more of the light syllables taking a secondary stress. The
progress of these changes may be observed in the chronological series
of examples given by Schipper, Grundriss, pp. 112, 113. Lajamon's
Brut is an important landmark on the way : he shows a steady pro-
gressive change in his versification, so that the contrast between the
beginning and end of his long poem is marked. The C text of King
Horn represents a further step towards a regular syllabic metre, but
still with abundant survivals of the older system of prosody, while
L and O present a still smoother and more regular versification. The
following account of the metre refers to the more difficult C. The
lines indicated by numbers only conform exactly to the specimens
under which they are ranged 3 examples involving elision, hiatus, and
other complications of the verse are not admitted till these have been
explained, otherwise the lists are fairly exhaustive in most cases.

The prevailing type (I) of verse has three stresses, the last stress
being followed by a light syllable. The first stress in this, as in the
other types, may fall {a) on the first syllable of a line, or {b) may be
preceded by a prelude (aiifiakt) of one or two light syllables metrically
negligible, and a line with prelude may be paired with one which
begins abruptly. Examples are {a) King he was bi wdste, 5 ; A]?ulf
was ]3e b^ste, 27; Sw^rd hi gvinne gripe, 51 ; Wiirst was Godhild
J?anne, 68 ; Horn, \\x art wel kene, 91, 99, &c. : (<5) So longe so hit
laste, 6; In none kinge riche, 17; Hy sm/ten vnder schdlde, 53;
So fele mijten J?]?e, 57, 61, 64, 71, 92, 96, 100, &c. Next in im-
portance is (11) a four-stressed line with the fourth stress on the last
syllable, as {a) For he niiste what to do, 276 ; R^^menhild gan wbxe
wfld, 296, 368, 429, 443, 529, 816, 896, 948, 1233, 1526 : ib) At neure
wurs ]?an him was \6, 116 ; pe s^ J?at schup so fasste drbf, 119, 285,
286, 452, 648, 728, 782, 826, 898, 1450, 1528.

METRE. xlvii

A variant of the first type has (III) three stresses, of which the
last falls on the last syllable of the line, as G6dhild hht his qu(5n, 7 ;
Payns him wblde sl^n, 85, 93, 509 : {I/) pat ihc am h61 & fer, 149; &
In to halle cam, 586, 700, 820. There is also a variety of the second
type (IV) with four stresses, the last being followed by a light syllable,
as (a) Alle riche mannes s6nes, 21 ; Gr^t J^u wh\ of myne kdnne,
144, 191, 293, 425, 512, 535, 589, 590, 627, 644, 659, 783, 825, 841,
845. 958, 980, 1207, 1227, 1257, 1388, 1389, 1405, 1410, 1429,
1469 : (d) pat hbr to 16nde beb]? icume, 162 ; Ne schaltu haiie bute
game, 198, 294, 566, 568, 570, 571, 572, 784, 826, 861, 1248, 1447,
1458. Further (V), the old two-stressed verse is plainly recognizable
in. Hi wdnden to wfsse, 121; In h6rnes ilike, 289; Heo sat on l^e
sunne, 653; Hi riinge pe bdlle, 1253; Hi sl63en & fu5ten, 1375; pe
ni3t & ]3e vjten, 1376. Wissmann's attempt to reduce the marked
varieties of the verse to the standard of the first and second types is
a failure : he acknowledges the existence of an intractable remnant.

In the preceding examples of types I-IV the stresses fall on
syllables which in natural speech are subject to emphasis, and they
occur in regular alternation with light syllables after the fashion of
foreign metres constructed on the syllabic principle. But there is
also a considerable number of lines where the secondary stresses fall
on naturally light syllables, and where stressed syllables come together
without any intervening light syllable. These peculiar rhythms have
been shown by Luick to be identical with the characteristic types of
La3amon's verse, and ultimately traceable to the five types into which
the Old Germanic alliterative verse has been analysed by Sievers.
For his demonstration, which involves the history of the metre at large,
the student must be referred to his article in the Grundriss. It will
be more helpful here to arrange all deviations from the normal syllabic
verse as variants of the types given above.

A. Light Syllables stressed. I. (a) A'lle beon he bli})e, i ; Nas non his
iliche, iS, 23, 63, 66, 217, 255, 868, 899, 902, &c. : {i) A sang ihc schal 50U singe,
3; Ariued on his londe, 36, 62, 122, 154, 181, 259, 704, 772, 1183, &c. II. (a)
Rose red was his coliir, 16; Also Ihc 50U tdle may, 30, 195, 226, 974, 11 12,
1256: (i) Ne schaltu to dai henne gon, 46; pe stiiard was in herte wo, 275, 514,
573,574,1502. III. (rt) To my lord J)e king, 437, 32 ; Kni^tes and squier, iiii: {d)
Of wordes he was bald, 90 ; Nis he no5t so vnom, 330, 451, 761, 1033. IV. {a)
W'i^ his feren of pe londe, 82 ; 3ef ]iu cume to Suddenne, 143, 161, 187, 1S9, 197,
541, 569, 660, 7S3, 922, 959, 1073, 1338, 141S : {d) Ne nowhar in non 6j)'re stede,
257; pe knaue ))ere gan adrinke, 971, 11 27, 1356, 1428.

B. Absence of the Light Syllable. This may occur after any stress falling
on a long syllable. I. A'l in to bure, 269; Wham so hit recche, 352, 370, 435,

xlviii METRE.

463, 561, 695, 1062, 1 106, 1 187, 1235, 1266, 1326: Of Murry pe kinge,4; He fond
bi >e stronde, 35, 41, iiS, 166. 168, 177, 231, 270, 272, 383, 387, 410, 418, 420,
483, 547, 602, 615, 635, 650, 705, 738, 757, 759, 769, 808, 910, 1059, 1069, 1 102,
1179, 1221, 1269, 1276, 1296, 1407: Bi \>e se side, 33; Schipes fiftene, 37,
141, 163, 203, 350, 519, 608, 846, 954, 998, 1041, 1196, 1214, 1230, 1319, 1385,
1496: f>at to my song lype, 2 ; Wij) sarazins kene, 38, 67, 171, 173, 175, 199, 229,
455, 550, 582, 597, 610, 631, 679, 719, 721, 750, 776, 804, 828, 850, 855, 911,
1021, 1022, 1080, 1095, 1118, 1172, 1178, 1197, 1239, 1294, 1308, 1335, 1351.
1374, 1377, 1382, 1453: Payns ful ylle, 1316; Horn let vvurche, 1379; & ]>\
fairnesse, 213. II. A'ilmar him J)U5te lang, 494 : f>i lond folk we schiille slon, 43 ;
And ]>e selue ri3t anon, 45, 647, 1341 : He was brijt s6 ]>e glas, 14 ; He was whit
so ]>e fiiir, 15, 219: pat on him het haj^ulf child, 25; pat ne? heo g^n wexe
wild, 252, 295, 532, 634, 1232, 1313 : He him spac to horn child, 159 ; Til J)e
liBt of day sprang, 493, 505, 533, 563, 564, 1314, 1508, 1520: I wis he nas no
Ni])ing, 196 ; & horn mid him his fiindyng, 220, 423, 438, 504, 699, 1150, 1359 •
O'Jier ^1 quic flen, 86 ; and al quia hem i\6, 1370; Til hit sprang dai lijt, 124: &
herkne Jiis tyj)yng, 806. IV. Lemman, he sede, d^re, 433 ; Horn sede, leiie fere,
941, 515, 1000, 1158 : Ne sau3 ihc in none stunde, 167 : and for horn jiite more, 70 ;
Jef his fairnesse nere, 87, 353, 399, 470, 471, 536, 539, 931 : Ne schaltu me hire
werne, 916 : Muchel was his fairhede, 83; 0*r he eni wlf take, 553, 462, 771, 848,
979, 1114, 1152, 1247, 1336, 1357: pe king him rod an hiintinge, 646 ; Ne schal
]>e neure wel spede, 798, 1225, 1309, 1422 : Schi'ip, bi J^e se flode, 139; Horn g^n
his swerd gripe, 605, 1251 : For Miirri heo weop sore, 69; Heo sa3 R^menild
sitte, 651 ; & ihc am a fissere, 1134: To kdpe Jiis passage, 1323 : God knijt he
schal selde, 482: Horn sat on chaere, 1261; and ))er6f is wunder, 1330. The
last three lines might be scanned as type I. Of HI and V there are naturally no
examples. A'fter his comynge, 1093, seems a solitary instance of a stressed short
syllable followed immediately by another stress ; possibly A'fter his comynge.

C. . Doubling of Light Syllable. I. O'f er to londe brojte, 40 ; Horn was in
paynes honde, 81, 131, 194, 200, 234, 338, 359, 394, 472, 600, 702, 703, 729, 879,
929, 1098, 1241, 1259, 1281, 1423: Tojenes so vele schrewe, 56; Ne schal hit us
nojt of }<inche, 106, 202, 297, 304, 365, 378, 456, 457, 542, 593, 611, 664, 724,
747, 785, 885, 907, 1032, 1176, 1212, 1327, 1378, 1383, 1420: We schup is on
ryue, 132 ; Daies haue [)u gode, 140, 192, 204, 237, 254, 260, 315, 333, 473, 487,
507, 549, 559, 744, 800, 807, 811, 824, 857, 961, 1038, 1072, 1074, 1091, 1263,
1274, 1278, 1298, 1318, 1398, 1406, 1452, 1506: To schiipe schiille 5e funde, 103;
pe children jede to tune, 153, 172, 417, 496, 546, 560, 587, 625, 639, 657, 669,
7", 777, 795. 864, 881, 930, 1018, 1076, 1135, 1141, 1143, 1164, 1194, 1228, 1290,
1300, 1321, 1339, 1419 : 0'])er ]>n schalt haue schonde, 714; 3ef i ne come ne sende,
734, 1311 : Ajenes \>e paynes forbode, 76; pe children hi brojte to stronde, iii,
235, 404, 1057, 1078- H. Fairer ne miste non beo born, 10; Hennes J)u go, J)u
fule peof, 323 : Ne wiirstu me neure m6re leof, 324 ; To day haj) ywedde fikenhild,
1449 : jef ])u mote to Hue gb, 97 ; Horn, heo sede, wi])ute strif, 407, 819, 978 : pat
cure 5ut on ]>i londe cam, 788 : Horn is fairer Jiane beo h6, 331 ; For he is ]>e
faireste man, 787. III. Murri ]>e gode king, 31 ; Wordes })at were mild, 160, 341 :
Hy metten wi}) almair king, 155 ; He smot him a litel wijt, 503, 506, 513, 1067,
1154, 1303 : He schal knijten himself, 490 ; E'f Jjuloke peran, 575, 534, 1255, 1304:
& pine feren also, 98; pe children dradde perbf, 120, 502, 925, 981: Faire ne
mijte non ben, 8. IV. Whane ])e Hjt of daye springe, 818 : Janne sede t^e king so
dere, 789; Bute whanne ]>e se v/ip droje, 1399, 1310, 1427, 1509: For \>i me
stondej) pe more rape, 554 : Rymenhild, for3ef me ]>i tene, 349 ; Fikenhild me hajj

METRE. xlix

idon vnder, 1421, 1492, 1499: J?e paens )'^t er \v6re so sturne, 877. All the
examples of V (see ]-i. xlvii) have a doubled light syllable after the first stress,
B combined with C. I. Twelf fcrcn he hadde, 19; Men g(l)n in Jie londe, 126,
278, 283, 325, 4S6, 595, 709, 713, 843, 997 : >e pains come to londe, 59 ; Til II6rn
sa5 on I'e stronde, 125, 34S, 5S8 (home with graphic c), 661, 999, 1161, 1200, 1 223 :
I'n to a galeie, 1S5 : Went vt of my bur[e], 325, 709, 713 : Hi leten Itat schup ride,
136. II. And alle fat Crist luue}' vp6n, 44: 5ut lyue]) ])i midcr Godhlld, 1360 :
To day after mi dubbing, 629. III. I went in to knijt h6d, 440. IV. King after
king A'ylmare, 1494.

D. The Two-syllable Prelude. The prelude is usually monosyllabic, being
either an article, adjective, pronoun, preposition or such word as usually receives
no stress, sometimes, too, a proper name or title, as Horn, Crist, God, King, or the
first imemphatic syllable of a longer word, as at 56, 76, loi, 176, 1S8, 214, &c.
Clear cases of two-syllable prelude are, So i | rod on ml plclng, 630; Awei | vt, he
sede, fule Jieof, 707 ; Of a | Maide Rymenhlld [J)e 5lng], 1034 ! I i^e | may no leng
hure kepe, 1103; For heo | wcnde he were a glotoun, 1124; ]?anne | schal
Rymenhllde [pe jinge], 12S7. So may also be scanned 11. 20, 26, 49, 89, lio, 137,
I59> 193, 31S, 330, 347> 470. 480- .-'2, 554, 659, 672, 716, 751, S23, 947, 1077,
1226, 1246, I2.;6, 1265, 1310, 1314, 1410, 141S. But in all these cases the line
will admit an additional stress, and as there is abundant evidence of light syllables
stressed at the beginning of the line, e.g. 33, 40, 52, 66, 113, 130, 232, 236, &c., there
seems no reason for assuming the licence. Luick sees in 11. 294, 366, a three-
syllable prelude. I prefer to scan, And into bure \v\]> him jede (comp. 1. 586) ;
AYtcr ne recche ihc what me telle (comp. 11 70). Similarly dubious is, For J)l me
stonde}' ))e more rape, 554.

Some general features of the prosody remain to be noticed.

E. Elision. The vowel which suffers elision is the weak final e before a word
beginning with a vowel or before the pronoun of the third person and its adjectives;
once before her, 1053; hu, 1355, and heirs. 897; possibly once before Horn, 1435.
A clear case before any part of habben does not occur. There is naturally no
question of elision in the case of the words already described in the Grammar as
written with a graphic final e : to them should be added are, 448, ase, fikenylde, 28,
J)aruore, loi, welcome. The frequently recurring hire, hure, &c. ( = her, of her) is
monosj'llabic everywhere except at 265, 916, 933, 980, 1162, 1165 (here = their
is disyllabic, as at 112, 122, 1327, 1468) : so the imperative seie except at 1307,
and make, 1527. The e of such words as he, me, ])e, ne, ofte is never elided.

It is difficult to delimit the spheres of elision and hiatus in a verse which admits
of the licences described under B and C. Bearing in mind the direction of the
evolution of the verse, we should probably recognize in each case whichever of the
two makes for the normal syllabic metre of alternate stressed and light syllabic,
or, in other words, whichever avoids the occurrence of B and C. Elision is certain
in the following lines where otherwise three light syllables would come together :
I. In Siiddene he was ibom, 138; He sette him a knewelyng, 781 ; His b611e of
a galun, 1123 ; pe kyng al^te of his st^de, 47 ; A'fulf s^de on hire (re, 309 ; Horn,
haue of me rewj)e, 409 ; So he scholde in to place, 718 ; Cutberd heo ladde in to
halle, 779; Sore wepinge & jeme, 1085; Rym'nhild sede at J;e fiirste, 1191 ; He
wip'de Jiat blake of his swere, 1203 : IV. Giinne after hem wel swij)e hl3e, 8S0 ;
and j^arto mi treu])e ijie pli;te, 672; Rymenhlld he makede his quene, IB^9-
Doubtful is, Ne mijte he no leng bilene, 742.

F. Hiatus. The disyllabic past tense of weak verbs often maintains its
e, as sende, 265, 933, nolde, 320, ;cde, 3S1, 14S5, sette, 401, tolde, 467, sede, 469,

d

1 METRE.

1125, 1363, nolde, 527, 1292, hadde, 622, ferde, 649, mijte, 1035, founde, 1301,
grette, 1352, wolde, 1414, schrudde, 1464, dude, 1515. Other verbal forms with
unelided e are ihote, 1045, haue, 449, make, 792, sende, 1332, bringe, 1334 ! the last
three somewhat doubtful. Adjectives plural are sume, 54, alle, 221, glade, 1527 :
adverbs, faire, 1028, 1186, sore, 1220 : nouns singular, oblique, spuse, 995, depe, 883,
while, 1354, see, 1396, harpe, 1461 ; nominative, wille, 518, and possibly sunne,
12, 1436. Romance nouns are ioie (Muche ioie hi mak'de J)ere), 1353, 1361,
feste, 1433. The pronoun hure ( = her) occurs once, 1165, and the conjunction
wanne at 913. Elision rules in all other possible cases.

G. Syncopation. This occurs mostly in the trisyllabic past tenses of weak
verbs where the light e before inflectional d is lost in scansion, so luu'de, 24, &c.,
answar'de, 42, hau'de, 48, seru'de, 75, 77, mak'de, 84, 1234, ax'de, 599, 1470,
hiir'de, 752, scap'de, 886, won'de, 917, mak'den, 1210, loii'den, 1522. So, too,
ouercom']), 815, wen'st, 1133. Elision of the final e saves the preceding one, as
For]) he clupede A'])elbrus, 225 ; liuede, 74, wakede, 444, &c. The proper name
Rym'nhild is disyllabic at 287, 523, 727, 740, 919, 921, 984, 991, 1083, 1099,
1105, 1275, 1413, 1479, so Fyk'nliild, 687. Slurring. A partial syncopation,
where the vowel is nearly lost, occurs often in conjunction with r, as, someres, 29,
togadere, 52, 6l;ere, 238, &c., sorcje, 261, 1104, amoreje, 645, S37, r. w. sorjt, to
moreje, 817, squieres, 360, forloren, 479, iboren, 510, maisteres, 621, ankere, 1014,
watere, 1019, latere, 1020, beggeres, 11 20, 1128 (but beggere, 11 33); also in eiiene,
94, fojeles, 129, Cristenemen, 182, sweteliche, 384, heuene, 414, 1529, Steuene,
C65, sweuene, 666, enemis, 952, maidenes, 72, 1162, 65ene, 249, 1340 : but
heuene, 1524.

H. Crasis. Examples of the fusion of to with its infinitive are, tp abide, 854
(comp. tabide, 1446), t9 agrise, 867. Apparently the article is subject to it, We
schulle Jie hi'mdes teche, 1367.

The following lines illustrate these peculiarities in various combinations:
I. Bringe hem Jire to dl])e, 58; Bute hi here laje asoke, 65; Hire s6r'3e ne hire
pine, 261 ; Sume hi were lujj^re, 498; Of alle I)at were aliue, 619; f>at horn ne
luu'de no3t lite, 932; To horn come inoje, 1005; He sette him wel lose, 1079;
Heo fidde hire horn wi]) wyn, 11 53; Bijiiite his twelf ferin, 1242 ; He dude hem
alle to kare, 1244 ; Hi dude adun ])r6we, 1490. II. He hadde a sone ])at het horn,
8 ; Fairer nis non J)ine he was, 13 ; Luu'de men horn child, 247 ; Dude him on mi
lokyng, 342 ; Bitwexe a Jiral and a king, 424 ; Wakede of hire swosnlng, 444 ;
& Jjenke vpon \\ l^mman, 576 ; To day after mi dubbing, 629 ; Rym'nhild, haue
wel godne day, 727 ; \>q fond heo })e knaue adrent, 977. HI. Aslajen be]) mine
heirs, 897. IV. & makede hem alle knijtes, 520; >er nls non betere anonder
sunne, 567; & Jiojte on Rimenllde [j^ejinge], 614 ; Beggere ])atweres6 kene, 11 28;
He sede, ihc haue ajenes my wille, 1315 : Childre, he sede, hu habbe 5e fare, 1355.
Accentuation. Of the proper names with more than one syllable A'])elbrus,
Ailbrus, Alrld, llarild, Irisse, Modi, R^ynes, Sarazins, Westernesse, Westene are
invariable. Rimenhlld and Fikenhild have two accents or are syncopated,
Rim'nhild, Fik'nhild, with one. The others vary greatly, as A'Jjulf, 25, 27, 284,
755, 931, A'pulf, 577, A])ulf, 285, &c. ; Aylmar, 685, 703, Aylmar, 506, A'ylmir,
219, 494, A'ylmare, 1243; Arnoldin, 1443, 1493, A'rnoldin, 1498; B^rild, 763, &c.
Berild, 762, Berild, 821; Cutberd, 767, 779, 820, Cutberd, 827, &c., Cutberdes,
797; Godhild, 7, &c., Godhild, 1360; Murry, 4, 69, Murri, 31, 1335; R^ynlld,
1516, R^ynild, 903; Suddene, 138, 127S, Suddenne, 143, &c., Suddenne, 175, 866,
986 ; )7urston, 981, purston, 819 ; Yrlonde, 1513, Y'rlonde, 1002. Sufficient guidance
as to other words has already been given.

THE STORY

The adventures of Horn also form the subject of an Anglo-French
romance, Horn et Rimenhild (HR), extant in three ]\ISS., all
imperfect. Of these the best and most considerable is Ff. 6. 17 of
the University Library, Cambridge; the next, Douce 132 of the
Bodleian, Oxford; the most imperfect is Harley 527, British
Museum, London. They are all the work of French scribes
towards the end of the thirteenth century. A full description of them
by Dr. Brede, with a discussion of their relation to one another, will be
found in vol. iv. of Ausgaben und Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der
Romanischen Philologie. The poem was first edited by Francisque,
Michel in the Bannatyne Club book already referred to on page xv :
his text is pieced together out of the IMSS. without due regard
to the superiority of C. All three INISS. have been printed by Brede
and Stengel under the 'title Das Anglo-Normannische Lied vom
wackern Ritter Horn, as vol. viii. of Ausgaben und Abhandlungen,
preparatory to a critical edition ^

The poem extends to 5,250 alexandrines rhymed in tirades. The
author calls himself IVIestre Thomas ; he begins by an allusion to
a previous work in which his audience has heard how Aaluf, father of
Horn, came by his end, and he winds up with the announcement that
the deeds of Hadermod, Horn's son, will be treated by his son, Gillimot.
By some scholars, including the latest editors of the poem, he has
been identified with the Thomas mentioned at 1. 862 of the frag-
mentary Tristan in octosyllabic couplets printed by IMichel, Tristan,
i. ii. p. 41. But it has been shown by Dr. W. Soderhjelm (Sur
I'identitd du Thomas, auteur de Tristran, et du Thomas, auteur de
Horn, Romania, xv. pp. 575-596) that the poetical temperament and

^ Other literature on the subject is, Grober, Grundriss der Romanischen
Philologie, ii. Band, i. Abteilung, pp. 573, 574, 776; Histoire Litteraire de la France,
tome xxii. pp. 551-568; Brede, Ueber die Handschriften der Chanson de Horn,
Diss. Marburg, 1882; Mettlich, Bemerkungen zu dem anglo-normannischen Lied
vom wackern Ritter Horn, Miinster, 1890 (reviewed inEng. Studien, xvi. pp. 306-
308); Nauss, M., Der Stil des anglonormannischen Horn, Halle, 1885 ; Rudolph,
G., Der Gebrauch der Tempora und Modi im anglonormannischen Horn,
Braunschweig, 1885.

dz

Hi THE STORY.

the conception of character displayed in the two poems is so widely
different as to make a common authorship highly improbable. There
is an elaborate analysis of HR in Wissmann's Untersuchungen
pp. 66-94, and another in Michel's edition, pp. xiii-xxxv.

Yet another treatment of the story is extant in Horn Childe and
Maiden Rimnild (HC) of the Auchinleck MS., Advocates' Library,
Edinburgh, of which a description will be found in Eng. Studien, vii.
pp. 1 78-1 9 1. This poem was printed first by Ritson in the Metrical
Romances, iii. pp. 282-320, then by Michel in Horn et Rimenhild,
pp. 341-389, and by Dr. J. Caro in Eng. Studien, xii. pp. 351-366,
with a valuable Introduction on the relationship of the different versions
of the story, the dialect, metre and style of HC. It will also be found
in the appendix to this book, printed so as to represent the MS.
closely in every detail except punctuation. According to Caro, HC is
a copy made by a Southern scribe in the first quarter of the fourteenth
century from an original written in the Northern area near the East-
IMidland border. Lastly, there are eight fragmentary versions of
a ballad founded on the story, which are printed with introduction
under the title of Hind Horn in Child, The English and Scottish
Popular Ballads, Part i. pp. 187-208.

The relationship of these versions has been much discussed.
Wissmann held that KH in a modified form akin to L was the source
of HR, that HC sprang from HR or its source, and that the ballads
derived from HC. This view was successfully combated by Stimming
(see p. XV, footnote), who suggests that the story, much older than any
of the extant versions, has been subjected to extensive popular variation
in different localities, and that all the four forms have sprung from
distinct and divergent redactions. Child agrees with him in thinking
there is no evidence of filiation. Dr. Caro concludes, as the result of
an exhaustive analysis of the agreements and divergences of the
versions, that KH is derived direct from popular tradition, and,
assuming three redactions equally springing from tradition, that HC
comes from redactions I and 11, while HR springs from I and III
combined with KH.

Some light may be thrown on the problem by noting [a) the names
of the personages common to any two of the versions, and (i) their
treatment of the leading moments of the story. The following table
selects the names which are significant in their differences : —

THE STORY.

lii

KH

HR

HC

c

O

L

Mnrry

Morye

AUof

Aaluf, Aalof

IIa])eolf

Godhild

Godild

Godild

Samburc

Ilaluilf

Ayol

A>ulf

1 Fadeiof

HaJ)erof

Fikeiiikl

Fokenild

Fykenild

Wikel

Wigard Sc Wikel

Almair

Aylmer

Eylmer

Hunlaf

Iloulac

Ailbrus,

Aylbrous

Afelbrus

Herlant

Herlaund,

AVclbrus

Arlaund

Rymenild

Rimenild,

Rymenyld

Rigmenil,

Rimneld

Re^mild

Riginel, Rimel

Cntberd

Cubert

Godmod

Gudmod

Godebounde

Re}auld

Hermenyl

Ermenild

Lemburc

Acula

Harild

Ayld

A])yld

Guffer

Berild

Byrild

Beryld

Egfer

J>urston

JJurston

J?ur3ton

Gndereche

Finlak

Modi

Mody

Mody

Modin

Moging, Moioun

From this comparison it may be inferred that (i) no one of the versions
is a slavish adaptation of any other. (2) HC lies nearer HR than
does KH. (3) The scribe of L or his immediate predecessor was
acquainted with HR and adopted the names of Allof and Godmod
from it (comp. L 1345 where Mury is kept and the context suitably
altered). (4) KH is probably not derived from HR, since English
romances regularly keep the names of their French originals.

The evidence under (3) has been so carefully collected and
marshalled by Dr. Caro as to make it unprofitable to traverse the
same ground. It may suffice to state the result, that, when the broad
outline of the story and the incidents common to all the versions have
been isolated, there remains a very significant series of parallels in
incident and treatment common to KH and HR, but not in HC, and
another set common to HR and HC, but not in KH. At the same
time HC never agrees with KH against HR, for the play on Horn's
name, C 207-210, HC 385, 386, instanced by Caro, is only a chance
and distant resemblance. Each of the versions contains important
moments not found in the others. The results again point to the
absence of any direct dependence between the versions and to the
closer relationship between HR and HC.

More convincing, if more subjective, than these mechanical tests is
the impression produced by the general handling of the story in each
version, KH is essentially English, a plain impersonal tale, picturing
a simple state of society and full of primitive touches centuries older
than its language, written in a metre which is a natural development
of old English prosody. It cannot possibly have been derived from

liv THE STORY.

HR. HC, though more artificial in metre, is at times even more
popular in tone than KH, and differs fundamentally in its setting from
both KH and HR. It has borrowed from Sir Tristrem, and possibly
from Amis and Amiloun. HR is quite modern by the side of the
others: courtly, feudal, theological, it reflects the feeling of the
thirteenth century and bears the strong impress of its author's
personality. It is in the highest degree improbable that its author
by weaving together incidents derived now from KH, now from HC,
should produce anything so totally different in^ feeling and style
from both.

The following scheme may satisfactorily account for the phenomena.
The story is based on events which actually occurred in the south-west
of England during the English conquest. It is represented in direct
line, though transferred to another period and much enlarged by
subsequent accretions, by the Southern version, KH. It was carried
to the North somewhere about the time when the Norsemen of the
Continent combined with their allies from Ireland to harry the north
country, and was strongly modified to suit the local circumstances.
HC is the direct representative of this Northern version, while the
ballads are a branch of the same stem. HR is founded on a lost
redaction made by a man who was acquainted with both streams of
tradition and combined them. The peculiar talent of Master Thomas
has completely transformed the simple tale of adventure, embellishing
it with the details and investing it with the atmosphere of a French
romance of chivalry.

If this view of the relations of the versions be correct, it follows
that we must rely on KH in any attempt to trace the genesis of the
legend. This poem, as we have it, is a story of the Danish raids on
the south coast of England. It is, in the main, Teutonic in spirit and
details : the names of the persons and places are mostly Teutonic or
assimilated to Teutonic forms. Two later accretions may be separated
from it. The second rescue of the bride by the hero and his frieftds
in minstrel disguise is genuinely old English, possibly British. It has
been duplicated in the first rescue, the central incident of which, the
motive of recognition by a ring, is probably not older than the crusades
(Ward, Catalogue, i. p. 448). Further, as Mr. Ward also suggests,
Rimenhild is a duplication of the Irish princess Reynild, who in HC
and HR falls in love with Horn, but in KH has receded into the
background in favour of an English princess. Accordingly Rimenhild
and Aylmar and his court on the banks of the Dorsetshire Stour are

THE STORY. Iv

English additions to the original story, and the real Westernesse
is Ireland. Then all the localities and surroundings arc Celtic.
Murry, with whom may be compared IMerof, duke of Cornwall in
Guy of Warwick, 1. 8563 and note, is king of Suddene, the country
of the Southern Damnonii, that is, of Cornwall. It is noteworthy in
this connexion that in the Gesta Herwardi, to which the episode of
the bride's deliverance has been bodily transferred, the lady is the
daughter of Allef, a Cornish prince (Gaimar, Rolls Series, i. pp. 344-
353). The banished Horn finds shelter at the court of an Irish king,
with Irish troops and accompanied by an Irish page he recovers his
father's kingdom. His rival is a Breton prince, Modi, king of Renncs.
These indications point to the conclusion that the story is originally
a British tradition, arising out of some temporary success in which
the Cornish, aided by the Irish, checked the westward progress of the
English invader. It was annexed by some English poet, and recast
to suit the similar position of his countrymen resisting the attacks of
the Danes. Finally, it emerged at a much later date in the shape
of the extant versions under the impulse of the rising spirit of the
English people recovering from the Norman Conquest, which found
its peculiar literary expression in a whole cycle of outlaw and exile
stories in verse and prose, such as the Gesta Herwardi, Fulk Fitz-
Warine, Wistasse le IMoine, the Robin Hood ballads.

The last transformation which the story underwent is of special
interest as countenancing the theory of similar adaptation at an earlier
stage. A French writer of the first half of the fifteenth century,
finding material to his hand in HR, rewrote it, fitting it with new
characters, and so produced, in glorification of the family of Tour
Landry and of his contemporary Ponthus de la Tour Landry in
particular, the prose romance of Ponthus et Sidoine. This work
enjoyed a great popularity ; it was copied into the splendid MS. Royal
15. E. vi. of the British Museum, which was a present to Margaret of
Anjou in 1445 a. d. from the first Earl of Shrewsbury, and was
frequently issued by the early French printers. There is an English
translation of it, made about the middle of the fifteenth century, in
IMS. Digby 185 of the Bodleian Library: it has been edited in the
Publications of the Modern Language Association of America for
1897 by Dr. F. J. Mather, with an introduction containing valuable
bibliographical information. Another early translation was printed by
Wynkyn de Worde in 1511 a.d.

The literary interest of King Horn may be characterized in few

Ivi THE STORY.

words. It is probably the earliest of the English romances, but as a
specimen^ of the purely narrative sort it has great merit. In swift
succession of brief and incisive speeches it tells a simple story elTec-
tively without distraction of elaborate description or reflective comment.
But the characters are very simply conceived, the female element is
slight, and lovemaking is quite subordinate to fighting. Although
picturesque and even poetic situations, such as Horn's farewell to his
boat, are not wanting, the language is bald and unimaginative.
A certain epic simplicity and energetic directness of expression, to
which the short verse lends itself, are the main merits of its style.

To the authorities of the Clarendon Press I feel under a special
obligation for the patient consideration they have shown me during
the slow progress of this book. While it was in preparation two
distinguished scholars, who displayed a kindly interest in my work,
were taken away in the plenitude of their powers and activity.
Every student of English is under the deepest debt to Eugen Kolbing
and Julius Zupitza, and I for my part cannot refrain from expressing
the desire to associate the present work with their memory in grateful
recognition of what they have taught me and of much personal
kindness.

The Hulme School,
Manchester, August i, 1901.

ERRATA.

P. 109, 1. 6. Read More he.

P. 1 29, 1. 28. For O read L, for L read O.

P. 154, 1. 39. A'ffl'^ Remensis archiepiscopi.

P. 170, 1. 19. ReadW. 1367, 8.

P. 174, 1. II. Read vprist.

KING HORN

TEXTS.

MS. Harleian, 2253.
British Museum, London.

Her bygynnel? j^e gefte of
Kyng Horn

C Alle heo ben bly>e [f. 83 r]

J)at to my fong yly)?e
a fong ychulle ou finge
of AUof ))e gode k>Tige 4

k^Tig he wes by wefle
\ie whiles hit ylefle
ant godylt his gode quene
no feyrore myhte bene 8

ant huere fone hihte horn
fe>Tore child ne myhte be bom
for reyn ne myhte by rjTie
ne fonne myhte fhyne 12

fe>Tore child J;en he was
br}-ht fo euer eny glas
so whit fo eny lylye flour
so rofe red wes his colour 16

He wes feyr & eke bold
ant of fyftene wynter old
Nis non his yliche [f. 83 v]

in none kinges ryche 20

tueye feren he hadde

'pat he wij) him ladde

alle richemenne fones

& alle fuyjie feyre gomes 24

vry]> him forte pleye

mefl he louede tueye

pat on wes hoten Athulf chyld

& pat o)jer ffykenyld 2S

MS. Laud, Misc. 108.
Bodleian Library, Oxford.

A

lie ben he bli))e [f.2igv']
pat to me wile;/ Wpe
A fong ich wille you fu/ge
of mor}-e pe kinge 4

King he was bi weflen
Wei ))at hife dayef leflcn
And godild hife gode quene
Feyrer non micte bene 8

Here fone hauede to name horn
Feyrer child ne micte ben bom
Ne reyn ne micte upon reyne
Ne no fornie by fchine 12

Fayrer child jja^zne he waf
Brict fo eu^re any glas
Whit fo any lili flour
So rofe red was hyf colur 16

He waf fa>T and eke bold [f 219 v-]
And of fiftene winter hold
Was noma// him yliche
Bi none kinges riche 20

Xij- feren he hadde

pat he mid him ladde

And alle rich ki/?gef fones

And alle {\\\pe fayre gomes 24

Mid hym forto pleye

But mefl he louede tueye

pat on was hoten ayol child

And ^at oJ)er fokenild 28

L. Title in a later hand ?

L. 3. oufmgd over an erasure MS.

MS. Gg. 4. 27. 2.

University Library, Cambridge.

A'

Horn

[f, 6 r'] j^ lie beon he blij)e

J)at to my fong lyjie :

A fang ihc fchal 50U finge

Of Murry pe kinge. 4

King he was biwefle

So longe fo hit lafle.

Godhild het his quen,

Faire ne mijte non ben. 8

He hadde a sone ]>at het horn,

Fairer ne mifle non beo bom.

Ne no rein vpon birine,

Ne fu«ne vpon bifchine : 1 2

Fairer nis no« J)ane he was,

He was brijt fo ]>e glas,

He was whit fo J)e flur,

Rofe red was his colur. 16

In none kinge riche

Nas no« his iliche.

Twelf feren he hadde

pat he alle wi}) him ladde ; 20

Alle riche ma/znes fones

& alle hi were faire gomes,

WiJ7 him for to pleie,

& mefl. he luuede tweie ; 24

Pat on him het haj)ulf child,
& \a\. o\er ffikenild :

C. 20. he omit. MS.

B a

KING HORN.

Athulf wes }je befte

ant fykenyld \>e werfle

Hyt was vpon a fomeres day

alfo ich ou telle may 32

Allof \>e gode kyng

rod vpon ys pleyjyng

bi ))e fee fide

\>er he was woned to ryde 36

wijj him ne ryde bote tuo

al to fewe hue were \>o

he fond by \>e flronde

aryued on is londe 40

shipes fyftene

of sara3ynes kene

he afkede whet hue fohten

o]>eT on is lend brohten 44

a payen hit yherde

&. fone him onfuerede

])y lond folk we wolle)) slon

jjat euer cr/(l leuef) on 48

& Jje we wolle)) r)ht anon

fhalt })Ou neuer henne gon

Jje kyng lyhte of his flede

for J)o he heuede nede 52

ant his gode feren tuo

mid y wis huem wes ful wo

swerd hy gonne gripe
Sc to gedere fmyte 56

hy fmyten vnder fhelde
]>at hy fomme yfelde
C! \>Q kyng hade to fewe

ajeyn fo monie fchrewe 60

so fele myhten e\>e

bringe \>re to defie

jje payns come to londe

& nomen hit an honde 64

J)e folk hy gonne quelle

& farajyns to felle

\er ne myhte libbe

))e fremede ne \>e sibbe 68

bote he is lawe forfoke

& to huere toke

H

Ayol was ]>e befte
And fokenild })e werlle

it was \n one fome;'ef day
Alfo ich nou telle;/ may 32
pat morye |)e gode kinge
Rod on hif pleyhinge
Bi pe fe fyde

per he waf woned to ryde 36

With him nden bote tvo
Al to fewe ware ]>o
He fond bi ^e flronde
Ariued on hif londe 40

Schipes -xv-
Of farazines kene
He acfede wat he fowte
0|)er to londe broucte 44

A peynym it yherde
And fone anfwerede
pi lond folc we wile;/ flon
And al ])at god leuet on 48

And j^e we folen fone anon
Said |)ou neuere henne gon
pe king licte adoun of hif ftede
For J)o he hauede nede 52

And hife gode knictes -ii-
But ywis hem was ful wo

Swerdes )>e go;me gripe
And to gydere fmyte
He foute;/ an ondt'r felde
Some of hem he felde
He weren al to fewe
Ayen fo fele srewe
Sone mictew alle \>e
Bri«gen ))re deye
pe paynimes come/? to londe
And nome;/ hyt al to honde
Cherches he go;/ne;/ felle
And folc he go;/ne quelle
per ne micte libbe
pe fremde ne }je fibbe
Bote he here ley forfoken
And to here token

56

60

[f. 220 r^]

68

O. 33. mo}ye\ moye MS.

O. 39. stionde\ r above line MS.

KING HORN. 5

C

A|iulf was \>e befle

& fikcnylde \>e werfle. 28

Hit was vpon a fom^res day,

Alfo ihc 50U telle may,

Murri \>e gode king

Rod on his pleing -2

Bi \ie fe fide,

Afe he was woned ride :

He fo«d bi J?e ftr^^nde

ariued on his lo;/de ^6

Schipes fiftene

wi|) sarazins kene.

He axede what ifojte

Oper to londe brojte. 40

APayn hit ofherde
& hym wel fone answarede :
'pi lo«d folk we fchulle flon
[f. 6 r-] And alle \>cjt CriR luue)) vpon 44

And |)e felue rijt anon,
Ne fchaltu todai henne gon.'
pe kyng ali3te of his ftede,

For \>o he hauede nede, 48

& his gode knijtes two ;

Al to fewe he hadde ]>o.
Swerd hi gunne gripe

& togadere smite; 52

Hy fmyten vnder fchelde
pat fume hit yfelde.
pe king hadde al to fewe

Tojenes fo vele fchrewe; 56

So fele mi3ten yj)e
Bringe hem pre to d\pe.
IF pe pains come to londe

& neme hit in here honde : 60

ipat folc hi gu«ne quelle

& churchen for to felle.

per ne mofle libbe

pe fremde ne pe sibbe, 64

Bute hi here la^e afoke

& to here toke.

O. 61. /e] J> with an erasure of one letter MS. C. 36. /ns] s above line MS.

KING HORN.

of alle wymmanne
werfl wes godyld Jeanne 72

for Allof hy \vepe|) fore
& for horn jet more
Godild hade fo muche fore
put habbe myhte hue na more 76
hue wente out of halle
from hire maidnes alle
vnder a roche of flone
\>er hue wonede al one 80

fier hue feruede gode
ajeyn ))e payenes forbode
pev hue feruede cri'ii
\>at \)e payenes hit nufl 84

ant euer hue bad for horn child
pat end him \vr})e myld
C Horn wes in payenes bond

mid is feren of pe lond 88

muche wes pe feyrhade

pat ihesu cn'H him made

payenes him wolde flo

& fumme him wolde flo 92

5yf hornos feyrneffe nere

yllawe p\» children were

))o spec on Admyrold

of wordes he wes fwy|je bold 96

horn ])0u art Uvype kene

bryht of hewe & fhene

J;ou art fayr & eke flrong

& eke euenehche long 100

jef f>ou to lyue mote go

ant J)yne feren al fo

})at ymay byfalle

pat 56 fhule flen vs alle 104

}>are fore })ou shalt to flreme go [f. 84 r]

[)ou ant jiy feren al fo

to shipe 5e fliule founde

& fmke to pe grounde 108

pe see pe shal adrenche

ne Ihal hit vs of j^enche

Of alle wi;«menne

Verfl: was godyld o;zne 72

For mory he wep fore

And for horn wel more

Godild hauede fo michel fore

Micte no wimma« habbe moie 7f>

pe vente hout of halle

Fram hire maydenes alle

In to a roche of flone

par he wonede allone 80

per he feruede god

Ayenes pe houndes forbod

per he fi?ruede cr/fle

pat paynimes ne wifle 84

And eu£'re bed for horn child

pat ihesu cri'd him were mild

Horn was in peynims honde

Mid his feren of pe londe 88

Miche was his fayrhede

So ihesu him hauede made

po hundes wolde slon

And fome him wolde flon 92

3if homes fayrede nere

pe child yflawe ware

Uan bi fpek him amyraud
Of wordes he was fwij^e baud
Horn J)ou art fwijse scene 97

And follyche fwijje kene
pou art fayr and eke flrong
pou art eueneliche long 100

pou fcald more wexe
In J)if fif yere pe nexte
3if pn to Hue Mictefl go
An J)ine feren al fo 104

pat micte fo bi falle
pou fuldef flen uf alle
pe for ))0U fcald to flron go [f. 220 r^]
And ])ine feren alfo 108

To schip ye fchulew fto;/nde
An {inken to pe grunde
pe fe pe fal adrinke
Ne fal hit uf of fjinke 1 1 2

L. Si. after /lue r erased MS.

L. 91. payenes] payenos MS.

KING MORN. .7

C

Of alle wymmanne

W'urft was godhild ))annc ; 68

For Murri heo weop fore

& for horn 5ute more.

He wentcn vt of halle

Fram hire Maidenef alle ; 72

Vnder a roche of flone,

per heo liuede alone,

per heo st'.'uede gode

Ajenes \>e paynes forbode ; 76

per he s^ruede c;-/fle

P^t no payn hit ne wifle :

Eure heo bad for horn child

pat Jefu crz'fl him beo myld. 80

Horn was in paynes honde

\Vi|) his feren of \>e londe.

Muchel was his fairhede,

for iht'ju cr/fl. him makede 84

[f. 6 v'] Payns him wolde slen

Oper al quic flen,

3ef his fairneffe nere,

pe children alle ana3e were. 88

pa;me fpak on Admirad,

Of wordes he was bald,

'Horn, J)u art wel kene,

& \>at is vvel ifene; 92

pu art gret & firing,

fair & euene lo;/g ;

pu fchalt waxe more

Bi fulle feue 3ere : 96

3ef \>u mote to Hue go

& })ine feren alfo,

3ef hit fo bi falle

5e fcholde lien vs alle : too

paruore \>u mofl to ftere,

pu & ])ine ifere ;

To fchupe fchulle je funde

& sinke to f)e grunde, 104

pe se 50U fchal adrenche,

Ne fchal hit us no^t of))inche ;

O. 73. mory'] moy MS. O. 1 10. An'\ A MS.

8

KING HORN.

112

for 5ef ))0u were alyue

\vi|) suerd oj^er wi|) knyue

we fhulden alle de5e

]>y fader de\> to beye

\>e children ede to ]>e fironde

wryngynde huere honde 1 1 6

ant in to fhipes borde

at );e furfle worde

ofte hade horn be wo

ah neuer vvors J^en hi;« wes ]>o 120

C {je see bygon to flowen
& horn fafle to rowen
ant pat ship wel fuy|)e drof
& horn wes adred \>er of
hue wenden mid y wiffe
of huere lyue to miffe
al ]>e day & al \>e nyht
o ]^at fprong ]>e day lyht
fBotterede horn by ]>e fironde
er he feye any londe
feren quo)) horn pe 5ynge
ytelle ou tydynge
Ich here foules finge
& fe \)e grafes fpr/nge
bly))e be je alyue
vr ship is come to ryue
of fhipe hy gonne founde
& fette fot to grounde
by ])e fee fyde
hure fhip bi gon to ryde
|)enne spec him child horn
in sudenne he was yborn
nou ship by ]>e flode
haue dayes gode
by ]>e see brynke
no water ]>t adrynke
fofte mote ])ou flerye
])at water ]>e ne derye

124

128

n2

136

140

144

148

2-i

128

For yf )70u come to liue

With fuerdes or with cniue

We fholde alle deye

pi fad^res det abeye 1 1 6

pe childre yede to fironde

Wringende here honde

Ofte hauede horn child be wo

Bute neu^re werfe ]>an po 120

Horn yede in to J)e fhipef bord

Sone at }>e firfle word

And alle hife feren

pat ware him lef and dere

pe fe bigan to flowen-

And horn fafle to rowen

And here fchip fwi|)e drof

pe children adred ]>er of

pei vvende« alle wel ywif

Of here lif haued ymif

Al \>e day and al ]>e nict

Til him fprong pe day lyt

Til horn bi J^e fironde

Seth men gon alonde

Feren he feyde fmge

Y telle 50U a tidinge

Ych here foulef fmge

And fo J)e gr(7S him fpr/nge

BliJ)e be we oliue

Houre fchip hys come ryue

Of fchip ]>e gon fonde

An fette fot on grunde

Bi pe fe fide

Here fchip bigan to glide

pa;me fpek pe chi/d horn

In fodenne he waf yborn

Go nou fchip by flode

And haue dawes gode 148

132

136

140

144

Softe mote J^ou flirie
No wat^r pe derie

O. 121. Horti] Horns MS.

O. 138. sprhige\fcpHige MS.

KING HORN. 9

C

For if ))u were aliue,

WiJ) swerd o]>er \\n\> kniue, io8

We fcholden alle deie

& yi fader dep abeie.'

PC children hi brojte to ftwnde
Wringindc here honde 112

In to fchupes horde
At |)e furfle worde.
Ofte hadde horn beo wo
At neure wurs J)an him was \)0. 116

pe se bigan to flowe
& horn child to rowe ; •
pe fe ])at fchup fo faffte drof

pe children dradde jjerof. 120

Hi wenden to wiffe
of here lif to miffe,
Al pe day & al pe ni3t,

Til hit fprang dai lijt 1^4

IF Til Horn faj on pe iironde
Men gon in pe londe.
*Fere?^' quap he 'jowge,

Ihc telle 50U ti^jinge, 128

[f. 6 V-] Ihc here fojeles finge

& pat gras him fpringe.
Bli))e beo we on lyue,

Vre fchup is on ryue.' 132

Of fchup hi gu«ne funde
& fetten fout to grunde,
Bi pe fe fide

hi lete« pat fchup ride. 136

fanne fpak him child horn,
In suddene he was iborn,
' Schup, bi pe fe flode

Daies haue |)u gode : 140

Bi pe fe brinke
No water pe nadr/nke.

O. 145. c/n/d} chid US.

V

lO

KING HORN.

5ef |)ou comefl to fudenne
gret hem \>ai me kenne
gret wel pe gode
quene godild mi moder 152

ant fey Jjene he|5ene kyng
ihesa crz'des wytherlyng
pat ich hoi & fere
ill londe arj^uede here 156

ant say pat he shal fonde
Jjen de]> of myne honde
C pQ ship bigon to fleoten

& horn child to weopen r6o

by dales Sc by dounes

pe children eoden to tounes

metten hue Eyimer pe kyng
cr/fl him jeue god tymyng 164
kyng of weftneffe
end him myhte bleffe
he fpec to horn child
wordes fuy))e myld 168

whenne be je gomen
J)at bue}) her a londe yeomen
alle J)rettene

of bodye fuy))e kene 172

by god J)at me made
fo feyr a felaurade
ne feh yneuer flonde
in weftneffe londe 176

say me whet 5e feche
horn fpec huere fpeche
C Horn fpac for huem alle

for fo hit mofle byfalle 180

he wes pe wyfefte

& of wytte pe befte

we bue)) of fudenne

ycome of gode kenne 184

of cr/ftene blode

of cunne f\vyj)e gode

payenes J)er connen aryue

and cr/ftine brohten of lyue 188

Wa«ne J)ou comef to fodenne

Gret wel al mi kinne [f. 220 v^] 152

And grete wel pe gode

Ouen godild my modt'r

And fey |)at he|)ene king

Ih^ju c;7ftes wi))erling 156

pat ichc lef and dere

On londe am riued here

And fei ))at he fhal fo«ge

pe deth of mine honde 160

po fchip higan to flete

And horn child forto wepe

pe children yede to towne

Bi dales and bi downe 164

Metten he with aylm^r king
God him yeue god timing
King of westneffe
God him yeue bliffe 168

For he fpek to horn child
Wordes wel fwi|)e mild
Wenne be ye fayre grome
pat here to londe ben ycome 172
AUe -xiij-

Of bodi (wipe fchene
Bi ihcsu j>at me made
So fayre on evep clade 176

Ne fay neu^re ftonde
In al weftneffe londe
Sey me wat ye feche
Horn fpak here fpeche 180

Hor;2 fpak for hem alle
So hit mofte by falle
For ]?at he was fayreft
And of witte wifeft 184

We ben of fodenne
Ycomew of godeme/zne
Of cr/ftene blode
And of fwi})e gode 188

Paynims j^er were riue
And brouctew men of liue

L, 166. crt/l] est MS.

iSi. pe corrected out of/_y MS.
O. i^i.Honi] //or MS.

KING HORN. Ti

C

3ef I'll cume to Suddenne,

Gret pu wel of myne ke;me, 144

Gret pu wel my moder,

Godhild quen j^e gode ;

& feie ))e paene kyng,

Jcfucrifles \vij)ering, 148

pat ihc am hoi & fcr

On j)is lond ariucd her;

And feie ])at hei fchal fonde

pe dent of myne hbnde.' 752

pe children jede to Tune
Bi dales & bi dune.
Hy metten w\]> almair king,

Crifl 5eue« him his bleffmg. 156

King of Weft^meffe,
Crift jiue him Muchel bliffe.
He him fpac to horn child

Wordes ]?at were Mild: 160

' Whannes beo je, faire games,
pat her to londe beo]) icume,
Alle ))rottene

Of bodie fwi|)e kene ? 164

Bigod pat me makede,
A swihc fair verade
Ne fauj ihc in none flunde

Bi weflene londe: 168

Seie me wat ^e feche.'
Horn fpak here fpeche,
He fpak for hem alle,

vor fo hit mofle biualle ; . 172

[f. 7 r'] He was pe fairefle

& of wit pe befle.
% ' We beo|) of Suddenne,

Icome of gode kenne, 176

Of Criflene blode

& kynges fu))e gode.

Payns |)er gu«ne ariue

& duden hem of lyue : 180

O. 1 88. s-u'i/e] sidiipe US. O. 189. riue] riiud MS.

C. 149. erasure of one letter, apparently k, before am MS.

T2

KING HORN.

slowen & to drovve
cr/flinemen ynowe
fo cr/fl me mote rede
ous hy duden lede 192

In to a galeye [f. 84 v]

\vi)> ]>e see to pleye
day is gon & o))er
wi|) oute seyl & rojjer 196

vre fhip flet for]) ylome
& her to londe hit ys ycome
Nou J)ou myht vs slen & bynde
oure honde vs bihynde 200

ah 5ef hit is J)i wille
help vs \)at we ne spille
C ]>o spac J)e gode kyng

he nes neuer nyj^yng 204

sey child whet is py name

fhal pe tide bote game

pe child him onfuerede

fo fone he hit yherde 208

Horn ycham yhote

ycome out of \>\s bote

from ])G see fide

kyng wel pe bitide 212

horn child quo)) J>e kyng

wel brouc J)ou ]>y nome jyng

horn him goj) so flille

bi dales & by huUes 216

horn ha)) loude foune

))urh out vch a toune

fo fhal ))i nome fpr/nge

from kynge to kynge 220

ant ]>i feirneffe

aboute weflneffe

horn J)0u art fo fuete

ne shal y pe forlete

Hom rod Aylmer ]>e kyng

& horn wi)) him his fundlyng

192

196

200

204

224

He flowe and to drowe

Crzflene men hy nowe

So god me mote rede

Vs he deden lede

In to falyley

Wit \>e fe to pleye

Day igo and o))er [f. 220 v']

Wit ute« feyl and ro])er

And hure fchip fuemne gan

And he to londe it wan

Nou men uf binde

Oure hondew uf bi hinder

And yf it be ]>i wille

Help uf ))at we ne fpille

po bifpac aylmer king

Was he neui?re ny|)ing

Sey me child wat if pi name

Ne fchal pe tide bote game 208

pat child him anfwerede

Sone fo /le hit herde

Horn hich am hote

Ycome out of pe bote 212

Fram pe fe fyde

King wel pe bi tyde

Ho;!! child qwad pe king
wel brouke ))ou ))i naming
Horn him goth fnille 217

Bi dales an bi hulle
And ))oruuth eche toune
Horn him shille)) foune 220

So Ihal ))i name fpringe
Fram kinge to kinge
And ))i fayrneffe
poruout weflneffe
And llreg))e of ))ine honde
poruouth eu^Hch londe
Horn ))u art fo fwete
No schal y))e for lete
Hom rod him aylmer king
And wit horn pe fweting

224

22}

L. 197. ship'\p over an erasure MS.
O. 198, roperl r above the line MS. O. 204. Help\ Helps MS.

KING HORN. 13

Hi slo5en Sz todroje
Criflenemen inoje.
So crifl me mote rede

Vs he dude lede 184

In to a galeic,
\vi|) |)e fe to plcie,
Dai hit is igon & o|)er ;

Wi})ute sail & roJ)er 188

Vre fchip bigan to swymme
To })is londes brymme.
Nu J)u mi5t vs ilen & binde.

Ore honde bihynde, 192

Bute jef hit beo J)i wille,
Helpe ]>at we ne fpille.'
II panne fpak j^e gode kyng,

Iwis he nas no Ni])ing: 196

* Seie me, child, what is j;i name,

Ne fchaltu haue bute game.'

pe child him anfwerde

Sone fo he hit herde : 200

' Horn ihc am ihote,

Icomen vt of pe bote

Fram ]>e fe side :

Kyng, wel mote \>e tide.' 204

panne hym fpak pe gode kyng,

' Wel bruc pu |)in eueni;/g,

Horn ))u go wel fchulle

Bi dales & bi hulle ; 208

Horn |ju lude fune
Bi dales & bi dune.
So fchal j)i name fpringe

Fram kynge to kynge, 212

& p'\ fairneffe
Abute Weiierneffe,
[f. 7 r^j pe ftrengl^e of ))ine honde

In to Eurech londe : 216

Horn, J)u art fo swete

Ne may ihc pe forlete.'

Horn rod Aylmar pe kyng

& horn mid him his fundyng 220

O. 210. he om. MS. O. 211. //or/:] //or 'MS.

O. 215. //ornl //oh MS.

H

KING HORN.

& alle his yfere

])at him were so duere 228

J)e kyng com in to halle

among his knyhtes alle

for}) he clepe)) A))elbrus

his ftiward & him feide Jjus 232

fliward tac ))0U here

my fundhng forto lere

of \>me meflere

of wode & of ryuere 236

ant toggen o])e harpe
wi)) is nayles fharpe

ant tech him alle ]<e lifles

]>at J)ou euer vvyflefl 240

byfore me to keruen

& of my coupe to feruen

ant his feren deuyfe
w\\> ous o))er feruife 244

horn child |)0u vnderflond
tech him of harpe & of song
C Athelbrus gon leren

horn & hyfe feren 248

horn mid herte lahte

al )jflt mon him tahte

wij) inne court & \v\]> oute

& oueral aboute 252

louede men horn child

& mofl him louede rymenyld

J)e kynges oune dohter

for he was in hire })ohte 256

hue louede hbn in hire mod

for he wes feir & eke god

& \>a.h. hue ne dorfle at bord
mid him fpeke ner a word 260
ne in }ie halle
among ))e knyhtes alle

And alle hyfe feren

pat weren lef and dere 232

pe king com in to halle

Amo?/g hife knictef alle

He bad clepen aybrous

pe heye fliward of hif hous 236

Stiward haue J)OU here

Horn chil forto lere

Of J)ine meflere

Of wode and of felde 240

To riden wel wit fhelde

Tech him of ]>e harpe [f. 221 r']

Wit his nayles fharpe

Biforn me forto harpen 244

And of ])e cuppe feruen

And of alle ])e lilies

pat })ou on er))e villes

Hif feren deuife 248

Of ofier feruife

Horn child J)Ou vnder fonge
Tech him of harpe and fo;zge
And aylbrous gan leren 252

Horn and hife feren
Horn in herte laucte
Al ))at men him taucte
Wit hi;me ])e curt and wit oute
And alle veie aboute 257

Men louede« alle horn child
And mefl him louede rimenild
pe kinge owne dout^r 260

He was eu^re in I'oute

So hye louede horn child

pat hye wex al wild

Hye ne micte on borde 264

Wit horn fpeken no worde

Nol'er in ]>e halle

Among ]>e k«/ctes alle

L. 259. kzie'] h corrected out of some other letter MS.

KING HORN. 15

C

& alle his ifere
\>at were him fo dere.
IT pe kyng com in to halle
Among his kni3tes alle : 224

ForJ) he clupede aj)elbrus,
pat was ftiward of his hus :
' Stiward. tak nu here

Mi fundlyng for to lere 228

Of yme meiicre,
of wude & of riu^re ;

& tech him to harpe

Wi|> his nayles fcharpe, 232

Biuore me to kerue
& of Jse cupe ferue ;
pu tech him of alle \>e lifle

pat f)u eure of wifle, 236

In his feiren |)Ou wife
In to o|)ere st'^'uife :
Horn J)u vnderuonge

& tech him of harpe & fonge.' 240

1 Ailbrus gan lere
Horn & his yfere :
Horn in herte lajte

Al })at he him ta5te. 244

In pe curt & vte
& elles al abute
Luuede men horn child,

& mefl him louede Rymenhild, 248

pe kynges o5ene dofler,
He was mefl in Jjojte :

Heo louede fo horn child

pat ne5 heo gan wexe wild: 252

For heo ne mijte at borde

Wi)) him fpeke no worde,

Ne no3t in \>e halle

Amo«g J)e kni5tes alle, 256

O. 252. Before leren him MS. O. 267. kinctes MS.

i6

KING HORN.

hyre forewe ant hire pyne
nolde neuer fyne
bi daye ne by nyhte
for hue fpeke ne myhte

264

wi)> horn \>at vves fo feir & fre
\>o hue ne myhte wip him be 268
In herte hue hade care & wo
& ]>us hue bi))ohte hire \>o
Hue fende hyre fonde
Athelbrus to honde 272

J)at he come hire to [f. 85 r]

& alfo shulde horn do
in to hire boure

for hue bigon to loure 276

& j:e fonde sayde
]!at feek wes ]>& mayde
&. bed him come fuy))e
for hue nis nout bly])e 280

^ ]>e fliward wes in huerte wo
for he nufle whet he fhulde do
what rymenild byfohte
gret wonder him ))ohte 284

aboute horn ]>e jinge
to boure forte bringe
he J)ohte on is mode
hit nes for none gode 288

he tok^ wi)) him an o])er
a))ulf homes bro))er
Athulf quo]) he ryht anon
J)Ou shalt wi|) me to boure gon 292
to fpeke wi{> rymenild ftille
to wyte hyre wille
)50u art homes yliche
J)0u fhalt hire by suyke 296

fore me adrede
])at hue wole horn mys rede

Ne nower in no flede 268

For folc ]>er waf fo meche
Hire forwe and hire pyne
Nolde he neu^re fine
Bi day ne bi nicte 272

Wit him fpeke ne micte

In h^rte hye haue kare and wo

puf he hire bi Jjoucte ]>o

He fende hire fonde 276

Aylbrous to honde

And be he fchold hire come;; to

And alfo fcholde horn do

In to hire boure 280

For hye gan to loure

And yfoude feyde

Wei riche was ]>e mede

And bed him come;; hvipe 284

For hye naf naut bli|)

pe fliward was in hefte wo

He ne wifle wat he micte do [f.22ir^]

Wat reymnyld wroute 288

Mikel wonder him ])Oute

Abote horn ]>e 5enge

To boure forto bringe

He J)oucte on hif mode 292

Hit naf for none gode

He tok wit him ano|)er

pat was hornef wed bro))er

Ayol he feyde ryt anon 296

pou fhalt wit me to boure gon

To fpeke wit reymyld ftille

And witen al hire wille

In homes ylyche 300

pou fchalt hir^ bi fvvike

Wei fore y me of drede

pat hye wile horn mif rede

L. 273, 4. over an erasure MS.
L. 277. sayde over an erasure MS.
L. 295. yliche\y corr. out of i.

KING HORN. 17

[f. 7 V ] Ne nowhar in non o]>ere flede

Of folk heo hadde drede :

Bi dale ne bi nijte

WiJ) him fpeke ne nii^te ; 260

Hire foreje ne hire pine
Ne nii3te neure fine :

In heorte heo hadde wo,

& })us hire bi})03te \>o, 264

Heo fende hire fonde

Alielbrus to honde

pat he come hire to,

& alfo fcholde horn do 268

Al in to bure,

ffor heo ga.n to lure ;

& l^e fonde feide

pat fik lai \)at maide, 272

& bad him come fwifie,

For heo nas nof)ing hhpe,

pe ftuard was in herte wo,

For he nufle what to do ; 276

Wat Rymenhild hure J)05te

Gret wunder him fjujte,

Abute horn J)e jonge

To bure for to bringe ; 280

He ^o5te vpon his mode

Hit nas for none gode.

He tok him ano|)er,

Athulf, homes bro})er. 284

' A|)ulf,' he fede, ' ri^t anon

pu fchalt wi^ me to bure gon.

To fpeke wi)) Rymenhild flille

& witen hure wille. 288

In homes ilike

j>u fchalt hure bifwike :

Sore ihc me ofdrede

He wolde horn mifrede.' 292

O. 269. For'] For for MS.

O. 278. After he, erasure of one or two letters, perhaps bed.

O. 303. hye'\ y corr. out of 0.

C

i8

KING HORN.

Athelbrus & Athulf bo

to hire boure hep ygo 300

vpon Athulf childe

rymenild con waxe wilde

hue vvende horn it were

])at hue hade j^ere 304

Hue feten adoun ftille

ant feyden hure wille

In hire armes tueye

Athulf he con leye 308

horn quo)) heo wel longe

y haue loued )7e flronge

J)Ou fhalt })y treu{)e plyhte

in myn hond wif) ryhte 312

me to fpoufe welde

& ich ))e louerd to helde

so ftille fo hit were

athulf feyde in hire eere 316

ne tel })ou no more speche

may y f;e by feche

]>i tale gyn ))ou lynne

for horn nis nout her ynne 320

ne be we nout yliche

for horn is fayr & ryche

fayrore by one ribbe
Jien ani mon ))at libbe 324

J)ah horn were vnder molde
& opev elle wher he fholde
hennes a f)oufent milen
ynulle him bigilen 328

^ rymenild hire bywente

ant athelbrus jjus heo fhende

Athelbrus ))ou foule J^ef

ne wor))efl ))ou me neuer lef 332

went out of my boure

(hame ])e mote by fhoure

ant euel hap to vndeifonge

& euele rode on to honge 336

Ne fpeke y nout wi{) borne

nis he nout fo vnorne

Aylbrous and ayol him myde 304

Bo))e he to bour^ jede

Opon ayol childe

Reymyld was naut wilde

Hye wende horn hit were 308

pat hye hadde ]>ere

Hye fette him on bedde

With ayol he gan wedde

In hire armes tweye 312

Ayol he gan leye

Horn hye feyde fo longe

Ich habbe y loued ]>e flronge

pou fchalt me treujje plyjte 316

In mine honde wel ryhcte

Me to fpoufe welde

And ich \>e louerd to helde

And feyde in hire here 320

So ftille fo it were

Ne te/ ))ou more fpeche

Sum ma« \)e wile bi keche

pi tale bi gyn to lynne 324

For horn nif nouth her i«ne

Horn his fayr and riche

Be we naut yliche

Fayror hond(?r ribbe 328

pan ony man l^at libbe

pei horn were hondi?r molde

OJ^er elles qwere e wolde

Hanne ou^r a J)oufond mile [f.221 v']

Ne fchulde ich him bigile 333

Reymyld hire bi wende

pe fliward fone he fchende

Aylbrous ]>u foule ]>ei 336

Ne worflu me neu^re lef

Wend out of mi hour,?

Wyt michel mefaue;;ture

Heuele ded mote ))ou fonge 340

And on heuele rode onhonge

Spak ich nou with horn

His he nowt me biforn

L. 305, 6. Written over an erasure, except wille.

KING HORN. 19

C

AJ^elbrus gan A})ulf lede
& in to biire vvij) him 5ede.
Anon vpon Aj'ulf child

Rymenhild gan wexe wild : 296

He wewde ]>at horn hit were
])tn heo hauede J)ere.
[f. 7 V-] Heo fette him on bedde ;

Wi)) Aliulf child he wedde. 300

On hire amies tweie
AJiu'if heo gan leie.
' Horn,' qua]) heo, * wel longe

Ihc habbe \>e luued fironge. 304

pu fchalt ))i trew|)e plijte
On myn bond her ri^te
Me to fpufe holde,

& ihc ]>e lord to wolde.' 308

^ A))ulf fede on hire ire
So ftille so hit were :

* pi tale nu \>u lynne,

For horn nis no3t her \nne. 312

Ne beo we nojt iliche :

Horn is fairer & riche,

Fairer bi one ribbe

pane eni Man ]>at libbe : 316

pej horn were vnder Molde
0]>er elles wher he wolde
OJjer henne a J)ufe«d Mile,

Ihc nolde him ne }ie bigile.' 320

H Rymenhild hire biwente
& Af)elbrus fule heo fchente,
' He«nes J)u go, ))U fule J)eof,

Ne wurflu me neure more leof; 324

Went vt of my bur
Wi|) muchel mefauentur.
Schame mote ]>u fonge

& on hije rode anhonge. 328

Ne fpek ihc nojt wi)) horn
Nis he nojt fo vnom ;

O. 322. ief\ te MS.
C %

20

KING HORN.

CL \>o Athelbrus aflounde
fel akneu to grounde
ha leuedy myn owe
me lyjje a lutel J)rowe
ant lifl were fore ych wonde
to bringen horn to honde
for horn is fayr & riche
nis non his ylyche
Aylmer ]>e gode kyng
dude him me in lokyng
5if horn pe were aboute
fore ich myhte doute
Wif) him ]jou woldefl pleye
bituene ou feluen tueye
))enne fhulde wij) outen o]>e
]>e kyng vs make wrojje
Ah forjef me ]>i teone
my leuedy ant my quene
Horn y fhal ]>e fecche
wham fo hit yrecche
rymenild jef heo cou))e
con ly|)e wi[) byre mou|)e
heo loh & made hire bly))e
for wel wes hire olyue
go })ou quo}) heo fone
& fend him after none
a skuyeres wyfe
when J3e king aryfe

340

344

348

352

[f. 85 v]
356

360

364

he fhal myd me bileue
))rtt hit be ner eue
haue ich of hiw mi wille
ne recchi whet men telle
C Athelbrus gof) wiJ) alle
horn he fond in halle

368

372

He his fayror of Hue
Wend out he«ne bilyue
po aylbrous a ftounde
On kneuf fel to grunde
A leuedy min howe
LyJ)e a litel |)rowe

To bringe ]>e horn to honde
Horn hys fayr and riche
His no man hyf liche
And aylmer \>e gode king
Dede him in Mi loking
5yf horn ]>e were aboute
Wel fore ich me doute
pat ye fchulde^ pleye
Bitwen hou one tweye
pan fcholde wit outew o}>e
pe king hus maken wrojje
For 5yf me \>'i tene
My leuedi and my quene
And horn ich wolle feche
Warn fo hit eu^re reche
Reymyld jyf hye cow})e
Gan leyhe wyt hire mou])e
Hye lowe and makede blyjjc
Wel was hire fwij)e
Go hye feyde fone
And bring him aft^r none
In a fq/^/eref wife
Wan pe king aryfe

344

JD^

156

560

364

368

372

He wende forj) to borne

Ne wolde fche him werne

He fchal mid me bi leue

Til hyt be ner heue [f. 221 v] 376

Had ich of hym my wille

Ne reche y wat men telle

Aylbrous fram boure wende

Horn \n halle he fonde 380

L. 360. /lyrel hy corrected out of ly MS.
O. After 373. He wende fgrp MS.

KING HORN. 21

Hor« is fairer f)ane beo he :

Wi)> muchcl fchame mote \>u deie.' 333

H A))elbrus in a flunde

Fel anon to grunde :

' Lefdi Min o^e,

Lipe me a litel })ro5e. 336

[f. 8 r'] Luft whi ihc wonde

Bringe Ipe horn to honde.

For horn is fair & riche,

Nis no whar his ihche: 340

Ayhnar ]>e gode kyng

Dude him on mi lokyng ;

3ef horn were her abute,

Sore y me dute 344

Wi)) him 5e wolden pleie

Bitwex 30U felue tweie :

pawne fcholde wi^uten ojie

pe kyng maken vs wrojie. 348

Rymenhild, for3ef me ))i tene,

Lefdi, my quene,

& horn ihc fchal \>e fecche,

Wham fo hit recche.' 352

H Rymenhild jef he cuf)e

Gan lynne wip hire Mufje :

Heo makede hire wel bli|)e ;

Wei was hire pat iipe : 356

' Go nu,' qtiap heo, ' fone

& fend him afti^r none,

Whane |)e kyng arife,

On a squieres wife, 360

To wude for to pleie :

Nis no« ]>tn him biwreie.

He fchal wi}) me bileue

Til hit beo nir eue, 364

To hauen of him mi wille,
Aft^r ne recchecche what me telle.'
IT Aylbrus wende hire fro,

Horn in halle fond he ))o 368

C. 331. //or MS. C. 366. me might be read ine.

"^1

KING HORN.

bifore J>e kyng obenche
wyn forte fhenche

Horn quo)) he \o\x hende

to boure gyn |)ou wende 376

to fpeke wi|) rymenild J>e jynge

dohter oure kynge

wordes fuyjje bolde

j)in horte gyn f'ou holde 380

Horn be \o\x me trewe

fhal j)e nout are we

he eode for]> to ryhte

to rymenild )>e bryhte 384

aknewes he him fette

& fuethche hire grette

of is fayre syhte

al \a\ bour gan lyhte 388

he spac faire is speche

ne durj) non him teche

vvel })Ou fitte & fq/te

rymenild kinges dohter 392

ant \y maydnes here

})at fitte}) Jiyne yfere

Kynges flyward oure

fende me to boure 396

forte y here leuedy myn

whet be wille ))yn

rymenild vp gon ftonde

& tok him by J)e honde 400

heo made feyre chere

& tok him bi \& fuere

ofte heo him cufle

so wel hyre lufte 404

Welcome horn ))us fayde

rymenild \a\. mayde

Bi fom J>e king abenche

Red win to fchenche

And aftd'r mete flale

Bo})e win and ale 384

Horn he feyde fo hende

To bour^ j)0 moft wende

Aft^r mete ftille

With reymild to dwelle 388

Wordes fwi[)e bolde

In h^rte gon \m holde

Hor;z be me wel trewe

Ne fchal it ^e nouth re we 592

H

orn him we«de for})ricte
To reymyld \& brycte
Hon kneus he him fette
And rimyld fayre grette 396

Of ))at fayre wihcte
Al J)e halle gan licte
He fpak fayre fpeche
Ne ))ar him no ma teche 400

Wel })ou fitte and fofte
Reymyld kinges dout^r
With J)ine maydnes fyxe
pat fittet J)e nexte 404

pe k/nges fliward and hourf
Sente me to boure
With |)e hy fpeke fchulde
Sey me wat J)Ou wolde 408

Sey and ich fchal here
Wat \\ wille were
Reymild up gan flowde
And tok him bij)e honde 4 1 2

Sette he him on palle
Wyn hye dide fulle
Makede fayre chere
And tok him by |)e fwere 416

Often hye him kifle
So wel hire lufle
Wel come horn hye feyde
So fayr fo god }>e makede 420

L. 391. fofte] fopte MS.

L. 392. Rj>meinld]y corrected out oi e MS.

KING HORN. 23

C

Bifore \)e kyng on benche
Wyn for to fchenche.

' Horn,' qua]) he, ' fo hende,

To bure nu ]>u wende 372

Aftt-r mete ftille
Wij) Rymenhild to duelle :
[f. 8 r^] Wordes fu|)e bolde

In herte J)u hem holde : 376

Horn, beo me wel trewe,
Ne fchal hit J>e neure revve.'
Horn in herte leide

Al \>iit he him feide : 380

He jeode in wel ri^te
To Rymenhild \>e bri5te,
On knes he him fette

& sweteliche hure grette. 384

Of his feire fijte
Al |)e bur gan lijte.
He fpac faire fpeche,

Ne dorte him noman teche : 388

'Wel J)u fitte & fofte,
Rymenhild ])e brijte,
WiJ) J)ine Maidenes sixe

P<3t \>e fitte)> nixte. 392

Kinges fluard vre
Sende me in to bure
Wijj \)e fpeke ihc fcholde ;

Seie me what ]>u woldefl;, 396

Seie & ihc fchal here
What pi wille were.'
% Rymenhild vp gan flonde

& tok him bi ]>e honde : 400

Heo fette him on pelle

Of wyn to drinke his fulle :

Heo makede him faire chere

& tok him abate ]>e swere. 404

Ofte heo him cufle

So wel fo hire lufte.

O. 387. After sii/le wit MS. O. 391. //or MS. O. 405 kn^es MS

24

KING HORN.

an euen & amorewe
for pe ich habbe forewe
\>ai y haue no refle
ne slepe me ne lyfle

horn |)ou (halt wel iwy\>e
mi longe ferevve ly)>e
)>ou fhah wyf) oute ftr/ue
habbe me to wyue
horn haue of me reu))e
& plyht me pi treuf)e
C horn J)o him byj'ohte
whet he speken ohte
cr/n quo}) horn ))e wiffe
& 5eue pe heuene bhffe
of J)ine hofebonde
who he be a londe

ich am ybore J)ral
\>y fader fundlyng wif) al
of kunde me ne felde
]>e to spoule welde
hit nere no fair weddyng
bituene a ))ral & pe kyng
po gon rymenild mis lyken
& fore bigon to fyken
armes bigon vnbowe
& doun heo fel yfwowe
Horn hire vp hente
& in is armes trente-
he gon hire to cuffe
& feyre forte wiffe
rymenild quoj) he duere
help me put ych were
ydobbed to be knyhte
fuete bi al p\ myhte
to mi louerd pe kyng
pat he me ^eue dobbyng

408

412

416

420

424

428

432

436

[f 86 r]
440

An heue and amorwe [f. 222 r']

For pe ich ha^be forwe

Haue ich none refle

Slepe me ne lifle

Lefte me |)is forwe

Lyue hy nawt to morwe

Horn J)ou fchalt wel (wipe

My longe forwe Yipe

pou fchalt wit ute/; flr/ue

Habben me to wiue

Horn haue on me revv})e

And plyct {jou me |)i trew})e

Horn child him bi })oute

Wat he fpeke myjte

God qwad horn pe wiffe

And 3yue pe ioye and bliffe

Of f)ine hofebonde

Whare he be in londe

Ich am hy bor^ to lowe

Such a wyf to owe

Ich am bori? Jjralle

And fundlinge am bi falle

Ich am nawt of kende

pe to fpoufe welde

Hit were no fayr wedding

Bituene a ))ral and |>e king

Reymyld gan to myf lyke

And fore forto fyke

Armes hye naw bo})e

And doune he fel yfwowe

Horfi hire ofte wende

And in hys armes trende

Le^/iman qwat he dere
pin h^rte gyn |)ou to flere
And he/p f)ou me to knicte
Oppe J)ine my^te
To my louerd pe kinge
pat he me jyue dobbinge

424

428

432

436

440

444

448

452

456

L. 4,30. to fyketi struck out before higoii.
O. 422. habbe'] halbe Mb. O. 436 pe^p MS. Before bliffe bjll MS.

KING HORN. 25

* Horn,' hco fede, ' vvi})ute ftrif

pu fchalt haue me to f)i wif; 408

Horn, haue of me rew|)e

& plifl me ))i trevv|)e.'
IT Horn po him bi))05te

What he fpeke mi3te. 412

[f. 8 v'] 'Crift,' qua]> he, ' f e wilTe

& jiue {le heuene bhlTe

Of |)ine hufebonde

Wher he beo \n lo«de. 416

I he am ibore to lowe

Such wiwma^i to knowe.

Ihc am icome of ))ralle

& fu«dli«g bifalle. 420

Ne feolle hit ]>& of cuwde

To fpufe beo me bunde :

Hit nere no fair wedding

Bitwexe a )>ral & a king.' 424

IF po gan Rymenhild mis lyke

& fore gan to fike :

Armes heo gan bu3e,

Adun he feol iswoje. 428

TI Horn in herte was ful wo,

& tok hire on his armes two :

He gan hire for to keffe

Wei ofte mid ywiffe. 432

' Lawman,' he fede, ' dere,

pin herte nu ]>u ftere.

Help me to kni3te

Bi al |)ine mi3te, 436

To my lord \>e kiwg,

\)at he me 3iue dubbi«g.

O. 448. And] ^ above line. O. 4A1. J/or MS. O. 455. /i^/p] hep MS.

C. 420. fundling] d above line MS.

26

KING HORN.

J)enne is my )>ralhede

Al wend in to knyhthede 444

y fhal waxe more

& do rymenild })i lore

po rymenild \>e jynge

aros of hire fwowenynge 448

Nou horn to fo))e

yleue |;e by J)yn o\>e

))ou shalt be maked knyht

er |)en ))is fourteniht 452

ber }>ou her pes coppe

& J)es ringes \>er vppe

to Athelbrus pe flyward

& say him he holde foreward 456

sey ich him bifeche

wi|) loueliche speche

\>at he for ]>e falle

to \>e kynges fet in halle 460

pat he wif) is worde
\)e knyhty wij) fvvorde
wi{) feluer & \vi)> golde
hit wor)) him wel yjolde
nou cr/{{ him lene fpede

gy \>\n erndyng do bede
Horn tokif is leue
for hit wes neh eue
Athelbrus he sohte
& tok him pat he brohte
ant tolde him pare
hou he hede yfare
he feide him is nede
& him bihet is mede
Athelbrus so blyj^e
code in to halle swy))e

464

468

472

476

And panne hys my ))ralhede

Yterned in knyt hede 460

And penne hy fchal wite more

And don aft^;- })i lore

po reymyl pe ^enge

Com of hire swohinge 464

And feyde horn wel ricte

pou art fo fayr and briycte [f. 222 r ']

pou fchalt worjje to knyte

Hyt comez fone nyjte 468

Nym J)ou here })is coppe

And J)is ryng ))er oppe

And beryt hour^ flyward

And bid helde foreward 472

Bid hym for pe falle
To kinges fot in halle

pat he dubbe pe to knicte
Wyt hys fwerde fo bricte 476

Wyt fduer and wit golde
Hyt wor)) him wel hyjolde

Horn god lene \>e wel fpede
pi h^rdne forto bede 480
Horn tok hys leue
For it was ney eue
Aylbrous he fowte
And tok him J)at he browte 484
He talede to him f)ere
Hou he hauede hy fare
He telde him of hif nede
And bihet him his mede 488

Aylbrous wel blij)e
To halle he jede wel fwi})e
And fette him on kneuling
And grette wel pe king 492

L. 447. jyn^e and 1. 448, except nynge, written over an erasure.
Ii. 472. yfare\ f Q\tx erasure MS.

KING HORN.

27

C

pa«ne is mi ])ralhod

I\ve//t \n to knijthod, ^±0

& ifchal wexe more
& do, le;;/ma«, ^i lore.'
1' Rymenhild, \>in swcte ping

Wakede of hire swojniwg : 444

* Horn,' qt/ap heo, ' vel Tone

\)at fchal beon idone :

pu fchalt beo dubbed kni3t

Are come feue nijt. 448

Haue her |)is cuppe

& Jiis Ryng per vppe

To Aylbriif & fluard,

& fe he holde foreward : 452

Seie ihc him bifeche

\\"\p loueliche fpeche

P^t he adu;/ falle

Bifore \>e king in halle, 456

& bidde pe king arijte

Dubbe pe to kni3te.

WiJ) feluer & wij) golde

Hit wurj) him wel ijolde. 460

Crifl him lene fpede

pin erewde to bede.'
If Horn tok his leue.

For hit was ne^ eue. 464

A{)elbr//'j he fo3te

& jaf him pat he brojte,

& tolde hiw ful jare

Hu he hadde ifare, 468

[f. 8 v^] & fede him his nede,

& bihet him his mede.
IT A})elbrus alfo f\vi|;e

\Ve«te to halle bliue : 472

O. 469. Ayml y corr. out of e.

O. 4S5. /ere^ the first e corr. out of 0 MS.

28

KING HORN.

ant feide kyng nou lefle

o tale mid ]>e befle

))ou shalt here coroune

to marewe in ))is toune 480

to marewe is \>i fefte

})e bihouej) gefte

Ich ))e rede mid al my myht

))(?t ))OU make horn knyht 484

))in armes do him welde

god knyht he shal ]>e jelde

]>e kyng feide wel fone

hit is wel to done 488

Horn me wel queme})

knyht him wel byfemej)

He fhal haue mi dobbyng

& be myn oJ)er derlyng 492

& hife feren tuelue

he shal dobbe him felue

alle y fhal hem knyhte

byfore me to fyhte 496

al ]>at \>e lyhte day sprong

aylmere ))ohte long

J;e day bigon to fpr/nge

horn com byfore ]>e kynge 500

wij) his tuelf fere

alle per ywere

horn knyht made he

wi)) ful gret folempnite 504

fette him on a ftede
red fo eny glede

fmot him a lute wiht

& bed him buen a god knyht 508

Athulf vel a kne ))er

& {jonkede kyng Aylmer

Syre he feyde wiltu lufle

Ane tale wit \>e befle

pou fchalt bere corune

In })is hulke toune 496

To morwe wor|)e ))i feflef

Me by houed geftes

Ich ]>e wolde rede ate left

pat J)ou horn knict makedeil 500

pi armes to him welde

God knict he fchal be« helde

pe king feyde fone

pat hys wel to done 504

Horn me wole ben queme

To be knict him by feme

He fchal habbe my dubbing

And be my nowne derling 508

And hif feren -xij

Ich fchal dobbe My felue

Alle ich hem fchal knicte [f. 222 v']

Bi for me to fyte 512

Amorwe her \)e dey fp;7mge

Aylm^'r king |>oute wel \onge
^ pe day by gan to fpriwge
Horn cam bi forn \>e kinge 516

Wit fwerde horn he girde

Rit bonder hys herte
He fette him on flede
Red fo any glede

520

And fette on hif fotef

Bof'C fpores and botes

And fmot alitel with

And bed him ben god knict 524

Ayol fel on knes ]>ere

By forn pe king aylmere

And feyde king fo kene

Graunte me my bene 528

O. 517. girde\ d corr. out of / MS.

O. 517, 518. In the margin opposite ore ejl horn adobbe.

KING HORN. 29

' Kyng,' he fede, ' })u lefle
A talc mid ]>e befte ;
pu fchalt here crune

Tomore5e in ))is tune ; 476

Tomoreje is pi fcRe :
per bihouejj gefle.
Hit nere 11051 for loren

For to knijti child horn, 480

pine armes for to vvelde,
God kni3t he fchal jelde.'
% pe ki//g fede fone,

' pat is wel idone. 484

Horn me wel iq;<'^me)),

God kni^t hiw bifemef).

He fchal haue mi dubbing

& aftt'rward mi darling. 488

& alle his feren twelf

He fchal knijten him felf:

Alle he fchal hem kni3te

Bifore me f)is ni^te.' 492

Til \>e lijt of day fprang

Ailmar hiw f)U5te la/?g.

pe day bigan to fpri;/ge,

Horn co;« biuore ]>e ki«ge 496

Mid his twelf yfere:

Sume hi were luj)^;e.

Horn he dubbede to kni5te

\Vi|) swerd & fpures bri3te. 500

He fette him on a flede whit
per nas no kni3t hjon ilik.

He fmot him a litel wi3t

& bed him beon a god knijt. 504

IT A))ulf fel aknes |)ar
Biuore ]>e ki«g Aylmar.
' King,' he fede, ' fo kene,
Grante me a bene : 508

O. 528. Before my d MS.
C. 49:. />is] s above the line MS. C. 506. Biuore] re above the line MS.

30

KING HORN.

C Nou is knyht fire horn

\>at in sudenne wes yborn 512

Lord he is of londe

& of vs J)at by him flonde

J)in armes he hauej) & ]>y fheld

forte fyhte in \>e feld 516

Let him vs alle knyhte

fo hit is his ryhte

Aylmer feide ful ywis

nou do ]>at J)i wille ys 520

Horn adoun con lyhte

& made hem alle to knyhte

for muchel wes ]>e gefte [f. 86 v]

& more wes \>e fefle 524

\>at rymenild nes nout J^ere

hire })ohte feue ^ere

after horn hue fende

horn in to boure wende 528

He nolde gon is one

Athulf wes hys ymone

C rymenild welcome)? lire horn

& a|)ulf knyht hhn biforn 532

knyht nou is tyme

forto fitte byme

do nou ]>ai we spake

to ))i wyf f)OU me take 536

Nou |)0U haft wille ))yne
vnbynd me of ))is pyne
rymenild nou be ftille
ichulle don al ]>y wille
ah her hit fo bitide
mid spere ichulle ryde
ant my knyhthod proue
er \)en ich ]je wowe

540

544

pou haft knicted fire horn
pat m fodenne waf hy born
Louerd he hys in londe
Of vs ))at bi him fto«de
Mid fpere and wit fcelde
To fyten in ]>e felde
Let him of alle knicte
So hyt hys hife ricte
po feyde J)e king wel fone wis
Do horn af hys wil hys
Horn a down gan lycte
And makede hem to knicte
Comen were ]>e geftes
Amorwe was )je fefte
Reymyld was nowt fiere
Hire ))oute feue yere
Aftt'r horn hye fende
Hor;^ to bour^ wende 1

532

536

540

544

He naw his felawe i« hyf honde
And fonde Reymyld m bour^ fto«de

Welcome art )jou fire horn
And ayol chil ]>e bi forn
Knict nou it hif tyme
pat \>o fitte by me

549

552

Yf {jou be trewe of dedef

Do ))at ))ou air^ feydef

Do nou {)at we fpeke

To wif J)ou fchalt me take [f. 222 v'-]

Reymyld qwat horn be ftille 557
Hy fchal don al ]>\ wille
Hat firft hyt mote by tyde
Mid fpere {'at ich ride 560

Mi knicthede for to proue
Herft here ich ])e wowe

L. 522. knyhte\ k over an erasure MS.
O. 546. Horn\ Hor MS.

KING HORN.

31

Nu is kni5/ fire horn
\>(it in fuddc//ne was iboren :
Lord he is of lo//de

Ou^r us ])at bi h\m ftonde : 512

pin armes he ha|) & fcheld
To fijte wij) vpon f)e feld :
Let him vs alle knijte

For ]>(7X is vre ri3te.' 516

1^ Aylmar fede fone ywis :
' Do nu f)at f)i wille is.'
Horn adun ]i5te

& makede he;« alle kni3tes. 520

Mune was ]>e fefte
Al of faire gefles :
Ac Rymenhild nas nojt )>er

& \><n hire f)U5te feue jer. 524

Aft^r horn heo fente,
& he to bare we«te.
Noldc he nojt go one,
A})ulf was his mone. 528

Rymenhild on flore ftod,
Homes come hire ))U3te god,
And fede, 'we/come, fire horn,

& A})ulf kni5t ]>e biforn. 532

[f. 9 r] Kni5t, nu is |>i time

For to fitte bi me :
Do nu })at })u er of fpake.

To ))i wif |)ume take. 536

Ef })u art trewe of dedes.
Do nu afe ))u fedes.

Nu ]>u haft wille J^ine,

Vn bind me of my pine.' 540

^ ' Rymenhild,' qua|) he, ' beo ftille ;
Ihc wulle don al \>\ wille.
Alfo hit mot bitide.

Mid fp^'^e ifchal fur ft ride, 544

(fe mi knijthod proue,
Ar ihc pe ginne to wo3e.

C. 509. kf/tj/'] kui^ M.S. C. 510. was] s above the line MS.

C. 520. Ae alle above the line MS. C. 531. welcome] -we/come MS.

32

KING HORN.

we bue)) nou knyhtes 5onge
alle to day yfpronge
ant of J)e meflere
hit is }>e manere 548

wi)) fum oJ)er knyhte
for his lemmon to fyf)te
er ne he eny wyf take
o|)er \vy^ wymmon forewart make
to day so crz'fl me bleffe 553

y fhal do prueffe
for ]>i loue mid fhelde
am id de wart ))e felde 556

5ef ich come to lyue
ychul \>e take to wyue
knyht y may yleue \>e
why ant j)ou trewe be 560

C haue her ))is goldring

hit is ful god to \>\ dobbyng
ygraued is on \>e rynge
rymenild J)y luef \>e jynge 564

nis non betere vnder fonne
pat enymon of conne

fifor mi loue Jjou hit were

& on f)y fynger jjou hit here 568

|)e flon haue}) fuche grace

ne fhalt J)ou in none place

dej) vnderfonge

ne buen yflaye wij) wronge 572

5ef ))ou lokefl f)eran

& jjenchefl o \>i lemman

ant fire athulf }»i brof)er

he fhal han en o))er 576

Horn cr/ft y J)e byteche

myd mourninde fpeche

cr/fl ]>e jeue god endyng

& found a5eyn fie brynge 580

|ie knyht hire gan to cuffe

& rymenild him to bleffe

We be}) knictes yonge

Alto day by fpronge 564

Of ]>e meflere

Hyt hys ]>e mani?;-e

Wyt fom ojier knicte

For hys lema« to fycte 568

Her ich eny wif take

per fore ne haue ich ]>e forfake

To day fo god me bliffe

Ich fal do pruefce 572

P^or \>e lef wyt fchelde

In mideward \>e felde

And hy come to liue

Ich take ]>e wiue 576

Knict qwat reymyl pe trewe

Yich wene ich may \>e leue

Haue nou here ))is gold ring

He his god to ))i dobbing 580

Ne hys non fwilk vnder fo«ne
pat man may offe konne
Hy gr^me hys on \>e Ringe
Rymyld pi lef pe yenge 584

pe flon him hys of fwiche grcrce
pat ))ou ne fchal \n none place
Of none doute fayle
per ))ou bigiwnes batayle 588

And fire ayol ))i bro))er

He fal haue a no))er

Horn god hy pe bi teche

Wit morninde fpeche 592

God pe 3yeue god endynge

An hoi pe a'^en bringe

pe knict hyre gan to kuffe

And reymyld him bliffe 596

li. 580. /^]/er^ MS.
O. 571. 6/tsse'] bilijDe MS. O. 579. pis\ s above line MS.

KING HORN.

33

c

We he\> kni5tes 30/; ge,

Of odai al ifpr/znge, 5^8

& of vre medere
So is J)e man^;-e
Wi)) fume o)>ere knijte

Wei for his lemman fijte, 552

Or he eni wif take :
For ))i me ftondej) \>e more rape.
Today, fo crifl me bleffe,

I he wulle do prueffe 556

For pi luLie in pe felde
Mid fpere & mid fchelde :
If ihc come to lyue

Ihc fchal J)e take to wyue.' 560

IT ' Kni5t,' qua)) heo, ' trewe,
Ihc wene ihc mai ])e leue :
Tak nu her J)is goldring,

God him is pe dubbing ; 564

per is vpon ]>e ringe
Ig;-aue Rymenhild j^e ;onge.
per nis nan bett're anonder fu/'/ne
pat eni man of telle cu//ne ; 568

For my luue ]>u hit were
& on f)i finger pu him here :
pe ftones beoj) of fuche grace

P«t |)u ne fchalt in none place 572

Of none du;7tes beon ofdrad,
Ne on bataille beon amad,
Ef |>u loke peran

& penke vpon pi lew?man. 576

IF And fire Apu\f, f)i broj-er,
He fchal haue anofier.
Horn, ihc J)e bifeche,

Wi)) loueliche fpeche, 580

Crifl 5eue god erndinge
pe ajen to IT bringe.'
[f. 9 r"] T pe kni3t hire gan keffe,

& heo him to bleffe: 584

O. 590. Before /a/;/ MS.

O. -iyi. Before Ur/te lake MS.

D

34

KING HORN.

leue at hyre he nom

& in to halle he com 584

knyhtes code to table

& horn eode to flable

\>er he toe his gode fole

blac fo euer any cole 588

wi|> armes he him fredde

ant is fole he fedde

pe fole bigon to fpringe

& horn niurie to fynge 592

Horn rod one whyle

wel more \>en amyle

he feh a shyp at grounde

wij) he|)ene hounde 596

He afkede wet hue hadden

o|)er to londe ladden

an hound him gan biholde

& fpek wordes bolde 600

))is land we wolle)) wynne

& fie \>f/t \>er bue|) inne

Horn gan is fwerd gripe

ant on is arm hit wype 604

J)e farajy;; he hitte so

]>(it is had fel to ys to

f)o gonna pe houndes gone

a5eynes Horn ys one 608

He lokede on is lynge [f. 87 r]

ant )johte o rymenyld pe jynge

he sloh per of pe bafle

an houndred at pe lefle 612

ne mihte no mon telle

alia pat ha gon quelle

of })rt't ))er were oryue

he lafta lut o lyue 616

Leue at hire he nom

And in to halla com

pe knictes ^yade to table

And horn v! to flable 600

He tok for)) his gode fole [f. 233 r^]

So blac fo any cole

In armas he him fchradde

And hys fole ha fedde 604

Hyf fole fchok hys brenye

pat al pe court gan denye

Hys fole gan for)> fpr/nge

And horn merie to fynge 608

Ha rod one wile

Wel more J)an a mile

He fey a fchip rowe

Mid wat^r alby flowe 612

Of out londiffe manne

Of sara^'ina kenne

Hem afkede qwat he hadde

0})er to londe ladde 616

A geant him gan by holde

And fpak wordes bolde

pis lond we wile winne

And flen al J)at ))ar ban h]nne 620

Horn gan hys fward gripe

And on his arm hyt wipe

pa farazin fo ha fmot

pat al hys blod was hot 624

At pe furfle dunte

Hys heued of gan wente

po gonnen ))o hundef gon

Ajanes horn alon 628

Ha lokede on hyf gode ringa

And J)oute on reymild pe yenge

He flow ))ar on hafla

An hundred at pe lefle 632

Of J)at per were aryue
Fewe he leuade on Hue

L. 605. farajyit^farajy followed by hole in MS. and mark of contraction.

O. 607. fcp^nge MS.

KING HORN.

35

c

Leue at hire he nam,

& i« to halle cam.

pe knijtes 5eden to table,

& hornt' 5ede to ftable. 588

par he tok his gode fole

Alfo blak fo eny cole ;

pe fole fchok |)e brunie

pat al ))e curt gan denie, 592

pe fole bigan to fpringe,

& horn murie to fmge.

Horn rod in a while

More Jjan a myle. 596

He fond o fchup flonde
Wi}) he{)ene honde :

He axede what hi fojte

Oper to londe brojte. 600

IF An huTzd him gan bihelde,
pat fpac wordes belde :
' pis lond we wullej wynne

& fle pat \er is inne.' 604

Horn gan his fwerd gr/pe,
& on his arme wype ;
pe sarazins he fmatte

pat his blod hatte; 608

At eureche dunte
pe heued of wente.
po gu«ne jie hu;zdes gone

Abute horn al one : 612

He lokede on J)e ringe,
& {jojte or rimenilde.
He flo; \er on hafle

On hundred bi })e lafle 616

Ne mijte noman telle
P<2t fole pat he gan quelle :
Of alle \at were aliue
Ne mi^te J»er non J)riue. 620

O. fioS. After /;<7r« ? MS. O. 612. wafir] w at 'SIS.

O. 614. sarazinel sararuie MS. O. d})},. per\pe MS.

D 2

36

KING HORN.

C Horn tok J^e maifler heued
))at he him hade byreued
ant fette on is fuerde
abouen o})en orde 620

he ferde horn to halle
among \>e knyhtes alle
kyng quo)) he wel })0U fitte
& })ine knyhtes mitte 624

to day ich rod omy pleyyng
after my dobbyng
yfond a fhip rowen
in J)e found byflowen 628

Mid vnlondiffhe menne
of sara5ynes kenne

632

to de)5e forte pyne

\>e & alle )'yne

hy gonne me afayly

fwerd me nolde fayly

y fmot hem alle to grounde

in a lutel flounde 636

pe heued ich pe brynge
of ]>e maifler kynge
nou haue ich ]>e jolde
J)at JiQU me knyhten woldefl
)je day bigon to fpr/nge
J)e kyng rod on hontynge
to ]>e wode wyde

640

644

ant ffykenyld bi is fyde
J)at fals was ant vntrewe
whofe him wel yknewe
^ Horn ne j^ohte nout him on

ant to boure wes ygon 648

he fond rymenild fittynde
& wel fore wepynde

so whyt fo ])e sonne
mid terres al byronne
Horn feide luef f)yn ore
why wepefl ))ou fo fore

652

pe meyfl<?r kingef heued

He haddit him by reued 636

He fettit on hys fwerde

Anoven on J)e horde

Til he com to halle

Among ]>e knictef alle 640

He feyde king wel mote f)Ou fitte

An })ine knictes mitte

per y rod on my pieying

Sone hafter my dobbing 644

Y fay a fchip rowe

Mid wat^re al by flovve [f. 223 r'-]

Of none londifche me«ne

Bote farazines ke//ne 648

To deye for to pyne

pe and alle f)ine

He gonnen me a faylen

My fwerd me ne wolde fayle 652

Ich broute he;« alto grunde

In one lite flounde

pe heued ich pe bringe

Of pe meyft^r kinge 656

Nou ich haue pe yolde

pat l^u me knicte;? wolde

Pe day bi gan to fpr/nge
pe king rod on hunti;/ggt' 660
To wode he gan wende
For to latchen pe heynde
Wyt hym rod fokenild
pat al)5e werfle mod^r child 664

And horn wewte in to boure

To fen auenture

He fond Reymild fittewde

Sore wepende 668

Whit fo eny fonne

\\'it teres albi ronne

He feyde lewzman ))in ore

Wy wepes ))ou fo fore 672

O. 647. 0/] (9/7 MS.

KING HORN. 37

C

Horn tok ]>e maifl^rcs hcucd,
p(^t he hadde him bireued,
& fctte hit on his swerde

Anouen at ]jan orde. 624

He verde horn in to halle
Among Jje knijtes allt'.
* Kyng,' he fede, * wel ]>u fitte

Si alle J)ine knijtes mitte ; 628

[f. 9 v'] To day, after mi dubbing,

So irod on mi pleing,
Ifond o fchup Rowe
po hit gan to flowe, 632

Al wif) sarazines kyn,

& none londiffe Men,

To dai for to pine

pe & alle })ine. 656

Hi gonne me affaille,

Mi swerd me nolde faille,

Ismot he/n alle to grunde

OJ>er jaf hew di|)es wunde. 640

pat heued i \>e bridge

Of \>e maiftt'r ki;/ge.

Nu is pi wile ijolde.

King, pat )>n me knijti woldefl..' 644

AMoreje po pe day gan fpr/nge
^ pe king him rod an huwtinge ;

At horn lefte ffikenhild,

pat was pe wurfle moder child. 648

Heo ferde in to bure

To fen aue;/t/^re :

Heo fa3 Rymenild fitte,

Alfo he were of witte : 652

Heo fat on pe funne

WiJ) tieres al biru«ne,

Horn fede, ' lef, |)inore,

Wi wepeflu fo fore ? ' 656

38

KING HORN.

hue feide ich nout ne wepe

ah yfhal er yflepe 656

me ))ohte omy metyng

]>at ich rod ofyffhyng

to see my net ycafte

ant wel fer hit lafle 660

a gret fyffh atd? ^e ferfte

my net made berfte

]>at fyffh me so bycahte

)>(it y nout ne lahte 664

ywene yfhal forleofe

j)e fyffh ]>at ywolde cheofe
C[ cr/fl & feinte fleuene

quo)> horn areche )>y fweuene 668

no shal y J)e byfwyke

ne do ))at ]>e mis lyke

ich lake \>e myn owe

to holde & eke to knowe 672

for eueruch o)>er wyhte

))erto my trouf)e yplyhte

wel muche was J)e reu|)e

]^at wes at ))ilke treu})e 676

rymenild wep wel ylle

ant horn let terres flille

Lemmon quo)) he dere

|)ou fhalt more y here 680

})y fweuen shal wende

fummon vs wole shende

j)at fyffh \>at brae \>y net

ywis it is fumwet 684

\>at wol vs do fum tene

ywys hit worj) yfene
^ Ayhner rod by floure

ant horn wes yne boure 688

ffykenyld hade enuye

& feyde ])eofe folye

Aylmer ich J)e werne

horn \>e wole forberne 692

Ich herde wher he feyde

ant his fuerd he leyde

to brynge ]>e of lyue

ant take rymenyld to wyue 696

Hye feyde ich nawt ne wepe

Bote ich fchal her ich flepe

Me |)oute in my metynge

pat ich rod on fifchinge 676

To fe my net ich kefle

Ne Mict ich nowt lache

A gret fyf ate furfle

Mi net he makede berfle 680

pe fyf me fo by laucte

pat ich nawt ne kaucte

Ich wene ich fchal forlefe

pe fyf ))at ich wolde chefe 684

God and feynte fteuene

Quad horn terne \>\ fweuene

Ne fhal ich neui?re fwike

Ne do ))at ))e mif like 688

Ich nime \>e to my nowe

To habben and to howe

For euerich wyjte [f. 223 v'J

parto my treuwj)e ich plicte 692

Miche was |)at rew))e

pat was at here trew|)e

Reymyld taep wel flille

And horn let teres fpille 696

He feyde lewma« dere

pou fchalt more here

py fweuene ich fchal fchende

pe fif l^at brae ]>\ feyne 700

Hy wis hyt was fom bleine

pat fchal us do fom tene

Hy wis hyt worJ) hy fene

pe king rod bi his toure 704

And horn waf in j^e boure

Fykenyld hadde envie

An feyde hife folye

Aylm^re king ich wole warne 708

Horn chil \>e wile berne

Ich herde qware he feyde

And hys fwerd leyde

To bringe ]>e of Hue 712

And take rimenyld to wiue

L. 685. iepne MS. O. 681. Before ^///MS. O. 695. zvej' omit. MS.

KING HORN. 39

Heo fcde ' nojt ine wepe,
Bute afc ilay allcpe

To \>e fe my net icafle,

& hit nolde no3t ilafle ; 660

A gret fiff at ]>e furfle

Minct he gan to berfle.

I he wene |)at ihc fchal leofe

pe fiff pat ihc wolde cheofe.' 664

IF ' Crifl,' qua\> horn, ' & feint steuene
Turne )jine sweuene.
Ne fchal \\>e bifwike,

Ne do pat pe mishke. 668

1 fchal me make ))inowe
To holden & to knowe
For eurech^ opere vvijte,

& J)arto mi treu)?e \pe pli5te.' 672

Muchel was pe ruj>e
])at was at J)are tru})e :
For Rymenhild weop ille,

& horn let pe tires flille. 676

I f 9 V*] ' Le>nma.n,' quap he, ' dere

pu fchalt more ihere ;
pi sweuen fchal wende,

Oper fum Man fchal vs fchende. 680

pe fiff pat brak pe lyne
Ywis he do}) us pine,
\)at fchal don vs tene,

& wur|) wel fone ifene.' 684

H Aylmar rod bi (lure,
& horn lai \n bure.
Fykenhild hadde enuye

& fede |>es folye : 688

' Aylmar, ihc pe warne,
Horn pe wule beme ;
Ihc herde whar he fede,

& his swerd for}) leide, 692

To bringe pe of lyue,
& take Rymenhild to wyue.

O. 707. In the margin hie cucusatuT horu. C. 684. /one above the line MS.

40

KING HORN.

He lyht nou in boure
vnder couertoure
by rymenyld ]>y dohter
ant fo he do]j wel ofte

do him out of londe
er he do more fhonde
C Ayhner gan horn turne
wel mody & wel fturne

[f. 87 v]

700

704

he fond horn vnder arme

in rj'menyldes barme

go out quoj) aylmer \>e kyng

Horn J>ou foule fundlyng 708

forj) out of boures tlore

for rymenild \>\n hore

wend out of londe fone

her nafl {)ou nout to done

wel fone bote J)Ou flette

myd fuert ylhal \>e fette

Horn eode to liable

wel modi for \>a.t fable

he fette sadel on flede

\vi}) armes he gon him fhrede

his brunie he con lace

so he shulde in to place

his fuerd he gon fonge

ne flod he nout to longe

to is fuerd he gon teon

ne durfle non wel him feon

712

716

720

724

He feide lemmon derlyng
nou ))ou hauefl py fweuenyng
]>e fyffh \>at ))yn net rende
from pe me he fende 728

Nou he hys in boure

Al hond(?r cou^?;ture

By reymyld pi dout^^ 716

And fo he hys wel ofti?

Ich rede ))at ))u wende

per J)ou myct him fchende

Do him out of J)i londe 720

Her /le do more fchonde

Aylmer king hym gan torne

Vel mody and wel Mourne

To bour^ he gan jerne 724

Durft hym noma« werne

He fond horn wit arme

In rimenyldes barme

He«ne out qwad aylmer king 728

He;me })ou foule wendling

Out of boure flore

Fram reymyld })i hore

Sone bote pe flette 732

Wit fwerd hy wole pe hette

Hout of londe fone

Here hauefl ])ou nowt to done

Horn cam in to flable [f. 223 v-|
Wel modi for pe fable 737

He fette fadel on flede
With armes he hym gan fchrede
Hyf brenye he gan lace 740

So he fcholde in to place

po hyt J)er to gan ten

Ne durft him nomaw fen

Swerd he gan fonge 744

Ne flod he nowt to lo«ge

And jyede for|) ricte

To reymyld pe bricte

He feyde leman d^;eling 748

Now haueflu |)i meting

pe fyf })i net to rente

Fram pe he me fente

L. 712. After noia d MS.

,21. he omit. MS.

KING HORN.
C

4'

He lij) in bure

X'ndcr coutvture 696

By Rynitv/hild p\ dorter,
& fo he do)) vvel ofte ;
And ))idcr pu go al rijt,

per \>u him finde mi^t ; 700

pu do him vt of londe,
0\)er he do]) J^e fchonde.'
IT Ayhnar ajen gan turne
Wei Modi & wel Murne. 704

He fond horn in arme.

On Ryme«hilde barme

' Awei vt,' he fede, ' fule J)eof !

Ne wurflu me neuremore leof. 70S

Wend vt of my bure

W"\\> muchcl meffauentare.

Wel fonc bute \>u flitte,

W'i|) swerde ihc J)e anhitte. 7 1 2

Wend vt of my londe

O^er })u fchalt haue fchonde.'

^ Horn fadelede his flede

& his armes he gan fprede ; 716

His brunie he gan lace

So he fcholde in to place ;

His fwerd he gan fonge,

Nabod he nojt to longe. 720

He jede for]) bliue

To Ryme/zhild his wyue.

He fede, ' Lewman derling,

Nu haueflu ]>i sweuening. 724

pe fiff ])at \>i net rente,

Fram ]>e he me fente.

O. 743. Aim] hire MS. C. 705. fondy r erased between 0 and n Mb.

42

KING HORN.

\>e kyng wif) me gynne}) ftr/ue
a wey he wole me drj'ue
J)are fore haue nou godneday
nou y mot founde & fare away 732
In to vncou))e londe
wel more forte fonde
yfhal wonie \>ere

fulle feue jere 736

at ))e feue^eres ende
5yf y ne come ne fende
tac })0u hofebonde
forme ])at pou no wonde 740

In armes ))ou me fonge
ant cus me swyj)e longe
hy cuflen hem aflounde
& rymenyld fel to grounde 744
4J Horn toe his leue
he myhte nout byleue
He toe A|)ulf is fere
aboute ])e fwere 748

ant feide knyht fo trewe
kep wel my loue newe
\>ou neuer ne forfoke
rymenild to kepe ant loke 752
his flede he bigan flryde
ant for)) he con hym ryde
A|)ulf wep wi)) eyjen
ant alle ))at hit yfeyjen 756

Horn for|) him ferde
a god fliip he him herde '
|)at him shulde paffe
out of weflneffe 760

J)e wynd bigon to flonde

ant drof hem vp olonde

to londe pal hy fietten

fot out of ship hy fetten 764

he fond bi ]>e weye

kynges fones tueye

pat on wes hoten A|)yld

ant pat o))er beryld 768

pe king gynne)) wiht me ftmie 752

Awey he wole me driue

Reymyld haue god day

For nov ich founde awey

In to onekuj) londe 75^

Wel more forto fonde

Ich fchal wony J>ere

Fulle feve jere

Ate -vii 3eres hende 760

Bot jyf hy come o))er fende

Tac J)ou hofebonde

For me J)at jiou wonde

I armef ))ou me tonge 764

An kuffe (wipe longe

He kuflen one flunde

And reymyld fel to gru«de

Horn tok his leue 768

For hyt was ney heue

He nam ayol trewe fere

Al aboute pe fwere

And feyt knict fo trewe 772

Kep Mi leue wiue

So })ou me neuere forfoke

Reymyl kep and loke

Horn gan flede by flride 776
And forj) he gan ride
Ayol wep wit heye
And alle |)at hym feye
Horn chil for}) hym ferde 780

A god fchip he him herde [f. 224 r'J
pat hym fcholde wiffe
Out of weflniffe

pe whyjt him gan flo//de
And drof tyl hirelonde
To londe he gan flette
And out of fchip him fette
He mette by pe weye
Kingges fones tweye
pat on was hoten ayld
And ))at oJ)er byrild

784

788

O. 786. y?^//(j]/ above the line, / corrected out of/ MS.

KING HORN. 43

C

[f. lo r^J Rymenhild, haue wel godne day,

No leng abiden ine may. 728

In to vncujje londe,

Wel more for to fonde ;

Ifchal wune ]>ere

Fulle feue jere. 7j2

At feue jeres ende,

3ef ine come ne fende,

Tak J)e hufebonde,

ffor me J)u ne wo«de ; 756

In armes ]>u me fonge

& kes me wel longe.'

He cufle him wel a ftu«de

& Rymenhild feol to grunde. 740

Horn tok his leue,

ne mi^te he no le«g bileue ;

He tok Ajjulf his fere

Al abute pe fwere, 744

& fede, 'knijt fo trewe,

Kep wel mi luue newe.

pu neure me ne forfoke ;

Rymenhild pu kep and loke 748

His flede he gan biflrzde

& for)) he ga« ride :

To \>e hauene he ferde,

& a god fchup he hurede, 752

pat hwi fcholde \onde
In weflene londe.
IT Af)ulf weop wij) ije

& al pat him ifi3e. 756

To lo«d he him fette

& fot on flirop fette.

He fo«d bi \>e weie

Kynges fones tweie : 760

pizt on him het harild,

& pat oper berild.

C. 739. After zvel an erasure oi longe ? MS. C. 741. Horn] n above line MS.

C. 742. bileue] leue above line MS. C. 760. Aynges] s above the line MS.

44

KING HORN.

beryld hym con preye
|)at he shulde feye

what he wolde ]>ere

ant what ys noma were 772

C Godmod he fei)) ich hote

yeomen out of })is bote

wel fer from by wefle

to feche myne befle 77^

beryld con ner him ryde

ant toe hiw bi ))e bridal

wel be ])o\i knyht )^ounde

wi)j ma J)ou lef aftounde 780

al fo ich mote flerue

pe kyng })ou shalt ferue

na feh y neuer alyue

fo fair knyht her aryue 784

godmod ha ladde to halle

ant he adoun gan falla

Ant fette him a knelyng [f. 88 r]

ant grette \>ene gode kyng 788

\>o faide beryld wel fone

kyng wif> him f)ou all done

|)ilond tac him to waria

ne fhal \>e nomon derye 792

for he is ^e feyrefle man

})at euar in |)is londa cam
^ \>o feide J>e kyng wel dere

welcome be |)OU here 796

go beryld wel fwyj)e

& make hym wel bly})e

ant when j)ou fareft to wowen

tac him \>'me glouen 800

J)er jjou haft munt to wyua

a way he Ihal pe dryue

for godmodes feyrheda

shalt j)ou no war spede 804

hit wes at cr/ftefmaffa

nou|)er more no laffe

]>e kyng made felta

of his knyhtes befte 808

Byrild him gan preye
pat he fcholde feye
Wat hys name were
And qwat he wolde \>eTt

792

796

Cuberd he feyde ich hote

Come// fram \)e bote

Fer fram bi wefte

To chefen mine befte

Byryld him gan ryde 800

And tok hym by \>e hrz'del

Wel be )50U knict her^? founde

Whyt me bilaueft a ftounde

So ich ne mote derue 804

pe kyng |)ou fchal (erue

Ne fay ich nau^re on lyue

So fayr knyt aryue

Cub^rt he ledde to halle 808

And a doun gan falle

He fette hym on knewlyng

And grette wel pe gode king

po feyde byrild wel fone 812

Whit hym /jou hauez to done

Tak hym \>i lond to werye

Ne fchal hym noma« darye

Ha hys )>a fayrefte man 816

pat eu^re in J)if londe cam

po feyde J)e king fo dere

Wel come be he here

Go nov byryld fwy))e 820

An mak him glad and bly))e

Wan }>ou fareft awowan

Tak hym ))ine glouen

per )>ou haueft Mynt to wyue 824

Awey he fchal \>e dryue

Hyt was at cr/ftemeffe [f. 224 r'^J
Na))er more ne leffe
pe king hym makede a fefte 828
Wyt hyfe knyctes befte

772. 5 ill 75 over an erasure MS. L. 8c6. no might be read ne MS.

O. 813. /oti omit. MS. hauesl z above line MS.

KING HORN.

45

C

Berild g^an him preie

p<ft he fcholde him feie, 764

What his name were

& what he wolde \>ere.

' Culherd,' he fede, ' ihc hote,

Icomew vt of \>e bote, 768

Wei feor fram biwefle
To feche mine befle.'
Berild gan him nier ride

& tok him bi ]>e bridcl ; 772

' Wei beo \>ii knijt ifounde !
Wij) me \>u lef aliunde :
Alfo mote i fl<?rue,

pe king \>u fchalt sefue ; 776

[f. 10 r*^] Ne fa; i neure my lyue

So fair kni^t arj'ue.'
Cutb^;-d heo ladde in to halle,

& he a kne gan falle : 780

He fette him a knewelyng
& grette wel ]>e gode kyng.
pawne fede Berild fone :

'Sire king, of him \>u hafl to done, 784

Bitak him f)i lond to werie,
Ne fcha/ hit noman derie ;
For he is J)e fairefte man

p(/t eurejut on pi londe cam.' 788

fl pa/zne fede ]>e ki;/g fo dere :
' Welcome beo pu here.
Cio nu, Berild, swi))e,

& make him ful bV\]>e ; 792

And whan |)u farst to woje,
Tak him ))ine gloue ;
Ime;n \>u hauefl to wyue,

Avvai he fchal pe dryue ; 796

For Cutberdes fairhede,
Ne fchal ]>e neure wel fpede.'
It was at Criflefmaffe,
Neil^er more ne laffe ; 800

H

C. 7S6. fchal^Jchat MS.

C. 793. farsl\ t above the line MS.

46

KING HORN,

]>er com in at none
a geaunt fuy|)e sone
y armed of paynyme
ant feide J)ife ryme
fite kyng bi kynge
ant herkne my tidynge
her bue}) paynes aryue
wel more pen fyue
her bejj vpon honde
kyng in ]>ine londe
on J)er of wol fyhte
to jeynes ))re knyhtes
5ef oure \>re sleh ure on
we fhulen of ore londe gon
5ef vre on sleh oure ]>re
al ]>\s lond shal vre be

812

816

820

824

to morewe shal be ]>e fyhtynge
at ))e fonne vpfpr/nge
C[ ]>o feyde pe kyng })urflon

godmod shal be ]>at on 828

beryld shal be ))at o))er

)ie J>ridde A))yld is broj^er

for hue buej) flrongefle

ant in armes ]>e befle 832

ah wat shal vs to rede

y wene we bue)) dede

Godmod fet at borde

ant feide |)eofe wordes 836

fire kyng nis no ryhte

on wi)) J)re fyhte

a^eynes one hounde

pre cr/ftcne to founde 840

ah kyng yfhal alone

wif) oute more ymone

wij) my fuerd ful epe

bringen hem alle to depe 844

\>e kyng aros amorewe

he hade muche forewe

per com ate none

A geaunt fwi])e fone

Armed of paynime 832

And feyde in hys rime

Syte knytes by pe king

And luflej) to my tydyng

Here hep paynyms a ryued 836

Wel mo |)a«ne fyue

By pe fe flronde

Kyng on |)ine londe

One ))er of wille ich fyjte 840

A5en ))i J)re knyctef

5yf {jat houri? felle ))yne )>re

Al f)is lond fchal vre be

3yf Jjyne J)re fellen houre 844

Al ))ys lond panne be jyure

To morwe fchal be pe fyjtyng

At pe (onne op ryfyng

po feyde pe king })urflon 848

Cubert he fchal be j^at on

Ayld chyld |)at o))er

pe |)rydde byryld hyfe brojier

Hye Jire bejj pe ftrengefle 852

And in armes pe befle

At wat fchal do to rede

Ich wene we ben alle dede

Cubert set on borde 856

And feyde ))if worde

Syre king hyt m's no ryjcte

On wi)) ))re to fyjcte

Ac wille ich alone S60

With oute/? ma«nes mone
Mid my fwerd wel hepe
Bringew hem alle to de))e
pe kyng ros a morwe 864

And hadde meche forwe

L. 821. ztre'] oure MS. All this line and the first four words of 822 written
over an- erasure.

O. 832. a;w^c/ might be read flm/^c/.

KING HORN.

47

C

p/fr cam in at none

A Ceauwt {u]>e fone,

larmed fram paynyme,

And feide ]>es ryme : 804

' Site ftille, fire kyng,

& herkne J)is tyjiyng :

Her buf) pae//s ariued

Wei mo })ane fiue : 808

Her beoj) on ]>e fo//de,

K'uig, vpon |)i londe,

On of hew wile fijte

Ajew })re kni5tes : 812

3ef o\>er \>re flen vre,

Al p\s lo«d beo joure :

3ef vre on ouercome}) jour ))reo,

A] f)is lond fchal vre beo. 816

Tomoreje be pe fijtiz/ge,

Whane pe lijt of daye fpr/nge.'
IF pawne fade ))e kyng ))urflon :

' Cutb^rd fchal beo pat on, 820

[f. 10 v'] Berild fchal beo pai o))er,

pe })ridde Alrid his brof)er.

For hi beo)) pe ftrengeRe

& of armes pe befle. 824

Bute what fchal vs to rede ?

Ihc wene we be)) alle dede.'
IT Cutbcrd fat at borde

& fede ))es wordes : 828

' Sire ki/7g, hit nis no rijte

On wi)) pre to fijte,

Ajew one hu;/de

pre cn'fie/i men to fonde. S^i

Sire, ifchal al one

Wi))ute more ymone

Wi)) mi swerd wel epe

Bringe hem ))re to de))e.' 836

T pe kyng aros amoreje

pat hadde muchel forje.

O. 858. After Syre kyre MS. nis omit. MS.
C. 82S. pes\ s above line MS. C. 830. pre]}* MS.

48

KING HORN.

godmod ros of bedde
wif) amies he him (hredde 848
his brunye he on cade
& knutte hit wel fafle
ant com hi;« to ]>e kynge
at his vp ryfynge 852

kyng quo)) he com to felde
me forte byhelde
hou we shule flyten
ant to gedere smiten 856

C riht at przme tide
hy gonnen out to ryde
hy founden in a grene
a geaunt fwy|)e kene 860

his feren him bifida
))at day forto abyde

Godmod hem gon afaylen
nolde he nout faylen 864

He 5ef duntes ynowe [f. 88 v]

\>e payen fel yfvvowe
ys feren gonnen hem w'\]> drawe
for huere maifler wes neh flawe 868
he feide knyht })ou refle
a whyle 5ef })e lefle
y ne heuede ner of monnes bond
fo harde duntes in non lond 872
bote of J)e kyng Murry
pat was f\vij)e flurdy
he wes of homes kenna
y lloh him in fudenne 876

f[ Godmod him gon agryfe
ant his blod aryfe
byforen him he seh flonde
|)at drof him out of londa 880

ant fader his aqualde
he fmot him vnder fhelde
he lokeda on is rynge
ant ))ohte o rymenild ]>e 5ynge 884
mid god fuard at \)e furfla
he smot him ))Ourh \>e huerte

Cubart rof of badde

Wyt armef ha hym fchradde

Hys brenye on /te cafle 868

Laceda hyt wel fafle

He cam bi forn pe gode king

At hyfe op ryfyng [f. 224 v']

He feyda king com to felde 872

Me for to byhelde

Hou wa fcholen fy5te

And to gy'dere bus dy5cte

Ry5t at prz'me tyde 876

He gnnne ham out ryda

He founden in a grane

A gaant fwyba kene

Armed with fwerd by fide 880

pe day for to abyda

Cubart him gan afayla

Wolda he nawt fayle

He keyte duntes ynowa 884

pa gaant fal hy fwowa

Hys faren gonnen hem wyt drawe

po here mayft^r wa flawa

Ha fayden knyct ])o rafla 888

A wile 5yf \>e lufle

Wa neuere ne hente

Of man fo harde dunta

Bute of Ipe king Mory 892

pat was fo fwyj^e flordy

He was of hornef kinna

Wa flowe hym in fodanne

Cubard gan a grzTe 896

And hys blod a ryfa

By for hym he fey flonde

pat drof hym out of londe

And hyf fa.der aqualde 900

He fmot hym hondifr fchelda

He lokeda on hys gode ringe

And f)Oute on raymyld ]>e ■^onge

Myd goda dunt ate furfla 904

Ha fmot hym to \>e herte

O. 868. Ae] ke MS.

O. 870. He] Ke MS. O. 888. After rejle pt MS.

O. 891. After man ?te/ hgnde MS.

KING HORN. 49

& Cutbt'rd ros of bedde

Wif) amies he him fchredde ; 840

Horn his brunie gan on cafle,
& lacede hit wel fafle,
& caw to ]>e ki;/ge

At his vp rifinge. 844

' Ki/zg,' he fede,. ' cw/i to feh/e
For to bihelde
Hu we fi5te fchulle,

& togare go wuile.' 848

Ri^t at prime tide
Hi gu;/ne;/ vt ride,
And {\inden on a grene

A geauwt su})e kene, 852

His feren hiw bifide
Hore de)) to abide.
U pe ilke bataille

Cutb^rd gan affaille : 856

He 5af de/ztes inoje,

pe kni5tes felle ifwo^e.

His dent he gan wifjdraje,

For hi were nej aflaje : 860

& fede, ' kni^tes, nu 36 refle

One while ef 50U iefle.'

Hi fede hi neure nadde

Of kni5te dcntes fo harde ; 864

He was of homes ku«ne,
Iborn in Suddenne.
IT Horn hi;;/ ga« to agr/fe,

& his blod arife. 868

Biuo hi;;/ fa5 he fl.o;/de

])at driue;/ hi;;; of lo;;de,

& \)at his fader {[o^ ;

To hi;;/ his fwerd he droj, 872

He lokede on his rynge

& |;o3te on Rymenhilde,

He fmot him |)ure5 J>e herte,

O. 902. After /tys eg MS.

C. %4,i. felde\fd IVIS. C. 85S, ifwoie\ e above line MS.

E

50

KING HORN.

]>e payns bigonne to fleon
ant to huere shype teon
to ship hue wolden erne
godmod hena con werne

588

\>e kynges fones tweyne

]>e paienf flowe beyne 892

J;o wes Godmod fwy))e wo

ant ]>e payens he fniot fo

]>at in a lutel flounde

])e paiens hy felle to grounde 896

godmod ant is men

slowe ))e payenes eueruchen

his fader de)? & ys lond

awrek godmod \vi]> his hond 900

])e kyng wi)) reuj)ful chere

lette leggen is fonef on here

ant bringen horn to halle

muche forewe hue maden alle 904

O

pe hondes gonnen at erne
In to J)e fchypes flerne
To fchip he woldew jerne
And cubert he;;z gan werne

908

And feyde kyng fo |)0u haue refle

Clep nou for)) ofc ]>'} befle

And fle we J)yfe hounden 9 1 2

Here we he«ne founden

pe houndcs hye of laucte

An flrokes hye l^ere kaute

Fafle a5en hye ftode [f. 224 V''] 916

Ajen duntef gode

Help nawht here wonder

Cubert hem broute al bonder

He fchedde of here blode 920

And makede hem al wode

To de|)e he hem browte
Hyf fad^'r dcj) he bowten

Of al J)e kingef rowe
per naf Bute fewe flawe
Bote hys fones tweye
By fore he fey deye
pe king bi gan to grete
And teres for to lete
Men leydew hem on here
And ledde hew wel ))ere

924

928

L. 887. Jleo7i\ I corrected out of e MS.

L. 893. Godmod] G corrected out of h MS.

O. iji^.Jlrokes] r above the line MS.

wo over an erasure.

KING HORN. 51

C

\\n fore him gan to fmerte ; 876

pe paens pat er were fo flurne,
Hi gu«ne awei vrne.

[f. 10 V-] Horn & his compaynye

Gu«ne aftt'r hew wel f\vi|)e hije, 880

& flojen alle \)e hundes
Er hi here fchipes funde.

To dejie he hew alle brojte,

His fader dej) wel dere hi bo3te: 884

Of alle pe kynges knijtes

Ne fcapede per no wi3te,

Bute his fones tweie

Bifore him he faj deie. 888

pe ki^/g h\ga.n to grete

& teres for to lete :

Me leide;^ hem in bare

iS-^ burden hem ful 5are. 892

O. 920. After /icre ho MS.

O. 925. After uafnon hy MS. Bute] te above line MS.

C. 886. per]J)Qx cr'Us.' C. S92. ^] j MS.

E 2

52

KING HORN.

in a chirche of lym & flon
me buriede hem wij) ryche won
C ]ie kyng lette forj) calle

hife knyhtes alle 908

ant feide godmod jef ])0U nere

alle ded we were

J)OU art boJ)e god & feyr

her ymake \)e myn heyr 912

for my fones hue)) yflawe

ant ybroht of lyf dawe

dohter ich habbe one

nys non fo feyr of blod ant bone g 1 6

Ermenild J)at feyre may

bryht so eny fomeres day

hire wolle ich :5eue jie

ant her kyng shalt Jou be 920

he feyde more ichul ))e ferue
kyng er ]>en |)ou flerue

when y ]>y dohter ^erne
heo ne shal me nojjyng weme 924
CE godmod wonede \>ere
fulle six 5ere
ant pe feue))e 5er bygon

In to holy kyrke 932

So ma.n fcholde werke

Pe king cam hom to halle
Among ]>e kniyctes alle
Do cubert he feyde 936

Af ich ])e wolle rede

Dede be)> myn heyres

And ))Ou ))e boneyres

And of grete flreng})e 940

Swete and fayr of leng|)e

Mi reaume |iou fchalt helde

And to fpufe welde

Hermenyl my douti^r 944

pat fyt in bourf fofte

He feyde king wit wronge

Scholde ich hire bonder fonge

ping \>at \>o\i me bede 948

And |?y reaume lede

At more ich wile ]>e (erue

And fro forwe ]ie berwe

py forwe hyt fchal wende 952

Her ))is feue 5eref hende

And wa;/ne he bej) wente

Kyng ^y/ J)ou me my rente

Wan ich J)i dout^r heme 956

Ne fchalt J)Ou hire me werne

Horn child wonede ]>ere
Fulle fixe yere
pe feucnjie })at cam J)e nexte 960

After f-e fexte

[f 225 r>]

L. 917, 918. On the inner margin MS. O. 955. ^yf] ^y^MS.

O. 961. MVa fexte yeref hcnde MS.

KING HORN. 53

C

% pe ki;/g cow ]/t to halle
Amowg his knijtes alle.
' Horn,' he fede, ' ifeie \>e,
Do as ifchal rede )je. 896

Aflaje/z hep mine heirs,

& ]>u art knijt of muchel pris,

& of grt'te (l;-t'ng))e,

& fair o bodie lengj)e. 900

Mi Re«gne \>\i fchalt vvelde,
& to fpufe helde
Reynild mi dorter,

pat fitte}> on J)e lofte.' 904

IT ' O fire ki«g, wij) wro«ge
Scholte ihc hit vnd^rfo«ge,
pi do-^ter pat je me bade,

Ower rewgne for to lede. 908

Wei more ihc fchal ]>e ferue,
Sire kyng, or ]>u flerue ;
pi sorwe fchal wende

Or feue jeres ende; 912

Wanne hit is wente,
Sire king, jef me mi rente :
Wha/me i J)i dojter 3eme

Ne fchaltu me hire werne.' 916

Cutbd^rd wonede pere
Fulle feue jere,

C. 894. kiiijies] s above the line MS. C. 908. /or above the line MS.

C. 916. vjitrtie with e written above u MS.

54

KING HORN.

to rymynyld fonde ne fende he non

rymenyld wes in weflneffe 929

wi)> muchel foreweneffe

a kyng ]>er wes aryue

ant wolde hyre han to wyue 932

at one were ]>e kynges

of \>at weddynge

]>e dayes were fo fherte

ant rymenild ne derfle 936

latten on none wyfe

a wryt hue dude deuyfe

A))ulf hit dude wryte

j)at horn ne louede nout lyte 940

hue fende hire fonde

in to eueruche londe

to fechen horn knyhte

wher fo er me myhte 944

Horn \eT of nout herde

til o day ^at he ferde

to wode forte fhete

a page he gan mete 948

Horn feide leue fere

whet defl J)ou nou here

Sire in lutel fpelle [f. 89 r]

y may \>e fone telle 952

Ich feche from weflneffe

horn knyht of eflneffe

ffor rymenild \>at feyre may

forewej) for him nyht & day 956

A kyng hire shal wedde

a fonneday to bedde

Kyng Mody of reynis

]>at is homes enimis 960

ich habbe walked wyde

by ]>e see fide

ne mihte ich hiw neuer cleche

wi|) nones kunnes fpeche 964

To Reymyld he ne we«de
Ne to hyrt' fende

Reymyld was in weflneffe 964

Myd michel forweneffe

A kyng fier was aryuede

pat wolde hyre habbe to wyue

At fone ware ]>e kynges 968

Of hyre weddinges

pe dawes weren fchorte

And reymyld ne dorfte

Lette in none wife 972

A writ he dede deuife

Ayol hyt dide write

pat horn ne louede nawt lite

And to eu^ryche londe 976

For horn hym was fo longe

After horn J)e knycte

For ))at he ne Myjte

Horn per of ne ))oute 980

Tyl on a day })at he ferde

To wode for to feche

A page he gan mete

He feyde leue fere 984

Wat fekefl )jou here

Knyt feyr of felle

Qwat J)e page y wole })e telle

Ich feke fram weflneffe 988

Horn knyt of eflneffe

For {)e mayde reymyld

pat for hym ney waxe}» wild

A kyng hire fchal wedde 992

A foneday to bedde

Kyng mody of reny

pat was homes enemy

Ich haue walked wide 996

By j)e fe fyde

Ich neuere myjt of reche

Whit no londiffe fpeche

L. 944. ll'ker] Whe MS.

L. 949. After Horn two letters erased MS.

KING HORN. 55

C

\)at to Rymenild he ne fcnte

Ne him Iclf ne wente. 920

Rymenild was in Weft^vmeffe
Wi]) wel muchcl forineffe.
IT A king ])ir gan ariue

pf^t wolde hire haue to wyue : 924

Aton he was w\\> \>e k;i«g

Of ]>at ilke weddi;/g.

pe daies were fchorte,

pat Rimtwhild ne dorfte 928

Lete« in none wife ;

A writ he dude deuife,

AJ)ulf hit dude write

pat horn ne hmede nojt lite. 932

Heo fe;/de hire fo/zde

To eutveche londe,

To feche horn f)e kni3t

ptr me him fi«de mijte. 936

Horn no5t per of ne herde,
Til o dai \)at he ferde
[f. 1 1 r^] To wude for to fchete ;

A knaue he gan imete. 940

Horn fede«, ' leue fere,

Wat fecheflu here ? '

'Kni3t, if beo J)i wille

Imai \>e fone telle. 944

I feche fraw biwelle

Horn of Wederneffe,

For a Maiden Rymenhild

pat for him gan wexe wild. 948

A ki«g hire wile wedde

& bri;/ge to his bedde,

Ki«g Modi of Reynes,

On of homes enemis. 952

I he habbe waike wide

Bi ]>e fe fide ;

C. 950. /its'] s above the line MS.

C. 952. homes enemis] s, s both above the line MS.

56

KING HORN.

ne may ich of him here
in londe fer no nere

wey la way \>e while
him may hente gyle

41 Horn hit herde w\\> earen
ant spec w\]> wete tearen
so wel grom ]>e bitide
horn flond by J)i syde
a3eyn to rymenild turne
& fey \>at hue ne murne
yfhal be ]>er bitime
a fonneday er pr/me
\>e page wes wel bly|)e
& shipede wel fuy|)e
\>e see him gon adrynke
\)at rymenil may of})inke
pe see him con ded J)rowe
vnder hire chambre wowe

rymenild lokede wide
by J)e see syde
3ef heo feje horn come
o))er tidynge of eny gome
))o fond hue hire fonde

968

972

976

980

984

988

adronque by |)e flronde
|)at shulde horn brynge
hire hondes gon hue wrynge
^ Horn com to Jjurflon ]>& kynge
ant tolde hun |)es tidynge 992

ant )»o he was biknowe
j)at rymenild wes ys owe
ant of his gode kenne
]>& kyng of sudenne
ant hou he sloh afelde
hi;« J)rtt is fader aquelde

996

Nis he nower founde
A weylawey })e flounde

1000

Reymyld wor|) by gile

Weylawey ))e wile

Horn hyt herde with eren 1004

And wep with blody teren

So wel ])e grom by tide [f. 225 r-]

Horn flant by )>y fyde

A5en to reymyld turne 1008

And fey |)at he ne morne

Ich fchal ben ))er by tyime

A foneday by pr/me

pe page was bly])e 1012

And fchepede wel fwy))e

pe fe hym gan to drenche

Reymyld hyt My^t of })inche

pe fe hym gan op J)rowe 10 16

Hondt'r hire boures wowe

Reymyld gan dore vn pynne

Of boure ))at he was ynne

And lokede for)) rijcte 1020

Aft^r horn J)e knyte

po fond hye hir^ fonde

Drenched by ]?e flronde

pat fcholde horn bringe 1024

Hyre fingres hye gan wringe

Horn cam to )>urflon \>q kinge

And telde hym hys tydinge

So he was by cnowe 1028

pat reymyld waf hif owe

L. ySi. see omit. MS.

KING HORN'. 57

C

Nis he nowar ifu//de :

Walawai \>e flu//cle ! 956

Wailavvay |>e while !

Nu wurj) Rymenild bigiled.'

Horn iherde wij) his ires,

& fpak wi|) bidere tires; 960

' Knaue, wel J)e bitide,

Horn flo7?de|) \>e bifide ;

Aje/? to hure \>u turne

& feie }>at heo ne mume, 964

For ifchal beo \>er bitime,

A soneday bi pryme.'

pe knaue was wel blij)e

& hi3ede ajen bliue. 968

pe fe bigan to ))ro3e

Vnder hire wo5e.

pe knaue |)ere gan adrinke :

Rymewhild hit mijte ofJ)i;/ke. 972

Rymenhild vndude ^e dure pin

Of \>e hus per heo was in,

To loke wij) hire i3e

If heo ojt of horn ifije. 976

po fo;/d heo pe knaue ad rent
p(/t he hadde for horn ife«t,

& pat fcholde horn bringe.

Hire fingres he gan wri;?ge. 980

1^ Horn cam to fiurflon pe kyng.
& tolde him })is tif)ing.
po he was iknowe

pat Rim^;/h//(/ was hif oje, 984

Of his gode ke;/ne,
pe ki«g of Suddenne,
& hu he flo3 in felde
pat his fader q/z^lde. 988

C. 967. />/i/>e] e above the line MS. C. y6S. a^oi above line MS.

C. 970. o/"above line MS. C. 981. purJlon''\ r above line MS.

58

KING HORN.

ant feide Kyng fo wyfe

jeld me my feruice looo

rymenild help me to wjmne

swyjie pat ])ou ne blynne

ant yfhal do to houfe

]>y dohter wel to spoufe 1004

for hue shal to fpoufe haue

AJ)ulf my gode felawe

he is knyht mid \>e befle

& on of pe trewefle 1008

]>e kyng feide so ftille

horn do al ]>i wille

he fende \>o by fonde

5end al is londe 1012

after knyhtes to fyhte

pat were men so lyhte

to him come ynowe

pat in to shipe drowe 1016

C Horn dude hwi in pe weye
in a gret galeye

pe wynd bi gon to blowe

in a lutel |)rowe 1020

pe see bi gan wij) fhip to gon

to weftneffe he?;? brohte anon

hue flr/ken seyl of mafle

ant ancre gonnen cafle 1024

matynes were yronge

& pe maffe yfonge

of rymenild pe 5ynge
& of Mody pe kynge 1028

ant horn wes in watere
ne mihte he come no latere
he let is fhip ftonde
ant com hi;;/ vp to londe 1032
his folk he made abyde
vnder a wode fyde
C Horn eode forh al one [f. 89 v]
so he sprong of pe flone 1036

He feyde kyng fo wife

3eld me my feruyl'e

Reymyld me help to winne 1032

pat J)ou ith nowt ne lynne

And hy fchal to houfe

py dout^;' do wel fpufe

He fchal to fpoufe haue 1036

Ayol My trewe felawe

He hys knyt wyt pe befle

And on of pe trewefle

po feyde pe kyng fo ftille io-|o

Horn do |)ine wille

Horn fe«te hyf fonde
In to eu^ryche londe
After men to fy^te 1044

Hyrifche men fo wy^te
To hym were come hy nowe
pat in to fchipe drowe
Horn tok hyf pr.2ye 1048

And dude hi/;/ in hys weye

Here fcyp gan for J) feyle

pe wynd hym nolde fayle [f. 225 v'J

He flriken feyl of mafle
And anker he go«ne kafle
pe foneday was hy (pron^e
And pe meffe hy fonge

1052

1056

Of reymylde pe jonge

And of mody pe kinge

And horn was in watere

Myjt he come no laXere

He let fcyp flonde 1060

And jede hym op to londe

Hys folc he dide abyde

Hond^r pe wode fyde

He wende for)) alone 1064

So he were fpronge of flone

L, looi ^elp over an erasure MS. O. 1049, /n in added in the margin MS.
O. 1050. forP\ r inserted under line MS.

KING HORN. 59

& feide : ' ki//g pe wife,
3eld me mi St-mife,
Rymcv/hild help mc \vi//ne,

pat ]>u no5t ne li//ne : 992

& ifchal do to fpufe
pi do-^ter wel to hufe ;
Heo fchal to fpufe hauc

A|)ulf mi gode felaje, 996

God knijt mid \>e bade
& J)e tr^wefle.'
pe ki;/g fede fo flille :

' Horn, haue nu ))i wille.' 1000

[f. II r] He dude writes fe«de

In to yrlonde
Aft^r knijtes lijte,

Iriffe men to fi5te. 1004

To horn come inoje,
pr?t to fchupe droje.

Horn dude him in J)e weie

On a god Galeie. 1008

pe luijid him gan to blowe

In alitel |)ro5e.

pe fe bigan to poffe

Ri3t vi to Wefl^; neffe. 1012

Hi flr/ke feil & made

& Ankere gu«ne cafte.

Or eny day was fpruwge

0\cr belle iru«ge 10 16

pe word bigan to fpr/nge

Of Ryme«hilde weddi«ge.

Horn was \n |)e wat^re,

Ne mi3te he come no latere. 1020

He let his fchup ftowde,

& jede to londe.

His folk he dude abide

Vnder wude fide: 1024

Hor« hiw jede alone,

Alfo he fprunge of flone.

O. 1054. /P^oiige\fp with erasure of two letters following MS.
C. 992. ne above line MS. C. 1009. wuhi omit. MS. C. 1025. Horji] Ilor MS.

6o

KING HORN.

en palmere he y mette
& wi|) wordes hyne grette
palmere ))ou shalt me telle
he feyde of J»ine spelle
so brouke J)ou ])i croune
why comefl J)OU from toune
ant he seide on is tale
y come from a brudale
from brudale wylde
of maide remenylde

ne mihte hue nout dre3e
Jjrtt hue ne wep w'\\> eje
hue seide pat hue nolde
be spoufed wij) golde
hue hade hofebonde
))ah he were out of londe

ich wes in \>e halle
wi]) inne \>e caftel walle

1040

1044

1048

1052

1056

1060

a wey ygon glide
J>e dole ynolde abyde
J>er worj) a dole reuly
))e brude wepej) bitterly

quojj horn fo cr/ft me rede
we woUeJ) chaunge wede
tac [;ou robe myne
ant 3e sclaueyn jjyne

To day yfhal ]>er drynke
})at fumme hit shal of Jjynke 1064
sclaueyn he gon doun legge
& horn hit dude on rugge
ant toe homes clo|)es
\>a.t nout him were lo})e
CE horn toe bordoun & fcr/ppe
ant gan to wrynge is lippe

1068

A palmere he mette

\\"yt worde he hym gr^'tte

Palmare |)ou fchalt me telle 1068

He feyde on J)ine fpelle

So brouke ))ou \>\ croune

Wi comefl \>o\i fram toune

pe palmere feyde on hys tale 1072

Hy com fram on bridale

Ich com fram brode hylde

Of Mayden reymylde

Fram hondi?r chyrche wowe 1076

pe gan louerd owe

Ne miyjte hye hyt dreye

pat hye wep wyt eye

He feyde ])at hye nolde 1080

Be fpoufed Myd golde

Hye hadde hofebonde

pcy he nere nawt in londe

Mody Myd flrenc|)e hyrc hadde

And in to toure ladde 1085

In to a flronge halle

Whit inne kaflel walle

per ich was attegate 1088

Mofle ich nawt in rake

Awey ich gan glyde

pe de)) ich nolde abyde

per wor|) a rewlich dole 1092

per \)e bryd wepe)> fore

Palmare qwad horn fo god me rede
Ich and J)ou willed chaunge« wede

Tac ))0U me ))i fclauyne [f. 225 v'^J
And haue ))ou cloJ)ef myne 1097
To day ich fchal ])ere drynke
Som man hyt fchal of ))inke
pe fclavyn he gan doun legge 1 1 00
And horn hyt dide on rigge
pe palmere tok hyf clo})es
pat ne weren hym nowt \o]>e 1 103

Horn toe burdoun and fcr/ppe
And gan wringe hyf lippe

KING HORN. 6r

C

A palmtv-e he \>av mette,

& faire hine grette : 1028

' Palmare, \>u fchalt me telle

Al of J)ine fpelle.'

He fede vpon his tale :

'I come fram o brudale ; 1032

I he was at o wedding;

Of a Maidc Ryme«hild :

Ne mi5te heo adrije

])at heo ne vveop wij) ije : 1036

Heo fede ]>at heo nolde

Ben ifpufed \vi|) golde,

Heo hadde on hufebonde

pej he were vt of lo«de. 1040

& \/t {irorxg halle,

Bi|ii;me cartel walle,

ptr iwas atte 3ate,

Nolde hi me in late. 1044

Modi ihote hadde

To bure J)(?t me hire ladde.

Awai igan glide,

p^i't deol inolde abide. 1048

pe bride wepe)) fore,
& ]>at is muche deole.'
IT Qua)) horn : ' so crt'R me rede,

We fchuUe chau;/gi wede : 1052

Haue her clo))es myne,
& talc me |)i fclauyne.

Today ifchal ))er drinke

p^7t feme hit fchulle of)'] nice.' 1056

His fclauyn he dude dun legge,

& tok hit on his rigge :

He tok horn his clo}-es,

pat nere him nojt lojie. 1060

Horn tok burdon & fcrippe,

& wro;7g his lippe.

62

KING HORN.

he made foule ch&re

& bicollede is fwere 1072

he com to \t 5ateward

^a\. him onfuerede frovvard

horn bed vn do wel fofte

moni tyme ant ofte 1076

ne myhte he yvvynne

forto come ))er ynne

horn })e wyket pufle

))at hit open flufte 1080

J)e porter shulde abugge

he })re\v him a doun f)e brugge

j)at )>re ribbes crakede

horn to halle rakede 1084

ant fette him doun wel lowe

in J)e beggeres rowe

he lokede aboute

myd is collede snoute 1088

J)er feh he rymenild fitte

afe hue were out of wytte

wepinde fore

ah he seh nower f)ore 1092

A})ulf is gode felawe

J)at trewe wes in vch plawe

^ a|)ulf wes o tour ful heh

to loke fer & eke neh 1096

after homes comynge

jef water him wolde brynge

)je see he seh flowe

ah horn nower rowe iioo

he feyde on is fonge

horn |)ou art to longe

Rymenild ))ou me bitoke

))at ich hire shulde loke 1104

He makede a foul cher^
And kewede hys fwere

He cam to \e gateward iioS

pat hym anfwered hard

He bed ondo wel fofte

Fele {y^e and ofte

My5te he nowt wynne 1 1 1 2

For to come ))er i«ne

Horn gan to ))e yate turne

And })e wyket op fpurne

pe porter hyt fcholde abygg.? 1 1 1 6
He pugde hym ofer ))e hrigge
pat hys ribbes go;men krake
And horn gan in to halle rake
He fette hym wel lowe 1120

In beggeres rowe
He loked al aboute
Mid hys kelwe fnowte
He fey Reymyld fytte 1124

Al fo hy were of witte
Wyt droupnynde chere
pat was hys le;;zma« dere

He lokede in eche halke 11 28

Sey he nowere flalke

Ayol hys trewe felawe

pat trewe was and ful of lawe

Ayol was op \n touri? 11 32

Aboute for to pour^

Mter homes cominge

5yf wat^r hym wolde bringe

pe fe he fey flowe 11 36

And horn nower rowe

He feyde in hyf fonge

Horn J)ou art to longe

Reymyld ))ou me by toke 1140

pat ich hyr^ fcholde loke [f. 226 r']

li. 1071. chere] che MS.

KING HORN. 63

C

He makcdc h\/n a ful chere

& al bicolmcde his swere. 1064

He makedc hiw vn bicomelich,
Hes he nas neuremore ilich.
^ He com to |)c gateward

\^at hiw anfwerede hard. 1068

Horn bad vndo fofte
Mani tyme & ofte ;
Ne mi3te he avvynne

p^^t he come \)ernir\e. 1072

[f. II v'] Horn gan to })e ^ate turne

& |)i^t wikct vnfpurne ;

pe boye hit fcholde abugge,

Horn ))reu him ouer ))e brigge, 1076

p<it his ribbes him to brake,

& fu))}5e com in atte gate.

He fette him wel loje

In begg^res rowe ; 1080

He lokede him abute,

Wij> his colmie fnute.

He fe5 Rymewhild fitte

Afe heo were of witte 1084

Sore wepinge & jerne :

Ne mijte hure noman wurne.

He lokede in eche halke,

Ne fe; he novvhar walke 1088

A])ulf his fclawe,

p<?t he c\i\e knowe.

Af)ulf was in J)e ture

Abute for to pure 1092

Afttv- his comynge,

3ef fchup \\\/n wolde bridge.

He fej |)e fe flowe

& horn nowar rowe. 1096

He fede vpon his fonge :

' Horn, nu ))u ert wel longe.

Ryme;zhild })u me toke

p(;t ifcholde loke. iioo

O. 1 1 13. /lei-] r above the line MS.

64

KING HORN.

I I 12

Ich haue yloked euere
& |)ou ne comefl neuere

Rymenild ros of benche

\>e bedr al forte shenche . 1108

after mete in sale

bo))e wyn & ale

an horn hue ber an honde

for f)rtt wes lawe of londe

hue drone of ]>e b^ere

to knyht & (kyere

horn fet at grounde
him fjohte he wes ybounde 11 16
C he feide quene fo hende
to me hydeward j)ou wende
})ou shenh vs \vi]> \>e vurfle [ f. 90 r]
\>e beggares bue|) afurfle 1120

hyre horn hue leyde a doune
ant fulde him of pe broune
a boUe of a galoun
hue wende he were a glotoun 1 1 24
hue feide tac )>e coppe
ant drync J)is ber al vppe
ne seh y neuer y wene
beggare so kene 1128

horn toe hit hife yfere
& feide quene so dere
no beer nullich ibite
bote of coppe white 11 32

\>ou wenefl, ich be a beggere
ywis icham a fyffhere
wel fer come by wefle
to feche mine befle 11 36

Min net lyht her wel hende
wij) inne a wel feyr pende
Ich haue leye ))ere
nou is J)is ]?e feue|)e 5ere 1140

Ich haue hire yloked eu^re
And )>ou ne comefl neutre

Reymyld rof of benche
pe knyjtes for to fchenche

1144

An horn hye ber on honde
As hyt was lawe of londe
Hye drank of ]>e. bere 1148

To knyt and to fquier^

And horn fet on })e grunde
Hym J)Oute he was bounde
He feyde quen fo hende
To meward gyn f)ou wende
Schenk hus Myd |)e furfle
pe beggeres be)) of })crfle
pe horn hye leyde a doune
And fulde hem of J)e broune
A boUe of one galun
Hye wende hye were a glotoun

1 1

1 1 56

Nym ))ou )>e coppe
And drinkyt al oppe
Sey ich neuere ich wene
Beggere fo bold and kene
Horn tok \>e coppe hyf fere
And feyde quen fo dere
No drynk nel ich bite
Bote of one coppe wite
pou wenfl ich be a beggeri?
For gode ich am a fy5ffer^
Hy come fram by wefle
To fy3en an \)i fefle
My net hys ney honde
In a wel fayr ponde
Hyt hat hy be here
Al }>is feue jere

1 160

1 164

1168

1 172

L. 1 107. benche'] b over an erasure MS. O. 1 1.^9. ivere corr. out of iaere MS.

KING HORN. 65

C

Ihc habbe ikept hure cure :
Com nu o|)er ncure.
Ine may no le;/g hure kepc,

For fore^e nu y wepe.' 1104

H Rymenhild Ros of benche
Wyn for to fchenche,
Aftt-r mete in (ale,

bo))e wyn & ale. 1108

On horn he bar anhonde,
So laje was i« londe.

Knijtes & fquier

AUe dronke« of pe ber. 1 1 1 2

Bute horn alone
Nadde ]>ern{ no mone,
Horn fat vpo« \>e grunde,

Him ))U5te he was ibu;;de. 11 16

He fede : ' qi^en fo he«de,
Tomeward ]>u wende ;
pu jef vs wi)) ]>e furfi.e,

pe beggeres beo}) of|)urfi:e.' 11 20

% Hure horn heo leide adun
& fulde him of a brun
His bolle of a galun,

For heo vvende he were a glotoun. 1124

He feide : ' haue ))is cuppe
& |)is f)i;?g J)i?r vppe.
Ne faj ihc neure, fo ihc wene,

Beggere f)at were fo kene.' 11 28

[f. II v'-] Horn tok hit his ifere,

& fede : ' qucn fo dere,
Wyn nolle ihc Muche ne lite

Bute of cuppe white. 1132

pu wenefl ibeo a beggere,
& ihc am a fiffere,
Wei feor icome bi efle

For fiffen at \>i fefle : 11 36

Mi net lij) her bi honde,
Bi a wel fair ftronde,
Hit ha)) ileie ]>ere
Fulle feue jere. 11 40

C. 1 1 1 2. dronken\ 0 above line MS. C. 1 1 16. he above line MS.

66

KING HORN.

Icham icome to loke

jef eny fyffh hit toke

5ef eny fyffh is ])er inne

J)er of l^ou shalt wynne 1144

ffor icham come to fyffh

drynke nully of dyffh

drynkt' to horn of home

vvel fer ich haue y orne 1148

C Rymenild hi;// gan bihelde

hire herte fel to kelde

ne kneu hue noht is f)d"fhyng

ne hi;// felue nof)yng 1152

ah wonder hyre gan f)ynke

why for horn he bed drynke

hue fulde ])e horn of wyne

ant dronk^ to J)at pelrj'ne 1156

hue feide drync pi felle

& fe))})en |70u me telle

jef ))ou horn euer fe3e

vnder wode le5e 1160

^ Horn drone of horn aflounde

ant ))reu is ryng to grounde

ant feide queue J)ou f)ench

what y freu in pe drench 1164

^e quene code to boure

mid hire maidnes foure

hue fond jjat hue wolde

]>e ryng ygraued of golde 1168

^at horn of hyre hedde

fol fore hyre adredde

Jjat horn ded were

for his ryng was }>ere 1172

J)o fende hue a damoifele

after |)ilke palmere

palmare quo)> hue fo trewe

Jie ryng pat Jjou yn J)rewe 1176

J)OU fey wer J)ou hit nome

ant hyder hou })ou come

he feyde by feint gyle

ich eode mony a myle 11 80

Hyc am hy come to loke 1176

3if any he toke

3yf any fy5f hys |)erynne

per of })ou winne

Ich am hy come to fyjffe 11 80

Drink to me of ]>y diffe

Drynk to horn of horn

For ich habbe hy 5ouren

Reymyld hym gan by holde 11 84

And hyrd? herte to kolde

Ney5 he nowt hys fyffyng [f. 226r-]

Ne hym felue no )>yng

Wonder hyre gan |)ynke 1188

Wy he hyre bed drynke

He fulde horn ]>e wyn

And dronk to ]>e pyleg/Vm

Palmere })0u dr/nke ]>y fuUe 1192

And fy))e fiou fchalt telle

3yf )>ou horn awt feye

Hond^'/' wode leye

Horn drank of horn a ftounde
and Jrew hys ryng to ])e
grounde 1197

He feyde quen nou feche
Owat hys in py drenche
Reymild 5ede to bour^ 1200

Wyt hyre maydenef four^
He fond J)at he wolde
A ryng hy grauen of golde
pat horn of hyre hadde 1204

Wei fore hyre of dradde
pat horn child ded were
For J)e ry«g was \>ere
po fende hye a damyfele 1208
Adoun aft^r ]>e palmare
Palm,?re hye feyde fo trewe
pe ryng |50u here J)rewe
Sey war ))ou ith nome 121 2

And hyder wi |)ou come
He feyde by feynt gyle
Ich aue hy go mani amyle

L. 1142. Ki\.tx fyJJJi an erasure of two words, probably _y toke, MS.

L. 1146. nkc null over an erasure MS.

L. 1 147, 1156. drynke, dronke both with contraction for es MS.

KING HORN. 67

C

Ihc am icome to loke
Ef eni fiff hit toke.

Ihc am icome to fiffe :

Dri«k to me of diffe, 1144

Drink to horn of home :

Feor ihc am i orne.'

Rymewhild hi;« gan bihelde,

Hire heorte bigan to chelde. 1148

Ne kneu heo no5t his fiffing,

Ne horn hym felue no|)ing :

Ac wu«der hire gan ))inke

Whi he bad to horn drinke. 1152

Heo fulde hire horn \\''\\> wyn

& dronk to \)e pilegrj'm.

Heo fede : ' driwk ))i fulle,

& fu})})e J)u me telle 1156

If ])U eure ifije

•Horn- vnder wude lije.'

Horn dro;/k of horn a flu«de

& ))reu ])e ring to gruwde. 1160

pe quen 5ede to bure

Wij) hire maidenes foure.

po fo«d heo what heo wolde,

A ri//g igrrtuen of golde 1164

p(7t horn of hure hadde ;

Sore hure dradde

pat horn iflerue were,

For ))e Ri«g was )>ere. 1168

po fe«te heo a damefele

Aft^r J)e palmare ;

' Palm^'re,' qtra]) heo, ' trewe,

pe ri«g ])at \>u jjrewe, 1 1 7 2

pu feie whar j)U hit nome,

& whi J)u hider come.'

He fede : ' bi feiwt gile,

Ihc habbe go mani Mile, 1176

O. 1197. ^j's"] s above line MS. J>e'] e above line MS.
1 143. jV<>wd above Ime MS. C. 1167. i/ierue'] ijltue l<\ii.

F %

68

KING HORN.

wel fer 5ent by vvefle
to feche myne befte
Mi mete forte bydde
for fo me ])o bitidde 1184

ich fond horn knyht flonde
to shipeward at flronde
he feide he wolde geffe
to aryue at vveflneffe 1188

]>e fhip nom in to flode
wi|) me & horn \>e gode
Horn by gan be fek & deje
& for his loue me preje 1192

to gon wif) f)e rj^nge
to rymenild J)e jynge
wel ofte he hyne kefte
cn'a jeue is foule refte 1196

C Rymenild feide at ^e firfle
herte nou to berfle
horn worjj J)e no more
})at haue)> ]>e pyned fore 1200

Hue fel adoun a bedde [f. 90 v]
ant after knyues gredde
to slein mide hire kyng lo])e
& hire felue bof)e 1204

w[\> inne ))ilke nyhte
come 5ef horn ne myhte
to herte knyf hue fette
horn in is armes hire kepte 1208
his fhurte lappe he gan take
& wypede a wey \>e foule blake
\>aX wes opon his fuere
ant feide luef fo dere 121 2

ne confl ^ou me yknowe
ne am ich horn J)yn owe

Ich horn of weflneffe
in armes J)0u me keffe
yclupten & kyfle
so longe fo hem lyfle

1216

Wel fer her by wefle 1216

To feche my befte

My mete for to bidde

So hyt me by tidde

pat fond ich horn child ftonde

To fcyppeward on ftronde 1221

He feyde he wolde agefce

To ryuen in weftneffe

pat fcyp hym 5ede to flode 1224

Myd me and horn })e gode

Horn was fech and ded

And for his loue me bed

To fchipe with me ]>e ring 1228

To Reymyld quene Ipe jeng

Ofte he me kufte

God jyue hys foule refte [f. 226 v']

Reymyld feyde ate ferfte 1232

Herte nou to berfte

Horn ne wor}) me na more

For warn hy pyne fore

Hye fel adoun on ]>e bed 1236

per hye hauede knyues leyd

To flen hire louerd lo})e

And hyre felue bo))e

In pat hulke nyj^e 1240

Bote horn come myjte

Knyf to hyre h^rte hye fette

And horn hire gan lette

Hyffchirt lappe he gan take 1244

And wiped awey ]>at blake

pat was on hys swere

And feyde quene fo dere

Canft ^ou me nawt knowe 1248

Ne am ich al J)yn owe

Ich am horn of eftneffe
In ))yn armes )?ou me kuffe
Hye clepten and hye kufte 1252
pe wile ))at hem lufte

L. I [84. After/oJ) struck out MS.

L. 1 208. After a?-mes erasure of one word MS.

O. 1240. n}'j(e omit. MS.

KING HORN. 69

C

\^'cl feor bi jonde wefle,
To fcche my befle.

I fond horn child flonde

To fchupeward in londe. 1 1 80

He fede he wolde agcffe
To ariue in weft^rneffe.
pe fchip nam to \>e flode

\\'\p me & horn \>e gode ; 1184

[f. 12 r^] Horn was fik & deide,

& faire he me prt'ide :
"Go wij) ]>e ringe

To Ryme;/hild J)e 5o;?ge." ir88

Ofte he hit cufte ;
God 5eue his faule refle.'
H Ryme;/hild fede at pe furfle :

' Herte nu ]>u berfle, 1192

For horn naflu namore

\)at J)e haj) pined \>e fo fore.'

Heo feol on hire bedde,

\)er heo knif hudde, 1196

To fie wi)) ki«g lo|)e

& hure felue boJ)e,

In pat vlke ni3te,

If horn come ne mijte. 1200

To herte knif heo fette,

Ac horn anon hire kepte.

He wipede pat blake of his swere

& fede: 'quen fo swete & dere, 1204

Ihc am horn Jiinoje,

Ne canflu me nojt knowe ?

Ihc am horn of wefl.(?rneffe,

In armes f)u me cuffe.' 1208

Hi cufle hew mid ywiffe,

& makeden Muche bliffe.

C. 1 184. After IVzJ) an erasure of two letters MS.
C. 1 192. ;/;</« above line MS.
C. 1200. M« above line MS.

70

KING HORN.

Eymenild quoj> he ich wende
doun to ]>e wodefende 1220

for |>er bue|) myne knyhte
worjji men & lyhte
armed vnder cloJ)e
hue shule make \vro))e 1224

]>e kyng & hife gefles
pat buef) at ))ife fefles
to day ychuUe huem cacche
nou ichulle huem vacche 1228

%L Horn fprong out of halle
ys brunie he let falle
rymenild eode of boure
a|)ulf hue fond loure 1232

af)ulf be wel bly|)e
& to horn go f\vy))e
he is vnder vvode bowe
wij) felawes ynowe 1236

Ajjulf gon forth springe
for J)i7t ilke tydynge
efter horn he ernde
him J)ohte is herte bernde 1240

he oftok hi;-^ ywiffe

ant cufte him \vi|) blyffe

Horn tok is preye

ant dude him in \>e weye 1244

hue comen in wel fone

f)e 5ates weren vndone

y armed fui))e J)icke

from fote to ]>e nycke 1248

alia \)at per euere weren

wij) oute is tr^we feren

ant J)e kyng aylmare

ywis he hade muche care 1252

monie pat per fete

hure lyf hy gonne lete

Reymy Id qwad horn ich mofle we«de

To pe wodef hende

After mine knyjtef 1256

Hyrifche men fo wyjte

Armed hondi?r dope

He fcholen maken wro))e

pe kyng and hyfe geftes 1260

pat fytten atte ferte

To day we fchole hem keche

Ry3t nou ich wolle hem teche

HOrn fprong out of halle 1 264
pe fclavyn he let falle
And Reymyld wente to toure
And fond Ayol lure
Ayol be wel blyj)e 1268

And go to horn iwype
He hys hond^'r wode bowe
And Myd hym felawe ynowe
Ayol for)) gan fpringe 1272

Wel glad for J)at tydyngge
Fafle after horn he rende
Hym J)oute hys h^rte brende

Of tok he horn hy wys [f. 226 v-]
And kufle hym wit blys 1277

He com a^en wel fone
pe gates weren ondone

Hye ))at ate fefle heten 1280

Here lyue he gonnen ))er leten

And pe kyng mody

Hym he made blody

And pe king aylmare 1284

po hauede myche fere

L. 1 237. fortKl froth MS.

KING HORN. 71

IT 'Ryme/;hild,' he fede, 'ywende

Adun to pe wudes ende ; 1212

pt'r be{> myne knijtes

Redi to fijte,

larmed vnder cloJ)e ;

Hi fchulle make wr<'f)e 12 r 6

pe ki«g & his gefte,

\)at come to f)e fede :

Today ifchal he;« teche

& fore hem areche.' 1220

If Horn fpro^g vt of halle

& let his fclauin falle.

pe quen jede to bure

& fond afjulf in ture. 1224

'A))ulf,' heo fede, 'be bli)?e,

And to horn ))U go wel iw'ipe.

He is vnder wude boje,

& wij) him kni3tes Ino^e.' 1228

IF A})ulf bigan to fprznge

For J)e ti})i«ge.

Aft.?;- horn he arnde anon

Alfo \>at hors mi3te gon : 1232

He h\m ou^rtok ywis.
Hi makede fui))e Muchel blis.
Horn tok his preie

& dude him in pe weie. 1236

He cow in wel fone,
pe 3ates were vndone,
larmed ful pikke

Yram fote to pe nekke. 1240

[f. 12 r-] Alle pat were perin,

Bi|)ute his twelf ferin
& pe king Aylmare,

He dude hew alle to kare. 1244

p<at at pe fefle were,
Here lif hi lete |)ere.

C. 1 21 1. Erasure of je \xioTt ywende MS. C. 1234. * Muchel above line MS.

72

KING HORN.

Horn vnderftondyng ne hede

of ffykeles falffede 1256

hue fuoren alle ant feyde

])at hure non him wreyede

ant fuore o)>es holde

})at huere non ne sholde 1260

Horn neuer bytreye

f)ah he on de]>e leye

})er hy ronge ]>e belle

))at wedlak to fulfulle 1264

hue wenden horn wij) eyfe
to \)e kynges paleyfe
)jer wes \ie brudale fuete
for richemen ]>er ete 1268

telle ne mihte no tonge
\>e gle {)at )>er was fonge
C Horn fet in chayere

& bed hem alle yhere 1272

he feyde kyng of londe
mi tale |)0u vnderflonde

Ich wes ybore in sudenne
kyng wes mi fader of kenne 1276
))ou me to knyhte houe
of knythod habbe y proue

J)Ou drj'ue me out of pi lond

& feydeft ich wes trcrytour strong

J)ou wendefl })at ich wrohte 1281

J)at y ner ne jjohte

by rymenild forte lygge

ywys ich hit w\]> fugge 1284

Ne shal ich hit ner agynne [f. 91 r]

er ich fudenne wynne

f)ou kep hyre me aftounde

f)e while ]>at ich founde 1288

Horn no wonder ne makede
Of fykenildef falfede
He fworen alle and feyde 1288
pat her<? non hym by wreyde
And ofte he fwore« ho))ef holde
pat J)ere non ne fcholde
No ware horn by wreyen 1292
pou he to def)e leyen
He rongen J)e bellen
pe wedding for to fuller
Of horn ^at was fo hende 1296
And of reymyld \>e jonge
Horn ledde hyre horn wit heyfe
To hyrt' fad^r paleyfe
per was brydale fwete 1300

Riche men ]>er hete
Tellen ne Myjte no tonge
pe joye J)at J)er was fonge

Horn fet on hys cheyere 1 304
And bed he fcholden aile
He feyde kyng fo longe [here

My tale })0u hond^'r flonde

Hy was born in fodenne 1308

Kyng waf My fad^r of kunne
po me to knyjte f)ou joue
My kny3t hede ich haue proued
To \>e of me men feyde 1 3 1 2

War for \>i h^;te treyde
pou makedefl me to rewe
po ])ou bede me fleme

pou wendef J)at ich wroute 1316

pat hy neu^re ne ))Oute

Wyt Reymyld for ligge

Iwys ich hyt wyt figge

Ich ne fchal neu^re a gynne 1320

Er ich fodenne wynne [f. 227 r']

Kep hire me a flounde

pe wille ich he;mes founde

O. 1296. /torn'] hor MS. O. 1321. The guard on f. 226 v has her ichfodetie wyne.

KING HORN. 73

C

Horn ne dude no wuwder

Of ffike«hildes falfe tu//ge. 1248

Hi sworew o})es holde

])(it neure ne fcholde

Horn neure bitr^ne,

pej he at dif)e laie. 1252

Hi Ru«ge \>e belle

pe wedlak for to felle.

Horn h'vn jede with his

To ^e ki«ges palais. 1256

per was brid & ale fuete,
For riche men \er ete.
Telle ne mi3te tu«ge

p(it gle \a\. ]>er was fu«ge. 1260

IT Horn fat on chaere
& bad hew alle ihere.
* Ki/zg,' he fade, ' ]>u lufte

A tale mid ))e befte. 1264

Ine feie hit for no blame,
Horn is mi name.

pume to knijte houe,

& kni3thod haue pr^ued. 1268

To j)e ki//g men feide

p(7t i]>e bitraide :

pu makedefl me fleme

& J)i lo«d to reme : 1272

pu we«defl ]>at iwro3te

pat y neure ne [jojte,

Bi Rym£'«hild for to ligge,

& ^at i wi|) fegge. 1276

Ne fchal ihc hit bigiwne,

Til i fuddene wi/me.

pu kep hure a flu«de,

pe while ]>at ifunde 1280

C. V z^'&. ffikcnhiUes J es above line MS. C. 1256. kinga^ s above line MS.

74

KING HORN.

In to myn heritage
wij) j>is yriffhe page

))at lond ichuUe ))orhreche
& do mi fader wreche 1292

ychul be kyng of toune
& lerne kynges roune
jjenne shal rymenild pe 5ynge
ligge by horn ]>e kynge 1296

C Horn gan to shipe drawe
wi}) hyfe yriffhe felawe

A|)ulf wi)) him his broj^er

he nolde habbe non oj)er 1300

)je ship by gan to croude

f)e wynd bleu wel loude

wy)) inne dawes fyue

\>e ship bigan aryue 1304

vnder fudennes fide

huere fhip by gon to ryde

aboute pe midnyhte

horn eode wel rihte 1308

he nom a))ulf by honde

& ede vp to londe

hue fonden vnder fhelde

a knyht liggynde on felde r3i2

ope shelde wes ydrawe

a croy^ of ihesu crz'fles lawe

pe knyht hi;;/ lay on slape

in amies wel yfhape 13 16

C Horn him gan ytake
& seide knyht awake
J)ou fei me whet ))0u kepefl
& here whi ))ou slepeft 1320

me J)unche)) by crois lifle
pat ))0u leuefl on c;7fle
bote J)Ou hit wolle shewe
my fuerd fhal pe to he we 1324
pe gode knyht vp aros
of homes wordes hi;;/ agros

In to myn hmtage
Mid myn hiryfce page

1324

pat lond ich fchal of reche

And do my {a.der wreche

Ich fchal de kyng of tune r3 28

And wite of kyngef owne

penne fchal Reymyld pe jonge

hyggen by horn pe kynge

Horn gan to fchipe ryde 1332

And hys knyjtef bi fide

Here fchip gan to croude
pe wynd hym bleu wel loude

Hond^-r fode«ne fyde 1336

Here fchip bigan to glide

Abowte myd ni3te

Horn hym yede wel ryjte

Nam aj'ol on hys honde 1340

And yeden op hon londe

Hye founds bonder fchelde

A knyt liggen in felde

Op pe fcheld was drawe 1344

A crowch of ihesu cridef lawe

pe knyt hy lay on llepe

In amies wel y mete

Horn hym gan take
And feyde knyt awake

1348

Me J)ynke}) by pe crowchef lyfte

pat ))ou leuefl on cnfle

Bote |)ou hyt raj)e fchewe 1352

Wyt Mi fwerd ich fchal pe he we

pe gode knyt op a rof

Of homes wordef hym agrof

O. 1328. de'] ke MS. O. 1329. Before oto;?^ erasure of one letter, apparently

/or/MS. O. 1332. Horft] HorMS. O. 1337. yi:///^]y above line MS.

O. 1347. Substituted for Hopt hym gq m MS.

KING HORN. 75

C

In to min heritage

& to mi baronage.
pat io«d ifchal ofreche

& do mi fader wreche, 1284

Ifchal beo ki;/g of tune
& bcre ki//ges crune,
pa//ne fchal Rymewhilde

Ligge bi ]>e ki;/ge.' 1288

IT Horn ga« to fchupe draje
\\\]> his yriffe felajes,

AJ)ulf wi]) hiw his brother,

Nolde he no« o))er, 1292

p<?t fchup biga« to crude,

pe wind him bleu lude.

Bi)>i/me daies fiue

pat fchup gan ariue. 1296

Abute middelni3te

Horn hi;« jede wel ri3te.

He tok a})ulf bi ho«de

& vp he 5ede to lo//de. 1300

Hi fouwde vnder fchelde

A kni3t he«de in felde.

pe kni3t him aflepe lay

Al bifide \>e way. 1 304

Horn hi;;/ ga.n to take

& fede : ' kni3t, awake.

Seie what ]>u kepefl,

& whi J)U her flepeft ; 1308

Me f)ink|) bijjine crois li3te

pat ]>u lo;/geft to vre dr/3te.

Bute ))u wule me fchewe,

Ifchal ))e to hewe : ' 1312

pe gode kni3t vp aros.

Of \>e wordes hi;« gros.

O. 1350. /<?]/ corr. out of c MS. O. 1354. i-n_yt] n above line MS.

C. 1291. Ar above line MS. C. 1302. )&;«^/] / above line MS.

C. 1314. wordes] s above line MS.

76

KING HORN.

he feide ich feruy ille

paynes to jeynes mi wille 1328

Ich was cr/flene fumwhile

ycome in to ))is yie

sara3yns lo|)e & blake

me made ih^i-u forfake 1332

to loke J)is paffage

for horn ^at is of age

\>at wone)) her by wefle

god knyht mid \>e befle 1336

hue flowe mid huere honde

]>e kyng of \>iffe londe

ant \v'i]> him mony honder

\>er fore me |)unche)) wonder 1340

\)at he ne come)) to fyhte

god 5eue hiw J3e myhte

]>at wynd hiw hider dryue

to don hem alle of lyue 1344

ant flowen kyng mury

hornef cunefmon hardy

horn of londe hue fenten

tuelf children wij) him wenten 1348

wip hem wes a))ulf J)e gode

mi child myn oune fode

5ef horn is hoi ant founde
a|)ulf tit no wounde 1352

he louede horn w'lp mihte
& he him wi)) ryhte
jef y myhte fe hem tueye
))enne ne rohti forte deye 1356
C! knyht be ))enne blyj)e
mefl of alle (ypt
AJ)ulf & horn is fere .
boJ)e we be|) here 1360

pe knyht to horn gan fkippe
& in his armes clippe

O

He feyde hy ferue ylle 1356

Paynyms ajen My wille

Ich was crzflene fom wyle

And J)0 were come in to \>i( yle

Sarazyns lodlike and blake 1360

And dide me god forfake

Bi god on warn y leue

po he makede« me reue

To loke ))is paffage 1364

For horn pat hys of age [f 227 r'^]

He wone)) alby wefle

God knyt myd \>e befle

He flow Mid hyf honde 1368

pe kyng of ))ife londe

And wyt hym men an hundred

per fore me ))inke)) wonder

pat he ne come)) fi^ycte 1372

God yeue hym pe miyjte

pat wynde hym driue

To bringen hem of Hue

He flowen pe kyng mory 1376

Hornef (ader fo fl^ordy

Horn to wat^r he fente

xij- children Myd hym we??te

per mong was ayol pe gode 1380

Myn owe child myn owe fode

He louede horn wel derne

And horn hym alfo jerne

3yf horn hys hoi and founde 1384

Ayol ne tyt no wounde

Bote ich nou fe hem tweye

Iwys ich wolle deye

Knyt be fwi))e bly))e 1388

Mefl. of alle fy))e

Ayol and horn yfere

Bo))e he ben here

pe knyt to hem gan ft^eppe 1392

And in armef cleppe

L. 1357. After knyht an erasure of about two letters MS.
O. 1372. ne omit. MS.

KING HORN. 77

C

He fede : 'ihc haue a5enes my wiile
Tayns ful yllc. 1316

Ihc was cr/ftene a while ;
po icom to J)is ille
Sarazins blake

p<n dude me forfake. 1320

On crzst ihc wolde bileuc,
On him hi makede Hme reue,
[f. 12 v'] To kepe \>\s paffage

Fraw horn pat is of age, 1324

prtt wunie)) biefle,

Kni3t wi}> \>e befle :

Hi flo3e wijj here honde

pe ki//g of J)is \onde, 1528

& \\\\> him fcle hundred,

& |)tvof is vvu;/der

p(jt he ne come)) to fijte.

God fewde hi;« \>e ri3te, • 1332

& wi//d hi;« hider driue,

To bridge hon of Hue.

Hi slo3en kyng IMurry,

Homes fader king hendy, 1336

Horn hi vt of londe fente ;

Tuelf fela5es wij) him wente,

Amo«g hem ajiulf pe gode,

Min 03ene child, my leue fode : 1340

Ef horn child is hoi & fund,
& A|)ulf bij)ute wund,
He luuej) h'un fo dere,

& is hiw fo ftere, i344

Mi3te ifeo« hew tueie,
For ioie ifcholde deie.'
IT ' Kni5t beo panne bli})e

Meft of alle dpe ; 1348

Horn & A|)ulf his fere

Bope hi heji here.'

To horn he gan gon

& gr^tte hi;« anon. 1352

C. 1.^16. ful y Ik over an erasure of about seven letters longer MS. C. 131 8.

/<(?;«] ioni above line MS. C. 1339. ^'^"' fl/«^ correction in darker ink over

erasure MS. C. 1348. ^ above line MS.

78

KING HORN.

Muclie ioye hue maden yfere

J)o hue to gedere y come were 1364

He faide wi}) fleuene ))are [f. 91 v]
jungemen hou habbe 5e ^ore yfare

wolle 5e ^is lond wynne

& wonie ))er ynne 1368

he feide fuete horn child

5et lyue)) |)y moder godyld

of ioie hue ne mifle

o lyue 5ef hue ]>e wifle 1372

horn feide on is ryme

ybleffed be ]>& time

Icham icome in to fudenne

wi)) fele yriffhemenne 1376

we shule |)e houndes kecche

& to Jje de^e vecche

ant so we shulen hem teche

to fpeken oure speche 1380

C Horn gon is horn blowe
is folk hit con yknowe
hue comen out of hume
to horn fwyfie jurne

hue fmiten & hue fyhten
\>e niht & eke \>e ohtoun
J)e fara5yns hue flowe
ant fumme quike to drowe
mid fp^res ord hue flonge
J)e olde & eke ]>e jonge

1384

1388

^ horn lette fone wurche
boJ)e chapel & chyrche

1392

pe Joie J»at he made

Myjte no ma?i rede

He feyde wit fteuene ^are 1396

Children hou ai^be je fare

Wolle 5e J)is lond wi?zne

And wonye )>er inne

He feyde leue horn child 1400

3et Hue)) \>y mod^r godild

Horn feyde on hys rime

Hy bleffed be ))e tyme

Ich am ycome to fode«ne 1404

Wyt Myn hyryfce me^ne

pis lond we fchollen wi«ne
And fle al )'at ))ere ben i;?ne
And fo we fcholen he/n teche 1408
To fpeken our.? fpeche

Horn gan hys horn blowe [i. 227 v']
pat hyf folc it gan knowe
He come« out of fcyp fli?nie 1 4 1 2
To horn ward wel jerne

He fmyten and he fouten
pe nyjt and eke ))e oujten

Myd fperes hord he flonge
pe held and eke pe. jonge
pat lond he ))oru fowte«
To de))e he hus brouten
Sarazines kende
pe leuede on ]>e fende
Horn let sone werchen
Chapeles and cherchen

1416

1420

L. 1 38 1, is'] s corr. out of d MS.
O. 1394. yoie] 2 above line MS.
O. 1397. ad/'e} albe MS.

L. 1390. Before /i? olde 4? MS.
O. 1396. wit above line MS.
O. 1405. Before menne m MS.

KING HORN. 79

C

Muche ioie hi makede pert
pe while hi togadere were.

' Childre,' he fede, * hu habbe 5e fare ?
pr/t ihc 50U fe5 hit is ful jare. 1356

WuUe je ))is lo;/d wi«ne
& fie ]>at ]>efis i«ne ? '
He fede : ' leue horn child,

5ut lyue|) ))i moder Godhild : 1360

Of ioie heo mifte
If heo fie aliue wifle.'
IF Horn fede on his rime :

' Iblcffed beo ])e time, 1364

Ico/n to Sudde;/ne
Wi]) mine iriffe me«ne :

We fchulle ]>e hu«des teche

To fpeke« vre fpeche. 1368

Alle we hePH fchulle fle

& al qui'c hem fle.'

Horn gan his horn to blowe,

His folk hit gan iknowe, 1372

Hi come;? vt of fl^re,

Fratn homes ban^re :

Hi floje// & fu5te«,

pe nijt & \>Q v;ten: 1376

pe sarazi«s cu;/de

ne lefde per now in pende.

Horn let wurche

chapeles & chirche. 1380

O. 1406. Before we m MS. O. 1410. /lorn above line MS.

C. 1364. duo above line MS. C. 1367. /lundes] s above line MS.

C. 1368. vrd above Ime MS. C. 1374. hort!es\ s above line MS.

8o

KING HORN.

he made belle rynge
ant pr^fles maffe synge
he sohte is moder halle
in \>e roche walle
he cufle hire ant grette
ant in to ^e caftel fette
Croune he gan werie
ant make fefte merye
Murie he ]>er wrohte
ah Rymenild hit abohte
C ))e whiles horn wes oute
ffikenild ferde aboute

1396

1400

1404

))e betere forte fpede
Jie riche he jef mede
bojje jonge ant olde
wi|) him forte holde
ston he dude lade
ant lyra })erto he made

1408

Caftel he made fette

wif> water by flette 141 2

\>at per yn come ne myhte

bote foul wij) flyhte

bote when ))e see w'\]> drowe

))er mihte come ynowe 1416

\>us fykenild gon by wende

Rymenild forte shende

to wyue he gan hire jerne

J)e kyng ne durft hvn werne 1420

ant habbe]) fet ]>e day

fifykenild to wedde ^e may

wo was rymenild of mode

terres hue wepte of blode 1424

J)ilke nyht horn fuete

con wel harde mete

of rymenild his make

\>at in to shipe wes take 1428

Bellen he dide ryngen 1424

And parlies meffe fynge«

He fowte hys mod^r ou^ralle

Wit i«ne eu^'^iche walle

He cuRen and hye clete;? 1428

And in to halle wewten

Croune he gonnen werie

And makede feftef merye

Murye he ))ere wroute 1432

Reymyld hyt aboute

Wile J)at horn waf oute

Fikenyld ferde aboute

To wiue he gan hire jerne 1436

pe kyng ne dorft him werne

Muche was hys prede

pe ryche he jaf mede

3onge and eke \>e helde 144°

pat Mid hym fcholde helde

Ston he dede lede

And /ym ]>er to he made

A kaftel he dude fefte 1444

Wit water alby fette

Mijt no ma« hon on legge

By pa))e ne by brigge

Bote wan pe /e wit drowe 1448

per M/V^e come ynowe

pis fykenild ga;? to we«de

Reynyld for to wende

L. 1418. Over an erasure MS.
O. 1437. hinil hire MS.

O. 1427. Repeated with wyt instead of ivit MS.
O. 1 443. lyni\ hym MS .

KING HORN. 8l

C

He let belles linge,

& Maffes let fi^/ge.

He cow to his Mod^r halle

In a roche walle. 1384

[f. 1 2 v"] Corn he let ferie

& makede fefle merie.

Mwrie lif he wro5te :

Ryme;/hild hit dcre bojte, 1388

^ fifikcnhild was prut on hcrte,
& ^at him dude fmcrte.

3o//ge he 5af & elde

Mid hiw for to hclde. 1392

Ston he dude lede

per he hopede fpede.

St?-OT)g caflel he let fette,

Mid fee hi/;/ biflette. 1396

per ne mi5te lijte

Bute fojel \\\]> fli3tc.

Bute whawne ^e fe wi|j droje

Mi5te come men ynoje. 1400

ffikcnhild gan we;/de

Rym^«hild to fchewde.

To wo5e he gan hure jerne,

pe kyng ne dorfle him werne. 1404

Rymewhild was ful of mode,

He wep teres of blode.

pat ni5t horn gan fwete,

& heuie forto mete 1408

Of Rymenhild his make,

Into fchupe was itakc :

O. 1448. y^ omit. MS. O. i^^g. /er J\/i/c/ie come ^IS.

O. 1450. ~u'€nde'\ 'uedde MS. O. i4iii. for over an erasure, yi^r in margin MS.

G

82

KING HORN.

c

]>e fhip gon ouerblenche
is lemmon shulde adrenche
Rymenild mid hire honde

fwymme wolde to londe 1432

ffykenild ajeyn hire pylte

mid his fuerdes hylte

Horn awek in is bed

of his lemmon he wes adred 1436

AJ)iiJf he feide felawe
to shipe nou we drawe
ffykenild me haj) gon vnder
ant do rymenild fum wonder 1440
Crift for his wondes fyue
to nyht J)ider vs dryue
C Horn gon to shipe ride [f. 92 r]
his knyhtes bi his fide 1444

J)e ship bigon to flure
wi]j wynd god of cure

ant fykenild her J)e day fpnnge

ferde to ])e kynge

After rymenild \>e brhyte

ant fpoufede byre by nyhte

he ladde hire by derke

in to is newe werke

pe fefle hue bigonne

er ])en aryfe ])e fonne

1448

1452

pe day by gan to wexe 1452

pat hem was by twexe

Fekenyld her Ipe day gan fpr/nge [f-

Ferde to aylm^r ])e kynge

After reynyld \>e bry^te 1456

And fpoufede hire by ni5te

He ledde hyre horn i« derke

To his newe werke

pe fefles he by gonne 1460

Her^ aryfe pe fo;/ne

pat nyjt gan horn fwete

And harde forto mete

Of Reymyld hys make 1464

pat in to fchype waf take

pat fchip fcholde on hire blenche

Hys lema;/ fcholde adrenche

Reymyld wit hire honde 1468

Wolde fuewme to londe

Fykenyld hire 5en pulte

Wit his fwerd hylte

Ayol qwat horn trewe felawe 1472

Into fchip go;me we drawe

Fykenyld haue}) gon ond^r

And don Reynyld fom wondtr

KING HORx\. 83

C

pc fchup bigan to blenche,

His lewiuan fcholde adrenche. 1412

Rymc//hild wij) hire honde
Woldc vp to londe.
fifikenhild ajen hire pelte

Wi|) his fuerdcs hilte. 1416

% Horn him wok of flape

So aman J^at hadde rape.

'Af)ulf,' he fade, ' fela5e,

To fchupc we mote dra3e; 1420

fifikenhild mc ha]) idon vnder

& Rymenhild to do wunder.

Crift, for his wuwdes fiue

To ni5t me ))uder driue.' 1424

Horn gan to fchupe Ride,

His fere« him bifide.

fifikenhild or J)e dai gan fpr/nge

Al rijt he ferde to fie kinge, ' 1428

Aft^r Rymenhild ]>e bri5te,

To wedden hire bini^te.

[f. 13 r^] He ladde hure bi })e derke

In to his nywe werke ; 1432

pe fefle hi bigu;/ne
Er ])at ros pQ fu;me ;

G 2

84

KING HORN.

Homes fhip atftod in floure
vnder fykenildes boure 1456

Nufle Horn alyue

wher he wes aryue

J)ene caflel hue ne knewe

for he was so nevve 1460

]>e fee bigon to wij) drawe

|;o feh horn his felawe

))e feyre knyht arnoldyn

]>at wes a))ulfes cofyn 1464

))at ]>er fet in ]>at tyde

kyng horn to abide

he feide kyng horn kyngeffone

hider })ou art welcome 1468

to day ha)) sire ffykenild

yweddej) ]>\ wif rymenild

white ]>e nou J)is while

he haue)) do \>e gyle 1472

f)is tour he dude make

al for rymenildes fake

ne may \>er comen ynne

no mon wi)) no gynne 1476

41 Horn nou cr/ii pe wiffe
rymenild \>at ))ou ne miffe
Horn couj^e alle ]>e liftes
\>at eni mon of wifte 1480

harpe he gon shewe
ant toi; him to felawe

God for hys wordef fiue 1476

To ny5t uf ))yder driue

Horn gan to Scype Ride

And his kny5tef by fide

Here fchip biga« to terne 1480

By \>e wat^res flerne

Hys fchip flod in flore
Hond^r fikenildef bourt'

Ne wifle horn on Hue 1484

Whar^ he waf a Ryue

pe keflel he ne knewe

For he waf fo newe

pe fond by gan to drye 1488

And hyt hym makede weye

He fond flonde arnoldyn

pat was ayolles cofyn

pat was J)ere in tyde 1492

Horn for to abyde

He feyde horn kyngef fone

Wei be |>ou her^ to londe come

Nou hat wedded fikenyld 1496

py nowe lemma;? Reymyld

Nele ich ])e nowt lye
He hauej) ]>e gyled twye [f. 228r']
pis caflel he dude make 1500

For Reymyldef fake

per may no man on legge

By pape ne by brigge

Horn nou cr/fl pe wiffe 1504

Of Reymyld |)at j;ou ne miffe

Horn herkenede a\\>e lyfle

pat any man of wifte

To herpe he gan drawe 1508

And wy3t hyf tweye felawe

L. 1462. /lorn'] horns MS.

Ii. 1482. toc\ tot MS.

KING HORN. 85

c

Er ))ane horn hit wifle,

Tofore \e fu;;ne vprifle, 1436

His fchup flod vnder ture

At Rymenhilde bure.

Rymenhild litel wene}) heo

pat horn \>a.nne aHue beo. 1440

pe caflel ))ci nc knewe,
For he was so nywe.

Horn fond fittinde Arnoldin

p,?t was AJ)ulfes cofin 1444

pert per was in ]>at tide

horn for tabide.

'Horn kni5t,' he fede, 'kinges fone,

Wei beo ]>u to londe icome : 1448

Today ha|) ywedde fikenhild

pi swete le/wman Rymenhild.

Ne fchal i\>e lie,

He ha)) giled \>e twie 1452

pis tur he let make

Al for J)ine fake,

Ne mai \>er come inne

Noma« wi]) • none • gi;me. 1436

Horn, nu crifl ))e wiffe
Of Rymenhild ])<jt ]>u ne miffe.'
IT Horn cu|)e al })e lifle ^_ 1 ^*t , •

pat eni man of wifte. 1460

Harpe he gan fchewe
& tok felajes fewe,

O. 1479. ^^yi^^f^ i corrected out of c MS. C. 1456. itotte above line MS.

86

KING HORN.

knyhtes of J)e befte

})flt he euer hede of wefle 1484

Guen o ]>e sherte
hue gurden huem wi}) suerde
hue eoden on J)e grauele
towart Jje caflele 1488

hue goiine murie finge
& makeden huere gleynge
\>at fykenild mihte y here
he axede who hit were 1492

men feide hit were harperis
iogelers ant fyj^elers
hem me dude in lete
at halle dore hue fete 1496

horn fette hi;;^ abenche
is harpe he gan clenche
he made rymenild a lay
ant hue feide weylaway 1500

C Rymenild fel yfwowe
J50 nes ))er non ]:at lovve
hit smot horn to herte
sore con him smerte 1504

he lokede on is lynge
ant o rymenild ]>e 5ynge
he eode vp to borde
mid his gode fuorde 1508

ffykenildes croune
he fel Jjcr adoune
ant alio is men arowe
he dude adoun J)rowe 151 2

ant made amoldyn kyng |)ere

after kyng Aylmere

to be kyng of Weftneffe

for his mildeneffe 15 16

))e kyng ant is baronage

5euen him truage

Knyhtes fvvy})e felle

And fchurde hem in pelle

Wyt fwerdes he hem gyrte 15 12
Anouen here fchirte

He wenden on ])e grauel

Toward Jse caflel

He go7me murye fynge 1516

And makede here glewinge

pat fykenild myjt yhere

He ajkede wat hye were

Men feyde hyt harperes 1520

Jogelours and fifjeleref

He dude hem in lete

At halle dore he fete

Horn fet on ]>e benche 1524

Hyf harpe he gan clenche

He makede Reymyld a lay

And reynyld makede weylawey

Reynyld fel y fwowe 1528

po was J5er non J)at lowe

Hyt 5ede to hornef herte

Sore hym gan fmerte

Hey lokede on hys gode Ryng 1532

And Reymyld J>e jonge

Hey jede op to borde

Mid hys gode fwerde

Fykenyldes crowne 1536

He leyde ]>ere adowne

And alle hys men arewe

He dide adoun ]>rev/e

po he weren alle yflawe 1540

Fykenyld he dide to drawe

He makede arnoldyn kyng \>ere

After J)e kyng aylm^;-e

pe knytes and \>e barnage [f. 228 r-]
Dude hym alle /r//age 1545

O. 1519. askede'] arkede MS.
C. 1476. clenche above line MS.

O. 1545. image'] iiirage MS.
C. 1 48 1, to above line in darker ink MS.

KING HORN. 87

Of knijtcs fuij)e fnelle

])at fchrudde hew at wille. 1464

Hi jeden bi ]>e grauel
Toward \>e caflel :
Hi guwne m«rie finge

& makede here gleowinge. 14^8

•IT Rymenhild hit gan ihere
& axede what hi were.
Hi fede : ' hi weren harpurs,

& fume were gigours.' 1472

He dude horn in late
Rijt at halle gate ;
[f. 13 r'^] He fette hiw on \>e Ijenche

His harpe for to clcnche. 1476

He makede Rymenhilde lay,

& heo makede walaway.

Rymenhild feol j-fwoje,

Ne was per non ])at louje. 1480

Hit fmot to homes herte

So h'ltere ]>at hit {menc.

He lokede on \>e ringe

& ])05te on Rymewhilde. 1484

He jede vp to borde

\Vi|> gode fuerdes orde.

ffike;/hildes cr^ne

\)er ifulde adune, 1488

& Al his men a rowe

Hi dude adun ])rowe.

Wha;/ne hi were« afla5e,

Fikc;diild hi dude todra'^e. 1492

Horn makede Arnoldih })are

K\ng afti?r k'uig Aylmare,

Of al weflrmeffe

For his meokneffe. 1496

pe king & his homage

3eue« Arnoldiw tmvage.

C. 1484. on in darker ink over an erasure MS.
C. I486, /uerdes] s above line MS. C. 1492. di^de above line MS.

88

KING HORN.

C Horn toe rymenild by honde
ant ladde hire to ftnmde 1520
ant toe \v'\\> hiw Aj:elbrus
))e gode ftiward of hire fader hous
))e fee bigan to flowen [f. 92 v]
ant hy fafte to rowen 1524

hue aryueden vnder reme
in a wel feyr flreme
kyng Mody wes kyng in pat lond
]>at horn sloh \vij> is hond 1528
A))elbrus he made f)er kyng
for his gode techyng

for fire homes lore
he wes mad kyng J;ore 1532

C. Horn code to ryue

Jie wynd h'xm con wel dryue

he aryuede in yrlonde

\>er horn wo cou))e er fonde 1536

he made j^er AJ-ulf chyld

vvedde mayden ermenyld

ant horn com to fudenne

to is oune kenne 1540

Rymenild he made ]>er is quene

fo hit myhte bene

In trewe loue hue lyueden ay
ant wel hue loueden godes lay 1544
Nou hue beoj) bojie dede
criR to heouene vs lede AmeN.

Horn tok rymyld by \)e hond
And ledde hire by |)e fe flrond
He tok hym fyre aylbrous 1548
Stiward of J)e kyngef hous

He riuede in a reaume

In a wel fayr flreume

per kyng mody was fyre 1552

pat horn flow wyt yre

Aybrous he makede ))er kyng

For hys gode tydyng.

For fyre homes lore
He was kyng ])ore

1556

Horn ariuede in hyrelonde

per he hadde woned fo longe

per he dude ayol childe 1560

Wedden mayden hi?nnenylde

Horn wente to fodenne

To hyf owe kunne

Reynyld he makede quene 1564

So ith Miyjte wel bene

Alle folc hyt knewe

pat he hem louede trewe

Nou ben he alle dede
God hem to heuene lede
-Am— e — n-

1568

KING HORN. 89

C

IF Horn tok Rymenhild bi \>e honde

& ladde hure to ]>e flronde, i 500

& laddc AviJ) him A})clbrus,

pe gode (luard of his hus.

pe fe bigaw to flowe

& horn gan to Rowe. 1504

Hi gu;/ne for ariue

p^r kuig modi was fire.

A|'elbr//'j he makede ]>er k'uig

For his gode techi/;g : 1 508

He jaf alio pe knijtes ore

For horn knijtes lore.

I S12

Horn ga.n for to ride,

pe wi;/d h\m bleu wel wide.

He ariuede in yrlo^de.

per he wo fo;;dcde,

per he dude Al^ulf child

Wedde;; maide Rcynild. 15 16

Horn co/n to suddc//ne

Amo;/g al his kenne.

Rym^whild he makede his quene,

So hit mi3te wel beon. 1520

Al folk hew nii5te rewe

pat louede« hem fo trewe.

Nu hen hi bo))e dede ;

Crifl to heucne hcf/i lede ! 1524

Her ende)) pe tale of horn,

pat fair was & • nojt • vnorn ;

Make we vs glade Eure among,

For J)us him ende}) homes fong. 1528

Jefus pat is of heuene king

3eue vs alle his fuete bleffwg ! Amen.

EX-PLl-CIT.

C. 151 2. Tt/^/ above line MS.
C. 1526. Tinas'} s above line MS. tio^i above line MS.

NOTES

\_Ntimhers ii<itJiout title or letter refer to the version of the Cambridge MS., those
preceded liyJj or O to the London or Oxford versions. HC stands for Horn
Childe ; Yi^for the French Roman de Horn.']

Line i . Alle beon he blijje. Good wishes for the attentive hearer are frequent
in the romances, but there is nothing quite parallel to this, Comp. * Alle pat
holdej) now stille hure steuenc | Ciyst graunte hem })e blisse ofheuene/ Arthour &
Merlin, 304/673, 4 ; ' Now alle that hereth this talkyng | God gcve hem alle good
endyng,' Kichard, 33, 4; ' And alle lystynes to my talkynge | God grant hem hys
dere blesynge | And hevene to her mede,' E. E. Miscellanies (Warton Club), 1/4-6 ;
' And gyve hym good lyve and long | That woU attend to my song,' id. 46/14, 5 ;
' Allemyghty god in Trynytee | pat boughte mane on \>e Rode so dere | Lene ])ame
grace wele for to thee | J)at lystenys me with mylde chere,' Archiv, Ixxiv. 327/1-4 ;
' Jesu, Jiat was with spcre ystonnge | And for vs hard and sore yswonnge, | Glady
both old and yonnge | With wytte honest | That wylleS a whyle ster her tonnge |
And herkeny gest,' Octavian, 2/1-6 ; 'heuene blisse beo heore mede • J)at lustnej)
me to ]ie endyng,' Gregorius, Archiv, Iv. 422/2 ; ' Jhesu Cryst, our savyour, | And
hys modjT, that swete flowr, | Helpe hem at her nede | That harkeneth of a con-
querour,' Lybeaus, 1-4 ; Ywain, 1-4. Often the courtesy of the audience is
appealed to : ' For goddes loue in trinyte | Al pat ben hend herkeni)) to me,' Amis,
1,2;' Lysines, lordyngys pat ben hende,' Athelston, 7 (with Zupitza's note). But
the most frequent form is, ' Herken & je may here,' IIC. 2. For the phrase of
the text used in another connexion, comp. ' Alle blipe mote pei be | pat folyes
blepeliche wole fle,' Horst., S. A. L. 204/1, 2.

11. 3, 4. Similarly, 'I shall you telle of a kjTige | A dowghty man with owte
les)-nge,' Ipomydon, 3, 4 ; ' Off foure weddyd breperyn I wole 50W tel,' Athelston,
10; ' al of a storie ichuUe ou rede • pat is sop wip outc lesyng,' Gregorius, 3;
Isumbras, 7, 8.

1. 5. biweste in the language of the romances is often merely formal ; comp.
' Offeree y am feor by west,' Alisaunder, 3924; ' His home abowte his halse he
caste I And went in to the waste,' Ipomadon, 591, 2 (with Kiilbing's note), 6582 ;
' thow & I will, or wee goe, ] deale stroakes betweene vs tow | A litlc here by
west,' Libius, 428/346-8 ; 'Sa wyde quhare wourscjp walkis be west,' Golagros,
Anglia, ii. 419/419 ; ' Als did a gude man here bi west | That his son in the se kest,'
S. Sages, 3479, 80; 881, 2; 'A forlang her be weste,' Lybeaus, 306; 'and
ever they ryden west | In that wylde forest,' id. 544, 5 ; ' Wight men of pe west •
neghed pam nerr,' Minot, x. 15 ; E, E. Poems, 118/1, 2.

92 KING HORN,

1. 6. So longe so hit laste, a favourite formula with Lajamon. Comp, * &
])us he laedde his lif^ ]je while ])e hit ilaeste,' 7015, 6 ; 'J)e while \>at heom ilaste!
}7at lif on heore breoste,' 27656, 7 ; and for similar uses of laesten, 11. 594, 5 ;
6277, 8. But it is common elsewhere, comp. * Cadwal was al aboue • J)e wule it
wolde ylaste,' Robert of Gloucester, 4932 ; * And bothe trebute and taxe whilles
my tyme lastes,' Morte Arthure, 261 1 ; ' whil mi lif leste may,' Boddeker, 150/30 ;

* pe while J)at hit lest,' id. 251/203 ; 134/232.

I, 10. Comp. ' Feirore child miht non be bore,' K. of Tars V. 739 ; ' Was non
so fayr under god | Non ])at euere moder here,' Havelok, 972, 4. Variants are,

* A feyrer child myght no man see/ Ipomydon, 32 ; ' Fairer no myghte on grounde
go,' Alisaunder, 2348 ; 'The fayrest that on fot myght go,' S. Sages, 14. Horn's
beauty is often mentioned, see 11. 83, 87, 173, 313, 385, 778, 787, 797, 1526, &c.

II. II, 12. The rain might not rain, the sun might not shine, on a fairer. Comp.
'nis nan feirure wifmon f J>a whit sunne scineS on/ Lajamon, 31086, 7 ; 'pat wes
J)e for-cuSeste mon ? J)et simne here scean on,' id. 28772, 3 ; 'pa sunne gon to
seine J })e rein bigon to rine/ id. 31889, 90; 19745 ; 28303. In C the object of the
verbs is supplied irova fairer of 1. 10 ; as the prefix bi makes them transitive, the
addition of npott repeating and defining the prepositional relation already ex-
pressed by that prefix is very noteworthy. Upon is here adverbial, meaning y^w
aboz'e ; similar constructions with above and abojit are more evident, as, ' Hi let
hem make a strong scip : & above it al bicaste | WiJ) bole huden,' St. Brendan,
Archiv, lii. 20/95, 6; ' pa al islit wes Jje Jiong, | abuten he bilaedei muche del
of londe,' Lajamon, 14221, 3, 4. In O the construction is quite normal ; ttpon
reyjie and by schine express the transitive force by fixed preposition or prefix and
both govern child of 1. 13. In L the by oi byrine belongs to shyne also, and the
construction is the same as in O.

1. 14. brijt so pe glas. Not a common phrase, but compare, ' Dame Edith bright
as glas,' Langtoft, p. 95 ; ' On the tayle an hed ther wase | That bymyd Bryght
as anny glase,' Torrent, 552, 3; ' He schone as bry3t as ane glace,' Guy, 132.
Similarly, ' His wingges schon so pe glas,' Beues A. 2675 ; ' Se])])e cler as J)e glas/
Horst., S. A. L. 204/42. A common expansion of the phrase is seen in ' Tyll
her that is off ble as bryght | As sonne that shynes Jrow glasse/ Ipomadon, 5021,
2 ; Richard, 76 ; ' Brytter than evere schon sunne in glas,' Songs and Carols
(Warton Club), 52/8. Other comparisons with bright are : ' bryht so eny
someres day,' L 918 : ' That was bryght as someres day,' Emare, 192, 438 ; ' briht
so sonne on Rouwel bon,' Gregorius, 634 ; ' Mayde meregrete : so bry5t so eny
leme,' Archiv, Ixxix. 415/197; 'briht so blosme on brere,' Gregorius, 24;

* bri5t so blosme on bouh,' id. 524; ' briht so blom/ id. 102 ; 'bright so day/
id. 145.

11. 15, 16. He was whit so pe flur, Rose red was his colur. Comp. ' Heo
beotJ so read so rose, so whit so Jie lilie,' O. E. Homilies, i. 193/53 ; ' Als lely
like was hir coloure | Hirrode rede als rose flonre,' Rowland and Otuell, 619, 20;
' In \q world was none here pere | Al so whyt so lylye flour | Red as rose off
here colour,' Athelston, 69-71 ; ' Shee was as white as lilly in may | Or snow that
falls on winters day ; | the blossorae nor the bryar, nor noe Kind of flower | it
hath noe hue vnto her color ; | and the red Rose when it is new | to her rednesse
hath noe hue,' Lambewell, 148/125-30 ; ' Rode ronne hit ys | As the rose in the
ris I Wyth lylye in lere,' Degrevant, 518-20 ; ' Whyte as snowys hur colour | Hur
rud radder Jien \& rose flour,' Erl of Tolous, 199, 200; 'Sche was whyte os blos-
some on flowre | Mery and comely of colowre/ Tryamoure, 628, 9. All these

NOTES. .93

passages praise the beanty of women ; I have not found anything quite like it used
of a hero of romance. ' White as lily flower,' L O 15, is about the commonest
comparison in the romances; for the variation in C 15 comp. ' whyte as flowre,'
Eglamour, 139; ' whyt so flour,' Richard, 13S ; 'white so flowre,' S. Sages,
2956; 'whyte as flour,' Octavian, 3/40; 'whyte as flowre,' Florence, 194, 1343;
' white as any floure,' Knight of Curtesy, 97 ; ' whyt as flour,' Launfal, 261 ;
' whyte as flour on hylle,' Emare, 729; ' whyt as the flowyr in med,' Torrent, 457 ;
'whj-te sche was as felde flowre,' Guy, 55. Other comparisons are : 'Whit so
cny Sonne,' O 669; 'white so mylk,' Ywain, S19, &c. ; 'white so milkes rem,'
Arthour, 1455 ; ' wyte ase melkys fom,' Ferumbras, 3956 ; ' whittore J)en J)e moren
mylk,' Boddeker, 158/77; 'whyte as fome,' Emare, 497; ' whyegh as the seys
fTame," Degrevant, 546 ; ' whyte os swan,' Eglamour, 1 293 ; ' whit so fej)er of swan,'
K. of Tars, 12 ; 'whyte as whallys boon,' Eglamour, Soi ; 'whit as glas,' R. of
Brunne, 74/2081 ; ' whyt as snow on downe,' Launfal, 241, 2 ; ' So faire jhe was
& bri3t of mod | Ase snow vpon ]>e rede blod,' Beucs A. 521, 2 ; ' white as lake,'
Gray Steill, 723; ' wyghtte as chalk,' Partonope fragment, 7/183; 'white so
blosme on tre,' Gregorlegende, 166 ; ' paperwhyt,' Chaucer, iii. 125/1198. Comp.
further with 1. 16, ' For my rad was raddur then rose of the ron,' Anturs of Arther,
7/2 ; ' W}-th rode rede as rose on ryse,' Lybeaus, 1244 ; ' her rud was red as rose
in raine,' Eger, 361/217; 'her rudd redder then the rose • that on the rise
hangeth,' Death and Liffe, 59/66 ; ' Rose red was hur rode • full riall of schape,'
Alisaunder fragment, 182/178; ' With rode red so blosme on brere,' K. of Tars,
14; Le Morte Arthur, 8/179; Boddeker, 156/35, 6.

L O 17, 18. In the Romances the fifteenth year is the conventional di\-iding
line between youth .and manhood, and has more frequent mention than any other.
For a collection of examples, see Fischer's note on 1. 10 of How the wyse man
taught hys sone. Comp. for the present combination. ' And when sche was xv
;er)s olde | Sche was feyre woman & bold,' Horst., A. L. n./. 236/67, 8 ; ' He
was a fe}T chyld and a bold | Twenty \vj-ntur he was oold,' Erl of Tolous, 712, 3 ;
' Faire child he was & bolde | He was boute seue winter olde | Whan his fader
was ded,' Beues A. 52-4 ; 'Be fat he was seue winter old | He was a fair child
and a bold | And of swete chere,' Reinbroun, 4/3-6 ; Guy, 8419, 20. Variations
are, ' And whan ]>e child was seoue 3er old | He was fair and of speche bold/
Bellum Trojanum, 249, 50 ; ' Amoraunt wex strong & bold | Of fiftene winter
was he old,' Amis, 1S28, 9; 'When he was seuyn winter aide | Of speche and
bourding was he balde,' Seuyn Sages, 23, 4 ; ' He had a son was wise and
balde | Of fully fiften winters aide,' id. 3495, 6 ; ' Be tyme he wase xviii yer old | of
deddes of armys he wase bold,' Torrent, 19, 20. Here the phrase is a mere tag
inserted at random by a scribe to the detriment of the story. As Mr. Ward puts
it, ' this reading represents the usurpers as feeling pity for the rightful heir, and
giving him a chance of escape when he is actually old enough to bear arms,'
Catalogue, i. p. 45^. In HR, Horn and his companions are knighted at fifteen
(O 19/423) or sixteen (C), in HC when 'ful fiftene' (1. 426). It is the usual age
for that ceremony in the chansons de gesie. ' Dans nos chroniques, comma dans
ces chansons de geste qui refletent si exactement la vie chevaleresque, nous trou-
vons a cet egard des textes difficilement recusables. Ces textes nous prouvent
qn'on pouvait etre fait chevalier a douze, a treize, a quatorze, h quinze, a dix-sept,
a dix-neuf ans. Si j'avais a etablir une moyenne, c'est a quinze ans que je me
tiendrais. Quinze ans : I'age de la majorite chez les Germains,' Gautier, La
Chevalerie, p. 242. And the heroes of the English and French romances are

94 KING HORN.

usually ready for their career at or before that age. Comp. ' JJo ))ai were fiften
winter old | He dubbed boJ)e ]>o bernes bold | To knistes in >at tide,' Amis, 163-5 >
' Crowned after Kyng Harry | Thus was Rychard sykerly | That was in his xvth
yere | He was a man of grete powere,' Richard, 241-4 ; ' Whan he was at xv yere
of age I His wit M'axed somwhat sage | He felt him light and somdele strong | To
know the world he thoght long,' Generides, 799-802 ; Octavian, 22/656-S; Egla-
mour, 1 210, I ; Gowther, 139-41 ; * Oure king was wight himself to welde | & of
fourtene jeres of elde | When he was tane wi}) })am to fyght,' Ywain, 3025-7 ; ' He
was bote tweol yeir old | His dedis weore strong and bold,' Alisaunder, 790, i ;
' Diloc a treis anz furent grant | Quinze ans aueit li iouenur,' Gaimar, 4620, i ;
' Quant Bruns de la Montaigne ot age de -xv- ans | Et li temps fu venus qu'il fu
damoissiaus grans,' B. de la Montaigne, 27S4, 5 ; ' Dame A. au gent cors honnore i
Son effant voit grant et gros et forme | Li -xv. an furent acompli et passe,' Raoul
de Cambrai, 374-6. So in Scandinavian legend, ' Quindecim annos natus [Sciol-
dus] inusitato corporis incremento perfectissimum humani roboris specimen pre-
ferebat,' Saxo Grammaticus, 11/34, 5 (quoted with other similar passages by
Wissmann, Studien, p. 353). There are instances of the conferring of knighthood
as early as the fifteenth year in England. At that age Geoffrey of Anjou and
twenty-five companions were knighted by Henry the First, and David of Scotland
by Henry the Second (Chroniques d' Anjou, i. pp. 233, 4; 341). And William of
Malmesbury, de Gestis Regum, ii. p. 459, actually says of Robert, son of William
the Conqueror, in his twelfth year, ' spectatae jam virtutis habebatur adolescens
quando pater Angliam venit.' For feyr & eke bold, see 94.

11. 17, 18. Comp. 289 and 'The kyng of Merkyneriche ] Nes ther non ys
yliche,' Chronicle of E, 373, 4; ' Nas Jar no king his iliche,' Lajamon, 25378 ;
' Ones it was a marchaunde riche | No whar nas non his liche,' A Penivvort) of
Witte, 3, 4 (Eng. Studien, vii. p. 113), where t'/u/ie is constructed as a substantive.
Usually it is an adjective with adverb or adverbial dative, as in, ' Nispernonfer to
iliche I Ne be fele parti so riche,' Beues A. 2047, 8 ; ' Noon I se is founde ]'e liche |
here in al my kynryche,' Cursor T. 4615, 6 ; ' Nis no wummon iborcn J)et Se beo iliche,'
O. E. Homilies,' i. 191/23 ; ' In Jje world was non bym lyche,' Athelston, 57 (with
a note on 1. 33 illustrating the use o^pere, mache, and aietiing as variants of iliche).

11. 19, 20. Comp. ' viii knaue childer he soujt, | To Horn his sone he hem bitaujt |
AUe were Jjai frely bom,' HC. 19-21 ; ' Od lui -xv- ualez ki erent de sun lin | Ni ot
ne fust fiz de bon palain | Cume seignur serueint tuit horn le meschin,' HR. 1/9-11.
But in 1. 1 131 of the Oxford MS. they are twelve. Horn describes them as ' ces
enfanz | Ki od mei furent mis par lur apartenanz | Trestud pur mei seruir pur fere
mes cumanz | Fiz de riches baruns e de cuntes asquanz,' 13/289-92. An incident
recorded by Albricus Trium Fontium under date 1227 A. D. shows us a prince
similarly attended. ' In Hungaria magister Robertus Vesprimiensis . . . factus
fuerat archiepiscopus Strigoniensis (Gran). Eo igitur cruce signato et in procinctu
itineris constitute, occurrit illi filius principis de Comania et ait : " Domne, baptiza
me cum 12 istis et pater mens ad te veniet ultra sylvas in tali loco cum 2000 viris
qui omnes desiderant de manu tua baptizari,' p. 920. References to the custom
in English romances are indirect, as Alisaunder, 818, 9; Amis, 115, 6. Quite
exceptionally King Ennones sends his son Ipomydon to a knight for his education,
Ipomydon, 33-52. In French romance Alexander has three hundred attendant
comrades, ' Environ lui aloient tel ccc baceler | Ni ot I ne soit fius a demaine
u a per | U a prince de tiere que li rois dut amer,' Li Romans d'Alexandre, 10/2 ;
' Trestos les filz as chevaliers | De son pais avoit od lui,' Durmars li Galois, 124, 5

NOTES.

95

(references from Rust, Die Erziehung des Ritters, p. lo). Comp. also Gautier,
La Chevalerie, pp. 1S5-S ; and Schultz, Das Ilofisclie Leben, i. p. 1 70, for M. H. G.
texts bearing on the custom. Resort to the court of a king or suzerain as a school
of chivalry about the twelfth year was usual throughout the Middle Ages wherever
the feudal system prevailed. For the custom in very early times among the Kelts,
see d'Arbois de Jubainvillc, Cours de I.ittcrature Celtique, vii. pp. 113-6. Keltic
law placed the pupil on the footing of a son, id. p. 187. Comp. further, 'Interea
cum progressior aetas ipsos (Edwin and Cadwallo) in adolescentiam promovisset,
miserunt cos parentcs ad Salomonem regem Armoricanorum Britonum, ut in domo
eius documenta militiae caetorarumque curialium consuetudinem addiscercnt,'
Geoffrey of Monmouth, 163/22-6; 'Offris qui fu ses (Penda) aisnes fis | A la cort
Cadualan noris,' Wace, Brut, 15069, 70. For Spain, Ducange wnAitr Domicclhcs
quotes from Rodeiicus Toletanus, de rebus Hispaniae, ' Mos erat time temporis
apud Gothos ut domicelli et domicellae, magnatum filii, in regali curia nutrirentur,'
iii. 19 (Schott, Hispania illustrata, ii. p. 63) ; ' Nuniiis vero pater eius [Gundi-
salui] fere ab omnibus Castellae militibus domicellos filios petiit nutriendos quos
curialitate, affabilitate & bonis moribus sic instruxit, ut patres adolescentium de
profectu filionim profiterentur se tali nutritio obligates, & ipsi adolescentes sic
erant Gundisaluo Nunii dilectione coniuncti, ut eum quasi dominum sociarent,
nee possent ab eius consortio vel ad modicum separari,' v. 2 (Schott, ii. p. 83).
For evidence of the custom in Normandy before the Conquest, comp. the following
passage from Ordericus Vitalis, ' Rodbertus de Grcntemaisnilio .... postquam
annos adolescentiae attigit, spretis litterarum otiis ad armorum laborem cucurrit
et Willcrmi ducis armiger v annis extitit. Deinde ab eodem duce decenter est
armis adornatus et miles effectus pluribus exeniis nobiliter honoratus,' ii. 40. For
England the following, all referring to Henry the Second, may be cited, * David
autem . . . expetiit curiam Henrici regis Anglorum. Qui, dum intestina clades
Scotos vexaret, et bcllica rabie in sua viscera impncabiliter armaret, curiae sororii
sui inseparabilis inliaesit, et inter domesticos educatus pueros. crevit, regisque
sapientis et potentis familiarem amicitiam promeruit,' Ordericus Vitalis, iii. 401, 2 ;
' Eodem tempore Ludovicus juvenis permissu patris sui cum paucis sed sapientibus
viris in Angliam transfreta\'it et rcgi Henrico spectabilis tiro servitunis ad curiam
eius accessit,' id. iv. p. 195; ' Fouke le jeouene fust norry ou les iiij fitz Henre
le roy,' Fulk Fitz-Warine, p. 62 ; ' quar le prince (LleweljTi of N. Wales) e sire
Fouke e ces freres furent norys ensemble en la court le roy Henre,' id. p. 96. The
earliest e\-idence is afforded by two passages in the de rebus gestis Aelfredi attri-
buted to Asser, ' filios quoque eorum qui in regali familia nutriebantur, non minus
propriis diligens, omnibus bonis moribus instituere, et litteris imbuere solus die
noctuque inter cetera non desinebat ' [rex Aelfredus], M. H. B. p. 4S6 ; * Aethel-
weard omnibus junior ludis literariae disciplinae . . . cum omnibus pene totius
regionis nobilibus infantibus, et etiam multis ignobilibus sub diligenti magistrorum
cuni traditus est,' id. p. 485. At Athelstan's court three future kings are said to
have been educated. That the practice lasted far into the fifteenth century
{1474A. D.") is shown by the Ordinances for the government of Prince Edward,
son of Edward the Fourth, which contain rules for ' the sonnes of nobles, lords
and gentlemen, beinge in houshoulde with our sayde sonne,' Household Books,
p. 29*.

1. 20. AUe should be omitted, it has been carried out of 1. 21. The insertion
of he is due to Matzner ; the subject is indispensable in a relative clause. For
other cases of its omission, see 260 and the note on 126S. Parallels to the phrase

96

KING HORN.

are, ' He ches hym tvvolue yuere • myd him vor to lede | Summe hi weren wyse •
and duden al bi his rede,' O. E. Misc., 38/42, 3 ; 't>re men were slawe Jjat he j^er
hadde | Jjat he wi]> him out ladde,' Beues A. 253, 4. Lumby makes _^a/ the subject
and explains ladde = lead their lives, but leden in this sense requires as its comple-
ment h/or lijlode.

1. 21. For riche, see glossary. Comp. 'They were ryche menys sonnes | All
they were feyre gromes,' Guy, 2017, 8; ' & wi]) him tventi god gomis | Kniates
and riche baroun sonis,' Guy A. 707, 8 ; Lasamon, 28932, 3. The variant in O 23^
finds a parallel in ' Od lui out oscis trentre treis | Gentilz homes, tuz fiz a reis,'
Gaimar, i. 1327, 8.

1. 23. Comp. ' Wi}) him to play & lere to ride,' HC. 22, and see note on 32.

I. 25. him, see note on 137.

II. 29, 30. For this formula of transition comp. 799, and, ' Hyt was on a somers
day I As y the sothe telle may,' Guy, 2319, 20 ; * At Whytsontyde felle a daye | As
y yow telle may,' id. 143, 4; ' So it by felle appone a day | Now the sothe als
I salle say | Mi lorde went hym to play,' Perceval, 2141-3; 'It felle so appone
a daye | The knyghte went to the wode hym to playe,' Isumbras, 37, 8, 629 ; 'So
it bifel vpon a dai | Als he went vpon his plai,' S. Sages, 2355, 6 ; ' So fat it byuel
In a day : as our lordes wille was,' S. Brendan, 5 ; ' Erly in a someristide | y sawe
in london as y wente,' Political, R., and L. Poems, i/i, 2 ; and for 1. 30, 'As ich
ou telle may,' K. of Tars V. 897 ; ' as ich ow telle may,' Gregorius, 666, 700.

1. 32. Comp. 23, 630, 646, and, 'William & Harald went l)am forto play]
Tales togider J)ei tald, ilk on a gode palfray,' Langtoft, p. 68 ; ' The kinge gan on
huntynge Ride | In to the foreste hym to playe,' Le Morte Arthur, 729, 30; 444, 5 ;
516, 7 ; 'Yesterday yn the mornynge | Y wente on my playnge,' Lybeaus, 664, 5 ; ' He
come one his playnge,' Perceval, 1850 ; ' as y me wende omy pleyjyng,' Boddeker,
213/12 ; ' Aloon I wente in my playing,' Rom. of the Rose, 105; Emare, 77, 8 ;
181, 3. 7"^ //aj almost regiilarly means to ride out by wood or water, like csl>aiioier
in the French romances. Two passages in Emare closely resemble the present.
' Every day wolde he go | And take with hym a sqwyer or two | And play hym
by the see ; ] On a tyme he toke the eyr | With two knyghtes gode and fayr ; | The
wedur was lythe of le. | A boot he fond by the brym,' 343-9, and 688-95. Lumby
states that the usual phrase is on plemg without the possessive adjective. But the
adjective is, as a rule, present, just as the verb is generally reflexive ; comp. note
on Orfeo, 64.

1. 36. See 809, 10. For on comp. ' Now ar thay Aryued on the stronde,' Le
Morte Arthur, 2476. Other constructions with arivc are shown in, ' hue aryueden
vnder reme,' L 1525 ; ' He riuede in a reaume,' O 1550, 8 ; ' At })e ry[v]e vppon ))e
see strond,' Arthour, 279/D 82 ; ' pat such folc was ariued • as me sede vp his londe,'
Robert of Gloucester, 362 ; ' f>ai aryued vp at Sandwyche,' R. of Brunne, 42 ;
' And God of heuyn of his grete grace | Made him to riue vp in a place,' S. Sages,
3549, 50; ' Hauen to aryue fey hym wylisette,' R. of Brunne, 2921 ; ' Hi gunne
for ariue | ])er king modi was sire,' 1505, 6. See also note on 59.

1. 37. Fifteen was a favourite round number with the romance writers ; see the
passages collected in the note on Tristrem, 817. It generally implies an ample or
even profuse supply.

1. 38. See O 614, 623; 633, 1319 note, 1377, 598 note. Through the influence
of the Crusades, Saracen became a general name for heathen of any sort. It was
specially used of the Danes, comp. ' Vp him com a chaunce hard | Of Danmark
Sarrazins,' Arthour, 2066, 7 ; ' Saracens fat were fer jut • bileued in engelonde |

NOTES. 97

In lincolne & in leycestre • & in derby ich vnderstondc | In Stafford & in
notingham • he horn drof al to nojte | & cristine men aboutc • in hor studes
bro;te,' R. of Gloucester, 5592-5. But it was also applied to Saxons, comp.
R. of Gloucester, 4523, 4692 ; 'Be Saxounis als ye war ouer thrawin | Be lua
borne chiftnnis of your awin, | And Germaneis in cumpany, ( All borne Sarajcnis
vtterlie, | At come with llorsus and Ingest,' Early Pop. Poetry of Scotland, ed.
llazlitt, i. 316/77-81. Besides the word is used quite vaguely for foreigner,
alien ; the Philistines are Saracens in Cursor Mundi, 7589 ; the Emperor Trajan
is a Saracen. Piers Plowman, B. xi. 151 ; in Evangelium Nicodemi, 205, 6 (Archiv
liii. p. 395) Pilate addressing the Jews says, ' My wife, yhe wale wele, es no lew, |
Scho es a sarizene.'

L O ?>7, 8- These lines are displaced in C 49, 50. For the expression in L 38,
comp. 55 and ' But ])e Bretons were al to fo,' R. of Brunne, 15358 ; ' pai were to
mani & we to fewe,' Guy A. 423/53/7 ; ' And that es fully to fewe to feghte with
theme alle,' Morte Arlhure, 2742 ; ' )7er weore feondes to feole,' Lajamon, 1286.

11- .39- 4°- Comp. 599, 600. The following passage describing the first appear-
ance of the Danes in England forms a good parallel. ' Regnante Byrhtrico rege
piissimo super partes Anglorum occidentales .... advecta est subito Danorum
ardua non nimia classis, dromones numero tres ; ipsa et advectio erat prima.
Audito etiam, exactor regis, jam morans in oppido quod Dorceastre nuncupatur,
equo insilivit, cum paucis praecurril ad portum, putans eos mngis negotiatores
esse quam hostcs et praecipiens eos imperio, ad regiam villam pelli jussit : a quibus
ibidem occiditur ipse et qui cum eo erant,' Ethelwerdi Chronicorum, lib. iii.
(M. H. B. p. 509). The formula of inquiry is fairly common, comp. 'He esste
hom wanen hi were • & wo him ])ider brojte | & vor wat encheson hii come • &
wat J)ing hii sojte,' R. of Gloucester, 2407, 8 ; ' pen seyde fe kyng, " of whenne
be 5e? | What haue 3e sought to ])is contre?"' R. of Brunne, 7315, 6 ; 'whonene
3e beO icumene; & whet je her sohten,' Lajamon, 4615, 6 ; 6193, 4 ; Guy, 2716-9;
'Gurgint enquist quel gent estoient | U aloient et que querroient,' \Vace, 3327, 8,
806-8; 'Quer ge voil saveir tot de plein | Dunt il vienent & ou il vunl | E lor
afaire e quel il sunt,' Guillaume le ^larechal, 6714-6.

11. 43, 4. See 603, 4 note.

1. 47. The alighting of the king and his companions to fight on foot is a primitive
touch and in keeping with the English custom before the Conquest. ^Vhat little
evidence there is in King Horn of fighting on horseback wears the look of a later
addition. The sword is practically the only weapon used ; the spear is mentioned
at 544 and in the corresponding lines of the other MSS., while its use is alluded to
once at L 1389 and O 1416. Comp. ' doun on fote ]>e moste gan light | on fote
J)ei renged l^am to fight,' R. of Brunne, 3507, 8 ; ' Of joure hors alijjte)' ? and vp
5oure feot stonde)>,' Lajamon, 5862, 3 ; ' Weoren heo of Rome '. alle ridinde. | j^a
odere (the Britons) a foten,' id. 5906-8 ; 25731, 2 ; 'Li miax de lor gent et li
plus I Descendiient des chevax jus,' Wace, 3175, 6. In the later romances it is
etiquette to dismount and continue the fight on foot, if the enemy has been thrown
by the shock of the charge, comp. ' Adoun fell that sory syre. | Lybeauus adoun
b'ght, I Afote for to fyght,' Lybeaus, 1902-4.

1. 48. Comp. 'So J)at he neyjed his stede | For to him he hadde nede,' Guy A.
57.^5> 6 ; ' And drogh him to his felourede, | For than he saw he had nede,'
Generides, 4511, 2 ; • Gadred folk togider, als men ])at had nede,' Langtoft, p. 21.

1. 51. See 605 note.

1- 53- The variant of O 57 gives an easy meaning, they fought under cover of their

H

98

KING HORN.

shields. But in the other versions, as in L 882, O 901, it is not clear whether the
smiter's or the smitten's shield is meant. Either view may be supported by
parallel passages. Comp. ' And Surnagour wold haue smette | Vndyr the Shelde
Partanope | Of that Stroke foule fayled he,' Partonope, 2031-3 ; ' Arthour smot
ojainward | Vnder Riones scheld a dint hard,' Arthour, 261/9361, 2 ; 168/5978,
9 ; ' He bar hym thorwgh and undjT the scheeld,' Richard, 5730 ; ' & smot him so
aboue J)e scheld | ])at helme & heued fleyje in the feld,' K. of Tars A. 1191, 2 ;
Arthour, 142/5035, 6 ; ' & smat hine buuen J)an scelde,' La3amon, 26563, and
contrast with ' Partanope that day vndyr his Sheelde | Twenty hethen hat slayn in
the feelde,' Partonope, 1151, 2 ; ' Wele dare they fyght vndyr Sheeld,' id. 581 1;
'Vnder shelde he gan hym were,' Alisaunder, 5836 ; ' f'at wele coujje juste in feld
I Wi]) stef launce vnder scheld,' Arthour, 89/3095, 6 ; ' Mony a mon fel vndir
shelde,' Cursor T. 7661 ; K. of Tars V. 196, 7; Arthour, 113/3924.

1. 54. So that some felt it. Comp. ' He smot Corineus harde inou • ])at he it
stronge velde,' R. of Gloucester, 394. O 58 means, He felled some of them,
with an awkward change of subject from the preceding line. In Ij 58 hy is in
apposition to sonuiie (comp. 498), and the line means, That some of them felt.

1. 55. See note on L 38.

1. 58. Comp. S36, 883, O 1419 and ' He was to de))e nei? ybroujt,' Roberd
of Cisyle, 201 with Nuck's note. In O 62 for deye Horstmann reads dcpe;
brmgen deye might mean, cause to die, but the absence of to is a difficulty.
See O 649.

1. 59. come to londe. The same preposition as at 162, O 172, 1022, 1448,
O 1495. Comp. also 'King aire kennest : ])at euere com to londe,' Lajamon
O. 1 906 1. Other constructions with comeft and similar verbs of motion are,
'a londe,' L 170; 'on londe,' 36, 788; 'in londe,' L 794, O 817; ' vpon londe,'
O 1341 ; 'vp to londe,' L 1032, L 1310, O 1061, 1300. See 36 note.

I. 60. in here honde, into their possession. Comp. 81. In this phrase the texts
of Lajamon show the same variation as liere between in, to and on, the younger
MS. generally having in, the older on and to. Comp. ' And faren 5end al Brut-
lond 2 & nimen hit to (in O.) J^ire heonde,' C. 3806, 7 ; ' His moder nam to hire bond l
al ])isne kinedom,' O. 6337, 8, 3789; ' J?e aldre seide J)at al [iis lond ! he wolde
halden on (in O.) is ajere bond,' 3940, i ; ' f>reo & J)ritti kinelond i ich halde a (in
O.) mire ajere bond,' 27312, 3. Other variants are seen in 'J)o were fel kinges in
lond I f)at Costaunce wan vnder his bond,' Arthour, 7/153, 4; ' f>at he ne dede al
engelond ] Sone sayse intil his bond,' Havelok, 250, 1. As these examples show,
a possessive adjective or noun in the genitive is necessary in this phrase when
possession is to be expressed : the corresponding readings in L & O mean. They
took it in hand, proceeded to deal with the country. See also 338 note.

II. 61, 2. See 181, 2, 1379, ^°' Comp. 'Sone swa heo a lond comen ' f>at folc
heo (the Saxons) aslo;en | . . . heo velledden ))a castles ' ])at lond heo awaesten |
Jia chirechen heo for barnden,' La5amon, 20955, 6, 69-71 ; ' Chirchen he velde al
adoun • J^er ne moste non stonde,' R. of Gloucester, 181 2 ; ' Hii ne sparede prest
ne chirche ■ ])at hii ne brojte to grounde,' id. 4640, 5988; Havelok, 2583, 4;
' Mult volunters i firent mal | Musters destruistrent e maisons | Chapeles e
religions,' Gaimar, 3130-2 (speaking of the Danes), 2165, 6; ' Mettent a flambe
e a charbun | Plus tost eglise ke maisun,' Life of Edward the Confessor, 31/227, 8.
The northern heathen behaved with peculiar barbarity to Christian clergy and
buildings. The following entry is of a type frequent in the earlier chronicles :
* Verum Majus Monasterium, quod non longe a Turonis erat, funditus eversum

NOTES. 99

centum viginti monachos, bis binos minus, ibidem gladio percusserunt, praelcr
abbatem et viginti quatuor alios qui cavernis terrae latitantes evaserunt,' Chroniques
d'Anjou, i. p. 49. Yorfor to in 1. 62 see 1272 note.

I. 64. 'Neither strangers nor kinsmen' is used vaguely here for, no manner of
men. It is a common phrase, see Matzner, Worterbuch, ii. pp. 205, 6. In a similar
place Lajamon has ' no durste Jaer bilaeuen 2 na ])ae uatte no ^e laene,' 19444, 5,
27221, 2.

II. 65, 6. This formula with rhymes forsake, take is a favourite one. Comp.
' and somme god forsoke 2 and to hejiensipe toke,' Lajamon 0.12113,4; 'for crist
seolue he forsocl and to )^an wursen he tohc,' id. 29187, 8 ; ' That, and they vvelen
cure scrvise forsake | And onliche to Jesu thanne hem take,' Arthour, 374/59, 60 ;
' As );au5 J)e world heo hedde forsake | And to God hire al bitake,' Horst., S. A. L.
50/571, 2 ; ' Vnto my law who sum sail take | His werldly gudes him bus forsake,'
Horst., A. L., n.f. 27/191, 2 ; 43/47, S, and many other places, here, theirs, i. e.
their law, faith.

11. 69, 70. So, 'ffor Troell she weped sore | And for Ectour moche more,' Seege
of Troye, 1541, 2 (.\rchiv, I.xxii, p. 48). The additional lines LO 75, 6 look as
though they were originally meant to be substituted for this uncommon expres-
sion.

1. 73. roche of stone. See 13S3, 4 and comp. ' pe kyng let make • a deop
holet I In a Roche of ston • and him ])er set,' Horst., A. L. 223/591, 2 ; 'f>ou
schuldest han ben hermyte or frere • in Roch of ston bi waters brinke,' Gregorius,
591 ; ' Bring me to )-at roche of ston,' Gregorlegcnde, 919 and passim ; 'That
safe and sownde broght hur ryght | Vn to the roche of stone,' Bone Florence,
1918, 9 ; ' in a castel of roche of ston,' Arthour, 70/2435 (where the editor reads
'& ston') ; 'He opened the rock of stone, and the waters flowed out,' Psalms,
P. B. version, cv. 40; Ferumbras, 1332 ; Torrent, 2553 ; Orpheo, 345 ; Guy, 3725,
9100; Cursor T. 9915. A curious use is seen in 'I lyue as ankre in stone,'
Alexius, 39/420; 'Bot as an anker in a stone | He Ip'ed evere trew,' Degrevant,
63, 4. Godhild retired to a cave, or perhaps, if any special force is to be given to
the vnder of 73 and L 79, to some subterranean chamber like that found at
Ro}'Ston last century. Jocelin in his Vita Patricii describes a like time. ' Tempus
antem tenebrarum Hibemici illud autumant quo prius Gurmundus, ac postea
Turgesius, Noruagienses principes pagani in Hibemia debellata regnabant. In illis
enim diebus Sancti in cavernis et speluncis, quasi carbones cineribus cooperti,
latitabant a facie impiorum qui eos tota die quasi ones occisionis mortificabant,'
Colgan, Trias Thaumaturga, p. 104.

1. 78. Comp. ' To the see he wende : toward Rome : that no man hit nuste,'
Beket, 667.

O 82. houndes, see 598.

1. So. him beo myld, might be gracious to him. Comp. ' Forster, so Crist \&
be milde, | Wiltow lete cristen \\% hej^en childe,' Beues A. 3733, 4 ; ' Now Crist
of hevene be ous milde,' Sen}Ti Sages, 1046; 'godd J)e wurSe milde/ Lajamon,
30809.

1. 81. in paynes bond, see 60 note.

1. 84. L shows the best reading here. Comp. O 420 and ' Gorge ot bele et bien
agensie | Que Dix me'ismes I'ot taillie,' Jehan et Blonde, 321,2; ' De si grant sen
esteit ke deu li out done ] Far le pais esteit par icoe renome ( Pur sun sen ki iert
grant • e pur sa grant beaute,' HR. 16/394-6 ; 'Mes Horn le(s) passa tuz de tutes
beautez ] Si cum le uoleit Deus ki maint en trinitez,' id. 2/36, 7 ; ' " Ma dame,"

H 2

lOO KING HORN.

said Ellious, " he is no man — he is an aungell. I sawe nener so fair an erthely
creatur. Gode made hym with his aun hondes,"' Ponthus, 15/18-20. The
expression seems without a parallel in the English romances.

11. 85, 6. See 1369, 70. The phrase is formal. Comp. 'heo sculleS beon
isla5ene' and summe quic iulajene,' Lajamon, 27376, 7 ; ' And afterward quyk the
flen I And al thy folk with sweord slen,' Alisaimder, 1734, 5; 'and Caric of
slaen ? and alle his cnihtes flan,' La5amon, 2904S, 9.

1. 89. Admirad. Matzner supplied /, necessary for the rhjane. In O 95 the
word is apparently taken for a proper name. For him, see 137 note.

I. 90. Of wordes bald, a very uncommon combination, but comp. 375, 602 ;
' {?e king was hoten aJ)elwold, | Of word, of wepne he was bold,' Havelok, 106, 7.
Similarly Minot has, 'of wordes stout,' i. 28. The same idea of boastfulness is
expressed in 601, 2; 'An hund him gan bihelde | ])at spac wordes belde ' ; '&
he spac wordes swi})e held,' Arthour, 37/1216. The same construction of hold
is seen in 'and of witte was waxe al bold,' Horst., S. A. L. 63/114 ; ' Sleije men
and egleche: and of redes wise and bolde,' id. 14S/1.

II. 91, 2. For kene, comp. ' Mani erl, baroun & knijt | Hardy & kene forto
fijt,' Arthour, 14/405, 6 ; ' Vortimer pe 5unge king ; wes swi'Se kene Jiurhalle Jjing,'
Lajamon, 14650, i : for the whole phrase, ' The Troyens were suythe kene | Ant
that wes ther wel asene,' Chronicle of England, 43, 4; 'For ine the trowe death
was kene | And that God made wgl ysene,' Shoreham, p. 163 : for 1. 92, a very
common cheville, ' And Jiat was ))ere well seen,' Bone Florence, 1080 ; ' That was
ther ful wel seen,' Richard, 5357 ; ' He hathe vs savyd and J)at is sene,' Ipomedon,
200/7033 ; ' God hath ben wroth wid the world, and that is wel isene,' Wright,
Pol. Songs, 340/379; 'Cristes help him was ney | & J)at was wel ysene,' Ale.\iu3,
25/56, 7; Cursor T. 12093; Minot, viii. 79 note. For a variation of the phrase,
see 684.

11. 92, 3. Euene, quite equal to the average, with the meaning here of, tall,
' fair o bodie lengpe,' 1. 900. Of William the Conqueror, R, of Gloucester says,
' SuiJ'e ])ikke mon he was . & of grete strengjje | Gret wombede & ballede . & bote
of euene lengj)e,' 7730, i, barely of average height, to the writer's mind, a defect,
as shown by his description of Robert Curthose (curta ocrea), ' ])ikke mon he was
inou . bote he nas nojt wel long | • . • 0])er lak nadde he non • bote he nas no5t
wel long I He was quojnte of conseil • & speke & of bodi strong,' id. 8526, 34, 5.
The heroes of the romances are mostly tall, ' Cniht he wes swiSe strong I Kene
and custi, muchel and long,' Lajamon, 6365, 6; ' Hou he was bojje michel and
long,' HC. 290 ; ' Hw he was fayr, hw he was long, | Hw he was with, hw he was
strong,' Havelok, 1063, 4; 'In al ])is werd ne haues he per; | Non so fayr, ne non
so long, I Ne non so mikel, ne non so strong,' id. 2241-3 ; ' Hys body, he J'Oght,
was feyre and longe | And wele ymade to be stronge,' Guy, 77^5; 6; 'A fairer
child neuer i ne sij | NeiJ^er a ling|)e ne on brade,' Beues A. 536, 7; Boddeker,
253/253, 4. Richard the First, physically an ideal knight, is thus described by the
author of the Itinerarium, ' Erat quidem statura piocerus, elegantis formae, inter
rufum et flavum medie temperata caesarie, membris flexibilibus et directis, brachia
productiora quibus ad gladium educendum nulla habiliora vel ad feriendum
efficaciora ; nihilominus tibiaruni longa divisio, totiusque corporis dispositione
congrua,' p. 144.

L 98. bryht of hewe & shene, an unusual expression, comp. ' And of hys
stewarde bryght of hewe | That was bothe gode and trewe,' Guy, 21, 2; ' Goode
he was and bryjt of hewe,' id. 121 ; 'A doustter he had, brijth & shene,' Alexius,

NOTES. lOI

26 '154; 'And J'nt mniilc, Jiat was so sheene,' Beues S. 579; ' Wymmen bue]) so
feyr on hcwe,' Boddeker, i67/.^7.

1. 94. Combinations with /air are numerous, so, 'feyr & eke bold,' L 17;
' fayr & eke strong,' L 99 ; ' feir & eke god,' L 258, L 91 1 ; ' feir & fre,' L 267 ;
'fair & riche,' 339, 314 ; ' fayr and briycte,' O 466.

1. 97. to liue go, escape death, continue to live, not, 'go away alive' (Morris).
Go in this phrase has no sense of motion ; /iite is governed by io. Comp. ' Whel'er
our to liue go | He ha)> anouj of Jis,' Tristrem, 1022, 3 ; 'And leten a Jief to lyue
gon,' Vernon MS. i. 30S/254. In, ' Yif y late him Hues go | He micte me wirchen
niichel wo,' Havelok, 509, 10, the construction is different. Other verbs used in
the same way are seen in, 'For yf J)ou come to Hue,' O 113; 'If ihc come to
lyue,' 559 ; 'And Jioujte, ;ef )ey come to lyue, | To vyl de)) J)ey schold him dryue,'
Arthour, 28S/271, 2 (where another MS. has 'weren a lyue'); ' 5if auentour bitide
euer more, | He com to liue and were a man,' Gregorlegende, 21/129, 3° I '3'^
auenture felle more • he com to Ijiie and wox a Mon,' Gregorius, 201 ; ' jit may
God such grace sende | . . . ))at he may to lyue wende,' id. 257, 8 ; ' To lyue God
him wolde bringe,' id. 269 ; ' To lyue non ne 5ode, but on was marinere,' Langtoft;
p. 106; 'He wist if he to lif myjt stonde ] he shulde be kyng of his londe,'
Cursor T. 7691, 2 ; ' fiat he ros fro dede So | vs to lif holden,' Bestiary, 2/45, 6.
\Vith the passage generally comp. Beues A. 25/549-52.

1. loi. stere, occurs again at 1373, 'Hi comen vt of stere,' where O has 'out
of scyp Sterne.' Matzner e-xplains it as ' helm, rudder,' put for ' ship.' He does
not support his view by other instances, and, so far as I know, the use is quite
isolated. The word must be a noun, comp. ' Then fonde she wryten all the
dede | How she moste ynto the see,' Emare, 624 : possibly it is meant for stoitre,
see L 1455: Morris's explanation of to stere, 'to use the helm,' is untenable:
auxiliary verbs are often enough followed by infinitives with to, as in ' We muste
nede oon of the two | Othur to defende vs or to dethe go,' Guy, 1925, 6 (and
note% but rarely, if ever, immediately. In O 107 stron is for strand.

O 109. stonnde. Comp. 597 note and 1179.

I. 104. grunde, bottom of the sea. See Minot, x. 4 for note on seegronde, and
comp. for the special use here, ' J)er sunken to \zn grunde l fif 8c twenti hundred,'
Lajamon, 21273, 4 ; ' Egypcienes fellen to Se grund,' Genesis and E.xodus, 3278 ;
' Ne sonk hit no ))ing to grounde,' Gregorius, 261 ; ' Whan Beuys was at the
wellys grounde,' Beues M. 2499. Hampole (?) translates mirabilia eius in pro-
funda by, ' his woundirs in the grund,' Psalter, p. 383.

II. 105, 6. The sea will be the cause of your death, not we, and so we shall
have nothing to repent of. For in 1. 107 does not introduce a reason for the
statement in 1. 106, but rather depends on a suppressed principal clause such as,
'we must send yon adrift' : 11. 107-110 are simply a variation on 95-100. The
action of the pagans in giving Horn and his companions, whose vengeance they
fear, a chance for their lives may seem a fantastic feature of the story. But it is
in accord with, or rather it is a peculiar developement of, a widespread primitive
feeling. The great elemental power, water, especially in ocean or running stream,
acts with perfect justice where man's judgement may be mistaken, and the
responsibility of decision is accordingly put upon it. The emperor Julian tells
us that the Kelt of the Rhine, if doubtful of the fidelity of his wife, placed the
new-born child on his buckler in the river, and the Rhine, ' absolutely free from
injustice towards Kelts,' rendered an infaUible judgement as the shield sank or
swam (d'Arbois de Jubainville, Etudes sur le Droit celtique, pp. 26 ff.). On the

102 , KING HORN.

same principle it is better to send a person suspected or accused of an atrocious
crime to sea in an ill-found craft or among the perils of the wild forest than to
inflict the death penalty on one possibly innocent. The action of the pagans is
really a modification of this way of thinking. The children are sackless and too
young to bear arms, their murder would be a crime with a sure nemesis. They
will not have much chance of escape ; if they are drowned, it will be the sea's doing.
Instances of exposure in a boat occur in the romances elsewhere. Emare is thus
sent to sea twice, 11. 265-79, 637-84, and Crystabelle with her son in Eglamour, S02-
25. The sorrows of Desonelle (Torrent of Portyngale, 1813-42) are imitated from
those of Crystabelle. Custance in Chaucer's Man of Lawe's Tale has the same
hard fate as Emare ,11. 439-45, 865-9). S- Gregory was, when an infant, enclosed
in a tun and sent adrift in a boat with the consolation that ' Al fat God wil haue,
don Jian schal be,' Gregorlegende, 262. Sending away into the forest alone
or with a single attendant occurs in Bone Florence, 1693-1700; in Octavian,
10/263-290; in Tryamoure, 211-49, '^i'^ the significant lines, 'Ye schalle hur
nother brenne nor sloo | For dowte of synne,' 21 2, 3. And in history, rather legend
perhaps, there are some interesting records, ' fuere qui fratrem regis [Ethelstani]
Edwinum insidiarum insimularent ; scelus horrendum et foedum quod sedulitatem
fraternam sinistra interpretatione turbarent. Edwinus per se et per internuntios
fidem germani implorans et licet sacramento delationem infirmans, in exilium actus
est. Tantum quorundam mussitatio apud animum in multas curas distentum valuit,
ut ephebum etiam externis miserandum, oblitus consanguineae necessitudinis, expel-
leret ; inaudito sane crudelitatis modo, ut solus cum armigero navem conscendere
juberetur, remige et remigio vacuam, praeterea vetustate quassam. Diu laboravit
fortuna ut insontem terrae restitueret. Sed cum tandem in medio mari furorem
ventorum vela non sustinerent, ille, ut adolescens delicatus et vitae in talibus
pertaesus, voluntario in aquas praecipitio mortem conscivit. Armiger, saniori
consilio passus animam producere, modo adversos fluctus eludendo, modo pedibus
subremigando, domini corpus ad terram detulit angusto scilicet a Dorobeinia in
Witsant mari,' Malmesbury, de gestis Regum Anglorum, i. p. 156 (the story is
also found in Johannis Iperii Chronicon S. Bertini, printed in Martene, Thesaurus,
iii. p. 547). The story of the punishment inflicted on Berno is best told in
Matthew Paris. ' Tunc rex Eadmundus, diligenti de morte Lothebroci facta inquisi-
tione, Bernum venatorem de opere nefando convicit, et jussit a militibus de curia
sua adjudicari ac legis peritis, quid de homicida foret agendum ; at omnes in hoc
pariter consenserunt, ut venator in ilia navicula, in qua saepe dictus Lothebrocus
in Angliam applicuit, poneretur et in medio maris solus sine instrumento navali
dimissus, probetur si ilium Deus velit a periculo liberare. Itaque venator, juxta
quod sententiatum fuerat, in profunditatem maris dismissus, post dies paucos in
Daciam est projectus,' Chronica Majora, ed. Luard, i. p. 395. (Comp. Chronicon
Johannis Brompton, apud Twysden, p. 804.) The circumstances under which
Cynethrith, afterwards wife of Offa, came to England are thus stated by an anony-
mous writer : ' Diebus itaque sub eisdem Regnante in Francia Karolo Rege magno
ac victoriosissimo, quaedam puella facie venusta, sed mente nimis inhonesta, ipsi
Regi consanguinea, pro quodam quod patraverat crimiiie flagitiosissimo, addicta est
judicialiter morti ignominiosae, verum ob Regiae dignitatis reverentiam, igni vel
ferro tradenda non judicatur, sed in navicula armamentis carente apposita, victu
tenui, ventis & mari eorumque ambiguis casilms exponitur condemnata. Quae diu
variis procellis exagitata, tandem fortuna trahente, litori Britonum est appulsa, &
cum in terra subjecta potestati Regis Offae memorala cimba applicuisset, conspectui

NOTES. 103

Regis protinus praesentatur,' Vita OfTae Secundi, in Wats' ed. of Matthew Paris,
1640, p. 12. Even a criminal manifestly condemned by heaven has a chance of
escape given him. ' Alter vero Rainerus nomine, praecipuus ecclesiarum effractor
atque incensor, cum nxore sua transfretans, iniquitatum suarum pondere, in medio
mari, navim qua vchebatur fecit immobilem. Quod cum maximo nautis et aliis
qui simul vehebantur csset stupori, antiquo excmplo jacta est sors, et cccidit sors
super Rainerum. Et ne forte hoc casu accidisse videretur, iterum et tertio sorte
jacta et fideli inventa, judicium Dei declaratum est. Itaque ne universi cum ipso
et propter ipsum pcrirent, expositus est in scapha cum uxore et pecunia male
acquisita. Navis illico expedita est et cursu solito ferebatur. Scapha vero pon-
dere peccatoris subsedit, fluctibusque absorpta est,' Chronicles of Stephen, i,
p. 46. (See also Langtoft, p. 124.) And finally William of Malmesbury tells
a legend of a boy castaway who came, like Horn, to great honour in the land to
which the waves carried him. ' Iste (Sceaf) ut ferunt, in quandam insulam Gcr-
maniae Scandzam, de qua Jordanes, historiographus Gothorum, loquitur appulsus,
navi sine remige, puerulus, posito ad caput frumenti manipulo, dormiens, ideoque
Sceaf nuncupatus, ab hominibus regionis illius pro miraculo exceptus, et sedulo
nutritus : adulta aetata regnavit in oppido quod tunc Slaswic, nunc vero Haithebi
appellatur,' de Gestis Regum, i. p. 121 (comp. Ethelwcrd, M. H. B. p. 512).

O 113. come to liue, see 97 note.

1. loS. This phrase is formal, comp. ' We ne majen J)e fond from us driue ' ne mid
sworde ne mid kniue,' O. E. Homilies, i. 69/252, 3; ' Wyth swerd and wyth
knyef | That y shalle faythly fyeght,' Degrevant, 540, 1 ; Gray Steill, 487.
Variants are seen in, * Al men maden her acord | Wi]) axes, speres, kniif 8c
sword,' Arthour, 12/335, ^ ; ' WiJ) swerd, knyf, staf or ston | Lei on faste and J)at
anon,' E. Studien, viii. 266/376, 7; ' Wif/ sweord and long knyf | f>us pey raften
him his lyf,' Bellum Trojanum, 16S7, S ; ' WiJ) sweord, spere and wip knyf,'
id. 1 71 7; *& bringe]) here of lyue : wit swerd o])er wit spere,' Seint Margarete,
Archiv, Ixxix. 418/328.

1. 112. See 980.

1. 113. In to is noteworthy ; to, on or »pon being the usual prepositions. IVithin
also occurs, comp. ' Ar I be brou5t wi})inne schippes bord,' E. Studien, x. 252/S15 ;
'To Bretayne the braddere within chippe burdez,' Morte Arlhure, 1699.

I. 114. This phrase is apparently without parallel. Wissmann explains zt'^in/fi as
' command.' But by the light of similar expressions this appears to mean,Without
further talk about the matter, forthwith. Comp. ' So at last into a galey | Thes
vii sages were put awey, | And bad here lodesman at a word | Shuld cast hem ouer
the ship bord,' Generides, 361-4; 'the Bishopp bade the King "god night" att
a word,' Percy Folio MS., i. 510/39 ; ' When ))e sewer comys \-nto ])e borde, | AUe
J)e mete he sayes at on bare worde,' Babees Book, 324/763, 4 ; 321/656 ; ' To cure
thy woundes and make hem clene | . . . Thou shalt be holpen at wordis fewe,' R. of
the Rose, 2127, 9 ; 'The Sarezynes seygh wel her wendyng | And comen aflvT fast
flyngj-ng | At schorte wordes, a gret joute,' Richard, 2791-3; ' Achilles dight him
at wordis shorte,' Seege of Troy, 1603; ' Alisaunder dyed at worddis short,' id.
1724. Similarly at pe fiirste. 661, L 8S5, O 904, means straightway, forthwith.
In, ' A Cardinal J)er spac a mong • schortliche he seide at wordes Jjreo,' Gregorius,
618, wordes has its ordinary meaning.

II. 115, 6. The construction is. Woe often had been to Horn; Horn being
dative, as him in 1. 116 shows. So, 'Oft Cleodalis was wo | Ac neuer wers ])an
him was J)o,' Arthour, 175/6211, 2 ; ' Wawain was oft wele & wo | Ac neuer wers

I04 KING HORN.

])an him was J)o,' id. 236/8467, 8; 'wel ofte him vveswa] neuer wurse ]>ene )ia,'
Lasamon, 8677, 8. But the dative pronoun is not always expressed, ' wel oft wes
Leir wa ! and neuere wurs Jianne \>a.' Lajamon, 3452, 3, and the noun was naturally
taken for a nominative, as in ' The dewke Oton was full woo | That syr Gye was
passyd soo,' Guy, 1 2 5 1 , 2 , where 7voo is treated as an adjective. Then the pronoun
also appears in the nominative, comp. ' Ofte was that knyghte bothe wele and woo, |
Bot never jitt als he was thoo,' Isumbras, 380, l, and the analogous, ' Offte was
Saladyn wel and woo, | But nevyr soo glad as he was thoo,' Richard, 6521, 2.
A age (Guy, 3474 note), sorrow and (ene (Ipomadon, 2223 note) are all similarly
constructed as apparent adjectives. A variant is seen in, ' And often was he in
wele and wo | But never so well as he was tho,' Squyr of L. D., 113, 4. The
dative construction with an adjective occurs, ' Never him nas wers for nojiing,'
Orfeo, 96.

O 124. lef and dere, occurs again at O 157, O 232. Comp. also, 'Leofe faeder
dure, Lajamon, 2971 ; ' 5e ere me lefe & dere,' Langtoft, p. 197 ; 44.

11. 117, 8. Comp. 631, 2 ; 1095, 6 ; 1503, 4, and, ' J)e se bigan to posse,' ion.
Floiven is illustrated by, ' \t se bigan to flowen : and J)e wawes for to arise,'
Horst., S. A. L. 156/350 : the sense is much the same as in ' J)e se bigan to j^rose,'
969, with which comp. ' })e schippemen \o gun fast rovven | & \& wawes ojain to
Jjrovven,' Horst., S. A. L. 166/281, 2. Horn's boat was without sail or rudder
(1. 188) ; the parallel stories usually deprive the castaways of oars also.

I. 122. For ntissen constructed with of, comp. 1361 ; 1458; Minot, ix. 13 and
note.

II. 123, 4. Comp. ' aeuere heo uerden alle niht i ])at hit wes daei-liht,' Lajamon,
19200, 1, and for 1. 124, comp. 493 ; 818 ; ' Til hit sprang )?e dayes lyght,' R. of
Brunne, 3414; ' Til hit sprong ])e dai lijt,' Beues A. 2824 ; ' Wel heowardith heom
bothe that nyght | Til heom sprong the day lyght,' Alisaunder, 909, 10 ; ' Wanne
J)e day hym sprunge,' Ferumbras, 3532. ' Al J)at ])e lyhte day sprong,' L 497, is
peculiar, but comp. ' Whan ])at \& lijte day was spronge,' Beues A. 3780; ' Be than
spronge the light day,' id. M. 4182 ; ' And anoon it waxed lyght day,' Ponthus,
1 1 2/3, 4. For pat = until, comp. L 368, L 497 ; ' J?e king leouede longe 1 Jiat hit
com touward his ende,' Lajamon, 6072, 3 ; 'he ferde uord rihtes 1 mid (reom wise
cnihtes | })at he com to Rome,' id. 11516-8 and the first quotation of this note. The
formal subject it is very common in this phrase, comp. further, ' or it dawen the
day,' Roland, 389 ; ' as it dawed lijt day,' W. of Palerne, 2218.

11. 129, 30. For this formula, comp. ' To here fowles merely synge | And see feyre
flowres sprynge,' Guy, 4263, 4, with Zupitza's note. In O 138 so is a scribe's mis-
take for se or seo. Matzner inserts se before /r?/ in C 130, and Wissmann says it is
indispensable. If se is inserted, /a/ should be left out: sco7t in our texts is not
followed by an object clause introduced by that. Possibly the line as it stands is
right ; Pat is occasionally used to represent, in the second of two co-ordinate sen-
tences, the verb of the first, and it may here be used in place of se implied in the
here of 1. 129. Somewhat similar is, ' And softely to hir right thus seyde he: |
Mercy! And that 5e nat discovere me,' Chaucer, iv. 446/1941, 2. A bold
elliptical use of that is seen in places like, ' ledej* hem by- fore iubyter : sacrefyse to
do ; I & biTt he don sacrefise : wit stauis Jiat 5e hym bete,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 344/54, 5.

1. 131. on lyue, in life, alive, as a living man. Comp. L 362 ; ')7a wes he swa
bliSe ' swa he nes naeuer aer an liue,'La5amon, 12840, 1 ; 'for fie ic am swablifiei
swa naes i naeuer aer on liue,' id. 2243, 4; ' wel wes him on liue,' id. 1378, 1254;
* wa wes him on liue,' id. 3406 ; ' With alle Jje wo on lyue ] To ])e wod he went

NOTES. 105

away,' GawajTie & G. K. 1717,8; 'for J>ey nyste alyue : what l^ey myjten don,'
Archiv, Ixxxii. 344/82; 397/168.

1. 137. him. This peculiar use of the pronoun, mostly in the third person, and
vith intransitive verbs, whicli has the effect of reinforcing the subject and some-
times of giving a faint colouring of a middle voice, is common in all three texts.
The verbs which admit of this pronoun in KH. are adrede, L 297 ; of drede, 291,
O 302 : agnsc, S67, 1314, L 877, 1326, O 1355 : {beon), is, O 585 ; was, O 977 :
W<77w,i294, 1512,0 1335: come, JjSc^i, 10^2: f/w/trw, 344, O 356 : enden, 1^,28: code,
1025. 125-;, 1298, O io(>i, 1224, 1339 ■ ff°> ^ 215; O 217 : Iioten, 25, 761 : Hgge,
1303, L 131,^, O 1346 : ride, 646, O 229 : schillen, O220 : spekeii, 137, 159, L 141 ;
Idspeken, O95: springe, 130, O 132, 138: penchen, 277, 494(7^: waken, 141 7.
The essential feature of this construction is that the dative pronoun repeats and
emphasizes the subject which it very regularly precedes or follows immediately like
an enclitic. Contrast with the above examples cases of the reflexive proper as
' Rymenhild hire biwente,' 321 ; ' Aylmer king hym gan tome,' O 722 ; ' Horn
dude him in ]ie weie,' C 1007. Nor should it be confused with the 'ethic dative'
as seen in ' He tok him anoI)er | Athulf, homes brother,' C 283, 4 ; ' f>e king hym
makede a feste,' O 828. See also 486, 1081. The subject is repeated by a pronoun
in the nominative case at 877, 8, 1427, 8 ; 1439, 40 ; O 270, i. In the line 'pat
his ribbes him to brake,' 1077, him repeats and strengthens his. For a repeated
accusative, see 375, 6.

1. 140. A pleasant lot be thine : the plural daics gives a different sense from that
of the ordinary formula of parting, 'have good day' (727 note), but at the same
time suggests it. In HR. the boat, which was old, was shattered on the beach,

5/" 3. 4-

1. 144. of is probably a scribe's mistake for ofte, comp. ' grete wele Martha wel
ofte • & my bro])er Lajarus | and grete wel ofte • ])e bisshop Maximus,' Archiv,
Ixviii. 71/487, 8; ' Grete wel ofte thy fadur dere,' Guy, 7240. It might be taken as
the sign of a partitive genitive, as in O 911 and 234; 'He schal beo mon of holy
churche | Of grete wondres f-er inne worche,' Horst., S. A. L., 42/61, 2 ; 'Of smale
houndes had she, that she fcdde,' Chaucer, iv. 5/145 ; ' Now he ha]) of hys felows
lorne,' Guy, 1846, 1961.

I. 149. hoi & fer, a phrase that frequently recurs. To the examples in Matzner
under /^r« add, ' Als he hadde be hoi & fere,' R. of Brunne, 9650; ' For make ])e
boJ)e hoi & fere,' Beues A. 717 ; 'Sir ya, he es bath hail and fere, | Ya, hail and
sound wit outen were,' Cursor, 3829, 30 ; 'Or evir this wicht at heart be haill and
feir,' Dunbar ^Laing), i. 33/51 (a late example). Variants are 'hoi and sund,'
1341 ; 'hoi and schir,' Genesis & E. 1835; ' hal and haeil,' Lajamon, 12528;
' hole & quyke,' R. of Brunne, 9665 ; ' hole and lyght,' Beues O. 2503 ; ' hooU and
quarte,' Guy (Caius), 1713. For the variant in O 157, due to the scribe's careless-
ness, see O 1 24.

II. 151, 2. Of the three versions C has the common expression. Comp. ' ffor
thow salle dye this day thurghe dynt of my handez,' Morte Arthure, 1073 ; ' Many
dowghty es dede be dynt of his hondes,' id. 3024; ' Or do \tva deye wi]) dint of
hond,' R. of Bnmne, 1606; ' Thore was no mane of hethene londe | That myghte
a dynt stonde of his honde,' Octavian, 127/975, 6; '}at he ne dynnej hym to defe
■with dynt of his honde,' Gawaine and G. K. 2105; Troy Book, 92 note, dint
very often alliterates with de}, comp. ' Of dynt ne de}) had he no doute,' R. of
Brunne, i 2844, 8542 ; ' Wi]) de^es dint & Hues lere,' Arthour, 225/8046, 247/8844 ;
and this association may account for the xmcommon variation in O, with which

Io6 KING HORN.

I can parallel only, ' f>e dej) ]>ei scholde afonge,' K. of Tars V. 990. The meaning
is, Tell him that he shall receive death from my hand. The construction in L is
the same ; for the def. article with (ie/>, see N. E. D. iii. p. 73.

O 162. YQxforto after to see 1272 note.

1. 153. 3ede to Tune means merely, went their way. Comp. 'pa aestre wes
ajonge' and Aueril eode of tune' (= departed), Lasamon, 24195, 6; 'and men
gunnen spilienl J)at wes Maei at tune' (May had returned), id. 24199, 200; 'pa
aestre wes ajeonge^ and sumer com to londe,' id. 24241, 2, where the younger
MS. has 'com to toune.' It is a common tag.

1. 154. See 208 note.

L 164. tymyng, event, generally prosperous. Comp. 'Almigtin louerd, hegest
kinge, | Su giue me sell timinge,' Genesis & E. 30, 31; 1244; 'Israel ] hadde
heghere hond and timed wel,' id. 3392. The simple verb is used in the sense of,
prosper, ' for luue of Josep migte he timen,' id. 2361.

1. 160. mild, like ' wel softe,' L 1075. Comp. ' \o bispac Merlin childe | To
J)e iustise wordes milde,' Arthour, 32/1039, 40; 'He spak to him with wordes
milde,' S. Sages, 3576 ; ' The good wif answerede J>an | Word full mylde,' Octavian,
14/419, 20 ; ' He vnswered wordes were vnmylde,' Cursor T. 1095.

1. 162. See 59 note.

1. 166. verade, L 174 felaurade. The same variation occurs in K. of Tars,
' J»at was a feir ferred,' A. 1014, ' J)is was a feir felawrede,' V. 930, also at A. 1149
and V. 1066. For the variant in O 176 comp. 416 note.

I. 167. in none stunde. See 333 note. L and O have kept the better reading
here: comp. 597.

II. 171-4. Comp. ' Ehorn li ad tuit dit-ki ert meiz senez | Plus hardi deparler-
e li mielz doctrinez,' HR. 2/32, 3; ' Cil ki parla pur tuz • ad le uisage cler,' id.
6/179; 'Hangist qui grand et aisnes fu | For tos ensamble a respondu," Wace,
Brut, 6887, 8.

11. 176-8. Sprung from good family, from Christian people and from right good
kings. Wissmann, less probably, takes 177, 8 as apposition to 176. In O 23, they
are all rich kings' sons. O 188 means, And of very good blood ; cunne, L 186,
is a feeble repetition of kenne, 184; the scribe need not have stuck at the kingly
origin of the company. Comp. ' hire fadere & hire modere bo J) • comen of ryche
kunne, | of kynges blode & queue also • of men of ryche wynne,' Archiv, Ixviii.
52/23, 4 ; Horst., S. A. L. 148/23, 4 ; ' f>e maiden was bri3t and schene | And
comen of kinges kinne,' HC. iti6, 9 : and fori. 176, ' Mark gan Tristrem calle | Was
comen of riche kinne,' Tristrem, 566, 7 ; Guy, 84 ; ' Icomen a weoren of kunne
gret,' Gregorius, 23. See also 419, 985.

1. 180. Comp. 1334, L 1344, O 1375 and '& J)ai were of dawe ydon,' Arthour,
173/6153; 'and idon of lif-da5en,' Lajamon, 21652, 9981 ; 'Thus he brittenyde
the here, and broghte hyme olyfe,' Morte Arthure, 802 (under Alive in N. E. D.).
olhie = dead, occurs in, ' Til ]>sX wende al same 1 f>e maiden were oliue,' Horst.,
A. L. n.f. 229/128.

1. 181. todro3e, see 1492 note.

1. 183. Comp. 1051 and the very similar, ' Crist Jie wisse,' 413, 1457 ; ' Lord, mi
liif, me bihold | In world J)Ou wisse me | at wille,' Tristrem, 392-4; also 'Jesus
Crist, heuen king, | ])e loke. Sir Ban, \e king,' Arthour, 100/3509, 10. The same
variation in the sacred names occurs almost everywhere in O.

O 195. salyley, is a sleepy scribe's confusion of suite see with galeye. Comp.
' Huy schypeden in \q salte se,' Horst., S. A. L. 152/178.

NOTES. T07

1. 186. Comp. '& into Jie see him caste i & bede pleye )>ere/ Fcrumbras, 2464 ;
' And in a shippe al stcreless, god woot, | They han hir set, and bidde hir lerne
sayle | Out of Siinye agaynward to Itayle,' Chaucer, iv. 142/439-41 ; Minot,

V. 67, 8.

1. 187. It is now two days ago. For oj^cr comp. 'a ))ene oOerne daeil he
com to Denemarl<e,' Lajamon, 61 iS, 9.

1. I SS. roper is noteworthy, but compare, ' Sche had neydur maste ne rothir,'
Eglamour L. 883. The ordinary expression in such cases is seen from, ' In an eld
schippetodon hem pore | Wi])outen seil, wipouten ore,' Horst.,S. A. L. 164/103, 4,
but also, ' Huy weren in a schip ipult : withouten ster and ore,' id. 152/174 ; 'Now
the lady dwelled thore | Wythowte anker or ore,' Emare, 275, 6 ; Tristrem, 677 ;
' They sayled forthe wythowten ore,' Guy, 491.

O 200. he is almost certainly a slip for her, here.

1. 191. and. We might expect or as in, ' For yif ich hauede ]jer ben funden, |
Hauede [he] ben slayn or harde bunden,' Havclok, 1427, 8 ; ' & chesej) whey])er 50
wollij) him a sle : o))er him binde,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 376/388. With 11. 191, 2 comp.
' and loke that j'e them bynde | All ther handys pern behynde,' Guy, 5441, 2 ; ' The
king him lette bynde | His honden him byhynde,' Chronicle of Eng., 873,4; ' Ywol
him nyme and faste bynde | His honden his rug byhynde,' Alisaunder, 2013, 4;
' But let a serjeaunt him binde | His handes soone him behind,' Richard, 2431, 2 ;
' Jesu ])olede for to binde | At vndren hise honden him bihinde,' E. Studien,
ix. 45/199, 200 ; Guy A. 5704 ; E. E. Poems, 63/156. From those places it would
seem that vs is necessary before bihynde in C.

1. 193. A common tag, often with little force. Comp. 943 and 'And 5yf hyt be
J)y wylle | Helpe me, lady, pat y ne spylle,' R. of Brunne, Handlyng Synne, 735, 6 ;
' Syr, yeff hit beyoure wille | Thenkes that ye han done ylle,' Degrevant, 185, 6 and
passim; 'He seid, "Sir, if youre wil be, | Wil ye doo noon harme to me?"'
Generides, 6709, 10; 8389,90; R. of Brunne, 3673; K. of Tars A. 249; Awntyrs
of A., 404; Vernon MS. 330/43.

1. 197. See 765 note.

1. 198. You shall have nothing but pleasure. Nothing that is unpleasant will
befall you. Comp. ' For here schall ye haue no game,' Bone Florence, 266 ; ' They
pat wer er pan agaste | Tho hadde game,' Octavian, 20/605, 6 ; ' There was sorowe
and no game,' Beues M. 770. See also Minot, iv. 57 note, for the verb to game.
With the form of the expression, comp. ' Who hauej seid pe ouwt bote god ? '
E. Studien, viii. 450/143 ; ' when theire ffreinds ought ayled but good,' Percy F.
MS. ii. 527/14; ' Tyrrye schall eyle nopyng but gode,' Guy, 6184.

1. 300. Comp. 483, 517.

I. 206. Bear your name appropriately, i. e. let your fame be spread wide as is
the sound of a horn. See N. E. D. under brook, i. p. 11 29, for sixteenth and
seventeenth century examples ^this place is not quoted). Read pi neuening: the
scribe has divided the words wrongly, misled possibly by evening, an equal,
a match, name jyng in L 214 is a corruption of the uncommon nefnmmg,
naming.

II. 207-10. While the reading of C presents no real difficulty, that of L and O
gives the better sense, i. e. even as the horn is widely heard, so shall your fame
spread wide. Possibly the poet had in mind the sound of the horn spreading from
hill to dale, from town to town, as the people turned out to join the hue and cry
after some criminal, ' clamorem super ilium statim levare debet cum coruu,
vel cum ore, si cornu non habeat,' Ducange, under Huesiutn. In L 215, siille

lo8 KING HORN.

is impossible, snille in O 2 1 7 gives a fair sense, but C has undoubtedly the good
reading.

1. 208. An uncommon combination, but comp. ' \Yeoren J)a hulles and J^a daeles t
iwrijen mid J)an daeden,' Lajamon, 5 191, 2. The formula in 210 is the usual one :
comp. 154 and ' Hom heo wendith by doune and dale,' Alisaunder, 1767, 5901 ;
' So as I come let me fle, | By downs and by dal s,' E. E. Miscellanies, p. 3 ; ' By
dounes & dales, by vvodes aywher,' R. of Brunne, 8578; Langtoft, 91/21, 2.

1. 211. Expressions of the type, 'pe word of hire sprong ful wyde,' K. of Tars
V. 19, are exceedingly common in the romances; see 1017. Outside them it occurs
in, ' Of hym the wurde ful wyde sprong,' R. of Brunne, Hand. Sinne, 5447 ; ' welle
wide sprong pas eorles word,' La3amon, 26242 ; ' Thi word shal wide springe,' Rel.
Ant. i. p. 243 ; ' })e worde of ihesus sprong ful wyde,' Cursor T. 14000. For 7iatiie,
comp. ' Hys name ys spronge wyde,' Lybeaus, 264 ; ' His name it sprong wel wide,'
Tristrem, 22 ; Boddeker, 140/1 2. Other subjects to springen are ' fame,' Octavian,
3/44; 'tidinge,' R. of Gloucester, 2847; ' los,' id. 3749 ; 'pyte,' Richard, 1313;
' thyng,' E. of Tolous, 1 86. The following show verbs other than springen : ' ])e
word of him walkes ful wide,' Minot, viii. 29 and note ; ' ]?e word of him ful wide
it ran,' Guy A. 384/1/7 ; * Jien went his name full wyde,' Gowther, 192 and note ;
* Gret word sal gang of \\ vassage,' Iwain, 2915 ; ' In all the worlde on every syde |
The worde shulde be borne,' Emare, 257, 8 ; ' Grete worde of hym aroos,' Trya-
moure, 135 ; ' great words of them there rose,' Triamore, 129 ; ' peword o ihesu
was risen brade,' Cursor C. 14000. For a similar use in French, comp. ' E Hug.
de Hamelincort | Dunt la renomee uncor cort,' Guill. le Marechal, 7199, 200.

1. 215. Comp. * And wyth strenckyj) of owre hondys | Defende owre goodys and
owre londys,' Guy, 3267, 8 ; 87.

1. 218. Comp. ' He nolde ous naujt for lete,' Shoreham, p. 21 ; ' He bigon to
loue him so | ])at myjte he no while him for go,' Cursor T. 3123, 4 ; ' Hir fader
J)e kyng loued \o childre so | l)at he wild for no J)ing J^e sight of ])am forgo,'
Langtolt, p. 108.

O 230. hint must be inserted after wit.

1. 223. See 893, 4 note.

1. 226. Similarly in HR., Horn and a companion are entrusted to the care of the
Seneschal Herland. But the other boys are given each to a baron to be brought up.
' Mi barun naturel • si fetes mun cummant | Chascun de uus aurat a garder un
enfant,' 15/347, 8. The choice of the steward of the king's household as preceptor
is not paralleled elsewhere in English romance ; his part is usually that of the
villain, comp. ' Now speke I wylle of ])o stuarde als | Few ar trew, but fele ar
fals,' Babees Book, 316/521, 2 : his position as the economist of the household
would not make him popular with minstrels. Comp., however, ' Seneschaz, co
a dit li rois, | Molt estes sages et cortois, | Gardes mon fil et enseignies | Je vuel
que ses maistres soies,' Durmars, 6/177-80 ; 'Dit li rois Cloovis : " Senechaul,
9a venez. | Je vos commant ici Floovant a garder," ' Floovant, 2/48, 9. In the
court of Edward the Fourth there is a special official for the duty : his office is
stated as follows in the Liber Niger domus Regis : ' Maistyr of Henxmen, to
shew the schooles of urbanitie and nourture of Englond, to lerne them to ryde
clenely and surely ; to draw them also to justes ; to lerne them were theyre
barneys ; to have all curtesy in wordes, dedes and degrees, dilygently to kepe them
in rules of goynges and sittinges, after they be of honour (? according to their
rank). Moreover to teche them sondry languages, and othyr lerninges vertuous,
to harping, to pype, sing, daunce ; and with other honest and temperate behaviour

NOTES. 109

and patience,* Collection of Ordinances, p. 45. Passages dealing with education
in detail are naturally rare in the romances, the business of whicli is adventures ;
the following are the chief: ' Fiftene 3cre he gan him fede, | Sir Rohand, ))e
trewe ; | He taujt him ich a lede | Of ich maner of glewe | And cuerich play in
prede (playing ))ede, MS.^ | Old lawes and newe ; | On hunting oft he 3ede, | To
swichc a lawe he drewe | Al ))us ; | Morehe cou])e of veneri, | })an cou])e Meri-
anous,' (Manerious, MS.\ Tristrem, 2S7-97; ' Alisaundre wexeth child of mayn, |
Maistres he hadde a dosayn: [ Some him taughte for to gon; | That othir his
clothis doth him on ; | Theo thridde him taughte to play at bal ; | Theo feorthe
afatement in halle ; | The fyve him taught to skyrme and ride, | And to demayne
an horsis bridcl ; | The sevethen maister taught his pars | And the wit of the seoven
ars : | Aristotel was on therof | . . . Now con Alisaundre of skyrmyng, | And of
stedes disrayng, | And of sweordis turnyng, | Apon stede, apon justyng, | And
'sailyng, of defendyng, | In grene wode of huntyng, | And of reveryng and of
haukyng. | Of batail, and of al thyng,' Alisaunder, 656-66, 70-79 : ' Tholomew,
a clerke he toke, | That taught the child vppon ]'e boke | Bothe to synge and lo
rede, ( And after he taught hym other dede, | Aftirvvard to serve in halle | Bothe to
grete and to smalle, | Before the kyng mete to kerve, | Hye and low feyre to
serve, | Bothe of howndis & haukis game ; | Aftir he taught hym all & same | In
se, in feld and eke in ryuere, | In wodde to chase the wild dere | And in the feld to
ryde a stcde, | That all men had joy of his dede,' Ipomydon, 53-66. See also HC.
37-48, 272-6 and the passage HR. 16/375-86 giving the results of the Seneschal's
teaching. An interesting place outside the romances is, ' And hou he was to \>e
Emperoure | ysent, to be Man of valoure | And lemon chiualrie, | Of huntyng & of
Ryuere | Of chesse pleieyng & of tablere,' Alexius, 65/9S5-9. A typical passage
for French romance is, 'Quant Tanfes ot -xv- anz et compliz et passez, | Premiers
aprist a letres tant qu'il en sot assez, | Puis aprist il as tables et a eschas a joier; |
II n'a ome an cest monde qui Ten peust mater. | Bien sot •!• cheval poindre et bien
esperoner, | Et d'escu et de lance sot moult bien beorder,' Parise la Duchesse,
29/964-9. Noteworthy is the absence of book-learning from Horn's curriculum :
perhaps that part of his training had been completed in his earlier years, comp. ' in
qua [Aelfredi] schola, utriusque linguae libri, Latinae scilicet et Saxonicae assidue
legebantur: scriptioni quoque vacabant, ita, ut antetjuam aptas humauis artibus
^•ires haberent, venatoriae scilicet et caeteris artibus quae nobilibus conveniunt, in
liberalibus artibus studiosi et ingeniosi viderentur,' Asser, M. H. B., p. 485.
Anyhow, it ranked in a knight's estimation far below courtly manners, physical
strength and skill in the use of horse and arms. Contrast the passage, Li Romans
de Dolopathos, 1 339-1 479, detailing the education of a king's son as a clerk.
Schultz, Das Hotische Leben, i. pp. 155-180, and Gautier, La Chevalerie,
pp. 130-204, treat the subject at length.

1. 229. mestere, should mean, his craft as steward, but it is probably his know-
ledge in general, his h'sie {}. 235). Comp. ' This child ye take to youre kepiug, | And
help him wel in all thing ; | Of youre craft ye him teche, | To be curtes of dede and
speche,' Generides, 895-S.

1. 230. ■wTide . . . riuere, hunting and hawking. Comp. ' Sy))en was Merian,
fa)T in chere, | He couje of wode & of ryuere,' R. of Brunne, 4005-6 ; ' He cou])e
of chas & of ryuere,' id. 31 35 ; ' Brennes cuCe on hundes ' Brennes cuSe an hauekes,'
Lajamon, 4895, 6 ; ' Et mult sot de chiens et d'oisiax ; | Mult sot de riviere et de
bois,' Wace, Brut, 3740, i. For the variation in O 240, see N. E. D. under _fie/d,
iv. p. 192 ; and with O 241 comp. 544.

no KING HORN.

I. 232. Comp. 1476. Allusions to the use of the nails in playing the harp are
rare in M.E. literature. An undoubted one is, 'For though the beste harpour
upon lyve | Wolde on the beste souned loly harpe | That ever was, with alle his
fingres fyve, | Touche ay o streng, or ay o werbul harpe, | Were his nayles poynted
never so sharpe, | It shulde maken every wight to dulle, | To here his glee, and
of his strokes fulle,' Chaucer, ii. 221/1030-6. In Sir Orfeo, 37, 8, ' Hymself loved
for to harpe | And layde ])ereon his wittes scharpe,' wittes looks like a substitution
for nayles. The O. E. hearptmegel was a plectrum or quill. Perhaps this use of the
nails was specially British ; it is, at any rate, well established for the Welsh, Scotch
and Irish. Vincentio Galileo, in his Dissertation on Ancient and Modern Music,
A.D. 1582, after stating that the harp was brought from Ireland to Italy, continues,
' The harps which these people use are considerably larger than ours, and have
generally the strings of brass and a few of steel for the highest notes, as in the
clavichord. The musicians who perform on it keep the nails of their fingers long,
forming them with care in the shape of the quills which strike the strings of the
spinnet' (quoted from Bunting, in Myvyrian Archaiology of Wales, p. 1240).
O'Curry, On the Manners and Customs of the Ancient Irish, iii p. 365, speaks of
the timpan, ' a kind of fiddle, played with the bow, but with two additional deeper
strings struck with the thumb or thumb-nail.' Bunting, speaking of the harpers
who met at Belfast in 1792, mentions that Hempson (Denis a Hampsy) was the
only one ' who literally played the harp with long crooked nails, as described by
the old writers. In playing he caught the string between the flesh and the nail ;
not like the other harpers of his day, who pulled it by the fleshy part of the finger
alone,' Ancient Music of Ireland, 1840, p. 73. Buchanan tells us that the natives
of the Western Isles ' musica maxime delectantur : sed s>ii generis fidibus : quarum
alijs chorde sunt aenee alijs e neruis factae quas vel vnguibus praelongis, vel
plectris pulsant,' Rerum Scoticarum Historia, ed. 1582, liber primus, f. 9 r.

II. 233, 4. Attendance at the table was an important part of the duties of
a squire. The carving was done on the table opposite the person for whom the
meat was intended. In the French romances the carver is sometimes represented
as kneeling at his task. See also the Babees Book, 325/778, 9. The cupbearer
presented the cup on one knee. Comp. ' And carf biforn his fader at the table,'
Chaucer, iv. 4/100 ; 441/1773 ; ' For he was wonte there to serue | Before the Erie
hys mete to carve,' Guy, 209, 10; ' })e child he made ech day: byfore him ben
In halle,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 369/25 ; ' His name is Tristrem trewe | Bifor him scheres
J)e mes, | ]?e king,' Tristrem, 601-3 and note ; ' Durmars va un cotel saisir | Si
va devant le roi trainchier,' Durmars li Galois, 812, 3 ; ' Et s'est des ore mais
bien tans | Qu'ele ait o li un escuier | Qui sache devant li trenchier,' Jehan et
Blonde, 194-6: and for 1. 234, 'Take the kuppe of golde, sone, | And serve hym
of the wyne,' Emare, 857, 8; 'Sir Cayous the curtaise that of the cowpe seruede,'
Morte Arthure, 209 ; ' Of hys cowpe he seruj'd hym on a day,' Guy, 119 ; ' Of pe
cuppe ye shall serue me,' Ipomydon, 295 ; ' Horn me seruira vi de ma cupe
portant,' HR. 20/463, 471-4; 'et devant tons servy de la coupe,' Fulk Fitz-
Warine, p. ili. Note that the construction with ^is invariable in this phrase.

1. 237. In is a scribe's error due to the initial in of the following line : read
and.

L 245. With understond, receive, comp. * I wille ye haue hym to vndyrstand |
And to teche hym in all manere,' Ipomydon, 46, 47 ; * Hauelok he gladlike
understod,' Havelok, 1760.

1. 243. in herte lajte, seized, grasped in his mind ; a phrase without any

NOTES. Ill

parallel known to me ; but compare the similar, 'dometrie het his fadir : J-at him
to goodnesse taiijte | calston wcl him ondirstood : Jiat he in hertc caujte,' Archiv,
Ixxxii. 32S 5, 6; ' ft'or so kene was his wit: ]iat al he hauej) I-caujt | Jiat eny
mayster in boke : Jierin him haue)) I-taujt,' id. 337/19, 20; 349/49; * Et li enf^s
tout retenoit ; | Ja -iii- foiz oir ne qucist | Chose ke ces mestres deist ; | A une foiz
bicn le savoit,' Dolopathos, 13S4-7. See also 376 note.

11. 245, 6. An uncommon expression, but comp. ' ]>ei shul haue ioye within
& oute I And on vche side aboute,' Cursor T. 23609, 10 ; ' Bojie in house &
wijioule I And ouer al J^e londe aboute,' id. 5933, 4 ; 'Y went in Jiys courte
abowte | Bothe wythj-nne and wythowte,' Guy, 5933, 4; Perceval, 1997, 8.
Similar phrases are seen in ' Pays and grace with ]>e beo : and Ioye ])e mote on
falle I In hour and in halle : in field and in toun also, | In castel no})ur in boure :
ne wor])e fe neuere wo, | In watur and in londe : and in alle stude | God fe
fram harme schilde,' Early S. English Legendary, 474/413-7. O 257 apparently
means, and in every direction around.

1. 247 ft". Comp. for the general sense, ' Beues was ))er jer and oJ)er, | pe king
him louede also his broJ)er, | And pe maide, fat was so slij : | So dede eueri man
J)at him si;.' Beues, 27/577-80; Guy, 125, 6; Emare, 739-4T ; Amis, 197, S.

1. 249. doster, for dohter: so miste for vii^te, 1. \o, plist lor plilit, 1. 410. This
orthographic peculiarity occurs frequently in MSS. of the thirteenth century.
Thus La;amon, MS. Otho, has driste-^drihte, 4 (see vol. iii. p. 437 for further
examples) ; Floris and Blauncheflur, in the same Cambridge MS. as KH, rist =
rijt, 663. The Five Joys (Reliq. Antiq. , i. pp. 48, 9) employs st everywhere:
the Trinity College, Cambridge, MS. of the Proverbs of Alfred (Reliq. Antiq.,
i. p. 170") contains many instances of its use. As the same word is often, in the
same MS., spelt now with st now with ht, jt (comp. mijte, 8), the peculiar
spelling does not represent a difference of pronunciation. Lumby's opinion (pref.
p. ix) that the interchange is ' a conclusive proof of a similarity in sound between
the two letters,' is untenable. Ellis (E. E. Pronunciation, pp. 464, 5) cites one
small piece of evidence which, at first sight, seems to tell in its favour. A 'very
suspicious couplet of a poem full of bad spelling ' gives nyjt apparently rhyming
with irysi (Fr. triste). He refuses to found a theory on a single instance of such
small authority, and takes the combination for an assonance. The interchange of
st with /// and ^t is a purely graphic variation, well explained by F. Holthausen
in Archiv, Ixxxviii. p. 371. In French s before t began to degenerate from its
original sound by the twelfth century. It passed to total loss in that position
through an intermediate x sound, very like the sound of English h, j, gh, before t.
(Comp. the statement in Orthographia Gallica, ed. Stiirzinger, p. 8, ' Et quant s
est joynt [a la t'] ele avera le soun de h come est,plest serront sonez eght, pleght^')
But the symbol st continued to be used for the altered sound, and a scribe
accustomed to write French would naturally employ it to express the same sound
in English. It is just possible that the writer of the couplet mentioned above
pronounced tryst as tryght by analogy : the retention of the s in this word is due
to learned influence. For another view, see Forster, Zur Geschichte der Engl.
Gaumenlaute, Anglia, ^^i. Anzeiger, pp. 66, 68 ff., and Sarrazin, Engl. Studien,
xxii. p. 331. The variations cniht, atipt ; mihte, viipte are on a quite different
footing; they represent real differences of pronunciation, see Ellis, p. 477.

1. 250. The meaning of L 256 is plain ; it gives the ordinary phrase. Comp.
' So michel sche was in Ws J)ou;t, | \2X neve he was to dej) y broujt,* Guy A.
24?) 6; 'Sho is mikel in mi ])outh,' Havelok, 122 ; 'She was so moche yn hys

112 KING HORN.

])oghte 1 Had he here, he ronjhte of noghete,' Handlyng Synne, 209, 10 : variations
are seen in, ' Hauelok was bifore nbbe browth, | })at hauede for him ful mikel
J)outh,' Havelok, 2052, 3 ; ' But on his squyer was all his thought,' Squyr of L. D.
338 ; Amis, 243 ; ' So moche on hym sche thoght,' Octavian, 128/1086 ; ' & faire
so his figure • is festened in mi pout,' W. of Palerne, 24/447. Wissmaun follows
Matzner in referring he of O 261 and C 250 to Rimenhild. That seems the right
view of the former place, and Wissmann's illustration, ' for my leof icham in grete
Jjohte,' Boddeker, 179/7, is a pertinent parallel. But C 250 may very well mean,
he was more in her mind than any other. The passage has been imitated in
Amis, 472-80, 'On sir Amis, Jiat gentil knijt | Ywis hir loue was al ali3t | j?at
no man mist it kijje : | Wher ])at sche seije him ride or go | Hir ]iou5t hir hert brae
atvo I f>at hye no spac noujt wij) ])at bli])e ; | For hye no mi3t nist no day [ Speke
wij) him, J?at fair may, | Sche wepe wel mani a sij^e.'

I. 252. Comp. 296 note.

II. 255, 6. See 893, 4 note.

1. 257. opere is to be omitted. In O 269 the scribe has replaced some unfamiliar
word, like vnride, enormous, by so ?neche. With 1. 258 comp. ' sche was day and
nyght in grete thoght how sche myght fynd an way, with hir worschipp, to speke
with hym, — for drede myche of speche of menu,' Ponthus, 13/7-9.

1. 260. For omission of subject, see 1268 note.

1. 261. sore59 . . . pine. Same combination in, 'Ofte heo haefde seorwe &
pine,' Lajamon, 2515; 'And every wurde wyj) sorow and pyne,' Handlyng Synne,
4476; 'And ofte in sorwe and pine ligge,' Havelok, 1374. Similar phrases are,
' \Mthe sorwe and eke withe sore,' Shoreham, p. i ; ' sorwen & kare,' La5amon,
6017; 'sorow & site,' Langtoft, p. 5 ; ' michel sorwe and michel tene,' Havelok,
729 ; ' J)er was sorwe & deol ynou,' R. of Gloucester B, 2357 ; in all these the pairs
of words are synonyms.

1. 265. See 933. For 1. 266, see note on 338.

O 278. The beginning of this line is probably due to O 2S4. be is, of course,
a slip of the scribe for bed.

O 282. ysoude is apparently meant for the name of the messenger. The
divergence from the other versions in O 283 is noteworthy ; the meaning is that
his reward for coming would be great. Comp. ' saueie sil uient lui ert guere-
dunee,' HR. 23/501.

I. 274. noping, not at all. For this adverbial use, comp. 1150, and ' J)at no
bic5 he for pan watere J naSSing idracched,' Lajamon, 22048, 9 ; ' Mit thicke boje
nothing blete,' Owl and Nightingale, 616. ' BliJ)e purhalle ping,' Lajamon, 14943,
has the contrary meaning. For 1. 275 see 115 note.

II. 277-80. The construction of these lines is by no means clear. Matzner takes
ahiite as a preposition governing the infinitive for to bringe, with the sense, ' with
reference to bringing young Horn to the bower,' and makes the phrase depend on
J>ojie of 1. 277 or of 1. 281. But this construction of the prepositional infinitive as
a noun with preposition is, so far as I know, without parallel ; later imitations
of French in books translated from that language are not to the point. Perhaps
the meaning is. It seemed to him a great marvel what R. felt (desired, L ; aimed
at, O) with regard to young Horn to cause her to bring him to bower. A good
sense would be obtained by a slight rearrangement, Abute for to bringe | To bure
Horn pe jinge : abate would then mean, in her planning, designing. Comp. ' Satan
is 5eorne abuten uorto ridlen fe ut of mine corne,' Ancren Riwle, p. 234; ' Euer
thu were abuten | us bo for to spille,' Religious Songs, p. 74 ; and see Minot,

NOTES. 113

i. 30, note, for further illustrations of this use. For Jjo^te . . . pu5te see
494 note.

1. 281. vpon his mode, in his mind. Upon is noteworthy, comp. 1097 for a
similar use. Fur the usual prepositions comp. ' Sanne Oogte eue on hire mod,'
Genesis and Ex. 333 ; ' he j'oujte Jius in his mode | }),it I him sle hit is not gode,'
Cursor T. 7631, 2 ; ' An thojte jome on hire mode,' Owl and Nightingale, 661 ;
' Than sail yow fele in youre moode | Where such Japes may do yow goode,'
Partonope of Blois, 5575, 6; Legends of the Rood, 117/319, 20; Ipomadon,
8023; ' ])a com hit to mode J Ebrauc })on gode,' Lajamon, 2654, 5. With 282
comp. 'him ))ou5t it nas for non gode,' St. Patrick's Purgatory, K. Stud., i. p. 104.

1. 284. broper. O 295. wedbroper. Comp. ' send after mine sune Octa | &
aefter enne o?er' Ebissa, his wed-bro5cr,' La;amon, 14467-9; 'J?ey swoor hem
weddyd bre))cn,'n for euer mare, | In trew];e trewely dede hem bynde,' Athelston.
23, 4, with note on 1. 10. Athulf is his ' sworn' brother, his pledged brother,
' his fere,' 743, 1349, ' fclawe,' 996. The relation between them is like that of
Amis and Amiloun (' tant s'entreamerent durement | Ke freres se firent par ser-
ment,' Amis e Amiloun, 17, 8), of Guy and Tyrry (Guy of Warwick, 4698 ff.), of
Roland and Oliver, of Garnier de Nanteuil and Berengier (Aye d' Avignon, 24\
of Boves and Gui ('juran si companhia, Ihi bauzo sus el mento | Can si foron
juratz amdoy li companho,' Daurel et Befon, 11. 28, 9), and of many others. For
historical instances of these associations, see Du Cange, Dissertations sur I'histoire
de S. Louy?, no. xxi.

I. 287. speke . . . stille. Comp. 310; 999, 1000. and 'The Erie spake to
Gye stylle | Gye, he seyde, take all \y wylle, ' Guy, 453, 4; 'whan ayfier herd
ojieres wille | And speken J)erof to gedre stille,' Alexius, 26/157, ^5 ' H^ 5ong
mon answerid : wit speche wel stille | ^^'it ]^e T wille be leue : & be at J)y wille,'
Horst, A. L. 134 '761. 2 ; 'Oft heo stilleliche spaekeS ? and spilieS mid runen,'
Lajamon, 14101, 2, 3515, 27236, 7; ' WiJ) |^e porter J)ai speke stille,' Reinbroun,
9/1; ' Jhesu crist seyde )?o : wit wordus swy])e stille,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 313/67;
'The kyng answerd with wordes still,' Seege of Troye, Archiv, Ixxii. 21/369.
The word in this connexion wavers between, privately or secretly, and, quietly
or gently.

II. 291, 2. Comp. ' saere we adrcdeS ? J)at heo him misraeden,' Lajamon,

13I29> 30.

I. 293. Comp. ' Haderof apela • sil ad od lui mene. | A la chambre Rigmel • main
amain sunt ale,' HR. 34/795, 6.

I. 295, 6. See 252, 300, and 948. L avoids the expression everj'where but here.
Comp. ' his monk was waxen to wyld,' Horst., S. A. L. 38 '221 : but '..vild is regu-
larly accompanied by a qualifying phrase, as in, ' In hir hert she waxed wild | And
than she thoght she wold assay | To gete his loue if she may,' Generides, 1072-4 ;
' Whon J)e jonge in bote blood | Bigonne to waxe wylde of mod,' Horst., S. A. L.
5/86, 7 ; ' and waxep forj) wi)) wylde blood,' id. 79/1031 ; ' Man or womman )>at
haj) a chylde | J)at wyj; vn})ewys wexy]) wylde,' Handlyng Synne, 4851, 2 ; ' The
emperowre was wylde of redd,' Bone Florence, 35. Comp. also, ' Opon ])at
mayden he wax al mad,' R. of Brunne, 7604. If O 307 be not a scribe's mistake,
it may be intended to mean. It was not Athulf that R. loved.

1. 299. on bedde. The bed quite regularly served as a seat. See Wright,
Homes of Other Days, pp. 272, 3, and comp. ' In at pe dore sho him led j & did
him sit opon hir bed,' Ywain, 749, 50 ; 'To her chamber she hym lad | And sett
Beues on her bed,' Beues M. S58, 9; Torrent, 1361, 2; Eglamour, 674; HC.

I

114 KING HORN.

370, I ; ' El le prist par la main • cuntie lui se dresca | luste lui sur sun lit • a seeir
le roua,' HR. 22/533, 4. See also 401 note.

11. 303-8. Comp. 407-10 ; Beues A. 1089-1104; Amis, 571-88.

11. 305, 6. Comp. ' & ])u wnlle me an bond plihten,' La5amon, 13071 ; and for
other prepositions, ' " Sir," he seyd, " bi treujie mine | f>at ich haue pli5t in bond
J)ine,"' Guy A. 4687, 8 ; ' & swor bi bis bonden,' Lajamon, 13165 ; 'plihten mid
honden,' id. 6572 : at 1. 2251, where MS. C. has '& he heo haefde i bond faest,'
O. gives, 'and be hire bafde treou])e i-plipt.' her rijte, on the spot, immediately,
like 'Jienne sayde ])e kyng anon ryjt,' Atbelston, 555; ' wel rijte,' 381, 1298; ' al
rijt,' 699 ; ' ari5te,' 457 ; at 1332 one is tempted to read, ker rijte, iov,J)e rijte.

11. 307, 8. LO have the usual phrase to spouse welde ; comp. L 426, O 444;
' Ganbardine treu])e pli3t | Brengwain to wine weld,' Tristrem, 3134, 5. But
C 308 presents no real difficulty, And I plight my troth to possess thee as my
lord. Comp. 901, 2. For the prepositional infinitive to wohie preceded by the simple
'holde, see 1272 note.

I. 310. As quietly (or secretly) as might be. For so . . . so, comp. 406, O 420,
O 602 ; for the shade of meaning expressed by the subj. were, 398, L 1492 ;
another use is seen in 297.

II. 313, 4. The same rhymes are seen in ' was he no fend ilyche | But as a mon
feir and riche,' Vernon MS. i. 330/29, 30, and at 339, 40. fairer is an error for

fair, due to 1. 315.

11. 315, 6. A phrase apparently without parallel. Miitzner thinks the place
corrupt, and, following O, suggests, Fairer hondred sijje. It is however quite right
in LC : it means that Horn's beauty exceeds that of any other man as woman's
beauty generally exceeds that of man. Comp. ' Mulier praefertur viro, scilicet :
Materia: Quia Adam factus de limo terrae, Eva de costa Ade,' MS. Gg. i. i,
Univ. Libr. Camb., quoted in Romania, vi. p. 501., xv. p. 321 ; ' Now is beere a
skile wbi to asken weore whi ))at wymmen ben feirore ))en men bi kuyiide ; berto
wol I onswere : for wommon was maad in paradis of Adames ribbe, and mon was
maad of eorJ)e & of foul fen ; ))erfore is wommones fel cleror ))en monnes,' Ilorst.,
S. A. L. pp. 221, 2. The scribe of O, not understanding the allusion, has altered
the phrase after the analogy of such expressions as ' goodly under gore,' ' under
wede,' &c.

1. 317. vnder Molde. Comp. ' He had leuyr then all hys golde | That he had
been vndur ])e molde,' Bone Florence, 1945, 6; '& doluen depe vnder mold-
mani day se})t"e,' W. of Palerne, 4210; Early Popular Poetry, i. 138/86; ' Als sone
als he was laid in molde,' Ywain, 2749; ' O lajar ded laid under lam,' Cursor C.
193. See 1249-52.

I. 3r9. Comp. ' Never more his life wile | Thau he were an hondred mile | Bi-
5ende Rome,' Dame Siriz, Miitzner, A. S. i. 107/103-5.

II. 323-6. Repeated with slight variations at 707-10. For J>eof, scoundrel,
comp. 'J)at wike treitour, J)at fule ))ef,' Beues A. 480; 'A ^'efis kinde, agenes
lage,' Genesis and E., 538 ; ' Goth henne swije, fule j^eues,' Havelok, 1 780 ; Robert
of Gloucester, 6339. The variant in L 334, by shoiire, in abundance, is a rare
expression, but comp. 'Fulle bro))ely & brim he kept vp a trencheour | & kast
it at Statin, did him a schamfulle schoure | His nese & his ine he carfe at mis-
auentoure,' Langtoft, p. i65; ' Full swith redy seruis • fand l^ai }are a schowre,'
Minot, ix. 43, and note.

O 340. Comp. O 159, 60. Ii 335, 6 is awkward but defensible; to vnder-
fonge and to honge being subjects to mote, 1. 334, just as shame is. O 342 is cor-

NOTES. 1 15

rupt : indeed all three MSS. just about this place present difficulties such as might
arise from lame attempts to mend nn imjierfect or illegible original. O 344 is
probably for ' lie is fayrest o Hue,' comp. ' pe fairest )>ing that is oliuc,' Ilavelok,
3S65 ; though 0/ Hue, alive, need not be altered, since we find even of Hues, ' If
hise breNere of lines ben,' Genesis and E. 2S34. C 331, a may have originally
run, Horn is fairer I'ane he | Euele mote J)U J)e. }7e was suggested by VVissmann.

1. 333. in a stunde, in a (little) while. Comp. ' So J)at he was al to ranced •
pecemele in a slounde,' R. of CHoucester, 524. But the phrase with this meaning
has almost always litcl, as O 654, IJ636, L 895 ; 'So J)at in a lute stounde • godc
cornes horn grewe,' K. of Gloucester, 493 ; ' pat ))ei wore on a litel stunde | Grethet,
als men mithe telle a pund,' Havelok, 2614, 5 ; 'Sone wi]) inne a lite stounde,'
Heues, 60/1258 ; HC. 187, 211. Lajamon has both ' bi on lutel stunde,' and ' bi
an stunde,' 1 1969, 28160. L and O have the better reading a stounde, for a (little)
while; see 774, 1159, 1279, ^"^ comp. 'An stounde he gan abide • & is knistes
rede,' R. of Gloucester, 7422; 'pat makej) ))at pe fondement • ne stont none
stounde,' id. 2769. 'In none stunde,' 167, if correct, must mean, at no time, but
the place is corrupt, and the scribe was probably thinking of the phrase ' in none
stude.' ' In sely stounde,' in happy hour, occurs, The Pearl, 658 ; ' a ( = on) lutle
stunde,' Owl and Nightingale, Soo.

!• 338. to honde, comp. 265,6. The expression means, into the hands or pre-
sence of the person put in the dative case. Comp. ' J?an com J)aa thre men him to
hand,' Cursor C. 19S93. ' To be vpon hand,' L 817, is said of something which
has to be dealt with, comp. ' An elde a wif he tok an honde,' Beues A. 25 ; 'He
wyll me brynge warre on honde,' Guy, 944, 1407, 8 ; ' J?o was ther great merveile
on honde,' Gower, i. p. 151 ; ' Fader, what harm es J)e on hand,' Legends of the Rood,
62/13. An example which shows both uses is, ' Jewes heden thi sone an honde ]
Judas soldim hem to honde,' Matzner, Sprachproben, i. 52/28, 9. ' On hys honde,'
O 1340 ; ' in hys honde,' O 547, mean, along with him, in his company : comp.
' Take fi wif now in J)i hand,' Cursor C. 947, 2364 ; ' To brynge Gye in my hande |
Vf that he were lyueande,' Guy, 9025, 6 ; ' The God of Love, lolyf and light, j
Ladde on his honde a lady bright,' Rom. of the Rose, 1003, 4 ; 11 29.

1. 340. his iliche. See 1. 18, note, and comp. for the rhymes, ' That castle was
strong and rjxhe | In the world was non it lyche,' Richard, 5899, 900.

1. 347. wiputen oJ>e, assuredly, beyond doubt : perhaps the commonest of the
many M.E. formulae used to strengthen a statement. Comp. ' " 5ea," qua]) Richard,
" withouten o)< i y knowe him wel to wisse," ' Ferumbras, i 20 ; ' And wij) Jie pore
monnes cloJ)us | He clojiud him self, wiJ) outen oJ)us,' Horst., A. L. 225/749, 50;
Richard, 4259, 60; 'wi))outen ojies yswome,' Alexius, 46/573; ' wyth outyn othe
to swere,' Ipomadon, 7964 ; ' wythowte othynge,' Guy, 6787. Other words used
in the same way as o}e, mostly in rhyme, are asoyne, Eng. Studien, xiii. 150/6050,
e/isozne, Beues A. 2569 ; mce, Cursor T. 19427 ; Mde, Cursor, 5609 ; blavie, Horst.,
S. A. L. 13S/1117; host, Eng. Stud., ix. 46/235; <-ar^, Guy, 8138 ; conquest, Langtoft,
p. no ; crave , \xc^\\ , Ixxix. 439/418 ; crede, Shoreham, p. 145 ; ci-ye, id. p. 143 ;
dejaivte, Guy, 4006; dene, Songs and Carols, p. 26; destaunce, Horst., S. A. L.
128/347; distresse, Babees Book, 312/424 ; diswere, id. 313/436 ; dowte, Guy,
3996; drede, id. 5739, dredys, id. 11 102; divelle, Horst., S. A. L. 1 34/542;
fahull, Guy, 3254; fame, id. io8;/a;'/e:, id. 593 ; /aj'/j'j, Babees Book, 10/17;
feyne, Guy, 3273; feyning, Generydes, 378; gabbe, Guy A. 4184; gyle, Babees
Book, 312/432; hete, Gregorius, 303 ; hon. Cursor C. 19141; hope, Cursor T.
2097; ? hornnes, Archiv, Ixxiv. 333/443 ; lakke, Babees Book, 15/S6 ; les, Horst.,

I 2

Il6 KING HORN.

S. A. L. 136/1000; lesyng, id. 136/995 ; let, Richard, 404; lye, Horst., S. A. L.
129/384; mys, id. 135/885; naye, Archiv, Ixxiv. 328/50; rage, Horst., S. A. L.
iZl^lh'^ ^konie {sho7-ne), Babees Book, 316/525; strif, 407; Generides, 7649,
Minot, iii. 4, note ; siiike, Cursor C. 2097; thotijt, Babees Hook, 325/789 ; traytte,
Trentalle S. Gregorii, 37/117; wene, Perceval, 2230; were, Cursor F. 20043;
wrake, Gregorlegende, 182 ; unast, Babees Book, 300/26.

1. 348. See 1216, 7, and comp. '56 us habbeS ofle imaked wraS,' Lajamon,
12481 ; ' 5ef })e wantit met and clo])e | Hou J)ou nout to mac fe wrothe,' Anglia,
iv. 184/15 ; ' Bot fori wil noght mak 5o\v wrath, | Yowre cumandment I sal fulfill,'
Ywain, 136, 7; ' bot if god him helpe : wel wro)) men {lenkeji him dyjte,' Archiv,
Ixxxii. 370/46; Ferumbras, 1033. I" ^^^ these places the context requires for
wroth rather a passive sense of grieved, vexed, distressed, than the active wrathful,
and the analogy of anger and angry, which originally meant, distress and distressed,
is in favour of it. The same passive sense is required for ivode in O 921. For the
ordinary use of the words, comp. ' Suan })e due of denemarch • \o he hurde of })is
cas I Mad him wroth and wod ynou,' R. of Gloucester, 5978, 9.

!!• 3.53j 4- lyiine. C has, I think, preserved the original reading ; comp. ' pi
tale nu fu lynne,' 311. The word is used absolutely of being silent in the Surtees
Psalter, xxxi. 3, 'For -I- Man, mine banes elded ai ' ( = 'quoniam tacui, invetera-
verunt ossa mea,' of the Vulgate). 5ef he cupe, if she knew how, as she well
could, though little more than a cheville, goes better with lynne than with the
variants. For the phrase, comp. ' Spell yeit i wald spek, if I cuth, | War ani
mirthes in mi muth,' Cursor C. 23945, 6; ' Knowe it, jiue je can,' Tristrem,
725 ; ' Jhesu as best • pat bar J)e belle | Wold wite • riht a non | jif he cou])e • o
J)ing telle,' Horst., A. L. 213/109-11. A similar phrase is seen in ' I wald
noght spare for to speke • wist I to spede,' Minot, x. 1.

L 362. See note on 131. For the corresponding line in C, see 115 note, and
add, ' For wel is him alyue : J)at ha]) wele after wo,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 372/178.

I. 360. This line should come before 359 : the other texts have the right order.
Wissmann quotes Richard, 909-12, 'And aftyr soper, in the evenyng, | To my
chaumbyr thou hym bryng, | In the atyr of a squyer : | Myselff thenne schal kepe
hym ther ' ; and (Studien, p. 356) suggests that Horn does not bear the title of
squire since he is to come to Rimenhild in the guise of one. The passage quoted
is not a parallel : Richard of England, a knight, is a prisoner of the king of Almayn,
and is brought to the chamber of the king's daughter in a squire's dress because it
would not attract attention. Our passage means. Send Horn the squire after he
has served at the king's mid-day dinner, ostensibly on an errand for you such as
squires are often entrusted with ; no one will see anything strange or suspicious in
his coming. For wise comp. ' Gij him dijt in a queynlise, \ & com to Paul in
squier wise,' Guy A. 6103, 4; 'An almes monnes wisen,' Lajamon, 19641 ; 'And
made, on a sarsynes wyse, | To Jubiter, sacrifise,' Alisaunder, 1561, 2 ; ' Quant Brun
de la Montaigne ot le pie en I'estrier, | II monta sus la selle a loy d'un escuier,'
Brun de la M. 3313, 4. aryse, rise from table, ' Demain uus amerrai • coe quavez
demaunde \ Apres coe que mis sires • li reis auera mange,' HR. 28/651, 2.
11. 361, 2 are a rather pointless addition ; the king's hunting is done in the morning,
11. 645, 6.

O 373, 4- These lines must be rejected, as interrupting Rimenhild's speech;
they are probably an anticipation of 379, 80. For pat, L 368, see 124 note; for
the phrase, 463, 4 note.

II. 365, 6. L has the best reading here : recchecche is a lapse for recche the.

NOTES. TT7

!'• 3'^9' ro- See 234, 1105, d. Comp. '& heo gon scenchen^ on ).as kinges
benche,' Lajamoii, 14962, 3; 'per he sact mid his scenche : an his kine-beiichc,'
id. 9692, 3; 'swilche hit were of wine scenche,' id. 3529 ; ' je pat werietJ riche
schrud I and sitteiS on oure benche | J)ah me kneoli ou bi uore | and mid win
schenche,' O. E. Miscellany, 168/3-6 ; ' He made ther under a grene bench | And
drank ther under mani a sscench,' S. Sages, 561, 2 ; ' No sire ne be J)e day so long •
)ie wule hii sitte]) abenche • | & som of \>e nijt nimej) pev to • f-e drinke vor to
ssenche,' R. of Gloucester, 2525, 6 ; ' He was up take of gentil men | And y set
on hyghe benche, | Wyn and pyment gan they schenche,' Alisaunder, 7579-81.
O 3S3. 4 fits ill here; it is in its right place at 1107, 8, where the right reading
in sale occurs for stale ; an error due to association with the expression stale ale,
i.e. old ale: comp. \Vright-\Vulker, Vocabularies, 659/12, sernicia deficata, K.'^
stale ale ; ' And notemuge to putte in ale, | Whether it be moyste ( = fresh) or stale,'
Chaucer, iv. 191/1953, 4.

1. 371. hende. Comp. ' Horn hende in halle,' HC. 381.

1. 373. after mete. The phrase gave rise to a noun after-7nete (not in N.E.D.)
like afternoon (of which it is a synonym), after-dinner, after-supper: comp. 'And
gedered to gtdre alle J)e grete | Of Jiat citee on an aftur mete,' Horst., S. A. L.

17/549, 50-

1. 376. In herte . . holde, apparently means, suppress, give no utterance to.
Comp. ' In hert stille helde his modir ay | Al J)at she herde him do or say,'
Cursor T. 1 2641, 2 ; =' Et mater eius conservabat omnia verba haec in corde suo,*
Lucie ii. 51). So also, ' Gye hyt on hys harte layde | And wolde hym not t'erof
vpbrayde,' Guy, 3221, 2, where the Auchinleck version has, 'Ac no semblaunt
ferof he no made, | No no ping to him seyde,' 3389, 90. in herte leide, 1. 379,
seems however to mean merely, took note of, took to heart. For another shade
of meaning, comp. ' For ))ai er swa wilde, when \z\ haf quert, ])at na drede J)ai
can hald in hert,' Hampole, Pricke of Conscience, 10/326, 7; ' Abram helde |;is
worde in J)05t,' Cursor F. 2575. For the chcville, ' In herte is noste for to layne,'
Perceval, 143, see Kolbing's note on Tristrem, 166. R. of Brunne has, ' Men in
hert it kast, J)at were of gode avis, | It myght not long last suilk werre & partis,'
p. 225, with the sense, reflected on it, concluded. For "Wordes supe bolde, see
90 note. Horn is to speak humbly of himself, as he does, 11. 419-24. In L 380 pin
is a scribe's mistake for in, due to such a phrase as in 434, O 454.

^- 377) 8. Comp. ' And ich founde })e f us trewe, | Jjou no schust it never rewe,'
Orfeo, 568, 9 ; ' no seal hit eou reouwe nauere,' Lajamon, 32149.

I. 382. brijte. Comp. 14, 390, O 747, L 918, 1429. The phrases which
characterize Rimenhild are few and commonplace : ' pe 5ynge,' L 447 ; ' pat
swete ])ing,' 443 ; ' ))at feyre may,' L 955. The French version is more detailed
and varied, comp. ' Rigmel . . . od le uis colure | Nout taunt bele pur ueir • en
la crestiente i Fille esteit dan hunlaf • al bon rei corune | Rigmel lille iert le
rei • danzele de grant pris | Gent aueit mut le cors • e culore le uis | Nout nule
taunt uaillant • en seisaunte pais,' HR. 16/405-10.

II. 383, 4. See 779, 80 note.

1^- 385, 6. ' De la belte de horn tute la chambre resplent | Tut quident ke
CO fast angelin auenement,' HR. 47/1053, 4. Comp. what is said of Olympias,
' Of theo brj-ghtnes of hire face, | Al aboute schon thes place,' Alisaunder, 281, 2 ;
of an angel, ' for al )je cwarteme, of his cume | leitede o leie,' S. Katherine, 671, 2 ;
' Sche was so fayr and so bryjt, | The chambur of her schon ly;t,' Trentalle
S. Gregorii, 48/169, 70; Emare, 439, 40. Sometimes the hair gleams, 'cuius

Il8 KING HORN.

eciam insignem candore cesariem tantus come decor asperserat, ut argenteo crine
nitere putaretur,' Saxo Giammaticus, 228/9-11. Fairies are similarly resplendent,
' si que nos quidames que ce fust une fee, et que tos cis bos en esclarci,' Aucassin,
26/32, 3- A bright light, ' so it were a blase of fir ' (1. 1255), issues from the moiTth
of the sleeping Havelok, a token of future greatness.

1. 387. spac . . speche. Comp. 170, 1368. faire. Other epithets are loueliche,
454, 580, and motirninde, L 578.

1. 388. dorte. Matzner after Lumby's suggestion corrects this into dorsfe, which
does not give a good sense. It is more probably ior parte, past oi }>urfen\ forms
with ^instead of/ are occasionally met with \njiarf\ comp. 'Ne dar he seche non
oJ)er leche | J)at mai riht of })is water cleche,' Vernon MS. i. 373/733- For porte,
needed, comp. ' Ne forte he nevre ful iwis | Wilne more of paradis,' Floris, 186/663,
4 ; ' Ne thorte us have frijt ne fer that God ne wolde his blisse us sent,' Debate
between Body and Soul, Mapes, p. 338 (from MS. Laud, loS). par, O 400, is
a regular form = )>arf : durp, L 390, seems a mistake for purte or durte. Tiie
meaning is, No man needed (needs) to teach him.

1. 389. A form of address for which I can bring no parallel : see 1. 627. For
sitte softe, comp. O 945 ; ' Vpo lofte | pe deuel may sitte softe,' Boddeker,
107/26, 7 ; * And if ))ou be in place where good ale is on lofte, | Whe|)er l^at J)ou
serue J)erof, or Jiat Jiou sitte softe,' Babees Book, 39/74, 5 ; ' and sette hym softe
\2X he noght syle,' York Plays, 144/196; 'per he laei softe,' Lajamon, 4004 ;
' Harde migte he ligge adoim : and harde sitte also,' Beket, 1481. The rhyme
may be restored in 390 by reading, Rymenhild on lofte ; comp. 904.

L 394. pyne yfere. The text gives a fair sense, who sit [as] your com-
panions ; but it is possibly a scribe's error for in yfere, in company.

1. 393. vre. For the possessive adjective placed after its noun, comp. 539 and 'for
to worsschipen louerd oure,' E. Studien, viii. 452/393 ; ' \o\x chast ous, lord, wi))
wordes fine,' id. ix. 49/21. The Surtees Psalter abounds with examples. See also
Matzner, E. Grammatik, iii^. p. 589. For the postponed numeral, see 37, 49, 391,
489, 760; adjective, 38, 561, 746, 1171, 1257, 1319 ; pronoun, L 163, O 165, 328,
9; preposition, 267, 532, 853, 1426. All these, except the pronouns, are in rhyme.
1. 398. For were, see 310, and comp. ' Whar-of hit were, noting he nuste,'
Vernon MS. i. 9/301.

1. 401. pelle, the rich cloth covering the bed, comp. ' fJat leuedi fer sche lay in
bed, I J7at richeliche was bi-schred | Wifgold & purpel palle,' K. of Tars A. 781-3,
V. 358 ; ' on bedde . . . fat comelich was isprad wij) palle,' Gregorius, 523 ; ' wes
fat kinewurfie bed 2 al mid palle ouer braed,' La5amon, 19044, 5 ; ' Sil asist sur
sun lit • dunt la coilte est chiere | Dun paile alixandrin • bon en fu li oueriere,'
HR. 36/814, 5, 48/1098, 9. See also 299 note.
1. 402. See 1155 note.

1. 403. C has a superfluous him here and at 1063. For illustrations of the phrase,
see Zupitza's note to Athelston, 120, where references are also given to collections
of the adjectives which go with chere.

1. 404. Comp. 743, 4 ; ' The kyng toke him aboute the neke and kyssed hym,'
Ponthus, 22/24. There is clearly a lacuna after 1. 406 in C, for 11. 407, 8 are much
too abrupt for the beginning of Rimenhild's speech. It is noteworthy that the last
three words of O 419 are the same as the first three of C 407 : probably the copyist
of C began 1. 407 wrongly, and then, rather than make a correction, tacked on his
false beginning to the next line that would go with it, and spoiled the metre of 1. 408
in adapting it.

NOTES. TI9

O 420. See 84 note.

O 421. ' Evening and morning,' that is, at all times. Comp. 'And seruc Jie,
sire, at J>i wille, | Erli and late, loud and stille, | A morwe and eke an eue,' K. of
Tars V. 460-2 ; ' pou Iceuest not riht a-fyn | On Aslrot ne on Jouyn, | On morwe
nc on eue,' id. 553-5 ; ' ffor oure dej) ne may be so le})er : an eucn & ek amorwe,'
Archiv, Ixxxii. 345/99 ; ' aniorwc & ek an eue,' id. 347/71 ; Chaucer, ill. 62/2 106 ;
' Nou her-on thcnche, man, day and ny3t, | An even and a morwe,' Shorcham,
p. 32 ; ' Four & tuenti wynter lasted ])is sorow, | If he had pes at euen, he had
non at morow.' I.angtoft, p. 40.

O 425. If this sorrow continue for me. With O 427, 8 comp. 'A king fai
mosten haue svvi))e, | Al her sorwe for to lij)e,' Arthour, 10/241, 2, and for the same
rhyme, ' The saut com so thikke and swithe, ] That no weryng ne myghte heom
lithe,' Alisaunder, 2797, 8.

1. 407. wipute strif. See 347 note,

I. 410. For plist, see 249 note ; for the phrase, comp. 305 note, 672, 674.

II. 411, 2. This is a favourite formula with Lajanion; ' Dunwale him bi-J)ohte:
wat he done mihte,' 4176, 7; 1036,7; ' Tennancius hine bi-CoSte i hu he faren
mihte,' id. 9000, i ; ' J)er-vore he hine bi-])Ouhte • hw he don myhte,' O. E. Miscellany,
56/683.

1. 413. See 183 note.

1. 416. Wher ... in londe, wherever in the world; 'in londe fer no nere,'
L. 966, comes near it in meaning. Comp. ' He wil ye take an husbond | Where so
ye wil in ony lond,' Generides, S3S7, 8 ; ' To longe y lyue in londe,' Ferumbras,
2793 ; ' Use blithe myjten hy be | That folwede Cryst in londe,' Shoreham, p. 19 ;
'And be thou siker that mannes lyf | Is rijt a knijthod ine londe,' id. p. 13.
Generally it is little more than a cheville, as in ' He was ful wise, y say, | f>at first
5aue 5ift in land,' Tristrem, 626, 7 ; in Lajamon and elsewhere on dtcjeSe, onfolke,
on work are used in the same indefinite way, as Madden points out, vol. iii. p. 437.
Similar is ' So fayre on ere}) clade,' O 176 ; 'of body so gentille was non in erth
wrouht,' Langtoft, p. 30.

1. 418. See 670 note.

I. 419. icome of pralle, see 176 note. Horn's statement that he is the son ol
a thrall is dictated by caution and the desire not to compromise his master Athelbrus,
who has told him to be careful and true to him (375-So). He keeps up the fiction
by speaking oihisfralkod, 439; in other circumstances he declares, 'kyng wes mi
fader of kenne,' L 1276, and he has already told the king Aylmar that he and his
companions are come of a good stock and even of king's blood (176-8). W'iss-
mann's remark that Horn, as a stranger cast on the coast, was in strict law the
king's property, seems to me to have no bearing on this place. No doubt he is
the king's chattel, but he does not say so. He excuses himself as low-born and
owing all he is to the king. In the French version he is more exact : ' Pouere sui
orphanin • nai de terre plein gant | Ici vine par werec • cum chaitif esgarant |
Vostre perre mad fait • nurrir par sun comant | Cil len rende les grez • ki le mund
fud formant | la ne li mesferai • taunt cum serai parlant | Nafiert a uostre oes •
home de pouere semblant | \'us auerez un haut rei • si iert plus auenant,' HR.
48/1 1 12-8.

II. 421, 2. Nor would it become (befit) thee in respect of rank to be bound to
me as a wife. For this use oi fallen = convenire, comp. 'Swete sire qua)) Seyii
Juliane^ it ne ualle}) no5t to me | Bote pou were mon of more powers to be
ispoused to ))e,' Juliana, 81/9, 10 ; ' For it falles to a mihty king, [ That messager

I20 KING HORN.

word of him bring,' Metrical Homilies, p. 1 1 ; 'at J'e first ] ei kiste, as frendes felle
to be,' Langtoft, p. 86; 'And graunte me soche beryng, | So fallith for a k}Tig,'
Alisaunder, 4624, 5. The use of the past subjunctive here is noteworthy. The
reading of L gives practically the same meaning, It would not become me in
respect of rank to possess you as wife. In y\..\L. fallen (O.E. feallan) and fellen
{(d^.fiellan) become confused, so that m felde here we have a form derived from
the latter used in the sense of the former, just as in L 1^10 f el occurs where we
might tyiTpect felde. Wissmann read selde (the MS. has felde), and took it as the
M.E. representative of O.E. gesxlan with the meaning, befit. But the O.E. verb
only means, to happen. See Zupitza in Anzeiger fiir deutsches Alterthum, ix.
p. 186. Morris renders of cunde, of kind, naturally, properly, a meaning difficult
to parallel ; it often means, by natural disposition, by inborn quality, as, ' every
wight, but he be fool of kinde,' Chaucer, ii. 200/370. It is equally common in
the sense, by race, stock, family, comp. ' of swiche kinde ar we kome • bi crist,
as 56 arn,' W. of Palerne, 3136 ; O 443 ; and that gives a good meaning here.
For to spouse welde, comp. L 313, O 318, O 943.

11. 425, 6. Comp. 'For that word the King was wroth: that gan him evere
mislike | Seint Thomas wep in his hurte : and sore gan to sike,' Beket, 535, 6.
The expression in 426 is common : ' pe king gon siche sare,' Lajamon, 1 2772 ; ' Jio
bigan godrich to sike,' Havelok, 291 ; ' Whan tliat Arcite had songe, he gan to
syke,' Chaucer, iv. 45/1540. With the passage generally, comp. '))is godemon J)o
he hurde {'is : sikynge made Inowe | & bigan to wepe in grete )'05te : & vel adoun
iswowe. I Bitwene is armes s. brendan : })is holi mon up nom | & custe him & cride
on him : vorte is wit ajen him com,' St. Brendan, Archiv, liii. 17/9-12 ; and with
430, I, ' Kyng Richard gan hym in armes take | And kyste hym ful fele sythe,*
Richard, 1604, 5 ; 'The maydyn jede to Gye thoo | And toke hym in hur armes
two,' Guy, 323, 4.

11. 427, 8. buje, bend, crook, may be right ; it can hardly mean, let hang down,
as Matzner explains it. unbowe, L 431, would mean, relax. O 449 is corrupt,
and r.ot easily accounted for, though boJ>e lurks under boJ)e. With 428 comp. 740,
858, 1479 ; ' mid J^aere wraet>Se he wes isweued! ))at he feol iswowen,' Lajamon,
3073, 4 ; ' l)at emperur fel swowe adoun,' Beues, 20/446 ; ' Aswon J)ai fel adoun
to grounde,' Hoist., A. L. n.f. 249/320; ' Yswowe lie feol to grounde ryght,'
Alisaunder, 4491. Other variants are seen in, '& fel doun on swowe,' W. of
Palerne, 87 ; ' & ful oft fel sho down in swogh,' Yvvain, 824.

1. 429. See 115 note. O 451 is unintelligible; its original was probably, Horn
him efte wende, Horn turned him again. Comp. ' Rymcnhild hire biwente,' 321 ;
'Siththe he wende him eft into the see,' Beket, 676.

1. 434. stere, govern, control. Comp. 'Suffrea while and your hert stere | Til
betre tithinges ye may here,' Generides, 55/1773, 4; 'The lady swowned and was
full woo, I Ther myght no man hur stere,' Bone Florence, 824, 5 ; ' In yherde
irened salt l)ou stere ]>&'{= Reges eos in virga ferrea), Surtees Psalter, ii. 9 ; ' They
that gan the pype here | M3'ght not hemselfe stere,' E. E. Miscellanies, p. 59.

1. 435. me to kni5te, to knight me. Wissmann takes knijte as a noun, but that
construction would require knijthod, with a verb like help. In ' Horn he dubbede
to knijte,' 499, 458; 'J)ou schalt worpe to knyte,' O 467 ; 'And makede hem to
knicte,' O 540; ' Jiu me to knijte houe,' 1267, knijte is a noun: to knijte can in
such cases be replaced by the simple noun in apposition, as in ' horn knyht made
he,' L 503 ; comp. 'make hine to kinge' (= make him king), Laaamon, 11468.

1. 436. For bi, comp. ' Teruagaunt & Apolin | Jie blessi and dijte | Be alle here

NOTES. 121

mijte,' Bcues A. 70/1380-2; ' Alle tlie lawes and custumes: we woleth holde bi
oure mijte,' lieket, 433 ; ' bi al inync rnijte,' id. 1418. With is the usual preposi-
tion, '})at louede Beues wi]) al hire mijl,' Beues A. 43/914; 'mid al hire mihte,'
Lajamon, 28701; L 4S3. Others are seen in ' thurf al his myjte,' Beket, 179;
'and {le lord Jiat J)at beist aght | Sal J)ar-for ansuer at his maght,' Cursor C. 6719,
20, where MS. Fairfax has (0; ' clayme to hald at alle my myght,' Langtoft, p. 251,
Oppe, O 456, is, in this phrase, apparently without parallel, but there are analogous
uses, as, ' ]>e welisse king vpe is poer • dude him J)e seruage,' R. of Gloucester,
6775 i ' '^ ^'P^ is poer destruede • & apeyrede cristendom,' id. 5657, where the
sense, to the extent of, has developed out of the more usual, depending on, resting
on, seen in ' ac vpe godes wille it is • wanne it ssal be,' id. 5137.

I. 437. Wissmann makes to depend on /le/p with the force of wif/i, but it seems
jireferable to regard it as an elliptical expression depending on a verb of asking
implied in the context. So in 451, To Aylbrus does not depend on haue, 449
(= possess), but on a verb, take, bear, or the like to be understood. See also 729.

II. 439, 40. Then knighthood will do away with my servile condition. The
thrall may not bear arms, and in early English law the delivery of the weapons of
a free man constituted part of the ceremony of his enfranchisement. 'Si qui vero
velit servum suum liberum facere, . . . ostendat ei liberas vias et portas et tradat
illi libera arma, scilicet lanceam et gladium ; deinde liber homo efficitur,' Leges
Willelmi Conquestoris in Schmid, Die Gesetze der Angelsachscn, p. 356 ; ' Qui
seiTuni suum litjerat . . . lanceam et gladium vel quae liberoruni arma sunt in
mariibus ei ponat,' Leges Henrici Frimi, id. p. 476. Conip, also Kemble, The
Saxons in England, i. p. 221. Horn freed by the delivery of arms is a very
primitive touch, which goes back in the history of the legend to the days spoken
of by the laws of Ethelred, * We witan, J)Kt j^urh Godes gyfe \ivx\ wearS to J)egene
and ceorl wearS to eorle, sangere to sacerde and bocere to biscope,' Schmid, p. 386.
It is a survival out of keeping with its surroundings. There is nothing like it, so
far as I know, either in thirteenth-century English history or the Romances, though,
no doubt, rare instances occurred where a man of humble birth was knighted for
a distinguished act of bravery, and the dignity was by no means confined to
those who were descended from noble or knightly ancestors. In French romance,
Varocher, a woodcutter, is made a knight, Macaire, 3123-9, and Simon le Voyer
in Berte aux grans pies has the same good fortune.

11. 441, 2. With the former line comp. 95 ; with 442, for the meaning, 896,
and for the phrase, ' Niding, ]>o\\ aert al dead : buten ])ou do mine read | & J)i
laeuerd al swa '. bote })u min lare do,' Lajamon, 690-3. O 462 has the more
common construction, comp. ' & al heo iduden J efter hire lare,' id. 361 2, 3. Similar
expressions are, ' biSenc a mire lare,' id. 5023, where the later version has ' bipench
in mine lare'; ' jif ))u mine larei wel wult lusten,' id. 140S1, 2 ; ' & to his lores
lij)e,' Tristrem, 25S ; ' Whi leue je at his lare,' Minot, vi. 22 and note.

li 449, 50. The divergence of all three MSS. here is noteworthy : LO are
alike unhappy, the reference to an oath in L 450 especially so. Perhaps its
original was, be fe luef be ])e loJ)e, but comp. L 559. to sope, in sooth, truly ;
comp. ' & ich sugge ]>t to sotJe,' Lajamon, 4667, 5752 ; ' heo seiden him to soCe i
sorhfulle spelles,' id. 2177, 8 ; ' heo wende to soSe,' id. 9400 ; but in ' He wende
hit to so]>e J sO(5 ))eh hit neore,' id. 602, 3, the phrase means, for a truth.

O 465. wel ricte is like arijte, 457 ; it goes with seyde. See 305 note.

O 46S. sone, a scribe's slip for soiie, seven. Comp. 'To dai a souenihtel
briggej) me her riht,' Lajamon O. 5442, 3 ; ' sovenijt he bilevede ther,' Beket, 1 149 ;

122 KING HORN.

' seue nyght jit ne ha}) hit ben,' R. of Brunne, 5168. Tiie expression, which means,
a week hence, is in form peculiar and, so far as I know, isolated. The subjunctive
is usual, as in ' On Thursday next come seven night,' N. E. D. ii. p. 654. tor the
formal subject, comp. 124 and 'In a ston stille he lai | til it kam Se dridde dai,'
O. E. Miscellany, 2/42, 3 : with 448 comp. ' Er \>a.n come seuen nijtes ende,'
Guy A. 6174.

11. 449, 50. See 1125, 6 note.

11. 451, 2. The scribe has written &■ for /t-. holde foreward, a common
expression, comp. ' f>at ich J)is forward wuUe ! | fastliche halden,' Lajamon,
23607, 8; 'King hald me forward,' id. 15893. The words cannot have their
usual definite sense of keeping an agreement already made.

1. 454. See 580 note. For 455, 6, see 779, 80 note. For 458, see 499 note,
1. 459. Comp. ' mid golde ne mid seolure,' O. E. Homilies, series i. p. 127 ;
' nere in none londe ^ mid seoluer and mid golde | cnihtes so iscrud,' Lajamon
O. 25277-9 ; ' })at he solde to him come | for seoluer and for golde,' id. 18623, 4 ;
1774; 1824; 'Or • e dras • e cheuaus • e argent muneie,' HR. 24/543.

1. 461. Comp. ' And lene hym grace in that fyjt | Wei for to spede,' Degrevant,
1599, 600; 'And len oure sir Edward • his life wcle to lede,' Minot, xi. 39.
Lumby gives the reading of C as /eiie, but I take it as kne ; the two letters are
almost alike. Icne, give, is in any case the word required in the construction. In
illustration of the next line Matzner refers to, ' Bed min herdne to pharaon,'
Genesis and E. 2073, where the form herdne as in O 480 is remarkable. Comp. also,
' His oune erende wol he bede,' Vernon MS. i. 348/757, For erndyng, L 466,
see 581 note.

1. 464. See 364, and comp. ' The monekes songe compli : for hit was nej eve,'
Beket, 2078; ' Yt drew nere hand nyght,' Torrent, 511, 1312 ; 'Fait est dit
herlaund • ataunt prent le cungie | Si senuet alostel • kar pres iert auespre,' HR.
28/657, 8.

1. 46S. See 1355, 6.

1. 469. nede, what he wanted. The phrase is formal, comp. 'heom fore ssede
his neode,' A. S. Chronicle, p. 225 (Earle). The singular is uncommon in this
sense ; two other instances are, ' Miself mai do mi nede,' Tristrem, 814 ; ' f>at he
ne mijte noujt spede | Aboute hire nede,' Beues A. 1165, 6. The plural occurs
with a variety of verbs ; ' f>i nedes tel ))ou me,' Tristrem, 846 ; ' And syne agayne
to the gome he gaffe vp his nedys,' Morte Arthure, 85 ; ' Thy nedes this newe
jere, I notifiede my selfene,' id. 522 ; 'Lat him come to the court hise nedes for
to shevve,' Wright, Political Songs, 324/26; 'his oune neodes he gan mone,'
Anglia, i. 72/212. Comp. also, ' Al roi de la terre parla | Son eslre et son
besoing mostra,' Wace, Brut, 8403, 4.

I. 471. also swipe, as quickly as possible, very quickly. The usual phrase is
also {als) blive, comp. ' J?o kom her king al so blive,' Orpheo, 140, 529, 582 ;
'pat barn as biliue bygan for to glade,' W. of Palerne, 351, which will account
for the appearance of bliue instead of blipe in 1. 472. See 967, 8 for these words
in assonance ; also smerte occurs in Guy, 1343, and in the note is given a number
of similar phrases.

O 491, 2, See 781, 2 note,

II. 473, 4. See 1263, 4 note. For 475, 6, see 1285, 6 note.

1. 478. geste. The meaning, guests, is unsuitable here and at 522 and L 523.
The sense of the passage appears to be, Your feast takes place to-morrow, and
it ought to be marked by some conspicuous act, such as the dubbing of Horn,

NOTES. 123

So in 522 ami L 523 the word means the manly sports accompanying the festival.
Comp. ' Grete was the feste and the ioye and the grate sportes,' Ponthus, 13/4, 5 ;
' Grete was the feste, the iustes and the dissportes and lasted to the sonne goyng
doune,' id. 139/7, S- Not that jousts are to be thought of at Aylmar's feast ; the
games would rather be those described as held at Havclok's dubbing ; ' Buttinge
with sharpe speres, | Skirming with taleuaces, )>at men beres, | Wrastling with
laddes, putting of ston, | Harping and piping, ful god won, | Leyk of mine, of
hasard ok, | Romanz reding on ]>c bok ; | ]>er mouthe men here ])e gestes singe, ] ]>e
gleymcn on )>e tabour dinge ; | )'er mouhte men so ]'e boles beyte, | And ])e bores
with hundes teyte ; | J)o mouthe men se cueril gleu,' Havelok, 2322-32. In romance
and history alike, feasting and games are mentioned as the main features of such
occasions, comp. ' Alle ]>e ])re hexte dawes ■ laste J)is nobleye | In halles & in
veldes • of mete & eke of pleye,' R. of Gloucester, 3971, 2; 'Now gynnith the
geste of nobles : | At theo feste was trumpyng, | Pipyng and eke taboryng, |
Sytoh-ng and ek harpyng, | Knyf pleying and ck syngyng, | Carolyng and
turneieyng, | Wrastlyng and ek skirmyng,' Alisaunder, 1040-6; ' Quid plura ? dies
ilia, tyrocinii honori et gaudio dicata, tota in ludi bellici exercitio et procuiandis
splendide corporibus elapsa est,' Chroniques d'Anjou, i. p. 236. It is, indeed,
difficult to parallel these meanings of ^cs/e, but they seem a natural development
from the usual sense of ' deeds of arms,' • achievements.' O 498 is corrupt.

11. 479, 80. To knight child Horn would not be losing your pains, i.e. it would
be well worth your while. Comp. ' Nu is ]>\ wile Isolde, | King, J)at J)u me knijli
woldest,' 643, 4. Forlesen used absolutely in this way is remarkable : in this sense
it is regularly accompanied by a noun, as in, 'J)e weorreur of helle mei longe
asailen ou, & forleosen al his hwule,' Ancren Riwle, p. 246 ; ' Hise swink ne
hauede he nowt forlorn,' Havelok, 770. For to preceding the infinitive used as
subject is not uncommon. Matzner, Grammatik, iii'-, p. 58, quotes, ' for to do
sinne is mannish, but certes for to persevere longe in sinne is werk of the devel,'
Chaucer, iv. 215 '2453; 'pat betere J)e is freondscipe to habben i J)ene for to
fihten.' La5amon, 26203, 4. Comp. the ace. infinitive,/^;' /o lede, 908.

1. 481. Comp. ' Armes to here, & wepne to welde,' R. of Brunne, 15518 ; ' But
nou ich am up to Jiat hclde | Cumen, that ich may wcpne welde,' Havelok, I435, 6 ;
' & alle })at suerd mot here, or o\tx wapen weld,' Langtoft, p. 187. In O 501 to is
a slip for do, as in L 485.

1. 482. L 486 has the best reading here : the meaning in LC is, He shall repay
you a good knight, i.e. you will be repaid for your gift by getting a good knight,
O 502 means, He shall be esteemed a good knight.

1. 483. The phrase is formal. Comp. ' J)an seyd \t quen ful sone,' Horst.,
A. L. n.f. 250/329.

1. 484. idone seems due to a reminiscence of 445, 6 ; it can hardly stand here,
where the meaning required is. That would be a good thing to do (so L 488,
O 504, where to done is the dative infinitive used predicatively in the sense of,
proper to be done). Very probably the right reading is, He is wel idone ; comp.
' ))et wes a riche mon ' pe wes swiSe wel idon ' ; ' J^a burh wes swiSe wel idon ' ;
' uppen ure godd wel idon,' La-,amon, 909, 2029, 5405, where 'wel idon means
splendid, excellent (comp. Madden's note, iii. p. 448).

1. 486. This line may mean, He seems a good knight ; bisemej), properly, it
befits, becomes, is often used in the sense of setncj), seems, just as se»iej> sometimes
means, it becomes ; while the dative is quite regularly employed with both where
the nominative might be expected. Comp. ' Here comyth an hardy bachelere, |

124 KING HORN.

Hym besemyth welle to ryde,' Octavdan, 118/932, 3 ; ' Bi his semblaunt and feir
beryng | Hym semed wel a gret lordyng' (with variant, to be a), Vernon MS. i.
2i7/747> 8 ; ' Ther was no prynce that day in felde | That was so semely undur
schylde, | Nor bettur besemyd a knyght,' Tryamoure, 718-20. But this gives
a poor sense ; probably there is a mixture of constructions : (i) God knijt he
seme]), and (2) To be knijt him bisemej), or, Wel knijt him biseme}). Comp.
'Full wele hym semeth a knyght to be,' Ipomydon, 512; '& well thou semed,
soe god me speede, | To proue thy manhood on a stede,' Eger, P. F. MS. i.
356/67, 8.

I. 488. Matzner supplied be before mi. Perhaps the original reading was,
& after wur]) mi derling : after occurs as adverb at 366. But O has the best
reading; comp. ' Loue is goddis owne derlinge,' Hymns to the Virgin, 25/107;
' Certys al ys for Clarioun kyng, | ])at was my fadres owe derlyng,' Ferumbras,
3801 ; ' " Erie," seyde tho the kynge, | " Thou schalt be my darlynge," ' Guy,
8325, 6; 'He was a derlynge to the kynge,' Ipomadon, 55. An ^imser dyrling
is mentioned in the A. S. Chronicle under A.D. 1016 ; he is the Almarus Dilectus
of Florence of Worcester, M. H. B., p. 591, the Aimer Derling of Henry of
Huntingdon, id. p. 755. ' Lilla, minister regi amicissinuis ' is mentioned by
Bede, H. E. ii. 9.

II. 489-92. L has the best version of these four lines ; in C 489 alle is super-
fluous, in 491 he makes the line a feeble repetition of the preceding, in 492 //j
nijte is meaningless.

1. 493. See 124 note for this formula, and for al pat, L 497.

1. 494. The syntax is difficult. The verb in this phrase was originally always
finkeii, O. E. f>yncan, impersonal with a dative of the person, as in ' long hit
])uncheS us wrecchen | Vort ])u of J)isse erme Hue to '5e suluen us fecche,' O. E,
Homilies, series i. 193/63, 4. Tiie order of the words here is against taking the
line as. It seemed long to him Ailmar. The confusion in M.E. of the forms of
O.E. J)enc-an, think, and Pyncan, seem, is abundantly illustrated in our texts
(comp. L 284, L 526, &c.) ; it appears in this very phrase, ' fful lang here has vs
thoght,' Archiv, liii. 417/1414; where the older MS. of Lajamon has /«/«/^,
seemed, the younger has generally pohte in the same sense, comp. ' svva him best
])uhte,' C. 770, with ' ])are liim best ])ohte,' O. 770 i^so also 4S6, 441 1, 526S, 15856,
25761), though the older MS. once admits the confusion, 'feirest ])at heom ])ohte,'
C. 1306, just like 'ase heom best Jjoht,' O. 25630; while the younger MS. some-
times keeps the distinction, as, ' for wonder vs |^inche]) 2 wat Vortiger JjencheJ),'
O. 13121, 2, just as in 277, 8 of our text. This admixture of forms paved the way
for the substitution oi penkeit with a personal subject in the sense oiJ>iiike?i, comp.
'Brutten J)utte sellic,' C. 10385, with 'Bruttes ])ohte sellich,' the reading of O. ;
'and bringe hem of helle Jiat Jjouhte longe | ffor pyne,' Celestin, Anglia, i. 68/18,
19 ; L 49S ; O 514. Our line seems to combine both constructions, (i) it seemed
long to him, and (2) Ailmar thought long ; just the same wavering is seen in ' and
bijjohten him enne raedi seoSSen he pohten him swi[Se] god,' La5amon, 30576, 7,
meaning, it seemed to him very good, or he thought it very good.

1. 498. For suine in apposition, comp. L 58, and see Morris, Outlines, p. 207.
The expression is curious, for the story elsewhere speaks of a single traitor ; so of
the twelve apostles it is said, ' Summe hi weren wyse • and duden al bi his rede |
Ac on hyne bitrayede • J)at et of his brede,' O. E. Misc. 38/43, 4. L 502 is
pointless.

11.499-522. The knighting of Guy of Warwick as told in the fifteenth-century

NOTES. 125

version of the romance forms an interesting parallel to this passage, of which it is,
indeed, a direct, if much amplified, imitation : ' Forthe then ycde hym Gye | And
chase to hym squyers twenty. | Into a chaumbur Jiey be goon, | There J)ey schulde
be dubbed ychone. | Kyrtyls they had oon of sylke | Also whyte, as any mylke. |
Of gode sylke and of purpull palle | Mantels above they caste al. | Hosys ))ey
had vppon but no schone ; | Barefote they were euerychone. | But garlondys
\>ey had of precyous stones | And perlys ryche for the noones. | When Jiey were
Jius ycledde, | To a chaumbur the Erie hym yede. | A squyer broght nevve
brondys : | They toke )'e poyiitys in fer hondys. | They hangyd on euery swyrde
hylte I A peyre of sporys newe gylte. | Before \c awtcr t)ey knelyd ychone, | Vnto
mydnyght wtre all goone | The Erie come anm ryghtys | And wyth hym two
odur knyghtys. | The Erie seyde : " lordyngys dere, | At thys nede helpe vs here." ]
The knyghtys, ]>at were hende, | Knelyd to the awters ende. | The Erie, that was
the thrydde, | Began all in the mydde. | At the furste to Gye he come, [ Of the
swyrde })e spurres he nome. | He set the spurres on hys fote | And knelyd before
hym, y wote, | And wyth the swyrde he hym gyrte | Ryght abowte at hys herte |
And smote hym on Jie neck a lytuU wey;t | And bad hym become a good knyjt. |
There were hys felowes eucrychon | Dubbed knyghtys be oon and oon,' Gny,
385-422. Comp. also 'King Ermin po anon rijte | Dobbede Beues vn-to kni;te |
And 5af him a scheld gode & sur | WiJ; ))re eglen of asur, | . . . Sife a gerte him
wi{) Morgelay, | A gonfanoun wel stout and gay | losian him broujte for to here' |
Sent of ])e scheld, y 50W swere. | Beues dede on is actoun, | Hit was wor)) mani
a toun ; | An hauberk him broujte ]>at mai, | So seiden alle })at hit isai | Hit was
wel iwroujt & faire, ] Non egge tol mijte it noujt paire. | After J)at jhe 5af him
a stede,' Beues A. 969-72, 75-85. The ceremony of knighting Geoffrey of Anjou
in 1127 A.D. is described with vividness and wealth of detail in the Chroniques
d" Anjou. He was in his fourteenth or fifteenth year when he received the honour
from his future father-in-law, Henry the First of England. 'Ex praecepto insuper
regis exactum est a comite ut filium suum, nondum militem, ad ipsam imminentem
Pentecosten Rothomagum honorifice mitteret nt ibidem, cum coaequaevis suis
amia suscepturus, rogalibus gaudiis interesset. . . . Ex imperio itaque patris,
futurus regis gener cum quinque baronibus . . . et viginti quinque coaetaneis suis,
multo etiam stipatus milite, Rothomagum dirigitur. Illucescente die altera, bal-
neorum usus, uti tyrocinii suscipiendi consuetude expostulat, paratus est. Com-
perto rex a cubiculariis quod Andegavensis et qui cum eo venerant ascendissent
de lavacro, jussit eos ad se vocari. Post corporis ablutionem, ascendens de
balneorum lavacro, comitis Andegavorum generosa proles, Gaufredus bysso retorta
ad camem induitur, cyclade auro texta supervestitur, chlamyde conchylii et muricis
sanguine tincta tegitur, caligis holosericis calciatur, pedes eius sotularibus in super-
ticie leunculos aureos habentibus muniuntur ; eius vero consodales, qui cum eo
militiae suscipiendae munus exspeciabant, universi bysso et purpura induuntur.
Talibus itaque, ut praetaxatum est, omamentis decoratus regius gener, quasi flos
lilii candens roseoque superfusus rubore, cum illo suo nobili collectaneo comitatu,
de secreto thalami processit in publicum. Adducti sunt equi, allata sunt arma,
distribuuntur singulis prout opus est. Andegavensi vero adductus est miri decoris
equns Hispanie.isis qui tantae, vt aiunt, velocitatis erat ut multae aves in volando
to tardiores essent. Induitur lorica incomparabili, quae, maculis duplicibus intexta,
nullius lanceae vel jaculi cujuslibet ictibus transforabilis haberetur; calciatus est
caligis ferreis, ex maculis itidem duplicibus compactis ; calcaribus aureis pedes
ejus astricti sunt ; clypeus, leunculos aureos imaginarios habeus, collo eius suspen-

126 KING HORN.

ditur ; imposita est capiti ejus cassis multo lapide pretioso relucens, quae talis
temperaturae erat ut nuUius ensis acumine incidi vel falsificari valeret ; allata est
ei hasta fraxinea, ferrum Pictavense praetendens ; ad ultimum allatus est ei ensis
de thesauro regio, ab antique ibidem signatus, in quo fabricando fabrorum super-
lativus Galaunus multa opera et studio desudavit,' i. pp. 234-6. In the Flores
Historiarum, iii. pp. 131, 2, there is a striking picture of the incidents connected
with the knighting of the Prince of Wales in 1306 A. D. by his father, Edward
the First. Comp. also the parallel passage in HR. 62/1408-51.

11. 499, 500. dubbede to kni5te. This is the regular construction, comp. ' to
cnihte hine dubben,' Lajamon, 22497 > ' Vbbe dubbede him to knith, | With a swerd
ful swijie brith,' Havelok, 2314, 5 ; ' He dubbede bojie ])o bernes bold | To knijtes
in ])at tide,' Amis, 164, 5 ; HC. 452 ; Ootavian, 93/519. But the noun alone also
occurs, comp. ' pe king me ha]) dobbed knijt | & Jeue me hors & amies bri5t,'
Reinbroun, 652/64/7, 8 ; ' For])y, sire kyng, now pray y ]>e \ Dobbe me kny5t par
charite, ] And jeue me armure scheld and spere | And stede god my body to
beore,' Bellnm Trojanum, 1246-9; Octavian, 92/516. The words with swerd
must not be understood of the accolade, but simply of girding on the sword as in
O 517. This was regarded as the essential feature in the ceremony; all the other
incidents had gathered round this primitive act of delivering arms to the young
warrior. The current expressions for conferring or receiving knighthood in the
chroniclers all bear witness to this : ' baltheo militari donare,' Matthew Paris,
Chronica Majora, v. p. 267; ' militari cingulo decorare,' id. iv. p. 86; ' balteo
cingere militari,' id. iv. p. 419 ; ' cingulo donare militari,' id. iv. p. 551 ; ' cingulum
militiae suscipere,' Itinerarium Regis Ricardi, p. 9 ; ' balteo militari accingere,'
Nangis, i. p. 396; 'militiae cingulum imponere,' Chroniques d'Anjou, i. p. 273;
' cingulum militiae accipere,' Ordericus Vitalis, iii. p. 280 ; ' insignia militaria susci-
pere.' Michel, Chroniques Anglo-Normandes, ii. p. 127; ' arma sumere,' W. of
Malmesbury, de Gestis Regum, ii. p. 468. Nor is there any reason to suppose that
the more or less of detail in the three versions differentiates them as belonging to
distinct periods in the history of the rite : L is not more primitive than O. The
sword, spurs, boots, and horse are all gifts to the young knights ; they were looked
on as some reward for their services as squires. The practice was ancient in
England; William of Malmesbury (de Gestis Regum, i. p. 145), quoting from an
old writer in verse, says that Alfred knighted his grandson, Elhelstan, ' donatum
chlamyde coccinea, gemmato baltheo, ense Saxonico cum vagina aurea.' Such
gifts are often mentioned as a charge on the royal wardrobe, see Selden, Titles
of Honour, ed. iii. pp. 640, i. For the romances comp. 'For)) jede Autor anon
rijt I & sir Arthour made knijt | first he fond him clo]) & cradel, | \o he fond
him stede & sadel, | Helme & brini & hauberioun, | Saumbers, quissers &
aketoun, | Quarre scheld, gode swerd of stiel | & launce stef, biteand wel,'
Arthour, 2971-8; '& made him knijt on the morwe • & mo for his sake | Of
proude princes sones • doujti men toward, | Fulle foure schore • for williames
loue, I & jaf hem hors & armes • as an head lord schold,' W. of Palerne, 1 100-3 ;
' Hoe fond me palefrey and stede, | Helm and brunie and ojier wede, | And swerd
and spere wel brijtte,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 218/358-60; 'and yaf hym armes
bryght | Hym gertte wyth sweide of myght,' Lybeaus, 76, 7.

O 517, 8. Comp. 'Kyng Phelip that was his lord | Gurd him with a god
sweord | And gaf him the tole aryght | And bad he scholde beo god knyght,'
Alisaunder, 813-6; 'Li Chamberlens Ii ceinst I'espee | Dunt puis dona nieinte
colee,' Guillaume le Marechal, 821, 2; 2091, 2. I know of no parallel to the

NOTES. T27

expression in 518 except that in tlie passage quoted from Guy of Warwick in the
note on 499.

L 504. ful is superfluous. Comp. ' J)e feste of 5ole to hold, with grcle
solempnite,' Langtoft, p. 65 ; ' To London pei him brouht with grete solempnite,'
id. p. 127; ' \\i\> Mur])e and gret solempnite,' Vernon MS. i. 141/75, 6;
Torrent, 1330.

L 506. Comp. 'And ]>ere on red rubyes • as red as any glede,' P. Plowman, B.
31/12. Ipomydon has three steeds, white, red, and black, 645-9.

O 521, 2. See the passage quoted from the Chroniqnes d'Anjou under 499. The
putting on of the ' boots ' is rarely mentioned : it is of course found in L'Ordene de
Chevalcrie, ' Apres li a cauchcs cauchies ( De saie brune et delijes,' 165, 6, and in
formal descriptions such as that printed in Du Cange under Miles, and in Bissaei
in Nicholaum Uptonum Notae, pp. 21-4. The king is strangely represented as
putting on Horn the boots and spurs ; that was, in actual practice, done by other
knights, not by the person who conferred knighthood.

11. 503, 4. See Guy, 419, 20, in the passage quoted under 499, the only parallel
to this place which I have found, litel wi5t is practically equivalent to, a little,
comp. 'an lutel wiht maere,' Lajamon, 21991 ; 'There of he ete a lytelle wight,'
Le Morte Arthur, 852 ; ' Y shal 50U telle a lytyl wyghte | How hyt befel onys of
a kny5t,' Handlyng Synnc, 2221, 2; * No hadde }>ai stonden at ])e prisoun | Bot
a litel wijtine stounde,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 249/317, S. The light blow struck on
the nape of the neck with the hand is the coUc ox pauvtie (Gautier, La Chevalerie,
pp. 2S2-7). Its significance is explained in L'Ordene de Chevalerie, 250-6 ; it is
meant to make the young knight remember him who knighted him.

1. 508. The first request of the new-made knight is usually granted. Comp.
'Whan he was knyght imade, ( Anon a bone there he bad, | And seyde, My lord
so fre, I In herte y were ryght glad, | That ferste fyghte yf y had, | That ony man
asketh the. | Thanne seyde Artour the kyng, | I grante the thyn askyng,' Lybeaus,
85-92. The request is, indeed, made here by Athulf, but the king's answer,
518, is practically addressed to Horn. The knighting of Horn's comrades at the
same time as himself is in accord with actual custom : the number of persons
advanced with the distinguished personage varies with his rank. In 1252 Henry
the Third knighted Alexander the Third of Scotland ' et cum eo tirones fecit
viginti, qui omnes vestibus pretiosis et excogitatis, sicut in tarn celebri tirocinio
decuit, ornabantur,' Matthew Paris, Chronica Majora, v. p. 267; in 1241 he
dubbed Peter of Savoy 'cum quindecim aliis praeclaris juvenibus, ' iv. pp. 85,6;
in 1245 Richard de Clare shared the honour with about forty companions,
iv. pp. 41 8, 9. To the illustrations from the romances already given, add, 'to
morow in al menes sight | I my self shal dubbe you knight, | And aftre you an
hundredth moo | For youre sake, or that I goo,' Generides, 3299-302. Athulfs
statement that it is the custom for a prince to dub his own followers is borne out
by historical instances. ' Dominica qua cantatur Letare Jerusalem, filius regis
Scocie (afterwards Alexander the Second) ... a rege Anglie (John) Londonie
apud domum Hospitalis cingulo militari donatus est, et ipse 12 nobiles de Scocia
fecit milites eodem die ' (i 2 r 2 a. d.), Liebermann, Anglo-Norm. Geschichtsquellen,
p. 150; ' Princeps (afterwards Edward the Second) quippe propter turbam compri-
mentem non secus, scd super magnum altare [in ecclesia \\ estmonasterii] divisa
turba per destrarios bellicosos socios suos cinxit,' Flores Historiarum, iii. p. 132.

1. 511. of londe. See 416 note, and comp. ' Nou pou hart louerd ol londe,'
Lajamon O. 5059.

128 KING HORN.

I. 513. Comp. ' To |)erl ])an went Gij | & gret ))at kniji hardi | & seyd, sir, J)ine
armes ich ax,' Guy A. 689-91.

II. 521, 2. See 478 note.

1. 524. pat is not very clear; it is apparently the feast Avhich has lasted so long.
So in HR, but of another occasion, ' Li seruises ad dure • tresque none est sunee |
Mut ennuia Rigmel • quil ad dure itant,' 32/757, 8. seue 5er, often used for
a long time. Comp. 'Seoueniht he wes })aere^ hit })utte him seoue jere,' Lajamon,
4434, 5 ; ' Ant })ohte o day seue 5er long, | )>at he ne may is dohter sen,'
Boddeker, 257/28, 9 ; ' And ])ynken seven jer of a day, | t)at he bi \>e stod,'
Anglia, iii. 288/101, 2. Similar phrases are, ' 5yf he of Godys wurde oghte here |
]jerof hym Jiynke]) an hundrede jere,' Handlyng Synne, 4536, 7; ' )ie tyme hem
Jiojte longe Inou? : ech vnche hem ])ci^te a sponne,' Horst., A. L. 66/40 ; Alexius,
95/79, 80 ; 'En cele anee n'eut jours trois | Qu'il ne li samblaissent un mois,'
Jehan et Blonde, 2167,8; 'of ech day ])at he is J)er: pat him penche pre,' Archiv,
Ixxxii. 340/214; 'He Jat haj) a schrewe to wyue, | Of vche a day him pinkep
fyue,' Vernon MS. i. 345/628, 9.

O 547. in hys honde. See note on 33S.

I. 530. Similar expressions are, 'Off hys comyng \>ey wer blyp,' Orfeo O. 5S1 ;
Alisaunder, 5541; ' pe king of his cominge was blipe,' Arthour, 205/7328;
'Joyful is heo of his come,' Alisaunder, 11 46; 'Off her comyng Richard was
fawe,' Richard, 4624; 'for pine kime ich aem uaein,' Lajamon, 14310; 'Wei
fagen he was of here come,' Genesis and E. 2267 ; 'Of his comyng hir hert was
light,' Generides, 8086 ; ' me thought her coming did me good,' Eger, P. F. MS.
i. 361/219.

II. 531-60. The passage should be compared with its manifest imitation in
Guy of Warwick : ' Gye hym went anon ryght | To Felyce that swete wyght. | He
seyde : "lemman, for thy sake | Knyghtys ordur haue y take: | For \>e y am
dubbyd knyght. | Do nowe as |)ou me hyght." | " Gye," sche seyde, "what wylt
pou done ? 1 3yt haste pou not wonnen py schone. | Of a gode knyghtys
mystere | Hyt ys the furste manere | Wyth some odur gode knyght | Odur to
juste or to fyght," ' 429-40. The later poet has reversed the roles as more in
accordance with the taste of his time.

1.532. pe biforn. For the postponed preposition, see note on 393; and for the
sense, comp. ' Wip him he brou5t pritti score j Wijt knijtes him bifore,' Arthour,
89/3099, 100; ' With semly sergantes him biside,' Minot,viii. 28, and 1. 853.

I. 539. wille pine. See note on 393.

1. 540. For this combination comp. ' Yn alle hys lyfe shal he fynde | Oghte pat
may hym of pyne vnbynde,' Handlyng Synne, 4317, 8 ; ' Oute of pyne pey wyl 30W
viibynde,' id. 4527. The verb is joined with similar words: ' How myjt god me
of care vnbinde,' Hymns to the Virgin, 97/53; ' Of pe sorewe ich am onbounde,'
R. of Gloucester, 806/120; 'pre pynges mayst pou fynde | pat wyl pe oute of
synne bynde,' Handlyng Synne, 11416, 7. Sometimes it is used absolutely: 'Ihesu
crist hire may vnbynde,' Gregorius, 159. See also 11 16.

1. 541. beo stille, restrain your feelings. Comp. ' " Dou5tur," he seide, "beo
now stille," ' K. of Tars V. 67, 784 ; ' Al pat pou spekest hit is noujt : pow mi5test
wel be stille,' Vernon MS. i. 349/780 ; ' And so hej man as thu ert : hit mi5te wel
beo stille,' Beket, 785. With the next line, comp. 'Wilte don mi wille al,'
Havelok, 528 ; L loio; O 1041, 288 ; ' IchuUe al don pat pi wille is,' Vernon MS.

i- 369/535-

1. 545. Comp. ' To prove thy man-hood on a steed,' Graystiel, 70.

NOTES.

129

I. 548. o dai. LO have the better reading to day. isprunge, comp. ' Thogh
thou and siicli fclows yong | That to knightes be late sprong,' Generides,
4649, 50.

II. 549-560. Comp. ' For and ye my love should wynne, ] With chyvalry ye
nnist begynne, | And other dedes of armes to done, | Through whiohc ye may
Wynne your slione,' Squyr of L. D. 171-4, where, however, it is tlie lady who
urges the knight to distinguish himself. Arthur's knights were required to approve
themselves three times, ' Facetae etiam mulicres . . . nullius amorcm habere
dignabantur, nisi tertio in militia approbatus essct,' Geoffrey of Monmouth,
i.'^4/40, I (Wace, Brut, 10791-6). A curious paralltl to the relations between
Horn and Kimcnhild is found in the story of Regner and Swanhwita ris told by
Saxo Grammaticus. Regner, son of Hunding, king of the Swedes, by the device
of his step-mother has been reduced to the position of king's shepherd. He is
sought out at his servile t.isk by the Princess Swanhwita. Though, like Horn, he
proclaims himself a king's thrall, she declares that his face bears testimony to his
royal descent, plights her troth to him and gives him a sword, wins for him the
kingdom of the Swedes, and secures him as a husband. ' Qui licet tirocinium
nupciis auspicari deforme e.xistimaret, servate salutis sue respectu provocatus
promissum beneficio exsoluit,' Hist. Danica, pp. 42-5. The anxiety of the new-
made knight to distinguish himself, if only in a tournament, is well illustrated by
a passage in Matthew Paris: 'Tempore quoque sub eodem (1249 A.D.) captum
fuit quoddam generale torneamentum apud Norhamptonam . . . sed rcgia pro-
hibitione cum minis . . . remansit impeditum. Super quo dolentibus militibus,
praecif)ue tironibus qui sitienter initialia certamina disciplinae militaris cupiebant
exercendo experiri, significavit tiro novellus Willelmus de Valentiis ut . . . torneare
non omitterent,' Chronica Majora, v. p. 54.

1. 554. All three M.SS. differ here, and no one of them gives a really satisfactory
reading. O has a weak repetition. L is obscure, but probably means, If for this
reason I do not immediately fulfil my promise, still I do not repudiate thee.
Comp. ' \Vhon he ha)) a wyf I-take, | He mai hire nou5t forsake,' Vernon MS.
i. 345/626, 7. C means, as Lumby explains it, Therefore there is incumbent on
me the more haste ; stondcj) rather means, exists ; a frequent use in such
expressions as, ' J)erfore of ])y torment: ne stondij) me non eye,' Archiv, Ixxxii.
325/105. See also 141 S note for rafe.

I. 556. Comp. ' And seide fiey wolde do more pruesse,' R. of Brunne, 3342 ; ' ]>t
prouesse J)at brut dede • no tunge telle ne may,' R. of Gloucester, 270; ' Feire
prowes he ha]) me ido,' Beues S. 1222 ; HC. 41 1-4.

^- 559- See note on 97.

II. 563-76. Of wonder-working rings there is no lack in the romances. For
those which give victory, comp. ' And I sal lene to 50W my ring, | pat es to me
a ful dere thing : | In nane anger sal je be, | VVhils 5e it have and thinkes on
me. I I sal tel to 50W onane | ])e vertu, J)at es in ])e stane : | . . . In batel tane sal
5e noght be, | Whils 5e it have and thinkes on me ; | And ay, whiis 5e er trew
of love, I Over al sal 3e be obove,' Ywain, 1527-32, 37-40; '"Mi sone," he
sede, " have ))is ring, | Whil he is J)in ne dute nojiing, j JPat fur ])e brenne, ne
adrenche se : | Ne ire ne stel ne mai J)e sle," ' Horis. 393-6 ; ' Y schalle geve the
a gode golde rjnge, ] Wyth a fulle ryche stone ; | Whedur that ye be on water or
on londe, | And that rynge be upon yowre honde, ] Ther schalle nothyng vow
slon,' Eglamour, 617-21 ; ' Siche a vertue es in the stane, | In alle this werlde
wote I nane | Siche stone in a 1 ynge ; | A mane that had it in were, | One his

K

130 KING HORN.

body for to here, | There scholde no dyntys hym dere, | Ne to the dethe brynge,'
Perceval, 1858-64; 'Fader than haue thou this ryng | ... It is good in euery
fight,' Torrent, 1999, 2002 ; 'here is another [stone] of suche bounte and vertue
that he that bereth it can not be hnrte in armys, nor vanquesshyd by his enemyes,'
Huon of Burdeux, 454/12-15. For examples from the ballads, see Child, i. p. 201
note. Comp. also, ' Jo li durrai un bon anel, | Ki a besoin valt un chastel. | Celui
ki en sun dei laurad, | Sil chet en mer, ne neierad. | Ne feu nel pot de rien
damager | Ne nul arme nel pot nafrer,' Gaimar, 689-94. The virtue of the ring
always resides in the stones set in it; comp. 571 and 'The stones therinne be ful
bold,' Richard, 1632. The chief Victory Stone was the Alectorius; it is described
by Pliny, who is the original source of mediaeval lore on this subject, as 'in
venlriculis gallinaceorum inventus, crystallina specie, magnitudine fabae ; quibus
Milonem Crotoniensem usum in certaminibus invictum fuisse videri volunt,' Hist.
Nat. xxxvii. 54. Marbodus in the eleverth centur\' versified this : ' Inuictum reddit
lapis hie quemcunque gerentem, | Extinguitque sitim patientis in ore receptus | Nam
Milo Crotonias pugiles hoc praeside vicit. | Hoc etiam multi superarunt prelia
reges,' de Gemmis, 8 1-4. Bartholomeus Anglicus gives a notice of it in his
fifteenth book, de Lapidibus Preciosis : ' Allectoria sine allectorius est lapis qui
invenitur in ventriculis gallinaceis • cristallo obscuro similis • cuius vltima magni-
tude est ad fabe quantitatem . hie in certamine secundum magos creditur reddere
homines insuperabiles et inuictos vt dicitur in lapidario." See also Pannier,
Lapidaires Francais (Bibl. de I'ecole des hautes etudes, fasc. 52), p. 39. But
other stones had the same power — the gagatromeiis, Marbodus, 403-9, a passage
paraphrased in a French Lapidary thus, ' Mult est bone gagatromee | S'est une
piere tachelee | Cume pel de chevrol sen faille | Si om la portet en bataille, | Ses
inimis porra chiacer, | Ja nul ne I'osera tucher | Alchides sot bien sa vali'ir | Ki la
porta en maint estiir ; | Tutes les ures ke il I'ot | Unkes vencuz estre ne pot, | E qant
il sur sei ne I'aveit | En es le pas vencuz esteit,' Pannier, 54/573-84; and the
beryl, ' cujus virtus est contra pericula hostium ac contra lites : redditque portantem
invictum,' Upton, De Studio Militari, p. 104. Reference may be made to Grimm,
Teutonic Mythology, p. 1219; Gervase of Tilbur}% ed. Eiebrecht, p. no; Archiv,
Ixviii. p. 326 ; Romania, v, p. 76. In HC. 571-6, the virtue of the stone is
different : if it waxes wan, then Horn may know that Rimenhild's sentiment is
changed ; if red, that she has proved untrue to him.

1. 564. Good is the decoration of it. dubbing, in the sense of ornamentation,
is probably unique : the ordinary words, though they are rare, being dtibtnent and
adiibment. It occurs in the sense of ornaments in, ' His corown and his kinges
array | And his dubbing he did oway,' Legends of the Rood, 130/281, 2. For
the verb, comp. ' His dyademe was droppede idowne, dubbyde with stonys,' Morte
Arthure, 3296, 3609 ; 'A cloth all of clene gold, | Dubbit full of diamonds,' Troy
Book, 6204, 5 ; passages which explain the ornament as the stones set in the ring.
The other nouns mentioned are used in a less restricted sense, comp. ' For wern
neuer webbej J)at wyjej weuen | Of half so dere adubmente,' E. E. Alliterative
Poems, 3/71, 2. LO have turned the expression so as to substitute a common
for a rare use of the word, him is the dative pronoun used to reinforce the
subject, dubbing, but not, as mostly, next the word it emphasises; see 137 note.
For the word order here, comp. ' God him was J)e gardiner, })at gan ferst ])e sed
souwe : | Jiat was, Jesus, godes sone, \?X Jiare fore alyjte louwe,' Anglia, i. p. 393.

I. 572. in none place, see 718 note.

II. 573, 4. The divergence of all the MSS. here is noteworthy, and no one of the

NOTES.

131

versions is free from difficulty. C seems to have the original reading:, and LO
look like clumsy attempts to avoid the difTicult aniad. The meaning of L 571, 2
is easy but poor : vudofovgc which usually means, to entertain as a guest, or, to
accept, used iox fonf;e (see O 159'! is remarkable: wip wronge, for which see
905, note, is curiously employed. O 587 may mean, never give way through fear,
an attempt to put 573 in another form. But Ilorstmann gives the MS. reading
as donU, a form very unlikely in itself and against the practice of the scribe who
writes elsewhere <///;;/, dioitc, dutiies, five times. Of none diintefayle would mean,
never miss your stroke, always get your blow home; like Malory's, 'He fayled of
his stroke and smote the hors neck,' quoted in N. E. D. iv. p. 22, col. i. O/" is
frequent with such verbs, comp. ' For pai haue failed of paire pray,' Minot, i. 38 ;
' Bot now has sir Dauid . missed of his merkes,' id. ix. 13. amad, 574, properly,
demented, has apparently taken the meaning oi amayed, dismayed.

11. 577, 8. Wissmann finds these lines inapposite, the promise of a ring, presum-
ably as virtuous, to Athulf diminishing the value of the gift to Horn. But Rimen-
hild in her gift to Athulf simply recognizes the intimate relations which exist
between sworn brothers who should share alike.

1. 579. This might be joined with 5S1, giving the meaning, Horn, I pray for thee
that Christ may grant &c. But LO have the better reading ; in both, however,
Horn is superfluous. With loueliche, 580, comp. 454 and ' mid leofliche
worden,' La5amon, 16542; 'Guy answerd full louely,' Guy C. 6021 ; 'No non
so faire of face, ofspech so lufly,' Langtoft, p. 30; 'and loueliche him spac wi^),'
La5amon O. 30155; 'The kyng lordelye hym selfe, of langage of Rome, | Of
Latyne corroumppede alle. fulle louely hym menys,' Morte Arthure, 3477, 8.

1. 581. Christ grant success to your expedition, so that you may return. The
only meaning given in the dictionaries for crndinge. i. e. intercession, is unsuitable
here and in ' ]in emdjTig to (do, MS.) bede,' Ij 466. The closely related word
ercjide, which properly means, mission, enterprise, takes the meaning of erndinge
in such places as, ' Sche seyde, lady mary free, | Now thou haue mercy on me, |
Thou faylyst me neuyr at nede ; | Here my errande as J)ou well may,' Bone
Florence, 1 85 2-5 : and in our texts erndinge seems to be used in the sense which
more properly belongs to crende. With the same meaning crndinge should be
restored for )erny7ige in, ' And who dar do my jernynge, | And fro me here thys
tyth}-nge,' Guy, 3543, 4. This explanation would make the present passage similar
to, ' Horn, god lene J)e wel spede | f>i herdne for to bede,' O 479, 80, and, 'crist
him 5eue god tymyng,' L 164. The peculiar use of the word would account for
the alteration in LO to endyng, which may mean result, conclusion of an enter-
prise.

1. 5S4. Forte, see 1272 note.

I. 585. at is the usual preposition in such phrases, comp. ' At hire heo nomen
laeue.' La5amon. 1271 ; ' Leaf he nom at fifing,' id. 4478 (in both places MS. O
has ^ ; ' He toke Icue at Charles, & com tille ])is lond,' Langtoft, p. 14. For 5S6,
see 893, 4 note.

II. 589, 90. Comp. for the passage generally, ' To stable ]iey wcnte all yn fere |
And segh \ia.i fole, | Ragged and hegh and long of swere | And blak as cole,'
Octavian, 27/837-40. For fole = horse, comp. ' The faire fole fondred, and fel
to the grounde,' Awntyrs of A. 541 ; ' As fayne of the foale as a freke might,' Troy
Book, S341, and contrast, 'Mi stede by his was bot a fole,' Ywain, 426 ; ' my steed
seemed to his but a fole,' Eger, P. F. MS., i. 358/120. With 590 comp. ' Al
togyder cole black | Washys horse withoute lacke,' Richard 273, 4; ' Blak as cole

K 2

132 KING HORN.

than was his hors,' Partonope, 1957; 'His armur, is steid was blacke colour,'
Gowther, 412 and note.

O 603, 4, L 5S9, 90. For the former line, see 840 note. O 604 contains
a primitive touch ; Horn has apparently no squire to tend his horse : similarly
he saddles his horse, 715, and laces his armour, 716, 7; 840-2, without
assistance.

1. 591. The covering of chain mail rattled with the movements of the restive
horse. Defensive armour for the horse appears to have originated in the latter
half of the twelfth century. A very early mention is that of Wace, ' Vint Guill.
le filz Osber, [ Son cheual tot couuert de fer,' Roman de Rou, ed. Andresen, 75 r 1-2
(written between 11 60 and 11 74 A. D.). Wace is, indeed, speaking here of a
warrior present at the battle of Hastings, but the passage is only evidence for the
current practice. We can date the time when the usage became common in
England by comparing the Statute of Winchester (1285 a. d.) with the Statute of
27 Edw. I (1298 A. D.). The former does not make any mention of armour for
the horse, the latter makes it universally obligatory. See for further details
Hewitt, Ancient Armour, i. pp. 169, 341-4; Schultz, Das Hofische Leben, ii. pp.
100-5; Demay, Le Costume au Moyen Age d'apres les Sceaux, pp. 179-85;
Du Cange, Eqiitts Vesti/its.

I. 592. denie, resound, ring. This place explains the obscnre, ' Sir Comfort, that
knight • wiien the court dineth,' Death and Liffe, 100. Comp. also, ' his hors he
lette irnen ' fat fe eorSe dunede,' La5amon, 21229, 3° > 'J'^ ^i']'^ dunede vnder
hom • vor stapes J)at harde were,' R. of Gloucester, 9416 ; ' ^t erjje dunede for J)eir
cry,' R. of Brunne, 10877 ; ' The erthe doned like the thonder,' Generides, 3774;
' Al the erthe donyd hem undyr,' Richard, 4975 ; ' so desgeli it denede • pat al
\tx\e quakede,' W. of Palcme, 5014; ' [je erpe quook & dened ajeyn,' Cursor T.
1770 ; ' alle the feelde ] Dened {in text demed) veryly of that stroke,' Partonope,
1987, 8. From its associations, the meaning of the word tended to pass into that
of quake : eartli-din means invariably, earthquake, as in, * An erth din far com
pat scok I All thinges als sais J)e bok,' Cursor C. 20499, 50 ; 20985 ; ' Swilk ane
erthdin bigan to be, | so fat grete partyse of fat cete | War knsten doun,'
Horst., A. L. n.f. 48/249-51. For other similar phrases, comp. ' thies kene
knyghtis to-gedir gan glide, | the Medowe tremlyde one aythir syde,' Rowland
andOtuell, 451, 2; ' Ther they rede, al the erthe ] Under the hors feet it quoke,'
Richard, 4440, 1 ; ' The eorthe quakid of hir rydyng,' Alisaunder, 3853.

II. 593, 4. So Arcite in Chaucer, Knightes Tale, ' He on a courser, sterting as
the fyr, | Is riden in-to the feeldes, him to pleye, | And loude he song ageyn the
Sonne shene,' 1502, 3, 9. Comp. also, ' Beues rod hom & gan to singe,' Beues,
51/1069; ' Gye, Harrowde and Tyrrye | Rode syngyng merelye,' Guy, 5419, 20;
' He rode syngynge to grene wode,' Child, Ballads, v. 74/373 ; ' The messagers
anon forht sprong, | I not bi waie yif thai song,' Seven Sages, 313, 4; 'They
wentyn quyk, heom thoughte longe, | They songyn mony joly songe,' Alisaunder,
1966, 7 ; ' Muche cry, mony a song, | The ost was twenty myle long,' id. 3217, 8 ;

3415-

11- 595) 6. The rhyme is common, comp. ' ane lutle while ^ ne leaste hit na
wiht ane mile,' Lajamon, 5818, 9 ; 'Ac fer after a litel while i Wele fe mountaunce
of a mile,' Arthour, 200/7129, 30; ' P'or he was ded on ksse hwile | f'an men
mouthe renne a mile,' Havelok, 1S30, i. With the reading of LO comp. 'Fro
londe woren he bote a mile, | Ne were neuere but ane hwile,' Havelok, 721, 2.
See also Guy, 2810 note, and Minot, i. 84 note. Multiples are, 'Ye haue sett

NOTES. 133

now this Iwo mylcvay j Ryght pcnsyfe,' Paitonope, 2884, 5 ! ' And heolcl up his
hontles twoyii | J)e mountaunce of fyuc myle,' K. of Tars V. 584, 5 ; ' There
tliey fauglit sore loijedcrc | Two myle way and well more,' Child, Ballads,
V. 64/ 1 68.

1. 597. stonde, at anchor. See L 175, O 177, 1021, 1437: the use of the word
in 1179 is, no doubt, determined by the association with this phrase. Comp. ' ))er
iieore scipen godei bi {icre sae stoden,' La5amon, 20921, 2; 'Jar |)e sipes stode,'
id. O. 21526; ' pe yong men went to I'e see stronde | And segh per many schypys
stonnde,' Octavi.in, 13/3S5, 6. For O 61 1, see 118 note : the next line is repealed at
O 646. at grounde, L 595, may mean, grounded, beached (for ^ru/id = hoitom
of the sea, see 104 note', but it is more probably for, at the beach; comp. 134.

I. 59S. hepene honde, a frequent expression of contempt: comp. ' Hej'ene
hound he de.}) ))e calle,' K. of Tars V. 93, loSo, 10S2 ; 'pat hcjene dogge schal
to grounde,' id. 1085 ; ' Saexisce men beoiS ! haeJ5e[ne] hundes,' Lajamon, 21901, 2 ; •
20540 ; Roland, 376, 43S ; ' On Crist we schul hope & affyc | Ageyn ]>e houndes of
Paynye,' R. of Brunne, 13433, 4; 'He was of Kaymes kunrede; | His men no
kouthe speke, no grede, | Bote al, so houndes, grenne and berke,' Alisaunder,
1933-5. Saracens apply it to Christians, comp. ' \>e jonge cristene hounde,'
Bcues A. 621; ' Crystyn Dogges,' Sowdone of Babylone, 956; Richard, 6024.
For 599, 600 see 39 note ; wet hue hadden, the variant in LO, what wares they
had, assumes that they are merchants. For 601, 2 see 90 note.

II. 603, 4. See 43, 4; 1357, 8, and comp. ' Engelond to bywynne, | Ant sle that
thcr wcren ynne,' Chronicle of England, 465, 6 ; ' Brut lond heo wolden iwinnen,'
Lajamon, 2194. With 604, comp. 1241, and such phrases as, ' ])nt was pan,'
Guy, 1293; '])at Jiere wore,' id. 1278.

11. 605, 6. See 51, 719, and comp. ' The Sarezynes with egre moode | Her wepnes
begunne for to grype,' Richard, 4470, i; ' ArSur igrap his sweord riht: & he
smat aenne Sexise cniht,' Lajamon, 21381, 2 ; ' & his wepnen he igrap,' id. 107 19,
1S030, I. For the same rhyme as here, comp. ' Hys swyrde harde dud he grype |
The hed of of oon he can wype,' Guy, 2905, 6. The wiping of the sword as a pre-
liminary to its use is nowhere else in the romances; for the ballad literature
comp. ' & he puld out his bright browne sword, ( & dryed it on his sleeue, | & he
smote off that lither ladds head,' P. F. MS. i. 252/S9-91 ; ii. 505/101, 2. Child
Maurice similarly dries his sword on the grass, id. 97, 8, and others wipe or whet
it on straw, Child, Ballads, iii. p. 244. The object is not quite clear ; it may be
noted that the wiping on the sleeve was a detail of the ceremony in the blessing
of a newly created knight's sword, according to the rubric of the Roman Pontifical,
* Ense igitur accinctus Miles no\iis surgit, & Ensem de vagina educit & evagina-
tum ter viriliter vibrat, & super brachium sinistrum tergit, & in vaginam reponit,'
Selden, Titles of Honor, ed. iii. p. 372.

1. 607. sarazins : the singular, as in LO, fits bttter with 611. his, in 608,
must refer to Horn ; in O the phrase is ambiguous. The meaning is like that of
868, but the expression is without a parallel, so far as I know. Comp. ' hat ict
heortan,' Codex Exon. 174/23; 'him ])ohte is herte bernde,' L 1240; ' Vp he lepe
wij) chaufed blod,' Arthour, 200/7135; 'And hat is al Alisaundres blod,' Ali-
saunder, 3270; ' Jjo king edmond ywraJ)J)ed was • & wijiinne hot,' R. of Gloucester,
6278; 'On him J)ai schoten with gret hete,' id. 9/230; ' \Vra)i})e is a wikked
)>ing : Hit mengej) J)e herte blod,' Vernon MS. i. 339/408 ; ' They foughte togedre
with heorte wrothe,' Alisaunder, 7389. With L 605, comp. L 894 ; ' Some in the
hals so hytte he, | That hed and helm fleygh into the see,' Richard, 2561, 2 : amid

134 KING HORN.

the wealth of expressions for striking off heads in the romances, I cannot find any
parallel to 609, 10, and L 606.

11. 611, 2. For similar attacks of many foes on one, comp. ' AUe abonten him
))ai ben y-gon,' Guy A. 5778 ; ' Al aboute )7ai gonne ])ringe | And hard on him ];ai
gonne dinge,' Beues, 29/625, 6 : Horn is more fortunate than his father, 55-8,
or King Arthur, ' Vor J^at folc so Jikke com • pe wule he hor louerd slou | Aboute
him in eche half • j^at among so mony fon | He aueng dej)es wounde • & wonder
nas it non,' R. of Gloucester, 4580-2. For ys one, L 608, alone, by himself, see
Matzner, Grammatik, i. p. 318 ; Kellner, Syntax, p. 164.

11. 615, 6. on haste, speedily, promptly; for the variant in L, see 1264 note.
bi pe laste, at the lowest estimate, comp. ' Hit was like, by the lest, as oure lord
wold I With water haue wastid all pe world efte,' Troy Book, 7623,4: this rare
use of the preposition seems an extension of its power of indicating measurement.

11. 619, 20. alius, is possible: those not slain outright had wounds from which
they could not recover. But LO have the better reading in aryue, which taken
with 620 gives the meaning. Of all that had landed, none prospered in their
purpose ; comp. ' With mani mody man J)at thoght for to thriue,' Minot, v. 42
and note.

I. 621. maisteres, comp. 642: the word is used absolutely for leader also in
Octavian, 13/361, 38 1.

II. 623, 4. The carrying of an enemy's head on a sword or spear point is
a frequent incident in the romances, comp. ' And tok him be })e heued anon [ And
strok hit fro ]>e scholder bon, | And on his spere he hit pijle,' Beues, 198/4237-9;
' f>at heued Jiai han on a spere ysett,' Guy A. 4083 ; ' He tooke Sir Guys head by
the hayre, ] And sticked itt on his bowes end,' Child, Ballads, v. 93/41 ; ' he
smote of his hede and putt itt on his swerde poynte,' I'onthus, 21/23: so of
a boar's head, ' And on a tronsoun of is spere | J^at heued a stikede for to bere,'
Beues, 40/S27, 8, and of a dragon's, ' j?e dragonys hedd forgeteth he nojt, | Upon
hys spere he hyt up bare,' Eglamour, 959, 60. At the battle of the Standard in
1 1 38 A.D., the rout of the Scots was, according to Langtoft, due to the device of
a squire, ' A hede ]>at was of smyten, J)at J)is squier fond, | Friue, ]>a.t non suld
witen, in an orfreis it wond, | & sette it on a spere, in an orfreis vmbiweued | &
said, " lo ! here I bere Dauid kyng heued," 'p. 117.

11. 625, 6. See 893, 4 note. For 630, see 32 note: for 631, 117 note.

I. 634. londisse : londische, O 647. For the same variation in the forms,
comp. Irisse, 1004; Hyrische, L 1045. So too in Lajamon, the older MS. has
Romavisce, Densce, Bruttisc, Briittisce, Irisce, against the Rot?iamsse, Dense,
Brtittus, Briitlis, Brutesse, Iresse of the later MS., 5787, 6163, 6318, 7140,
9777, 21825.

O 649. deye is a scribe's slip for depe, as it probably is at O 62.

II. 639, 40. This expression is formal ; comp. ' J?o nennyn adde J)is gode suerd •
aboute he smot to grounde | Ech man ])at he J^er wi]) smot • he jef dejies wounde,'
R. of Gloucester, 1143, 4; 'f>ere were mony felde to grounde | And mony fley
wi]) dejies wounde,' Cursor T. 7591, 2 ; ' Syr Gylmyn he broght to grownde j And
gaue hym the detlieys wownde,' Guy, 2881, 2 ; ' Mony of Grece he brou3te to
grounde | And 5af heom wij) spere defes wounde,' Bellum Trojanum, 1725, 6: for
variants of 639, comp. '& slou horn to gronde,' R. of Gloucester, 458; 'al
Albanackes folk; foUe to grunde,' Lajamon, 2165, 6; 'when Jiou to grounde mi
lyoun leide,' Guy A. 4380 ; ' And laiden al that folk to grounde,' Alisaunder,
5893 ; with 640 comp. further, ' ])ai laiden doun wi{; de])es wounde,' Arthour,

NOTES. 135

197/7020; ' He 5af hem de))cs wounde,' K. of Tars V. 1044; Alisauiuler, 1627,
h^s ' dedly wounde.' With L 635, 6 ; O 6-;3, 4, comp. L 895, 6 and ' So l)at in
a lite stounde | Fiue hundred ]'ai broujte te gronde,' IJeues A. 4393, 4; ' )?at in
a lyte stounde | Ethelfred was Islawe : & his men Ibroujt to grounde,' Archiv,
Ixxxii. 372/171, 2; 'On bothe halve, in litel stounde, | Was mony knyyht laid to
the grounde,' Alisaundcr, 957, S. See for further examples Beues, p. Ixii.

1. 642. maister kinge. Similar combinations are not uncommon, comp.
' maister spenser,' Cursor, 4530; 'maister wright,' id. 1666; 'maister jailere,'
id. 4434; ' mayster J)ef,' Venion MS. i. 311/330; 'maister men,' Troy Book,
1599; and of things, 'maister toppe,' (= main top\ Sowdone of Babylone, 127;
'maister temple,' Chaucer, iii. 120/1016; ' maister strete,' id. 150/1965 ; ' meistcr
banere,' Reinbroun, 647/50/5 ; ' le mestre tour,' Fulk Fitz-Warine, p. 136 ; 'maistre
pont,' Guillaume le Marechal, 951; 'meistre dels,' Vie de S. Gile, 2861. In
all these, master = principal ; here the line seems to mean, of the king their
leader.

1. 643. wile, trouble. Comp. 479, So and ' J?e deuelle 3ald him his while • with
an arowe on him slouh,' Langtoft, p. 123; 'Ant after trecherie ant gile | Me
schal yelde the thy whyle,' Chronicle of England, 871, 2 ; '& in o})er cuntres serue
y wile I per men wille jeld me mi while,' Guy A. 4421, 2 ; ' I'ilatus awaitede his
poynt : and J)05te to sulde his while,' E. E. Poems, 111/17; ' Y have quyt the thy
while,' Alisaunder, 735. Horn feels that he has done what is expected of a new-
made knight. So it is said of Garnier in Aye d' Avignon that having been knighted,
' Celui n'oblia mie, ainz prist a chevauchier | Avec lui maint baron, car il veut
sormarchier j Les anemis le roi, confondre et abaissier,' 17-19. Comp. for the
sentiment of the Scandinavians on this point, 'Nee pretereundum, quod olim
in<Tessuri curiam proceres famulatus sui principia alicuius magne rei uoto principi-
bus obligare solebant, uirtute tirocinum auspicantes,'Saxo Grammaticus, 57/31-4.

1. 645. See 124 note. For him in 646 see 137 note.

1. 647. The divergence of the MSS. here is noteworthy. C in all probability
best represents the original version, but with the loss of a passage (somewhere
after 6S4) describing Hkenild's joining the hunting party. For if Fikenild had
not remained behind to spy upon Horn he could not speak so definitely as he
does at 695-7, or invite the king to return with a view to testing his statement.
The alterations in LO are due to a desire to avoid the abruptness of Fikenild's
appearance in L 6S9, O 706. A comparison of the passage w-ith its manifest
imitation in Guy, 3021-30, 63-5, is in favour of this view.

1. 64S. moder child. The combination is ancient, for modor-cilduvi occurs in
the A. S. Psalter, ed. Thorpe, as the equivalent of ' filiis matris meae,' Psalm Ixviii. 8.
The present use in a popular sense of, born man, man alive, is comparatively rare
in M. E. : comp. ' Mani was J^at moder child ] ))at for hir de> was wo,' Horst.,
A. L. n.f. 234/346 ; ' And \&x schal menie a moder child : go to licame,' E. FJ.
Poems, 104/93: moder bern occurs in ' Jiat ha moste beon an of );e moder bern
J)at so muche drohen for drihtin,' Seinte Marherete, p. 2. On the other hand,
vioder sone is common, comp. ' luue iwile J)e, mi leue lif, moder sune feirest,'
O. E. Homilies, series i. p. 269 ; ' And thoru fe grece ouercomyn ; | J7at mani
modir son was feld,' Cursor C. 7060, i ; ' For many modir son ])ai marre • miat
ellis haue bene safe,' Wars of Alexander, 4409 ; ' f>at })ai ner ded vpon pe grene, |
Eueri moder sone, i wene,' Beues A. 4101, 2 ; 'he was a dreri Modur sone . whon
he ]>e tables hedde in honde,' Gregorius, 490 ; ' and woundyt mony a moder son,'
Child, Ballads, v. 98/27 ; 'That would hang us, every mother's son,' Shakspere,

136

KING HORN.

M. N. D. i. 2. 71. The writer of L has recast the whole passage, with poor
results.

I. 649. Heo, for which Miitzner substituted Horn, is a scribe's slip : 649, 50 are
written as one in the MS. To sen aventure, if correct, points, as Matzner says,
rather to the result of his visit than its purpose. Perhaps we should read. To seie
aventure, to tell Rimenhild of his exploits of the previous day.

II. 651, 2. These lines are repeated at 1083, 4, where see note.

1. 653. on pe sunne, in the window seat of the solar as shown in Hudson
Turner's Domestic Architecture in England, i. p. 160, plate 2 ; p. 170, plates 3, 4.
Comp. ' Heo sat in seint peteres churche : biside \^ abbey jate | In a soler in ])e
est side : & lokede out derate,' E. E. Poems, 56/339, 40 ; * At the window she was
prest I To avvaite on him she loued best,' Generides, 2647, 8.

I. 655. pin ore, grant me thy favour, apparently a courteous greeting merely,
not, as usual, a prayer for mercy. Comp. ' And seide, " Lemman, ))in ore," '
Beues A. 7 1 3 ; ' Ysonde }>e nexst nijt | Grid : " Mark, \\ nore," ' Tristrem, 2003, 4 ;
' ]3e good wyf seyde, " Syr, thyn ore," ' Octavian, 27/843.

L 655, 6; O 673, 4, seem to mean, My sorrow is slight compared with what
it will be when my dream comes true this very day. For L 658, see 630 and
32 note.

1. 660. ilaste, remain whole, i.e. it was rent by the fish, laste, L 66o = laschte,
and I shot, cast, the net out a great way. Gomp. ' sone ])ai hem sei5e, on hem
Jjai last; | >e squiers were armed & on hem dast,' Arthour, 231/8255, 6; sredde
( = schredde) L 5S9 ; Horst., A. L. n. f. 220/29; selde ( = schelde) O 57; srewe
( = schrewe), O 60. For at Jje furste, 661, see 114 note.

L 663, 4. The fish so beguiled, deceived, me, that I failed to catch it. O 6S1, 2
has the same meaning. These lines contain the central idea of the dream ; Horn
is the fish that Rimenhild would fain catch, but he will prove false.

1.666. turne, give a favourable fulfilment of. Gomp. 'let \\\ mi sweuen^ to
sel])en iturnen,' Lajamon, 25573, 4! ' M hire sweuene ))at heo >ouhte | Schoide
tome to good endynge,' K. of Tars V. 434, 5; '& godly be soujt god • to gode
turne hire sweuen,' W. of Palerne, 2916; 'Now God J)at is heuene kyng | To
mychel ioye tourne ))is nietyng,' A. Davy, 12/41, 2. The absolute use of the verb
without any qualifying phrase here is peculiar. For the variant areche, interpret,
comp. '])is sweuen hi areht i ase heom best ])oht,' Lajamon O. 25629, 30; ' ne
sculde me nauere sweuen 2 mid sorjen arecchen,' id. G. 28096, 7, where O reads
' to ha[r]me teorne ' ; ' and iosep rechede his drem wel rigt,' Genesis and E. 2124 ;
' " Now god," quod he, " my swevene recche aright," ' Ghaucer, iv. 273/4086.

1. 669, 70. For knowe, recognize, acknowledge as wife, comp. 418 and 'To
knowe him lord & don omage,' Arthour, 119/4181 : the usual phrase is seen in,
' Florent her weddede to hys wyf | To haue and to holde yn ryjt lyue,' Octavian,
40/1267, 8; 'his dou5ter wedde to haue & holde,' Gursor T. 7636; Boddeker,
J57/56; St. Katherine, 1867. O has the same variant as at 1. 440. For, 671, is
taken by Matzner as, before, in preference to: it might be explained, in spite of,
against, as in, ' This mayde shal be myn, for any man,' Chaucer, iv. 293/12, 9.

I. 672. See 305 note, and comp. further, ' \zx to me treupe y fe plijte,' Beues,
50/1058.

II. 673, 4. rupe, sorrow, from a sense of impending misfortune. The rhyme is
a favourite one : comp. ' & bed him vor godes loue • abbe of him reu))e | & of is lend
& f enche bet • of foreward & of treupe,' R. of Gloucester, 5006, 7 ; ' Alias for Sir
Harald, for him was mikelle reuth | Fulle wele his awen suld hald, if he had kept

NOTES. 137

his treiith,' Langtoft, p. 71 ; 'At here departing was grete routhe | Bothe thei wept
to say trouthe,' Genericles, 4505, 6.

1. 675. weop ille, a peculiar phrase apparently without parallel. The usual
adverbs are sare, comp. ' Thay wepede sare and gaffe thame i!le,' Isumbras, 93, i n
and fiassirn; fasfc, comp. ' They weptyn faste and wrang ther hande," Kglamour,
8 1 5. stille, fall in drops, is in IJradley-Stratmann referred to stillcn, to jjacify.
It might be regarded as an adverb, quietly, qualifying the phrase, let teres = weep,
as in, 'And his moder teres lete | ffourty sijies & fyue,' Alexius, 52/716, 7. For
such a use of the adverb, comp. ' Sonc he gede ut and slille he gret, | Cat al his
wlite wurS teres wet,' Genesis and E. 2287, 8.

1. 679. wende, must mean either, turn to good ^comp. ttirue, 666), or pass away
(see 911). Neither meaning suits the context. Perhaps we should read, p'\ sweuen
schal raiswende, | Sum man vs schal schende ; | \>c fiss ])at brae ^i seine | Ywis hit
was som bleine ; with the sense. There is trouble in store, your dream will have
an evil fulfilment, some one will do us an injury; the fish which broke your net
did not stand for me (the fish you desired), but was a malignant monster of the
deep, an enemy of us both. O 699 is meaningless, and a line has been lost
after it.

I. 6S4. For the phrase, comp. 92 note. Perhaps for &= we should read hit,
which is usual ; comp. LO and ' Thu hit shal wrthe wel i-sene,' Owl and N. 844.

II. 6S9 fr. With the accusation, compare Morgadoure's charge against Guy of
AVanvick, Guy, 3069-90, and that of Malachias against Generides, 2603-32.

1. 692. And bared his sword, i.e. took an oath on his bare sword. This practice
was of the highest antiquity among all the northern nations ; the texts may be
seen in Grimm, Deutsche Rechtsalterthiimer, pp. 165, 6, 896, in Da Cange, under
Juramenttim super Arnia, and Spatha, and in d'Arbois de Jubainville, Cours de
Litterature Celtique, vii. pp. 72-4. The scribes of LO, by leaving o\it forp, show
that they missed the meaning. For for]j, comp. ' Sire Geryn herde what he seyde |
& turnde hym & his spere forj) leyde,' R. of Brunne, 12683, 4! 'Ten pound of
florens wer for]) leyd,' Octavian, 26/788 ; ' Ryche tresoure now fur])e men leye, |
And on J)e touj-er day hyt ys alle aweye,' Handlyng Synne, 9444, 5. For the
opposite, comp. ' When pe masses be]) iseiid [ And ])e bokes up ileiid,' E. E. Poems,

1. 693. See I So note.

1. 696. The phrase is formal and the rhyme with hour usual. For parallel
passages, comp. Kolbing's note on Beues A. 3183,4.
1. 699. al rijt, see 305 note.

I. 704. The combination is apparently without parallel; ' wro)) & morne' occurs,
Arthour, 196/6978; ' sori & mume,' id. 240/8590; 'wel modi and wel breme,'
Owl and Nightingale, 500; ' modi & bold,' Genesis & E., 2728. Mume, adjective,
is a rare word, comp. ' bliSe an mode' Jiae aer weoren mume,' La5amon, 161 58, 9.

O 724, 5. For the rhyme, comp. 915,6, 1403,4. F"or the form jerne, comp.
' A sere jernes ful jeme,' Gawa}'ne & G. K. 498 ; ' & J)us jimej ])e jere in sister-
daye5 mony,' id. 529.

II. 707-10. See 323-6. fundlyng, L 70S, is in M. E. literature treacherous
by nature, comp. ' And fals folke and foundlynges • faitours and lyers,' Piers
Plowman C. 194/29S; 'And seide : Jiou traytur and fondelyng . whi hastou mi
sone i bete?' Gregorius, 333; ' Foundelynges weore they two, | That htore lord
by sayen so,' Alisaunder, 4604, 5 ; \V. of Palerne, 2075-8.

L 712. Comp. ' JJou nast noujt to done her,' Horst., A. L. 21/580; 'There

138

KING HORN.

come meny another mon | That thought there to haue to done,' Torrent, 2446,7,
and see 784 note.

1. 716. The corresponding lines in LO are to be compared with 840; in them
armes clearly means Horn's armour. But this gives no satisfactory sense for 0.
Matzner suggests arms, upper limbs. A similar expression occurs in Lajamon, in
the description of Hengist's capture by Aldolf, ' and his harmes spradde i and for))
mid him ladde,' O 1652 1, 2, which corresponds to '& mid aermen hine bispraedde'
(= and encircled him with his arms) of the older version, and to Wace's ' A soi le
traist, si I'embracha, | Par vive force I'emmena,' Brut, 8013, 4. But this throws
no light on our passage. I take armes to mean the horse's covering of chain mail.
Horn saddled the horse and spread on him his brinie; comp. 591 note. The
plural form offers no difficulty, as it is often used vaguely of a single piece or
weapon. It may, however, be that the scribe has corrupted an original hemes,
trappings, horse fiimiture generally. With 717, comp. 841, 2 note.

1. 718. As if he were setting out for a tournament. For the form of the expres-
sion, comp. ' And whenne fey sholde in to a place . it seytli fuUe wele where, | Sythen
aftur his lykynge . dwellede he pere,' Cheuelere Assigne, 12, 3 ; and for place = lists,
'& many of oure J)ay habbe}) al so' y sleyn on many a plas,' Ferumbras, 1221 ;

* For traitour \o\x worst euer iheld | When \om comest in place or feld,' Guy A.
5967, 8 ; ' And were ich alse stij' in plas, | Ase euer Gii, me fader, was,' Beues A.
613,4; ' Ps fairest ])at he fand, | In place to riden him by,' Tristrem, 787,8;
' Coryneus first vp he stirt, | . . . & com & stod forth y \t place,' R. of Brunne,
1803,6. In St. Katherine the phrase 'jef he come in[to] place,' 1309, means, if
he enters the lists of argiiment. in none place, 572, may be taken as in the
present passage, or generally, nowhere ; comp. ' And ynemai nojt undo his dede :
je wire, in none place,' Beket, 1905.

1. 720. The phrase is formal for anything done without delay; Nabod does not
mean, did not stay, Matzner, but rather, wasted no time over it. Comp. ' He
deide and come to Paradys, | Nabod he naU3t fort a-morwe,' Shoreham, p. 40;

* Yonge to Cryste sche gan to fonge, | Wolde sche not dwelle to longe,' Horst.,
A. L. n. f. 260/7, 8 ; * Jesus ne bi lefte noujt to longe | \zX he ne gan with wordes
strongue | Jiene Maister streite a posi,' Horst., A. L. 18/493-5 ; 'Ne dwelden huy
noujt after ful longue,' id. 4/50 ; ' Jesus wuste al heore Jjoujt, | And to longue
ne bi lefde noujt | )>at he to })at child ne cam,' id. 25/711-3; ' Hym thought he
had taryed to longe,' Child, v. 26/81 ; Ipomydon, 45S ; E. Studien, viii. 453/417 ;
' Retoma s'en a I'einz qu'il pot, | Car n'out talent de sejorner,' Guillaurae le
Marechal, 16436,7.

L 723.4; O 742, 3. The latter has best kept the original reading, with the sense.
When it began to draw to that, no man would face him, i. e. when things turned
in that direction, when Horn armed himself in wrath, none ventured to interfere.
Possibly hyt is an error for he ; for the constniction in the phrase is generally
personal ; comp. ' On ))e hille J)ai gun ten, | Arthour & his folk to sen,' Arthour,
109/3839, 40; 'Nijt com hem on, J)ai mijt nou3t sen, | Ich to his ki}) gan to ten,'
id. 229/8203, 4. The reading of L 723 is a feeble repetition of L 721.

L 729,30. These lines are considered spurious by Wissmann, because Rymen-
hild has already heard the words of banishment spoken by the king. But they
seem a natural expansion of L 727,8. ' The fish that rent your net' meant the
man who severs us ; that man is the king.

11. 727,8. A common formula of parting; comp. 'Now, my dere sone, have
good day, | For langer dwelle y ne may,' Trentalle S. Gregorii, 49/i97j8;

NOTES. 139

' Desonell, haue good day, | I mnste now on my jumay,' Torrent, 1393, 4 ; ' We
wyll not dwelle, liaue gode day,' Guy, 706 ; ' Haue gode day, for y wyll goo,'
id. 898. For other examples see Zupitza's note to Athelston, 497. The verb is
exceptionally omitted in, ' And J)erfore, syr, good day,' Ipomadon, 3966 ; a variant
is seen in, 'He bitaujt hem god and gode day,' Tristrem, 1297. With 728,
comp. further, 'lenger here dar I noght lende,' Ywain, 2358; and with the variant
in O 755, ' & also with my feres founde | Armes forto haunt a stownde,' id. 1495,6.
With L. 732, comp. ' Hepyn when I sail founde and ffare,' Religious Pieces, 77/74.
The readings of LO give a more obvious construction for the following line than
C where 729 depends on a verb of motion implied in the preceding sentence; see
437 note.

11- 729>3o. Comp. ' 5if Jiou wilt nojt here be • ac wolt fonde more,' R. of
Gloucester, 2S4. But /ofi<ie generally has a definite object, as 'Therfor I wolle
into vncouth lond | To seke aventure I wil fond,' Generides, 1445,6; ' Owt of my
cuntre y me dyght | Farre into vncowthe londe | Dedes of armes for to fonde,'
Guy, 4350-2; 451,2; Degrevant, iiS; 'a knyght, | Jiat soght aventurs in ))at
land I My body to asai and fande,' Ywain, 314-6; ' Vor \)o he adde moche in
worre ibe • & ido gret maistrie | & him sulf moche ifonded,' R. of Gloucester,
1726, 7; 4445,6; 'Nov Gij wende]) in to fer lond | More of auentours for to fond,'
Guy A. 1063, 4.

1. 732. Seven years is the regular period of a lover's probation in ballad and
romance. Comp. 'And in your armure must ye lye, | . . . Til seven yere be comen
and gone,' SqujT of L. D. 183,6; 'Yf yt be soo, | Ore vii yere be a-go, | More
schall we here,' Torrent, 64-6 ; ' An before that seven years has an end, | Come
back again, love, and marry me,' Child, ii. 464/9. It is often used of faithful
service, see 918, and comp. 'y haue J)e serued 5ore ( In werre & eke in lond of
pes 2 wel seuen jer & more,' Ferumbras, 268,9; 'He served the kyng her father
dere, | Fully the tyme of seven yere,' Squyr of L. D. 5, 6 ; ' For ye maun serve me
seven years,' Child, ii. 323/5 ; ' Seven lang years I hae served the king,' id. i. 255/1.
Agreements are made for seven years, ' A forward fast Jai bond | ])at ich a man
schul ioien his | And seuen 5er to stond,' Tristrem, 46-8. Seven years' trial and
sorrow prepare for the sight of Paradise ; ' Vor wanne 5e habbe]) ipassed ])is seue
3er : our lord 50U wole sende | An sijt of ]jat je habbe]) iso3t : ate seue jeres
ende,' St. Brendan, 213,4.

1. 739. wel a stunde, apparently means, quite a long time, see L 636 note.
The usual expressions are less vague, comp. ' Here kissinge ilaste a mile, | And
))at hem Jjujte litel while,' Floris, 929, 30; ' Quen Jai had kist a mile or mare,'
Cursor, 5245. The plural pronouns in L give a better reading. For 740. see
42S note, and comp. further, ' He fel aswon to J)e grounde | & oft he seyd, " Alias
J/at stonnde," ' Amis, 2134, 5 ; ' He fell down in sowenynge | To the yrthe was he
dyght,' Emare, 2S4, 5. For O 769, see 464 note ; for 743, 284 note; for 744, 404
note.

1. 749. For this typical expression, comp. 'f>at erl is hors began to stride,' Beues
A. 199, and the collection of examples at p. liv of the introduction.

^1- 755j 6. These lines are misplaced in C ; they should come after 750. weep
wijj i^e occurs again at 1036 ; it is a very common expression, comp. ' f>er Elidur
J)e king i weop mid his ejenen,' Lajamon, 6649, 5° > ' P^^ wepe wj) her eije,'
Orfeo, 5S9 ; ' For him wepen lowe & heije | Swijje sore wij) her eije,' Arthour,
79/2755, 6; Horst., S. A. L. 156/357; Guy, 1349; Guy A. 1768; Langtoft,
p. 141 ; Richard, 2865. Similar expressions are, 'She moum'd and weeped with

140 KING HORN.

her face,' Roswall, 104 ; * As soone as the kynge him spyed with eye,' Squyr of
L. D. 665 ; ' J>e Romayns wel myght hem se wyj) eye,' R. of Brunne, 3448 ; ' Wil
5e mi fader se | WiJ? sijl,' Tristrem, 668, 9; ' Nou J)ou mijt se bi sijt,' E. Studien,
■^'"•453/467; 'pat 36 ne ete ne dronke no5t: ne slepte nojt wij) our eie,' St.
Brendan, 61. With loke wif) 156, 975, comp. ' And wyth ])er eyen lokyd wrathe,'
Guy, 7742 ; 7735, 6. iherde wip ires, 959, the phrase which to Sir Hugh Evans
seemed 'affectations' (Merry Wives of W. i. i. 150), is comparatively rare; comp.
* So moche ioye to here wyj) eere,' Handlyng Synne, 4762 ; places like, ' and
herkned wel wiJ) herte and ere,' Horst., S. A. L. 58/1028; ' AUe [jc oSere herc-
neden | mid svviSe open earen,' St. Katherine, 11 27, S, are not quite parallels.
With 354 and its variants in LO may be compared, ' Adam onswerde him \vi]}
moujje,' Horst., A. L. k. f. 344/280; ' Mid muSen heo seiden,' Lajamon, 5726;
'Ofalle nacions jiat speke wy}) tonge,' R. of Brunne, 4188; 'J?ous pai saiden alle
wis tonge,' E. Studien, viii. 449/121 ; ' J7e miracles }>at first spronge | ... No clerk
may telle \V\.\ tonge,' Gregorlegende, 1149, 51 (see also 1259 note); Minot, v.
I (note) ; HC. 41. Of the same type is the common alliteration of verb with its
noun, as in * Mar mijtis hauls ur lauerd wrost | Than ani man mai \\uc in thojt,'
Cursor T. 21629, 30.

Ij 761. stonde, used absolutely for, to blow favourably, is remarkable. The
verb is common enough in this connection, but regularly with adverbial phrase or
clause ; comp. * The wynde stode as her lust wore | The wether was lythe on le,'
Emare, 833, 4 ; ' He suld take l^at way, if wynde wild with him stand,' Langtoft,
p. 145 ; ' wind stond & J)at weder i after heore wille,' Lajamon, 20509, 10; 'Weder
stod on willed wind wex an honde,' id. 25537, 8.

1. 757. The reading of O is to be preferred. With 758, comp. ' He sterte tille
his sterepe and stridez one lofte,' Morte Arthure, 916. But it was considered more
correct to mount without the aid of the stirrup, comp. ' Into }>e sadel a lippte, | f>at
no stirop he ne drippte,' Beues A. 1945, 6; ' WiJ) outen stirop \tx in stirten,'
Arthour, 113/3986; 'And lepeu on sadel withouten stirope,' Alisaunder, 1958;
' Taliter ergo armatus tyro noster, novus militiae postmodum fios futurus, mira
agilitate absque stapia, gratia invelocitatis, equum prosilit,' Chroniques d'Anjou, i.
p. 236. See also Gautier, La Chevalerie, p. 329.

1. 765. See 197. There is nothing unusual in this abrupt question, comp.
' " Child," he said, <' thy name tell me,'" Beues M. 415 ; ' Tell me what ys thy
name, | and wher thou wer ybore,' Lybeaus, 653, 4 ; ' Code syr, what ys yowre
name?' Eglamour, 1268; 'Telle ous now, what is J)i name,' Arthour, 38/1267;
Tristrem, 530. According to the Boke of Curtasye there are three things to be
found out about any chance companion, ' With woso men, boJ)e fer and negh, | The
falle to go, loke J)ou be slegh | To aske his nome, and qweche he be, | Whidur
he wille; kepe welle fes thre,' Babees Book, 308/299-302. For 766, see 39
note.

1. 768. Comp. 202.

1. 770. See 1 178. The phrase means, to seek my advantage, to secure profitable
employment, ' to win gold & fe,' HC. 643. Comp. ' Jiai most J^an scail and seke
pair best,' Cursor, 2456 ; ' 0|)er half ;er we abbejj now • iwend wiJ) oute reste | In
J)e grete se of occean • vorto seche oure beste,' R. of Gloucester, 939, 40 ; 'Si
m'estuet aillors alerquere | Mon mieilz e ou ge puisse vivre,' Guillaume le Marechal,
5824, 5. Similar is, '& byddem go purchace pern best, | To seke oJ)er lond &
lede,' R. of Brunne, 7344, 5. In ' Lete vs j^enne go do our beste, | & seke vs land
opon to rest,' R. of Brunne, 1231, 2 ; ' In odur stedde to do hys beste ] Wyth schelde

NOTES. 141

and sperc to fyj^ht preste,' Giiy, 3171, 2, the phrase has the same meaning of
seeking one's advantage, not of exerting oneself to the utmost.

1. 774. See 333 note.

1. 775. Also mote i sterue, is apparently a formula of asseveration, meaning,
as surely as I must die, as sure as death ; but it seems without parallel.

I. 777. my lyue, in my life. The variants in LO are more usual : see 131 note.

II. 779, 80. See 455, 6; 505, 6. The rhyme is very common ; comp. 'pe porter
com into halle, | Bifore J)e kyng aknes gan falle,' Roberd of Cisyle, 109, no.
For 7S0, comp. 'On kiieos heo gon biforen him falle,' K. of Tars V. 215;
'hi fuUe adoun akneo,' Beket, 1931; 'when he came before that Lady fayer, |
he fell downe vpon his knee,' P. F. MS. i. 189/191, 2 ; ' Whan he cam before the
kyng I On knese he fell knelynge,' Cleges, 394, 5.

11. 781, 2. See 383, 4 ; O 491, 2 ; 1028. The expression is typical ; comp. ' On
her knees }»ei hem sett | And hendely ]>e kyng ]>ei grett,' Cursor T. 8091, 2 ;
' Vppon his knees he hym sette | And the kyng full feyre he grette,' Ipomydon,
1S7, 8 ; Seven Sages, 323, 4 ; 2973, 4 ; Richard, 1591, 2 ; Guy, 161, 2 ; 377, 8, and
many other places. A variant is seen in ' Byfore hire on kneo he sat,' Alisaunder,
2-;i; 'But doun on knees she sat anoon,' Chaucer, i. 280/106. For 782, comp.
further, '& leofliche hine gret,' Lajamon, 3128; 'And the kyng ofte he grette,'
Alisaunder, 7575 ; 'And greet hem wyth honour,' Lybeaus, 147.

I. 784. The first two words are superfluous. The phrase means, 5'ou have busi-
ness with him, you must secure his services. The usual preposition is 7vi//i as in
LO, comp. ' Yiff thou have efft with hem to done, | They wole be the gladder
efftsone,' Richard, 3763,4; 'That they were men with whom we haue a do,'
Generydes, 2518 (see ado in N. E. D. i. p. 123). For of, comp. ' mani worde Jiai
spoken sone ] pat y no haue nou;t of to done,' Arthour, 43/1431, 2 ; ' wat him
were to donde' of one soche manne,' Lajamon, O 4769. 70, where C has di ; 'for
of me & my ])0U5t: nastouj noujt to done,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 371/107; id. 379/22 ;
R. of Brunne, 3056. The construction with di occurs in, ' Other me shal do
bi the : as bi such a man is to done,' Beket, 1864. An absolute use is seen in
' I schal seie ]>e, Joseph • I haue to done swijre' (=1 have some business to do),
Joseph of .A.rimathie, 161.

II. 787, 8 are like 777, 8. Comp. ' J)is weoren ]>a facreste men' ))at auere her
comen,' La;amon, 13797, ^i ' Malgus ]>e reje | pat was fe faireste moni wiS uteu
Adam & Absolon/ id. 28815-7.

11. 793-7. The delivery of the glove has a variety of symbolical meanings such as
(i) granting a request, comp. Roland, 4S2 : (2) offering or accepting a challenge,
comp. Avowynge of Arther, 66/22-4 ! Amis, 845 ; R. of Brunne, 10828 : (3) sealing
a reconciliation, comp. Richard, 1689, 90 : and (4) making a covenant, comp.
' Theo glove he geveth heom byt^veone | Kyng Alisaundre for to slene,' Alisaunder,
2033> 4- This last use gives a possible meaning here, When you go a wooing
(with Cutberd as your companion, comp., for the custom, 528), make a bargain
with him not to rival you. But the giving of a glove also betokens (5) investment
of a deputy with authority, and Kolbing (E. Studien, vi. p. 156) accordingly
explains, entrust him with your power in your absence, i.e. leave him behind you :
or (6) renunciation of a right or claim, which Matzner adopts with the meaning,
give your glove in token that you resign your pretensions to the lady. But he also
points out (7) that messengers sometimes bear the sender's glove as a credential of
their mission, and he suggests as an alternative explanation. Make him your
messenger. Wissmann, adopting this view, sees a contrast between wo^c and wyue.

142 KING HORN.

When you 7C'oo, make Cutberd your messenger, for his beauty will make him
welcome ; but when you think of iveddiug, he will oust you. ' Ne fai ja d'omme
ton message | vers ta dame, se tu es sage,' says the author of La Clef d' Amors
(9^5) 6). But 793, When you set out a wooing, is hard to reconcile with the idea
of employing a messenger. Another explanation is suggested by a remarkable
figurative passage in Political, Religious, and Love Poems, ' loke vnto myn handys,
man! | thes gloues were geuen me whan I hyr sowght ; | they be nat white, but
rede and wan, | embrodred with blode my spouse them bowght ; | they wyll not
of, I lefe them nowght, | I wowe hyr with them where euer she goo,' 153/41-46.
It would seem from this passage that an elaborately embroidered pair of gloves
distinguished the wooer from his companion. So our place may mean. When you
go a wooing, you may as well give Cutberd your gloves, for you cannot succeed
where he is present. For pictures of existing mediaeval gloves see Beck, Gloves :
Their Annals and Associations, and comp. ' His gloues gayliche gilte, and grauene
by the hemmys, | With graynes of rubyes fulle gracious to schewe,' Morte Arthure,
3462, 3. L has the best text ; the presence oiJ>cr in 801 greatly improves the sense.

11. 799, 800; O 828, 9. See 29 note, and for the phrase comp. '}>is wes byfore
seint bartholomeus masse, | J)at ffrysel wes ytake, were hit more ojier lasse,'
Eoddeker, 129/105, 6. Just as Christmas was the most prominent of the crown-
wearing festivals (see 1285, 6 note) at the English court, so it is the typical festival
in the romances (comp. Beues A. 586 note). ' The heghe dayes of jole ' (Perceval,
1803) extend into the new year, and frequently at the end there come into the
hall, where the guests sit at table, messengers with a challenge, comp. Morte
Arthure, 78 ff. ; an outrageous red knight who snatches a gold beaker from the
table, comp. Perceval, 393, 603 ff. ; a mysterious green knight, comp. Gawayne &
O.K. 136 ff.; or the like.

1. 801. at none, comp. 358: it is clear from 827 that the king's guests are at
table. It is the usual time for the appearance of messengers ; see the collection of
examples in the note to Tristrem, 8 19,

O 833. in hys rime, see 1363 note.

1. 805. Site stille. See 389. The phrase is mostly used as a minstrel's address
to his audience, comp. ' Listene]? now & sitte]) stille | Of Herhaud ich 50U telle
wille,' Guy A. 3997, 8 ; ' Sitte)) alle stille & herknel> to me,' Boddeker, 98/1 ;
* Herknied alle gode men | And stille sitte]) adun,' O. E. Miscellany, 186/1, 2 ;
'Sitte]) alle stille more & les | And here]) now ))is merynes,' Cursor T. 20509, 10;
' Sitte> stille with outen strif | And i wol tellen ou of a lyf | Of an holy Mon,'
St. Alexius V. 20/1,2; ' Yef ye wolen sitte stille | P^ul feole y wol yow telle,'
Alisaunder, 39, 40; 6512, 3; Ipomydon, 1373, 4; Assumpcio, 11; R. of
Gloucester, 807/125. The simple verb is also used, 'Quod Bawdewyn, "And
5e wille sitte, | I schalle do 50 wele to witte,"' Avowynge of Arther, 86/1, 2;
' listen, Lords! & yee will sitt, | & yee shall heere the second ffitt,' P. F. MS. ii.
67/256, 7. Variants are, ' Gyffe 50W sytte in 5our sette, Sowdane and other,'
Morte Arthure, 1305; ' Herkynes me heyndly and holdys 50W stylle,' id. 15;
'Site ])ou wcl stille, Cristofre seide,' E. South Eng. Legendary, 274/118; E. E.
Poems, 63/119.

1. 807. The rhyme may be restored by reading on riue as at 132. 808 appears
to mean, In no ordinary number, just as 1295 may mean, After a brief voyage ; but
I can bring no parallel. Comp. Tristrem, 914 note. For vpon honde, L 817,
see 338 note. Her, 809, L 817, seems due to the beginning of the preceding line
(807, 8 are written as one line in C), hi should be read instead.

NOTES. 143

11. 81 1-6. For the theory of the ' duel convcntionnel,' a single combat preceded
by a contract such as that recited here, see d'Arbois de Jubainville, Cours de
Litterature Celticjui', vii. pp. 36-64, where its primitive character and its essential
difference from the mediaeval appeal to the judgement of God are well brought out.
For similar encounters in Romance, where tlic slake is a kingdom, comp. 'He
(AnlaP brouht with him a deuellc, a hogge Gcant, | Wele haf je herd telle, he
hight Colibrant. | Anlaf sent messengers vnto Athelstan, | & bad him jcld ]>e iond
or fyiid a noj'cr man | To fight with Colibrant, J'at was his champion : | Who felle
to haf ])e Iond, on ))am it suld be don,' Langtoft, p. 31; Guy, 9951-66; 'A
messenger anon they sente ; | To kyng Richard forth he wente, | And prayed yiff
his wylle be, | Off balaylebetwen thre ; | Three off hem, and three off hys ; | Whether
off hem that wynne the prys, | And who that haves the heyer hand, | Have the
cyte and al her land, | And have it for evermore,' Richard, 5233-41 ; ' Byd hym
sende a gode knyght | Wyth oon of yowres for to fyght, | Yf hyt may so betyde, |
That yowrys haue ]>c bettur syde, | He let yow haue all yowre land | Wyth pees in
yowre owne hande, | And yf hys knyght haue ])e maystry | And ouyrcome yowres
wyth felonye, I For yowre lande ye schall do homage | And euery yere 5elde hym
trewage,' Guy, 3503-12 ; ' Ac ye two, with ho:s and scheld, | Comen armed wel
into the feld, | Gef he wynneth ther the maistrye, | Of us he have the seignory : | Gef
thou him myght perforce aquelle, | His folk wolen don thy wille,' Alisaunder,
7297-302; Partonope, 1589-1616; ' OuJ)er sende he to me hider | A mon J)at
we may fijte to gider, | \N'he})er o]>ex ouer comej) in felde | pe to])eres folk al to
him helde, | A mon of his ajein oon of oures : | If oure may wynne his in stoures |
f>at fei be ouris & her heires; ] If j^ei wynne oures we be ])eires,' Cursor T. 7461-
8 ; ' Tyl ArJ)ur he (Frollo) sente his sonde : | 3yf ^^t he wilde bytwyxt Jjem to |
To-gedere fighte, wy))0ute mo, | & whilk of J)em were ouercome, | Or slayn, or
wyf' force nome, I Tak hym ^e Iond til his wylle, [ So ])at ))e folk nought ne spille,'
R. of Brunne, 10820-6. The story of the duel between Edmund Ironside and
Cnut for the crown of England is told by Johannes de Oxenedes (p. 1 7), and other
chroniclers. John of Marmoutier has a detailed account of a single combat be-
tween Geoffrey of Anjou, father of Henry the Second of England, and a Saxon
giant, Chroniques d'Anjou, i. pp. 239, 40 ; another writer in the same collection
describes a similar encounter between Geoffrey Grisegonelle and a Danish giant,
Ethelwulf, under the year 97S A.n., id. p. 324.

I. 81S. See 124 note, vpspringe, L 826 = rising (of the sun), is not in Strat-
mann, and do not know any other example of the word ; comp. vpriste,
1436. For the verb, comp. 'Upon thy day, er sonne gan up-springe,' Chaucer,

i- 323/14-

II. S23, 4. Comp. 173, 4.

1. 825. But what shall be to us for advisable, for the best; what is our best
course ? Comp. ' Nuste he tho he miste hem : what him was to rede,' Beket, 50 ;
' Lauerd crist, godes sone, | wat is me to rede,' O. E. Miscellany, 162/7, 8 ; ' The
seli man bigan to grede, | Alias, wat schal me to rede,' S. Sages, 1473, 4; ' Louerd,
wat shal me to rede,' Havelok, 118; 693. The pronoun of the person is often
omitted, ' f>e feyre men seyde, " what ys to rede," ' Handlyng Synne, 5655 ; ' Lord-
ynges, he sei)), what to rede,' K. of Tars V. 115. Similar expressions are common,
comp. ' whae seal us nu raeden,' Lajamon, 13528 ; ' He nyste what was best to
red,' R. of Brunne, 864 ; ' Do loke what rede is now at J'e,' K. of Tars A. 259.
The rhyme rede . . . dedc often occurs, as in ' Ywys y kan no beter rede | Well
y wot y schall be dede,' E. E. Miscellanies, 58/26, 7 ; ' penne seide goly, j-ou art

144 KING HORN.

but dcde, ] Danid seide, God be my rede,' Cursor T. 7575, 6 ; ' Alias, he sayde>
what is ]>e beste rede? | Now i wote, i am but dede,' Tundale, 1181, 2 ; Trya-
moure, 595, 6 ; ' her of J)u most raeden 1 oSer alle we beotS daeden,' Lajamon,
14003, 4 ; Archiv, Ixxii. 54/1777, 8.

1. 829. Comp. ' Me J)ynke]) hit were no vasselage | J)re til on ; hit were out-
rage,' R. of Biunne, 12331, 2. The sentiment of the northern nations is expressed
by Saxo thus, ' Duos siquidem cum uno decernere ut iniquum, ita eciam probrosuin
apud ueteres credebatur. Sed neque uictoria hoc pugne genere parta laudabilior
habita, quod pocius dedecori quam glorie iuncta uideretur. Quippe unum a duobus
oppiimi ut nullius negocii, ita maximi ruboris loco ducebatur,' 1 1 1/39-112/4.

O 861. Without man's companionship, i. e. without the assistance of any one.
The phrase is used here in a quite exceptional context, comp. Seinte Marherete,
p. 13; Shoreham, p. 118; E. Studien, viii. 449/55-7; Horst., A. L. 83/352;
Horst., A. L. n.f. 261/117.

1. 836. See 5S note. With 837, 8, comp. 'pe king Yuore him ros amorwe, |
In his hertte was meche sorwe,' Beues, 194/4109, 10 ; ' The kyng hereof tok gret
sorwe, I And went hom on the morwe,' Alisaunder, 516, 7.

1. 840. See L 5S9, O 603, 716. Comp. generally, 'his armes he bryng}) him
J)anne anon ' & Olyuer gan him schride, | v/ip is hosen of mayle he bygon ^ nolde
he no leng abyde : | & suj)l)e an haberke al of steel i on is body he caste, | Garyn
hur lacede faire & weel : & mad hur sitte faste,' Ferumbras, 234-7 ' ' ^ richcliche
Jiai schred J)at knijt ] wij) helme & plate & brini brijt,' Amis, 1243, 4 ; ' In gode
armes they gan heom schrede,' Alisaunder, 3572. Schrede is more commonly said
of ordinary clothing, comp. ' WiJ) cloj) and wi]? bedde (? webbe) | His sone faire
he sredde,' Horst., A. L. ;/./. 220/28, 9.

I. 841. P'or caste, comp. ' J?e king arcs of bedde' and one bruiiie cast on
rug[ge],' Lajamon O. 6718, 9 ; ' & sy])en ilkon ])er armure on kest,' R. of Bruiine,
13316; 'And caste a brinie upon his rig,' Havelok, 1775; ' f>o mouthe men se
J)e brinies brihte | On backes keste and laced (late MS.) rithe,' id. 2610, i ; ' Every
man his armes on keste,' Richard, 4417; 'When he on Florent hacton caste,'
Octavian, 116/878; ' And caste on his rugge '. swijie riche webbes,' Lajamon O.
22583,4. Other verbs are seen in 1058; 'And he warp on him! one brunie of
stele,' La5amon O. 2 11 29, 30; 'The armure he dude on his liche,' Alisaunder,
3482. With 842, comp. 717 and ' ))ai helpid to lace him in his wede,' Ywain,
2419. The exact meaning of 'lacing the brinie ' is not easy to make out. The
brinie is, strictly speaking, a shirt of leather or thick cloth with rings or small
plates of metal sewn thickly over it, or sometimes covered by bands of metal
arranged trellis-wise (Demay, p. no), but it doubtless means here, as often, the
hauberk or shiit of chain mail. It would appear from a solitary quotation, 'Par
le flans le lacha,' Garin de Monglane, 84 c, given by Schulz, ii. p. 33 note, that
the hauberk was sometimes laced at the sides. It was also drawn tight round the
neck by a silken or leathern lace (id. p. 45), and the sleeve was sometimes secured
at the wrist by a lace or strap (Hewitt, i. p. 233). Further the hauberk was often
furnished with a continuous coif which was drawn over the head and laced round
the face opening (Hewitt, i. p. 235). Any or all of these adjustments may be
intended by the text. Reference is often made to lacing the helmet, comp. ' Ys
helm on is head sone he caste, | And let him lacye well & faste/ Ferumbras,
5309 ; ' II vest un auberc dublier | et laca I'iaume en son clef,' Aucassin, 11/7, 8.

11. 847, 8. L has preserved the best reading. O 875 means, And array our-
selves against each other.

NOTES. 145

1. S51. grene, field of battle, much like place, 718, Comp. 'Both \z lely and
J)e lipard • suld gcder on .1 grene,' Minot, xi. 3. For sufte kene, see 91 note.

1. 853. See 532 note and comp. further, ' he wod in to J)e water, his feren him
bysyde, | to adienche,' Boddeker, 129/100, i ; ' theose riden him bysyde,' Ali-
saunder, 4596. The confusion in C is noteworthy. The pagan giant first offers
to fight three singlebanded, but Cutberd rejects the offer. He will alone bring
three of them to death (836), and here the giant and apparently two companions
engage Cutberd. Nothing is said of two champions associated with him, and
indeed Berild and Alrid seem to perish in the general fighting which follows on
the death of the heathen champion. L has a single slip into the plural in hem,
863, otherwise it describes a single combat, as O does consistently throughout.
In their case the fercn are simply the pagan host assembled to witness the fight ;
they begin to retire in dismay when they see their champion getting the worst of
it (L 867, O 886).

1. S54. The sense is similar to that of the first quotation in the preceding note.
They came into the field to meet their doom, as it proved. Lumby suggests dent
for dcp, which would give a common expression, but alteration is unnecessary.
LO mean, to sustain that encounter, to experience the fortune of battle ; it is
practically the same as the common phrase, to abide battle ; comp. ' ])at bataile
wald abide,' Tristrem, 1445 ; Minot, v. 40 note.

L 864. See 63S. The meaning is, He would not omit to do it : it is the
familiar expletive, wipouten fayle, in sentence form, used to emphasize the state-
ment of the preceding line. I know of no exact parallel, but similar phrases are
common ; comp. ' J?e messanger goth and hath nou3t forjete ; | And fint the knijt
at his mete,' Lay le Freine, 43, 4; 'And at J)e last forgat pai noght, | f>e toun of
Cane J^ai sett on fire,' Minot, vii. 67, 8 ; ' An hundred time sche cast hir sijt, | For
no ))ing wald sche lete,' Amis, 695, 6 ; ' He smytyth J)e Almayns sare ; | For
nothynge wolde he spare,' Guy, 1639, 4° > ' ^^ ^^'^^ sou;th of his kynne | ffor noujth
wolde J)ai bl}Tine,' Alexius, 35/345, 8 ; ' JJus Amoraunt, as y 50U say, | Com to
court ich day, | No stint he for no striue,' Amis, 1645-7 ; ' For no])ing wold sche
wond,' id. 1611. ' Nabod he nojt to longe,' 720, ' J)at fu no5t ne linne,' 992,
are in principle the same. Faile might, however, be here taken in its special sense
of, miss his stroke, as in, ' Ac he failed wij) outen dout, | For he smot him forbi,'
Arthour, 201/7166, 7.

1. 857. Similar expressions are, ' })ar was many dunt ijeue,' Lajamon 0. 1 740 ;
' duntes \tx weoren riue,' id. 227S0. For 858, see 427 note.

1. 859. Horn refrained from striking. In illustration of the deliberate blow for
blow style adopted in the Scandinavian duel, Wissmann quotes, ' Non enim anti-
quitus in edendis agonibus crebre ictuum uicissitudiues petebantur, sed erat cum
interuallo temporis eciam feriendi distincta successio, rarisque sed atrocibus plagis
certamina gerebantur, ut gloria pocius percussionum magnitudini, quam numero
deferretur,' Saxo Grammaticus, 56/14-19. It seems to me little to the point. We
have here the frequently recurring pause in the combat, which is sometimes due to
mutual consent of the combatants; comp. ' Thay foughten soo longe, J)at by assente |
Thai drewe hem a litil bysyde, | A litil while thaym to avente, | And refresshed
hem at J)at tyde,' Sowdone of Babylone, 1235-S ; 'The fyght betwene them was
so long, I A while to rest bothe they gang | And on there swerdes they lenys,'
Ipomadon, 7916-8. Sometimes one of the champions withdraws, as King Somogour
in Partonope, 2014 ff., ' They had bothe nede hem to A brethe | Awhyle they rest
hem on the hethe,' 201S, 9; and Cnnt in his fight with Edmond Ironside as told

L

146 KING HORN.

by R. of Gloucester, ' f)is knout bigan to reste • ]>o is asaut was ydo ] & bed
edmond as in pes • a word hure ojier tuo | King edmond him grauutede • & somdel
him wi]) drou,' 6296-8. But mostly, as in King Horn (taking the readings of
LO as right), one asks the other to desist ; comp. ' Crysten man, vndurstande me : |
The wedur ys bote, as })ou may see. | For the lordys loue, {?at })0u leuyste ynne, |
And as he may forgeue J)e \)y synne, | Geue me leue to go stylle | To drynke of
water but my fylle. | • • • Yf y for thurste ouyrcomen ware, ] Thou schuldyst be
preysed neuer ]>e mare, | But schame therof Jiou schuldyst haue, | And thou warne
me, that I craue,' Guy, 8105-10, 13-16; Libius, P. F. MS. ii. 468/1441-52 ; id.
536/271-6; '& vernagu at fat cas, | So sore asleped was, | He no mijt fijt no
more : | At rouland leue he toke, | JJat time, so seyt Jie boke, | For to slepe ])ore. |
Roland jaf leue him, | For to slepe wele afin, | & rest him in })at stounde,' Rouland
and Vernagu, 61 1-9; Gesta Romanorum, 566/29-33. Apparently it would be
unknightly to refuse such a request. With 861, 2, comp. ' pe Bretons sawe ]>eT
syde 5ede lowe, | pey rempede (? rumede) \>em to reste a J)rowe,' R. of Brunne,
3491, 2.

O 891. harde dunte. So, ' gode dunt,' O904; 'mid swi??e bitere duntes,'
Lajamon, 26967; ' mid smarten heore dunten,' id. 27051 ; ' doujti dentes,' W. of
Palerne, 1215; ' grete dintes,' Havelok, 1437; 'noble dent,' Richard, 2622.
O 892, 3 seem almost necessary to the story, though not in C.

11. 867, 8. agrise • • • arise. Rhymes between parts of these verbs are frequent ;
comp. ' So sore hym gan agryse | That he ne myghte aryse,' Lybeaus, 2002, 3; 'A
morwe J)o Ve prince aros | Of his sweuen sore him agros,' Horst., S. A. L. 165/203,
4 ; ' But sone vp ageyn he rose ; | Of that stroke his hert agrose,' Generides, 79.'>9>
60. With 868 comp. 608. The discovery, during the pause in the fight, of a
mortal foe in one's opponent is a frequent incident in the romances ; thus Ferum-
bras finds out that Oliver is the slayer of his imcle (Sowdone of B. 1259), Ameraunt
that he is fighting with the slayer of many of his kin (Guy, 8231^

11. 869, 70. Comp. ' her stondetJ us biuoren ' vre ifan alle icoren,' Lajamon,
21377, 8; ' But when Amerawnt vnduryode, | That Gye there before hym stode,'
Guy, 8231, 2 ; 'Lo ! here byforn vs l^an ar Jio | pat ban vs wrought ful muche wo |
Jiyse are Jiat han wasted our lond | pat riche was & farre vs fond | pise are f^at slowe
our auncessours,' R. of Brunne, 10079-83.

L 882. See 53 note. For L 8S5 see 114.

1. 875. For parallels, see Beues, p. Iviii. With 1. 876 comp. L 1503, 4; 1390;
' Sare it ])am smerted })at ferd out of ffrance,' Minot, v. 13 note ; ' pe sharpe swerd
let [he] wade, | ])otw the brest unto J)e herte ; | ]>e dint bigan ful sore to smerte,'
Havelok, 2645-7.

Ii 887, 8. This rhyme with similar phrases is a favourite with Lajamon ;
comp. ' pa gunnen his men fleon ' & ]>a. ofiere after teon,' 19146, 7 > ' & Aco Jiider
]>e J)U fleo' heo ]?e wulleS after teon,' 16080, i ; ' Modred bi-gon to fleon i & his
folc after teon,' 28354, 5 ! 8669, 70; 20527, 8. But it is found elsewhere; comp.
' Ac alle Jat euer mijt flen | Swijie gun oway ten,' Arthour, 6635, 6.

O 910, I. so pou haue reste, as thou mayest have rest. Comp. ' Also so
god geue yow reste, ] Fylle the cuppe of the beste,' Guy, 6687, 8. Other forms
of protestation will be found at 183, 555, 775, L 1041, 1051. forp, out; comp.
' men wollej) wene Jiat hit be so]), | And clepe l>e for]) for heore euenyng,' Vernon
MS. i. 333/158, 9: ofclepen occurs in the same sense in, 'And ofclepith his
chaunselere,' Alisaunder, 1810. A curious use is seen in, ' Wei is the modir that
may forth fede | Child that helpith hire at nede,' id. 1 1 29, 30. ofe pi beste, some

NOTES.

M7

of your best men. Comp. 144 note, and ' men him served of the beste,' Alisaunder,
1098. See also 1264 note.

O 915. kaute. The verb is used with a great variety of nouns in the sense of,
get, receive. Comp. ' Al Jiat })ey ))ere araujt | Crete strokes perc ])eycau3t,' Amis,
2467, 8. So lacchen, as in, ' pe kyng stode ouer nehi, J)e stroke he lauht so smcrte,'
Langtoft, p. 94.

O 916, 7. a^en, in 1. 916, is an adverb, practically forming a compound verb
with stodc, meaning withstood, resisted. For the regular compound, comp. ' alle
heo slowen i \Vi\. heom ajenstoden,' I.a;amon, 5916, 7. The separation of the words
by the subject hyc is remarkable. In 917 a5en is, of course, a preposition ; comp.
for the phrase, ' f>e bor stod stille ajen jie dent,' Beues A. 791 ; ' He stod ful harde
agayn heore dunt,' Bellum Trojanum, 1655. For the usual adverb, comp. ' f>e
paiens agcyn })am fulle stifely J)ei stode,' Langtoft, p. 17; 'And ther so feawe
stondeth styf | To fytte ajenis senne,' Shoreham, p. 16. For O 918, 9 see 1421
note : for wode, O 921, see 348 note.

li S93. See 115 note. For 895, 6 see 639 note. A passage very similar
is, ' WiJ) outen eni wordes mo | Beues Brademond hitte so | Vpon is helm in ])at
stounde, | f>at a felde him flat to grounde,' Beues A. 1037-40.

1. 8S3. See 58 note. With 884, comp. ' pai said it suld ful dere be boght,'
Minot, i. 43 note ; ' Fulle dere it salle be bouht, bi Jhesu heuen kyng,' Langtoft,
p. 158 ; ' Hit schal beo ful deore abouglit,' Alisaunder, 4154 ; Richard, 660.

O 924. rowe, following of knights drawn up in line of battle. Comp. ' Mani
stout bachilere broght he on raw,' Minot, v. 48 ; ' J?e princes ])at war riche on raw,'
id. iv. 79 and notes ; ' Knyghtes semlyd on a Rowe,' Torrent, 817 ; ' The kuyghttes
that were stro^vyd wyde, | To hym drawes on euery syde | Redy and on a rawe,'
Ipomadon, 5798-800 ; ' For -xx- knijfes al a rawe | per he broujt o Hue dawe,'
Arthour, 137/4821, 2.

I. 886. Read, Ne scaj)ede were no wijte. Wissmaim gives, f>er sca])ed was no
wi;te.

L 905. The jihrase has special point in a time when most buildings, ecclesias-
tical and domestic, were of wood, or wood and clay. See Hudson Turner,
Domestic Architecture, i. pp. xiii, xxii. Comp. ' ])er was a noble cherche I-made :
of lim & of ston | here bodyis me beried J)ere : wit wel gret honour,' Archiv,
Ixxxii. 377/4^6,7 ; *}7e pope Alexeries in his tyme I Made a chapel of ston and
lyme,' Celestin, Anglia, i. 75/311, 2 ; 'pat O ffisschere was riche of weole • and
hedde halles of lym and ston,' Gregorius, 295 ; ' And castels wroght with lyme
and stane,' Ywain, 1447 ; ' Ichil a castel han ywroujt | Of wode & lime, morter &
ston,' Arthour, 17/514, 5 ; ' Swych saw they never non | Imade of lyme and ston,'
Lybeaus, 713, 3; ' Fyftene castels of stone and lyme,' Guy, 4482, 1529; Child,
Ballads, vi. 430/3 ; R. of Gloucester, 2706; Archiv, Ixxiv. 332/403; ' Puis fist a
Kardif un chastel | De pere e de chauz, fort et bel,' Michel, Chroniques Anglo-
Normandes, 1. p. 105. See also 1393 note. With L 906, comp. 'They weore
faire brought in eorthe,' Alisaunder, 1653, 46S7.

O 932. 3. The usual phrase is seen in, 'And ledden hym in to holy chirche |
Goddes werkes forto wirche,' Alexius, 44/496, 7 ; ' And als he was in holy
chirche, | godes werkes for to wirche,' E. Studien, i. p. 99. For other examples of
the rhyme see Athelston, 4 note.

II. 893, 4. See 223, 4; 255,6 ; 586 ; 625, 6. The rhymes halle . . . alle are
often used in similar formulae of transition ; comp. ' Theo messangers come into
the halle, ] To-fore Pors and his barotms alle,' Alisaunder, 7285, 6 ; ' Kyng Phclip

L 3

148

KING HORN.

sat in his halle, | Among eorles and barouns alle,' id. 802, 3 ; ' When Tryamowre
come into the halle | He haylesed the kyng and sythen alle,' Tryamonre, 1138, 9 ;
' pe soudan J)er he sat in halle | He cleped his knihtes biforen him alle,' K. of Tars
V. 943, 4; ' Beffore Tanker in hys halle | Among hys erles and barouns alle,'
Richard, 1705, 6 ; ' Bifore J)e kyng in to his halle | f>ere he sat wij) his knyjtis alle,'
Cursor T. 5891, 2 ; S. Sages, 655, 6, A variant is, ' The chylde wente ynto the
hall, I Amonge the lordes grete and small,' Emare, 862, 3.

1. 896. The usual expressions have the noun, not the verb, as, ' je scholle do be
mine rede,' Benes A. 2958 ; ' & dude al bi his rede,' Beket, 169 ; ' & Jjurh mine
raede] don al }-ine daede,' Lajamon, 13069, 70.

I. 898. of muchel pris. For the phrase, comp. ' Dame Marcye was mikel of
pris,' R. of Brunne, 3705 ; ' loseph l^ou art mychel of pris,' Cursor T. 4613 ; ' And
other lordys of myche pris,' Emare, 485 ; ' Kyng, no duyk, neo knygt of pris,'
Alisaunder, 14; ' J)ei sauh {^e payens of pris,' Langtoft, p. 125, 127, 136, 137;
' Ivains fu de mult grant valor, | De grant pris et de grant honor, | Et mult fn
prisies,' Wace, Brut, 13604-6, 7450. But the absence of the rhyme shows that
the line is corrupt. The usual rhyme to /leir in the romances is /ej'r ; we might
read, & ])u art swi]^e feyr. Comp. ' Of his bodi ne hauede he eyr | Bute a mayden
swijie fayr,' Havelok, no, i. Wissmann partly following O reads, aslasen he]>
mine heires, | and ])u art knijt boneires ; treating the s of the last word as the sign
of the French nominative singular, with a reference to eiieniis, L 960. O 939
seems to me due to the carelessness of the scribe ; although boiicire is common
enough, I take }>e as showing that his original had something like, And Jjou art
deboneire (i.e. of good family, stock). For 899, 900, see 93, 4 note.

L 913, 4. The rhpne is a favourite with La5amon ; comp. ' & fiftene J)usende ])er
weoren islajen ] & idon of lif-daejen,' 11736, 7; 11294, 5; 19456, 7 ; 20697, 8,
&c. For the verb, comp. ' Heo J^ojte if heo mijte bringe : J)at child of lyf-
dawe,' E. E. Poems, 50/93 ; ' mani a bold bum • was sone broujt of dawe,' W. of
Palerne, 3817.

L 916. blod ant bone, an expression meaning the whole body. Comp. ' He is
so big of bone & blood,' Torrent, 1714; ' Now god that Dyed appon a Rode |
Strengithe hym bothe bone and blod,' id. 112, 3 ; ' with banrentis, barounis and
bernis full bald, | Biggast of bane and blude, bred in Britane,' Anglia, ii. 410/5,6;
* Ane bleithar wes neuer borne of bane nor of blude,' id. 418/384 ; ' Thane Marye
blyssed hir sone both blode & bane,' Archiv, Ixxiv. 328/101 ; 335/620. For L 918
see 14 note.

II. 901, 2. See 307, 8 note, and comp. further, ' Who that may his bon be | Salle
hafe this kyngdome and me | To welde at his wille,' Percival, 1338-40 ; ' He
gaffe hym his syster Acheflour | To have and to holde,' id. 24, 5 ; ' As Mon J^at his
wyf wol vndurfon ; to haue and holde at bord and bedde,' Gregorius, 475.

1. 904. on pe lofte, in an upper room. See 653 note, and comp. ' Mury hit ys
in hyre tour, [ Wyj? haj)eles & wy): heowes : ] so hyt is in hyre hour, | . . . ffayrest
fode vpo loft, I my gode luef, y \q greete,' Boddeker, 179/23-5, 30, i ; 'Lordingis
and ladyis in the castell on loft,' Anglia, ii. 433/1051 ; 'Then was that lady sett |
Hye up in a garett | To beholde that play,' Tryainoure, 721-3 ; ' pe leuedi J^ar of
oner \t. castel lai | . . . Beues to ))e castel gate rit | And spak to hire aboue him
sit,' Beues A. 183 1, 5, 6 ; ' Je schal lenge in your lofte & lyje in your ese,' Gawayne
and G. K. 1096 ; 'Forjjy })ow lye in Jjy loft & lach ])yn ese/ id. 1676; 'pe cwen
stod eauer stille | on heh, & biheold al,' St. Katherine, 2023, 4. The phrase might
mean, on the dais, at the high table, as will be seen from passages like, ' Ridus

NOTES. 149

to the he dese, before the rialle, | And hailsutte King Arthore hindely on hejte,'
Antiirs of Arther, 13/20, i ; ' lie gart schir Gavvyne vpga, | His wife, his doghter
alsua, I And of ]iat mighty na ma | War set at ]>e des,' Anglia, ii. 435/1 151-4 ;
' On the hye deyse he hur sett,' Bone Florence, 1761 ; ' & praid them on the bench
aboue | To giue him something for gods loue,' Arthour, 361/2035, 6. But the
manners of the society described in the poem did not apparently permit of her
presence in the hall ; thus Rymenhild is not at the feast which follows Horn's
dubbing (523), and she could not have mistaken Athulf for Horn (303) if she had
seen the latter daily at his service before the king. Nor do the purely formal
lines 255, 6 furnish an argument to the contrary.

I. 905. wij) wronge, wrongfully. A frequent phrase, sometimes used with little
meaning as at L 572. Comp. 'for heo al mid wronge 1 wilneden of ure londe,*
Lajamon, 27300, 1 ; ' Vrgan gan Wales held | \Vi}) wrong, for sope to say,' Tris-
tram, 231 1, 2 ; 'Al that thou werres it is with wrong,' Richard, 5450; 'That
falsely holdeth my lond with %vrong,' Generides, 7389 ; Arthour D. 295/462 ; id.
L 340/1480 ; Le Morte Arthur, 3155 ; Alisaunder, 3987. 7vtiA right also occurs,
'with wrong no with right,' Langtoft, p. no; 'al wiJ) rijt, and nojt wi]) W05,'
Miitzner, Sprachproben, i. 149/62 ; ' ffor alle we schulen wi)) rijte louen vchon
o])ur,' Vernon MS. 331/73. So also, ' mid unrijte,' Beket, 716 ; R. of Gloucester,
6619. For the sense comp. ' pat ich Jiis present vnderfong | Jif ich dede, it were
wrong,' Arthour, 66/2289, 9°- The meaning of the passage is, It would be
wrong for me to undertake it, namely, your daughter whom you offer, and the
goveming of your kingdom. For to lede is accusative infinitive in apposition to
hit (see 479 note). As Matzner says, there is nothing unusual in the change
from pi to oiuer, but the scribe's origmal had probably oper, which he has read
oper.

O 951. Similar are, 'f>e holie rode tokningue : fram seoruwe heom scholde
werie,' Horst., S. A. L. 155/335 ; * With his blood he shalle us boroo [ Both from
catyfdam and from soroo,' Towneley Mysteries, p. 156 : but I do not know an
exact parallel. For 912 see 732 note.

II. 915, 6. See O 725, 1403, 4, and for the rhyme comp. ' It nis no rijt f'at J)0U
me weme | Rightfulliche \2X y wil jerne,' Arthour, S4/2947, 8 ; for the phrase in
915, 'King, ich jeorne ])ine dohter,' Lajamon O. 4424; ' jurne we his dohter,'
id. 934, 4382 ; ' He semes me to wife alwayse,' Ywain, 1242.

1. 924. Aton ... of, agreed about, sone, O 96S, is a scribe's slip.

^1- 933> 4- See 265, L ion, 2, O 1042, 3. The expression is formal and of
frequent occurrence ; comp, ' & swiftliche he sent his sond \ Ouer al in to Irlond,'
Arthour, 181/6435, 6; ' Anon the barrons send their sonde | Wyde ouer all Eng-
land,' id. 292/353, 4; 'Hastely he sente hys sondes | Into manye dyverse londes,'
Richard, 49, 50 ; ' Anoon })e kjTig sente hys sonde | Wyde aboute ynto all hys
londe,' Octavian, 50/1585, 6; ' Thru5he ]5e werlyd in euery lond | Pope Bonyfas
sente his sond,' Archiv, Ixxix. 435/91, 2 ; ' He sende his sonde : wide send J-ane
londe,' Lajamon, 422, 3 ; Tristrem, 256; R. of Gloucester, 363 ; K. of Tars V.
913, 4. Important messages are generally entrusted to a squire (see Gauticr, La
Chevalerie, p. 203; Schultz, pp. 173-8), and he is sometimes knighted for his
good news ; comp. ' A knaue ])at he[m] knewe, | He made him knijt wij) hand |
For his tidinges newe,' Tristrem, 1700-2.

1. 943. See 193 note.

L 951. The rhyme occurs often in Lajamon ; comp. * on songe no on spelle \
ne miSte hit na mon telle,' 12093, 4 ; ' Heore names ne herde ich neueie telle : in

150 KING HORN.

bok no in spelle,' O 1802, 3. He also writes, 'a. saegen o3er a spelle,' 6662 ;
' inne soS spelle,' 8280 ; ' mid spelle,' O 12534. Comp. also Tristrem, 3091 ;
Beues A. 2130. With feyr of felle, O 9S6, comp. ' Ho watj ])e fayrest in felle of
flesche & of lyre,' Gawayne and G. R. 943 ; ' Vor he was meok & mylde ynou • &
vair of flesse & felle,' R. of Gloucester, 5815 ; ' A feyre thynge of flesche and felle,'
Eglamour, 29.

1. 948. See 296 note.

1. 950. The phrase is formal ; comp. ' To bring hir to his bedde,' Tristrem, 159;
' And so hyr brynge as byrd to bedde,' Le Morte Arthur, 2989.

1. 953. I have travelled far. It is not confined to land travel ; comp. ' & heuede
Eneas ]>e duo i mid his driht folcke, | widen iwalken 2 send })at wide water,' Lasa-
mon, 1 10-3 ; ' Peraventure yet ye may betyde | In straunge cnntry to walkyn wide,'
Richard, 739, 40 ; ' She was ]>e fyrst ])at walkyd wyde [ Yn euery land,' Handl}'ng
Synne, 2795, 6. Similar expressions are, ' Muchel ic habbe iwalken • bi water ant
bi londe,' Horst., A. L. h./. 494/195 ; 'Thou walkyst bathe est and weste,' Egla-
mour, 54; 'Were ys knyght Cleges, tell me herr, | For thou hast wyde iwent,'
Clegcs, 476, 7. See also Minot, viii. 29 note. With 954 comp. 'As the mes-
singerus welke bi the see sonde,' Amadace, 46/3.

1. 956. Alas for the (evil) hour, time : much the same in meaning as the follow-
ing line, but less common. Comp. ' Weylawey ]>e stounde,' Political, R. and L.
Poems, 243/12; ' Wayle way pat stounde,' Guy A. 400/24/12. For 959, see
755 note.

1. 960. bidere tires. Comp. ' bitrum bryne tearum,' Codex Exon. 10/14; '&
swij)e bitter teres lete,' Arthour, 31/1019. With the variant in O, comp. 1406;
' Da pearS beam monig | blodigum tearum | birunne,' Codex Exon. 72/19-21.

1. 969. pro5e is put by Stratmann under O. E. prdgan, to run. But the sense
required is, The sea began to be stormy ; and we must either assume for the O. E.
verb the meaning, to be convulsed, as the O. E. noun prdj means paroxysm
(Sweet) ; or, with Wissmann, \.iikt}roje as written ior prowe (O. M.prdjvan). The
latter suggestion is made more probable by such interchanges of j and w asfelawe,
r. with knowe, 1089, and felaje, r. with draje, 1419. And rhymes like prone ■ ■ .
gloue • ■ • wo^e, 545, 793 ; kno7ve ■ • • o^e, 983, 1206; lo^e • • • tvvje, 1079, show
that, for the scribe of C, j and iu lay very near in sound. For the use oiprowe, to
be disturbed, comp. the example in 117 note and add, ' heje hare-marken | • • .
J)rauwen mid winde,' Lajamon, 27356, 9.

1. 972. ofpinke is impersonal, hit is the subject; see 106, 1056. It is rarely
personal, but comp. Lajamon, 197. See for the constructions oi forpink, which
replaced it , Guy, 984 note. Otietpink is used in the same sense, R. of Brunne,
12692.

1. 973. Comp. generally with this passage, ' Le postis est alee ouvrir | Par ou
Jehans devoit venir, | S'escoute et oreille, et regarde | S'ele I'orroit, car mout li
tarde,' Jehan et Blonde, 2881-4. pe dure pin, the sliding bolt fastening the
door, as shown in the illustration in Wright, Homes of Other Days, p. 145.
Comp. ' In to hir chaumber hye stirt an hijt | & schette ])e dore wi)? J)e pinne,'
E. Sludien, vii. 115/170, i; 'Sis angels two drogen loth in | And shetten to ^e
dure pin,' Genesis & E. 1077, ^ ; ' Anone that lady, fayre and fre, | Undyd a pynne
of yvere | And wyd the windowes she open set,' Squyr of L. D., 99-101 ; ' She's
tane him to her secret bower, | Pinnd with a siller pin,' Child, iv. 289/4. In
* With her fingers lang and sma [ She lifted up the pin,' Sharpe, Ballad Book, p. 5,
a bar seems meant.

NOTES. 151

1. 975. See 755 note.

1. 980. The ordinary phrase for such display of grief is seen in, * He wrungcn
hondes, and wepen sore,' Havelok, 152. But comp. ' Sho wrang hir fingers, out-
brast pe blode,' Vwain, 821 ; 'hir loueli fingris ho did wringe,' Cursor F. 23960;
' wepmen & wummen, | mid wringiade honden | wepinde sare,' St. Katheriiie,

2323-5-
1. 9S3. was iknowe, acknowledged, was acknowledging. For the construction,

comp. ' beute jif J>u wulle icnawen beo 1 ])at ArCur is king ouer j^e,' Lajamon,
26433, 4; ' He nolde be knowe for no Jiyng | )?at hit wes a mayde 5yng,' Ilorst.,
S. A. L. 171/53, 4 ; 'Seint Thomas him bithojte: that other he moste lie, | Other
beo iknowe that he hit was,' Beket, 1223, 4; * Atte laste he was iknowe' (= con-
fessed that he was Beket), id. 1225. iknowe in this construction goes back to O. E.
adj. gectiiive, acknowledging ; comp. ' 7 hig ealle wseron Jiaes gecn&we ' (ge-cnawe,
Hatton MS.), Lucae iv. 22 (= Et omnes testimonium illi dabant). But M. E.
iknowe was mistaken for the participle of gecnawan and written with added n as
in the first example above ; and the use was extended to the participles of bicnawen
(O. E. becndwan) as in L 993, O 1028, and anaiawen (O. E. ottcfidwan). Comp.
'Of his couenaunt he was biknawe,' Arthour, 15/425 ; ' & of hir dede sche was
biknowe,' id. 24/764 ; ' He is by-knowe he is his sone,' Alisaunder, 1 140 ; * & how
J)e couherde com him to • & was a-knowe fe so})e,' William, 421 ; ' ]?ef, pou schalt
be slawe, | Bot J)ou wilt be ])e so])e aknawe,' Amis, 2098, 9 ; ' po weoren heo al
J)at so)^e a knowen • (read knowe) hou heo foimden )>at luytel knape,' Gregorius,
293. This explanation is due to Zupitza, Anzeiger, vi. p. 16. For the same
rhyme see 1205, 6.

1. 985. See 176 note, of depends on ikno've; see the examples of this construc-
tion, answering to the O. E. genitive, in the preceding note.

1. 992. In such wise that thou cease not, fail me not; practically, And do not
fail me. For pat comp. ' Thre dayes lasted the fyght, | That Jiey nodur stynt nor
blanne,' Beues, 74/66, 7 ; ' Fast he ffaught, bolhe he and they | All the nyght and
all the day 1 That thes two dragons never blanne,' id. M. 1323-5 ; 'So was bi-
twenen hem a fiht | Fro \t morwen ner to ]je niht | So jiat ])ei nouth ne blinne,'
Havelok, 2668-70 ; ' f>us J)e batayl it bigan | • • • JJat neuer ))ai no Ian,' Tristrem,
34, 8. The expression here has little meaning of its own : it strengthens the pre-
ceding line, like, ' They hyeden faste • wold they nought bilinne,' Chaucer, iv.
659/557 (Gamelyn) ; ' He went forth and wold not blynne,' Beues M. 905. Comp.
also L 864 note.

1. 994. to huse. Comp. ' And J)erto wile ich J^at J)u spuse, | And fa}Te bring
hire until huse,' Havelok, 2912, 3 ; ' He |:'at maiden Oysel schal spouse j In godes
lawe vnto his house,' Guy A. 5667, 8 ; 'To mary one of Je maydens thre | pe
eldist first was helpid to hame,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 12/132, 3 ; * There's a French
Lord coming o'er the sea | To wed and tak me hame,' Sharpe, Ballad Book,
p. 2.

1. 997. mid pe beste. See 1264 note. For 999, see 287 note.

1. looi. Comp. 'Writes he did make and sende,' Generides, 7809; 'Then he
made to sonde owt wryttes wyde,' Florence, 361 ; ' He sende writes sone on-on j
After his erles euere-ich on,' Havelok, 136, 7; 2274,5; 'Mid worde and mid
write 1 He dude 3am alle to wite,' Lajamon O. 6675, 6. But LO have preserved
the original rhyme ; see 933 note.

1. 1003. lijte, nimble, speedy. For this use of the word, comp. ' f>is losue was
wondir li;t | And maistrj' had in mony a fijt,' Cursor T. 6951, 2; ' Till I may

152 KING HORN.

preve my myghte I With Roulande, that proude ladde, [ Or with Olyuer that is so
lighte,' Sowdone of Babylone, 903-5 ; ' & 5nt fer was of welssemen • ]ie ver})e ost
J)er to I lordeined wel inou • in a place biside | Jiat li3te were & hardi • muche folc
to abide,' R. of Gloucester, 9275-7 ; ' Huon who was lyger and light,' Huon of
Burdeux, 382/3; HC. 424; '& hadde an hors was ferly lyght,' R. of Brunne,
1 2714. The adjective was specially applicable to the Irish, ' que leger sunt cum
uent ' (Song of Dermot, 663), because they dispensed with defensive armour. So
Saxo Grammaticus, ' Vtitur autem Hibernorum gens leui et parabili armatura,'
169/6, and Giraldus Cambrensis, ' Praeterea nudi et inermes ad bella procedunt.
Habent enim arma pro onere ; inermes vero dimicare pro andacia reputant et
honore,' v. p. 150. With 1. 1004 comp. ' f>e gode weoren to fihten,' Lajamon,
18461 ; ' cnihtes swi'i5e kene 1 wode to uihte,' id. 30375, 6; 'ffair folk to fighte,
Cesar tabyde,' R. of Brunne, 4334.

1. 1005. ino5e, in abundance. See 857, 1228, 1400, and comp, ' His barons alle
aboute fast tille him drowe | With hors & armes stoute, J)er com tille him iuowe,'
Langtoft, p. 203 ; ' Hi sumnede aje J)i3 holi day : he5e men ynowe J)erto,' E. E.
Poems, 47/133. For O 1048, 9, see 1235, 6 note.

1. loio. Comp. 336; * So wyj)ynne a litel ])rowe | Men amed Jiem & wel hit
sowe,' R. of Brunne, 4669, 70; Havelok, 276. But the simple noun occurs in
the same sense, ' Angis tok in a {jrowe | Mani castels/ Arthonr, 7/147, 8; 'There
was dedde in a throwe | Fyve hundurde on a rowe,' Guy, 1655, 6. See also
333 note.

1. 1013. Stratmann proposed to read on for (2r» (E. Studien, iii. p. 270) and after-
wards suggested that (5^ might be taken as a preposition (id., iv, p. 99). But the
xistence oi and as a preposition in M. E. is very doubtful. The text presents no
real difficulty ; the mast is lowered as well as the sail. Though no exact parallel
or direct reference to the practice is forthcoming, the following passages speak of
the raising of the mast at the beginning of a voyage, ' Heo rihten heora rapes J
heo raerden heora mastes, | heo wunden up seiles,' Lajamon, 1099-101 ; ' They
setten mast and halen saile,' Alisaunder, 992 ; ' Et fist lever voiles et tres,' Wace,
3308 ; ' Crier a fait : as nes, as nes, | Et il entrent et lievent tres,' id. 4055, 6 ;
' Mult furent le li marinel, | Vunt as windas, levent le tref,' Vie de S. Gile, 802, 3.
Comp. also, * pey stryken sayl & anker cast | Vp to lande J)ey jede ryght fast,'
R. of Brunne, 3687, 8. For 1015, see 124 note; for 1016, see i38inote; for
1017, see 211 note.

I. 1020. He was almost too late, comp. ' welnere he com to late,' Langtoft,
p. 191. With 1021 comp. 597 note, and with 1022, 59 note.

II. 1023, 4. See 1227 note, and for the passage generally, comp. HC. 850 ff.,
and, ' De yleqe vet Fouke, e vient en la foreste de Kent, e lessa ces chevalers en
I'espesse de la foreste, e s'en vet tot soul chyvalchant le haut chemyn,' Fulk Fitz-
Warine, p. 78.

1, 1026. This phrase, which expresses the most complete isolation like that of
one who, having come into the world without human parents, is devoid of relations
or ties of any sort, occurs in four other places in M. E. literature : ' Thane he
rydes hym allane | Als he ware sprongene of a stane | Thare na mane hym kende,'
Perceval, 1042-4 ; 'Seint Edward in normandie . was \o bileued al one | As bar
as wo sei]) of ])e kunde • as he sprong of fe stone,' R. of Gloucester, 6720, i ;
' AUace, allace, wa is me, | Jiat wyf has tynt & barnis fre, | As thing wes sprongyne
of \t stane, | Allace, I ame ful wil of wane,' Horst., Barbour, ii. 19/472-5 ; * &
icham a wrecche & frendles : bileuej) nou alone, | Al nake}) & bar of alle gode :

NOTES. 153

as ich sprong out of \>e stone,' Early S. E. Legenc^ary, i. 396/105, 6. Grimm
(Teutonic Mythology, p. 572), speaking of primitive legends which make the first
men grow out of trees and rocks, instances the well-known passage in Homer,
Odyssey, xix. 162, 3, dWd. koI us fnoi tlnk rtbv ytvos, uinruOfv iaai • \ oii -yap dni
tpv6s iaat na\ai<pdTov ov5' diri TTtrprji, you must have ancestors, for you are not
sprung of fabled oak or rock, and Zupitza, Anzeiger, ix. p. 190, quotes the follow-
ing passages from Plato which show how the expression was understood in his
time: ij otu in 5pv6s iroOtv fj t« Trerpas rdy iroXiTfias YiyvfaOai, dXA' oiixl <« tuiv
fjOaiv Twy fv rati Tru\(aiy, de Republica, 544 D ; xal ydp tovto avrd to tov 'O^-qpov,
ovh' iyw dvb Spvbs oid' dird Trirprjs iTfipvfca, d\X' l£ dvOpujircov, ware aal olictTui fioi
flffi KOI vleis, K.T.X., Apologia, 34 D. See also Grimm, Teutonic Mythology,
p. 1451, and Gervase of Tilbury, ed. Liebrecht, p. <)9. Similar expressions are
seen in, ' J?at he suld fynd a palmere orly at mom, | At ])e South sate, alone as
he was bom,' Langtoft, p. 32 ; ' Al oon he sat, as he was born,' Beues, 62/25 ;
' In he come amonge hem alle [ Throw the clowdis as he had falle,' Ipomydon,
811, 2.

i. 102S. Comp. 782 note, and for the rhyme here, *a pore knyjt he mette | J)at
wit mylde wordus: wel swyj)e fayr him grette,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 312/25, 6 ; ' In ])e
wei he hj-m mette | And feire Jienne he hym grette,' Vernon MS. i. 329/27, 8.

11. 1029, 30. Thou shalt tell me all thy news. ¥ov spelle, comp. L 951.
' Palmers walkes both fer and nere,' Horst., A. L. «./., 9/427, and in the romances
they are always welcome for their news, comp. Guy, 1405-8. Apparently they
had a poor reputation for truthfulness, comp. ' Eien diz cum paumer • mcnconges
uas trouant | Lei est de pelerin • nul ne mentira taunt,' HR. 194/3730, i ; * of ojier
palmers he gan frayne | Lesynges quajTite,' Octavian, 43/1365,6; ' pilgrymes, |
With scrippes bret-ful of lesinges,' Chaucer, iii. 63/2122, 3. For 1031, and on,

0 1069, see 1363 note.

O lo/o. Under bruken in Matzner may be found instances of the use of the word
in asseverations with many parts of the body, but this expression appears to be
without a parallel. For O 1071, see 153 note.

1. 1034. We should probably read, Of Rymenhild ]>& 5inge. When the scribe
of C finds in his original the fixed epithet of Rimenhild, i.e. Jie 5inge, in rhyme,
he either leaves it out, as at 614, 1287, or recasts the line, as at 443, or spoils the
rhyme by alteration to jonge, as at 566, 1188. See also 279, 80.

O 1076, 7. Reading in the second line, tier hye gan, I take the meaning to be,

1 come from under church wall where she owned a husband (see O 440). bonder
chyrche wowe may mean, at the church porch, as in Chaucer's ' Housbondes at
chirche dore she hadde fyve,' prol. 460, all that part of the ceremony which pre-
ceded the nuptial mass being in former times performed at the entrance to the
church. See Rock, Church of our Fathers, iii-. p. 172.

1. 1036. See 755 note.

I. 1038. wip golde, with a gold ring. I know of no exact parallel for this
use, but comp. 'And spusen hem wij) one gold ringe,' Floris, 1252 ; ' I had rather
marry your daughter with a ring of gold,' P. F. MS. i. 197/427 ; ' And thou schalt
wedd Organata, my doghtur fre, | Wyth a fulle ryche r>'nge,' Eglamour, 605, 6.
Expressions like ' He spoused hir wiJ) his ring,' Tristrem, 1706 ; ' For hir sake that
he hade | Wedd with a ryng,' Perceval, 1763, 4, are very common.

O 1084. Myd strencpe, by force, forcibly. Comp. ' mid stren<5e he heo nom,'
Lajamon, 30480; ' His gode swerd wil? strengjie he drouj,' Guy A. 4346 ; 'And
al men speken of hunting, ] How they wolde slee the hert with strengthe,' Chaucer,

154 KING HORN.

i. 289/350, 1 ; 'and thei toke hym bystrenght, not withstondyng the kyng defendid
hym,' Ponthus, 3/17. With an adj. or adj. phrase the word is common, comp. ' he
hafueS inome ])ine majei mid hahliche strenSe,' Lajamon, 25667, 8.

1. 1046. Comp. 'to bure me laddei to J)as kinges bedde,' Lajamon, 30483, 4.
For 105 1, see 183 note.

I. 1052. As minstrels, palmers and beggars moved about freely and without
question, men wishing to disguise themselves usually adopted the dress of one of
these classes. For similar exchange of clothes with a palmer, comp. ' " Palmer,"
a seide, " paramour | 5em me J)ine wede | For min and for me stede." | • • • Beues
of is palfrei alijte | And schrede pe palmer as a knijte | And jaf him is hors j^at
he rod in, | For is bordon and is sklauin. | The palmer rod forj) ase a king, | &
Beues wente alse a brepeling,' Beues A. 2058-60, 63-8; Lajamon, 30738-41;
Wistasse le Moine, 900; Child, Ballads, v. p. 179: with a beggar, Orfeo, 497;
Generides, 6871, 2 : vnih a charcoal burner, Wistasse, 1007,8 ; Fulk Fitz-Warine,
p. 145. For the palmer's dress adopted as a disguise, comp. ' Pyk and palm,
schryppe and slaueyn, | He dy5te hym as palmer queynt of gyn,' Octavian,
43/i357> 8 ; ' In slaueynys as J^'ey palmers were | 5ede alle ])re,' id. 49/1547, 8;
R. of Brunne, 15832-46. A good description of a palmer's outward appearance
is given in Morte Arthure, ' A renke in a rownde cloke, with righte rowmme
clothes, I With hatte and with heyghe schone homely and rownde ; | With llatte
ferthynges the freke was floreschede alle ouer, | Manye schredys and schragges at
his skyrttes hynnges, | With scrippe, ande with slawyne and skalopis i-newe, | Both
pyke and palme, alls pilgrara hym scholde,' 3470-5. See also Piers Plowman B.
V. 522-38. His distinguishing garment was the sclavine. This is usually taken
to have been a cloak, but it was more probably a long robe of shaggy woollen
stuff (' pallam villosam quam sclaviniam nominant,' Mapcs, de Nugis Curialium,
p. 234), such as the pilgrims wear in the frontispiece to Fosbrooke, British Mona-
chism, ed. 181 7. It constitutes the sole garment of Sir Orfeo, ' Al his kingdom he
forsoke, | Bot a sclavin on him he toke, | He ne hadde kirtel no hode, | Schert [ne]
non o])er gode,' Orfeo, 225-8. But the special marks of the pilgrim were the bourdon
and the scrip. The bourdon was a stout staff a little taller than the bearer, with
a knob about one third of the length from the top, and armed at the end with a
large iron spike from which it is often called a pike. Comp. ' A pyked staf he
dressede of his spere • as palmers don })at walkej) wyde,' Gregorius, 560 ; ' The
knyghte purvayed bothe slavyne and pyke, | And made hymselfe a palmere lyke,'
Isumbras, 497, 8 ; Richard, 611, 2. The bourdon and scrip, ' signa peregrinationis,'
were received by the pilgrim from the hands of a priest, comp. ' Tandem cum
lacrymis ab oratione surgens, sportam et baculum peregrinationis de manu Guillelmi
Remensisa rchiepiscopi • • • devotissime ibidem accepit ' (Philippus, rex Francie),
Rigord, i. p. 98. See further Du Cange, Dissertations sur I'histoire de S. Louys,
no. XV ; and for a popular account of pilgrims generally, Cutts, Scenes and Char-
acters of the Middle Ages, pp. 157-75.

II. 1055, 6. To-day I shall drink at that feast in such wise that some will repent
it. dririke appears to mean simply, share in the feast, and the sense is much like
' There was berlyde at ])at suppere | Drynke that sethyn was bought full dere,'
Ipomadon, 791, 2. But the word has in M. E. another well-known ironical use,
of chastisement, and there may be some suggestion of it here, comp. ' and thoo
that wolde have come uppe ( They dranke off Kyng Richardes cuppe ' (i. e. received
blows), Richard, 6945, 6; 'Ye shall drynke or ye goo,' York Plays, 38/81;
' Adam hente sone • another gret staf | For to helpe Gamelyn • and goode strokes

NOTES. 155

yaf. I • • • " What ! " seyde Adam • " so ever here I masse, | I have a draught of
good wyn ; drink er ye passe," ' Gamelyii, 591, 2, 5,6; so of similar words, ' hem
schal sone com a beuercche | J)at schal nou5t J)enchc hem gode,' E. Studicn, i. 104/91 ;
'Sayd J)e marchaunde, " Sikerliche, | Here schal rise a fair beuerege,"' id. vii.
114/93, 4; ' & euere whanne hi come • hii dronke of lujiere drenche,' R. of Glou-
cester, 858/296 ; ' wesseyl I schal drynk yow too,' Richard, 6746. The lines,
'& sware by the ruth, that god them gaue | He shold drinkewith his owne staffe,'
Arthour, 361/2045, 6, show the same use of the word (probably the French ori-
ginal contained a play on the words boirc and bordoit), comp. * The stranger reply'd,
111 liquor thy hide | If thou offerst to touch the string,' Child, Ballads, v. 134/S;
' And J)erfor, lord, good rijt it is | With oure owne staf chastisid to be,' Hymns to
the Virgin, 81/89, 9°- ^^^ meaning given by the texts as they stand is not very
satisfactory, but their substantial agreement is against any assumption of corruption.
Otherwise one would be tempted to read ior J>er, brew : comp. ' Anon I wole to
hem goo, | And brewen hem a drj-nk off woo,' Richard, 6373, 4 ; ' A sorye beverage
ther was browen,' id. 4365 ; S. Sages, 265 ; 'pys bale wil \)ey eft vs brewe,' R. of
Brumie, 1245; 'So \sX a lujier beuerege • to hare biofjje hii browe,' R. of Glou-
cester, 621; Cursor T. 2848. With 1056 comp. 106, and ' Hj't wyle of-thenche
hjTn sore,' Shoreham, p. 36.

1. 1058. See 841 note and for the omission of the subject, Horn, 126S note.

1. 1059. For horn his = Horn's, see Matzner, E. Grammatik, ii-. p. 236, 7.

I. 1062. And twisted his lip; apparently, made a wry face by way of disguise.
The e.xpression seems to be without parallel. Wissmann quotes, ' At ubi regiam
snbiit [Olo], uerum oris habitum adulterina specie supprimens, obtritum annis
hominem simulabat,' Saxo, 254/22-4. Morris reads, to-iijrong, distorted. For
kewede, O 1107 read kelwcde.

II. 1065, 6. With the substitution of netier ere for neuremore, these lines yield a
fair meaning. He made himself uncomely, such as he never was before. But they
read like a feeble variation on the preceding couplet, and should be rejected.

11. 1067, S. The churlish porter is a stock character in the romances. See
Gautier, La Clievalerie, pp. 494-6, and comp. ' "Porter," a sede, " let me in reke, |
A lite Jjing ich aue to speke | Wi]) J)emperur." | " Go hom, truant," ])e porter
sede, I ''Scherewe houre sone, y J)e rede, | Fro \e gate : | Boute ])ow go hennes
also swi]je, | Hit schel ])e rewe fele sit^e, | {lou come J)er ate." | • • • Beues wi]) oute
jre gate stod | And smot J)e porter on J)e hod, | pat he gan falle; | His heued he
gan al to cleue | And for J) a wente wij ])at leue | In to J)e halle,' Beues A. 394-402,
415-20 ; ' J?e porter gan him wite | And seyd, " Cherl, go oway, | 0)jer y schal J)e
smite,"' Tristrem, 619-21 ; HC. 952-60 ; Cleges, 256-64; P. F. MS. ii. 587/722-
32. The porter's resistance is sometimes overcome by bribes, but mostly, as here,
by hard knocks. The poor dependant often fails to get admission, comp. ' Also
fare)) Elde as doj) a sweyn | J)at stondej) at his lordes jate, | And mot not wenden in
ajcyn, | ffor \ie porter ])at is J)er ate; | ffor no jiftes J)at he may jiuen, | Ne feire
wordes })at he mai speken : | He wor]) out atte 3ate I driuen, 1 Anon J)e gate for
him is steken,' Archiv, Ixxix. 433/117-24. For an ill-tongued porter in real life,
comp. the episode of the legate Otho and the Oxford scholars as told by ISIatthew
Paris under 1238 a.d. ' Quibus advenientibus, janitor quidam transalpinus, minus
quam deceret aut expediret facetus, et more Romanorum vocem exaltans, et januam
aliqnantulum patefactam tenens,ait, " Quid quaeritis ?" Quibus clerici, "Dominum
legatum, ut eum salutemus." • • • Sed janitor, con\'itiando loquens, in superbia et
abusione introitum omnibus procaciter denegavit. Quod videnles clerici, impetuose

156

KING HORN.

irruentes intrarunt ; quos volentes Romani reprimere, pugnxs et virgis caedebant,'
Chronica Maiora, iii. p. 482. The absence of a porter, on the other hand, indi-
cates unstinted hospitality ; there was no porter at Arthur's court according to the
Mabinogion, d'Arbois de Jubaiuville, iv. p. 3 ; nor at the house of Sir Baudewyn,
•He funde thaym atte the mete | The lady and hur mene, | And gestus grete
plente, | Butte porter none funde he, | To werne him the jate,' Avowynge of
Arther, p. 80 ; so too, ' At ]>o dor uschear fond he non | Ne porter at ]>o yette,'
Gowther, 329, 30. In 1254 A.D. the king of England gave a great feast to the
king of France at the Temple, which was open to all comers. ' Nee erat in majori
janua vel aliquo introitu epulantium janitor vel exactor, sed omnibus adventan-
tibus patuit ingressus ultroneus et dabatur lauta refectio,' Matthew Paris, C. M. v.
p. 479. Similarly, ' Qui que vout beivre ne mangier | Si 'n out tant comme il en
volt prendre. | Nuls n'i osa porte defendre,' Guillaume le M. 11 16-8.

11. 1071, 2. Nor might he succeed in getting admission. For the construction,
comp. ' and jeorne was aboute | hou he mihte awinne 1 \>at he were wip ine,'
Lajamon O. 12563-5; 'mid fihte he hadde awonnel J'at he was king of londe,'
id. 10876, 7.

1. 1075. A common expression, but usually containing an adverb. Comp. 'He
bit scholde abugge sum day,' Alisaunder, 1326; 'buten he hit abuggel mid his
bare rugge,' Lajamon, 22457, 8 ; ' J)ou salt hit sore abugge,' id. O. 8158 ; ' J)e king
vvel sore scholde hit abegge,' Beues A. 1516; Alisaunder, 2971.

I. 1076. ouer pe brigge, i.e. into the moat: comp. the similar measure dealt
to a saucy porter in Elie de S. Gille, ' Et Bertrans passe auant a loi de bacheler, |
Le poin senestre li a el cief melle, | Enpoin le bien de lui, el fosse I'a iete,' 821-3.
For parallels in the ballads, see Child, v. p. 95.

II. 1079 ff. With Horn disguised at the marriage feast should be compared the
episode in the Gesta Herwardi, which tells how Hereward on behalf of a friend
rescued a Cornish princess (Gesta Herwardi, pp. 349-53). The passage in which
Lajamon (30728-827) relates how Brian visited the court of Edwine has many
features in common vnth the present passage.

11. 1079, 80. wel loje. Comp. 11 15 and ' Pore men })at sat vppon Jie ground |
Were delyd of many a pownde,' Ipomydon, 1544, 5 ; ' In the flore before me sett
ye adowne,' Ipomadon, 788 ; ' pon schalt eten on Jje ground ; | f>in assayour schal
ben an hound,' R. of Cisyle, 165, 6 ; ' In the floure a clothe was layde, | " This
povre palmere," the stewarde sayde, ( " Salle sytt abowene 50W alle," ' Isumbras,
567-9. So King Gram, hearing that his betrothed is about to be married to an-
other, ' relicto exercitu tacitus in Phinniam contendit, inchoatisqne iam nupciis
superueniens, extreme uilitatis ueste sumpta, despicabili sedendi loco discubuit,'
Saxo, 18/31-4. With beggeres rowe, comp. 'ffor ffeare lest any one shold him
know, I he kept him in silly beggars rowe,' Guy & Colebrande, P. F. MS. ii.
528/28, 9 ; 'Go stond in beggers rowght | Yf J>ou com more inward | It schall
the rewe afterward,' Cleges, 261-3; ' -^^ ^at in pore Mennes rowe | Jjerfore ]pei
coujje him not knowe,' Alexius, 39/151, 2. The corresponding passage in Ponthus
is worth quoting for the contrast in manners and sentiment. ' At that tyme itt
was the custome at the weddyng of grete astates, ther shuld be xiij pouere men
ordanyd, the which shuld sitt at mett befor the bride at a table by theym selfe ;
in the worshipp of God and of his xij apostelles. And aftre the dynner, she that
was maryed shuld yeve drynke to eueryche of the pouere men, in a copp of golde.
And thus went Ponthus and satt doune for oon of the xiij,' p. 98/8-14.

1. 1081. abate is postponed preposition, see 393 note. Comp. ' And loket aboute

NOTES. 157

him anre alle,' Avowynge of Arther, p. 80 ; * Al aboute he gan beholde,' Beues A.
421 ; ' But euere his eye o sydc he glente,' R. of Brunne, 15848.

1. 10S4. See 651, 2, and comp. ' alse he were of witte,' Lajamon O. 8226 ; * lie
was neije of his witt ywis,' Arthour, 95/3322 ; ' Sche wax neij of hire witt,' W. of
Paleme, 4346 ; and with the variant in L, ' Then wasTryamowre owt of hys wytt,'
Trj-amoure, SS9 ; 'part waxen newe | Out of J)i witte,' Horst., S. A. L., 4/57, 8.
But the expression is generally made more definite by the presence of an adjective,
comp. ' He was neije wode out of wt,' Arthour, 53/1795 ; Lybeaus, 953 ; Beues
A. 1916; ' He was nygh of wit wod,' Alisannder, 1831 ; S. Sages, 495, 6; W. of
Paleme, 2772 ; " of witte hii weren awed,' Lajamon O. 4438 ; ' Out of wit he was
anoied.' Alisaunder, 1600. Similar phrases are, ' That nighe of witte she wold
wede,' Le Morte Arthur, 651 ; ' Syr Ector of hys wytte nere wente,' id. 3930 ; ' And
made here wytte al wode,' Handlyng Synne, 1273.

O 1 1 26. Comp. 'He seet stille and sihtte sore, | Litel he spak and I)ouhte
more, | ^ViJ) drowpninde chere,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 217/298-300. The divergence
of the MSS. is noteworthy ; no one of them is satisfactory : O 1 1 27 is a mere patch,
and C 1086, a reminiscence of 916, ill suits the context.

I. 1090. So far as he could see; comp. Matzner, E. Grammatik, \\}. p. 431. in
vch plawe, L 1094, apparently means, in every fight ; ful of lawe, full of loyalty,
fidelity ; but I know of no parallel for either expression.

II. 1095, 6. See 117, 8 note. For 1097 see 1363 note.

I. 1 100. Comp. 342, and, ' In J;i lokeing y was laft,' Desputisoun, 36/195. For
1 105, 6 see 369, 70 note.

II. 1107, 8. These lines occur with a slight variation at O 383, 4. For After
mete, see 373 note, and comp. ' After mete in ])e haule \t kyng mad alle blithe,'
Langtoft, p. 56. wyn and ale : these drinks are often mentioned together, comp.
'ne mai hit na mon suggen on his tale' of J)an win and of J)an ale,' Lajamon,
24439, 40 ; ' ^YheJ)e^ hem leuer ware. | Win or ale to gete, | Aske and haue it
jare | In coupes or homes grete | Was brought,' Tristrem, 544-8 ; ' Hy ne drynken
of ale ne of wjTie,' Alisaunder, 5925 ; ' To revele ho best my5th, | With wyne and
\vith ale,' Degrevant, 1867, 8 ; ' Aye they sat and aye they drank, | They drank of
the beer and wine,' Child, Ballads, iii. 23/8 ; ' to drinke mesurabli boj-e wijTi & ale,'
Babees Book. 31/73; ' Soone anon |)0u sece ])y tale, | Whej^ur he dn,Tike wyne or
Ale,' id. 14/63, 4. Kolbing (Sir Tristrem, 545 note) quotes ' Commaunde to sett
bothe brede and ale | To alle men J)at seruet ben in sale; | To gentilmen with
wyne I-bake, | Ellis fayles Jjo seruice, y vnder-take,' Babees Book, 312/409-12,
and (E. Studien, xi. p. 507) * She servd the footmen o the beer, | The nobles o the
wine,' Child, iii. 81/32 ; ' Win hwit and red, ful god plente. | Was {)erinne no page
so lite, I Jiat euere wolde ale bite,' Havelok, 1729-31, as showing that a class dis-
tinction was made in the serving of the two drinks. There is an earlier passage
pointing in the same direction, ' weoren J?a hemes ' iscaengte mid beore. | & Jia
drihliche gumen \ weoren win drunken.' Lajamon, 8123-6, but probably no differ-
ence was made between the guests on great occasions like marriage feasts. It will
be observed that L, which has here preserved the most primitive text, makes
Rimenhild pour out the ale (1108) and pledge the company in the same (11 13),
and even C makes all the company drink it (i 112). An interesting record shows
that it was wideh' used in France in the xii*"" century, • Anno superiore (1151 A. D.)
fuit vindemia rara et valde sera ; unde et vinum nimis carum et duri saporis fuit.
Hoc antem anno fuit vindemia temporanea ; sed vinum carius quam fuerat anno
praeterito ; iccirco fiebant vulgo etiam in Francia tabernae cerevisiae et medonis

158

KING HORN.

quod nostra memoria in retroactis temporibus non fuit auditum,' Robert deTorigni,
pp. 167, 8.

1. 1 109. Stephanius in his Notae Uberiores in Saxonem, p. 127, commenting on
a passage which refers to a British banquet, ' Nee bubalinorum cornuum, quibus
pocio promeretur, usus aberat,' 168/9, '°> illustrates the use of the horn as a drink-
ing-vessel among the ancients. He quotes Pliny, ' Urorum cornibus barbari septen-
trionales potant urnisque bina capitis unius cornua inplent,' Hist. Nat., xi. 45, and
Caesar, ' Haec [uri cornua] studiose conquisita ab labris argento circumcludunt
atque in amplissimis epulis pro poculis utuntur,* De Bello Gallico, vi. 28. For
drinking-horns, as used by the English before the Conquest, see Wright, Homes
of Other Days, p. 43. The ancient Laws of Wales (ed. Owen, i. p. 294) prescribe
that the king's drinking-horn be that of the wild o.x. Other historical references
to their use in mediaeval times may be given : ' E la custome itele estait, |
Grant pris li ert ki bien beueit. | Od cupes, od mazelins, | Od corns des bugles
pleins de vins, | Fu le wesheil e le drinchail,' Gaimar, 3807-11. The French
nobility present at the Easter festival held by William the Conqueror at Fecamp
in 1067 A. D. admired among the spoils of England there displayed, ' bubalina
cornua fulvo metallo circa extremitates utrasque decorata,' Ordericus Vitalis, ii.
p. 168. Perhaps among them was the ' cornu vinacium argenteum centum solidis
computatum ' ("Vita Haroldi, p. 163), which, with many other precious things, he
took from Waltham Abbey. Henry the First possessed a splendid horn, ' cornu
grande, auro gemmisque ornatum sicut apud antiquissimos Anglos usus habet,' Ger-
vase of Tilbury, p. 28 ; Gesta Romanorum, p. 541. It was stolen from an hospitable
elf. A gift to prince Edward, ' unum cornu bubalinum,' is mentioned in the
Wardrobe account of 28th Edward the First, p. 160. The use of drinking-horns
appears to have lasted into the sixteenth century, comp. ' Nobis adhuc pueris,
multus usus erat hujusmodi animalium cornuum in mensa, solennioribus epulis,
loco poculorum,' Caius, De Rariorum Animalium Historia, p. 77. As is implied
in mo, it would appear from some of these passages that horns were specially
used on occasions of great ceremony. Curiously enough, mention of drinking-
horns in M. E. literature is infrequent. Kolbing, in his note on Tristrem, 547,
cites two instances, 'And then shee gaue me drinke in a home,' Eger, 287 and HC.
336 : to these may be added, ' She came to me without delay | And brought me
drink into a horn,' Gray Steel, 360, i ; ' lanus sit by the fyr, with double herd, |
And drinketh of his bugle horn the wyn,' Chaucer, iv. 497/1252, 3; ' The homes
fuUe of meth, as was the gyse,' id. 65/2279. There is also a magic hom in the
story of the Boy and the Mantle, P. F. MS. ii. 31 i/i 77-82, and the ballads afford
numerous instances, see Child, ii. 428/17; iv. 409/21, 422/43. anhonde, comp.
' Heo bar an hire honde ; ane guldene boUe,' Lajamon, 14297, 8; 'his sweord he
bar on honde,' id. 8190; ' Wawain his ax left an bond,' Arthour, 138/4888, and
for another construction, ' a pot sche bar in honde,' Hermit & Outlaw, 225.

1. 1 1 10. For la3e in the sense of custom, comp. ' & furh pa ilke leodeni ]>a.
lajen comen to Jiissen londe | Waes-hail & drinc-haeil,' Lajamon, 14353-5 ; ' pere-
fore ich aske iugement, | ])at his borwes be tobrent, | As it is londes lawe,' Amis,
1210-2 ; ' Hire cloJ>es he dude of anon: as hit is lawe of bedde,' E. E. Poems,
73/106 ; ' his hondes he wusch, so was J)e lawe • and bi ];e fuir sat him a doun,'
Gregorius, 581 ; 'pat ner no mesageris lawe,' Beues, 59/1252 ; ' The messangeres
nought ne knewe | Richardys law ne hys custome,' Richard, 3418, 9 ; 151 3 ; ' And
clad J)e may in riche wede | As was lawe in J)at lede,' Cursor T. 3341, 2 ; P. F. MS.
iii. 93/464; Beketj 300; Child, Ballads, v. 27/116. Similar expressions are, ' Als

NOTES. 159

it war londes ri5t,' Tristrcm, 952 ; ')7ys ys Jier custume & ]>eT gest,' R. of Brunnc,
7577; 'And, "sir," she saidc, " drinke to me, | As the Gyse is of my londe," '
Sowdone of Babylone, 1931, 2. Ancient Germanic custom rctjuired the lady or
the daughter of the house to bear the drinking-horn or cup round to the guests
assembled at the greater feasts; see for references to the older literature \Veinhold,
Die dcutschen Fraucn, ii. pp. 122,3, ^"d comp. ' })ae quene bar to drinken ' & alle
hire bur-lutlen. | f>a i-lomp hit seoi^JJe 2 Jer after ful sone. | pat Galarne J)at maiden i
com hire jeongen. | bolle heo hafde an honden ' Jer mide heo bar to dringen,'
Lajamon, 307S8-95 ; ' Gvenoure on knewes oft gan stoupe, | To serue king
Arthcur wij) j-e coupe,' Arthour, 184/6541, 2; ' Sponsa namque post prandium
regalibus ornata induviis, sicut mos provinciae est, cum puellis potum convivis et
conservis patiis et matris in extrema die a paterno domo discedens ministratura
processit, quodam praecedente cum cythara et unicuique cytharizante cum poculo,
quoniam praecipuus illis in locis jocus erat et novus,' Gesta Herwardi, pp. 350, i.
With L 1113 comp. ' pat maide drone up J)at win i & lette don o6er Jier in | 8c
bi-taehten fan kinge,' Lajamon, 14349, 51 ; R. of Brunne, 7589, 90. The corre-
sponding passage in the French version agrees with C in making Rigmel merely
serve the wine : ' En la buteillerie • est Rigmel pus entree | Vn com prist de
bugle • dunt la liste iert gemmed | Ki entnr la buche • demi pie esteit lee | Si iert
dor affrican . memeilles bien ouere^ | De piment lad empli • beiuere est ki bien
agree | A sun dru le porta • cum iert la costumee | Li autre ensement • od uessele
doree I Serueient tut entur . la sale encortinee,' 212/4152-9.

1. 1 1 16. The three MSS. are in agreement here, for Lumby's In is a misreading.
The expression means, It seemed to him that he was overpowered, he felt overcome
by his feelings. This absolute use of bitiden is rare, but comp. ' For this lesing
that is founden | Oppon me, that am harde i-bonden,' Dame Siriz, 203, 4 ; ' Seli
wif, God the hounbinde,' id. 315. It occurs more frequently with a nominative or
adverb phrase expressing the emotion, affection, or the like, which takes possession
of or overpowers, comp. 'f>a andswarede Bruttes i mid sorjen ibunden,' Lajamon,
14608, 9; 'I am so harde wiJ) serwe Ibounde,' Horst, S. A. L. 179/440; 'Thy
child schal beo in sorowe y-bounde,' Alisaunder, 611 ; 'Sorwe so Tristram band,'
Tristrem, 791 ; ' J?anne do al \t meseise • J)at ich am on ibounde,' R. of Gloucester,
60/808 ; ' Of Thomas hadde gret pite | In kare ])at was ibounde,' E. Studien, viii.
455/596, 7; ' Of al mi care ihc am unbunde,' Floriz, 544 ; ' With that noyse he fyl
to gronnde | As man that was in woo ibounde,' Richard, 803, 4; 'and jif l)ou art
in synne ibounde,' E. E. Poems, 131/47; Gregorlegende, i ; ' f?e king quhois hart
was al wyth dred ybownd,' Lancelot, 502 ; ' Bot ilk berne has bene vnbundin with
blame.' Golagros, 433/1040. See also 540 note.

1. 1 1 19. wip pe furste, see 1264 note, and comp. ' Mid the furste he manseth
me,' Beket, 1942. The earliest entry of the phrase in N. E. D. is dated 1611.

1. 1 120. Horn here makes himself the spokesman of the confraternity of beggars,
while in HC. he speaks of himself as the master ' of beggers mo {jan sexti,' 937.

1. 1 1 22. Comp. ' Et un anap de madre d'un plain sestier | Li fist Aiols porter
plain de uin uies | Dont manga li lechiere, qu'en ot mestier, | Si a son grant anap
trestout uuidie,' Aiol et Mirabel, 4043-6. of a brun, from a brown horn, Matzner ;
from a brown jar, Morris. Wissmann, adopting the reading of LO, explains, of
the brown beer. I take the construction to be partitive, as at 234, O 911 and
possibly 144; she filled him (one) of the brown (vessels), a bowl holding a gallon.
R'menhild, coming to the beggars' row, lays down the white silver-mounted horn
with which she has been pledging the guests of rank, and fills for the supposed

l6o KING HORN.

beggar a large brown wooden bowl, which he passes on to his nearest neighbour
(II 29) without drinking out of it. He insists on a white cup, i. e. a horn, such as
the others have had, he will not drink from a dish (L 1146) ; and Rimenhild
accordingly fills a horn for him (1153). The brown veSsel offered to Horn was
a mazer, comp. ' and jaf him wyn of Maser broun,' Gregorius, 582 ; ' Me jaf him
drynk in masere broun,' id. Cotton MS. 990. For the mazer, its material and
colour, see especially Way's note, Promptorium, p. 328 ; and Cripps, Old English
Plate, pp. 245-262. One, associated with the memory of Archbishop Scrope, is
described in Drake's Eboracum. p. 439, and Yorks. Archaeological Journal, viii.p.312.
In the court of Henry the Second there were Escantiones and Mazenarii, officers in
charge of the cups and mazers (Hearne, Liber Niger, i. p. 350). With dyssh,
L 1146, comp. 'a Mazer, or broad piece to drinke in. Patera,' Baret, Alvearie.

11. 1 125, 6. See 449, 50. For haue, =take, see Zupitza's note on Athelston, 364.
1. 1126 is due to a confused recollection of 450, the true reading is preserved by O.
per vppe, in addition, comp. ' \€\ ])ou ne askedest \tx vppe • ))ralhede euere mo,'
K. of Gloucester, 1085 (where other MSS. have /^r vp07i) ; ' Misdo hi wolleth
al longe day : and theruppe beo wel bolde,' Beket, 403 : it is also used in the
ordinary local sense of thereupon, comp. ' pat ich ])eruppe mowe a siker bold rere,'
R. of Gloucester, 2493 ; ' A wyld wolf \tr com sone : & to Jie heued drouj | & J)er
vppe sat & wiste hit faste : aje cunde ynouj,' E. E. Poems, 89/67, 8 ; 'pe monekes
founde in ])is halle : bord & c\o\ isprad, | & bred & fisc J)er up Inouj,' S. Brendan
A. 125, 6.

L 1 1 31. ibite. Comp. ' God, for ure secnesse, dronk attri drunch o rode \ and
we nuUeS nout bittres biten buten for us suluen ? ' Ancren Riwle, p. 364 ; ' Was
Jier-inne no page so lite, | l)at euere wolde ale bite,' Havelok, 1730, i ; ' For Jiis is
J)e fer])e dai agon, | Mete ne drinke ne bot i non,' Beues, 1739, 40.

11. 1133-43- The Parable of the Net as here told by Horn is a pointed reference
to Rimenhild's dream (659-64). It is meant as a token by which she may recog-
nise him, and an assurance of his identity. At the same time it asks whether she
has been true to him. The net is Rimenhild ; Horn has come to see if it has
caught anything during his absence, that is, if she has found a new love : if so,
that is her gain, not his. He has come to examine the net. In HR. the setting
of the parable is different and less effective. Horn encounters his rival Modin on
the road to the palace. The latter is struck by the supposed palmer's appearance,
and questions him, ' Ki estes, dunt uenez, v auez uus soiur?' | 'loel te dirai,' dist
horn, ' si es escoteor, | ladis serui ici un home de ualur, | Dirai uus mun mester,
ioe fui sun pescheor | Vne rei ke ioe oi, bone iert a tiel labor, | En une ewe la mis
peissun prendre aun ior ; ] Pres sunt set anz passe ke ne fis ci retur, | Or sui ca
reuenuz, sin ierc regardeor | Si ele peissuns ad pris, ia mais nauera mamur, | E si
encore est sanz oec, dune en ierc porteor,' 206/4043-52. HC. 925-33 agrees
closely with the French romance in the substance of the riddle and the circum-
stances under which it is told. But HR. doubles it by the Parable of the Hawk
told by Horn to Rimel after she serves the wedding drink, and has found her ring
in the horn. ' Ioe fui ia ualleton nurri en cest pais, | Par mun seruise grant un
ostur i cunquis ; | Ainz ke loi afaitie enz en mue le mis, | Pres ad ia de set anz
bien poet estre sursis. | Or le uienc reueeir quels il seit de quel pris ] Sil ueut estre
maniers v ueut estre iolifs ; | E sil est si entier cum il fud aces dis | Quant ioe turnai
deci dune iert mien coe pleuis, | Od mei lenporterai de ci qua mes amis ; | E sil est
depecie v en coe mal mis, | Ke penne ait brusee dunt rien li seit de pis | la mes
pus nen iert miens, si mait saint denis,' 216/4257-68. Tliis variation of the

NOTES. l6l

parable is also found in the Romnnce of Jehan et Blonde, written by riiilippe de
Remi, Sire de Beaumanoir, sometime between 1270-80 A.D. Jehan enters the
service of the Count of Oxford and gains his daughter's love. He is called back to
France bj' his father's death, but Blonde promises to wait for him for a year.
Meanwhile the Count of Gloucester seeks her hand, and Jehan, returning only
just in time, travels in his train from London to Oxford. As they approach Oxford,
Jehan, though urged to stay with the Count, says he must go on other business,
' "Sire," dist il, " ains que demour, | Vous dirai pour coi je m'en tor: | Antan et
auques pres de chi | Un trop bel espervier coisi ; | De I'avoir sui en tel bretesce |
Que je i tcndi ma bouresce : | Or vols veoir se je I'ai pris. | Mon afaire vous ai
apris ",' Beaumanoir, ed. Suchier, ii. S9/2821-8. Jehan carries off the lady, and
the count, her father, explains the riddle to the disappointed suitor, thus, ' Ma;
fille, c'est li espriviers. | N'est mie fox li escuiers, | Ains le vous dist mout soutil-
ment. | Car tout ainsi comme uns hom tent | Un oisel pour autre oisel prendre, |
Tout autressi convient il tendre | S' amour pour autre amour avoir,' id. 104/3313-9.
In the Romant de Jehan de Paris, which is a popular transformation of Jehan et
Blonde, written about the end of the fifteenth century, a similar mystification
occurs. Jehan and the King of England are on the way to Burgos, the latter ta
wed the daughter of the King of Spain, the former to secure the lady for himself.
In response to the king's question what brings Jehan to Spain, he replies, ' Je vous
diz et asseure pour vray cjue il y peult avoir environ quinze ans que feu mon pere,
a qui Dieu face mercy, vint chasser en ce pays, et, quand il s'en partit, il tendit ung
petit las a une canne ; et je me viens esbattre icy pour veoir si la canne est prinse.'
p. 55. Jehan afterwards explains that the ' las ' stands for the contract made
between his father and the King of Spain for the marriage of their children, and
the 'canne' for the lady, p. iii. Finallj', the story of the Net appears in the
Gesta Komanorum (which, in its present form, dates from the middle of the four-
teenth century) in exactly the same surroundings as in HR. The three redaction^
of the tale, distinguished by their first words as Pollentuis , Herodes, Imperator,
are printed (the first and last for the first time) by Suchier in his edition of Beau-
jnanoir, ii. p. 319-54. As there is no essential difference in the versions, Pollentius
will suffice for our comparison. {^Herodes may be found in Gesta Rom.anorum, ed.
H. Oesterley, p. 597, and in the edition by W. Dick, Erlanger Beitrage, vii. p. 118.)
As usual, the disguised lover is asked by his travelling companion what is the object
of his journey, and he replies, ' Re vera dicam vobis veritatem. Hodie ad septcm
annos dimisi unum rethe in quodam loco, et jam volo illud visitare : si invenero
fractum, illud dimittam et aliud michi adquiram ; si vero totaliter sanum et integ-
rum invenero, erit michi valde preciosum et mecum toUam,' Beaumanoir, ii. p. 324.
The other, arriving at the court, tells the emperor of his strange acquaintance of
the road and his mysterious words, ' Imperator cum hec audisset, voce magna
clamabat, " O famuli et milites, cameram filie mie agili cursu intrate, quia sine
dubio illud est rethe de quo miles loquebatur," ' id. p. 326. (A modern version is
given in Simrock, Deutsche Marchen, no. 43, pp. 203-7, under the title, Vater
und Mutter.) A comparison of these passages shows that the framework in which
the parable is set is in most cases the same. A disguised lover falls in with his
royal rival on the way to his wedding. He talks in riddling and apparently
nonsensical language, so that he is looked on as an entertaining fool. But he
proves wiser than he appears, and his words are found full of meaning. The
story is mostly associated with similar riddles. Thus, in the version of the Gesta
Romanorum, a heas'y shower leads the seeming fool to remark that it is good

M

l62 KING HORN.

always to carry with you yonr house (i. e. a cloak), while an abundant meal
suggests the propriety of always having with one one's father and mother (i. e.
bread and wine). Such inventions are of popular origin, and we need not, with
M. Gaston Paris (Revue Critique, 1867, no. 168, p. 158), look to the East for
their source. In this mystification we have clearly the original and popular
use of the parable : it is the merit of the composer of King Horn to have turned
it to an artistic purpose by linking it on to Rimenhild's dream and using it to stir
her memory. RH. indeed uses it in both ways, but the Hawk variation of the
story is comparatively ineffective, since it contains no reference recalling their
former relations.

1. 1135. bi este, in an easterly direction: fram by weste, O 1170, from
a country lying to the west of this, amounts to the same thing. L 1135, 6 seems
due to an imperfect recollection of L 775, 6, where see note.

1, I144. L has here preserved the good reading; it repeats 1131, 2.

1. 1 148. See 608, and comp. * Wei ofte may his herte colde | J)at not what wei
he schal wende,' E. Studien, xiv. 186/123, 4; 'The hethen hertes gan fast coolde,'
Partonope, 1055; 'His hert bigan te cold,' Tristrem, 388; 'Many mannys herte
began to colde,' Octavian, 17/501 ; Generides, 8562; Legends of the Rood, 141/
316 ; Chaucer, ii. 313/362. Similar expressions are, 'his hert & his inward • by-
gonne to be colde,' Archiv, Ixviii. 70/466 ; ' The kynges veynes waxen colde,' Ali-
saunder, 1 1 74 ; 'No })ing, dame, wex Jiine hert cheld,' E. Studien, vii. 1 16/293 ; * >e
childes hertte was wel colde,' Beues A. 511 ; id. 1226. fel to kelde, L 1150, fell
to be cold, became cold, is remarkable for the infinitive used after/a//: Wissmann
takes kelde as a noun, but this would seem to require in instead of to. The nearest
parallel I have met is, ' f>e king hit wijiseide • his herte fel cold,' R. of Gloucester,
852/207.

1. 1153. Comp. 'Li butillers vn corn empli | De bon clare, puis len seisi, | La
meite but del com tut plein, | Al rei Eadward le mist en main,' Gaimar, 4031-4.

1. 1 1 55. See 402. The expression is illustrated by Zielke, Sir Orfeo, 254 note;
to the examples there given add, 'To fynde the thy fylle of fyghte,' Le Morte
Arthur, 1534; Octavian, 110/836, 114/860, 869; 'The yeant had hys fulle of
fyght, I The boke se3the some dele more,' Eglamour, 560, i ; Awntyrs of Arthure,
410; W. of Palerne, 3277; Ipomadon, 7808; 'To looke on this Ladye all my
ffill,' Degree, P. F. MS. iii. 42/694 ; ' Fast be the see Sydde | Schuld we pley owur
fyle,' Torrent, 910, i ; ' And Clarionas weping hir fil,' Generides, 7743, 4.

1. 1 158. vnder -wnde li5e. See 1227 note.

1. 1160. to grunde, to the bottom of the horn. Similarly, ' and duden heom
alle clane ^ into ]^an scipen grunde,' Lajamon, 21507, 8 ; ' In ])an grunde of J)e tur
mihte sitter sixti hundred cnihtes,' id. O. 7779, 80. The casting of the ring into
the horn is Horn's answer to her question ; the two additional lines in LO spoil
the effect.

1. 1 1 73. Comp. ' Hye seyd, "Say me hou | Com })is ring to })e?"' Tristrem,

3"2, 3-

1. 1 1 75. bi seint gile, a pilgrim's oath. The abbey of St. Gilles near Nimes in
Provence was one of the most popular resorts of pilgrims throughout the Middle
Ages. By the eleventh century it was reckoned one of the four great shrines in
Europe, and the concourse of people caused a considerable town to grow up round
it. See Acta .SS., September, i. p. 285 C. S. Gilles en Cotentin near Saint-L6 was
also much resorted to. For 11 78, see 770 note; for 1179, 597 note and O 109.

1. 1 1 83. Took to the sea. For the constructions of nimen, in the sense of, to

NOTES. 163

betake oneself, comp. ' and nam fro 'San | foi '5 to Sc desert of pharan,' Genesis and
E. 1247, 8; 'And into sichcm, a burght, he nam, | and Sc'Sen he nam to mirie
dale,' id. 744, 5, 1436 ; ' Wolde fe erl nouth dwelle J)ore, | But sone nam until his
lend,' Ilavelok, 2929, 30 ; ' ]at ful fayre ayen hem nemc,' id. 1207, and contrast,
' fer he J^a sae nom,' Lajamon, 4966 ; ' aet Doure he ])ohte nimen lond,' id. 9737.

1. 1 191. at Jje furste. See 114 note.

1. 1 192. berste is common enough in this connexion ; comp. ' Hire thoughtchire
heorte barst on two,' Alisaunder, 625 ; ' Hir thoughte hir sorwful herte brast a-two,'
Chaucer, ii. 362/180, 1 72/599 ; ' My guerdon is but bresting of myn herte,' id. iv.

489/973.

1. 1194. The second Jje is a scribe's mistake. For the sense, comp. 261, 2, 540.

1. 1195. Comp. 'for grete sorvve ):'at he hedde | He fel adoun on his bedde,'
Guy A. 4013, 4; ' Vppon hyr bedde she gan downc falle | On swoune afore hyr
maydens alle,' Ipomydon, 873, 4 ; 'The Lady sighed and sovvned sore | Into the
bower upon her bed,' Gray Steel, 2454, 5 ; ' Ouerthwart hir bed she ouer threw, j
Loue bond hir so sore and fast,' Generides, 1604, 5.

1. 1 197. \Vith which to slay her hated lord, hire, as in LO, seems necessary to
the sense, see L 920. For the omission of the relative in an infinitive clause con-
taining a postponed preposition, see Matzner, Grammatik, ii^. p. 521 : with Rimen-
hild's purposed suicide, comp. ' The terme ys on ]>t f rydde day, | That we schall
be wedde wythowte delaye | And, or that y be hys wyfe, | I schall me sloo wyth
a knyfe,' Guy, 5989-92 ; ' Ar sche wille to him spoused be | WiJ) a kniif sche wil
hir sle,' Guy A. 5935, 6 ; ' Myghte scheo have yfounde a knyf, | Heo wolde have
spilled hire lyf,' Alisaunder, 1061, 2.

1. 1203. The readings of LO are to be preferred. C omits the humble detail of
L 1209, compresses the two following lines into one, and lengthens 1204 to match
it. For L 1212 see O 124 note.

1. 1206. Comp. ' Ne cujieii hey him nout cnowe,' O.K. Miscellany, 198/24.

1. 1209. mid ywisse, of a certainty, truly. See L 125, 431, 2, and comp.
' muchel wes ])a blisse 2 pat heo makeden mid iwisse,' Lajamon, 7606, 7 ; ' heo
wenden mid iwisse ' to habben muchel blisse,' id. 19006, 7 ; ' par was mid iwisse^
onimete blisse,' id. O. 31128, 9 ; ' ich wot al myd iwisse, | my ioie & eke my blisse |
on him is al ylong,' Boddeker, 196/8-10. M.E. z'wis, wis (1. 1233) represents the
neuter sing, of the O.K. adj. gewiss, wiss; it is invariably used as an adverb. It is
strengthened by the addition of ful as in, ' And ouer tSat so ful iwis [ An otJer
heuene ful o blis,' Genesis and E. 109, 10 ; ' & swa wass }>att la ful iwiss | All affterr
Godess wille,' Ormulum, i. 23/741, 2 ; and of wtV, as at O 129. It develops a
M.E. a.d\erb, ywisse {JL 1 241), corresponding to O.'E.geztiss/ice ; this is strengthened
by wel, as ' 60 gan hem dagen wel iwisse | Quan god hem ledde in to blisse,' Genesis
and E. 91, 2. On the other hand, O.E. gewiss, certainty, a neuter noun, forms with
prepositions the adverbial phrases (i) mid gewisse, M.E. mid iwisse, as in the
present passage ;it may take an adjective, as ' nuten hi we])er ded wurst • mid ncure
Don iwisse,' E. E. Poems, 29/119) ; and M.E. tnid wisse, comp. ' ac sunderlepes he
is here fader mid wisse,' O. E. Homilies, series ii., p. 25 : (2) to gewisse, M.E. to
iwisse, comp. 'penijes per buoS an fund a J to iwisse an hundrad punda,' Lajamon,
3544, 5; and to wisse, as at 121 : (3) to gewissuni, M.E. to iwissen, comp. 'To
iwissen hit is isaidJ and soS hit is ifunden,' Lajamon, 24489,90. M.K. to ful
iwis shows an adverb form treated as though it were a noun, comp. ' oc fis to ful
iwis I mid finnes waxen,' O. E. Miscellany, 18/563, 4; 'An her endede to ful in
wis 1 Se boc be is hoten genesis,' Genesis and E. 2521, 2.

M %

164

KING HORN.

O 1252. Comp. O 1428, and see for examples of this common phrase, Matzner,
s.v. chippen. With 1210 comp. 1234, 1353, and 'Michel ioie & mirj;e ))ai
made,' Arthour, 72/2496; 'And maden ioie swi])e mikel,' Havelok, 1209; with
Ii 1218 comp. 406.

1. 1212. -wudes ende, see 1227 note. With 1215 comp. O 1511-3, and for
wrofie, 12 16, see 348 note.

Ii 1227, 8. Comp. L 1377, 8.

1. 1221. Horn passes from Rimenhild's bower through the hall to the exit;
Rimenhild goes to the tower (O 1266), where Athnlf is on the look-out for Horn
(1091-4).

1. 1227. vnder wude bo^e. Comp. ' Alse wes ounder wode bowe, | Wei gode
tidingges him come I nowe,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 213/76, 7 ; ' Vnder wode bou5 |
pai knewen day and nijt,' Tristrem, 2485, 6 ; ' Vnder wode bon? | After her fomen
Jiai rade,' id. 3277, 8 ; ' And agayn imdyr wode bough,' Richard, 581 ,- ' In the hye
way and vnder wood bowe,' E. Studien, xiii. 150/6071 ; Alisaunder, 6071. With
vnder wude side, 1024, comp. 'In a playn by a wode syde | Arthur dide his
folk abide,' R. of Brunne, 1002 1, 2 ; ' Soche sorowe vndur a wode syde | For nojiyng
schulde haue me betyde,' Guy, 1 18-;, 6 ; ' Bi a mychel wodes syde | ]iei made hem
logges to abide,' Cursor T. 6191, 2. Much the same is pe wudes ende, 1212, the
edge of the wood, comp. ' bi aennes wudes ende,'La5amon, 86S7 ; ' \e.x he wes on
telde? bi lias wudes ende,' id. 20787, 8 ; ' Wei stilleliche hy wenten away | Bi one
wodes ende,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 213/107, 8 ; ' An hunting forto pleyen him : bi ])e
wodes ende,' E. E. Poems, 51/150. Similarly, 'i ])on wode rime ^ \tx he vnder rise
lis,' Lnjamon, 739, 40 ; ' per he was bi wude scaje,' id. 27367. vnder wode leje,
L 1 160, is clearly a phrase similar to under tvood bough. It occurs in, ' euer is fe
eie to])e wude leie (variant, le^e^, ])erinne is [^et ich luuie,' Ancren Riwle, p. 96 ; 'J?e
hert biturnde is homes heye, | JJere he wes ounder wode leyc,' Horst., A. L. «. /.
212/31, 2. It apparently corresponds to O.E. *wudu-ledje, where the latter half
of the compound is the dat. s. of leak, meadow, which so often appears in place
names as -ley, e.g. Woodley. The compound may well mean, forest glade, which
however does not give a good sense with under : possibly the meaning of the second
element was obscured in M.E. At any rate, C has altered the original phrase
into the commonplace, lie under the wood. For other expressions of the same
kind, comp. 'Go seeke hym vndyr the wode lynde,' Partonope, 497S ; ' per he wes
ounder wode linde,' Horst, A. L. n.f. 212/20; Anglia, ii. 412/123; 'and lien
under linde and lef,' Desputisoun, 41/106; 'Tell me thy name, good ffellow,
quoth Guy, I Vnder the leaues of lyne,' Child, Ballads, v. 93/33.

L 1240. See 607 note. For ywis, 1233, see 1209 note.

1. 1235. See O T048. For preie, company, army, comp. 'He liggeth nygh,
with suche pray | That he wrieth al the contray,' Alisaunder, 1991, 2; 'Of his
people theo grele pray | Laste twenty myle way,' id. 2595, 6 ; ' For Alisaundre
Cometh with his pray ; | His folk spredith al the contray,' id. 40S4, 5 (all cited
by Matzner). It is apparently found nowhere else. Places like, ' Gedirs of ilk
glode • grettir & smallire, | And prekis furth with his pray • & passes fraward
Gadirs,' Wars of Alexander, 1334, 5 ; ' 5it he tok a pray J)orgh quayntise & spie,'
Tangtoft, 203/15, are ambiguous.

1. 1236. See 1007, and comp. '& dede hem in ])e way to gon,' Horst., S. A.L.
143/402; 'And do heom in the wa3-e,' Alisaunder, 3397; '& grei])ede is noble
ost ■ & dude him in ]e weye,' R. of Gloucester, 3765.

1. 1238 is parenthetic and explanatory of wel sone. ful pikke, 1239, very

NOTES. 165

densely, numerously, very often, as in ' Wyde wyndowes ywroujt • y written full
J)ikke,' Pierce the Ploughmans Crede, 175; ' Suche are now a lyue ful J)ickc |
Forjete J)e dede for J)e quike,' Cursor T. 3377, 8, is here used exceptionally for,
very completely. Tiie ordinary expressions are ' iarmcd wel aplijt,' K. of
Gloucester, 10517; ' wel ynou,' id. 1965; ' anon rightis,' Alisaunder, 1946 ; ' at all
pointes,' Alisaunder fragment, 184/230; * at all peccs,* Troy Book, 3197 ; ' to )>e
te]),' Bcues A. 945 ; ' fram heued to ])e ton,' R. of Gloucester, 11177.

1. 1244. For illustrations of do used figuratively ior pt4t, see N. E. D., iii. p. 562.
Kare, deep distress, is a euphemism for death. .

O 1 2S3. blody. Comp. ' Ageynste ])em rydyth Tyrrye | And makyth many a
man blody,' Guy, 2103, 4 ; ' Mani on he made blodi, y pli3t, | Of Lombardes in J)at
fijt,' Guy A. 541 1, 2 ; '& for to beten here bodyis : me haj) al blody I-maked,'
Archiv, Ixxxii. 342/312 ; ' Seyst thou not thy men rcdde,' Guy, 3416.

1. 1247. See 1422 note.

1. 1 249. opes holde. Comp. ' Him trewe lord for to holde | Ant to sueren him
othes holde,' Chronicle of E. 729, 30. In places like, 'Manrede ]at he beden, and
ok I Hold o])es sweren on |)e bok,' Plavelok, 2780, i ; 2816 ; ' VVanne we abbejj
isuore holde o))es • to Jie king ywis,' R. of Gloucester, 9369 ; 7861 ; 7863 ; 9127,
the word-order suggests more readily the holddp, oath of allegiance, of the O. E.
Chronicle, a. d. 10S5, but the meaning here is the same. With the passage
generally comp. 317-20, and 'And o])es ])ar sworen 2 swike ])at hii nolden,'
Lajamon O. 21945, 6. C is here defective; Wissmann reads here tion for ncure
in 1250.

L 1264. Comp. ' Y schell J>e wedde ajenes Jie wille | To morwe y schel hit
ful-fille,' Beues A. 3169, 70. For felle, 1254 = ''^'j carry out, execute, see
N. E. D., iv. p. 215.

1. 1257. The corruption in C is curious but easily accounted for; comp. ' Com-
maimde to sett bothe brede and ale | To alle men Jiat seruet ben in sale,' Babees
Book, 312/409, 10. With 1258, comp. HC. 949; 'To riche men and heore
meyne | J)er was riche seruyse,' Archiv, Ixxii. 57/1978, 9 ; ' les autres riches hommes
qui la estoient donnerent a manger chascun Fun apies I'autre, le lundi, le mardi, le
mercredi,' Joinville, p. 36 ; ' Molt out iloc riche asemblee | De riches barons e de
contes,' Guillaume le Marechal, 9556, 7.

1. 1259. See 755 note and comp. further, ' J)e joye J)at he made ]'on, | wi]) tonge
telle may no mon,' E. Studien, i. 53/565, 6 ; ' J^e feste J^at heo wiji him made • no
tonge telle ne may,' R. of Gloucester, 5856 ; ' J)e prouesse J)at brut dede • no
tunge telle ne may,' id. 270; 'The deol that Seint Thomas makede : no tonge
telle ne may,' Bcket, 645 ; ' J)er nis no tonge on erj^e : jiat half tellin myjte | J)e
blis & ek ])e ioye : Jfat l^er is to Jie I-dyjte,' Archiv, Ixxix. 415/203, 4 ; Cursor T.
1311 ; Horst., A. L. «./. 39/373 ; O. E. Homilies, series i. p. 193 ; Poema Morale,
287; ' The joye of that bredale | Nys not told yn tale,' Libeaus, 2107, 8.

1. 1261. chaere. Horn takes the king's seat {solium regale, see Hudson Turner,
Domestic Architecture, i. p. 97), his audience are seated on benches. Comp.
' Neuere so feir Chay;ere | Nedde kyng ne Emperere,' Vernon MS. i. 374/745, 6;
*)?a sat Agag \t king] inne his haeh saettele,' Lajamon, 16645, 6 ; 'Nee mora,
adduclus est [rex Pandrasus] et in cathedra celsior positus,' Geoffrey of Monmouth,
11/4.

1. 1264. mid Jje beste, among the best, one of the best tales. See 473, 4 ;
997; 1326. For the adjectival use of this phrase, comp. 'cniht mid J)e beste,'
Lajamon O. 7425 ; ' cniht mid J)ane beste,' id. C. 707 ; ' a gode man with ])e best,'

l66 KING HORN.

Langtoft, p. 114; 'Justere he is with the beste,' Alisaunder, 3325; '])ou art
archer wi)) pe best,' Cursor T. 3607 : for the adverbial use, ' god mid J)an beste,'
La5amon O. 6098 ; 'wel mid J)on beste,' id. C. 6262 ; ' Also me may inne sealte
se I Cristny wel mitte beste,' Shoreham, p. 9. In ' He thoght, whyll hys lyfe
wolde laste, | To defende the cyte wyth ]>e beste,' Guy, 1495, 6, the phrase means,
as well as possible (Zupitza), or possibly, against the best, of pe beste, L. 611,
ofe Jji beste, O 911, from among your best, is a similar use. So too, 'he wes
swike mid ]>an meste,' La5amon, 2547 ; ' of gret poer mid ]>e meste,' R. of
Gloucester, 1733 ; ' For ])er was melodi wi}> ))e mest,' K. of Tars A. 553 ; ' And
hondred wynter jef a levethe | That his lyf mid the lengeste,' Shoreham, p. i.
See also 1 1 1 9 note.

1. 1265. May I speak without incurring blame, giving offence. As Zupitza
points out in his note on Guy, 3069, 70, ' " Syr," he seyde, " wythowte blame, | For
nothying wyll y heyle schame," ' the line is an expansion of the common cheville,
without blmne. It is an apologetic preface to some unpleasant communication, in
this case Horn's protest at the injustice done him by King Aylmer.

1. 1267. houe, raised. This use oihehben is common in La5amon, comp. 'SeoS-
8en wes Conan ^ ihouen her to kinge,' 28770, i ; ' Kinges heo weoren ihoueneJ
& kinges isvvorene,' 30127, 8, but it seems rare elsewhere.

1. 1268. Matzner needlessly inserted j after ham. The pronoun of the subject
is often omitted when it would represent the same thing as the noun or pronoun
which forms the object in the clause immediately preceding. Comp. ' My fadre
herd of that tithing, | And made fech him with honour, | And (i. e. he) was his
chief counsellour,' Generides, 372-4; 'Well feyre aventurs befelle them | And
sythen (i. e. they) scheweyd to mony men,' Guy, lo (Zupitza's note has a collec-
tion of examples) ; ' Heo made him hire chaumburleyn, | Over knyght and other
swayn ; | And him tok alle hire kayes, | And (i. e. he) hire warded by nyght and
dayes,' Alisaunder, 445-8 ; ' J)er ich fond ])is feloun, | & (i. e. he) spac to Tirri in
J)e prisoun,' Guy A. 6257, 8. As Kolbing points out (E. Studien, iii. pp. 127, 8),
the construction is found in Old English and Middle High German. In 1. 260 the
subject is omitted because it is the same as that of the preceding clause. Comp.
' Thus Wynnes he many a townn | The Emagery ];at ther solde bee, | Bothe the
Rode & pe marie free, | (i. e. he) Brynnede J)am in a fire,' Sege of Melayne, 24-7.
A bold ellipsis of the subject, not reducible to any principle, is seen in 1. 1058 ;
that in 1. 20 must be treated as a scribe's error.

1. 1271. fleme is best taken as a noun, outlaw, exile ; but it may be the infinitive
of the verb, which is found, though rarely, in the sense of, to flee. The insertion
oito before a second infinitive is found in our texts at 307, 8 ; 425, 6 ; 583, 4, as
the inf. simple is followed by another with /or to at 62 ; the prepositional infinitive
by for to at O 161, 2 ; O 447, 8 ; L 435, 6, and by the simple infinitive at
O 595. 6.

1. 1277. Nor shall I do so. biginnen often forms with a dependent infinitive
a circumlocution expressing no more than the sense of the second verb, but it is
also occasionally used, as here, practically, for to do, without any meaning of
making a start. Comp. ' Y wolde nought swylk a J)yng bygynne, | Al )iys reame
for to Wynne,' R. of Brunne, 4963, 4 ; ' pes ))inges him made mest • biginne Jjulke
dede,' R. of Gloucester, 7369 ; ' Then exylyd the kyng the queue, | Sche had
wonder what hyt myght meene, | What made hym so to begynne,' Tryamoure,
229-31 ; ' So salle I wirke als I kanne | That dede to bygynne,' Perceval, 1603, 4 ;
Guy A. 446/83/3; Squyr of L. D. 122.

NOTES. 167

I. 1279. * stunde, see 333 note.

II. 1285,6. See 475,6; 0828,9; Ii 1399. Comp. ' })a noni ArSur his red:
wiC rechc his monnen | J'at he wolde inne Karliun i bere his cruiie iiim on | and
a White-sunedaei J his folc pev isomnie,' Lajamon, 24243-8; 8087; '& Jjc king
a Jian dai;e^ his crime bar an haefde,' id. 3i539>40; ' l^er after sone with his
here ] Vot he to lundone forto bere | Corune, so J'at [alio] it sawe,' IIaveloi<,
2942-4; '\>e king a witesoneday • ]>o hii come alle to is heste 1 Sette J)e croune on
is hened • & huld noble feste,' R. of Gloucester, 3118,9; ' Vor he woldc croune
bere • vor Jie heye tyde,' id. 3276 ; 3920, i ; 6592, 3 ; ' ])re si>e he ber croune ajer
• to midewinter at gloucestre | To witesonetid at westmunstre • to ester at wincestre,'
id. 7722,3; ' Four times in J)e 5ere | On his heued he bere | l>e holy croun of
Jiorn I At ester, at wissontide | & at seyn iames day wij) pride | & in 5ole as god
was born,' Rouland & Vernagu, 437-42 ; ' Un jur de Tentecuste avint | Li rois
Aedward ke sa curt tint | A Westmuster grant e plenere | U grant gent du barnage
ere. | Le jur porta li rois curune,' Life of Edward the Confessor, 1279-83 ; 3341-9 ;
3601-10; ' Li rois i vint a Pentecoste, ] Ses evesques et ses abes | Et ses barons
a tos mandes, | Altre gent asses assambla | Feste tint si se corona ; | Trois jors tint
feste,' Wace, Brut, 8370-5; Geoffrey of Monmouth, 110/35-7 ; 116/9-11. For
passages illustrating the crown-wearing festivals i^cun'ae coronalae) of the English
and French kings, see Du Cange, Dissertations sur I'histoire de S. Louys, no. v.
In, ' Season for to hold,' Torrent, 2157, the reference is to one of these set feasts :
a variant on the expression of our text is seen in, ' Odewarde was king of grece:
& wered kingus ringe,' Archiv, Ixxxii. 413/49; for the ring as a mark of royalty
comp. ' & take]) Costaunt, mi neldest sone, | and jif him bo])e ring & crone,'
Arthour, 75,6; ' That boith thi Ringe, thi ceptre and thi croun,' Lancelot of the
Laik, 1325; Taylor, Glory of Regality, pp. 75-7. The variant in L 1294
appears to mean, and learn (or, teach) king's counsel; that of O 1329, and know
of king's rights ; both are without any parallel known to me.

1. 1289. dra5e, resort, betake himself; comp. 1006; 1420; O 1508; ' Als Jiey
vntil per schipes drow,' R. of Brunne, 3042 ; ' A wolde drawe to is swerde,'
Beues A. 852; 'fan castef ;our gonels of anon, and drawe we to our wepnes
eaerechon,' Ferumbras, 4421 (quoted by Kolbing) ; ' >e king isaeh j?e neode '.
& droh to his raede,' Lajamon, 9526, 7 ; ' if })ei to luf wild drawe,' Langtoft, p. 87.
See also L 723 for a similar expression.

1. 1293. crude, hasten on. This intransitive use of croudc7i is rare; Matzner
instances, ' Cread cnear on flot,' O. E. Chronicle, anno 937. Similar expressions
are seen in, '])is prince went to J)e salt flode • J)at shippe bigan to gon | so swife,
for \q wynde was gode • so swalowe ojier flon,' Archiv, l.wiii. 67/383,4; ' scipen
]>er forS ]nungen,' Lajamon, 25543. With 1294 comp. 1512 and, ' J)ey set vp
sail, \t wjTid hem blew,' R. of Brunne, 9973 ; ' The wynde thame soune owte of
havene blewe,' Isumbras, 353. The ordinary expression for a favourable wind is
seen in, ' He hadde wj-nde at wylle/ Launfal, 531 ; '& hadde wind at wille • to
wende whan hem liked,' W. of Palerne, 2746; 5216; ' Thewinde thei had at here
will I All to goode for that skill,' Generides, 6227, 8; ' Winde ])ai had as pai
wolde,' Tristrem, 386 ; * A winde to wil him bare | To a stede per him was boun,'
id. 1162, 3 ; 1392 ; 'A winde to wil hem blewe,' id. 1301 ; ' Weder stod on wille \
wind wex an honde,' Lasamon, 25537, 8 ; ' pe wynd drof hor scip al after wille:
J)e wynd was good Inou5,' St. Brendan, 109. Similar are, ' The wynde stode as
her lust wore,' Emare, 833; '& pe wind hom paide wel,' R. of Gloucester, 6827;
' pe winde blew as he walde bid,' Cursor F. 24816; ' Li venz ert a lur pleisir,'

l68 KING HORN.

Life of Edward the Confessor, 63/1327. Other expressions may here be noted,
' gode winde god ha]) hem lent,' Guy A. 2866 ; ' When ])e wynd was wel l)em lent,'
R. of Brunne, 1313; 'He suld take pat way, if wynde wild with him stand,'
Langtoft, p. 145 ; ' To Scotlond gan ]>ei skip, Jie wynde was fam redie,' id. p. 304 ;
' The wynd hem servyd wel inowgh,' Richard, 56 ; ' Jesu hem sente wynde ful
good,' id. 1395; 'Alias! ]>e wind was al to gode | J)at him ouer broujte,' Beues
A. 113, 4; M. 3S9 ; ' Aye the wynde was in the sayle,' Bone Florence, 136; ' wind
heo haefden wunsum] weder mid Jian bezsten,' Lajamon, 11965,6.

1. 1295. See 807 note, and comp. 1424, 1436, 7. With L 1305,6; O 1336, 7,
comp. L 139, 40 ; O 143, 4. For 1298 see 305 note; for O 1340, 338 note ; for
1300, 59 note ; for 1301, 53 note.

1. 1302. hende in felde, skilled in the field, is a combination apparently
without parallel : perhaps Aende points to an original lendende. LO have here
the better reading.

O 1345. 1*^^ lawe, faith, comp. ' Boute of cristene la we jhe kou])e naujt,'
Beues A. 526 ; ' J)e seue kni3tes of hejien lawe,' id. 1780 ; * fat lyuede on \<t cristene
lawe,' Ferumbras, 85 ; ' Hou Jjat J)e folk of he])en lawe ] A wel gret cheyn J)ai had
don drawe,' E. Studien, viii. 117/21,2; 'Then asked the sowdeyn's sonne what
lawe he held, and thei answeryd and seyd, the lawe of Ihesu Criste,' Ponthus,
2/17,8; King of Tais V. 182.

I. 1309. bi pine crois lijte, by thy shining' cross, or by the light of thy cross;
a phrase without parallel. Perhaps v.'e should read brijte, comp. ' So weren he
war of a croiz ful gent ( ? fulgent) | On his rith shuldre swij)e brith, | Brithter J)an
gold ageyn Jie lith,' Havelok, 2139-41. liste, lyste, L 1321, O 1350, can only
mean, stripe : probably their original had the rhyme liste . . . driste, with the
graphic variation, noted at 249, for lijtc . . . drijte.

11.1313,4. Comp. 867 note.

II. 1315-22 bear evident marks of the scribe's distraction or weariness; he began
by writing haue for serue, then added ajeties my wille from the next line, then,
writing the next line correctly, he scraped out agencs my iville and wrote over the
erasure ful ylle. The readings of LO give a good sense ; ylle means, distaste-
fully ; comp. ' But pey hire likede swijje ille, | J)outhe it was godes wille,' Havelok,
1165,6; ' J)ei Marke liked ille, | Tristrem to schip Jiai bare,' Tristrem, 1151, 2.
For 1 31 7, 8, Matzner reads, J)o were icome to J)is ille (ile) | Sarazins lo])e and
blake : the following lines may be re-arranged thus, ]?at dude me crist forsake | —
On him ihc wolde bileue — | J)0 hi makede me reue. With 131 7 comp. 'He was
a cristen king sum while,' E. Studien, viii. 1 18/109.

1. 1319. For Sarazins, see note on 38. blake, black, comp. ' Wyth sarsyns
bothe black and kene,' Guy, 3227 ; 'fan spac fe maiden fer sche stode | Among
J)e sarrajins so blake,' Horst., A. L. n. f. 252/425,6; ' Of Sarrains bofe bio &
blac,' K. of Tars A. 12 19. The Welsh and Irish annals often speak of the Danes
as the black nation, comp. ' Mon vastata est a gentilibus nigris,' Annales Cambriae,
anno 853, M. H. B. p. 835; ' Urbs Ebrauc vastata est; id est, cat Dub gint'
(meaning, ' Pugna nigrorum Gentium,' Ann. Ulton.), id. anno 866; ' Gothrit filius
Haraldi cum nigris gentilibus vastavit Mon,' anno 987, id. p. 838 ; Brut y Tywy-
sogion, annis 986, 9S8, id. p. 850. The epithet seems less suitable to Danes than
to Saracens proper, comp. what Joinville says of the Bedouins, ' dont ledes gent et
hydeuses sont a regarder, car les cheveus des testes et des barbes sont touz noirs,'
Histoire de S. Louis, p. 79.

1. 1322. reue, reeve, praepositus. Among the many functions of the O. E.

NOTES. 169

jcirgerd/a was that of leading the militia and seeing to the defence of his district
(Kemble, Saxons, ii. p. 164, Schmid, Gesetze, p. 597), and the title is here
naturally given to Athulfs father as guardian of the coast See the quotation in
note to 39. passage, pass, comp. * Et envoia a Cluses aucuns de ccs por garder
les trespas,' Amis et Amile, p. 75; ' Therfore kepe we thys strett,' Tryamoure,

1352-

1. 1325. bi este, a scribe's error for bi weste, see 1135. For 1326, see 1264
note.

1. 1327. O has here the right reading: He, O 1368, is Horn, and the reference is
to the incident of S63-75.

!• 1332- pQ rijte. Wissmann's explanation, straightway, lacks the support of
any parallel : see 306 note.

1. 1333. The jihrase is formal, comp. 'Ouer J^e se the wynde hem dryves,' Seege
of Troye, Archiv, Ixxii. 13/61 ; ' J)e wynt bi gon J^e schip to driue | til )^ci bi gonne
to ar}'ue,' Alexius, 46/241, 2; ' fien blew J)e wynd and gan hem dryue,' R. of
Brunne, 4329 ; 9901 ; 15701 ; * Roberd mad him alle preste, J)e wynde gan him
drj'ue,' Langtoft, p. 96; 149; 171 ; 227. For 1334 ^'^^ ^8° nole.

1. 1341. hoi & sund, see 149 note, and comp. for this common combination,
'Alias, ]at he was not hole and sownde,' Guy, 96S ; '])at \\\]) inne a lite stonde | He
was boje hoi and sonde,' Beues A. 733, 4; Tristrem, 1872 ; R. of Brunne, 9657;
Athelston, 653 note. In the next line LO have preserved the true reading, meaning,
If all is well with Horn, then nothing can be wrong with Athulf. For the construc-
tion, comp. ' Ake lif him tit J)oru5 yi red,' Horst., A. L. 14/356 ; ' ])at ho so do)) his
dede mid bobance : him ne tyt non oj^er mede,' E. E. Poems, 44/48. The following
lines give the ground of the knight's confidence, i. e. because Horn loves Athulf so
dearly and is to him as a governor, guardian. I take stei-e as = O. E. steora,
steersman : for so, comp. ' He rode so king wij) croim,' Tristrem, 175, and the
similar use in 141 8. Zupitza sees in it the same adjective which occurs in Guy,
' Then came the dewke Raynere, | An hardy knyght, and a stere,' 662 ; and in,
' There found they the duke Loyer | With his baronage hardy and stere,' Copland's
Guy, Y. I, and which he connects with O. H. G. stiuri, fortis, ferox, and Gothic
* stiurs inferred from usstiuriha, immoderate, usstiurei, intemperance. But the
tentative meaning he suggests, ' strong,' ' stout,' does not fit here. Whatever the
explanation of the expression, the lines have much more the air of an original
reading than the parallel inL 1353, 4, O 1382,3.

1. 134S. Most of all times, i. e. more than ever before. The phrase is apparently
without exact parallel, but it is like ' s\vulc he hafuede mod-kare i mest of aire
monne,' Lajamon, 13 701, 2.

!• 1353- Comp. ' Michel ioie & mirfe })ai made,' Arlhour, 72/2496. With 1355,
comp. 468.

1- 1356. For pat, practically = since, comp. ' jare hit is ])et ich wuste herof,'
Ancren Riwle, p. 88 ^quoted by Matzner); ' jore is ])at ich ])at on seh,' Bcddeker,
258/45; ' I'at y bar armes tventi jer it is,' Guy A. 5036; ' Jiat ich ete ])is is pe
^ridde day,' id. 6207 ; '"It is ferre gone," sayd Robyn, | " That I was last here," '
Child, Ballads, v. 78/446: and for a similar sense, 'And seide ; cometh hider to
me I 5ware habbe je jare i beo,' Horst., A. L. 22/605,6. For 1357,8, see 603
note; for the construction in 1361 (where the negative, as in L 1371, must be
restored), see 122 note.

1. 1363. Comp. O 833, and, ' So ich jou segge in mi rime,' Arthour, 40/1341 ;
'As seint Bede seys in his r}me,' R. of Brimne, 556S ; ' I maye in romaunce & in

170 KING HORN.

ryme | Ellys say in sorj'e tyme,' Ipomadon, 5337, 8 : similar is ' In heore song
segge by ryme, | Yblessed be that ilke time,' Chronicle of England, 705, 6. With
804, L 812, And seide pes ryme, comp. ' Seggith Darie that songe,' Alisaunder,
1763: with vpon his songe, 1097, comp. 'and saeiden on songe,' Lajamon,
22081 ; in L iioi the phrase is ' on is songe,' in O 1138 *in hys songe.' With
on pine spelle, O 1069, comp. ' Tristrem J)at herd he | And seyd ])us in his spelle,'
Tristrem, 3090, i : with vpon his tale comp. * ne mai hit na mon suggen on his
tale,' Lajamon, 24439 ; 228S9. Similar expressions not occurring in KH. are seen
in, '])enne seide fe Emperour in his sawe,' Horst., A. L. n. /. 341/22; 'King
Ermin seide in is sawe,' Benes A. 1 251 ; K. of Tars V. 39 ; id. A. 831 ; ' As y have
herd menstrelles syng yn sawe,' Emare, 319 ; ' And seiden anon with heore sawes,'
Horst, A. L. 15/395 ; ' Vppon theyre lay they sat and song,' Torrent, 1492. Comp.
also, 'E diseient en lur fauele,' Gaimar, 3751.

I. 1364. This is a frequent formula occurring mostly in such contexts as, '&
blissed ])e time fat he was born,' Ywain, 3344; Le Morte Arthur, 3213; but
comp. also, ' Blyssed mote \>e tyme be | That we may pe here see,' Archiv, Ixxix.
443/188,9; ' beneit seyt le temps que je vus unqe nory,' Eulk Fitz-Warine,

P- Si-
ll. 1366,7. W^e shall teach the heathen dogs a humiliating lesson. Comp. 'we
5am soUe techei Bruttisse speche,' Lajamon O. 24941, 2 ; 'for ])us we eou scullen
techen ^ ure Bruttisce speche,' id. C. 26543,4, 26833,4: ' ^e barouns of engelond,
myhte hue him gripe, | he him wolde techen on englysshe to pype,' Boddeker,
128/75,6. Expressions of similar meaning are, 'and we heom scuUeS telleni
Brtittisse spelles,' Lajamon, 20605, 6 ; ' Ac our knijtes & our barouns | Hem taujt
so her lessouns,' Arthour, 188/6703, 4 ; ' Arthour tau5t on a lessoun of howe | &
cleued him to ))e sadel bowe,' id. 265/9675, 6 ; ' So I talket hom tille | That
muche blode conne I spille,' Avow3'nge of Arther, p. 67 ; ' Bot hinde lohn of
Coupland • a wight man in wede, | Talked to David • and kend him his crede,'
Minot, ix. 37, 8 ; ' Li moignes est bons chevaliers, | . . . | Bien vous aprent vo
patenostre,' Wistasse le Moine, 1625, 7 ; Guillaume le Marechal, 965.

II. 1369,70. See 85, 6 note. For O 1406,7, see 603 note; with L 1377,8,
comp. L 1227, 8.

11. 1371, 2. The expression is formal ; comp. 'Beues gan than his home blowe |
For all his hoste shold hym knowe,' Beues M. 755,6; 3047,8 ; 'He bleow his
hom, his men he (read, hit) knawe,' Alisaunder, 6102 ; ' Generides his horn gan
blow I That his felous might him know,' Generides, 5059, 60 ; ' doj) now & letej
myn homes blowe ^ quiclich and anon, | j^at myne men mowe iknowe^ what |:ay
schullej) don,' Ferumbras, 2347,8 ; ' The kinge his bugulle con blaw, | His knyjtus
couthe hitte welle knaw,' Avowynge of Arther, p. 72 ; ' " Let blowe a home," sayd
Robyn, | "That felaushyp may vs knowe,"' Child, Ballads, v. 67/229; ' They
blewen an home that was knowe, | His folkis fast theder kan dravve,' E. Studien,
xiii. 150/6102, 3 ; Beues, 37/775, 6.

1- 1373- See 101 note. The phrase in 1375, 6 seems without parallel. For
quike to drowe, L 1388, see 1492 note.

L 1389. speres ord. Comp. 'mid axen, mid sweorden! mid scaerpe speres
orde,' Lajamon, 7478, 9 ; ' & heom on ileggen '. mid orde and mid egge,' id.
5201,2; 8595,6; 'mid sworde an mid speres orde,' Owl & N. 1066; 'Ord of
spere, and ord of egge (read, swordes egge) | Schal at heore acordement beon,'
Alisaunder, 1839,40; 932; Arthour, 7449.

O 1419. See 58 note. With O 142 1, comp. O 48.

NOTES. 171

11- I379> ^O- Comp. 'and anan he gon to wurche' ane swiffe feire chirche,'
Lajamon, 29531, 2 ; ' & let rere chirchen vp . Jat ))e ssrewen adoun caste,' R. of
Gloucester, 2601 ; ' hij Icte arere churchen . in to al ])at contrey | & prioiyes
wurchen • & many an abbey,' Archiv, Ixviii. 6S/433, 4; IIC. 106, 7.

II. 1381,2. A fairly common combination. Comp. 'no belle i-rungen' no
masse isunge,' Lajamon, 29441,2; ' Ne halewede kirke, nc messe songcn, | Ne
child cristned, ne belle rongen,' R. of Brunne, 14S55, 6; 'Off enny kyik that preest
in syng, | Messe in sayd, or belle in ryng,' Richard, 1133,4. I' 's frequent in the
ballads, comp. ' Whan bells was rung, an mass was sung | An a' man unto bed
was gone,' Child, i. 6S/27; iii. 70/21; iv. 29S/5 ; v. 244/10; 'When mass was
sung and bells were rung,' Sharpe, North Countrie Garland, pp. 28, 42. A variation
occurs in, ' He wole a-Morwe Belle rynge, | And Jenne wol he Matyns synge,'
Vernon MS. i. 347/720, i,

1. 1384. Comp. 73 note. In O 1428, read clepten, see O 1252.

1- 1385- The reading of LO gives a good sense, see 1286 note. Still C pre-
serves a primitive detail, and is therefore probably original. But serie is difficult ;
Matzner, instancing scren, sar = s/ieren, shar, O. E. scieran, in Lasamon O. 20307,
17663, takes it for skerie, representing O. E. scierian, allot, distribute. The
meaning would then be. He caused corn to be distributed. But j = O. E. sc does
not occur elsewhere in C, and support is wanted for a M. E. sherien. Perhaps we
should KzA ferie (O. E. fenan), carry, bring, giving the sense, He caused corn to
be brought. The heathen having wasted the land, the people are starving ; of
a similar evil time it is said, ' Now je schul vnderstond, | Fif jer J'is last in
Inglond, I J)at no com no was ysowe, [ Noi}'er on doun no on lowe,' Arthour,
4535-8. So too Arthur, finding York wasted by Childric, rears the ruined churches
and bids ' J^a eor<5e-tilien ' teon to heore craeften,' Lajamon, 22117, 8.

1. 1387. Comp. 'and murie lyf J)ou schalt lede fer afterward,' Legends of the
Rood, 61/512. For 1388 see 884 note.

L 1404. ferde aboute, busied himself; here used absolutely, but like to go
about, to be about, usually with a dependent infinitive ; comp. ' pat he ferde fast
aboute • iloures to gadere,' W. of Palerne, 30. See also 277 note.

I. 1389. Comp. ' ])e Duyk was of herte proud,' Gregorius, 446; 'sit wild he not
be war Jier bi, so proude he was in herte,' Langtoft, p. 8 ; 'As men thojte in eche
poynte: alto prute he drouj | Ac in his hurte hit was another,' Beket, 192,3.
For on, see note on 281 and comp. further, ' Jia iwarS J)e king on mode prut,'
Lajamon, 8828 ; ' on heorte he wes blitJe,' id. 4431 ; and see note on 1405.
With 1390 comp. ' Feol and fikel and proud also | That him feol to muche wo,'
Alisaunder, 2661, 2.

II. 1 39 1, 2. So the traitor Mordred tries to win over the barons by gifts, ' Festys
made he many and fele, | And grete yiftys he yafe Also,' Le Morte Arthur, 2962 , 3 ;
' To erlys And to barons on ylk A syde | Grete yiftis he yaffe,' id. 3044, 5 ; ' And
mordred that was mykelle of myght, | Wyth grete gvftes made hym stronge,'
id. 3158, 9. Comp. also, ' Who jaf broche and beije 1 | Who bot douke Morgan ? '
Tristrem, 265,6. With 1392, meaning, to be on his side, comp. 'O bok ful
grundlike he swore, | }>at he sholde with him halde,' Havelok, 2307, 8.

1. 1393. He had stone carted, conveyed. The detail is often mentioned; see
Ij 905 note, and comp. ' Morter fey made & ston dide fet | & spedde hem faste
J>er on to set,' R. of Brunne, 7959, 60 ; ' Ston >ey dide gadere & graue,' id. 6699 ;
' machunnes (masons) heowen | lim heo gunnen baemen,' Lasamon, 15465,6;
' Gil ont commencie a olvrer | Piere, mortier a aloer,' Wace, 7513, 4.

172 KING HORN.

1. 1394. Where he hoped for success. Comp. ' And hopis beste for to spede,'
Thomas of Erceldoune, 454, and for similar phrases, Miaot, v. 42 note.

1. 1396. [and] surrounded it with water, biflette is apparently a aw. \ey., but
there is no difficulty in taking it as the preterite of * bifleteti, a transitive form
made by the prefix be, added to the weak verb, fleten, float. For the asyndeton
comp. 646, 7 ; and for the meaning, ' Vor Jie castel is so strong • ])at J)e leuedi is
Inne | Jiat ich wene al J>is lond • mid streng))e ne ssolde it winne | Vor \z se ge)) al
aboute • & entreie bote on ])er nis,' R. of Gloucester, 3309-11.

O 1446. hon on legge, lay hands on it, come near to attack it. Comp. ' He
wiste J)e iewes wolde him forfare | If fei myjte bond on him lay,' Cursor T.
14539,40; ' ne funde lie nonne swa kene monl J)at bond him durste leggen on,'
Lajamon, 8191, 2 ; ' Ne bond on him with yuele leyde,' Havelok, 994. At O 1502,
the expression is varied by the omission oiliond; on legge, means simply, attack,
comp. ' & aefer he heom leide on ] mid sweord & mid spere,' Lajamon, 547, 8.
For the combination in the following line, comp. * eche a kuntre wor]; kept • wi|)
kud men i-nouje, | eche brug, eche pa])])e • eche brode weye,' W. of Palerne,

1673, 4-

I. 1398. For the alliteration comp. 'Then was Richard as prest to fight ] As

ever was fowl to the flight,' Richard, 2275, 6; ' Grehoundes he hadde as swifte
as fowel in flight,' Chaucer, iv. 6/190; ' liim thoght >at he was als lyght | Als
a fowl es to fe flyght,' Ywain, 1304.

II. 1401, 2. See 679, 80; O 718,9. gan wende, began to turn himself, went
about, proceeded, like ' ferde aboute,' L 1404: Wissmann's quotation, ' \g. kaisere
wende (= weened, thought): Walvvain to scende/ Lajamon, 27792, 3, is not a
parallel.

11. 1403, 4. Comp. O 1436, 7, and see 915, 6 note, jerne is an adverb, eagerly,
in C; a verb in the corresponding L 1419.

1. 1405. ful of mode. Comp. ' His herte wax angry & ful of mod,' Ferumbras,
3635; ' J>o wasotuwelfolof mood | & fauatashe were vvood,'Otuel,ii23, 4; 'Gene-
rides wex so ful of moode ] For Sir Lucas that was so goode,' Generides, 9225, 6.
Similarly, 'his hert was fuUe of site,' Langtoft, p. 104. For L 1423, see 281 note,
and comp. further, ' unsel him wes on mode,' La3amon, 30541 ; ' ])e king wes on
mode sar,' id. 638; ' soruful on his mode,' id. 167. With 1406 comp. 960 note;
with swete, 1407, 'swulc he mid sweuenei swunke ful switJe,' Lajamon, 17908, 9.

1. 1410. P"or omission of the relative, see Kellner, Syntax, pp. 61, 2. In the
French version there is no ship ; ' Si uit vn auisium dunt torment se cremeit | Kil
er[t] sur un flum mes ne sout v esteit | E en miliv del flum bele rimignil veeit | Es
granz undes broiant deskal mentun tut dreit | Wikle ert del altre part que neer
la uoleit | Vne furche de fer en sa mein si teneit | Dunt larebutet en si cume sen
isseit,' HR. 4969-75.

1. 141 1, blenche is explained by Miitzner as, turn over; but that appears more
suitable to ouerblenche, L 1429, while, to lurch, would be a meaning for the
simple verb more in accordance with the other uses of the word. The passage is
apparently without parallel, on hire, O 1466, seems a corruption oi oner.

1. 1415. Comp. 'And ofte her pelte ynto ])e see,' Octavian, 20/595.

1. 141 8. Comp. 554, and, ' J)at nijt he hadde litel yslape | He stirt vp al in rape,'
Arthour, 2367, 8 ; ' The king saide, " I ne have no rape, | For me lest yit ful wel
slape," ' S. Sages, 1631, 2 ; 'Als se Jiou? me lete have rap and rac,' Desputisoun,
43/276 ; ' His nedes to spede j^en had he rape,' R. of Brunne, 7436.

1. 1420. See 1289 note.

NOTES. 173

11. 1421, 2. idon vnder. ■under don, like the commoner, dotine don, means to
conquer, subject; comp. 'And a wond ^e sal sniiten rigt | Moab kinges, and
under-don | Al sedes kin Cis werld up-on,' Genesis & E. 4040-2: in, ' Octiater
with muche wondur | Antiochim hadde him undur,' Alisaunder, 3804, 5, we should
probably read don for him. So, w;7^tv = defeated, abased, as in, ' Bot euer er ))ai
vnder,' Minot, ii. 18 (note); ' Pryde br>'nges me vnder & not above,' Ipomadon,
3681 ; for above in the opposite sense, see Ipomadon, 5 (note) and comp. ' Over al
sal 5e be obove,' Ywain, 1540; ' I hane 50W hoi pen to joure aboue,' R. of Brunne,
7200. idon is, therefore, tinsuitable in meaning, it is probably a mistake due to
do in 1142. The reading of LO gives a good sense; vnder gan sometimes means,
to beguile, deceive ; comp. ' ])ou hast me gyled and vndurgone ' (translating,
circumvenisti^, Horst, S. A. L. 33/479; ' Hu he migtcn vnder-gon | Here fader,'
Genesis & E. 1147. 1422 is corrupt; Miitzner's explanation which makes nie
6f Rymenild the object of hap idon vnder is against the word-order and would
require done, the dative infinitive, instead of do. We might read, Rymenhild to
done wunder, with the object of doing Rimenhild an injury, or, & Rymenhild
do to wnnder, where do would be past participle constructed with hap and the
meaning, and hath put Rimenhild to distress. Comp. ' }-a scipen wenden to
wundre,' Lajamon, 7S55 ; ' with hirself heo ferde to wonder, | heo ter hir clo])us al
in sunder, | in a gret woodnesse,' Alexius, 6S/472-4. wunder, mirabile = va3.r\t\-
lous, terrible deed ; comp. ' On of hem fiat haued Ois wunder (i. e. idolatry) | wrogt,'
Genesis & E. 3588. So, ' Help nawht here wonder,' O 918, means, Their desperate
effort did not avail them, and, 'Horn ne dude no wunder,' 1247, Horn took no
terrible vengeance. But it also means perplexity, deep distress, as in, ' But yn ]>t
put I'at was f er vndyr | He saghe so moche sorowe and wundyr | Of fendes fele
J)at |er wore,' Handling Synne, 5262-4; ' werre & wrake & wonder,' Gawayne
& G. K. 16 ; 'I was begynner of al this wondre,' Generides, 8872 ; '"Of this,"
said the king, " I haue great wonder | For sorrow my hart will breake assunder," '
Triamore, P. F. MS. ii. 87/190, i, where the older version has, ' "Alias," seyde
the kynge, "now y wondur," ' Tr>-amoure, 199; and this meaning suits well
here.

1. 1423. Comp. ' Ihcsu, for ))i woundes fine | In Ingland help vs to haue pese,'
Minot, i. 91, 2; 'Ihesu, for ]>\ woundis fyue | J)e feend away from us J)ou dryue,'
Hymns to the Virgin, 20/77,9; ' Jhesu, for jour woundes five | je ben our help
and our socour,' Songs and Carols (Warton Club), 79/1, 2 ; Alexius, 50/283 ;
Athelston, 144; ' '' Louerd," he seide, " help me nou : for thi swete wounde," '
Beket, 1713. wordes, O 1476, is probably due to a confusion with the seven
words : a frequent invocation is that by the seven names as in ' " Syr," he seyde,
"god of heuyn | 5ylde yow for hys nameys seuyn," ' Guy, 2681, 2, where the
editor says he does not know what seven names are meant. They are Sapientia,
Adonai, Radix Jesse, Clavis David, Oriens Lux (Oriens splendor lucis acternae).
Rex Gentium, Emmanuel, as occurring in the anthems sung at vespers in the week
before Christmas, beginning December 16. Comp. further, ' Praie J)i son of gret
pouste I ffor his names seuene,' Alexius, 34/305, 6; ' Yblisced be his nam seuen,'
Horst., S. A. L. 140/125; id. A. L. n. f. 230/199; E. Studien, viii. 449/83;
454/541 ; id. ix. 46/286. See Romania, xiv. p. 528, Daurel et Beton, p. cj.

1, 1426. See 853.

L 1446. god of cure, good of choice, as good as could be desired. The
expression is apparently without parallel, but comp. ' ten ))usend monnen | \t\. wes
>e bezste cure ^ of al Bnitlonde,' Lajamon, 8076-8 ; ' & aefter cure heo him jeuen \

174 KING HORN.

J)reo hundred jisles,' id. 617 1, 2. The same word apparently occurs in ' to wynne
pe cure' (= to win the gree), Octavian, 33/1017.

O 1453. hem . . . bytwexe, must mean, agreed on, fixed by them (i, e. Fikenild
and Aylmer). Comp. ' And seide 3am bi-tvvine i J)at par hii wolde akepe,' Lajamon
O. 26936, 7.

1. 1427. See 124 note. For al ri5t, 142S, see 305 note.

1. 1432. Comp. '& ladde him to nywe wore • to a uair castel & god,' R. of
Gloucester, 9220 ; ' J)e newe wore of wesmunstre • ]>e king bigan ]>o anon,' id. 10658.

O 1480,1, is unintelligible: read perhaps, 'J)e watres bigan to terne | By here
schipes Sterne.'

1. 1436. See 124 note, vjjrist, rising, elsewhere regularly means, resurrection.

L 1455. stoure, see 685, where O has the same variant as C here, and O 1016, 7.
For alyue, L 1457, see 131 note.

L 1467. Comp. ' " Kyng Alisaundre," he saide, " kyngis flour,'" Alisaunder,

3145-

1. 1448. See 59 note.

1. 1456. wijj none ginne, by no device. Comp. 'mid wulches cunnes ginne'
he mihte cumen binnen,' Lajamon, 20297, 8 ; 'Ac in a castel he lay of priis | J)at
wij) no gin, y 50U plijt, | Noman J^er in com mijt,' Arthour, 56/1906-8 ; 'That
noe man might to them winne | By noe manner of gynne,' id. 367/2335, 6; 'And
wele he saw that by na gyn | AUane to hir myght he noght wyn,' S. Sages, 3019, 20;
' Ne shal it neuer with noo gyn | of lawndre be washen clene,' Generides, 610,1
' But out of the pit coud I not wyn | Nouthir for craft nor bi noo gyn,' id. 2675, 6
Beket, 1961 ; O. E. Miscellany, 153/237, 8. It is often contrasted with open force
as in, 'Ac by strenthe no by gynne | No myghte he heom that day wynne,
Alisaunder, 1219,20; 'mid strengSe oOer mid ginne 1 his lond to biwinne,
Lasamon, 6599, 600 ; ' But the towre myght he neuer wynne | Wyth strength[e]
ne wyth stoure stronge, | Ne wyth none other kynnes gynne,' Le Morte Arthur,
3035-7- For O 1502, 3, see O 1446 note.

1. 1457. See 183 note: for 1458, see 122 note.

1. 1459. See 235,6, and comp. 'For ich kan craft and ich kan liste,' Owl and
N. 757, and for the rhyme, ' neuere ))urh nare liste i her of na})ing nuste,' Lajamon,
17850,1. O 1506, 7, means that Horn took all the advice that his companions
offered.

1. 1461. sche-we, display, bring out, as in, 'An harp he gan forj) bring,' Tristrem,
1811. Comp. also, 'Sipfe was schewed hem bi | Murjjc and munstralsy,' Horst.,
S. A. L. 207/220, 1. For drawe, O 1508, see 1289 note. With Horn's disguise
as a harper, comp. the device by which Baldulf gained admission into York besieged
by Arthur : ' Cum ergo alterius modi aditum non haberet [Baldulphus], rasit
capillos suos et barbam, cultumque joculatoris cum cythara cepit. Deinde intra
castra deambulans modulis quos in lyra componebat sese cytharistam exhibebat.
Cumque nuUi suspectus esset, accessit ad moenia urbis paulatim ceptam simula-
tionem faciens. Postremo cum ab inclusis compertus esset, tractus est funiculis
intra muros,' Geoffrey of Monmouth, 122/42-8. The same story is told by Wace,
Brut, 9336-51, Lajamon, 20305-38, and R. of Brunne, 9839-54. In the same
disguise, Anlaf spies out Athelstan's camp : ' lUe (Anlaf) qui tantum periculum
imminere cerneret, astu exploratoris munus aggressus, depositis regiis insignibus,
assumptaque in manibus cythara, ad tentorium regis nostri (Athelstani) progre-
ditur; ubi cum prae foribus cantitans, interdum quoque quateret dulci resonantia
fila tumullu, facile admissus est, professus mimum qui hujusmodi arte stipem

NOTES. 175

quotidianam mercaretnr. Rej^em et convivas musico acromate aliquantisper
flclinivit, cum inter psallcndum omnia oculis scrutarctur. Postquam satictas edendi
finem dcliciis imposuisset et severitas administrandi belli in colloquio procerum
recrudesccret, abire jussus pretium cantus accepit. Quod asportare nausians, sub
se in terra defodit,' W. of Malmesbuiy, de gestis regum Anglorum, i. pp. 142, 3.
R. of Gloucester, 550S-17, relates the same incident. So too Johan de Raun-
paygne, who ' savoit assez de labour, harpe, viele, sitole e jogelerie,' uses his skill
twice on daring adventures, Fulk Fitz-Warine, pp. 92-5, loS-iio, and Eustace
the Monk finds the disguise of a minstrel useful, Wistasse le Moine, 2166-214.
Comp. also Daurel et Bcton, 1929 ff.

L 1483. See 1264 note.

1. 1464. at wille, as pleased them, as well as they could desire. Comp. ' of pe
noblest knyghtes o lyue | Wei armed at her wille,' R. of Iirunne, 13358, 9 ; ' wind
stond an willen,' Lajamon, 1102; ' Lendemeyn leva Fouke matyn, e fust armee
tot a talent, e ces compaignouns ensement,' Fulk Fitz-Warine, p. 95. But O has
preserved the original reading.

1. 1468. gleowinge, harp playing. So ' For he was sle5e of harp glew,'
Cursor T. 7251 ; ' Quil wit gleu and quil wit sang,' Cursor C. 7433; ' & gou J)aer
to gleowien ; & muche gome to makien,' Lajamon, 20315,6.

1. 1473. He, Rimenhild. It was apparently the British custom to admit none
but artists after the feast was begun, see d'Arbois de Jubainville, iii. p. 257. For
minstrels at feasts, see Wright, Homes of other Days, pp. 183-5, for their kinds
and instruments, pp. 194-209. Their seat near the door is noteworthy, L 1496,
O 1523. For clenche, 1476, see 232 note.

1. 1477. With the effect of Horn's song, comp. ' Swiche song he gan sing, | fJat
hir was swijje wo ; ] Her com swiche loue longing | Hir hert brast nei5e a to,'
Tristrem, 1860-3. With walaway comp. ' Hys songe was not but wele away,'
Partonope, 3550; 'his ryght songe was welaweyi wij) oute lesinge,' Anglia, i.
69/65. For 1479, see 428 note.

I. 1480. Comp. ' N'as ther non of heom that lowgh,' Alisaunder, 2435 ; ' The
kyng ne non of his ne lough,' id. 5727; and the similar, 'Non of hem ne lyst
synge,' id. 5319- For 1481,2, see S75 note, and comp. 'Hit eode hire herte
swijje neih,' Castel of Loue, 320. With 1483, 4, comp. 613, 4, 873, 4 : the variant
in LO gives a better sense here.

II. 14S7, 8. Comp. ' He drow ut sone his gode swerd, | And smot him so up-on
Jie crune, ] ])at godrich fel to fe erjje adune,' Havelok, 2733-5, The usual expres-
sion is seen in, ' Crounes ))ai gun crake,' Tristrem, 887 ; ' Many a croune men
myght se crake,' R. of Brunne, 5070. For fel, L 1510, see 421 note. In 1488,
hefulde should be read for ij'ulde.

1. 1489. arowe, see Minot, v. 48 note.

1.1492. todra5e, see 181, L 1388. todrazvcn, distrahere; drazven, trahere
{detrahere, iractare), are all used in two different senses, (i) to tear asunder by
means of horses attached to the limbs, and (2) to draw to the place of execution
over the pavement, on a hurdle or a hide. For the former meaning comp. ' Quo
cognito, rex eum quasi regiae majestatis occisorem membratim laniatum equis
apnd Coventre, exemplum terribile et spectaculum lamentabile praebere jussit
omnibus audentibus talia machinari. Primo enim distractus, postea decollatus,
et corpus in tres partes divisum est,' Matthew Paris, Chronica Majora, iii. p. 498
(panishment for attempted assassination of Henry iii. 1238 A. D.); ' ))at Beues
scholde ben anhonge | & to drawe wiJ) wilde fole,' Beues A. 3568,9; '& Rodric

176 KING HORN.

Jjer wes of-slajenl & seot5Sen mid heorsen to-dragen,' Lajamon, 9952, 3 ; 'Ant for
that tresoun that hy dude | Hy were to-dravven wythe stude,' Chronicle of England,
839, 40 ; ' I war vvorjii wit hors be draun,' Cursor C. 9060 ; ' Wyth wilde hors thou
shalt be drayne,' Le Morte Arthur, 3014 ; ' quosdam fecit equis trahi, alios igne
cremari, alios suspendi et alios incarcerari,' Annales Monastici, ii. p. ill. For the
second meaning, which is the usual one for drawen, trahere, comp. ' Primo igitur
a Westmonasterio usque ad turrim Londoniarum et inde usque ad illam poenalem
machinam quae vulgariter gibbettis dicitur distractus . . . omnes autem sexdecim
socii per civitatem Londoniarum ad caudas equorum tracti, ad patibula sunt
suspensi,' Matthew Paris, C. M. iv. p. 196 (of the pirate William Marsh and his
companions, A. D. 1242) ; 'Primo pelle bovis stratus, ascensis sex lictoribus equos,
caudis ipsoium distractus per civitatem Londoniae,' Flores Historiarrim, iii. p. 282
(of Thomas Turbeville in 1295); ' Vor he let him mid hors to drawe . fram strete
to strete,' R. of Gloucester, 6392 ; ' I wolde be way or strete | Hys body war
to-drawe,' Lybeaus, 188,9; 'Now ])e Turbeuile has his jugement, | Drawen
is a while on London pauiment,' Langtoft, p. 270 ; ' And si})en to ])e galwes
drawe[n] | At \\% foule mere tayl,' Havelok, 2477,8; ' pey drowen hym J)orw5
ylke a strete,' Athelston, 804; Tryamoure, 578,9; ' " 3e schul ben honged &
todrawe," | He dede feche hors wel sket | & teyed hem to her fet ] & dede hem
drawe on J>e pauement,' Arthour, 380-3; Boddeker, 131/162, 3; ' tractus est equis
lento passu ad locum suspendii,' Annales Monastici, iii. p. 294. There is thus no
clear distinction between drawen and todraiven, the second meaning is the usual
one for both, but the first best suits the passages in our texts.

I. 1497. king, the deposed Aylmer. homage, apparently for homagers, vassals,
but the use is without parallel. LL. Jiomagium is sometimes used in the concrete
sense of the land held by a vassal. The scribe's error in O 1545 is exactly reversed
in Cursor, 5799; T. reading trowage where the other MSS. have correctly vtrage,
outrage.

II. 1503,4. See 117 note. For L 1525, O 1550, see 36 note. With L 1527, 8
comp. 1327, 8. wyt yre, O 1553, comp. '& wi]) hard dunt & gret yre • to gadere
sujjjie hii come,' R. of Gloucester B. 3824; 'He cryde, " Boy, ley on with yre |
Strokes as ys woned \>y syre," ' Octavian, 36/1 117, 8 ; ' He fau5t with ire and with
enuie,' id. 36/1124.

11. 1509, 10. This place is unsatisfactory in all the MSS. LO have a feeble
repetition of the preceding couplet. In C, kni^tes in both lines cannot be right,
and He can hardly refer to Horn, if horn is to stand in the next line. Perhaps we
should read, He (i.e. Horn) jaf alle ore | For A]ielbrus lore, He did honour, shewed
favour, to them all because of the training he had had from Athelbrus. For the
rhyme, comp. ' he spac of feire laere' and al of godes are,' Lajamon, 30159, 60.

1. 1513. ride, sail : comp. ' No tyme in hauen to schipe go | Ne in se hiderward
ryde,' R. of Brunne, 15690, i ; *ffor all be water J)ey must ryde,' Seege of Troye,
692. For 1512 see 1294 note.

I. 1514 may mean, Where he experienced sorrow (i.e. of separation from
Rymenhild, Wibsmann). But the rhyme is spoilt hy fondede, and /onde, which
Wissmann substitutes, is not found before the i6th century as contracted pre-
terite. Even if it could stand, the vagueness of the line as to time would be
unsatisfactory: er, L 1536, meets this difficulty, but the line is very clumsy.
Possibly it originally ran, fer he wojes gan fonde, there he built walls, i.e. a
church, as at 1379,80.

II. 1521, 2. Wissmann apparently understands the passage a=, All people might

NOTES. 177

sjinpathisc wilh the trials of these true lovers. But hem ini5te rewe ought to
mean, might repent (themselves), see 37S : oit, of or foy must be inserted before
hem to give anything like \N"issmann's meaning, but even then hrcoivcn generally
means, to have mercy on, to show active pity (comp. 37S), not, to sympathise wilh.
1. 1526. vnorn here means ugly; and the line is of the same type as, ' And
5ede barfote and nought yschod,' E. Studien, xiv. 171/34 ; ' Schod & no J)}-ng bare,'
Athelston, 377.

I. 1527. among, at intervals, develops a sense of continually, Comp. ' Floris
sijte and wep among,' Floris, 845 ; ' Euer pe boye blewe and lewh a monge,'
Archiv, xc. p. 75; ' Wi]) weping I mengid my drinke among,' E. Studien, x.
247/1 86 {among might here mean, together); * Sum wile softe and lud among,'
Owl & N. 6; * They pleyd & songe amonge,' Archiv, Ixxix. 437/279 ; ' Tc deum
laudamus jiei songe amonge,' Anglia, i. 73/257;' Lajamon, 22702, 23564; Amis,
860. Similar are, ' And also cussed his feet amyd,' Cursor T. 14015 ; ' Pleiei5
& sweie'5 & singeS bitweonen,' O. E. Homilies, i. 193/28. The lines apparently
express the thankfulness of the scribe that his task is done.

II. 1529,30. A very common formula in the romances; comp. ' Jesu, lorde, of
heuyn k)-nge, | Grawnt vs alle hys blessynge,' Octavian, 64/4,5; Isumbras, i, 2;
792-4; Eglamour, i, 2; Avowinge of Arther, 93/13,4; Triamore, P. F. MS., ii.
80/1, 2; ' Lord Jhesu, heuyne-kynge, | Thow grante vs all J)i blyssinge | Iff it ))i
\vylle be,' Archiv, Ixxix. 443/19 1-3 ; ' Jhesu Cryst, heuyn kjTige, | Grant them all
hys blyssinge | That J)is story ^v)■ll haue in mynd,' Horst., A. L. n.f. 241/607-9.
.Similar are, ' he J)at is al-mihti kyng, | \a.t heije sitte]) In Trinite, | Graunt vs alle
his blessyng, | AMEN, AMEN par charite,' Archiv, Ixxix. 434/221-4; ' God that
made the myddel erd | Geve ows alle his blessyng,' Alisaunder, 8029, 30; ' Now
lesu Cryst that all hath wTOUght | As he on the Rode vs bought | He geve hvs his
blessing,' Torrent, 2664-6; Amadace, 56/17,8; Boddeker, 194/1,2.

N

APPENDIX.

HORN CHILDE.

horn childe & maiden rimnild

Mi leue frende dere, [f- 31 7 v*]

Herken & je may here,

& ;e wil vnder flonde ;
Stories ;e may lere 4

Of onr elders ])at were

Whilom in fiif lond.
Y wil ;ou telle of kinges tvo,
Hende hajieolf waf on of ]>o, 8

fJat weld al ingelond ;
Fram Humber norj) Jian wait he,
f>at was in to J)e wan fee,

In to hif owhen hond. 1 2

He no hadde no child, af je may here,
Bot a fone [)at was him dere ;

When fat he waf bom,
pe king was glad & of gode chere,
He fent after frendef fer & nere

& bad men calle him horn,
v-iii- knaue childer he foiijt.
To horn hif fone /le hem bitaujt,

Alle were \zS. frely bom,
Wi> him to play & lere to ride,
Fine 3er in ))at ich tide,

WiJ) baner him biforn.

16

20

24

Hende, & 5e me herken wold,
fJe childer name af it if told,

Y wil ;ou reken arijt ;
Ha/rof & tebaude,
A);elfton & winwold,

Gariif wife & wijt,

28

32

Wihard J)at was euer trewe,
SeJ)))en firfl him horn knewe.

To feme wi]) al hif mi;t ;
Wicard & hif brojier Wikel,
SeJ)en Hom fond hem ful fikel,

Lefingef on him })ai lijt. [f. 317 v*] 36

Arlaund, J)at al ])ewef cou))e,
Bo])e bi norJ) & bifouj^e.

In herd if noujt to hide.
On hunting waf him mod cou^ie,
For to blowe an hom wi]) moujie

& houndef lede bifide,
To harpe wele & play at ches,
& al gamen J)at vfed is

& mo waf in J)at tide ;
Ha['eolf Arlaund bitaujt
Hom & hif children aujt.

To lem hem to ride.

Out of danmark com an here,
Opon Inglond forto were

Wi]) flout ofl & vTiride,
Wi]) yren hattef, fcheld & fpere ;
Alle her pray to fchip ])ai here

In clifland bi tefe fide.
Schepe & nete to fchip J)ai brou5t
& al ])at })ai haue mou5t,

In herd if noujt to hide.
When hapeolf it herd fay,
He bulked bo])e nijt & day,

Ojain hem for to ride.

40

44

48

56

60

20. he Aent] omit MS. : supplied by Caro.

N 2

28. Hafrof] Hayro/US.

i8o

APPENDIX.

Wi)) in ]>a.t ich fourtennijt
Barounf fele & mani a knijt,

Al were ])ai redi boun ;
WiJ) helme on heued & brini bri3t
Alle were J)ai redi to fijt

& rered gonfeynoun.
On alerton more al J)ai mett,
per were lier dayes fett,

Failed hem no roum ;
SeJ?J)en to clifland ])ai rade,
per ]>e danif men abade,

To fel ])e feye adoun.

64

68

72

In a morniwg Jiai bi gan,
Of al J)at day ])ai no blan

pat baleful werk to wrke ;
Sidef ])ai made bio & wan, 76

pat er wer white fo fe])er on swan,

Swiche gamen man aujt irke.
When l>at euen bi cam,
pedanif men were al slan: [f. 3iSr'j 80

It bi gan to mirke.
Who fo go)) or ridej) per bi,
5ete may men fee ^er bonef ly

Bi feyn Sibilef kirke. 84

Hende hapeolf, af y 50U fay,
Duelled Jier f)e nijen day,

pe folk of him waf fain.
pai toke anon ]>at ich pray, 88

Schepe & nete ])at ]>eT slain lay.

And 3af it ]>e folk ojain ;
Armour & brini brijt
He jaf to squier & to knijt, 92

To feriaunt & to swayn ;
Schipes he dede to lond drawe
& 5af to bond men on rawe.

For her catel waf slayn. 96

po he feye J^at were wijt,

WiJ) helme on heued & brini brijt

& wele coujie prike a ftede,
& J)o J)at were douhti in fijt, 100

Sexti dubbed he ])er to knist,

& 3af hem riche mede.

Sum baylif he made,

And fum he 5af londef brade,

Hif jiftef were nouBt gnede ;
& sejif)en he dede chirchef make,
To fmg for J)e dedef fake :

God quite him hif mede !

104

108

Se])J)en king ha])olf fore.

For to hunten on blakeowe more

WiJ) a rout vn ride,
In fretj'e & in forefl ])ore ; 112

To telle })e dere flrong it wore,

pat he felled Jiat tide,
& anon after, wiJ) outen lefing,
He held a feft at pikering, 1 16

per hif kni3tef fchuld ride ;
& sej)])en to 3ork, waf noujt to layn,
Arlaunde com him ojain,

& horn hif fone wi]) prede. 1 20

King ha])eolf tok ])e children au5t,
pat he had hif fone bitau5t,

& gan to wepe anon :
'Ich aue won mi fon wiJ) mau3t, [f. 318 r']
pat we 05ein in batayl faujt, 125

& now ])ai ben al slon,
& 30ur faderf ben slawe Jiare :
pat of ])inke]) me ful fare 128

& o];er mani on.
pe lond ])at f ai held of me,
Alle y 5iue 30U here fre, *

Ward no kepe y non. 132

Wi]) Horn, mi fone, y wil 5e be,
Af 5our faderf ban ben wi|) me,

& o])ef 3e fchul him swere,
pat 56 fchal neuer fram him fle, 136
For gold no filuer, lond no fe,

Osein out londif here.'
To horn hif fone he hem bi toke
& dede hem swere opon ]>e boke, 140

Feute J)ai fchuld him here.
While J)at ])ai line mi3t,
Wi]) helme on heued & brini bri3t,

Hif londef for to were. 144

66. gonfeynoun over an erasure MS.

123. ziiex wepe, soyeWSi.

73. Tnorning] niornig MS.

HORN CHILDE.

i8i

Hende hajieolf Jiat waf fo fre,
Bot -ix- monel) foioumd he,

No lenge no hadde he pes.
Out of yrlond com kingef pie, 148

Her namef can y telle J)e,

Wele wi]i ouleii les:
Ferwele & \N inwald were \>er to,
Malkan king waf on of ]>o, 152

Proude in ich aprcs;
Al weftmer land flroyed pay.
pe word com on a Whiffonday

To king ha])eolf at hif def. 1 56

He bad pe harpour leuen hif lay :
' For ouf bi hone]) anoper play,

Bufke armour & flede.'
He fent hif fond nijt & day 160

Alfo fafl af he may,

Hif folk to batayl bede ;
' Bid hem, fat Jiai com to me,
Al J)at hold her lond fre, 164

Help now at J)if nede ;
Better manly to be slayn,
JJan long to Hue in forwe & pain,

Ojainoutlondifjjede.' [f-siSv^] 168

)?ai bnfked hem wel haftily,
To com to pe kingef cri

WiJ) in elleuen nijt,
)7at eueriche (Irete & eum fly 172

Glifed pQT pai riden by,

Of her brinif brijt;
& fej't'en to flajoief more J)ai rode,
J?e rout waf boJ)e long & brod, 1 76

To fel ))o fay in fijt ;
Alle Jiat nijt duelled J)ay,
Til amorwe Jiat it waf day,

pe barounf of gret mijt. 180

pe irife oft waf long & brade.
On flainef more ))er pai rade,

f>ai 5af a crie for prede ;
Hende hajieolf hem abade, 184

Swiche meting waf neuer made,

\Vi)) forwe on ich afide :
Rijt in alitel flounde
Sexti ])oufand were layd to grouwde 188

In herd if noujt to hide ;

King haJ)eolf slouj wi}) hif hond,
pat waf comen out of yrlond,

Tvo kingef Jiat tide. 192

King hajjeolf waf wel wo.
For pe irife oft waf mani & mo

Wip fcheld & wiJ) fpere ;
Ful long fej'jien man feyd fo : 196

AY hen men fchuld to batayl go.

To men mijt on dere.
f>ei king hapeolf faujt faft.
King malkan ftiked attelaft 200

Hif ftede Jiat fchuld him bere :
Now fchal men finde kingef fewe,
pat in batail be fo trcwe,

Hif lond forto were. 204

When king ha])eolf on fot ftode,
pe yrife folk about him 5ode,

Af hondef do to bare ;
Whom he hit opon ]ie hode, 208

Were he neuer kni3t fo gode.

He 5aue a dint wel fare ;
He broujt in alitel ftounde
Wele fif J)oufende to grounde [f. 318 v^]

WiJ) hif grimly gare. 2 1 3

pe Irife oft tok hem to red,
To fton ))at douhti knijt to ded,

pai durft neije him na mare. 2 16

Gret diol it waf to fe

Of hende ha])eolf ])at waf fo fre,

Stonef to him pai caft ;
pai brak him boj^e legge & kne, 220
Gret diol it waf to se,

He kneled attelaft.
King malcan wi)) wret))e out ftert
& fmot king hafeolf to pe hert ; 224

He held hif wepen fo faft,
pat king malkan fmot hif arm atvo,
Er he mi5t gete hif swerd him fro,

For nede hif hert tobraft. 2 28

po king malkan wan pe priif,
Oway brou3t he no mo ywif,
Of hif men bot Written,

J54. we/lmer\ me over an erasure MS.

216. ««/j«] »■ above line MS.

1 82

APPENDIX.

}?at wouwded were in bak & fide; 232
f>ai flei5e & durfl noujt abide,

Dajjet, who hem bi mene !
To yrlond he com 05ain,
3c left her fair folk al slain 336

Lieand on ])e grene.
parf hem noijier nijt no day
Make her ros J^ai wan J)e pray,

Bot slowe \)e king, y wene. 240

A nerl of nor])humber land,
He herd telle ])if ti])eand,

He bulked hi;« to ride ;
Alle he fefed in hif hand, 244

Al Jiat he to fom him fand,

Rijt to humber fide.
^\'hen })at arlaund herd fain,
pat hende ha})eolf waf slain, 248

He durfl no lenge abide ;
pai bulked bo})e nist & day
Af fafl af J)ai may,

Her heuedef for to hide. 252

Fer fouJ)e in Inglond
Houlac king J)er pai fond,

WiJ) knijtef flijie on flede.
Hetoke him Horn bipe hand; [f. 319 r']
When he hadde teld hif tijieand, 257

Mennef hertef mijt blede :
' When hende haJ)eolf waf slan
& hif londef fram him tan 260

& we ben flowe for drede :
Of mi felf if me noujt,
Bot horn, hif fone, ichaue \>e broujt,

Help now in ))if nede.' 264

Houlac king waf wel hende,
Reffaiued hem nijen, Herlauwd })e tende.

Her maifter for to be :
' Mete and drink y fchal hem fende, 268
8c euer, when ich out wende,

pai fchal wende wi]) me.
Horn fchal be me leue & dere.'
He bad harlaund fchuld him lere, 272

pe rijt forto fe,

pe lawef bojje eld & newe,
Al maner gamen & glewe ;

In bok J)uf rede we. 276

puf, in boke af we rede,
Alle J)ai were in court to fede,

Sweteliche at lare ;
Alle were ])ai clojied in o wede, 280
To ride on palfray o])er on flede,

Whe})er hem leuer ware.
Horn waf bo])e war & wife,
At hunting oft he wan jie priif, 284

Loued he no])ing mare ;
Harpe & romaunce he radde arijt,
Of al gle he hadde in fijt

pat in lond ware. 288

pe word of Horn wide fprong,
Hou he waf bo])e michel & long,

Wi]) in fiftene jere ;
per waf no knijt in jnglond, 292

pat mi5t adint flond of hif hond,

NoiJ^er fer no nere.
Michel he waf & wele ymaked,
Af white af milke he waf naked, 296

& euer o bli])e chere ;
Meke he waf & trevve fo fliel,
Alle gamef he cou])e wel,

As 5e may forward here. [f-Zigr'^] 300

Houlac king, y wene,
Hadde no child bi pe quene,

Bot a maid brijt ;
Al J)ai feyd })at hir fene, 304

Sche waf a feir may & a fchene,

& maiden rimneld fche hijt.
When fche herd horn fpeke,
Mijt fche him noujt forjete 308

Bi day no bi nijt ;
Loued neuer childer mare
Bot triflrem or yfoud it ware.

Who fo rede arijt. 312

pat miri maiden wald nou5t wond,
Dern loue forto fond,
^if fche it mijt winne ;

2^q Make] m corrected out of/ MS.
266. }e\ e above line MS.

251. After /^;', /erased MS.
283. hor MS.

HORN CHILDE.

183

l''oi))i fche fent hir fond, 316

I'or to fpeke wij) arlond,

For Horn fchuld cu/« wi|i him.
\: Arlauiul him hi })0U3t,
jif he hom wiJ) him broujt, 320

Lefmgef fchuld bi ginne ;
For \>i he lete horn at hame,
Sc toke haJ)erof in hif name

To maiden Rimneld j»fic. 324

pc miri maiden, al fo fone

Af hajierof jn to chauwber come,

Sche wend, pat it wer hom.
A riche cheier waf vndon, 328

|>at feuien mi5t fit J'cr on.

In swiche craft ycom ;
A baudekin J^er on waf fpred ;
I'ider J)e maiden hadde hem led, 332

To fiten hir bi fom ;
Frout & fpicef fche hem bede,
Wine to drink wite & rede,

BoJ)e of coppe & horn. 336

jJan a feriauMt fche bad go,
A gentil gofhauk for to ta.

Fair he waf to flijt ;
)7er wi]> herten glouef to, 340

Swiche waf ]>e maner po,

And 3af HaJ)erof of her jif/.
^Sche wcnde bi Ha})erof, Horn it wer,?,
pat loued hunting nojiing more, [f. 319

On him hir loue waf lijt : v'] 345
A lef of grehoundef for}) Jiai broujt,
& he forfoke & wald it noujt

& feyd haperof he hijt. 348

' What euer ]ii name it be,
pou fchalt haue ]>ii houndef J)re,

pat wele can take a dere ;
& ha})erof, for J/C loue of me, 352

Com to morn, & horn wij) ]>e ' ;

He lay hir hert ful nere.
([ & Harlaund J)at waf he«de,

Toke hif leue forto wende, 356

Wi}) a bli])e chere.

& com anon on ])e morn,

& brou3t wiJ) hiw hcnde horn,

Af je may forward here. 360

pe maiden hour waf fair fpred,
Atired al wi}) riche webbe,

Sche haylett hem wiJ) winne ;
pc mirie maiden hir bi})ou3t, 364

In what maner })at fche mou5t

Trewe loue for to ginne.
Sche fett hir hem bitvene :
pe maiden waf brijt and fchene 368

& comen of kingef kinne ;
Anon hir felue hadde hem ledde
To fitten opon her owhen bedde,

Arlaund & Hom wi]) him. 372

Hendelichc fche to hem fpac,
A poumgarnet })er fche brak,

& fpicef dede fche calle,
Wine to drink ; after ])at 376

Sche lete fet for}) a ftede blac,

Waf couered al wij) palle,
pe fliropef were of filke wite,
Bridel & fadel al waf (like, 380

& feyd, ' Horn hende in halle,
It waf me told })ou fchult be knist ;
Y })e 5if here a flede li3t,

& a queyntife of palle.' 384

' Horn,' fche feyd, ' if })i name,
An horn y fchal 3iue ))e ane,

A michel & vnride,
Al yuore if pe bon, [f 319 v"] 388
Sett w\\> maul a riche flon,

To bere bi pi fide.'
C pe baudrike waf of filk rist,

pe maiden felf it hadde ydist, 392

Layd wi)) gold for pride :
' What pat euer be wip me,
Horn, at ))i wille fchal it be.

In herd if nou3t to hide.' 39*)

pan fche lete forp bring
A swerd hongand bi aring,
To hom fche it bitaujt ;

316. Afterye«/, wi/ MS.

324. tunc] omit MS.
342. 5?/ MS.

i>! supplied by Ritson, iniie Michel.

i84

APPENDIX.

It if J;e make of miming, 400

Of al swerdef it if king,
& weland it wvou5t ;
^ Bitter- fer ]>e swerd hijt,

Better swerd bar neuer knijt, 404

Horn, to pe ich it ];ou3t ;
If non5t a knijt in Inglond,
Schal fitten adint of ])ine bond,

Forfake pou it noujt.' 408

Hendelich ])an ])anked he
pe maiden of hir jift fre,

& feyd, ' fo god me fpede,
Rimnild, for })e loue of l)e 412

Y fchal iufle, Jiat J)ou fchalt se,

Opon J)if ich flede.'
^ Horn in J)at ich ftounde

5af ))e maiden loue wounde, 416

So neije hir hert it 5ede ;
& fche wel trewely ha)i him hijt,
gif ]?at he be dubbed knijt,

Hir maidenhod to mede. 420

Wi]) in J)at ich fourtennist,
Horn waf dubbed to knijt,

& hajerof, af y wene,
& 0)361 mani pat wer^ lijt, 424

Haf houlak king hadde hem hijt ;

So were Jiai ful fiftene.
A turnament J)e king lete crie,
pider com wel on heye 428

Kni3tef J)at wer^ kene :
Maiden rimneld biheld \>af play,
Hou Horn wan ))e priif pat day, 431

To wite & noujt to wene. [f. 320 r']

Houlac king jaf horn leue,
In hif hour forto chefe

J7e maidenf |)at were fre,
Riche of kin & hondef sleye ; 436

f)ai hadde frendef fer & neije,

He mijt avaunced be ;
& maiden rimnild him bede,
)7at he fchuld take non ofer rede : 440

No nojier ])an chefe he ;

c

For fche wel trewely haj) him hijt,
5if l^at fche Hue mijt,

Hif leman wald fche be. 444

Tebaud went bijond fe
& Winwald pat waf fo fre,

To leren hem to ride ;
Wip pe king of Frauwce duelled he, 44S
Mani time pai gat pe gre,

In turnament pat tide.
pe king feije, pat pai wer wijt,
Bope he dubbed hem to knijt

Wip wel riche pride ;
Wiif pai toke & duelled pare,
In Inglond com pai nomore.

Her werdef forto bide.

452

456

Gariif in to bretein went,
& Apelflon wip him waf lent,

To anerl fo fre.
At iuflef & at turnament,
Whider ward fo pai went,

Euer pai gat pe gre,
& perl hem bope knijtef made,
& 5af hem londef wide & brade,

Wip him for to be ;
put pai duelled ]>er in pes.
While pat criflef wil wes,

In boke fo rede we.

460

464

468

Houlac king jaf gold & fe

To hem, pat pai mijt pe better be,

& bad pai fchuld wiue ;
Haperof, a knijt fre, 472

& horn he feyd, ' y loue pe,

Man mod oliue.'
& Wiard treuly he hap hi3t,
J?at he fchal dubbed be to knijt [f. 320 r^]

At anoper fipe. 477

Wigard & wikel hem bipoujt,
Hou pai hom bitray moujt :

God lete hem neuer priue ! 480

On aday, af houlak king
Schuld wende on hif playing.
To late hif haukef fleye,

422. Hor}i\ orn over erasure MS.
4_^2. Ihe p;uard has to wite 1^ nou^t.
470. }iai aDove line MS.

430. f>a{\]> MS.

434. After forto^ e erased MS.

476. After be erasure of two letters MS.

HORN CHILDE.

l8s

Horn \>an, wif) outen lefing, 484

Bilaft at horn for blodeleteing

Al for a maladye.
\A'ikard bi ])e king rade,
Wikel ])at lefing made, 48S

Horn gan J)ai wray,
Sc feyd, ' fir, y feije jiflerday,
Hon Horn bi ]>i doubter lay:

Traitourf boje be Jiai.' 492

pe king lened ])at J^ai fede;
' For )u 3af fche him ^e ftede,

Lefing it if nou5t.'
He went hom af he wer^ wode, 496
In to boure anon he jode

& maiden Rimnild he foujt ;
C He bete hir fo, ]>at fche gan blede,
pe maidenf fleije oway for drede, 500

pai durfl help hir uoujt ;
Gi/tlef fche waf of J)at dede,
Horn hadde noujt hir maidenhede,

Bot in word & Jioujt. 504

Houlac hif swerd haj) tan
& feyd Horn fchuld be slan ;

For \\TetJ)e he wald wede :
' He ha]) me don michel fchame,
Y wende wele haue fuffred nane

For mi gode dede.'
Knijtef com \>c king bifom,
Alle prayd J)ai for Hom,

No mijt ))er non fpede ;
pe king in to hif chauwber if gon
& fchet him felf \-ei in al on.

Til hif wret])e oner 3ede. 516

Falfmen ha)) on ouf leyd,
& to mi fader ouf bi wraid,
Y drede he flemef te.

5 28

508

nI2

}?ei ))at hom waf fore adrad.
In to boure he waf ladde,

pe maiden for to fe; 519

He fond hir liggeand on hir bedde, [f.
Mou])e & nofe al for bled : 320 v']

' }7if haftow for me.'
* Bi god of heuen ]>at me boujt,
Of mi felue if me noujt, 524

Way if me for J)e !

Bot, horn, jif it fu fchal bitide,
f>at ])ou fchalt out of lond ride

& flemed fchaltovv be,
f)if feuen winter y fchal abide, 532

Mi maidenhed to hele & hide,

For pe loue of ]>e ;
f>ei an emp^rour come,
King o})er kingef fone, 536

For to wedde me,
Of no loue ne fchal he fpede,
J?at y ne fchal kepe mi maidenhede.

So help me god, to ])e ! 540

Horn, to morwe in ])e morwing
f>ou fchalt fare on hunting

To take fe wild ro ;
5if god J)e fpede an hunting, 544

Loke ))ou bring it bifor pe king,

What fo ])ou may to ;
As he fittef at hif def,
Yferued of pe firfl mef, 54S

Hanjtel pe now fo,
Fare af J)ou wifl noujt,
& he fchal telle pt al hif ])0U3t,

Er ])0U fram J)at bord go.' 552

A morwen Horn to hunting' if gan,
To take pe wilde wij) pe tam.

In pe morwening;
Fine hertef ha)) he tan,
Bi midday brou5t hem ham

Bifor houlak king.
pe king feyd, ' it if for nou3t :
Traitour, ))oa haft trefoun \vr0u3t ;

To morwe 3if y pe finde,
Bi mi croun, fou fchalt be slawe,
Wi)) wilde horf al to drawe

-^6

560

& sej)))en on galwef hing.' [f. 320 v^]

To rimneld he com, wi]) outen lefing,
& fche bitau5t him aring,
pe vertu wele fche knewe :

478. a»/A«/l / over erasure MS. 502. GiUlef'\gitlef^MS>. 541. tnornin£\tnoring'i\S.

i86

APPENDIX.

' Loke ])ou forfake it for no ])ing, 56S
It fchal ben our tokening ;

pe (Ion it if wel trewe :
When J)e flon wexe]) wan,
pan chaunge]) \>e poujt of ])i leman, 572

Take J)an anewe :
When J^e flon wexe]) rede,
pan haue y lorn mi maidenhed,

Ojainef ]?e vntrewe.' 576

Horn feyd, ' in ))ine erber if atre,
per \Tider if awel fre,

Ygrowen al \vi]> yue :
Rimnild, for \>e loue of me, 580

Eueriday J)at })0U ])er be,

To fe J)e water li)ie
& when ))ou fefl mi fchadu J)are,
pan trowe J)ou me namare, 584

pan am y bon to wiue ;
& while Jjon fefl mi fchadu nonjt,
pan chaungej) neuer mi Jjoujt,

For no woman oliue.' 588

Wiard rode fou)ie & horn rode weft.
To Walef Horn com atteleft,

Wel long er J)ai fo mete. 6 1 2

C purch aforeft af he fchuld fare,
An armed knist mett he Jiare,

& bad horn fchuld abide,
To 5eld hif harneife leffe & mare 616
0])er iufte, whejier him leuer ware,

pe lawe if noujt to hide.
& horn of iufting waf ful fain,
& feyd to ]>e kni;! ojain : 620

' Ful leue me were to ride.'

Houlac king wald nere wede,
pere he fat opon hif feghe

& feyd, ' traitour, fie ! '
Horn tok hif leue & jede, 592

Wi}) him he toke hif gode ftede

& grehoundef bot Jire
Sc alle hif harneyf laffe & mare ;
Hajjerof durft noujt wij) him fare, 596

So wro]) ]>e king waf he.
Maidenf in \>e boure gan crie
& feyd rimnild wald dye ;

Now swone]) pat fre. 600

When horn com fer out of ]>ai fijt.
He feyd, godebounde he hijt.

When he gan ani mete.
A\'iard rode after day & nijt, 604

Al fo faft af he mijt,

Horn forto feke.
Of godebounde herd he fpeke,
Horn no mijt he neuer gete, [f. 321 r^]

Bi way no bi ftrete. 609

JT pe knijt toke a fchaft in hand,
& horn wele vnder-fand,

pat he cou]'e ride ;
^ Horn tok on al fo long
A ful tou5 & to fo ftrong

Ojainef him pat tide.
pe knijtef fcheld he cleue atvo
& of hif platef he brae ]>o

8c fruffed alle hif fide :
Out of hif fadel he bar him J^an,
He brae hif arm & hif fchulderban, 632

He hadde a fal vnride.

624

628

When he of /its swoning bicam.
He afked after hornef nam,

Whider he wald gang : 636

' In walif lond if ])er nan
Man y made of flefohe no ban,

Ojain ])e may ftand.'
Horn answerd o nan : 640

' Godebounde if mi nam ;

Icham comen to fand,
For to win gold & fe.
In feruife wij) 5our king to be, 644

pat lord if of pif land.'

' Our kingef name if Elidan ;
In al Walef if ])er nan

So ftrong aman af he ; 648

While ]>e feuendayf began,
Euerich day wi]) fundri man

Iufting bedef he ]>e.

579. yue] y corrected out of « MS. 597. After wro},}e erased MS. 634. his\ omit MS.

HORN CHILDE.

187

pe eijtenday, be Jion bold, [f. 321 r'] 652
jif J)OU J)e feuen dayf mai hold,

pe king J'an fchaltow fe
Com rideand on a ftede broun
Wi]) a foket o sU/ feloun, 656

Forto win \>e gre.'

Horn feyd, wi]) ontten lefing,
' For to fpeke \vi{) l;c king,

For no))ing wil y bide.' 660

pe knijt told him naraare ;
pe king at fnowedoun he fond ])are,

Sir Elydan ])at tide.
He iufled al )iat feuen nijt, 664

Eueriday wi}) fundri knijt,

He gat J)e faireft pride ;
pe eijtenday wij) elidan,
& wan her fledef cuerilkan, 668

In herd if noujt to hide.

He fmot he king opon J-e fcheld,
Of hif horf he made him held

& feld him to Jie grounde ; 672

Swiche on hadde he founde feld,
pat fo had feld him in fe feld

Bifor J)at ich flounde.
pe king afked hiw, what he hijt, 676
& he him answerd anonrijt,

' Mi name if godebounde.'
* Y wil ]»e 5if gold Sc fe,
jif J)at l)ou wil duelle wiJ) me, 680

Bi 5ere a {)oufend pounde.'

Meffangers com out of yrland,
& take J)e king aletter in hand,

& bad he fchnld rede, 684

Fro aking J)at men dede wrong,
Hif owhen fone, ich vnder ftond,

f>at axed help at nede.
He lete write aletter 05ain, 68S

He fchuld han help, if noujt to layn,

WiJ) knijtef ftipe on (lede.
Horn to batayl waf ful boun
& folwed ])e meflangers out of toun, 692

In to Irlond J)ai him lede.

Hem com anhauen wele to hand,
f»at 5olkil if clcped in irland,

f)e court waf J>er bifidc. [f. 321 v*]
Finlawe king ])er })ai fandc,
For to here ti]ieande,

03ain hem gan ride.
pe letter told pat he broujt.
Help fchuld him faile nonjt

Ojainef })ilke tide.
King Finlak dede to malkan fay,
\Vhe])er he wold bi nijt or day,

pe bataile wald he bide.

pe kingef fonef riden bape,

To haylef Horn, when ]>ai him fawe,

& welcomed him, fat fre.
Anon J)ai gun to flriue raj)e,
Whefer of hem him fchuld haue,

To duelle in her meine.
Horn answerd hem \>a.n as hende
& feyd to hem, ' mi leue frende,

pe king ])an wald y se,
& afterward y wille 30U telle,
Where me leuefl if to duelle,

& semlyeft to me,'

696

700

704

708

712

716

pe meflanger told homef dede,
Hou he hadde ywon ]>e flede,

& hou he feije him ride; 720

* Sir, mijteflow hold him to Jii nede.
King malkan J)arf }ie nou;t drede,

Batayle mijt ])ou bide.
Hour king ha]) boden him gold & fe, 724
\Vi]) fat he wil wiji him be

At J)if ich nede,
& Horn ful trewely haj) him hi3t
Fur to flond in flede of knijt, 728

In herd if noujt to hide.'

In }Tlond waf fer nan,

J>at alle fai be to malkan gan.

So michel waf hif poufle ;
Bot finlak king him al an
Haf J)e batayl vnder tan,

5if crifl wil fat it be.

732

656. ofeloun MS. stel ovml MS. (see .Alisaunder, 4415).
707. haylef \ corrected out of Imylett MS.

i88

APPENDIX.

King malkan dede bede out here, 736 ^pei Horn feije {)e mefl frang,

Opon ]>Q king finlak to were ;

' Now J)an fchal we fe,
3if he wll fijt, he fchal be slan,
5if he wil bide, he fchal be tan : [f. 32 1 v'^]

Y trowe befl he wil fle.' 741

In he ridef hem a-mang »
& layf on wel gode won ;
It waf no man of yrland,
Mi5t flond adint of hif hand,
At ich flroke he slou3 on

780

Bot J)re woukef were J)er fett,
J>at alle J)if folk fchal be mett,

& batayle fchal j^er be. 744

pe Walif king hadde gret lett
Wif) windef & vfi]> watref bett,

Sir elidan J)e fre ;
He no mijt in to irlond come, 748

For to helpen hif fone.

For flormef on ]>c fe.
King finlak feyd, 'if noujt to hide,
J>if batayl dar y noujt abide ; 752

Mi rede if tan to fle.'

& yan waf Horn af fain o fijt,
Af if J)e foule of J)e lijt,

When it ginne]) dawe : 756

' Sir king, foi to held J)i rijt,
Y rede ])ou bede riche jift :

pe folk wil to ])e drawe ;
Geder to fe folk ]>at ])ou may, 760

& baldliche hold ])i day,

Batail fchal we fchawe :
To fle me fink it if gret fchame,
Ar dintef be fmiten or ani man llan, 764

For drede of wordef awe,'

pe kingef fonef wer knijtef bold,
& feyd fai wald fe batail hold,

Her liuef forto lete ; 768

Finlac king, fei he war aid,
Blefeli he feyd fijt he wald.

To hold fat he bi-hete.
J>uf fai riden out of tonn 772

Wif fpere oloft & goinfaynoun,

Malkan king to mete ;
WiJ) fperef fcharp & swerdcf gode
J>ai slouj mani afrely fode, 776

So grimli gun fai grete.

Maiden & wiif gret forwe gan make [f.
For fe kingef fonef fake, 322 r'] 785

pat were apoint to dye.
Finlac king 05ainef him come,
& hif armef of him nome ; 788

pe bled ran ouer hif ei3e.
He cleped hif doubter Acula,
& bad fche fchuld a plafter ta ;

Of woundef waf fche sleije. 792

pe maiden tafl Hornef wouwde,
pe kingef doubter, in fat ftou«de ;

Of him hye if ful fain :
' JJou fchalt be fone hole & fou^de ; 796
Haftow Malkan broujt to grouwde?*

He feyd, ' 5a,' o5ain.
' King Malkan waf mi faderf ban,
& now for fofe ich haue him slan, 800

pe fofe for to fain.
Mi fader swerd y wan to day,
Y kepe it while y Hue may :

pe name if blauain.' 804

]?ai birid f e folk ]at were slan,
& her armour fai ladde ham,

Wif horf white & broun.
Finlac king him bi fou3t, 808

Hou he Horn 5eld moujt.

To jif him hif warifoun ;
He tok malkan kingef lond,
& fefed it in to Hornnef bond, 81 2

Bof e tour & toun.
Fries, barounf, euerichon,
In Irlond waf f er non,

pat no com to hif fomoun. 816

pe kinges doubter Acula
Loued hende Horn so
Sche durfl it noujt kif e ;

758. bede] de above the line MS. 783. One leaf of MS. lost here.

816. MttT}ai, it MS. "

HORN CHILDE.

189

Whejier fche feije him ride or go,
Hir )'0U5t hir hert brak atvo,

]7at fche no fpac -wil' Jiat blij'c.
On aday fche made hir fcke,
Horn com Sc wi}) hir fpeke,

Sche mi;t no lenger mij)e ;
To him fpac ]>at maiden fre
& feyd, ' horn, y loue \)e,

Man moft oliue.' [f. 322 r'^]

Ouer al horn ]>e priif him wan,
He feyd it waf for owiman,

]^t was him leue & dere :
Acula wende for Jian,
pat horn hir loued & moft gode an

Of ani woman Yat were.
Of anoj er waf al hif Jioujl,
Maiden Rimnild forjat he noujt,

Sche lay hif hert ful nere.
pe ring to fchewen ha]> he tan,
J>e hewe waf chauwgcd of ])e flan,

For gon if feuen jere.

Horn wald no lenger abide ;
He bulked him for to ride

& gedred folk eueraware,
An hundred knijtef bi hif fide,
^ViJ7 ftedef fele & michel pride,

Her fchippef were ful 5are.
pai fayled oner ])e flode fo gray.
In Inglond ariued were }>ay,

]5er hem leuefl ware ;
Vnder awode ])er ])ai gan lende,
Horn feije abegger wende,

Sc after he is fare.

S20

Horn faft after him gan ride
& bad ]>e begger fchuld abide,

For to here hif fpeche.
pe begger answerd in J)at tide,
' Vilaine, caneftow noujt ride?

Fairer ]>ou mi3t me grete ;
Haddeflow cleped me gode man,
Y wold haue teld ]>e wennef y cam

& whom y go to feche :

Horn to feke Iiaue y gon
jJurch out londcf mani on,
& ay fchal wliile we niete.

864

824

828

832

& now be min robef riuen,
& me no waf no no)ier 5euen

Of alle I'if feuen 3cre.
Y go to feke after hiw ay, 868

& ])uf haue don mani aday,

Til put we mete yfere.
To day if moging Jie king
Wiji rimnild at fpoufeing, [f. 322 v'] 872

pe kingcf doubter dere ;
Mani fidef fchuld be bi bled,
Er he bring hir to hif bed,

Jif horn in lond were. 876

S36 C! Wiard fchaltow calle me ;
Gentil man, jif ])ou be fre,
Tel me ]i name ;
d f'i knauc wald y fain be,
S40 J'at fair feft forto fe.

Me Jjcnke [-atow haft nane.'
Horn answerd him ojain,
' Ich hat Horn, if noujt to lain,

& ellef were me fchame ;
Bot 3if ich held J)at ])ou haft feyd,
Er })at ])ai ben in bed layd,
Fiue })Oufende fchal be slain.

S44

S48

S.S2

856

860

Wiard, ojain fchaltow ride
To mi folk & J)ere abide,

Haue here mi robe to mede ;
& y wil to court gon,
Forto loke what ))ai don,

In J>i pouer wede ;
Bring hem \'nder jon wode fide,
Al fo jem aftow may ride,

pe way J^ou canft hem lede ;
& y fchal heije me wel fone,
Y com ojain, er it be none,

^if crift me wil fpede.'

880

884

888

892

896

900

When horn fro fer herd glewe,
WiJ) taboumef bete & truwppef blewe,
Ojainef hem he 3ede.

843. eueraware] Michel prints eueriwhare.

190

APPENDIX.

Muging king ful wele he knewe, 904
He tok him bi ]>e lorein newe,

Ojain he held hif flede.
Wikard com & fmot him fo
& feyd, ' traitour, lat ]>e bridel go.' 908

pe blode out after jede.
Horn ful trewely ha]) him hijt,
He fchal him jeld ])at ich nijt,

A box fchal ben hif mede. 912

Moioun king waf ful wo

J)at he hadde fmiten ]>e pouer man fo,

& feyd, ' lat mi bridel be.
\Vi]) ]>i J)ou lat mi bridel be, [f. 322 v^]
What fo })ou wilt afki me, 917

Ble])elich jiue y ]>e.'
' Peter ! ' qua]) Horn, ' ]'atow wilt
5iue me maiden Rimnild, 920

J)at if fo fair & fre.'
pe king waf wro]) & rewe hif jift :
' J>ou afkefl wrong & no ])ing rijt,

Sche may noujt })ine be.' 924

Horn feyd, ' Y fett a nett otime :
5if ani fifche if taken ))er inne

Of al })if feuen jere,
No fchal it neuer more be mine, 928

Y wold it were fonken in helle pine,
Wi]) fendef fele on fere ;

& 5if it ha}) ytaken noujt,

Y fchal it loue in hert])0U3t, 932
& be me leue & dere.'

Jmf fai went alle yfame

Vnto ])e caflel v/i]> gle & game ;

A fole ])ai wende he were. 936

' Of beggers mo ])an fexti,'
Horn feyd, ' maifter am y,

& afke ])e ]>e mete,
J>at y mote & o})er ]>re 940

To day in ])ine halle be.

When folk if gon to fete ;
pan y wil folwe }e ham,
& ])at y mot wi]) ])e gan 944

In atte caftel jete.'

pe king him hijt fikerly :
' j'ou fchalt in })e halle by

To haue Jiere/e mete.' 948

J>er waf mani riche geft
Dijt vnto ])at frely feft

Of douhti folk in lond ;
Atte 5ate waf flrong ])ra(l, 952

Horn wald noujt be ])e lafl

In for to gauge.
pe porter cald him herlot swain,
& he put him ojain, 956

J>er out for to fland.
Horn biufl opon him fo,
His fcholder bon he brak ato,

& in anon he ])range. 960

Kokef hadde ])e mete grayd, [f. 323 r']
pe bord waf fett, ]>e clo]) waf layd ;

To benche jede ]>e bold ;
]?etrompef/)/fW6',])eglewemenpleyd, 964
J?e bifchopef had ]>e grace y feyd,

As miri men of molde.
]Jer waf mani aricheman,
Mete & drink wel gode wan

To alle ])at ete wolde.
Horn fat & litel ete,
Michel he })0U5t & more he fpeke.

For fole men fchuld him hold. 972

J>an waf ])e lawe, fo]ie to fay,
pe bride fchuld ]ie firft day

Seruen atte mete ;
Hendelich fan ferued fcho,
Af a maiden fchuld do ;

Horn bigan to fpeke :
' Maiden, jif Tpi wille be.
To godef men fchultow fe,

pou no oujtefl hew noujt forjete ;
& se])]5en })e knijtef fchul turnay,
For to loke who fo may

pe maiflri of hem 5ete.' 984

For]) fche went, ])at maiden fre,
& feched drink, ])at men mijt fe,
To ])at beggere :

968

976

980

904. Mitging] first ^ corrected out of w MS.

925. horn] It above line MS.

955, 6. in one line MS.

964. blewe] ycde MS., correction by Ritson.

981. one letter erased before ou^te/iyiQ.

914. ^e] e above line MS.

948. pi\ /lis MS., correction by Ritson.

960. Jiraiige] r above line MS.

980. fchuliow] might be i^ajA/chii/iow MS.

HORN CIIILDE.

191

' For homnef loue y pray ]>e, 988

Go nou5t, ar J)if drunken be,

jif euer he waf ])e dcrc'
pe maiden bi him (lille flode,
To here of horn hir )'ou5t it gode, 992

He lay hir hert ful nere ;
Of pe coppe he drank pe wine,
pe ring of gold he kcfl })cr inne :

' Bi tokening, lo, it here ! ' 996

' A, sely man, Jie I)re(lef fare,
pon fchalt haue a drink mare,

Gode wine fchal it be.'
Anojier drank sche him bare, 1000

Sche afked 5if horn l^er in ware ;

' 5a, certef,' ]>an feyd lie.
Naf fche bot alitel fram him gon,
J?at fche ne fel adoun anon, 1004

Now swoncj) liat fre. [f. 323 r']
Kni5tef her to chauwber ledde ;
When fche lay opon hir bedde,

Sc/ie feyd, ' clepe ha])erof to me.' 1008

' Knijtef, go]) in to halle swijie,
& bid Jie kingef make hem bli])e,

Jjat y wold wel fain ;
Hajierof, go in to Jie erber swij)e 1012
& geder paruink & iue,

Grefef \>at ben of main.
Certeynli, af y 50U fay,
Horn if in pif halle to day ; 1016

Y wende he hadde ben flain :
Moioun king fchal neuer fpede,
For to haue mi maiden hede,

Now Horn if comen ojain.' 1020

* Ha])erof, go in to halle & fe :
In fell pouer wede if he,

Y pray J)e knowe him ri5t :

Say him, treuj^e plijt er we,' 1024

' Bid him,' fche feyd, ' af he if fre,

Hold jiat he bi hijt ;
Bidd him go & me abide
Rijt vnder 5on wode fide, 1028

Af he if trewe knijt ;

When al ^if folk if gon to play,
He & y fchal flele oway,

Bitvcnc J)C day & ]>e nijt.' 1032

Ha)icrof in to halle 5ode,
P'or to bihald jat frely fode,

Ful wele he knewe hif viif ;
Opon hif fot hard he flode, 1036

Horn jioujt l)e tokening gode ;

Vp he gan to arife.
For]) ])ai 5ede, ]>o knijtef bold ;
Ha))erof Jie maidenferand told, 1040

Of trewe loue Horn waf wiif:
' Y fchal com in to ])e feld v/ip pride,
An hundred knijtef bi mi fide,

Milke white if mi queintife.' 1 044

* Bot, hajierof, |;ou mod me fchawe,
Whar bi y fchal Wikard knawe,

Hif buffeyt fchal be boujt.'
' He ha]) queintife white fo snawe, 104S
Wi]) foulef blac af ani crawe, [f. 323 v']

W'ip filke werk it if wroujt.
Moioun queintife ?f 5alu & wan,
Sett wi]) pekok & wi]) swan, 1052

pa.t he wi}) him ha]) broujt ;
Wikelef queintife if 5alu & grene,
Floure de liif fett bi tvene,

Him for 3ete ])ou noujt.' 1056

ft Now if hajierof comen ojain, -
& feyd he ha}) Horn fain,

& what folk he ha]) broujt ;
& after wzfarmef he gan frain ; 1060
Waf neuer Rimnild ere fo fain

In hert no in ])0U5t :

* Ha})erof, go in to halle swi])e

& bid mi fader make hiw bli})e 1064

& fay icham fike noujt.
Wikard, ])at if leue to fmite,
Horn fchal hi;« hif dettef quite.

To nijt it fchal be boujt.' 1068

When })ai hadde eten, ])an were pai boun ;
Wi]) fpere oloft & gonfainoun,
Al armed were ])0 bold ;

1008. Sc/te] Scle MS. losi. ?/] wo/MS., correction by Ritson.

1060. ivi/armes\ wa/arme/yi^.^ correction by Ritson.

192

APPENDIX.

Wi]) trump & tabourun out of toun 1072
]?uf Jiai redde ])e rijt roun,

Ich man af he wold.
A nerl out of comwayle
Ojain Moioun faun faile, 1076

pe turnament fchal hold ;
& horn com in to ]>e feld wi}) pride,
An hundred knijtef bi hif fide,

In rime af it if told. 1080

Horn of /ler coming waf wel wife,
& knewe hem bi her queyntife.

Anon Jiai counterd \>o.
Moioun king ha]) tint J)e priif, 1084

Vnder hif horf fete he liif,

Horn wald him noujt slo.
To fir wigard hif swerd he weued,
Euen ato he cleue hif heued, 1088

Hif box he jalt him J)o ;
Out he fmot Wiglef eije ;
Traitourf ])at er leue to lije,

Men fchal hem ken fo. 1092

}?at day Horn Jjetumament wan [f. 323 V'']
Fro Moioun & mani aman,

WiJ) knijtef Ripe on flede ;
He toke \>e gre pat waf a swan, 1096
& fent to rimnild hif leman,

To hir riche mede.
^ To houlac king horn gan wende

& ])onked him af hif frende noo

Of hif gode dede :
' )"ou feddefl me & forflerd to man.'
He maked wikel telle out pan

Hif leffingef & hif falfhed. 1 104

Moioun king if iuel dijt,
Tint he ha]) ]iat swete wijt

& wold ben oway.
Horn })at hadde hir tren])e plist, 1 108
Wedded hir })at ich nijt

And al opon aday.
Now if Rimnild tviif wedde,
Horn brou3t hir to hif bedde ; 1 1 12

Houlac king gan fay :
' Half mi lond ichil pe 5iue,
Wi}) mi doujter, while y liue,

& al after mi day.' 1 1 16

Fiue days fat her feft,

WiJ) mete & drink riche & onefl,

In boke as we rede.
For]), as we telle in gefl, 1 120

Horn lete fende eft & weft,

Hif folk to batayle bede ;
Into nor]) humber land for to fare.
To winne })at hif fader ware, 1 1 24

Wi]) knijtef Mpe on flede,
Wi]) erl, baroun & wi]) swain
To winne hif fader lond o5ain,

5if crift him wold fpede. 1 1 28

Michel frely folk waf })are,
into nor}) humber land to fare
Wi]) ftedef wite & broun.
Horn wald for noman fpare, 1132

To winne al ])at hif fader ware,

Bo]ie tour & toun.
When ]?orbrond herd ])if,
pan horn to lond y comen is, 1136

1081. /ler] omit MS., supplied by Caro. 1091. er supplied in margin MS.

1 102. oufed over an erasure MS. 1 103. tnakeo] rfadded in darker ink MS.

U36. lond] a? above line MS. The rest is wanting.

GLOSSARY.

This Glossary aims at giving all the forms of the words occurring in the
three texts of King Horn, but the references to the more common words usually
record their earliest and latest instances only. The variants are mostly grouped
under that form which is nearest to the Old English or French, and cross
references are sparingly used. As in the Notes, numbers without a letter refer
to the version of the Cambridge MS., those preceded by L or O to the London
and Oxford versions resjiectively. t after a reference to L means that the same
form with the same meaning occurs in the parallel line of O and of C. Horn
Childe is not included in the glossarj'.

The abbreviations which need explanation are : v. infinitive mood of verb ;
pr. s., pt. s., pr. pi., pt. pL, third person singular or plural, present or past
indicative ; imp. s., imp. pi., second person singular or plural imperative. The
other persons are indicated by numbers prefixed. A noun in the singular is
indicated by s., in the plural by pi. ; the cases of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives
by «., v., a., d., g., nominative, vocative, accusative, dative, genitive. The
weak forms of adjectives are distinguished by u<k. No indication or meaning
follows a word which is merely a variant form of the word preceding. The
New English Dictionary has been largely used in the classification of meanings.
In the etymologies, A. S. forms are taken from Sweet's Student's Dictionary.
The source of each word of Romance origin not found in the oldest English
is briefly indicated. Forms marked * are hypothetical.

A, iiifoj. ah,0348, Oiooi. ha,L34i.

Abbe, see Habben.

Abiden, v. remain, 728. abide, re-
main behind, 1023. abyde, L 1033,
O 1062. abide, endure, 1048. abyde,
L 1056, O 1091. abide, encounter,
854. abyde, L 862, O 881. abide,
await, L 1466. abyde, O 1493.
tabide, to await, 1446. nabod, iit\i;.
pt.s. stayed not, 720.

Abouen, adv. aloft, L 620.

Abugge, V. aby, pay the penalty,
1075, L 1081. abygge, O 11 16.
abeie, atone for, 110. abeye, O 116.
abohte, pt. s. paid for. L 1402.
aboute, O 1433. A. S. dhycgan.

Abute, adv. in the neighbourhood,
246. aboute, L 252, O 257. abute,
around, 1081,1092. aboute, L 1087,
O1122. her abute, in this neighbour-

hood, 343. ferde aboute, L 1404 n.
Abute, frep, throughout, 214.
aboute, L 222. abute, with regard to.
279. aboute, L 285. abote, O 290.
aboute, beside, L 349, O 355. abute,
round,404, 612, 744. aboute, L 748,
O 771. abute, all around, 1081.
abowte. not far from, O 1338.
aboute, L 1307. abute, 1297.

Ac, couj. but, 523, O 860, 1202. ah,
L 120, L 1402. at, 116, O 854, O
950. hat, O 559. A. S. ac, ah.

Adred. see Ofdrede.

Adrede, i /;-. s. fear greatly, L 297.
adredde, pt. s. impers. L 11 70.
adred. //. //. O 128 (mistake for
adredde). A. S. otidrxdan.

Adrenche, v. cause to drown, sub-
merge, 105, L 109. adrent, //.
drowned, 977. adrenche. v. perish

O

194

KING HORN.

by drowning, L 1430!. A. S. adr^n-
can, immerse.
Adrinke, v. perish by drowning, 971.
adrinke, v. submerge, O 11:.
adryuke, L 979. nadrinke, iieg.
/;-. s. szibj. 142, adrynke, pr. s. stibj.
L 146. adronque, //. drowned, L
988. A. S. ddriiicaii, be drowned.
Adri^e, v. endure, bear, 1035. A. S.

ddreogan.
Adune, adv. down, 1488. adun, 4 28,
1490. adoun, O 51, L 305, L 1512,
O 1539. adoune, L 1121, O 1156,
L 1510. adown, O 539. adowne,
O 1537. Adoun, /r^/. down, L 1082.
A. .S. adune, ofdftne.
Afelda, adv. afield, L 997.
After, prep, subsequent to, L 364f,
1 107, Li 109. hafter, O 644. after,
in succession to, O 961, L I5i4t:
in accordance with, O 462 : in search
of, 525. '-^ 545, L i449t- efter, L
f;27. after, in pursuit of, 8S0, 1231,
O 1274. efter, L 1239. After, for,
L 1 202. After, adv. afterwards, 366.
Afterward, adv. afterwards, 488.
Afurste, see Ofjjurste.
Age, s. d. years of maturity, L 1334!.

O.K. adge. L. *aetdticiini.
Ajen, adv. back, 582, O 594, O 1278.
a5eyn, L 580, L 973. a^en, against,
in resistance, O 916. A5en, //r/. in
resistance to, O 917. a^eyn, L 60.
ayen, O 60. a^en, in hostility to,
812, O 841. a5eynes, L 839. 35611,
contrary to, O 1357. a5enes, 76,
1 31 5. a5eyn, L 82. ajen, in for-
cible contact with, 1415. a^eyn,
L 1433. a5enes, towards, O 628.
a5eynes, L 608.
Agesce, v. aim at, strive, Q 1222.

agesse, 1181.
Agrise, v. shudder ;with abhorrence),
867,0896. agryse, L S77. agros,
//. s. impei's. it terrified, L 1326,
O 1355. A. S. dgrisan.
Agynne, v. do (begin to do), L 12S5,

O 1320. A, S. aginnan.
Aire, see Er.

Al, adj.s.n. all, L388t, L824t, 1521.
al, s. a. L 127!", L loio, 1459,
O 1506. al, s. d. O 1 78, L 440,
O 924, L 1012, 1518. alle, 235.
alle, //. n. L if, 826, L 1257,
O 1566, O 1568. alle, //. q^ 20,
L 23, O 23, 1369, L 1511, 07538.
al, O 919, O 1175, 1489. alle,//. d.
L 7it, L I358t, 15.30. alle veie,
in all directions, O 257. Al,
pron. s. a. everything, L 25of , 1030.

al, //. n. all, 548, O =64: all men,
756. alle, O 6i, L 502, O 779, T 112,
L 1249. alle, //. a. 44, L 51 7t,
L 614, 1 241. al, O 48, O 1407. alpe,
//. g. O 664. alle, //. d. 619. wi)?
alle, ? forthwith, L 371, wip al,
besides, L 424. ouer alle, every-
where, O 1426. Al, adv. altogether,
completely, quite, L 38, O 38, 50,
1428, O 1445, L 1474. al, every-
where, 246, O 1122. al, even, O 715,
L 1 108, 1304. al ri5t, straight-
way, 699, 1428.
Ale, s. n. 1257. ale, s. a. O 3S4, 1108,

L mo.
Ali5te,//. s. alighted, 47.
Aliue, see Oliue.

Allone, adj. s. n. alone, O 80. alone,
74, L 80, O 860, L I035t, 1113.
alone, s. d. 612. alon, s. a. O 62S.
Alonde, adv. on the land, O 134,

L 170.
Also, adv. too, L io2f , L 2']\\. also,
similarly, O 1383 : even so, 543 :
in the same degree as, 590 : as suiely
as, 775, L 781. also, just as if, 652,
1026, O1125. ase, 10S4, L 1090.
also swipe, as quickly as possible,
471. also pat, ? as quickly as, 1232.
Also, conj. in what manner, L 32t.
ase, in such wise, 34, 53^. as,
^ 5,^8, 896, O 937. hes, 1066. as,
according as, O 1 147. ase, when, 658.
Alyue, see Oliue.

Amad, //. distracted, demented, but

influenced in meaning by aniayed,

dismayed, 574. A. S. genixdd, mad.

Aniiddewart,/r(;/. towards the middle

of, L 556.
Among, prep, surrounded by, L 23of ,
1518. Among, adv. at intervals,
continually, 1527.
Amore5e, adv. on the following day
(when it has come), 645, S37.
amorewe, L 407, L 845. amorwe,
O 421, O 864.
Amyraud, s. n. Emir, Saracen com-
mander, O 95. admirad, 89. ad-
myrold, L 95. O. F. amirans.
An, adj. s. n. a, L 599, 601. on, 89,
L 95. a, L 1314, O 1345. an, s. a.
L mi, O 1146. ane, O 494. en,
L 1037. on, 1109. one, L 593,
O 609, 862, L 915. a, O 13^6,
166, L 174, L 131 2t, O 1444. o,
I^ 478, 597, 631- on, s. d. O 1073.
one, O 31, O 1 167. a, L 79t, 333>
L 636, O 981, 1010, L 1044. o,
1032, 1033.
An, adj. numeral, s. a. one, L 612,

I

GLOSSARY.

195

0632,01370. on, 616. O, -r (/. 54S,
938, L 946. one, 315, L 323,0 1158.
one, s. n. alone, 527. one, //. a.
O 35S. is one, by himself, L 529.
ys one,L 60S. onne, s. n. beyond all
others, O 72. a while, at one time,
formerly, 1317- a stounde, for one
moment, L 339, O 346. On, pron.
s. n. one, L 27t, 952, O 1039. one,
O 840. on, s. a. L 821. at on,
agreed, 925. at one, L 933.

An, prep, placed in, L iiii, 11 09.
on, looS, O 1 146, O 1340. arowe,
in a row, 1489, L1511. arewe,
O 153S. on, placed on, in contact
with, L4ot, 1475, L 1487,0 1524.
hon, O 1341. a, L 170, L 422,
L 1201. o, L 620, L 1095, L 1313,
L 1485. abenche, O 381, L 1497.
afelde, L 997. alonde, O 1 34, L 1 70.
obenche, L 373. on, supported by,
^ 347. 3S3. O 525. hon, O 395.
a, L 509. 780. akneu, L 340.
aknewes, L 3S5. aknes, 505. on,
within, surrounded by, 301, 430.
on erep, within the world, anywhere,
O 176. on erpe, O 247. on, in,
342. an honde, in hand, to deal
with, L 64. on, contained in,
L 1043, O 1072, L i373t. on, within
(of mental, &c., stateK L 2S7, O 292,
13S9, on, present at, O 264, 653, O
856. an, O 1 171. on, at, in direc-
tion of, L6o9f, L i505t. o, Li 506.
on, into, 309. on, upon, 306,
L 6o4t, O 1466. an, at the time
of, during, L 407, O 421. on. 574,
O 9S1. a, L 9.s8, L 976+, O 993.
amore5e, on the morrow, 645, 837.
amorewe, L 407. amorwe, O 421.
an, bent on, in the act of, 646.
on, 32, O 34, O 491, L 642,
O 660. a, 7S1, L 787. o, L 625,
L 657, L 658. awowen, on wooing
bent, O 822. on, in state of, 131,
L 616, O 634, L 1315. O 14S4. on,
in (of manner), 360, O 631, L 937.
a, L 365. on, concerning, 614,
O 630, L647, 14S4. o,L6io, L884.
on, in fobject of feeling) , L 48, O 48,
1321,01421. On, flw'z'. upon (place),
L S49f. on, thereon, O 1446. on
legge, attack, O 1502.

Ancre, s. a. anchor, L 1024. anker,
O 1053. ankere, 1014. O.'E.ancor,
ancra. L. ancora.

And, co)ij. and, O 7, 577, 699, O 1547.
an, O 104, O 915. ant. L 7, L 1544.
and, if, O 575. ant, L 560. and
yf, O 203.

Anhitte, \ pr. s. strike against, lay on,

712. O. N. hitta.
Anhonge, v. hang, 32S. onhonge,

O 341. A. S. dhon, onhon.
Ani, adj. s. n. any, L 324. any, O 14,

O 1507. ony, O 329. eni, 316,

1460, L 1480. eny, L 14, L 588 1,

L 1143. eni, adj. s. a. 553, 11 42.

eny, L 130, L 1142. eny, adj. s. d.

L 9S6. Any, pron. s. a. O 1177.
Anon, adzi. immediately, L 49t. 1352.
Anonder, prep, under, O 57, 567.
Auoper, pron. s. a. another, L 289+,

578, O 590. enojjer, L576.
Anouen, adv. above, aloft, 624, O 638.

Anouen, pnp. on top of, O 1513.

A. S. oiuffan.
Answarede. //. s. answered, 42. an-
swered, O 1 109. answerede, O 46,

1068. answerde, 199. onsuerede,

L 46, L 1074.
Aquelde, pL s. quelled, slew, L 88/,

O 900, L 998. A. S. acwillan.
Are, see Er.
Areche, /;-. s. suhj. interpret, L 668.

A. .S. ar^ccan.
Areche, v. get at, strike, 1220. A. .S.

arxcan.
Arewe, v. be sorry for, rue, L 382.

A. S. ofhreowan.
Ari5te, adv. straightway (or perhaps,

justly). 457. A. S. ariht.
Arise, v. rise, 868. aryse, L 87S,

O 897. arise, pr. s. suhJ, 359.

aryse, L 366, O 372. aros, pt. s.

L 448, L 1325-t*. aryse, pt. s. subj.

L 1454, O 1461.
Ariue, v. arrive, land, 179, 1505.

aryue, L 187, L 784t, L 1304.

ryuen, O 1223. ariuede,//. J. 1513,

O 1558. aryuede, i //. s. L 156:

pt. s. L 1535. riuede, O 1550.

aryueden, /A //. L 1525. ariued,

//. 36, O 40, 150, 807. ariue, 923.

aryue, O 633, L 1458, O 1485.

aryued, L 40, O 836. aryuede,

O 966. oryue, L 615. riued,

O 158. riue, O 189. O. F. ariver.
Arme, s. d. upper limb of body, 606,

L705t. arm, L 604, O 622. armes,

//. a. L 43it. armes,//. d. L 307t)

L 1362, O 1393.
Armed, //. O 832, L 1223, O 1358.

iarmed, S03, 1239. yarmed, L811,

L 1247.
Armes, //. a. weapons, L 485t, 513,

L 515. armes, horse armour, 716.

armes, //. d. armour, L 5S9, O 603,

L 832'|-. F. armes.
Arnde, see Rende.

o a

196

KING HORN.

Arcwe, aJv. in a row, 14S9, L 151 1.
arewe, O 1538.

As, See Also.

Asayle, v. attack, O 882. asaylen,
O 651, L 863. asayly, L 633.
assaille, 637, S56. O. F. asalir.

Ase, see Also.

Askede, pt. s. asked, L 43, L 597,
O 615. acsede, O 43. axede, 39,
1470,' L 1492.

Asla5e, //. slain, 88, 1491- asla5en,
S97. A. S. aslcan, or ofslean.

Aslepe, adj. s. n. asleep, 658, 1303.

Asoke, pt, pi. stihj. renounced, 65.
A. S. setsacan.

At, prep, placed at, 253, L 259,
L I496f. atte, (=at pe), 1043,
O 10S8, O 1 261. at, in contact with,
L595, L 1 186. at, present at, 1033,
L 1226, 1245. ate, O 1280. atte,
through the, 107S. at, from (of
source), L 583f. at, as far as,
L 1 188. at, in condition of, 1252.
at, in accord with, 1464. at, to the
extent of, L 612, O 632. ate, O 499.
at, at the time of, L 676t, L 857t,
1 1 36. ate (= at Jie), O 760, O 830.
at, on and by occasion of, 609, O
625. at pe furste, straightway, 661,
L 885, 1191. ate furste. O 679,
O 904. at pe firste, L 11 97. ate
ferste, L661, O 1232. at pe furste
worde, forthwith, without more talk,
114, L 118. at pe firste word,
O 122. at on, agreed, 925. at one,
L 933, O 96S. at, with ace. inf.,
O906.

Atstod,//. s. came to a stand, L 1455.
A. S. xtstandau.

Auenture, s. a. adventure, 650, O 666.
O. F. atienture.

Awake, itnp. s. L i3iSt. awek, //. s.
awoke, L 1435.

Awei, adv. away, to a distance, S78.
awey, L 730, O 753, L 1055, O 1090.
awai, 796, 1047. away, L 732.
awey, off, L 1210, O 1245. awei
(with ellipsis of verb), go away, 707.

Awowen, see An, and ■W"o5e.

Awrek, pt. s. avenged, L 900. A. S.
dwrecan.

Awt, adv. at all, O 1194. Ojt, s. a.
aught, 976.

Awynne, v. obtain, 107 1. A. S.
aiviiinan.

Ay, adv. always, L 1543.

Bald, adj. s. n. bold, 90. bold, L 17,

O 17, L 96. baud, O 96. bold,

' s.a. O 1163. bolde, //. rt. forward,

L379+: presumptuous, L 600, O61S.
belde, 602.

Banere, s. d. banner, 1374. O. F.
banere, L. *bandaria.

Bare, s. d. bier, 891. A. S. beai-ive.

Barme, s. d. bosom, L 706!. A. S.
bear til.

Barnage, s. n. body of vassals, O 1544.
baronage, L 151 7. baronage, s. d.
1282. O. F. bai-nage, L. ^bai-oji-
aticiiin.

Bataille, s. a. enemy in battle array,
855 : .y. d. battle, ^74. batayle,
s. a. O 588. O. y". bataille, L. L.
bat alia.

Bedde, s. </. 299, O 310, L 958t,
L 1201. bed, O 1236, L 1435.

Bede, v. present, L 466!. bede, 2
//. s. didst offer, O 948 : didst com-
mand, O 1 31 5. bad, pt. s. com-
manded, O 235, 273, 1152, 1262.
bed, L 279, O 284, L 5o8t, L 1272,
O 1305. be (for bed), O 278. bede,
2 pt. pi. offered, 907. A. S. bPodan
(but with some forms due to biddan).

Beggare, s.a. beggar, L 1128. beg-
gere, s. n. Lii33t: s. a. 11 28,
O 1 163. beggeres, s. g. L io86t.
beggares, //. n. L 11 20. beg-
geres, 1 1 20, O 1 1 55.

Belle, s. n. bell, 1016 : s. a. 1253,
L 1263. bellen, //. a, O 1294, O
1424. belles, 1381. belle, L 1393.

Ben, V. be, 8, O 10, O loio, 1038.
bene, L 8, O 8, L 1542, O 1565.
beo, 10, 1285. beon, 446, 1520.
buen, L 508, L 572. be, L 10,

0 506, O 1328, L 15x5. am, 1 /;-. J.
149, O 158, 201, O 1404, icham,

1 am, L 1 1 34, L 1375. ychani,
L 209. art, 2 pr. s. L 97t, L i-|68.
ert, 1098. is,/r. J-. 92, L 136, O 207,
1529. 1118,0326,0580. ys, L 19S,
h 520. hys, O 140, O 1384. nis,
7!cg. pr. s. 13, L 19, 955, O 1000.
nys, L 916. bep, pr. s. is, O 954.
ben, I pr.pl. are, O S55. beo, 313.
beop, 175. bep, 547, O 563, 826,
L 1360. buep, L 1S3, L S34. be,
L 321, O 327. beo, 2 pr. pi. 161.
be, L 169, O 171. ben, pr. pi.
O 172, 1350, 1523, O 1568. beop,
162, 1 1 20, L 1545. bep, L 300,

0 852, 897, O 1155, 1213. buep,
L 170, L 1226. bup, 807. beo,

1 pr. s. subj. be, 1133. be, L 11 33,
O 116S. beo, 2 pr. s. subj. 790.
be, O 553, L 560, L 796, O S19.
beo, /;-. s. subj. 80, 1440. be,
O 203, L 368, 817, L 1374, O 1403.

GLOSSARY.

197

beo, 1 pr. pi. suhj. 131. be, O 139.
ben, pr. pi. suhj. L i, O i. beon,
I. was, I //. s. 1033, '°43> ^^ 1088,
wes, L 1053. was. //. s. O 5, =,
L I3t, L 1460, 1506, U 1557. wes,
L 5, L 1532. nas, 7teg, pt. s. wr.s
not, iS, O 925, 1066. nes, L 204,
L i.;o2. were, //. //. 22, L 38,
O 1S9, O1359, 1472, L1493. ware,
O 38, O 124, O 968. weren, O 59,
L 1246, I471, 1491, O 15^0. ywere,
L 502. nere, neg. pt. pi. 1060.
were, i //. s. suhj. might be, L 43S.
were, 2 //. s. suhj. 107, L iii.
were, pt. s. suhj. O 86, L 303t,
310 «, L Ii7it. nere, 7!eg. 2 pt.
s, suhj. L 909 : ncg. pt. s. suhj,
L93t. O 1083. were, i pt. pi. subj.
L 910. vreve, pt. pi. suhj. 88, L 94.
ware, O 94. beo, i>/ip. s. 377,
1448. be, L381, 0 39i> L 1357,
O 1495. be, i»ip. pi. L 135. beo,
//. 115, be, L 119, O 119. hybe,
O 1174.

Benche, s. d. seat, settle, 369, L i io7t,
^475; O 1524. abenche, on bench,
O 381, L 1497. obenche, L 373.

Bene, s. a. boon, request, 50S, O 528,

Ber, s. a. beer, L 11 26. beer, L iioS,
L 1161. bere, J-. ^. O 1148. beere,
L 1113. ber, 11 12.

Bere, s. d. bier, L 902, O 930. A. S.
bikr.

Bere, v. wear, L 479t. 1286. ber,
//. s. bore, L mi, O 11 46. bar,
1109. bere, imp. s. L 56S, 570.
ber, L 4,:;3, O 471. bore,//, born,
O441. born, L lof, O 130S. ibore,
417. iboreu, 510. iborn, 138, 866.
ybore, L 423, L 127;;. yborn, L
142, O 146, L 512. hybore, O439.
hyborn, O 530.

Berne, v. burn, set on fire, 690, O 709.
bernde, //. s. was on fire, L 1240.
brende, O 1275.

Berste, v. burst, break, L 662t. berste,
imp. s. 1 192.

Berwe, v. protect, O 951. A. S.
beorgan.

Beste, adj. s. n. ivk. best, L 29f, 174,
L 182. beste, //. n. L 832t : //. d.
L47St, L611, LSo8,0 829, Li336t,
L 14S3. Beste, j'. a. profit, advan-
tage, L 7761, L iiS2\: pl.d. LiOD7t,
1 264 «.

Betere, adj. s. n. better, L 565, 567.
betere, adv. L 1405.

Beye, v. atone for, L 1 14. bo5te, //. s.
paid for, 13S8: pt.pl.SS^. bowten,
O 923.

Beyne. adj. pi. ace. both, L 892. bo,

//. n. L 299. A. S. begen, ba.
Bi, prep, beside, near, O 133, 135, L
644, O 704, 128S, L 1444. by, L
13 ). O 552, L 699t, O 1007, L 1296,
O I479. bi, before (of oath , 165.
O 175, "75- O 1362. b^ L 173,
L 1 1 79, O 1 2 14. bi, in presence of,
512, O 532. by, L 514. bi, in
direction of, towards, O 5, 11 35.
by, L 5, O 1170, L 1 181, L 1335, O
1547. bi, on, 35, O 39, 139, 1465.
by, L 39, O 147, O 838. bi, in, C)
20, 168. bi, along, L 35t, L 2i6t,
L l^T,, 954- by, L 129, O 788, L
962, O 997. bi, to extent of (com-
parison), 315. by, L 323. bi, at
time of, in, L 265t, 1431. by, L
265, O loii, L 1451, O 1457. bi,
by the space of, 96. bi, judging by,
1309. by, L 1321, O 1350. bi (of
part acted on), 400, L 402, O 412,
1499. by, L 400, O 801, L 1519,
O i5-)6. bi, with, by means of, 436,
L 440. by, L 450, O 1503. bi
honde, at hand, 1137. bi p3 laste,
at the lowest estimate, 616 )i. by
shoure, in abundance, L 334.
Bicollede, //. s. smeared with soot or
grime, L 1072. Comp. collede, L
ic88, and colley, E. Dialect Dic-
tionary.
Bicolmede, //. s. smeared with culm,
coal dust, 1064. Comp. £"6i/;;»'iJ, 1082.
Bidde, v. ask, beg, O 12 18. bydde,
L 1183. bidde, pr. s. subJ. 457.
bad, pt. s. prayed, 79, L 85. bed,
O 85. bad, pt. s. begged, asked,
1069. bed, L 1075,0 mo, O 1227.
bid, imp. s. O 472, O 473. A. S.
biddat!.
Bieste, error for biweste, 1325.
Bifalle, v. come to pass, happen, O
105. byfalle, L 103. byfalle, be
fitting, L 180, O 1S2. biualle, 172.
bifalle, pr. s. stibj. 99 : pp. become,
420, O442.
Biflette, //. s. surrounded, 1396 n.

byflette, L 141 2.
Biforn, prep, in front of, L 53 2t- by-
forn, O 526. byforen, L 879. bi-
fore, 456. byfore, L 496. biuore,
506. bifor, O 512. byfor, O 898.
biuo, 869. biforn, in, into presence
of, O 244, O 870. bifore, 369, L
373, 888. byfore, L 241, L 500,
O 927. biuore, 233, 496.
Bigilen, v. deceive, L 328. bigile,
320, O 333. bigiled, //. betrayed,
958. bygile, O 1002. O. Y.guiler.

198

KING HORN.

Biginne, v. do, 1277 n. biginnes,
2 pr. s. beginnest, O 588. bigan,
pt. s. began, did, 117, 6 125, L 753,
O 1337' I503> L 1523. bygan, O
515, L 1191, L 1301, O 14S8. bi-
gon, L 140, L 1461. bygon, L 121,
L 927, L 1306. bigonne, //. //.
L 887, L 1453. bygonne, O 1460.
bigunne, 1433. bigyn, imp. s.

O324.
Bihelde, v. behold, 601, 1147, L 1149.

bylielde, L 854, O 873. biholde,

L 599. byholde, O 617, O 11S4.
Bihet, pL s. promised, L 474t. A. S.

b eh a tan.
Bihinden, prep, behind, O 202. bi-

hyude, L 200. bihynde, ? adv.

192 n.
Bihouep, pr. s, is needed, is fitting,

47S, L 4S2. byhoued, O 49S.
Bikeehe, t/. deceive, trick, O 323.

bycahte, //. s. L 663.
Biknowe, //. acknowledging, L 993.

bycnowe, O 1028. See 983 ;/.
Bileue, 7/. believe, 1321.
Bileue, v. remain, L 367f, 742. by-

leue, L 746. bileuest, 2 /;-. s. re-

mainest, O. 803. A. S. helirfan,

properly, to leave behind, but some-
times vk^ith intrans. force of belTfan.
Bilyue, adv. quickly, O 345. bliue,

472, 721, 968. A. S. be + life, dat.

oilTf.
Binde, v. bind, tie up, 191, O 201 (?).

bynde, L 199. bunde, //. bound,

422. boirnde, overpowered, O 1151.

ibunde. 1116. ybounde, L 1116.
Bireupd, //. deprived of, 622. by-

i-eued, L 61S, O 636.
Birine, v. rain on, 11. byryne,

Lii.'
Birunue,//. bedewed, wet, 654. bi-

ronn=^, O 670. byronne, L 652.

A. S. berhman.
Bischine, v. shine on, 12. byschine,

O 12. A. S. bescinaii.
Biseehe, i pr. s. pray, intercede, 579 ;

beseech, 453, L 457. bysohte, pt. s.

desired, sought, L 2S3. byseche, v.

entreat, L 318.
Bisemep, pr. s. seems, 486 n. by-

seniep, pr. s. impers. becomes, befits,

L 49'o. byseme, ? pr. s. subj. O 506.
Biside, /;-(?/>. by the side of, 853, L 861,

1426. biside, adv. in com]iany,

O 1333-
Bispac,//. s. spoke out, O 205. bispek,

O 95-
Bistride, v. bestride, 749. bystride,
O 776. A. S. bcstrldaii.

Biswike, v. deceive, 290, O 301, 667.

bysuyke, L 296. byswyke, L 669.

A. S. beswTcan.
Bite, V. taste, drink, O 1166. ibite,

L 113!.
Biteche, i /;-. s. commend, O 591.

byteehe, L 577.
Bitere, adv. bitterly, 1482. Bidere,

adj.pl. d. bitter. 960.
Bipinne, see 'Wipinne,
Bipo^te, pt. s. devised, planned, 264.

bipohte, L 270. bipouete, O 27-.

bipo5te, considered, 41 1. bypohte,

L 417. bipoute, O 433.
Bipute, see Wiputen.
Bitide, v. happen, take place, 543.

bytyde, O 559. bitidde,//. s. im-
pers. it befell, I. 1184. bytidde,

O 1 2 19. bitide, /r. s. subj. impers.

may befall, L 541 : may it befall, L

212, 961, L 971. bytide, O 1006.

bityde. O 214.
Bitime, adv. in good time, 965, L975.

bytyime, O 1010.
Bitoke, 2 pt. s. didst entrust, L 1103.

bytoke, O 1 140. bitak, imp. s. en-
trust, 785.
Bitraie, v. betray, 1251. bytreye,

L 1 26 1, bitraide, 1 //. s. 1270.

O. F. trair.
Bitterly, adv. L 1058.
Bituene. /;■£■/. between, L 352, L 428,

O 446. bitwen, O 358.
Bitwex,/5;-t^. between, 346. bitwexe,

424. bytwexe, O 1453.
Biwende, pt. s. turned round O 334.

biwente, 321. bywente, L 329.

bywende, v. busy JTimself, I. 1417.

Comj). ivcnde. A. .S. bew^ndan.
Biweste, adv. in the west country, 5.

Biweste, s.d. the west country, 769,

L 775 > t) 798, 945. byweste, L

1181.
Biwreie, pr. s. subj. may reveal, dis-
close, 362. bywreyen, v. betiay,

O 1292. bywreyde, revealed, />/. j'.

O 12S9. A. S. tvregan.
Bi^onde, /;-(,;^. beyond, 1177.
Blae, adj. s. a. black, L 588, O 602.

blak, 590. blake, adj. pi. n.

Li33if. Blake, J. «. dirt, L i2io-t-.
Blame, s. d. blameworthiness, fault,

1265 «. O.Y . blas!?ie.
Bleine, s. n. whale, O 701. O. F.

baleine.
Blanche, v. lurch, 141 1 w, O 1466.
Blesse, v. wish happiness to, .^84,

L 582. blisse, O 596. blesse,

make blessed, L 166. blesse, /;•. J.

subj. L 553, -^11. blisse, O 571.

GLOSSARY

'99

iblessed, //. 1364. yblessed. I,
1374. hyblessed, (.> 1403.
Blessing, s. a. 156, 1530.
Blis, s. a. bliss, <;ladness, 1234. blisse,
158,0 16S, L 42of , 1210. blysse,

,r. of. Li 242. blys,Oi277.
Blipe. ac(/. s. ;/. cheerful, merry, 274,

1347. blyjje, L 2S0, O 1012, L

1357- O 13S8. blip (rhymes with

^c'//e\ O 285. blipe, s. a. 355.

792. blyjje, L 361, O 367, L 798,

O 821. blipe, //. M. I. O I. 131.

O 139. blype, L I, L 135. Blipe,

adz'. gladly, O 4S9. blype, L 475.
Blod, s. n. blood, passion, 608, O 624,

L 87St. blode, s. d. O 920, 1406.

L 1424. blod, L 916 n. blode,

descent, race, L 185+,
Blody, adj. s. a. bloody, O 1283 : //.

d. O 1005.
Blowe. V. blow, 1009, L loig. L 1 38it.

bleu. //. J. L i302t, 1512.
Blynne, 2 /;'. s. suhj. cease, fail to

help, L 1002. A. S. blinnan.
Bo, see Beyne.
Bodie, s. g. body's. 900. bodi, s. d.

body, O 174. bodie. 164. bodye.

L 172.
Bo5e, s. d. bough, 1227. bowe, L

1235, O 1270. See wude.
Bolle, s. a. bowl, mazer, L ii23t.
Bone, s. d. L 916.
Boneyres, adj. s. n. well-bred, O 939.

O. F. boiiaire.
Borde, s. d. ship's side, 113, L 117.

bord. O 121. borde, table, 253,

O 264, L 835t, L i.^o7t. bord,

L 259. brode, feast, O 1074.
Bote, s. d. boat, L 2 lof, L 7741".
Botes,//, a. boots, O 522. O. F. bote.
Bope, adj. pi. n. both, O 305, L i36ot,

1523, L1545 : pi. a. O384, Li204t.

Bope, conj. both (. . .and), L 911,

1108, L ih07.
Boye, s. n. varlet, 1075.
Brae, pt. s. broke, L 683, O 700.

brak, 68 1.
Brende, see Berne.
Brid, s. n. bread, 1257.
Bridel, s.d. bridle, rein, L 7;8t.
Brijt, adj. s.n. bright, fair, 14. brict,

O 14. bryht, L 14, L 98. briycte,

O 466. bri5te, J. «.w^.390. bryht,

s. a. L 918. brijte, s. d. 382.

bryhte, L 384. bricte, O 476,

O 747. brycte, O 394. bri5te,
//. d. 500.
Bringen, v. bring, O 62, L 344, L 903,

O 1375. bringe, 58, L 62, L 286t,

1334- brynge, L 695, L 1098.

bringe, i/;-. j'. 641, O 655. brynge,
L 637. bringe, /;■. .r. siibj. C) 594.
brynge, L 580. broute. i pt. s.
brought, () 653. bro5te,//'. s. 466,
883. brohte. L 470, L 1022.
broute, O 919. browte, O 484,
() 922. broute,//.//. 40, III, 600.
brohten, L 44, L 1S8. broucte,
O 44. broucten, O 190. bring,
?'w/. s. O 370. brouten, //.
brouglit, O 1419. ybroht. 1. 914.
bringe of liue. kill, O 712. broh-
ten of lyue, killed, L 188 (see
180;/).
Brinke, s. d. edge, 141. brynke,

L 145.
Brode. see Bord.
Broper, s. 11. L 575t: 1291 : s. a. 284,

L 290.
Bruc, imp. s. enjoy, 206. brouc,
L 214. brouke, O 216. brouke,
2 /;-. s. subj. L 1041 . O 1070.
Brudale, s. n. wedding feast, L 1267.
brydale, O 1300. brudale, .s-. d.
1032, L 1044, L 1045. bridale,
O 1073.
Brude, s. n. bride, L 1058. bride,
1049. bryd, O 1093.
I Brugge, s.d. bridge. L 10S2. brigge,
1076, O 1117, O 1503.
Brun, s. d. brown vessel v?), 11 22.
broune, pi. d. brown vessels, L 11 2 2 ,
O1157.
Brunie, s. a. brinie, covering of chain
mail, 591 «, L 719. 841, L 1230.
brunye, L 849. brenye, O 605,
O 740, O 868.
Brymme, s.d. shore, edge, 190.
Bu5e, V. bend, crook, 427.
Bnr, s. n. lad)'s room, 386. bour, L
388. boures, s.g: L 709, O 1017.
bure, s. d. 269, 1438. bur, 325.
boure, L 275, O 280, L 1456, O 1483.
boure flore, O 730.
Burdon, s. a. pilgrim's staff, 1061.
burdoun, O 1104. bordoun, L
1069. O. F. bordon, bourdon.
Buriede,//*.//. buried, L906. burden,

892.
Bute, conj. unless, 65, O 892, O 925,
139'^'. bote, L 69, O 69, O 1386, L

1414. bot 5yf, O 761. bute, yet,
O 120, 193, 658. but, O 26. bute,
moreover, 887. bute, on the con-
trary, 1113, 1399. bote, O 648, L

1415, O I44S. bute, but (interjec-
tional), 825. but, O ■:4. Bote, adv.
only, L 37, O 37, L 206.

Byflowe,//. surrounded, O 612, O 646.
byflowen, L 628.

200

KING HORN.

Bylaucte, //. s. deluded, took in, O
68i. A. S. Ixccan.

BysetVe,//. surrounded, O 1445.

Bysprouge. //. ? sprung, O ■564 (prob-
ably scribe's mistake iox hysproiige).

Cacche, v. catch, chase, L 1227.
kecehe, L 1377. keche, O 1262.
kaucte, i //. s. caught, O 682.
'kaxite. pLpI. received, O 915. O. F.
cac/iJer.

Calle, V. summon, L 907.

Canst, 2 _pr. s. art able, O 1248.
const, L 1 2 13. canstu ( = canst
pu), 1206. cunne, /r. J-. j?/(^'. may-
be able, 1,68. conne, may know,
L 566, konne, v. know, O 582.
cupe, />(. s. knew, 1459. coupe, L
1479, L 1536. cupe, knew how,
353* coupe, L 359. cowpe, O
365. cupe, //. s. subj. was able,
1090.

Care, s. a. sorrow, distress, L 269, L
1252, kare, O 274. kare, s. d.

I 244 71,

Caste, V. throw forth, 1014, L 1024.

kaste. O 1053. kaste, 1 pt. s. threw,

659, L 659. keste, O 677. caste

on, V. put on, 841 : //. s. L S49,

O 868.
Castel, s. a. castle, 1395, L 141 1, O

1500, kastel, O 1444. kestel, O

i486, castel, s. d. L 1398, 1466,

O 1 515. castele, L 1488. castel

walle, 1042, L 1054. kastel walle,

O 10S7. O- F- castel.
Chaere, s. d. seat with arms, throne,

1261. chayere, L 1271. cheyere,

O 1304. O. F. chaere.
Chambre wowe, wall of chamber, L

982. F. chambre.
Chapel, 5. «. oratory, Li 392. chapeles,

//. a. 1380, O 1423. O. F. chapek.
Chaungen, v. exchange, O 1095.

chaunge, L 1060. chaungi, 1052.

O. F. changer.
Chelde, see Kelde.
Cheose, v. choose, 664, L 666. chesen,

O 799. chese, O 684.
Chere, j. a. countenance, L 40 if, L

io7it. chere, .?. rf. L 901, O 1126.

O. F. c hie re.
Child, s. n. child, offspring, L 10, O 10,

648, O 664, L i35of : aspirant to

knighthood, 25, O 27, iiS, L 207!.

chyld, L 27. child, s. a. L. 245,

O 2JO, L 253t, 4S0. childe, j. d.

L 301, O 306. child, 85t, ^295.

childre, //. n. O 117. children, L

115, 120, O 12S, L 162I-, L 1348,

O 1379: pi- c- III. child, s. 71.
young knight, O 1206, L I369t.
chil, O 550, O 709, O 780. child,
5-. a. 1 1 79, O 1220, 1 51 5. chyld,
L1537. childre, //. z*. 1355. child-
ren, O 1397.

Chyrche, i-. a. church, L 1392. chirche,
s. d. L 905. kyrke, O 932. chyrche
wowe, church wall, O 1076. cher-
chen, //. a O 1423. churchen,
62. cherches, O 65. chirche,
1380.

Clade,//. clothed, O 176.

Cleche, v. lay hands on, come at, L
963. See Cleach, Cleek, in E. Dialect
Diet.

Clenche, v. grip with the nails, pluck,
L I498t. Other explanations are :
' ma-l<e to clink,' Bradley-Stratmann.
and ' grasp firmly,' N. E. D.

Clepen, v. call, summon, O 235.
clepep, pr. s. calls, L 231. clupede,
//. s. called, 225. clep, imp. s. O
qii. A. S. clcopia7t.

Clsppe, V. embrace, O 1393. clippe,
L [362. clepten, /^. //. O 1252.
cle[p]ten, O 1428. yclupten, they
embraced, L 1217. A. .S. clyppaii.

Clope, s. d. clothing, L i2 23t. elopes,
//. a. 1053, L io67t, O 1097.

Cniue, j-.i/. knife, O 114. kniue, loS.
knyue, L 112. knif, s. a. 1196,

1201. knyf, L 1207, O 1242.
knyues, //. a. O 1237 : //. (/. L

1 202. A. S. C7iif.
Cole, s. n. coal, L 588t.
Collede, adj. s. d. dirtied, L 108S.
Colmie, adj. s. d. smeared with coal

dust or soot, 1082.
Colour, J. «. complexion, L 16. colur,

16, O 16. O. F. colur.
Come, s. )i. coming, 530. A. .S.

cyme.
Comen, v. come, O 278, O 2S4, L 1475.

come, 273, L 279, L I4i6t, 1455.

com, I /;-. s. come, O 1073, O 1074.

come, 1032, L 1044. comest, 2

pr. s. L 149, O 1071, L 1106, O

1143. comes, O 151. comez, /;-. .r.

0 468. come, I /;-. s. snbj. L 557t,
L 73St. cume, 2 pr. s. S2ibj. 143.
come, pr. pi. subj. 448. com,

1 pt. s. came, 1365. come, 2 pt. s.
L ii78t. com, pt. s. L 2 29t, O
1278, 1517, L 1539. cam, 586, O
736, L 794t, 9S1, O iioS, comen,

//. //. O 63, L 1245, L I383t.
come, 59, L 63, 1005, L 1015, 1218.
icom, 1318. ycome,Li33o. come,

2 //. s. subj. O 1 1 3. come, pt. s. subj.

GLOSSARY.

20I

267, L 273, 1072. com, imp. s. L
^53)^^872,1102. cum, 8^5. comen,
//. O 541, C) 797. icomen, 202,
76S. yeomen, L 170. O 186, L 774.
come, 1. 136, O 140, L 1145, O
1495. icome, 176, L 1141, L 1375.
1448. icume, 162. ycome, O172,
L 1S4, L 1364, O 1404. hycome,
(» 1170, O 1176, O 1 1 So. come to
Hue, escape death, O 113.

Comiuge, s. d. coming, O 1134.
comynge, 1093, L 1097,

Compaynye, s. n. company, follow-
'"&> 8r9' O- F- compaipiie.

Cod, see Giune.

Corn, s. a. grain, 1385.

Cosin, s. n. cousin, relative, 1444.
eosyn, L 1464, 6 1491. O. F.
ccsiii.

Couerture, s. d. bed covering, 696,
O 715. couertoure, L 69S. O. F.
coverture.

Crakede,//. //. cracked, were broken,
L 1083. krake, v. be broken, O
1118.

Cristemesse, s. d. Christmas, O 826.
Cristesmasse, 799, L S05.

Cristene, adj. s. n. christian, L 1329+ :
s. d. L i85t. cristen, adj. pi. n.
832. Cristene, //. n. christians, L
840. cristine,//. a. L 188.

Cristenenien,//. a. 182,0 192. cris-
tinemen, L 190.

Crois, s. g. cross's, 1309, L 1321 (pos-
sibly dative), crowches, O 1350.
croy5, s. n. L 1314. crowch, O
1345- Crois is due to O. F. crois:
crowch is possibly O. E. crfic, see
N. E. D., s. V.

Crude, v. hasten on {iiitrans.) 1293.
croude, L 1301, O 1334.

Crune, s. a. crown, diadem, 475, 12S6.
croune, L 1399, O 1430. coriine,
O 495. coroune, L 479. croune,
top of head, head, L 1041, O 1070,
L 1509. crune, 1487. crowme,
O 1536. corune, corotine represent
O. F. corone ; the short forms are
probably Germanic adaptations of
L. corona.

Cunde, s. d. condition of birth and
rank, 421. kunde, L 425. kende,
O 443. cunde, s. n. race, 1377.
kende. s. a. O 1420.

Cunesmon, s. a. kinsman, L 1346.

Cunne, s. d. race, kinsfolk, L 186.
kunne, 865, O 1309, O 1563.
kenne, 144 n, 176, L 1S4, O 614,
1518, L 1540. kinne, O 894. kyn,
633. kinne, s, a, O 152. nones

kunnes speche, speech of 110 sort,
L 964,

Cuppe, s. a. cup, 449, 11 25. coppe,
L 453. O 469, L 1125, O 1164.
cuppe, s. d. O 245, 1132. cupe,
234. coupe, L. 242. coppe, L
1132,01167. ci/ppe represents A. S.
cuppe, L. L. cuppa : coupe, O. F. coupe:
coppe, cupe, are probably French.

Cure, s. d. choice, L 1446. A. S.
eyre.

Curt, J", n. courtyard, 592. court, O
606. curt, s. d. palace. 245, O 256.
court, L 251. O. F. curt.

Cusse, V. kiss, L 435, L 5S1. kusse,
O 595. kesse, 431, 583. custe,
pt. s. kissed, L 403, 405, 739, 1189,
L 1397. kuste, 0 1230, O 1277.
keste,Lii95. kiste,0 4i7. custe,
//.//. 1209. kuste, O 1252. custen,
L 743, O 1428. kusten, O 766.
kyste, L 121 7. cus, iwp. s. L 742.
kes, 738. cusse, 1208. kusse, O
765, O 1251. kesse, L 1216.

Dai, s. 11. day as measure of time, 187.

day, L 195, O 197. dai, s. d. 548,

938- day, L 3 if, L 946, O 981.

daies, //. n. 927. dayes, L 935.

dawes, O 970. daies, pi. d. 1295.

dawes, L 1303. dai, s. n. time of

sunlight, 1427. day, L 497, L 499t,

O 1 454. dey, O 513. day, s. a.

L I27t, L 956. daie, s. d. 259.

daye, L 265, 818. day, O 272,

493. day, s. n. set time, O 1452 :

s. a. L 862, O 881, L 1421, day,

.f. a. existence, lifetime, L 731. t

dawe, s. d. L 914. dayes, //. «.

O 6. daies, //. a. 140. dayes, L

144. dawes, O 148.
Daili5t, s. n. daylight, 124. day-

lyht, L 128. daylyt, O 132.
Dales,//. flf. valleys, 154, L 161, O 164,

210, L 2i6t .
Damesele, s. a. maid in waiting, 1169.

damyseie, O 1208. damoisele, L

117.;. 0.¥. dameisele.
Dayspringe, s. d. break of day, L 1447.
Ded, adj. s. n. dead, L 1171, O 1206,

O 1226. dede, //. n. L 834t, L

1545+, ded, L 910.
"Dedes.pl. d. deeds, 537, O 553.
De5e, V. die, L 113, L 1191. deie,

109, 332, 888, 1346. deye, O 115,

O 927, L 1356, O 1387. deide,

//. s. died, 1185.
Denie, v. resound, ring, 592 «. denye ,

O 606. A. S. dyuiaij.
Deole, s. n, sorrowful sight, 1050.

202

KING HORN.

dole, L 1057, O 1092. deol, s. a.
1048. dole, L 1056. O. F. deol,
doel.

Dere, adj. s. n. dear, beloved, O 157,
433, L 679t, L i2i2t. duere, L
437. dere, pi. n. O 124, 222.
duere, L 228. Dere, fl(fe. dearly,
1343 : at high price, 884, 1388.

Derie, v. harm, 786. derye, L 792,
O 8 1 5. derie, pr. s, siibj. O 150.
derye, L 148. A. S. dorian.

Derke, s. d. night time, L 145 if.

Derling, s. n. favourite, 488, O 508.
derlyng, L 492. Derling, adj. (?)
s. n. 723. derlyng, L 725. dere-
ling, O 748. A. S. deorliiig.

Derne, adv. secretly, intimately, O
1382. A. S. dip-tu.

Dep, s. a. death, no, L 114, 8S4,
L 899, O 1091. deth, O 160. ded,
O 340. det, O 116. dij)es, s. g.
640. depe, s. d. L 62, L 844 f, O
1419. dij)e, 58, 1252. (deye, O 62,
O 649. de^e, L 1378, scribe's mis-
takes for depe.)

Deuise, v. plan, compose, 930, O 973.
deuyse, L 938. deuise, imp. s.
assign, appoint, O 248. deuyse,
L 243. O. F. deviser.

Disse, s. d. dish, 1144, O iiJm (see
ii22«). dyssh, L 1146.

Dohter, s. «. daughter, L 255, L 392.
doster, 249. douter, O 260,0402.
dohter, ,y. a. L915, L 1004. do5ter,
903, 994. douter, O 944, O 1035.
dohter, s. d. L 378, L 699. do5ter,
697. douter, O 716.

Don, V. execute, perform, accomplish,
L 540 f. do, L 282 1, L i292t-
dest, 2 pr. s. L 950. do, pr. s. subj.
O 538, L 702, O 721. dude,//, s.
1247. dude, //. //. O 1545. do,
imp. s. 51S, L 520, O 1^54, L loio,
O 1041. idone, //. 446, 484. to
done, for doing, to be done, I. 488,
O 504 : to perform, L 712, O 735.
don, V. inflict on, 683. do, L 685,
O 702, 1422. doj), pr. s. 682, 702.
don,//. O 1475. do, L 1440, L 1472.
don, V. put, L 1344. do, L 274t.
dide, pt. s. O iioi. dude, 342,
L 34S, 1244. dede, O 354. dude
him, put himself, proceeded, L
ioi7t, 1236, L 1244. duden of
lyue, pt. pi. put to death, iSo 11.
do, isnp. s. L 701 f. idon,//. 142 1.
dide, //. s. caused, O 414, O 1541.
dede, O 1442. dude, 1023, L 1409,
1515, O 1560. dide,//.//. O 1361.
dude, 1320. do, imp. s. L 485. to

(scribe's error [ox do), O 501. don,

V. act, O 462. do, imp. s. 896,

O 936. to done, to have business,

784, O 813. done, L. 790. do, v.

serve as, suffice as, O 854. dop,

pr. s. (substitute to avoid repetition of

another verb), O 978, 698, L 700.

dide, //. s. (auxiliary in periphrastic

past), O 974, O 1539. dude, L 938,

L 9.^9) 930, 931. L 1473, 1495.0 1522.

dede, 0 973. dude, pt.pl. 184, 1490.

duden, L 192. deden, O 194.
Dore, s. a. door, O 1018. dore, s. d.

L 1496, O 1523.
Dorste, //. J. dared, L 259,928,0 971,

1404. durste, L 724. derste, L

936. dorst, O 1437. durst, O 725,

O 743, L 1420.
Dorte, sec JJar.

Doute, s. d. dread, O 587. O. F. doutc.
Dradde, //. s. impcrs. it feared (her),

i. c. she was apprehensive, 1166.

dradde, pt. pi. were fearful, 120.
Dra5e, v. resort, betake oneself, 1289,

1420. drawe, L 1297, O 1473, O

150S. drawe, \ pr. pi. subj. L 1438.

droje, //.//. 1006. drowe. L 1016.

O 1047. dro5, //. s. pulled, S72.

drawe, //. delineated, O 1344.

y drawe, L 131 3.
Drede, s. a. dread, 258.
Dre5e, v. endure, bear, L 1047. dreye,

O 1078. A. S. dreogan.
Drench, s. d. drink, L 1 164. drenche,

O 1 1 99.
Drenche, v. cause to drown, O 1014.

drenched, //. drowned, O 1023.

A. S. drpicati.
Dri^te, s. d. the Lord, 1310. A. S.

dry hi en.
Drinke, v. drink, 402, 1055 n, 1152.

drynke, L 1063, O 1098, L 1154,

O 1 1 89. drank, //. s. O 114S,

O 1 196. drone, L in 3, L 1161.

dronk, 1154, 1159. O 1191.

dronke, L 11 56. dronken, //. //.

1 1 12. drink, imp. s. O 1161,

1144,1145,01181. drinke, O 1 192.

drynk, O 1 182. drynke, L 1147.

drync, L 11 26, L 1157.
Driue, v. cause to flee, O 753. dryue,

L 730, L 802 f. dryue, 2 //. s.

didst banish, L 1279. drof, //. s.

L 880, O 899. driuen, //. //. 870.

dryue, v. propel, L 1534. driue,

/;•. s. subj. 1333, O 1374, 1424,

O 1477. dryue, L 1343, L 1442.

drof, //.J. 119, L 762. drof, //. i'.

moved (itself; along, L 123, O 127,

o 785.

GLOSSARY.

203

Droupnynde, adj. s. d. drooping,
dejected, O 1126. O. N. dn)pim.

Drye, v. dry, O I^S8.

Drynk, s. a. drink, O 1 166.

Dubbe, V. confer kniglilliood, 45S.
dobbe, L 494, O 510. dubbe, /r.
s. siil'j. O 475. dubbede, //. s. 499.
dubbed,//. 447. ydobbed, L 439.
? O. F. adouhcr.

Dubbing, s. n. ornamentation, 564.
dubbing, J. a. knighthood, knighting,
4.^'^. 4S7, O 507. dobbyng, L 442,
L 491. dobbinge, C> 458. dub-
bing, s. d. 629. dobbing, O 580,
O 644. dobbyng, L 562, L 626.
\'crbal noun of diibhc.

Dun, adv. dun legge, strip off, io.;7.
doun, L 1065, O 1 100. doun falle,
fall prostrate, L 4.^2. doune, O 450.
doun. down, L 1085, L 1220.

Dune, s. (/.upland, 154, 210. downe,
O 164. dounes, //. (/. L 161.

Dunte, j-. d. blow, stroke, 609, O 625.
dunt, O 904. dent, s. a. 152, 859.
duntes, //. a. L S65. L 872, O 884.
denies, S57, S64. dunte, O 891.
duntes,//. d. 573, O 917. A, S.
dynt.

Dure pin, s. a. bar of the door, 973.

DurJ), see par.

Dute, I /;-. s. doubt, fear, 344. doute,
O 356. doute, V. L 350.

Dwelle, V. stay, O 3S8. duelle, 374.

Dyjete, v. set in battle array, O 87-;.

E, see He.

Eche, adj. s. d. each, O 219, 1087,

O II 28. vch, L 218, L 1094.
Eere, s. d. ear, L 316. here, O 320.

ire, 309. earen, //. d. L 969.

eren. O IC04. ires, 9;9.
Ef, see 3if.
E^e, s. d. eye, L 1048. eye, O 1079.

heye, O 778. i5e, 755, 975, 1036.

eyjen,//. d. L 755.
Eke, adv. likewise, also, L 17, O 17,

L 13S6, O 1440.
Elde, //. d. old men, 1391. olde,

L1407. helde, O 1440. held, //.a

O 141 7. olde, L 1390. Old, adj.

s. n. L 18. hold, O 18.
Elles. adv. otherwise, 246. elle wher,

elsewhere, L 326. elles wher, 318.

elles qwere, O 331.
Ende, s. d. completion, 733, L 737.

hende, O 760, O 953. ende, edge,

side, 1212, L 1220. hende, O 1255.

in J)ende, at the finish, 1378.
EndeJ),/;-. i-. ends, 1525. 152S. ende,

pr. pi. subj. 912.

Eudyng, .r. a. result, L 579. endynge,

O .=;9.V

Enemy, s. it. () 995. eneniis, s. ' ;/.
L 960. enemis, //. d. 952. O. V .
iiein i.

Envie, s. a. envy, O 706. enuye, 687,
L 6S9. F. eiivie.

Eode, I pt. s. went, L 1180 : //. s. L
383, L 1533. 5ede, O 490, 588,
14S5, O 1534. yede, O 121, O
13.^9- 5yede, O 746. 5eode, 381.
ede, L 1310. eoden, //. //. L 162,
L 14S7. eode, L 585. ede, L 115.
5eden, 587, 1465. 5ede, 153, 294,
^^ 30.^- yeden, O 1341. yede, O
117, O 163. 5yede, O ,^99.

Er, adv. previously, formerly, 535, 877,
L 1536. aire, O 554. Er, prep.
before, L 976. her, O 953, L 1447.
er pen (A. S. ivr Pan , L 452,
er (in er pen forming a conjunction
phrase), L 544, L 922, L 1454. Er,
conj. before, L 130, 882, L 1286,
O 1321, her, O 513, L 541, O
1454. here, O 562, O 913, O 1461.
are, 448. ar. 546. or, 553, 910, 912,
1427. er ne, L551. er Jjat, 1434.
er pane, before when, 143.= .

Erende, s. a. mission, 4G2. herdne,
O 480. A. S. seietide.

Ernde, Erne, see Rende.

Erndinge, s. a. errand, mission, 58 1 ;;.
erndyng, L 466. A. S. xrendung.

Erpe, s. d. earth, O 247. erep. O
176.

Este, s. d. east, 1135, 1325 11.

"Bte, pt.pl. ate, 1258, L 1268. hete,
O 1 301. heten, O 1280.

Epe, adv. easily, L 6t, 835, L 843.
ype, 57. hepe, O 862.

Euel, adj. s. a. disastrous, L 335.
heuele, miserable, O 340. euele,
s. d. ill-famed, L 336. heuele,
O 341.

Euen, s. d. evening, L 407. eue, 304,
L 368, L 46St, O 769. heue,
O 376, O 421.

Euene, adv. quite average, fully. 94.
eueneliche, L 100, O 100.

Euening J>tn eiicning = pi ncnetiing),
s. a. name, 206. A. S. nqmning.

Euer, adv. at any time, L 48, L 1484.
euere, O Si 7. eure, 236, 788,
1 157. euer, constantly, incessantly,
L 85. euere, O 85, L 1 105, O 1 142.
eure, 79, i loi. euere, by any
chance, L 1249. euer eny, any at
all. L 14. euere any, O 14.

Euerich, adj. s. d. every, O 226,
O 691. eueriche, O 1427. euer-

204

KING HORN.

yche, O 976, O 1043. euereche,
934. eueruch, L 673. eueruche,
L 942. eurech, 216. eureehe,
609, 671. Eueruchen, pi on. s. a.
everyone, L 898.
Eyse, s. d. comfort, L 1265. heyse,
O 1298. O. F. else.

Fable, s. d. falsehood, fabrication,
L 716, O 737. Y. fable.

Fader, j-. n. father, L 1276, O 1309 :
s. a. L 8S1 t, 1336, O 1377 '• s. d.\^
I292t- faderes, J-. ^. O ij6. fader,
no, L 114, O 1299, L 1522.

Faille, v. be wanting at need, 638.
fayle, O 6:2, O 883, O 1051.
faylen, L S64. fayly, L 634.
fayle, give way, be beaten, O 5S7
(see 573 n). Y .faillir.

Fair, adj. s. n. handsome, beautiful,
94, L 427, 1526. fairer (error for
faire), 314. fayr, O 17, L 99, O
941. feir, L 258. feyr, L 17,
O 9S6. feyre, s. n. wk. I. 955.
fair, s. a. 166, 778. faire, 387, 403.
fayr, O 807. fayre, O 399, O 415.
feir, L 7 84. feyr, L 174. feyre,
L 401. feyre, s. a. ivk. L 917,
L 1463. fair, s. d. 113S. fayr,
O "73, O 1551. feyr, L 1138,
L 1526. fayre, s. d. 70^. L 387,
^^ 397- feire, 385. faire, //. n.
22, 161. fayre, O 171. fayre,
//. a. O 24. feyre, L 24. faire,
//. d. 522. faire, adv. courteously,
L 389, 1028, 1 1 86. fayre, O 396.
fayre, handsomely, O 176. feyre,
kindly, L 436.

Fairer, adj. s. n. more handsome, 10,
13; 331- faire (for fairer), 8.
fayror, O 328, O 344. fayrore,
L 323. feyrer, O 8, O 10. fey-
rore, L 8, L 10. fayrer, 5. a.
O 13. feyrore, L 13.

Faireste, adj. s. n. wk. most hand-
some, 173, 7S7. fayreste, O S16.
feyreste, L 793. fayrest, s. n.
O 183.

Fairhede, s. n. beauty, S3, fayrhede,
O 89. fayrede, O 93. feyrhade,
L89. fairhede,^-. a'. 797. feyrhede,
L 803.

Fairnesse, s. n. beauty, 87, 213.
fayrnesse, O 223. feirnesse, L
221. feyrnesse, L 93.

Falle, V. prostrate oneself, O 473, L
7861. falle, /r. s. subj. 455, L 459.
fel, //. ,f. L 340t, 505, O 525. vel,
L 509. falle, V. slip off, L 1230+.
fel, //. s. became prostrate, L 432,

0 450,L866, O 8S5, L1501, O152S.
feol, 428, 740, 1479. felle, //. //.
858, L 896. fel,//.j-. dropped, L 606 :
passed, turned, L 1150 : felled, L 1510
(see 42 1 «.). feoUe, //. s. subJ. would
it befit, 421. A. 'i.fcallan.

Fals, adj. s. n. faithless, L 645. false.
s. d. 1248. ?0. Y.fals.

Falsede, s. d. treachery, O 1287. fals-
sede, L 1256.

Fare, v. go, journey, L 732. farest
2 /;-. s. L 799, O 822. farst, 793
ferde, pt. s. L 621, 649, L 757t
L I448t. verde, 625. fare, //
prospered, e.xperienced, 1355, O 1397
ifare, 468. yfare, L 472, L 1366.
hyfare, O 4S6. A.S.farait \s\\.\ipt
from feraii.

Faste, Ga'z'. vigorously, L 122, O 126,
L 1524. faste, swiftly, O 1274.
fasste, 119. faste, securely, L Sjo-f.
faste, firmly, O 916.

Fecche, v. bring, 351, L 357. feche,
O 363. vecche, L 1378. vacche,
reach witli a blow, strike, L 12 28.
fette,//. J. brought, L 1398. A. S.
f^ccan, fitian.

Fedda.pt s. fed, L 590, O 604.

Fela5e, s. a. comrade, 996. felawe,
O 547, L 1006, O 1037, L I093t,
L 1462. felawe, s. n. L 1437, O
1472. felages, //. n. conipanions,
1338. felawe, O 1271. felajes,
//. a. 1462. fela5es, //. d. 1290.
felawes, L 1236. felawe, L 129S,
L 1482, O 1509.

Felaurade, s. a. company, L 174.

Felde, s. d. open country, O 240 :
battlefield, O 534, L 556,557, L 853t,
987. feld, 514, L 516. afelde, in
battlefield, L 997.

Fele, adj. pi. a. many, O 11 11, 1329 :
//. d. O 60, L 1376. vele, 56.
Fele, pron. //. k. 57, L 61. A. S.
fcla.

Felle, s. d. skin, complexion, O 986.

Felle, adj. pi. d. spirited, O 1510.

Felle, z'. throw down, 62,0 65: lay low,
kill, L 66. felle, pr. s subj. O 842.
fellen, /;-. //. stdj. O 8^4. felde,
pt. s. or//. O 58. ifulde, he felled,
1488. felde, //. s. subj. would it
befit, L 425 (see 421 n.). A. .S.
fill Ian.

Fende, s. d. the devil, O 1421.

Feor, adv. a long way, 769, 1135, 1146,
1177. fer, L 775, O 798, L iiSi,
O 1 2 16. fer, to a great distance, L
660. fer & eke neh, everywhere, L
1096. fer no nere, nowhere, L 966.

GLOSSARY,

20:

Fere, adj. s. n. whole, sound, L 155.

fer, 149. A. ^.fpre.
Fere. s. a. fear, O 12S5.
Fere.^f.M. companion, comrade, L949+,

>349> L 1359: s. a. L 747t : s. d.

O1164. ifere, 1129. yfere,Lii29.

feren. //, n. L 53, L io2t, 1426.

ifere. 102, 221. yfere, L 227, L 394.

feren, //. a. L 2it, 853, L S61.

feiren, 237. yfere, 242. feren,

//. d. L SSf, L 243, O 248, L 1250.

ferin, 1242. fere, L 501. yfere,

497. K.?>. gtfcra.fera.
Feste, s. ti. feast, 477, L 4S1, 521,

L 524, O 542 : s. a. L 807, O S28,

13S6, 1433, L 1453 : s. d. 1 1 36,

01261,1245,01280. festes,//. w.

O 497 : //. a. O 1431 , O 1460 : //. d.

L1226. Qt.Y.fcsle.
Feste. f. fortify, O 1444. A.S.fastatt.
Fewe, adj. pi. n. few, L 38, O 38,

O 59 : //. a. 1462. Fewe, pron. pi.

n. b 925 : pi. a. 50, L 59, O 634.
Fif, adj. d. live, O 102. fiue, 1295,

1423,01476. fyue, Li303,Li44i.

fiue, adj. 11. 80S. fyue, L 816,

O837.
Fiftene, adj. a. fifteen, 37, fyftene,

L 41 : adj. d. L 1 8. fiftene, O 18.
Fi5te, V. flight, 514, 1331. fi5ycte,

O 1372. fy5cte, O 859, fy3te,

O 840, O 874, O 1044. fyhte, L

516, L S19, L 1341. fycte, O 56S.

fyten,0 534. fypte, L550. fu5ten.

pt. pi. fought. 1375. fouten, O 1414.

fyhten. ?L 13S5."
Fi5tinge, s. n. combat, 817. fy5tyng,

O S46. fyhtynge, L 825.
Finde, z\ discover by search, 700, 936.

fond, //. s. 368, L 372, O 667,

L i232t. fonde, O 380, O 548.

funden, pt. pi. S51. founden, L

859. O 878. founde, //. O 1000.

ifunde, 955. fond, i pt. s. fell in

with, met, L iiS^f- fond, pt. s. L

39t. L765, 1443, O 1490. fonden,

//.//. L1311. founde, 1301, O 1342.

funde, pt. pi. siibj. reached, 882.

founde, //. met, O 802. ifounde,

773. yfounde, L 779.
Fine, v. come to an end, 262, O 271.

fyne, I. 264. O. Y .finer.
Finger, s. d. 570. fynger, L 56"^.

fiugres.//. a. 980, O 1025.
Fis, s. n. fish, O 700. fiss, 661, 664,

6S1. fys, O 679, O eSi, O 684.

fyssh, L 661. I. 6^3, L 1 143. fiss,

.;. a. 1142. fyssh, L 1142.
Fissen, v. fish, 1136. Fisse, 1143.

fyssh, L 1 145. fyjsse, O 11 So.

Fissere, ,f. n. fisherman, 1134. fys-

shere, L 1134. fj'5ssere, () 1169.
Fissing, s. a. fishinjj, 1 149. fyssyng, O

1 186. fysshyng.L 1 151. flschinge,

s. d. O 676. fysshyng, L 658.
Fipeleres, //. «. fiddlers, 6 1521.

fypelers. L 1494.
Fleme, s. a. outlaw, 1271. A. S.

Jlievia.
Fleme, v. drive into exile. O 1315.

A. ?). file mail.
Flen, V. (lay, 86. fle. 1370. flo, L92.

flon, O 92. A. ^.jlc-an.
Fleon, V. dec, L 8S7.
Fleoten, t/. float, L 159. flete, O161.

flette, O 786. flet. pt. s. sailed,

L 197. fletten,//.//. L763. A. S.

fleotan.
Flijte, s. d. flight. 1398. flyhte.

L 1414.
Flitte, 2 pr. s. sulj. depart, 711.

flette, L 713, O 732. O.N.fiytja.
Flode. s. d. open sea, L I43t. L 11 89+.
Flore, s. d. floor, 529, L 709, O 730.
Flotterede,//. s. tossed on the wave.-,

L 129. A. ^.Jloterian.
Flour, s. n. flower, L 15, O 15. flur.

15. O. ¥.fiottr.
Flowen, v. swell, rise, L 121, O 125,

L 1523. flowe, 117,1503. flowe,

be in flood, 632.
Fluste,//. s. flew (flushed), L 1080.
Flyten, v. contend, L 855. A. S.

fina?i.
Fode, s. n. child, one brought up,

L 13501.
Fo^el, s. n. bird, 1398. foul, L 1414.

fo5eles.//. (T. O 129. foules, L133,

O 137-
Folc, s. n. followers, O 1411 : people,

O 269: s. a. 61, 066, 618. folk,

s. It. 152 1 : followers, 1372, L 1382.

folk, s. a. people, L 65 : s. d. 258.

folc,//. n. O 1566.
Fole, s. n. steed, 591, 593, L 591, O

607 : s. a.'L 587t, L 590, O 604.
Folye, s. a. foolish, mad word, L 69ot-

O. Y.folie.
Fonde, v. experience, 151, L 157, 1.

734t, L 1536. fondede,/^. s. 15 14.

A. S.fa?idiaii.
Fonge, V. receive, O 159, 327, O 340:

grip, L 72 If. fonge, imp. s. take,

L 74 if. A. S./on.
For, prep, on account of, L 73t, L 740t,

L I474t : by reason of, L 555, 557,

1 104, 1346 : for the sake of, L 567,

5^9, O 1227, L i44it: in requital

of, 1496, L 1516, L 1530+, Li53it:

on behalf of, L ^^i. L 459, O473, 947.

2o6

KING HORN.

O 990 : in honour of, L 55ot, O 573,
L 1154: with a view to, L 288t,
1265: in search of, 978. for
(=fore), iu joreference to, L 673!:
before, O 1 169. for '^with inf. a.), to,
O 1318, 1505. for, in order to, 11 36.
for to, 23, O 25, L 234t, L 862,
1476, O 1493. forte, L 25, L 141S.
for to (with inf. «.), to, 480 : (with
/«/. a.), 62, O 162, 431, O448, L
1078, O 1463, 1 51 1, forte, L 436,
L 1283, L 1356. for pat, because,
O 183, O 979. forpi, wherefore, 554.
For, lonj. since, because, L 1 1, L52t,
L i4<5ot, 1528. vor, 172.

Forberne, z'. burn up, consume, L 692.
A. S.Jorl^ivmafi.

Forbode, s. d. prohibition, 76, L 82.
forbod, O 82. A. S.forbod.

Foreward, s. a. agreement, L 456t.
forewart, L 552. A. ^.forciveard.

Forjef, imp. J-Zforgive, 349, L 355.
for^yf, O 361.

Forleose, v. lose utterly, L 665. for-
lese, O 683. forloren, lost, thrown
away, 479. A. 'A.forlcosan.

Forlete, v. let go, part with, L 224!.

Forsake, v. deny, L I332t. forsoke,
2 pt. s. didst fail in loyalty, L 751 f.
forsoke, //. s. subj. renounced, L 69.
forsoken, pt. pi. siibj. O 69. for-
sake,//, repudiated, O 570.

Forp, adv. forwards, onwards, L 197,
O 607, L 757, O 1272. forth, L 1237.
forh, L 1035. forp, out, 225, L 231,
O 373. forp leide, laid out, un-
sheathed, 692. forp, away, L 754t:
(= go forth, away) L 709.

Forpricte, adv. straightway, O 393,
O 746. forpri^cte, O 1020 (or
perhaps, straight in front).

Fot, s. a. foot, L 138, O 142, 758,
L 764. Fout, 134. fot, s. d. O 474.
fete, s. or //. d. 1240, L 1248.
fotes, //. d. O 521. fet, L460.

Foure, adj. d. four, L ii66t.

Fourteniht, s. a. fortnight, L 452.

Fram, prep, (of motion away from) 72,
O 78, O 213, 1374. from, L 78,
L211, L1045. fram (of separation),
726, O 731, O 751. from, L 72S.
fro, 367. fram (of motion in succes-
sion, with to), 212, O 222. from,
L 220, fram (of extent, with to),
1240. from, L 1248. fram, against,
1324. fro, O 951. Fram honder,
O 1076.

Fre, adj. s. n. courteous, gentle, L 267.

Fremede, //. n. strangers, L 68.
fremde, 64, O 68. A. S.fretncde,

Froward, adv. ill-naturedly, L 1074.

Ful, adj. s. a. foul, ugly, 1063. foul,
O 1106. foule, L 1 07 1, foule, s. a.
-ok. L 1 2 10. fule, s. V. 323, 707.
foule, L 331, O 336, L 708, O 729.
Fule, adv. foully, 322.

Ful, adj. s. n. complete, full, L 54,
O 54, O1131, 1405. Fulle, J. a. full
supply, 402, 1355, O1192. felle,
L 1 1 57. Ful, adv.Ytvy, fully, 429,
L 504, L 843, 1356. fol, L 1170.
fulle, 96, L 7361, L 926f, 1140.
folly che, O 98.

Fulfllle, V. perform, celebrate, L1264.

Fullen, V. perform, celebrate, O 1295.
felle, 1254. fulle, pour out, O414.
fulde, //. ^. O 1190 : filled, L ii22t,
Ji53> L 1 1 55.

Funde,e'. go, hasten, 103, 133. founde,
L 107, L 137, L 732 : proceed to
fight, L S40. fonde, go, O 141 : go
to fight, 832. funde, i pr. s. hasten,
1280. founde, O 755, L 1288, O
1323. founden, i pr. pi. sitlj. O

91.^-

Fundling, s. n. foundling, 420.
fundlyng, L 226, L 424, L 708.
fundlinge, O 442. fuiidyng, 220.
fundling, j. a. L 234. fundlyng,
228,

Furste, adj. s. d. zvk. first, 114, L 1 iS,
O 625. firste, O 122. at pe furste,
forthwith, 661, L 885, 1191. ate
furste, O 679, O 904. at pe firste,
L 1 197, ate ferste, O 1232. ate
pe ferste, L 66 1 . furste, //. d. first
persons, 11 19;?, O1154. vurste,
L 1119. Furst, adv. previously, 544.
first, O 559.

Galeie, s. d. galley, 1 85 . 1 008. galeye ,

L 193, L loiS. O. Y.galie.
Galoun, s. d, gallon, L 1123. galun,

1123, O 1 158. O. Y. galun.
Game, s. n. contentment, enjoyment,

L 2o6t.
3are, adj. s. d. ready, O 1396. 5are,

adv. quickly, 467, 892. A. S. gearo.
3are, adv. long ago, 1356. 5ore, in

time past, L 1366. A. S. gcara.
Gate, s. d. gate, 1078, O 1088, 1474.

5ate, 1043, 1073. yate, O 11 14.

gates, //. jt. O 1279. 5ates, 1238,

L 1246.
Gateward, s. d. porter, 1067, O 1108.

5ateward, L 1073.
39, pron. pi. 71. you, 100, L 104, L

I367t. ye, O 109, O 171, O 357.

36

3

e, pi. of dignity, 907. ^ou, pi. d.
, 30, O 136, 346, 862. you, O3.

GLOSSARY.

207

ou. L 3. L 32, I. 132, L 352. hou,

C) 35S. 50U,//. rt. 105. 1356.
Geant. s. 11. y;iant. O 617, O 8S5.

geaunt. L >Siot. geant, s. a. O

S79. geaunt, s. a. S52, L 860,

0. F. geaut.
Jade, jeden, see Eode.
39lde. V. repay, 4S2, L 4S6. jeld,

imp. s. L looof. 5olde. //. repaid,

L639. yolde, O 657. 130^6,460,

'^4.^> y5olde, L 464. hy5olde, O

47S.
39n, prep, against, O 1470. A. S.

geiin,
5end, pnp. through, L 1012. jent,

beyond, L iiSi. A. S. geond, geoit-

dan.
5eode, see Eode.
5ere, s. it. year. I, 1140. jsr, //. n.

524. 5ere, L 526. yere, O 544.

5eres, 912. jere, //. a. L 736t,

918, L 926, 1140, O 1175. yere,

O959. ^3Te.p/.d.()6. yere. O 102.

jeres,//.^. L 737t, O 953.
Jerne, see Bende.
5erne, v. desire, ask for, L 1419, O

1436. jerne, i pr. s. 915, L 923.

heme, O 956 '^possibly = ^rw^, earn).

A. S. gicrtian.
33rne, adv. earnestly, 1085, O 1383,

1403 : eagerly, O 1413. jurne, L

13S4. A. S. georne.
Gesse, v. aim at, tn,', L 1187.
Geste, J-. n. conspicnous act, 478 «. L

482. geste, sport, entertainment, L

523. gestes, //. d. games, 522 :

? O 498. O. F. geste.
Gestes, //. «. guests, O 541 : pi. a.'L

1225,61260. geste, 121 7.
39t, adv. still, in addition, L 74. 5ute,

70. Jet. up to the present, L 1370,

O 1401. 5ut, 7SS, 1360. A. S.

giet. gieta.
3eue, V. give, L 919. jeue, pr. s.

subj. L 164. L 420, 581, II 90, L 1342,

^530. jeuen (read liue), 156.

yeue, O 166, O 168, O 1373. jyeue,

0 593- 3yue, O 436, O 45S, O
1231. 5iue, 158, 414, 438. 5af,

1 //. s. 640. gaf,//. s. 466, O 1 439,
1 509. jef, L 865, L 1406. jeuen,
//. //. 149S, L 1 518. 3ef, imp. s.
914, 1119. je (read lef), L 1062.
3yf, O 955.

3if. conj. if, supposing, O 93, O 103. L
349. 5ef, 87, L loi, 815, L 1372.
3yf, L 93, O 355, L 738, O 1384.
yf, O 113, O 553. if, 107, 1362.
ef- 53?! 1341- 5if. whether. O II 77.
jef, L 9S5, 1094, L 1 159. 5yf, O

1 135, O 1194. if, 976, 1157. ef,

1142.
Gigours, //. ;;. players of the gigue,

I472. O.Y. gigiuour.
Giled, pp. deceived, 1 45 2. gyled,

0 1499. O. V.giii/cr.

Ginne, s. d. device, artifice, 1456.

gynne, L [476. F. etioin.
Ginne. i pr. s. subj. begin, 546.

gynne}?,/.;-. s. I. 729, O 752. gan,

1 pt. s. did, 1047, O 1090. gon, L
1055. ga,n,pt. s. began, did, O 199,
241, L 3SSt, L 1498, 151 1, O 1531:
impers. O 742, 876. gon, //. s. L
247, L 1481. con, L 302, L 1534.
gunnen, pt. pi. 850. gunne, 51,
'4^'7! 1505- gonnen, O 65, L 858,
L 1024, O 1430. gonne, L 55, O
5.=^> 637, L 1489. O 1516. gon, O
141. connen, L 187. gonne, i//.

//. subj. O 1473 (scribe's error for
iiiniie, ipr.pl.subj.'. gyn, imp. s.
L3i9,L 376,0454,0 1 153. ?gon.

o 390.

Girde, pt. s. girt, O 517. gyrte, O
1512. gurden, //.//. L i486.

Glad, adj. s. «. O 1273 : s. a. O 821.
glade. //. a. 1527.

Glas, s. 71. glass, L i4t.

Gle, s. a. song with accompaniment,
1260, L 1270. A. i^.gleo.

Glede, s. n. live coal, L 506, O 520.
A.^.g/ed.

Gleowinge, s. a. minstrelsy, harp
playing, 146S. glewinge, O 15 17.
gleynge, L 1490. A. S. gleoiman.

Glide, V. glide (of a ship's motion), O
144, O 1337 : steal away, 1047, L
1055. glyde, O 1090.

Glotoun, s. H. glutton, L 11241-. O. F.
gloion.

Glouen, //. a. gloves, L 800, O 823.
gloue, 794. A. S. glof, with occa-
sional //. luk. glofan.

God, adj. s. 71. good, L 258, 486, 564,
O 580, L 1336, O 1367. gode, 'j.«.
ick. L 7, O 7, L 33t, 195, L 203,
L 347t, L i325t, L i349t. godne,
,f. a. 727, L731. god, L 164, O 166,
482, L 486, L 5o8t, L 579t, L 75St,
997. gode, s. a. wk. L isif, L
788t, O 870, 1502, L i:;22. gode,
s. d. L i84t, L 186, O 1 88, O 904,
i486, god, L 8S5. 1008, L 1446.
gode, s. d. %ok. L 4, O 629, O 902,
L ii9of , L i53ot. gode, pi. ;z. wk.
L 53t: //. a.'^L i44t : pLd. 178, O
186, O 917. for none gode, with
no good object, L 288t.

Golde, s. d. gold, 459, L 463, O 477,

2o8

KING HORN.

L ii68t : gold ring, L losof. gold,

adj. s. a. L 561 f.
Gome, s. d. man, person, L 9S6.

gumes. pi. 71. 161. gomes, L 2^\.

gomen, L 169. A. S.gu?)M.
Gon, V. go, proceed, walk, L 50+, L

292t, 6 627, L 1193, 1351. gone,

L 607, 611. gb, L loif, 527, 848.

gop, /r. s. L 215, L 371. goth, O

217. go, i»!p. s. O 147. 207, L

363t, 699, L 797t, L 1234+. so^,
pp. past by, L 195. igon, 187.

igo, O 197. go, travelled, 11 76.

hygo, O 1 2 15. ygon, gone, L 64S.

ygo, L 300. to Hue go, escape

death, 97 11.
5oue, see Hoiie.
5oxire, adj. s. n. yours, 814. ^ytire,

O 845. ower, s. a. your, 908. ojjer

(possibly mistake for ower), 813.

ore, ,f. ^. L 822. oure,//. «. L 821.

^our,//. a. 815. oure, L 823.
Grace, s. a. power, virtue, L 569 : s. d.

571. O 585. O. ¥. grace.
Grante, itnp. s. grant, 508. graun^^e,

O 5 2 8 . O . F . graantcr.
Gras, s. a. grass, 130, O 138. grases,

pl.a.l. 134.
Grauel, s. d. gravel, beach, 1465, O

1514. grauele, L 148;. O. F.

gravele.
Gredde,//. s. cried out, L 1202. A. S.

grkdan.
Grene, s. d. field of battle, L Sjgt-
Gret, adj. s. n. tall, big, 93 : great,

278, L 284, L 66it. grete. s. d.

899, O 940. gret, L 504, L 1018.
Gret. 7/>ip. s. greet, salute, 144. 145,

L ifo, L 151, O 152. grete, O 153.

grette, //. j. L 386t, L losSf, 1352,

L 1397. A. ^. gretan.
Grete, v. weep, 889, O 92S. A. .S.

*grxtan, gret ait.
Gripe, v. grip, clutch, L 55t. L 6o3t.
Grom, s. n. youth, page, L971, O 1006.

grome,//. w. O 171.
Gros,/A s. impers. it terrified, 1314.
Grunde, i-. d. bottom of sea, 104, O no.

grounde, L loS. grunde, bottom

of cup, 1 160. grounde, L 1162. O

1 197. grunde, floor, 334, O 347,

740,0767,1115,01150. grounde,

L 340, L 744, L 1115. grunde,

earth, 639, 0 653. grounde, L 635,

L 896. grunde, shore, 134,0142.

grounde. L 138, L 595.
3yede, see Eode.
Gyle. s. n. treachery, deceit, L 968.

gyle, J. ^. L 1472. O. F. guile.
5ynge, adj. s. n. wk. young, L 131, L

447. L 564, L 1295. 5enge, O 463,
O584. 5onge, 566, O 1330. 5inge.
s. d. 'U'k. L 285. 5ynge. L 377. L
610, L 1027, L 1506. 5enge. O 290.
yenge,0 63o. jeng, 01229. 5onge,
279, O 1056, 1188, O 1297, O 1533.
ijyng, s. a. L 214. 5onge, //. v.
iz-j : pi. n. 547, L 545. yonge, O
563. 5onge. //. a. young people. L
1390, L i407t, O 1417. 5ungemen,
//. n. L 1366.

Ha, see A.

Habben, v. have, hold, possess, O 430,
O 690. habbe, L 76, O 76, O507,
O 967. haue, 198, L 491, O 590, L
loojf. han. L 576, L931. habbe,
\ pr. s. 304, O 315, L 408. O II S3,
L 127S. haue, L 310, O 423, 1268, O
1311, 1315. aue, O 1215. haued
(for haue), O 130 (comp. O 274^.
hauest, 2 pr. s. L 726, O 735, 795, O
824. hauestu, hast thou, 724, O 749.
hauez, O S13. hast, O 529, L 537,
539, L 801. ast. L 790. nast, hast
not, L 712. nastu, thou hast not,
T193. habbej), pr. s. has, L 142 1.
hauejj, L 515, L 1472, O 1474, O
1499. ha]3,L 217, 513, 1449, L 1469.
hat, O 1174, O 1496. ?hus,Oi4i9.
habbe, 2/;-.//. 1355, L 1366, abbe,
O 1397. haue, i pr. s. subj. L 369 :
2 pr. s. subj. O 910. heuede, i pt. s.
L S71. hauede,//. s. had. O 9, 48,
298, O 1285. haue (for haued), O
274. heuede, L 52. hadde,9, L 2it,
141S, O 1559. hade, L 59. L 1252.
hede, L 472, L 1484. nadde, had
not, 1 1 14. haddit, had it, O 636.
hadden. //.//. L 597. hadde, 9, O
615. nadde, had not, 863. haue,
it?tp. s. L I44t, L 731 , icoo : receive,
take, O 237, 449, L 561, O 579,
1053, O 1097, 1125.

Halke, s. d. corner, 1087, O 11 28.

Halle, s.d. hall, public room of palace,
palace, L 77t, L 229!, L 261 f, O
1429 : s. a. dwelling, L 1395. halle
dore, hall door, L 1496. O 1523.
halle gate. 1474. A. S. lieall.

Hap, s. a. fortune, L 335.

Harde. adj. pi. a. violent, 864, L 872,
O 891. harde, adv. vividly, in-,
tensely, L 1426, O 1463, hard,
roughly, 1068, O iioo.

Hardy, adj. s. a. bold, L 1346. F.
hardi.

Harpe, s. a. harp. 1461, L 1481, L
1498!. harpe, s. d. L 237, O 242,
L 246t. herpe, O 1508.

GLOSSARY.

209

Harpen, v. play on the harp, O 244.
harpe, 231.

Harperes, //. ;/. O 1520. harperis,
L 1493. A. S. hcai-f'cre. harpurs,
1471. O. F. harpcor.

Haste, s.d. in on haste, speedily, 615,
O631.

Hat, see Ac.

Hatte,//. s. grew hot, 608.

Hauene, s. d. harbour, 751.

He, pi-on. s. n. he, L -^f, O 58, L 69,
L 1460!. hey, o" 1532,^0 1534.
hei, 151. hye, O 1159. e, O 331.
(he refers to things at, O 5S0, 662, O
680, 6S2, O 954, O 1177, 1442. L
1460,01487.' hine, ^. a. him, 1028.
hyne, L 1038, L U95. him. 84, O
90, L9i,L92, 1396, 6 1437. L 1534.
hym, O 725, L 769, L 79S, 1150,
O 1 531. (hyne, L 1195, him, 570,
1396 refer to things.) him, s. a. re-
flex, himself, L 38;t. L ioi7t, 1475,
L 1497. hym,'o 739, O 11 20.
him, s. d. O 19, L 2 2t, 116, L 120,
1077, 1501, L 151S, L 1521. hym,
O 25. 42, O 1441, O 154'^'. him,
s. d. reflex, for himself, L 758,0 7S1,
1063. For the ethic dative and the
dative reinforcing the subject, see
137 n. Heo, pron. s. n. she, 69,
L 309, L 985, 1478. heo (error for
he), 649, 651, 779. hue, she, L 76,
L 1500. he, 71, O 73, L 308, O
1202, 1473. hy, L 73, O 1125.
hye, O 262, O 1237. sche, O 374.
hire, s.a. her, L 296, O 301, 430,
1430, L 1520, O 1547. hjnre, O 595,
L 932, L 1450, O 1458. hure, 290,
384, 1500. hire, s. a. reflex, herself,
L 27ot, L 329t, 355, L 361. hire
sslue, L 1204. hyre selue, O 1239.
hure selue, 119S. hire, s. d. L
362+, L ■;26t, 585, O 597, 1151.
hyre, L 404, L 1153, O 1 188. hure,
963, 1 165. Hit, pron. s. n. it, 6, L 6,
O 31, 1520, L 1542. hyt, L 31, O
376, O 1099, O 1530. ith, O 1565.
hit, s. a. 41, L 45, L SfSf, L 1402,
1469. hyt, O 60, O 1566. it, O 45.
ith, O 1033, O I2I2. it, yt (in com-
position), O 471, O 636, O 637, O
1161. Hi,/r(?«.^/. «. they, 22, 1523.
hue, L 38, L i-;45. hye, O S52, O
1519. hy, 53,'L 55, 155, L 1524.
he, I, O I, 1S4, O 1293, O 1430, O
1460,01568. heo, Li. iso5te, they
sought, 39. yclupten, they em-
braced, L T217. hure, pi. g. of
them, L1258. huere, L 1260. here,
O 1289. hem,//, a. them, i?>, L

^sc, L495t, L 1495, O 1512, 1524,
O 1569. huem, L 1227, L 122S.
hem, //. a. reflex, themselves, L.S67,
O 886. huem, L 14S6. hem,//, a.
reciprocal, one another, L 743, i 209,
1522, O 1567. hem, //. (/. O 54,
171, L 121S, 1339, L 1349, O 1453.
huem, L 54, L 1 79. His, adj. s. n.
of him, 7, L 7, L 1299, '497' Wse,
O 7) ^'> 536- hys, O 16, L 530, O
I4N2. hyse, O 851. is, L 529,
L 1517. ys, L 772, L 994. his,
s. a. 156, L 232, O 488, O 1029,
L 1462, 1530. hise, O 707. hys,
O 481, O 1426. is, L 69, L 1541.
ys, L 899, L 1230. hise, j. d. L
1129. hyse, O 871. his, 32, O 34,
L 550, O 1459, 1518, L 1530. hys,
O 476, O 1563. is, L 40, L 1540.
ys, L 34, L 60S. hise, //. «. O 6,
053,0123. hyse, O 231. his, 49,
L 53, L I444t- is, L 897. ys,
L 867. hise, //. a. O 253, L 493,
L 908, Li 225. hyse, L 24S, O 1260.
his, 237, O 509, 1489. hys, O 926,
O 1538. is, L 902, L 1511. hise,
//. d. O 234. hyse, O 829, L 1298.
his, 224, L 230, L 243, O 243, L 501,
1423, L 1441. hys, O 452, O 1476,
O 1509. is, L88, L 1250. his, //-(?;/.
//.<?. his men, 1 255. Hire, a^//'. 5. «. c f
her, 261, L 263, O 270, 1148, L 1150.
hyre, L 263, O 1185. her, L 920.
hire, s. a. 265, O 276, L 941, 1153,
L 1203, O 1238. hyre, L 271, L
1 12 1, hure, 288. hire, s. d. L 257,
O 2S0, 309, L i43it, L 1522. hyre,
L 360, O 1242, O 1299. hire,//, a.
980, L 990 : //. d. L 7St, L 307t,
1 162, Li 166. hyre, O 969, O 1 201.
Here, culj. s. n. of them, O 9, O
1 480. huere, L 9, L 1306. hure, L
140, O 199. here. s. a. 65. O 69,
170, O 180, 1468, O 1517. hure,
L 306, II 21, L 1254. huere, Li 78,
L 1 490. hore, 854. here, s. d. 60,
0130,0920,1327,01513. huere,
L 126, L 888. here, pl.\. 112, O
118, 882. huere, L 116. here,
pron. s. d. theirs, 66, O 70. huere,
L 70. himself, adj. deflnitive n.
490, 920. him selue, L 494.

Heirs, //. n. 897. heyres, O 938.
heyr, s. a. L 912. O. F. heir.

Held, Helde, see Elde.

Help. /.'. s. availed, O 918. help,
imp. s. aid, L 202, O 204, 435, O
455, L looif. helpe, 194.

Hende, see Ende.

Hende, adj. s. voc. courteous, L 375t>

2IO

KING HORN.

L 1117+ : 5. ;;. O 1296. hendy, x. «.
1336. hende, s. a. dexterous, 1302.
Hende, ai/v. at hand, L 1 137. A. S.
gehende, and -hqiiJig.

Henne, adv. from this place, L 5of ,
O 345, O 913. hennes, 323, O
1323. henne, at a distance, 319.
hanne, O 332. hennes, L 327.
henne out, depart, O 72S. henne,
O 729.

Hente, v. seize on, affect, L 968 :
//. s. caught, lifted, L 433 : i //. pi.
got, experienced, O 890. A. S. hpi-
tan.

Heorte, s. n. heart, 1148. herte, L
1150, O 1185, L ii98f, O 1313 :
s. a. 434, O 454. heorte, s. d. 263.
herte, L 249t, O 905, 13S9. horte,
L 380. huerte, L 281, L 886.

Heouene, 5. d. heaven, L 1546.
heuene, 1524, 1529, O 1569.
heuene, j. g. heaven's, 414, L
420.

Her, adv. in this place, 150, L 170, O
1216, 1308, L 1335. he (for lier'),
O 200. her abute, in this neigh-
bourhood, 343. here, iu this place,
L 156, O 158, L 796t, L95ot, O
1495. her, on the spot, now, 306,
L 453. 563, L 912, 1053. here, L
233t, O 469, O 579. her, at this
point, 1525.

Herdne, see Erende.

Here, v. hear, listen, listen to, be told,
397, O 409, O 698, L 965, O 1305.
ihere, 67S, 1262, 1469. yhere,
L 397, L 680, L 1272, L 1491,
O 1 5 18. here, i pr. s. L i33t.
herde, i //. s. L 693t. herde, pL
s. 200, O 210, L 945, L 969, O 1004.
iherde, 959. yherde, //". s. L 45,
O 45, L 208. A. S. /iieran, ge-
hleran.

Herinne, adv. in this place, 312,
O 325. herynne, L 320.

Heritage, s. d. inheritance, L I289t.
O. P". eritage.

Herkenede, //. s. listened to, gave
heed to, O 1506. herkne, imp. s.
806, L 814.

Heme, see 3erne.

Herst, adv. previously, O 562.

Hes, see Also.

Hepene, adj. s. a. ivk. heathen, L 153,
O 155: //. d. L 596, 598.

Heued, s. n. head, 610, O 626. hed,
JL 606. heued, s. a. L 61 7t,
L 637t.

Heuie, adv. oppressively, 1408.

Hewe, s. d. complexion, L 98.

Hewe, V. cut in pieces, O 1353.
Heye, adj. s. a. wk. supreme, O 236.

heh, s. n. elevated, L 1095. hije,

s. d. 32S.
Heynde, s. a. hind, female of the deer,

O662.
Hider, adv. hither, to this place, 1174,

1333, L 1343, L 1468. hyder,

L 1178, O 1213. hydeward, adv.

in this direction, L iiiS.
Hi^e, V. hasten, 880. hi5ede, //. s.

hastened, 96S.
Hilte, s. d. handle, I416. hylte,

L 1434,0 1471.
Hitte, pt. s. hit, L 605. hette, v.

O 733- .

Hoi, adj. s. n. unhurt, sound, 149,
L 155, L i35it : s.a.Q) 594.

Holde, adj. pi. a. of allegiance,
L i259f. See 1249 n.

Holden, v. possess, 670. holde, 307,
L 672. helde, L 314, O 319, 902,
O 942. holde, side, L 1408. helde,
1392, O 1441. holde, suppress,
L 380, O 390. helde, observe, keep,
O 472. holde, pr. s. siibj. 452,
L 456. holde, imp. s. suppress,
376. helde,//. considered, O 502.
hylde, celebrated, O 1074.

Holy, adj. s. d. O 932.

Horn, s. a. (used as adv.) homewards,
L 225t, L 903, L 1265, O 1458.
horn, s. d. 647.

Homage, s. n. vassalage, vassals, 1497.
O. F. homage.

Honde, s. d. hand, L 64-}', 81, O 87,
L isSt, 215, O 225, L i43it, 1499,
L 1519. hond, L 87, 306, L 312,
O 1546. hon, J-, a. O 1446. hondes,
//. a. hands, L 990. honde, L ii6f,
192, L 200. honden, O 202.

Honge, V. hang, be suspended, L 336.

Hopede,//. s. hoped, 1394.

Hore, s. d. mistress, L 710, O 731.

Horn, s. a. drinking vessel, L imf,
L ii2it, I153, L 1155 : trumpet.
L I38if. horne, s. d. drinking
horn, 1 145, L 1147. horn, L iiGif,
O 11S2.

Hors, s. n. horse, 1232.

Hot, adj. s. 11. O 624.

Hote, \ pr. s. am called, L 773t- h-^t,
pt. s. was called, 7, 9, 25, 761.
hihte, L 9. hoten,//. L 27, O 27,
L 767, C) 790. hote, O 211. ihote,
201. yhote, L 209. ihote, ordered,
1045. See Hight in N. E. D.

Hou, see ^e.

Houe, 2 pt.S. didst raise, 1267, L 1277.
Joue, O 1310. A. S. h^bban.

GLOSSARY.

211

Hu. adv. how, 46R, i.^f;. hou, 1. 472,

O 4S6, L 1366. O 1397.
Hudde.//. >. liid, 1196.
Hulke, sec like.
Hulle,//. </. hills, 208, O218, hulles,

L 216.
Hund, dog (said contemptuously of

heathen), 601. hound. L 599.

hunde, s. d. 831. hounde, L S39.

hundes, //. «. O91, 611, O 627.

houndes, L 607. hondes, () 906.

hiindes.//. a. S81, 1367. houndes,

O 914. L 1377. hounden, O 912.

houndes, //. g. O 82. hounde,

//. (/. L 59O. honde, 598.
Hundred, s. a. 616, O 632, O 1370.

houndred, L 612. hundred, //. a.

1329. honder, L 1339.
Huntinge. s. d. hunting, 646. hunt-

ingge, O 660. hontynge. L 642.
Hurede, //. s. hired, 527. herde,

L 758, O 781.
Hurne, s. d. corner, ambush, L 1383.

A. S. Jiyrtte.
Hus, see Habben.
Huse. s. d. hou-c, 994. house, L 1003,

O 1034. hus, 226. 974, 1502. hous,

O 236, L 1522, O 1549.
Husebonde, s. a. husband, 735, 1039.

hosebonde, L 739, O 762, L 1051,

O 10S2. husebonde, s. d. 415.

hosebonde, L 421, O 437.
Hy5ouren, see Eende.
Hynowe, see Inoje.

Ich, pro7t. I, O 3, L 32, L T329. O 1498.
hich, O 211. ichc, O 157. yeh,

0 137, L 343, L 438I yich, O 578.
hyc, O1176. ihc, 3, 1356. 1,631,
1451. y, O 136, L 175, 344, 1274,
L 1355, O 1362. hy, O 407, O 1356.
icham, I am, L' 1134, L 137;.
ycham, L 209. ichulle, I will, L
540, L 1 291, ychulle, L 3, L 1227.
ynulle, I will not, L 3 28. ichul,

1 shall, L 921. ychul, L 558,
L 1293. yshal, L 975. ischal,
441, 1285, and similar formations at
L 132, L 4,^0, L 627, 630, 631,

657. 944. 945. '343. 1346- nully,

I will not, L 1146. nullich, L

1 131. recchi, care I, L 370. rohti,

heeded I, L 1356.
Igraue,//. engraved, 566. igrauen,

1 164. ygraued, L •;63, L 1168.

hygraue, O 583. hygrauen, O

1203.
Iknowe, adj. s. n. acknowledging,

9S3 ;;. A. S. gecnxwc.
Iknowe, v. recognise, 1372. yknowe,

L 121,^, L 13S2. yknewe, //. s.
stihj. L 646. A. S. gi'ctidwaii.

Haste, V. last, remain whole, 660.
yleste, //. J. L 6. A. S.^Qc/a'sfa/!.

Hich, adj. s. m. like, 1066. yliche,
O 19. ilik, 502. iliche, //. n.
313. yliche, L 321, O 327. A, S.
gc-/u:

Iliche. s. n. peer, e(|ual, 18. 340.
yliche, L 19. ylyche, L 346.
liche, O 352. yliche, likeness,
L 295. ylyche , J. </. O 300. Hike,
289. A. '6. gclTca.

like, adj. s. a. same, 855. like, s. d.
926, L 1238. ulke, 1 199. hulke,
O 496, O I 240.

Hie (for lie), s. d. island, 1318. yle,
L 1330,0 1359. O.Y.isle.

Ille, adv. against the grain, distaste-
fully, L 1327. ylle, () 13.^6. ille,
bitterly, 675. ylle, L 677. ylle,
"i adj. pi. a. wicked, 1316 ii.

Iment, see Munt.

Imete, v. encounter, 940. ymette,
//. s. L 1037. A. S. ge me/an.

In. prep, (of place where) in, 17, L 20,
L i42t, O 833, L i535t. yne,
L 688. ynne, O 1019. in, on,
126, L 156, O 317, L S59, O 878,
1180 : within, surrounded by, L 307,
O 312, 705, L 1362, O 1393:" in
(metaph.), 243, O 254, L 256t,
O 390, 429 : under, subject to, L 348,
O 354. in (of place whither), into,
L 794, O 817, L ioi7t, L 1164,
O 1199, 12.36, L 1244; into (meta-
ph,\ 60, O 460. in (of time), at,
on, O 31, 167, L i465t: during,
in the course of, O 102, 595, L 636,
O 675, 1 199, O 1240, O 1458:
after. 333. L895, loio, L 1020. in
(of manner), after the pattern of,
according to, 289, O 300, O 371,
L 1543 : in respect of, L 832, O 853 :
with, O 547, O 603, L 1316, O 1511.
A. S. itt.

In, adv. inside, within, 381, L 809,
O 1089, L i495t- yn, into (cup),
L 1 1 76. per . . in, in which, 974,
per . . inne, in it, L 602, 604, 135S,
1455. ])er . . ynne, L 147.^. per . .
hinue, O 620. A. S. inti, innc.

Ino5e, adj.pl. n. enough, i 22S. yno5e,
1400. ynowe, O 1271. ino5e, //.
a. 182, 857. hynowe, O 192.
ynowe, L 190, L S65, O 884: //. d.
L 1236. Ino5e, pron. pi. n. loo^.
ynowe, L 1015, L 1416. hynowe,
O 1046.

Into, prep, (of motion) into, O 79, 113,

2

212

KING HORN.

L117, 1432, L 1452, O 1473: (of

substitution) 440, L 444.
logelers, pi. n. jugglers, entertainers,

L 1494. jogelours, O 1521. O. F.

jogleor.
loie, s. a. joy, 1353, O 1394. ioye,

O 436, O 1303, L 1363. ioie, s. d.

1 36 1, L 1 37 1. O. Y.joie.
lorne, see Rende.
Iquemef), /r. s. pleases, 485. A. S.

gecweman.
Isene, adj. s. n. visible, evident, 92,

684. ysene, L 686. hysene,

O 703. A. S. gesiene.
Isi5e, 2 pt. s. thou didst see, 1157.

isije, pt, pi. saw, 756. ysey5en,

L 756. isi5e,//. s. subj. might see,

976. A. S. geseon.
Iswoije,//. swooned, in a swoon, 428,

858, yswo5e, 1479. yswowe,

L 432, O 450, L 1501, O 1528.

hyswowe, O 885. A. S. ges7vogen,

pp. of swogan.
Iwis, adv. certainly, surely, 196,

L 5i9t. iwys, O 1319, O 1387.

ywis, O 54, 682, L 684, 1233,

L 1252. ywys, L 686, L 1284.

hywis, O 701, O 703. hywys,

O 1276, ywisse, L 1241. towisse,

for a certainty, 121. mid ywisse,

of a certainty, L 125, 432, 1209 n.

mid y wis, L 54.

Kelde, v. grow cold, L 11 50. chelde,
1148. kolde, O 1185. A. S. ceal-
dian.

Kelwe, adj. s. d. dirty, O 11 23.

Keue, adj. s. n. brave, bold, 91, L97,
O 98 : s.v. 507, O 527 : s. a. L86ot:
forward, L ii28t. kene, //. n.
brave, 164, L 172 : //. d. L 42t.

Kenne, /;-. //. siibj. know, L 150.
A. S. caiman.

Kepe, V. guard, L 752, 1103, 1323.
kepest, 2 pr. s. 1307, L 131 9.
kepte, //. s. caught up, 1202,
L 1208. kep, imp. s. keep, guard,
L 75ot, L i287t. ikept,//. iioi.

Keruen, z'. carve, L 241. kerue, 233.

Kewede (for Kelwede), pt. s. be-
smeared, O 1107.

Keyte,//. 5. ? showed, O 8S4. ?A. S.
cypa7t,pt. cypde.

King, s. n. 5, O 5, O 360, L 366,
01284,1529. kinge, O33. kyng,
L 5. 47, O 966, 1404, L 1532,
O 1557. king, s. a. O 155, 457,
1507. kyng, 147, L 153, O 805,
I^ i345t, L 1529, O 1554. kinge,
s. d. 4, O 4, O 1057, 1428. kynge,

L 4, Oi33i> L 1448, 01455- king
155, O 165, 1494. kyng, 369
L373,9''^i,L 1514,0 1543. kinges
j'.^.L 20, 020,393, 1447. kingges
O 7S9. kynges, 249, £255,0 1549
kinge, O 260, L 378. kynges, pi.
n. L 933, O 968 : //. d. 178 : pi. g.
O23.

Kingeriche, s. d. kingdom, 17. A. S.
cyncricc.

Kinne, see Cunne.

Knaue, s. n. young man, attendant,
961, 967, 971 : J. a. 940, 977. A. S.
cnafa.

Kne, s. d. knee, L 509, 780. akneu,
on knee, L 340. knes, pi. d. 383,
O 525. kneus, O 347, O 395.
aknewes, L 3S5.

Knelyug, s. d. kneeling, L 787.
kneuling, O 491. knewelyng, 7S1.
knewlyng, O 810. A. S. cticorvlian.

Kni5t, s. n. knight, 447, 1447. knyht,
L 451, L 1361. knyhte, L 439.
knict, O 503, S02. knyct, O 888.
knyt, O 986, O 1392. kni5t, s. a.
482, 1302. knyht, L 484, L 1463.
knyhte, L 943. knict, O 500,
O 524. knyt, O 807, O 1343.
kni5te, s. d. 458, 1267. kny5te,
O 1310. knyhte, L 549, L 1277.
knicte, O 475, O 567. knycte,
O 978. knyte, O 467, O 1021.
knyht, L 11 14. knyt, O 1149.
kni5tes, s. g. 1510. kni^tes,
//. n. 49, 1228. kny5tes, O
1333, O 1479. knyhtes, L 545,
L 1444. knyhte, L 1221. knictes,
O 53, O 642. knytes, O 834,
O 1544. kni5tes, //. a. 520.
kny5tes, O 1145. knyhtes, L908,
L 1 483. kni5tes, //. d. 256, 1509.
kuy5tes, O 1256, O 1510. knyhtes,
L 262, L 1013. knictes, O 267,
O 640. knyctes, O S29, O S41.
kniyctes, O 935. knyhte, L 522.
knicte, O 540.

Kni^ten, v. knight, 490. knigte,
435, 49.1, 515. knyhten, L 640.
knyhte, L 495, L 517. knicten,
O 658. knicte, O 455, O 511,
O 535. kni5ti, 480, 644. knyhty,
pr. s. sul'J. L 462. knicted, pp.
O 529.

Kni5thod, s. a. knighthood, knightly
qualities, 545, 1268. knyhthod,
L 543. knicthede, O 561. kni5t-
hod, s. d. 440. knyhthede, L 444.
knythede, O 460. knythod,
L 127S.

Knowe, v, know, recognise, ackuow-

GLOSSARY.

213

ledge, 41S, L 672, 1090, O 124S,
01411. kneu, //. ^. 1149, L 1151.
neyj, O 11S6. knewe, pt. pi.
L i459t, O 1566.
Knutte, pt. s. tied, fastened, L S50.
A. S. cnyttan.

Lace, V. fasten with a lace, L 7i9t.
lacede, //. jr. S42, O 869. O. F.
laccr.

Lache, v, catch, O 678. latchen,
O 662. lajte, pt. s. comprehended,
243. lahte, L 249. lauete, O 254.
lahte, I //. s. caught, L 664. A. S.
Ixccan,

Iiaje, s. n. custom, mo. lawe,
L 1112, O 1 147. Ia5e, s. a. religion,
faith, 65. lawe, L 69. lawe, s. d,
L 1314, O 1345: fidelity, O 1131.
A. S. lagu.

Ijaud, s. a. country, earth as opposed
to sea, L 601. lond, 603, O 619,
L 79it, L i367t, O 141S. londe,
L 130. lond, s. n. S14, L S24t,
O S45. londe, s. d. L 4ot, L i432t.
lond, L 44, 757, L 1527. londes,
s. g. 190. alonde, on the land,
0134,1.-170.

Lang, adj. s. n. long, tedious, 494 11.
long, tall, L loof. longe, dila-
tory, O 977, L ii02t. long, s. a.
tedious, L 498. longe, O 514 : "wk.
L4i2,0428. Longe, aa?i;. (of time)
6, L 309t, L 742, L 1218, O 1306
(see O 314"), O 1559.

Lappe, s. a. loose fold of a garment,
L 1209, O 1244.

Lasse, adv. later, Soo, L S06. lesse,
O827.

Laste, I //. s. shot, cast, L 660.

Latere, adv. later, L I030t.

Latten, v. put off, delay, L 937, leten,
929, lette, O 972. A. S. latian.

Lay, s. a. song, L 1499+. O. F. lai.

Lay. s. a. faith, L 1544. ley, O 69.
O. F. lei.

Lede v. conduct, L 192 f, 293: govern,
908, O 949: convey, carry, 1393,
O 1442. lade, L 1409 (possibly
represents A. S. liladan, to load).
lede. pr. s. siihj. conduct, L 1546+ .
ladde. pt. s. I, 22 f, O 1085, 1500,
L 15:20. ledde, O 808, O 1298,
O 1547. ladde, //. //. brought,
O 616. ladden, L 598. ledde,
convoyed, O 931. A. S. lidan.

Lefdi, s. v. lady, 335, 350. leuedi,
O 362. leuedy, L 341, O 348,

L 397-
Lefte, pt. s. stayed behind, 647. lefde,

remained over, 137S. lafte, let
remain, L 616. leuede, O 634.
lef, imp. s. stay, 774, L 780. A. S.
Ixfan.
Le5e, s. d. meadow, glade, L 1160.
leye, O 1195. See 1227 n and

li'udc.

Leggen, v. lay, place, L 902. legge,
L 1065 f (see dun), O 1446 «,
O 1502 (see an), leie, 302. leye,
L 308, O 313. leide, pt. s. H2i :
stored up, 379, 692 (see forJ>).
leyde, L 694, O 711, L 1121,
O 1537. leiden, pt. pi. 891.
leyden, O 930. leyd, //. O 1237.
A. S. l^cgan.

Lenunan, s. n. ladylove, 433, O 453,
1 41 2. lemmon, L 679, L 1430.
leman, O 748, O 1467. lemman,
s. a. 1450, O 1497 : .f. d. 552, L 574.
lemmon, L 5:10, L 1436. leman,
O 568.

Lene, pr. s. subj. grant, L 465 f.
A. S. l-inan.

Leng, adv. longer, 728, 742, 1103.

Lengpe, s. d. length, 900, O 941.

Leof, adj. s. n. beloved, 324, 708.
lef, O 157, L 332, O 337. leue,
s. V. L 949 1, 1359. O 1400: s. a.
O773. lef,//. «. O 124,0 232. Lef,
s, n. darling, O 584: s. v. O 573,
655. luef, s. n. L 564 : s.v.'L. 653,
L 1212.

Leose, v. lose, 663.

Leren, v. te.ach, L 247, O 252. lere,
L 234 1, 241. A. S. Ixran.

Lerne, v. learn, or teach, L 1294.
A. S. leoniiati.

Leste, adj. s. d. (used as noun), least,
I, 612, O 632. laste, 616. lest,
O 499.

Zieste, pr.s. siibj. last, continue, O 425.
laste, /A s. 6. lesten, pt.pl. O 6.

Leten, v. leave behind, lose, O 1281.
lete, L 1254. lete, let fall, let
drop, 890, O 929. lete in, admit,
L 1495, O 1522. late in, 1044,
1473. let, pt. s. permitted, L 6-Sf
(see 675 fi), L 1 230 f. leten, //. //.
136. let, m/. j.L5i7t. let, //. j.
caused, 13S1, O 1422, 1453. lette,
L 902, L 907, L 1 39 1, lete, pt.pl.
lost, 1246. A. S. lietan.

Lette, V. hinder, O 1 243. A. S. l^ttan.

Leue, s. a. permission to go, L 467 f,
L.-^^St, L 745 f.

Leue, V. trust, 562, O 578. yleue,
L 559. leue, I pr. s. L 450 : believe,
O 1362. leuest, L 1322, O 1351.
leuej), //-. //. L 48. leuet, O 48.

214

KING HORN.

luuej*, 44. leuede, //. //. O 1421.
A. S. geliefan.

Leyhe, v. laugh, O 366. loh, pt. s.
L 361. lowe, O 367 : pt. s. suhj. L
1502, O 1529. lou5e, 14S0.

Libbe, v. live, L 67 f. lyue, i pr. s.
O426. liuej),//-. i-. O 1401. lyuejj,
1360, L 1370. libbe, pr. s. siihj.
L 324 f. liuede, pt. s. dwelt, 74.
lyueden, //. //. lived, L 1543.
A. S. Ubban, UJia7i.

Lie, V. speak falsely, 1451. lye,
O 1498.

Lif, s. a. life, 1387, 1246 (possibly //."I.
lyf, L 1254 (possibly //.). liue,
s. d. 97, O 103, 1334, O 1375.
lyue, L loi, L 126, 131, L 1344.
lif, 122, O 130. lyue, //.fl. O 1281.
my lyue, in my life, 777. of liue,
alive, O 344. on liue, O 634,
O 1484. on lyue, 131, O 806. o
lyue, L 616. lyfdawe, s. d. exist-
ence, L 914.

Liggen, v. lie, be in recumbent posi-
tion, O 1343. lyggen, O 1331.
ligge, 1275, 1288, L 1296, O 1318.
lygge, L 1283. Ii5e, 115S. lip,
pr. s. 695, 1 137. lyht,/;-/^. L 697,
L 1 137. lay, I //. s. 658. lai,
pt. s. 272, 686. lay, 1303, L 1315.
hylay, O 1346. leye, pt. s. suhj.
L 1262. laie, 1252. leyen, pt. pi.
suhj. O 1293 (leyen to depe =
should lie doomed to die), lig-
gynde, pres. p. L 131 2. leye, pp.
lain, L T139. ileie, 1139. A. S.
licgati.

Li5t, s. n. light, 493, Si 8. Ii5te, s.
d. 1309 n. lyhte, adj. s. n. 7i>k.
bright, clear, L 497.

Iji5te, V. grow light, bright, 386.
licte, O 398. lyhte, L 388.

Iii5te, adj. pi. d. nimble, speedy,
1003. lyhte, //. n. L 1014, L
1222.

Iii5te, V. arrive, 1397. lycte, alight,
descend from horseback, O 539.
lyhte, L 521. lyhte, pt. s. L 51.
licte, O 51. Ii5te, 519.

Lili flour, s. n. lily, O 15. lylye
flour, L 15.

Linne, 2 /;'. s. suhj. fail, grow slack,
992. lynne, O 1033. lynne, v.
cease, stop, L 319, O 324, 354:
imp. s. 2,11. A.S.lmnau.

Liippe, s. a. lip, L 7070'!-.

Liste, s. a. cunning, craft, 1459. lyste,
counsel, O 1506. liste, s. d. know-
ledge, accomplishments, 235. listes,
//. a. accomplishments, L 2 39 : devices,

L 1479 : //. d. accomplishments,

O 246.
Liste, s. d, ? stripe, L 1321 (see 1309

«\ lyste, O 1350.
Lipe, V. listen, give a hearing, O 2.

\y'pe, pr.pl. suhj. 2. lipe, ?>«/. s. 336.

lype, L 342, O 349. O. N. hlyda.
Lipe, V. ease, assuage, O 428. lype,

L 412. lype, to be mild, L 360.

A. S. lipati, iTpian.
Lodlike, adj. pi. n. loathsome, O 1 360.
Lofte, s. d. upper room, 904. O. N.

lopt.
Lo^e, adv. in lowly place, 1079.

lowe, L 1085, O 1 1 20. lowe, in

humble condition, 417, O 439.

O. N. Idgr.
Loke, V. look, view, 975, L 1096,

L ii4if : protect, guard, L 752,

L ii04f, L 1333, O 1364. lokest,

2 pr. s. gazest, L 573. loke,

2 /;-. s. suhj. 575. lokede, />/. j.

looked, L6o9t, L 883 f, L i505t.

loked, O 1 1 22. loke, imp. s.

guard, 748, O 775. yloked, //.

L 1105, O 1142.
Lokyng, s. d. guardianship, 342, L

348-
Londe, v. put on land, 753.
Lond fole, s. a. inhabitants, O 47.

lond folk, 43, L 47.
Londisse, adj. s. d. belonging to a

country, native, O 999 : //. d. 634.

londische, O 647.
Longest, 2 pr. s. belongest, 1310.
Lore, s. a. counsel, teaching, 442,

L 446 : s. d. O 462 : training, L

i53it-

Lope, adj. s. a. hated, L I203t:
//. n. displeasing, unwelcome, L
1068 f: loathsome, hateful, L 1331.

Loueliche, adj. s. d. loving, affec-
tionate, 454, L 458, 580.

Louerd, s. n. feudal superior, O 531 :
s. d. L 441, O 457. lord, s. n. 51 1,
L 513: s. d. 437. louerd, s. a.
master, husband, L 314, O 319,
O 1238. lord, 308.

Lude, adv. loudly, 209, 1294. loude,
L 1302, O 1335. Loude, adj. s. a.
loud, L 217.

Lure, V. look gloom.y, O 1267. loure,
1/ 1232.

Luste, V. listen, O 493. lust, imp. s.
337. luste, 1263. leste, 473, L
477. list, L 343. lustep, imp, pi.
O S35. A. S. hlystau.

Luste, /;-. s. sithj. it may please,
O 889. leste, 862, L 870. liste,
pt. s. it pleased, O 424. lyste,

GLOSSARY.

2r

L 410, L t2tR. luste, L 404 f, O
I. '53. A. S. lystaii.

Lutel, adj. s. a. little, I. 342. lute,
L 507. litel, 336, O 349, 503,
O 523. lite, II 31. lutel, s. d.
1, 636, L S95, L 1020. lite, O 654.
litel, loio. Litel, adv. 1439. lite,
932, O 975. lyte, L 940. Lut,
prou. s. a. little, few, L 616.

Lujjere, adj. pi. ;/. wicked, 498. A. S.
lyPre.

Luue, s. d. love, 557, 5^19. loue, L
,^55, L 567, O 1227, L 1543. luue,
s. a. beloved one, 746. loue, L 750.

Luuejj, pr. s. loves, 1343. luuede,
pt. s. 24. louede, L 26, O 26,
L 254 1, L 1353, O 1382. luuede,
pt. pi. 247. louede, L 253, O 1567.
loueden, O 25S, 1522, L 1544.
luued, //. 304. loued, L 310.
yloued, O 315.

Lym, s. a. mortar, L 1410 : s. d.
L 905. A. S. iTin.

Lyne, s. a. fishing line, 681.

Mai, I /;-. s. have power, am in a
position to, 562, 944. may, L32t,
218, L 559, O 578, L 965, 1103.
mi5t, 2 pr. s. 191, 700. myht, L
199. myct, O 719. may, pr. s. O
582, L 968, L 1475, O 1502. mai,
1455. myhte, I//. 5. L 1355. mihte,
L 963. my^t, O998. mict, O 67S.
mictest, 2 pt. s. O 103. mihte, pt.
s. L 613, L 1269. myh.te, L 8,
L 1542. mi5te, 8, 1521. miy5te,
O 1078, O 1565. my5te, O 434,
^^ 1 395- miste, 10. micte, O 8,
O 287. mi5t, O 1446. my5t, O
loi;, O 1059. micten,//. //. O 61.
myhten, L61. nii5ten,57. mi^te,
1400. mihte, L 1416. myhte,
L 67. micte, O 67. mi5te, i pt. s.
subj. 1345. ini5te, //. s. stilj. 1200.
mihte, L 1491. myhte, L 166,
L 1206. my5te, O 1241. my5t,
O 1518.

Maiden, s. d. maiden, 947. mayde,
O 990. mayden, s. a. L 1538,
O 1 56 1. maide, 15 16. maide,
s. n. 272. mayde, L 278, L 406.
m^aydnes, //. n. ladies in waiting,
L 393. maidenes, //. d. 72,' 391,
1162. maydenes, O 78, O 1201.
maidnes, L 78, L 1166. maydnes,
O403.

Maister, s. 71. leader, L 868. mayster,
O 88 7. maisteres, s. g. leader's,
621. maister, L 617. meyster
kinges, s. g. O 635. maister

kynge, s. d. L 638. maister kinge,

642 n. meyster kinge, O 656.

O. F. niaistrc.
Make, s. d. spouse, L 1427. A. S.

gcDiaca.
Maken, t'. cause to be, cause, 34S,

O 360, O 1259. iiaake, L 354, 12 16,

L 1224 : I //'. //. sidj. 1527.

makedest, 2 pt. s. 1271, O 1314.

makede, pt. s. 355, O 367, O 921,

1065, O 1489. ma'de, L 361,

O 1283, L 1537: pt. pi. L 1332.

make, imp.s. 792, L 79S. make, z'.

constitute, create, 669 : i /;-. j-. L 912 :

2 /;-. s. siil'j. L 484. makedest, 2

pt. s. O 500. makede, ft. s. 84^

O 540, 1519, O 1564. made, L 90,

O 175, L 1541. makeden, pt. pi.

O 1363. maked, //. L 451. made,

O 90. mad, L 1532. make, v.

arrange, construct, compose, L 1400,

L 1473 1: P>-- s. subj. L 552.

makede, pt. s. O 828, 1477, O

1526. made, L 807, O 1443, L 1499.

makede,//.//. () 1431, 1468,0 1517.

makeden, L 1490. makede, //. s.

displayed, expressed, 403, O 415,

1063, O 1 106, made, L 401,

L 1 07 1, O 1394. makede, //. //.

1234, 1353- makeden, 12 10.

maden, L 904, L 1363.
Man, s. It. man, person, 316, O 323,

L 793 1, 1460, O 1507. ma, O 400.

mon, L 324, L 1480. man, s. a.

O 1099 : s. d.O 891. mannes, s. g.

O 861. monnes, L 871. men, //.

n. O 201, L 253 1, L 1493, O 1520:

//. a. 126, O 134, L 151 if.

mannes, //. g. 21. menne, L 23.

manne, pi. d. O 613. menne, O

1S6, L 629, L 1376 f. men, 634,

O 1044, O 1257. Man,/w;/. s. n.

one, O 933. me, 366, L 906, 1046,

L 1495. men, L 370, O 378. mon,

L 250. me, //. n. 891.
Manere, s. n. custom, fashion, L 54S f.

O. F. maniere.
Mani, adj. pi. a. many, 1070, 1176,

moni, L 1076. mani, s. a. O 1215.

mony, L 11 80: //. a. L 1339.

monie, //. d. L 60. Monie, pron.

pi. n. many men, L 1253.
Masse, s. n. mass, eucharist, L 1026.

messe, O 1055. masse, s. a. L 1394.

messe,Oi425. masses,//, a. 13S2.

A. S. vixsse.
Maste, s. a. mast, 1013 : 5. d. L 1023,

O IO.:;2.
Matynes, //. n. morning prayers, L

1025. O. F. tnaline.

2l6

KING HORN.

May, s. n. maiden, L 955 ; 5. a. L 917,

L 1422.
Me, /;-<?«. a. L 150, L I73t, O 1363,
1421, L T439: reflex. 669: ^. (after
verbs and adj.) L 177 1. L 332,
L 381 1, O 425, 485, L 924 1, L
1103 1, L 1321 1, O 1371 : d. (after
prep.) O 2, 233, L 241, L 1190,
O 1312 : reflex. L 297 t, 344, O 356.
My selue, adj. dcflnitive n. myself,
O 510.
Mede, s. n. reward, O 283 : s. a.
L 474 1 : gift, bribe, L 1406, O 1439.
Meoknesse, s. d. meekness, 1496.
Mesauenture, s. d. misfortune, O 339.
messauenture, 710. mesauentur,
326. O. F. vicsauenlure,
Mest, adj. s. n. most, 250 : adv. L 26t,

L 1358 f. most, L 254.
Mestere, s.d. occupation, craft, L 235+,

L 547 f. O. F. mestier.
Mete, J', a. food, liveliliood, L 11 S3,
O 1218 : s. d. repast, 373, O 383, O
3S7, 1107, L 1109.
Mete, V. fall in with, meet, L 948,
O 983. mette,//. J-. 1027, O 1066.
metten, pt. pi. L 163 f. A. S.
iitctan, genictau.
Mete, V. dream, L 1426 f. A. S.

mix tan.
Metyng, s. d. dream, L 657. metynge,

O 675. A. S. fuse ting.
Mi, adj. s, n. my, 439, 1266, L 1276,
L 1350. my, L 443, O 459, O 1309,
L 1324- 1340- mill, L 1 137, 1340.
myn, L 492, L 1350, O 1381. my,
s. V. L 356 1. min, 335, O 348.
myn, L 341, L 397. mi, 5.^.0152,
228, L 369, O 942,996, L 1274. my,
145, O 154, L 234, O 377, L 1006,
1178,01311. myn, L 671, L 912.
mine, 770, O 799, L 1136. myne,
L 776, L 1061, L 1182. mi, s. d.
O 338, 342, L 441, 1284, L 1328,
O 1353. my, 2, L 2, O 457, L 843,
1315, O 1357- min, 1281. myn,
306, L 312, O 689, L 1289, O 1325.
mine, O 160, O 317. myne, 144, L
158. mj, pi. n. L 913. mine, 897.
myn, O 938. myne, 121 3, L 1221.
myne, //. a. 1053, O 1097. myn,
//. d. O 1405. mine, O 1256,
1366.
Mid, prep, in company with, along
with, O 22, L 88, 220, 1392, O
1441. myd, L 367,0 1225, 6 1379.
myde, O 304. mid, among (in mid
pe bests), 474, L 478, 997, L 1007,
1264, L 1336 : myd pe furste,
O 1154: myd pe beste, O 1367.

mid, to, L 260. mid, filled with,
L 629. mid, with (of accompanying
circumstance, feeling, &c.), O 1123,
L 1508, O 1535. myd, O 965,
L 108S. mid, with (of manner),
L 483, L 542 f . mid, with (of in-
strument), by means of, L 249, O
533, 1396, L 1434. myd, L 578,
O 904, O 1416. mitte, with thee,
L 624 1- Mide, adv. therewith (?
= A. S. mid py), L 1203. mid y
■wis, assuredly, L 54. mid y wisse,
L 125, 432, 1209 n.
Middelni5te, j. d. midnight, 1297.

A. S. middcl-niht.
Mideward, adj. s. d. middle (of), O

574. A. S. 7niddeweard.
Midnyhte, s. d. midnight, L 1307.
mydnijte, O 1338. A. S. mid-niht.
Mihte, 5. d. power, strength, L 1353.
mi5te, 436. my5te, O456. myhte,
L 440. myht, L 4S3. myhte, s. a.
possibility, opportunity, L 1342.
miy3te, O 1373.
Mild. adj. s. n. gracious, O 86. myld,
80, L 86. myld,//. a. gentle, kindly,
L 168. mild, O 170: //. n. 160.
Mildenesse, s. d. gentleness, L 151 6.
Mile, J. a. O 610. myle, L 594, 596,
L 1 1 80, O 1 2 15. mile, //. a. 319,
O 332, 1176. milen, L 327.
Mislyken, v. ? be displeased, L 429.
mislyke, 425. myslyke, O 447.
mislike, pr. s. subj. may displease,
668, O 688. mislyke, 1, 670. A. S.
misltcian, be unpleasant to : possibly
the construction of L 429, 425,
O 447 is, it began to be unpleasing
to Rimenhild.
Misrede, v. give ill advice to, 292,
O 303. mysrede, L 298. A. S.
mis-radan.
Misse, v. lose, 122, L 126 : 2 pr. s.
S2thj. fail to get, L i478t. miste,
pt. s. subj. 1361, L 1371.
Miste, see Mai.

Mo, adj. pi. n. more, 808, O 837.
Mode, s. d. mind, feeling, L 287t,
L 1423 : emotion, excited feeling,
1405. mod, mind, L 257.
Moder, s. n. mother, L 1370+: s. a.
L i52t, O 1426: s. g. 648, O 664,
1383, L 1395.
Modi, adj. s. ti. angry, 704, L 716,

O 737. mody, L 704, O 723.
Molde, s. d. earth, ground, L 325t.
Mone, see Ymone.
Mong, see par.

More, adj. s. n. greater (degree), 554 :
more important, 441, L 445: more

GLOSSARY.

217

splendid, L 524: {Greater (size), 95,
O loi : s. a. L 702, O 721 : greater
(degree), L 76, O 76 : further, L 317,
O 322, O 461, L 68ot, L 734t : s. d.
greater (number), 834, L 842 : //. 11.
L 81(1. More, adv. more (degree\
L 74t, L 92it: further Tspace), L
594t : (time^ sooner, L 8o6t: here-
after, 324: furtlier, L ii99t.

Mot, I pr. s. must, am obliged to,
L 732. most, 2 pr. s. must (go),
101 : must, O 386. mot, /r. s. 543.
mote (for mot'), O 559. mote, i
//-. //. 1420. mote, I pr. s. suhj.
775, L 781 : may I (of wish), O
804. mote, 2 /;-. s. subj. mayest,
art permitted, 97, L loi : mayest
(of wish), L 147, O 149, 327,
332, O 340, O 641. mote, pr. s.
subj. may (of wish), L 191 f, 204 :
may ... be, L 334. moste, i pt. s.
might, was permitted, O 1089: must,
am obliged to, O 1254. moste,//.
J. ought to, L iSof. moste, /A//,
might, were permitted, 63.

Muchel, adj. s. n. great, abundant, 83,
L 523, 673. mikel, O289. muche,
L 89, L 675, 1050, O 1438. miche,
O 89, O 693. meche, O 269.
muchel, _<•. a. 158, 1234. michel,
O 75. muche, L 75, 1131, 1353,
L 1363. myche, O 1285. meche,
O 865. muchel, s. d. 326, 922,
L 930. michel, O 339, O 965.

Munt, //. purposed, L 801. mynt,
O S24. iment, 795. A. S. myntan.

Murie, adj. s. n. merry, joyous, 521 :
s. a. 1387, merie, 1386. merye,
L 1400: pi. a. O 1431. Murie,
adv. gaily, merrily, L 592, 594, 1^67,
L 1 489. murye, O 1432, O 1516.
merie, O 608.

Murne, adj. s. n. sorrowful, 704.
mourne, O 723. A. S. unimvn,
untroubled.

Murne,/;-. J. subj. mourn, 964, L 974.
morne, O 1009. mourninde, /reJi'.
/. i^used as adj. s. d.), sorrowful, L
578. morninde, O 592.

Mupe, s. d. mouth, 354. moupe,
L 360, O 366.

Na. adv. no, L 76, 1193,0 1234. no,
728, L io3ot, 1 103, L 1 199: not,
O 22S, L 669, L 740. A. S. na, no.

Name, s. n. L 205t, 1266. nome,
L 219, L 772: i^. a. L 214 (see 2c6 ?;).
name, s. d. O 9.

Naming, s. a. name, O 216.

Nawt, s. a. nothing, O 68 2. nojt,

937. uout, L 664, L 712, L 945.
nowt, () 678, 735. Naut, adv. not,
not at all (usually with ne), O 285,
<^>307!0 327. nawt, O 426, O 673,
O 1248. nawht, O 918. no5t,
106, 1526. noht, L 1151. nout,
L 280, L 106S. nowt, O 343, O
1498. nouth, O 325, O 392.

Nayles, //. d. tinger-nails, L 23St.

Ne, adv. not (singly ., L 10, O 10, 46,
L 259t, L I478t, O 1484 : (with
another negative) 8, O 11, L i75t.
O 1385, L 1475, 14S0. ne . . .bute,
1397, ne . . . bote, L 37, L 141 3.
er ne, before, L 551. (For ne in
combination with verbs see abiden,
adrinke, ben, habben, wille, witan^
Ne, cofij. nor, 11, O 11, L 12, L 670,
1131, O 1.503. ne . . . ne, neither
. . . nor, L 570, L 572, 572, 574,
919, 920, O 962, O 963.

Nede, s. a. necessity, L 62t: what is
required, L 473t. A. S. Jtead.

Ne5, adv. nearly (degree), 252, 860.
neh, L 868. ney, O 991. neh,
nigh (space), L 1096. Ne5, prep.
near, 464. neh, L 468. ney, O
482, O 769. ney honde, close at
hand, O 1172.

Nekke, s. d. ■ neck, 1240. nycke,
L 1248.

Nere, adv. (compar. in form^ nigh,
L 966. Ner, prep, near, L 368,
O 376. nir, 364. ner, nearer, L
777. nier, 771.

Net, i-. n. fishing net, L ii37t: -f- ^•
L 659t, L 662t, L 683.

Neuening, s. a. title, name, 206. O.
N. ncfna. A. S. nimning.

Neure, adv. (mostly with «(j) never,
116, 262, 1274. neuer, L 50, L
1261. neuere, O 50, L 1106, O 1320.
ner, L 260, L 1285. neuremore,
324, 70S, 1066.

Newe. adj. s. n. new, L 1460, O 14S7.
nywe, 1442. newe, j. a. 746, L 750 :
s. d. L 1452, O 14,59. nywe, 1432.

Nexte, adj. s. n, %vk. next, O 960 : //.
d. O 102. Nexte, prep. O 404.
nixte, 392.

Ney5, see Knowe.

Niht, s. a. night, L 1386. nyht,
L 127, L 1425. nijt, 123, 1407.
ny5t, 0 141 5, O 1462. ni5te, 492.
nict, O 131. nyhte, s. d. L 265,
L 1450. nijte, 259, 11 99, 1430,
O i4-;7. nicte, O 272.

Nime, i pr. s. take, O 689. nome, 2
pL s. got, L 1177+. nam, p(. s.
took, O 449 (?), O 547, 585, O 1340 :

2l8

KING HORN.

betook itself, 1183. nom, L 11S9:
took, L 583, O 597, L 1309. neme,
pt. pi. 60. nomen, L 64, O 64.
nym, ?w/. s. O 469, O 1160.

Wiping, s. 11. worthless person, dastard,
196. nyping, O 206. nypyng,
L 204. A. S. niping : see Kemble,
Saxons, ii. p. 120.

Non, /;w/. s. n. no one, S, O 8, L 19,
L I502t. 'No, adj. s. 71. no, 1^^,11,
O 76, 1456, L 1476, O 1502. none,
J. a. O 423. no, L317, 1114, L1131,
O 1 166, 1247, O 1286. none, s. d.
17, L 20, O 20, L 937t, 1456. non,
257, L 872. no, O 268, O 999, 1265,
L 1476. nones, s. g. L 964. no,
//. n. 886 : //. a. 254, O 265. none,
pt- d. 573, 634, O 647. noman, s. n.
no one, O 19, 388, 617. nomon, L
613. Woping, adv. not at all, 274,
1 1 50. nopyng, L 1152, O 1187.
Nopyng, s. a. nothing, L 924.

None, s. d. noon, mid-day, L 364t,
L 8o9t. A. S. non (properly, ninth
hour, but when eating is mentioned
the M. E. word means mid-day).

Noujjer, conj. (generally corr. with ne,
«(?), L806. naper, OS27. neiper,
800. noper, O 266. no, L 806,
L 966. A. S. nawper, 7Ja-hwceper.

Nowe, see O^ene.

Nowhar, adv. nowhere, 257, 340, io88.
nowar, 955, 1096. nower, O 268,
L 804, O 1000, L 1 100, O 1137.
noware, O 1292. nowere, O 11 29.

Nowne, see O^ene.

Nu, adv. now, at this time, by this
time, 372, 509, 1457, 1523. 'now,
O 749. nou, O 32, L 477, L 1545,
O 1568. nu, as matters stand, under
the circumstances, 191, 227, 538,
1 192. nou, L 143, O 147, L545,
O 579, L 1 198, O 1233. ^u, conj.
since, 539. nou, L 537. nou (error
for nout), O 342.

O^ see An.

O, intei-j. 905.

O pat, conj. until, L 128. A. S. op-
Pxt.

Of, p7'ep. from, out of, off (separation),
L 5it, L i37t, L 822, 870, L 1023,
O 1052, L iio7t, 1203, L 1347:
springing from, belonging to (origin),
L 88t, L I58t, L iGsf, L i83t,
L I036t, L I338t: on (date), 548 :
(privative), L i26t, L 448t, L 538,
652, L 695t, L 847t, 1361, 1458,
O 1505: from, at the hands of
(source), L 369t, L 87it, L 986,

L ii69t: on account of, by reason
of (causal), 258, L 387t, L 42it,
L425t, 522, 573, L 934t, 1248,
O 12S7, L I326t: consisting of,
containing, L 42, O 42, L 79t, L 630,
L ii23t, L ii68t, O 1345, 1406,
L 1424 : about, on (object, motive),
L 4t, L 2 35t, L 246t, 409> J- 41. 5,
O 487, L 566, 568, 784, L 995,
L 1256, O 1329, L i427t, L i48ot,
1525. oflfe, O 5S2. o, L 574,
L 610. ope (=ofthe), L 237. of
(partitive), L 71+, O 249, L 611,
O 920, L I list, L ii22t, L i358t,
1463. ofe, O 911. of, in respect
of (qualitative), L 18, O 18, L 96t,
L i72t, 537. 57I5 L 808, L 916,
L i334t, L 1446, L 14S3. o, 900.
of (genitive), 215, O 225, L 513,
L i522t, 1529. of Hue, alive, O
344. of (? error for ofte), 144. Of,
adv. off, 610, O 626.

Ofdrede, i pr. s. (properly terrify)
dread greatly, 291, 0 302. ofdradde,
//. s. itnpers. it feared, O 1205. of-
drad, //. terrified, 573. adred,
L 124, L 1436. A. S. ofdrxdd.

Ofer, prep, above, O 11 17. ouer,
1076. ouer, in command of, 512.
ouer, beyond, O332. Oueral, adv.
everywhere, L 252. oueralle, O
1426.

Ofherde, //. s. heard, 41. ? A. S.
oferhJe7-an.

Oflaucte, //. //. overtook, O 914.

Ofreche, v. come up with, O 998 :
obtain, 1283, O 1326.

Ofte, adv. often, L iigt, L ii95t,
O 1290. often, O 417. ofte, mistake
for efte, O 451.

Ofpinke, v. repent, make sorry, O 112,
L 9S0, 1056, O 1099. ofpynke,
L 1064. ofpinche, 106, O 1015.
ofpenche, L 1 10. A. S. ofPyncaft.

Ofpurste, adj. pi. n. athirst, 11 20.
ofperste, O 1155. afurste, L 1120.
A. S. ofpyrst.

Oftok, ft. s. overtook, L 1241, O 1276.

Ojene, adj. s. n. own, 249, 1340. owe,
O 1381. oune, L 255, L 1350.
owne, O 260. nowne, O 508.
o^e, s. V. 335. howe, O 348. owe,
L 341. nowe, s. a. O 1497. oune,
s.d. L 1540. owe, O 1563. 050,
^. n. betrothed, 984, .1205. owe,
L 994, O 1029, L 1214, O 1249.
owe, y. a. 669, L 671. nowe,^. ^. O
689. owne, property, rights, O 1329.

05t, see Awt.

Old, adj. s. n. L 18. hold, O 18.

GLOSSARY.

2Tg

olde,//. a. old men, L 1390 : //. d.

L 1407. held,//, a. O 141 7.
Oliue, adj. pi. n. alive, as liviiii^, O 139.

olyue, .V. a. L 1372 : s. d. L 362.

aliue, s. n. 107, 1440. alyue, L

III, L 783, L 1457. aliue, s. a.

1362: //. n. 619. alyue, //. //.

L 135. (Sometimes half adverbial,

see 131 «.) A. S. on life.
On, see An.

Open, adj. s. n. L 1080.
Or, see Er, Oper.
Orde, s. d. point, edge, L 620, 624,

I4S6. horde, O 63S. A. S. ord.
Ore, J. a. favour, L 653+, 1509. A. S.

ar.
Ope, s. d. oath, L 353t (see 347 «),

L 450. opes, //. a. 1249, L 1259.

hopes, O 1290.
Oper, adj. s. n. second, L I95t, L 492 :

s. a. other, L 244: j. d. O 249, L

549> L 673. opere, 238, 257, 551,

671. oper, //. w. 813. Oper,/»vn.

s. n. L 2St, L 768t. L S29t.
Oper, conj. or, L 44t, 86, O 761,

L 9S6, 1 102. or, O 1 14,
Ouen, adv. above, L 1485. A. S. tifan.
Ouerblenehe, ''. turn over, L 1429.
Ouercomep, /;-. s. overcomes, 815.
Ouertok.//. s. overtook, 1233.
Outlondisse, adj. pi. d. foreign, O

613.
Owe, V. own. possess, O 440, O 1077.

howe, O 690. ohte, //. s. ought,

was bound to, L 418.

Paene, adj. s. a. heathen, 147. payn,
s. n. as noun) pagan, heathen, 41, 78.
payen, L 45, L866. paiens, //. n.
L S92, L 896. paens. 807, 877.
pains, 59, payns, L 63, 85, 179,
L 887. paynes, L 815. payenes,
L 84, L 91, L 187. payns. //. a.
1316. paynes, L 1328. payens,
L 894. payenes, L 898. paynes,
/'•<f- 76, Si. payenes, L 82, L 87.
O. ¥. pai i^en, h. faganns.

Page, s. n. attendant, L 977, O 9S7,
O 1012 : s, a.L, 948, O 983 : s. d.
L 1290, O 1325. O. Y.fage.

Palais, s. d. palace, 1256. paleyse,
L 1266, O 1299. Y. palais.

Palle, J. d. coverlet of rich stuff, O 413.
pelle, 401 : garments of rich cloth,
O 1511. A. S. p^ll: perhaps /t'/Zi?
is due to O. F. paile. Both go back
to Ij. pallium.

Palmere, J-. n. palmer, O 1072,01102 :
s. a. L 1037 t : s. V. L, io39t, L
^ J 75t i s.d.L,ii 74f . O. Y .palmier.

Passage, s. a. pass, narrow way, L

i.^.^.^t- ¥. passage.
Passe, V. convey, L 759. O. ¥. passer.
Pape, .f. (/. path, O 1447.
Paynime, .f. d. heathendom, O 832.

paynyme,8c3, L 811. paynimes,

//. n. heathen, () 63, O 84. paynims,

O 189. paynyms, C) 836 : //. a. ()

I3.S7- peynims,//.^^'-.087. peynira,

s. It. C) 45. O. ¥ . paiennisine, paoi'

nime (Joinville).
Pilegrym, j. ^. pilgrim, 1154. pyle-

grim, O 1 19 1, pelryne, L 11 56.

O. F. pelerin.
Pin, s. a. door-bolt, bar, 973.
Pine, s. n. anguish, torment, 261 : s. a.

68 2 : s. d. 540. pyne, s. n. L 263 :

s. d. L 538.
Pine, V. afflict, torture, 635. pyne,

L631, O 649. pyne, 1 pr. s. feel

anguish, O 1235. pined,//, caused

to sorrow, 1194. pyned, L 1200,
Place, s. d. lists (of tournament), L

57ot, L 72ot. F. place, L. platea.

Comp. A. S. plsece.
Plawe, s. d. fight, L 1094. Comp. A. S.

plfga, play, f\g\\\.'\ng, plcgan. plivgan.
Pleie, V. divert, amuse oneself, 23, 186,

361. pleye, L 25,0 25, L 351,0 357.

A. S. plegan.
Pleing, s. d. recreation (especially riding

and hunting), 32 n, 630. pleying,

O 643. pieyhinge, O 34. pley-

5yrig, L 34. pleyyTig, L 625.
Pli5te, z'. plight, engage solemnly, 305.

ply5te, O 316. plyhte, L 311.

pli5te, I pr. s. 672. pliete, O 692.

plyhte, L 674. plyct, imp. s. O 432.

plyht, L 4:6. plist. O 410.
Ponde, s. d. pond, O 11 73. pende,

L 1138. A. S. *pund, an enclosure.
Porter, s. n. doorkeeper, L 1081, O

1 1 16. ¥.portier.
Posse, V. push, move onwards, loii.

puste, //. s. drove in, L 1079. ^•

pousser.
Poure, v. look eagerly, O 1133. pure,

1092.
Prede, s. n. pride, arrogance, O 1438.

A. S. p7-yte.
Preie, v. beg, ask, pray, 763. pre5e,

L 1 192. preye, L 769, O 792.

preide,//. j-. 1186. O. ¥ . preier.
Preie, s. a. company, troop, 1235.

preye, O 1048, L 1 243. O. F. preie,

proie.
Prestes,//. a. priests, L 1394, O 1425.
Prime, s.d. six o'clock in the morning,

L976, Oioii. pryme, 966. prime

tide, hour of prime, L S57f.

220

KING HORN.

Pris, s. d. value, worth, 898. O. F.

pris.
Proue, V. test, L 543t. proued, //.

shown, proved, 126S, O 131 1. proue,

L 1278. O. Y.pruver.
Pruesse, s. a. deeds of valour, L 554,

556. pruesce, O 572. O. F.

pruesce.
Prut, adj. s. n. aiTOgant, 1389. A. S.

pnlt.
Pugde, //. s. pushed, O 1117. ? for

ptmgde, comp. Exmoor Scolding, 256 ;

Elworthy, IVest - Somerset Words,

p. 596 ; Lajamon, O 2393, 3.
Pylte, pt. s. pushed, thrust, L 1433.

pelte, 1415. pulte, O 1470.

Quare, see "Wliare.

Quap, //. s. said, 127, 1171. quo]),
Li3i,Li2i9. qwat, O 453, 0 1472.
quad, O 686. qwad, O 215, O 435,
O 1254. A. S. cwepan.

Quelle, V. kill, L 65t. quelde, pt. s.
988.

Queme, adj. s. ti. agreeable, accept-
able, O 505. A. S. civeme.

Quemep, pr. s. is pleasing to, L 489.
A. S. cweman.

Quen, s. n. queen, lady, 7, 1161, 1223 :
s. V, 1117, O 1152, O 1198, 1204:
J. a. 146, O 154. queue, s. n. L 7,
O 7, L 1165 : s. V. L 356t, L 1163,
O 1247 : s. a.'L 152, L 1541! = ^- ^•
O 1229.

Quie, adj. s. a. alive, 86 : //. a. 1370.
quike, L 1388.

Eake, v. go hastily, O 11 19. rakede,

//. s. L 1084. A. S. racian.
Rape, s. n. haste, 554 : s. a. 1418.
Rape, adv. quickly, O 1352. A. S.

hrape.
Reaume, s. a. kingdom, O 942, O 949 :

J. rf. O 1550. reme, L1525. O. F.

reaume.
Reeche, i pr. s. care, reck, 366. reche,

O 378. recchi, care I, L 370.

reeche, /r. s. siclj. may trouble, 352.

reche, O 364. rohti, i //. s. heeded

I, L 1356. A. S. riccan.
Red, a^'. J. «. L 16, O 16 : j. «. O382:

s. d. L 506, O 520.
Rede, s. d. counsel, L 833t. A. S.

r^d.
Rede, v, counsel, give advice, O 499,

896, O 937 : help, L i9it : declare,

O 1395. rede, i pr. s. advise, L

483, O 718 : pr. s. suhj. help, L

I o59t. A.S. rxdan, reord, and rxdan,

rkdde.

Redi, adj. pi. n. ready, 1 214. A. S.
gerxde.

Rein, J. «. rain, II. reyn, Lii,Oii.

Reme, v. quit, leave, 1272. A. S.
ryman,

Rende, //. s. rode, O 1274. ernde,
L 1239. arnde, 1231. K.S.xruan,
make run, ride. Jerne, v, run, O 724,
O 908. vrne, 878. iorne, //. tra-
velled, 1 146. hyjoureu, O 1183.
yorne, L 1 148. A. S. ieman, eornan,
run. Erne, v. run or ride, L 889,
O 906. A. S. ternan or iernan.

Rengne, s. a. kingdom, 901, 908,
O. F. regne.

Rente, s. a. reward, 914, O 955. O. F.
rente.

Rente, pt. s. tore, rent, 725. rende,
L 727.

Reste, s. a. repose, L 409, O 423,
O 910, L I i96t.

Reste, imp. s. take rest, cease fighting,
L 869, O 888 : imp.pl. 861.

Reue, s. a. prefect, 1322, O 1363. A. S.

gerefa.

Reupe, s. n. sorrow, pity, L 675.

rewpe, O 693. rupe, 673. reupe,

s. a. L 415, rewpe, 409, O 431.

A. S. *hreowp.
Reupful, adj. s. d. sorrowful, L 901.
Rewe, V. repent, rue, 378, O 392.

rev7e (error for reme), O 1314 : in a

corriipt passage, 1521 n. A. S.

hreo7van.
Rewlich, adj. s. fi. sorrowful, O 1092.

reuly, L 1057.
Reyne, v. rain. Oil.
Ribbe, J. d. rib, L 3231. ribbes,//. n.

L io83t.
Riche, s. d. realm, O 20. ryche, L 20.
Riche, adj. s. n. rich, valuable, O 283.

ryche, s. d. splendid, L 906. riche,

s. n. high-born, of rank, 314, O 326,

L 345+. ryche, L 322. riche,//. w.

21, L 23, L I268t: pl. d. L 1406.

ryche, O 1439, rich, //, g. O 23.

See Du Cange, s. v. rici homines.

A. S. rice, powerful.
Riden, v. ride, go on horse, O 241.

ride, 34, 544, L I443t- ryde, L 36,

0 36, L 858, O 1332. ride, float,
ride at anchor, 136: sail, 151 1. ryde,
float at anchor, L140, L 1306. ride,

1 pr. s. ride, O 560. rod, pt. s. L
34t, L 642t, L 6S7t. riden, pt. pi.
ride, O 37. ryde, L37.

Ri5te, s. n. privilege, custom, 516.
ryhte, L5i8. riete, O 536. ri5te,
fair play, 829. ryhte, L 837. ryjcte,
O 858. wip ryhte, with justice, pro-

GLOSSARY.

221

priety, L 312, L 1354. 'Ricte, adv.
straightway, O 746. ri^t, 1474.
ri^te, 1332. wel ri5te, 381, 129S.
wel rihte, L 130S. wel ricte, O
465. wel ryjte, O 1339. wel
ryhcte, O 317. to ryhte, L 383.
al rijt, by directest way, 699, 1428.
her ri5te, on the spot, 306, forfj
ri^cte, O 1020. ri5t anon, straight-
wa}, 45, 28;. ryht anon, L 49,
L291. ryt anon. O 296, ry5t nou,
even now, O 1263. ri5t, exactly,
849, 1012. ryjt, O S76. riht, L
857. rit, O 51S.

Eime, s. d. rhyme, speech, O S33, 1363,
O 1402. ryme, L 1373 : s. a. S04,
L 812. O. V. rime.

King, s. n. 11 68. ryng, L 1172, O
T207. ring, s. a. L 56it, 1172,
O 1228. ryng, 450, O 470, L 1162,
L 1 1 76, O 1 21 1, ringe, s. d. 565,
O 583, 14^3- rynge, L 563, 873,
L 1505- ryng, O 1532. ringes,
//. a, L 454.

Einge, V. resound, 13S1. rynge,
L 1 393- ryugen, O 1424. ronge,
pt.pl. L 1263. runge, 1253. ron-
gen, O 1294. irunge, pp. 1016.
yronge, L 1025.

Blue, riued, riuede, see Ariue.

Kiuere, s. d. river (i.e. hawking', 230.
ryuere, L 236. O. F. riviere.

Hobe, s. a. garment, L 1061. F. robe.

Koche, J-. ^. rock, L 79+. rochewalle,
wall of rock, 1384, L 1396. O. F.
roche.

Kode. s. d. cross, L 336t.

Ros, pt.s. rose, L847f, O864, Liio7t,

1434-
Rose. s. n. L 16, O 16.
Rose red, adj. s. n. 16.
Roper, s. d. rudder, L i^6\.
Roune, s. a. counsel, L 1294. A. S.

run.
Rowe, s. d. followers, army, O 924 :

rank, Lio86t. Comp. arowe.
Rowen, v. propel with oars, sail, L 122,

O 126, L 627, L 1524. rowe, 118,

O 611, L iioof, 1504.
Rugge, s. d. back, L 1066. rigge,

105S, O HOT. A. S. hiycg.
Ryue, s. d. shore, land, 132. ryue,

L 136, L 1533. ryue, ? = to ryue,

O 140. O. F. rive,
Ryuen, see Ariue.

Sadel, s. a. saddle, L 717, O 738.
Badelede,//. J. saddled, 715.
Sake, s. d. cause, L I474t. A. S. sacii,
dispute.

Sale, 5. d. hall, 1107, L 1109. A. S.
svcl.

Salyley, scribal error for galeye, O 195.

Sang, s. a. lay, story in verse, 3. song,
L 3, O 3 : s. n. 1528. souge, s. d.
verse-making, 240, O 251. song,
L 246 : lay, 2, L 2. songe, speecli,
L iioif.

Sarazin, .f. a. Saracen, O 623. sara-
jyu, L 605. sarazins, //. n. 1319.
sarazyns, O 1 360. sara5y ns, L 1 33 1 .
sarazins, //. a. 607. sara5yns, L
66, L 1387. sarazines,//. g. 633, O
648,01420. sara5ynes, L630. sa-
razins, 1375. saraziues, //. d, O
42, sarajynes, L 42. sarazins, 38.
sarazine, adj. s. d. O 614.

Saule, s. d. soul, 1 190. soule, L 1 196,
O 1231.

Scapede, pt. pi. escaped, 886. O. F.
escaper.

Scene, adj. s. n. bright, resplendent,
O97, shene, L9S. schene,//. «.
O 1 74. A. S. sciene.

Schal, I pr. s. am about to, 3, S33,
1451 : mean to, am determined to,
0228,669,1312,01353: am certain
to, O 461 : must, am bound to, •;44 :
cannot avoid, 663, 0674, 0683 : bind
nyself to, 351, O 409, O 55S, 667.
shal, mean to, L 224, L 1285 : bind
myself, L 357, O 687. sal, am de-
termined to, O 572. ischal, 441
(for other combinations see IcA).
schalt, 2 /;-. s. art certain to, 95,
O 698, 714 : hast to, 286 : art about
to, 475, O 495 : wilt, 572 : must, 290,
0301,1029,01193. shalt, art cer-
tain to, L 50 : must, L 105 : hast to,
L 292, O 297 : wilt, L 1 144. said,
O 50. scald, O loi , O 107. schal,
O 5S6, O S05. schaltu, shalt thou,
46, 916. schal, /;-. s. 105, O 208,
1287, O 1330. shal, L 109, O 159,
L1324. sal, O 1 1 1 , O 590. schal,
with impersonal verb, 106,378, O392,
798, O 1099. shal, L HO, L 382.
shulen, i /;-. //. L 822, L 1379.
scholen, O 874, O 1408. schollen,

0 1406. solen,0 49. sehulle, 43,
1367. schole,0 1262. shule, L855,
L 1377. schulen, 2 pr. pi. O 109.
sehulle, 103. shule, L 104, L 107.
scholen, /;-. //. O 1259. sehulle,
io-;6,i2i6, shule, L 1224. scholde,

1 //. s. was to, 395 : must, O 947 :
would be likely to, 1346: scholte,
must, 906. sehulde, would, O
333. suldes, 2 //. s. art certain to,
O 106. scholde, pi. s, would be

222

KING HORN.

certain, 347, O 359: was meant to,
753) O 782 : ought to,0 933 : could
not avoid, 1075, O 1116 : appeared
about (in a dream), 141 2, O 1466, O
1 4^17. sholde, might be, L 326 :
would, L 1260. schulde, had to, O
407. shulde, L 2S2, L 1430.
scholden, i pt. pi, 109. shulden,
L 113. sholde, 0115. schulden,
2 pt. pi. O 357, scholde, 100.
scholde, pt. pi. O 1441. scholde,
1 pt. s. stthj. 1 100, O 1141. shulde,
L 1 104. scholde, pt. s. stibj. 268,
O 279, 764, O 793 : were going, 718,
O 741. schold (for scholde), O 278.
shulde, L 274, L 770: were going,
L 720. scholden,//'.//. jw^y'.0 1305.
Schame, s. a, disgrace, 327 : s. d. 332.

shame, s. n. L 334. A. S. scamit.
Scha.T^e,adJ.pL d. sharp, pointed, 232.

sharpe, L 238, O 243.
Schedde, pt. s. shed, spilled, O 920.

A. S. scadan.

Scheld, s. a. shield, 513. sheld, L

515. schelde, s. d.\i, O573, 1301,

O 1342. shelde, L 57, O 241,

L1313. selde, O 57. scelde, O533.

scheld, O 1344.

Sehenche, v. pour out, serve, 370,

O 382, 1106, O 1 145. shenche.

L 374, 1. 1 108. schenk, imp. s. O

1154. shenh, L1119. A.S. st-^tican.

Schende, put to shame, injure, 680,

O 719, 1402. shende, L 682, L

141S. schende, ? nullify, O 699.

schente, //. s. reproached, abused,

322. schende, O 335. shende, L

330-
Schete, v. shoot arrows, 939. shete,

L 947.
Schewe, v. display, 1461 : disclose,
1311. shewe, L 1323: display, L

1 48 1, schewe, 2 pr. s. sid>j. disclose,

O 1352.
Schip, s. n. ship, O 127, 189, 1183,

O 1482. ship, L 123, L 1455.

schup, 132, 1437. scyp, O 1050,

O 1224. schip, s. a. O 611, O 781.

ship, L 627, L 1031. shyp, L 595.

schup, 119, _io2t. schipe, j-. (/. O

1047,01332. ships, L 107, L 1443.

shype, L 888. schupe, 103, 1425.

schype, O 1465. scype, 6 1478.

scyppe, O 1221. schip, O 109, O

141, O 1473. ship, L 764, L 1021.

schup, 133. shipes, s. g. L 117,

O 121. schypes, O 907. schupes,

113. schipes, //. a. 37, O 41, 882.

shipes, I, 41. scyp sterne, ship's

stern, O 141 2.

Schipe, V. take on board ship, O 122S.

schepede, pt. s. took ship, O 1013.

shipede, L 978.
Schok,//. s. shook, 591, O 605.
Sehonde, s. a. disgrace, 702, 714,

O 721. shonde, L 702. A. S.

Stand, scond.
Schorte, adj. pi. n. short, 927, O 970.

sherte, L 935.
Schrede, v. clothe, O 739. shrede,

L 718. schredde,/^. s. O 603, 840,

O 867. shredde, L 84S. sredde,

L 589. schurde,0 1511. schrudde,

pt. pi. 1464. A. S. scry dan.
Schrewe, //. (/. wicked men, 56, L 60.

srewe, O 60. A. S. screawa, shrew

mouse.
Schulle, adv. shrilly, clearly, 207.

A. S. scyl {adj.).
Sclauyne, s. a. sclavine, io£;4 m, O

1096. sclaueyn, L 1062, L 1065.

sclauyn, 1057, O iioo, O 1265.

selauin, 122*2. O. F. esclavine, L.

L. sclavinia.
Scrippe, s. a. scrip, wallet, L io69t.

A. S. scripp (but see Archiv, Ixxvi.

213)-

Se, s. n. sea, 105, O iii, O 1016, 1503.
see, L 109, L 1523: s. a. L 1099.
se, 1095, O 1136. see, s. d. L 194,
L 659, 1396. se, 186, O 196, 659,0
677. se brinke, s. d. sea shore, 141.
se side, 33, 135, O 143, 954. se
syde, O 35, O 997. se stronde, O
838. se strond, O 1547. see
brynke, L 145. see side, L 35,
L 962. see syde, L 139, L 984.
se flode, sea, 139.

Sechen, v. try to tind, L 943. seche,
935: try to get, 770, L 776, L
11 36, L ii82t. seche to, make
for, visit, O 982. seche, i /;-. s. try
to find, 945, L 953. sekest, 2 pr. s.
try to get, O 985. sechestu, seekest
thou, 942. seche, 2 pr. pi. L I77t.
so5te, pt. s. went to, 465. sohte,
L 469, L 1395. sowte, b 483, O
1426. sohten, //.//. L 43. sowten,
searched, O 1418. sowte, tried to
get, O 43. so5te, tried to find, 599.
iso5te, they sought, 39. seche,
imp. s. investigate, search, O 1198.

Seek, adj. s. n. sick, L 278. sech, O
1226 sek, L 1191. sik, 272, 1185.

Seie, V. say, tell, 764. seye, L 770,
O 793. seie, i /;-. s. S95, 1265.
seip, pr. s. L 773. seyt, O 772.
seydest, 2pt. s. L 1280. sedes, 538.
seydes, O 554. saide,/A s. L 789,
L 1365. sayde, L 277, L 405.

GLOSSARY.

223

seide, L 232, 271, T269, L 1493. L
1500. sede, 285, 1447. seyde, ()
135, L 316, L 1273, O 1520. seden,
941. seyden, pt.pl. L306, O 888.
sede, 863, 1471. seie, imp. s. 147,
151, 1173, 1307. sey, L 153, O
155, L 1177, O 1212. sei, O 159,
L 1319. say, L 157, L 456. seie,
imp. pi. 169. sey, O 179. say,
L 177.

Seil, s. a. sail, 1013. seyl, L 1023,
O 1052 : J. d. L 196, O 19S. sail,
iSS.

Seint, s. n. saint, 665. seinte, L 667.
seynte, O 685. seint, s. d. 11 75,
L 1179. seynt, O 12 14. O. F.
seint.

Selue, adj. s. a. self, 45, L ii52t, L
I204t. seluen, //. i/. L 352. selue,
346. See also he, and 7iie.

Sends, v, send {oi a messenger or
message"), 1001. sende, i pr. s.
subj. send word, L 738t : pr. s. suhj.
convey, 1332. sende,//. s. sent, L
27it. 933, L 1173, O 1208. sente,
O406. 525, O 1042, 1169 : banished,
726. O 751. sende, L72S. senten,
pt.pl. L "1.347. sente, 1337, O 1378.
send, imp. s. 35S, L 364. isent,

//• 97S.

Seen, V. see, 1345 : look at, face, L
724. sen, O 743 : see, 650, O 666.
se,Li355. se, i/r. j. L 134. seth,
/;-. s. O 134. se, I pr. s. subJ. O 1386,
sa5, 1 //. s. 777, 1 1 27. sauj, 167.
say, O 177. se5, 1356. seh, Li75,L
783, L 1 1 27. sey, O S06, O 1162.
se5e, 2 pt. s. L 1159. seye, O 1194.
sa5, pt. s. 125, 888. say, O 645.
seh, L 595, L 1099, L 1462, sej,
10S3. 1095. sey, O 611, O 11.36.
seye, pt. pi. O 779. se'^e, pt. s. subJ.
might see, L 9S5. seye, L 130. se,
imp.s. 452.

Serie, v. ? error iox ferie, carry, 1385 n.

Seruen, v. act as attendant, L 242,
O 245. serue, 234 : take employ-
ment with, L 782t : render service,
fill office, L 92if. serue, i pr. s.
am subject to, O 1356. seruy, L
1327. seruede, pt. s. worshipped,
L Sif, L 83f. F. se)~vir.

Seruise, s. a. employment, L 244 :
work done, 990. seruy se, O 1031.
seruice, L icxdo. seruise. s. d. em-
ployment, 23S, O 249. O. F. se?-vise,
sen' ice.

Sejjpen, adv. afterwards, L 115S.
suppe, 107S, 1156. sype, O 1193.
A. S. sippan.

Sette, V. 1 eiTor for slette, chase, hunt.

L 714. A. S.slii'tan, to set dogs on.

(In mod. dialects, slate, strike.)
Sette, V. lay foundations of, build,

139.:;, L 1411. sette, /A s. made to

sit, 299, O 310, 401, O 413, L 50.5t :

seated (himself, L io8.^t, 147.!;, L

1 497 : placed i^himself), L 385^-, O

491, L 787t : put on, O 521, L 717,

O 738 : placed in contact with, L

I207t: fixed, L 619, 623 : directed,

757: alighted, O 7S7. settit, fixed

it, O 637. setten, pt. pi. placed,

134, L 764. sette, L 138, O 142.

set, //. appointed, L 1421. A. S.

saltan.
Seue, adj. seven, 96, L 526t, 1140,

O 1175- seuepe, adj. «. L U40;

a. I> 927. seuenpe, O 960.
Seue ni5t, //. n. seven days, 448.
Seyle, v. sail, O lo.^o.
Seyne, s. a. drag-net, O 700. A. S.

segne, L. sagena.
Shillep, pr. s. sounds, O 220. A. .S.

sciellan.
Shoure, s. d. shower, in phrase, by

shoure, in abundance, I^ 334.
Shurte lappe, s. a. fold of shirt, L

1209. schirt lappe, O 1244. schirte,

,r. d. shirt, O 15 13. sherte, L 14S5.
Shyne, v. shine, L 12.
Sibbe, //. n. kinsmen, L 68t. A. S.

sibb, related.
Side, s. d. side (of body), O 880, L

1444. syde, L 644, L 972, O 1007.

side, edge, margin, 1024, L 1305.

syde, L 1034, O 1063, O 1336.
Si^te, s. d. appearing, 385, syhte,

L 3S7. A. S. gesiht.
Sike, V. sigh, 426. syke, O 448.

syken, L 430. A. S. sican.
Siluer, ,f. d. silver, O 477. seluer,

4.59> L 463.
Singe, V. sing, L 3t, L I3.^t, 1467,

L 1489. synge, L 592, O 608, L

1394, O 1516. syngen, O 1425.

singe, imp. pi. O 135. sunge, //.

1260. songe, L 1270, O 1303.

ysonge, L 1026. hysonge, O 1055.
Sinken, v. sink, O 110. sinke, 104,

L loS.
Sire, s. it. lord, ruler, 1.S06. syre,

O 1=152. sire, s. v. sir, 833, L 951.

Elsewhere combined with a noun, as

title of knight, or form of address, as

L5iit,L53it, 01548,784,0858,

914. O. F. sire.
Sijje, s. a. time, 356 : //. d. occasions,

1348. sype, L 135S, O 1389 : //. a.

times. On II. A..S.sip,

224

KING HORN.

Sitte, V. take seat, be seated, L 534,
534, O 641, 1083, L 10S9. sytte,
O 1124. sittep, /;-. ^. sits, 904. syt,
O 945. sittep, py.pl. 392, L 394.
sittet, O 404. sitte, 2 pr. s. siibj.
L 39it, O 552, L 623, 627. sat,
//. s. 653, 1 261. set, L S35, O S56,
L 1271,0 1524. set, abode, L 1465.
seten, //. pi. sat, L 305. sytten,
O 1261. sete, L 1253, L 1496, O
1523. site, 2w/. J. 805, L 813. syte,
imp. pi. O 834. sittende, pres. p.
O 667. sittinde, 1443. sittynde,
L 649. A. S. sittan.

Sixe, adj. six, 391, O 959. syxe, O
403. six, L 926. sexte, s. d. sixth,
O 961.

Skippe, V. skip, spring, L 1361.

Slape, s. d. sleep, L 1315, 1417.
slepe, O 1346.

Slen, V. slay, 85, L I04t, 191, L 199,0
1238. slein, L 1203. sle, L 602,
604, 1369, O 1407. slo, L91. slon,
L 47+, O 91. sleh, pr. s. stihj. L
823. sle, I pr. pi. subj. O 912.
B\e\i, pr.pl. subj.h'S:2i . slen, 813.
sloh, I //. s. L 876. sloij, //. s. slew,
615,871,987. sloh, L 611, L 152S.
slow, O 631, O 1553. slowe, I pt.
pl.O 895. slo5en,/A//. 181, 1375.
slowen, L 189, L 1345, O 1376.
slo^e, 1327. slowe, O 191, L 892,
L 1387. slawe,//. slain, L 868, O
887, O 925. yslawe, L 94, O 9^,
L 913, O 1540. yslaye, L 572.

Slepe, V. sleep, L 410, O 424. slepest,
2 pr. s. 1308. L 1320. slepe, i /;•.
s. stthj. L 656, O 674.

Smerte, v. smart, pain, 876, 1390, L
1504, O 1531 : //. s. 1482.

Smiten, v. smite, L 856. smite, 52.
smyte, L 56, O 56. smot, i //. s.
smote, L 635, 639 : //. s. L 507 f,
L 886t, 1481, L 1503. ?smatte,6o7.
smiten, pt. pi. L 1385. smyten,
63> L 57, O 1414.

Snelle, rt^?)'. //. a', quick, 1463. Snille,
adv. quickly, O 217. A. S. snell.

Snute, s. d. nose, 1082. snoute, L
1088. snowts, O 1 1 23.

So, scribal error for se, O 138.

So, adv. in this way, thus, 99, L i8ot,
L 518, O 536, L 1379, L i542t : to
a marked degree, great extent, very,
L 215, 222, O 269, L 749t, L ni7t,
L 1212, 1343, O 1377: to a degree
already described, L 6of, L 654t,
L ii28t, 1522, O 1559: to such a
degree, L i46ot: eqiaally, L 174,
O 1 76 : on such condition (^introduc-

ing attesting or adjuring clause with
suppression of as clause), L 19 if,
L 553t, O 804, O 910, O 1070, L
I059t: accordingly, therefore, L
219+ : it, that (as predicative com-
plement of is, was], 550, iiio: in
the manner stated, this, L T379. so
. . . so, to such extent, in such degree,
... in which, 6, L 15, L 3i5t. O602,
L 121S : so . . . pat, to such extent
. . . that, L 75, 251, O 262, L663,
O 681, 1482: (with virtual that
clause) O 75 : in such wise . . .
that, L 605, O 623, L S94 : (with
virtual that clause) O 105, 119, L
2 2 3t. So, coiij. as (second correla-
tive), 590 and examples above under
so ... so : as, like ^ comparison), 14,
L 16. O 16, L 506, O 520, L 918.
so euer, L 14, L 588. so euere,
O 14. so, in like manner as, O 774,
O 933, 1418: in place of, 1344: as
if, L 720t, L 1036, O 1065 : even as
(introducing parenthesis), L 404, O
418, 1127 : when, 630.

Softe, adv. softly, gently, L 147, O
149, L 39it, L io75t, O 945 (or adj.
s. d.).

Solempnite, s. d. ceremony, observ-
ance, L 504. O. F. solcmnite.

Someres, s. g. summer's, L 3if, L 918.

Sond, s. n. sand, strand, O 1488.
sonde, s. d. 809.

Sonde, s. 11. message, 271, L 277 : s. a.
L 27it, L 928. sonde, s. a. mes-
senger, 933, L 941, L 987, O 1022,
O 1042 : s. d.'L loll. A. S. sand;
the distinction between sand, masc,
messenger, and satid, fem., message,
is doubtful, though in Southern M. E.
so7id, messenger, is distinguished from
sonde, message.

Sone, J. «. son, L9 O 9 ; s.7>.'L 1467 f:
s. a. 9. sones, //. n. L 23t, L 913 :
//. a. L 766t, 887, L 902, O 926.

Sone, scribal error for one, O 968 : for
souc, O 468.

Sone, adv. soon, speedily, L 46t, L
i245f, L 1391, O 1422, sone so,
ccnj. phrase, as soon as, 200, O 210.
so sone, L 208.

Soneday, s. n. Sunday, O 1054 : s. d.
966, O 993, O loii. sonneday,
L 958, L 976.

Sore, s.a. grief, misery, L 75, O 75.
A. S. sdr.

Sore, adv. sorely, bitterly, L 73+, L
i20ot, 1220: painfully, L 1504, O
1531 : excessively, earnestly, L 297t,
L 35ot, L 1170.

GLOSSARY.

22=

Sorewep,/r. s. sorrows, L 956.

Sorje, s. a. sorrow, 83S. sorewe, L

408, L 846, L 904. sorwe, O 422,

O 428, O 865. serewe, L 412.

soreje, s. n. 261. sorewe, L 263.

sorwe, O 270, 911, O 952. sore5e,

s.d.\\o^,. sorwe, 09-;i. K.'i.sorg.

Sorinesse, s. d. sadness, sorrow, 922.

sorwenesse, O 965. sorewenesse,

L 930. A. S. sdrignes.

Sope, s. d. truth: in to sojje, for a

truth, really, L 449. A. S. to sdj>e,

to sdf>u»i pitigum.

Sound, s. d. strait, channel, L 6 28.

A. S. sitnd, sea. O. N. stcnd, strait.

Sonne, s. a. sound, L 217, O 220

(comp. Orfeo, 270). O. F. son.
Speehe, s. a. words, L 317, O 322,
c>^l, O 399: language, L isSof.
spec huere speehe, acted as their
spokesman, L 1 78. spac is speehe,
said what he had to say, L 3S9.
speehe, s. d. talking, words, 454,
L 4.^^, L 57St, L 964, O 999.
Spede, V. succeed, prosper, L 465t,
L 804, 1394, L 1405 : impers. 79S.
A. S. spedan.
Speken, v. speak, O 265, L 418, L
i3Sot. speke, 254, L 260, L 266t,
L 377> 412, O 434. speke, i pr. s.
speak, L 337. spek, i //. s. spoke,
329. spak, O 342. spake, 2 pt. s.
535. spac,//. J. 159, L 179, L 389,
602. spak, 89, O 180, O 399, 960.
spec, L 95, L 970. spek, O 145,
L 600, O 618. spake, i pt. pi. L
535. speke, O 555.
Spelle, J-. d. talk, L 951 , 0 1069 : stor}',

news, 1030, L 1040. A. S. spell.
Spere, s. d. spear, O 533, L 542!.

speres, s. g. L 1389, O 1416.
Spille, V. drop, run, O 696. spille,

I pr. pi. stihj. perish, L 202t,
Sprede, v. spread, 716 n.
Springe, s. d. beginning, in day

springe, L 1447.
Springe, v. leap, L 59it, L i237t
grow, L I34t: spread abroad, L
2i9t, 1017 : break, begin to appear
L499t, L 64it, 1427, O 1454
springe, pr. s. subj. break, 81S
sprang, pt. s. broke, 124, 493
sprong, L 128,0 132, L 497: leaped
L I229t: grew out, took origin, L
1036. spronge, //. s. stihj. O 513
sprunge, grew out, 1026. spronge
//. C) 1065. sprunge, begun, 1015
hyspronge, O 1054. yspronge, ad-
vanced, promoted, L =46. isprunge,
548.

Spares, //. d. spurs, 500. spores, //.

a. O 522.
Spurne, v. kick, in op spiirne, kick

open, O n 15.
Spuse, s. d. husband, 995. spouse,

L 1005, O 1036. O. F. cspus.
Spuse, s. d. wife, 307,422,902,0943.

spouse, L 313, O 318, L 426, O 444.

O. F. espuse. L. j/<?[«]ja.
Spuse, z/. give in marriage, 993,0 1035.

spouse, L 1004. spousede, pt. s.

took in marriage, L 1450, O 1457.

spoused, pp. given in marriage, L.

1050, O 108 1, ispused, 1038. O. F.

espouser.
Squier, s. n. squire, 11 11. squiere,

s. d. O 1 149. skyere, L 1114.

squieres,;-. ^. 360,0371. skuyeres,

L 365. O. F. escuier.
Sredde, see Schrede.
Srewe, see Schrewe.
Stable, s. d. stable , for horses), L 586f ,

L 7I.T, O 736. O. F. estable.
Stale, adj. s. d. old, not fresh, O 383

(see 369 «).
Stalke, V. go quietly, stealthily, O

1 129.
Stede, s. a. horse, 715, L 753t : -f- <l-

L 51, L 505, L 717, O 738. A. S.

steda.
Stede, j-. d. place, 257, O 268. A. S.

st^de.
Steppe, V. step, go, O 1392.
Stere, s. n. guide, guardian, 1344. A. S.

stcora, steersman.
Stere, s. d. ? rudder, put for stem,

loi n, 1373. ? A. S. steor.
Stere, v. govern, control, O 454, stere,

imp. s. 434. A. S. stterati.
Sterne, s. d. hinder part of ship, O 907,

O 1412, O 1481.
Sterue, v. die, L 78it: 2 /;-. s. subj.

910, L 922. isterue,//. dead,ii67.
Sterye, see Sture.
Steuene, s. d. voice, L 1365, O 1396.

A. S. stefn.
Stille, adj. s. n. quiet, L 539t- Stille,
adv. quietly, gently, L 215, L 3i5t,
L ioo9t : privately, secretly, L 293f ,

37.^> O 387 : constantly, O 695.
stille, '\adv. gently, 676 «, L 67S :
or V. fall in drops.
Stirie, see Sture.
Stirop, s. d. stirrup, 75S.
Stiward, s. n. seneschal, L28r, O 286.
O 405 : s.v.l. 233t : s.a.l. 232t,
L 1522, O 1549. sty ward, s. w.
L 395 : J-. </. L 455, O 471. stuard,
^- «• 275, 393 : s. a. 1502 : s. d.
451-

226

KING HORN.

Ston, s. n. stone (of ring), L 569, O
585 : s. a, stone (for building), L
1409+. stone, s. d. L 79t, L i036t.
ston, L 905. stones, //.«. 571.

Stonde, v. stand up, L 399t, O 54S :
be present, L S79t : be at anchor,
597, L i03it: come to land (or,
appear), L 175, O 177: be placed,
O 1490 : blow favourably, L 761,
O 7S4 : direct oneself, L iiSsf.
stonnde, O 109. stant, pr. s. is
placed, O 1007. stond, L 972.
stondefi, 962. stondej), exists for,
554. stonde , /r. //. stibj. are placed,
L 5i4t- stod,/^ s. stood up, 529 :
delayed, L 722, O 745 : was at
anchor, 1437, O 1482. a5en . . .
stode, //.//. resisted, O 916.

Stonge,//.//. stabbed, pierced, L 1389,
O 1416. A. S. stingan.

Streme, s. d. river, L 105, L 1526.
streume, O 1551. A. S. stream : the
latter form is perhaps influenced by
O. N. straii7nr.

Strengeste, adj. pi. n. strongest, 823,
O 852. strongeste, L 831.

Strengpe, s. n. strength, 215. stregpe,
error for strengfie, O 225. strengpe,
s. d. 899, O 940. strencpe, force,
O 1084.

Striken, pt. pi. struck, lowered, L
1023, O 1052. strike, 1013.

Striue, s.d. resistance, dispute, in "wy})
oute striue, unquestionably, L 413.
■wit uten striue, O 429. wipute
strif, 407. O. F. estrif.

Striue, z). quarrel, L 729, O 752. O. F.
estriver.

Strokes,//, a. blows, O 915.

Stronde, s. d. beach, L 39t, L iist,
O 1 221, 1500, L 1520. strond, O
1547. stron, ? for stronde, O 107.

Strong, adj. s. n. L 99+ : thorough,
L 1280: s. a. able to resist, 1395.
stronge, s. d. O 1086. strong, 1041.
Stronge, adv. passionately, L 31 of.

Stryde, v. mount, bestride, L 753.
A. S. stridan.

Stunde, s. a. short space of time, 739,
0766,1279: awhile, 774. stounde,
L 780, O 803 : short time, L 339,
O 346, L ii'6i, O 1196, L 1287,
O 1322. stunde, s. d. 333: time,
occasion, 167, 956. stounde, O looi :
short time, L 636,0 654, L 895. A. S.
sttind.

Sturdy, adj. s. n. stubborn, determined,
L 874, stordy, O S93 : s. a. O 1377.
O. F. cstoiirdi, estordi.

Sture, s. d. river Stour, ? for river gene-

rally, 6S5. stoure, L 687, L 1455.

store, O 1482.
Sture, V. move, sail, L 1445. sterye,

L 147. stirie, O 149. A. S. styrian.
Sturne, adj. s. n. severe, resolute, L

704 : //. n. harsh, fierce, 877. A. S.

stiime.
Suemme, v. swim, O 1469. suemne,

O 199. swymme, 189, L 1432.
Sum, adj. s. n. some one, of some sort,

O 323, 6S0, L 682. som, O 701.

sum, J-, a. L 685, L 1440. som, O

702, O 1475: s. d. O 567. sum, L

549. sume, 551. Sume, pron. pi.

n. a certain number, 54, 498, 1472.

some, O 92, 1056. somme, L 58.

summe, L 92 : //. a. L 1064, L 138S.

some, O 58. Sumwet, pron. s. n.

something, L 6S4. Sum while, adv.

formerly, L 1329. som wyle, O

1358.
Sund, adj. s. n. in good health, 1341.

sounde, L 1351, O 1384. sound,

s. a. uninjured, L 580.
Sune, imp. s. utter sound, 209. O. F.

sicner.
Sunne, s. n. sun, 12, 1434. sonne,

L 12, O 12, L 1454,0 1461. sunne,

j-.^. 567,653. sonne, L 565,0 5S1 :

s. g. L 826, O 847. sunne, 1436.
Supe, see Swipe.
Swerd, s. n. sword, L 634t. suerd,

L1324: s.a. L 694, L 721. swerd,

s. a. 51, L 55, L 6o3t, O 744, 872.

swerde, s. d. O 476, 623, 712, O

1535. suerde, L 619, L 14S6.

sworde, L 462. suorde, L 1508.

swerd, 108, O 733, 835, O 1353.

suerd, L 112, L 885. suert, L 714.

swerdes, s. g. 1416. suerdes, L

1434, I486, swerdes, pi. a. O 55 :

pi. d. O 1512. suerdes, O 114.

swerd hylte, s. d. sword hilt, O

1471.
Swere, i'. a. neck, L io72t: s. d. 404,

O 416, L 748t, 1203, O 1246. suere,

L 402, L 1211. A. S. suvora.
Swete, adj. s. it. sweet, pleasant, 217,

O 227, 443, O 1300 : s.v. 1204: s.a.

1450. suete, s. 71. L 223, 1257,

L 1267, L 1425 : s.v.l. 1369 : s. a.

1530. Suete, s. V. sweet one, L

440.
Swete, V. sweat, 1407, O 1462. A. S.

siv^tan.
Sweteliche, adv. pleasantly, 384.

suetliche, L 386.
Sweting, s. ? n. darling, favourite, O

230.
Sweuen, s. n. dream, 679, L 681.

GLOSSARY.

227

sweuene, s. a. L 66Sf , O 699. A. S.

Sweuening, s.a. dreaming, 724. swe-
uenyng, L 726. Cp. A. S. sivcfniaii.

Swike, V. deceive, O 6S7. A. S. sw'i-
caii.

Swilk, aJJ. s. n. such, O 581, swihc,
s. a. 166. such, 41S, O 440. suche,
L 569. swiche, s. d. O 585. suche,

571-

Swipe, adv. verj', O 24, 164, L S74,
O 13SS. suipe, 1234, L 1247, 1463.
suype, L 24, L Sio. swype, L 96,
O S79, L 13S4, O 1510. supe, 17S,
375, S02, 852. wel swipe, exceed-
ingly, O 170. swipe, quickly, O
127, 273, O 36S, 791. suyp'e, L
123, L 279. swype, L 476, O S20,
L 1002. wel swipe, very quickly,
O 427, SSo, 1226. wel suype, L
978. wel swype, L 411, L 797, O
1013. also swipe, as quickly as
possible, 471. A. S. siuipe.

Swohinge. s. d. swooning, faint, O
464. A. S. ges7i'dginig. swojning,
444. swowenynge, L 44S.

Sworen, //. //. swore, 1249, O 12S8,
O 1290. suoren, L 1257. suore,
L 1259.

Syjen, v. sigh, O 1171. ? derivative of
A. S. sice, a sigh.

Table, s. d. L 585!. F. table.

Take, v. take, receive, seize, O 556,
L 558, 560, L 1209, 1305, O 134S.
take, 1 pr. s. O 576, L 671 : i pr. s.
S2il>j. O 569: pr. s. subj. L 551, 553.
toke, 2 //. s. didst entrust, 1099.
toe, //. s. took, L 587, O 1104, L
1521 : passed on, L 1129. tok, took,
2S3, O 294, L 40ot, L 1243, 1499,
O 154S : delivered, L 470, O 484 :
passed on, 1129, O 1164: placed,
1058. toke, took, L 289, L 467.
toke,//'. s. subj. L 70, L 1142-}" : pt.
pi. subj. 66. token, O 70. tak,
imp. s. 227, 563, 735 : entrust, O 814 :
give, 794, O 823, 1054. t^'^' take,
L 233, L 739,0 762, L1125 : entrust,
L 791 : give, L 800, O 1096. take,
take, 536, L 536. take, //. taken,
L 1428, O 1465. itake, 1410. A. S.
betivcan, entrust, confused with Icel.
taka.

Tale, s. n. story, 1525 : j. a. L 478t,
L I274t: speech, L 3i9t: s. d.
stor)', L i043t.

Talede, pt. s. related, O 4S5. A. S.
talian.

Teche, v. teach, L39ot, 1219, O 1263,

L I379t. tn5te,//'. s. 244. tahte,
L 250. taucte, pt. pi. O 255. tech,
i///p. s. L 239, O 242, L 24C)f.

Techiug, s. d. training, 1508. tech-
yng, L 1530.

Tellen, v. narrate, O 32, O 1302. telle,
30, L 32, 568, O 1193,1259, L 1269:
enumerate, L 613, 617. telle, i pr.
s. narrate, say, L I32t: pr. s. subj.
L 37ot. tolde, pt. s. 467, L 471,
9S2, L 992. telde, O 4S7, O 1027.
telle, ivip. s. 1156, L 1158. tel,
L 317, O 322.

Teon, V. betake himself, L 723 : go,
L 888. ten, turn, O 742. A. S.
icon.

Teone, ,r. a. suffering, sorrow, L 355.
tene, 349, O 361, L 6S5t.

Teres, //. a. tears, O 696, 890, O 929,
1406. terres, L 678, L 1424. tires,
676. tearen,//. d. L 970. teren,
O 1005. teres, O 670. terres, L
652. tires, 960. tieres, 654.

pah, conj. though, even if, L 325, L

1052, L 1262. pe5, 317, 1252. pei,

O 330. pey, O 1083. pou, O 1293.

pah, adv. yet, still, L 259. A. S.

Peak, pih.

panne, conj. (after comparatives) than,
O 13, O 837. pane, 13, 316, SoS.
pan, 116, O 120, 596, O 610. pen,
L 13, L816. er pane, before, 1435.
panne, adv. at that time, thereupon,
thereafter, 68, L 72, O 145, O 845,
1440. penne, L 141, O 461, L
1295, O 1330. pan, O 359. panne,
in that case, 439, O 459, 1347.
penne, L 443, L 1356, L 1357.

par, /;-. s. needs, O 400. dorte
(^ = poj-te), pt. s. needed, 388. durp
(? = purtCj., L 390, A. S. pearf,
Porfte.

par, adv. in that place, O 80, 505,
1027. pare, L47i,L 1365,1493. per,
L 67t, L ]537t, L 1541 : \i7itro-
duct cry) 502, L 8o9t, O 925. pere,
in that place, L 304t, L 1172!, I353.
L 1513, O 1542. pore, L 1092, L
1532, O 1557. Per, C071J. where,
L 36, O 36, 700, L i536t. peran,
adv. thereon, L 573, 575. pare-
fore, therefore, L 105, L 731. par-
uore, loi. perfore, O 570, L 1340,
O 1371. pe for, O 107. perinne,
therein, 1072, 6 1113, L1143, O
1399. perin, 1241. perynne,
L 1078, O 117S, L 1368. peryn,
L 1413. per . . . inne, L 602, 604,
1358. pere . . .inne, O 1407. per
. . . ynne. L 1475. per . . . hinne,

Q2

228

KING HORN.

O 620. fermong, there among, O
1380. perof, at it, thereat, L I24t,
1330 : of them, L 819, O 840 : of it,
L 945t, 1 1 14) L 1 144, O 1 1 79.
parte, to that, 672, O 692. parte,
L 674, O 742 : in addition, L 1410,
O 1443. per vppe, in addition, 450,
L 454, 1 1 26. per oppe, O 470.

Pat, adj. s. n. the, L 123, O 209, 272,
L 406, L 683, 1296, O 1466. pat
on, the one, L 27t, L 767t, L 828f.
pat oper, the other, L 28t, L 768-f,
L 829t. pe, the, 14, L 29^, L so-f,
L I523> i525> O 1544. pene, s. a.
L 153, L 788, L 1459. pen, L 158.
pat, 61, L 862, O 1245, 1260. pe,
L65, 123, O 131, O i373> i433> L
1453. pe whiles, whilst, L 6, L
1403. pe while, 1280, L 1288, 1354.
pe wille, O 1323. pe wile, O 1253.
pan, s. d. 624. pen, L 620. er pen
(A. S. ier Jisem J>e), before, L 4fs2,
L 544) L 922, L 1454. pare, 674.
pe, L 4t, L 35t, L 1488, 1500, O
1547. atte, at the, 1043, 1078, O
1088, O 1261. ate, O 499, O 679,
O 1 232, O I 280. pe, s. instniJiicntal,
(aa'z'.) 554, L 1405. pe,//. «. L63i-,
L i246t, O 1544: //. a. L 239, 607,
O914, O 1460, L 1479 : //. d. O 102,
L 262 1, 1509. pe, pron. pi. n. they,
O 55) O 61, O 141, ? O 1421, or rel.
pro7i. who. pei, O 129, 1441. po,
O 38. pere, //. g. of them, O 1291.
pat, adj. s. n. that, L 388, L 955 :
s. a. O 155, 356, i29it, 1407,' O
1462 : s.d.O 397, L 716, O 1273,
^445) L 1527. po, //. n. O 91, O
627. pat ilke, s. d. that same, 926,
L 1238. pat hulke, O 1240. pat
vlke, 1199. pe ilke, s. a. 855.

pat, pron. dcm. s. n. that, that thing,
92, L 103, O 105, O 504, L 1112,
1390. pat, pron. rel. (invariable)
who, L 2t, L i502t, 1529 : which,
L 90, 160, O 247, 1 172, O 1453, L
1480+ : what, L 470!, I. 602,604,
L 1282+: whom, L 22f, 978, L
1528, O 1553: him who, 988: those
who, L 615, O 633, O 899. pat,
conj. (introducing subject clause) L
658, O 676, L ii7it, L i34it:
(clause explanatory of subject) L 104,
O 560 : (object clause) L 86t, L
i55t, L 64ot, I28it, 1440: (clause
explanatory of object) 267, L 273, L
i26ot, L 1343, O 1374, O 1567: (re-
placing verb before obj. clause) 1 30 :
(elliptical) see that, L 740, O 763 :
(time) when, O 33, Os52,938,L946 :

until, L 368 : since, 1356: (modal)
so far as, 1090: (result) so that, 54,
L 58, L 84t, L ioS3t, L I478t : but
that, L 1048. so . . . pat, L 76, 252,
O 263, O 682, L 895, 1482. swiche
. . . pat, O 586 ; suche . . . pat, 572 ;
(purpose) in order that, L 438, L
442t, L ii04t, L1491, O 1518 : (rea-
son) because, L 525. al pat, until,
L 497. also pat, as fast as, 1232.
er pat, before, 1434. for pat, be-
cause, O 183. 5yf pat, if, O 842.
o pat, until, L 128. pe while pat,
while, 1280, L 1288. tyl . . , pat,
until, O 981. wel pat, O 6.
pe, scribal error for he, she, O 77 • fc)r
J>u, O 732 : {or J>er, O 1077 : for her,

1332-

pe, pron. s. a. thee, L 49+, L I477t :
s. d. L 206, O 208, L 2i2t, L 334,
L 4S2, L 579, L 67ot, 798, L 870,
O 889, L 1472 : s. d. (after prepo-
sition) L 349, O 355, 392, L 459,
1269, O 131 2. mitte, with thee, L
624t.

penchest, 2 pr. s. thinkest, L 574.
penke, 2 pr. s. suhj. 576. poute,
I //. i-. thought of, O 1317. pohte,
L 12S2. po^te, 1274. poucte,
pt. s. thought, O 292. poute, O
514, O 630, O 903, O 980. pohte,
thought, L 287, L 498, L 610, L
647, L 884. po5te, thought, 281,
614, 874, 1484. hure po5te, had in
her mind, felt, 277. poute, pt. s.
inipers. it seemed, O 289, O 544, O
675,01151,01275. pohte, L 284,
L 526, L 657, L 1116, L 1240.
peneh, imp. s. consider, L 1163.
A. S. ppican, but with meaning,
seemed, borrowed irom /j/nean.

peof, s. V. scoundrel, 323, 707. pef,
L 331, O 336.

pes, adj. s. a. this, L 453, 688, 804, L
992. peose, L 690. pise, L 812.
pis, 449, O 469, L 66it, L 6oit,
L i367t, L I473t- pis, s. n. O
425, L 824t. pys, O 845. pisse,
s. d. L 1338. pise, O 1369. pis,
150, L 210, L 4Sot, 1328, L i330t.
pis, s. g. 190. pis,//, n. L 94 : //. a.
O 857, L i333t, O 1406. pes, L
454, 828. pyse, O 912. peose, L
836. pise, //. d. L 1226. pis, O
102. J)is, //. g. O 953. pis, pron.
s. n. this, L 11 40.

picke. adv. solidly, completely, L 1247.
pikke, 1239. ^- S.//(tt'.

pider, rta'!v.lhither,699, L1442. pyder,
O 1477. puder, 1424.

GLOSSARY.

229

pilke, adj. s. a. that same, L 1425 :
s. d. L 676, L 1174, L 1205.

Jjin, scribal error for in, L 380.

pin, adj. s. n. thy, 1205. pyn, L 398,
L 1214,0 1249. pi. L 20it, L575t,
O 1313. 1360. py, L 205, O 952,
L 1370, O 1401. f>ine, s. a. L 421+,
666, O 1041. pyne, L 537, L 1062.
fin, 434, O 454, L 466, 669, O 671.
Jjyn, L 653, L 727, O 1497. pi, 43,
O 47, L 3i9t, O 1096, 1450, L 1470.
py, L 47, L 114, O 699, L 1004, O
1035. pine, s. d, 215, O 225, L
23,;t. L i040t, 1454. pin, L 710.
pyn, L 450, O 1 25 1, pi, 408, L 440,
O 716, 1136, O 1171, L 1279. py,
L 699, O 1007, O 1199. pine,//.«.
98, O 104, L 624t. pyne, L 102,
O 844. py, L 106, L 393. pine,
//. a. 481, L Soof. pyne, O S42.
pin, L 485, 513, L 515. pi, O 501.
pine,//, d. 391, O 403. pi, O 841,
O911. pine, /i;v«. /Z. a. 636, O650.
pyne, L 632.

ping, s. M. creature, 443 : J. a. thing,
O 94S, 1 1 26.

po, adv. then, L 38, 50, L 52t, L
Ii73t, L 1502, O 1529, po, <:onj.
when, L 268, 632, O 742, L 1364,
O 1540.

pohte, s. d. mind, L 256. p05te, 250.
poute, O 261.

ponkede,//. s. thanked, L 510.

porhreche, c. ? traverse, L 1291. Mad-
den, Lajamon, iii. p. 450, explains
it, get possession of. A. S. purh
rxcan, ox ^eriKau..

pral, s. n. serf, L 423. pralle, O 441.
pralle, s. d. 419. pral, 424, L 428,
O446.

pralhede, s. n. state of dependence,
L 443, O 459. pralhod, 439.

pre, adj. L 62t, 832, O 852, L 1083.
preo, S15.

prettene, adj. n. thirteen, L 171. prot-
tene, 163.

pridde, adj. s. n. 822, L 830. prydde,
O851.

priue, V. prosper, 620. O. '^.frlfa.

Pro5e, s. a. space of time, 336. prowe,
L 342, O 349. proae, s. d. loio,
prowe, L 1020. A. %.prag.

pro5e, V. to be disturbed, stormy, 969«.

prowe, V. cast, L 981, O 1016, 1490, L
1512. prewe,Oi539. preu, 1 />/. i^.
threw, L 1164. prewe, 2 pt. s. L
ii76t. preu, /^ s. 1076, 1160, L
1162. prew, L 1082, O 1197.

pxifpron. thou, 91, O 103, O 718, 1458.
pou, L 50, O 50, 237, L 1478, O

1505. po, O 3S6, O 552, O 888.
tu, in combinations like catislu. haucs-
tu, fiasttt, schaltti, seckcstti, wcpcstu,
wiltu, worstii, zvursiu.

pure5, prep. throut,'h (local) 875.
pourh, L 886. poru, adv. through-
out, O 1418.

purh out, pfip. throughout, L 21 8.
poruout, O 224. poruouth, O 226.
poruuth, O 219.

pus, adv. so, in this way, L 232, L
27ot, L 1417, 1528.

pusend, s. a. thousand, 319. pousent,
L 327. pousond, O 332.

pynke, v. seem, L 1153, O 1188.
pinke, 1151. pynkep,/;-. s. inipers.,
it seems, O 1350. pinkep, O 1371.
punchep, L 1321, L 1340. pinkp,
1309. pu^te,//. s. i>iipc9-s. it seemed,
278, 494) 524. 530, i"<5. A. S.
Pyncan.

Tide, s. d. hour, time, 849, L 857,
1445. tyde, O 876, L 1465 : fitting
time, O 1492. A. S. tid.

Tide, V. betide, happen, 204, L 206,
O 20S. tit, pr. s. L 1352. tyt,
O 13S5. A, 8. iidan.

Tidinge, s. a. news, O 136. tidynge,
L 814, L 986, L 992. tydinge,
O 1027. tydynge, L 132. tipinge,
128. tiping, 982. typyng, 806.
tydynge, s. d. L 1238. tydyngge,
O 1273. tydyng, O 835, O 1555.
tipinge, 1230.

Til, conj. until, 124, O 132, 364, O 376,
493, O 639, 1278. lyl, p?-ep. to,
O 785: until, O 981. til, 938, L
946 (in O 981, /// . . . Pat may be
coHJ. = until).

Time, s. «.time, 1364, L 1374 : proper
time, 533. tyme, L 533, O 551:
time, O 1403. time, //. a. times,
1070, L 1076. bitime, in good
time, 965, L 975. by tyime,

O lOTO.

Timing, s. a. event, success, O 166.
tymyug, L 164. A. S. gctiinian,
to happen.

To, scribal error ioic do, O 501. So do
for (0, L 466.

To, adv. too, L 38, O 38, 50, L 722 1,
L 1 102, O 1139. to, prep, (motion
to) to, on, into, 40, O 44, L 63 f,
O 64, L I546t: (motion towards)
towards, at,'L 460, O 474, L 659t,
1425, L 1432 1, L 1443, O 1478:
(rest in) in, at, L 1003 t, L I207t,
O 1293: till. O 426: (extent) as far
as, 1240, L 1248: (result'^ to, 58,
L 62, L loi t, 458. L 631, 1244,

230

KING HORN.

L 1277 1, L 1378, O 1419: (aim,
purpose) for, with a view to, O 556,
L 558. 560, L 562, L 696 t, L
958, L 1419, O 1436: by way of,
L 833+: in honour of, L 11 14,
L ii47t, O 1149, 1154, L 1156:
(definition) as, for, in capacity of,
O 9, 307. L 313, 536, L 1005 t,
L 1482; (object) L 2 t, L 167 t,
1 3 10, O 1312: (forming adverb
phrases) to ryMe, ? straightway,
L 383. to sope, for a truth, truly,
L 449. to wisse, for a certainty,
121. to dai, 46, 635. to day,
L 546, L 553 t, O 564, L 1227 t,
1449, L 1469. to morwe, O 497,
O 846. to morewe, L 825. to
marewe, L480, L 481. to inore5e,
476,477,817. toni5t, 1424. tony5t,
O 1477. to nyht, L 1442. to (with
ger. inf.) in order to, L 114, L i94t,
Li344t, 1430, L 1515: (with ace.
inf.) L 121 +, L I22t, O 1480, 1504,
L 1524 : (with nom. inf.) O 506, 876 :
(in ellipt. phrases) 830, 832, L 840,
O 859, ? L 1422.

To, J-. d. toe, L 606.

To berste, imp, s, burst asunder, L
119S, O 1233. A. S. toberstan.

To brake, //. //. broke in pieces, 1077.
A. S. tobrecan.

To dra5e, v. tear asunder, 1492. to-
drawe, O 1541. todro5e, //. //.
181. todrowe, L 189, O 191,
L 1388.

Tofore, prep, before, 1436, A. S,
toforan.

Togadere, adv. together, 52, 1354.
togedere, L 56, L 856, L 1364.
togydere, O 56, O 875. ? togare,
848.

To5enes, prep, against, in opposition
to, 56. to5eyiies, L 820, L 1328.
A. S. togeanes,

Toggen, V. pluck (the strings), L 237.

Tohewe, v. cut in pieces, 1312, L 1324.
A. S. tokeawan,

Toronto, pt. s. tore asunder, O 750.
A. S. tdrejtdaii.

Toward, /;-£/, towards, 1466, O 1515.
towart, L 1488. to . . ward, 11 18,
O 1 153, Lii86t, O 141 3.

Traytour, s. n. traitor, L 1280. O. F.
traitre, trditur,

Trende, pt. s. turned from side to side,
O 452. trente, L 434,

Treupe, s. a, plighting, troth, L 311,
0316,672. trewfe, 305. treuwpe,
O692. troujje, L 674. trenpe, s. d.
L 676. trewpe, O 694. trupe, 674.

Trewage, s. a. tribute, 1498. truage,
L 1518, O 1545 (? obligation to pay
tribute). O. F. ireiiage.

Trewe, adj. s. n. true, loyal, L 381 f,
537. L 1094, O 1131 : s. v. 561,
L 749t, L ii75t, O 1472: s. a.
O 770, O 1037 : s.d.l. 1543 : //. d.
L 1250. trewe, adv. faithfully,
1522, O 1567.

Treweste, adj. s. n. most loyal, 998
(possibly //. d.) : pi. d. L 1008, O
1039.

Treyde, pt. s. ? vexed itself, was
grieved, O 1313 (the word in A. S.
tregian and M. E. is regularly trans-
itive ; probably ^e has here dropped
out after herte).

Tueie, adj. pi. a. two, 1345. tueye,
L 26, O 26, L 766, L 1355. tweie,
24, 760, 887. tweye, L 21, O 926,
O 1386. tweyne, L 891. two,
//. 71. 49. tuo, L 53. tueye,//. d.
L 307, L 352. tweie, 301, 346.
tweye, O 312, O 358, O 1509.
two, 430. Tuo, pron. pi. n. L 37.
tvo, O 37.

Tune, s.d.iovm, 153, 1285, O 1328.
toune, L 218, O 219, O 1071,
L 1293. towne, O 163. tounes,
pi. d. L 162.

Tunge, J. n. tongue, 1259. tonge,
L 1269, O 1302. tunge, s. d. 1248.

Tur, s. a. tower, 1453. tour, L 1473.
ture, s. d. 1091, 1224, 1437. toure,
O 704, O 1085, O 1132, O 1266.
tour, L 1095. O. F. tiir.

Turne, v. take another direction, 703,
L 703, 1073, O 1 1 14. torne, O
722. turne, imp. s. L 973 f.
turne, pr. pi. stibj. give a favour-
able turn to, 666. terne, O 686.
yterned, //. changed, O 460.
terne, v, ? flow round, O 1480 n.
O. F. torner.

Twelf, adj. pi. a. twelve, 19, 489.
tuelue, L 493. tuelf, //. n. 1338,
L 1348 : //. d. L 501. twelf, 497,
1242.

Twie, adv. twice, 1452. twye, O
1499. A. S. twiiva,

Vacche, vecche, see Fecche.

Uan, see "Whanne.

Vch, see Eche.

Verade, s. a. band, company, 166.

A. S. geferrxden.
Vjten, s. a. time just before daybreak,

1376. ohtoun, L 1386. oujten,

O 1415. A. S. tihta.
Vistes, see Witeu.

GLOSSARY.

231

Vlke, see like.

Vnbicomelich, aJj. s. ace. uncomely,
foul, 1065.

Vnbind, imp.s. release, 540. vnbynd,
L 538.

Vnbowe, v. relax, L 431.

Vncupe, adj. s. d. unknown, strange,
729. vncoujje, L 733. onekup,
O 756.

Vnder, prep, beneath, 317, L 325,
O i^Si, 1227, L 1235. honder,
O 3"^28, O 330, O 1258, O 1270.
vnder, behind, 53, L 57, 1301,
L 1 31 1, honder, O 901, O 1342.
vnder, within, 73, L 79, L 705 :
close up to, beside, 970, L 982,
1024, 1437, L 1525. honder, O
1017, O 1063, O 1336, O 1483:
? beside or within, O 1076. honder,
O 1 195, ? beside, vnder, L 1160.
Vnder, adv. in idon vnder, sub-
jected, 1421 : in gon vnder, be-
guiled, L 1439: gon onder, O 1474.
honder, in subjection, O 919.

Vnderfonge, v. receive, undergo,
L 335, L 571 : undertake, 906.
honderfonge, O 947 : imp. s. take
in charge, O 250. vnderuonge,
239. A. S. under/on.

Vnderstond, imp. s. receive, L 245.
vnderstonde, understand, L 1274.
honderstonde, O 1307.

Vnderstondyng, s. a. knowledge, per-
ception, L 1255.

Vndo, V. open, unbar, 1069, L 1075.
ondo, O 1 1 10. vndude, pt. s. 973.
vndone,//. 1238, L 1246. ondone,
O 1279.

Vnlondisshe, adj. pi. d. foreign,
L 629.

Vnorn, adj. s. n. ugly, plain, 330,
1526. vnorne,L338. A.S.unonie.

Vnpynne, v. unbar, O 1018.

■Vnspurne, v. kick open, 1074.

Vntrewe, Oiij. s. n. disloyal, L 645.

Vp, adv. in erect posture, L 399 f,
1313, L 1325. op, O 1354. vp,
from the ground, L 433 : from the
sea to land (with on), L 762 ; (with
to) L 1032, 1300, L 1310, 1414.
op (with lion;, O 1341 ; (with to),
O 1061. vp (with to"!, forward,
from back of room, 1485, L 1507.
op (with to), O 1534 : (with in),
aloft, O 1 1 32. op, ? for ope, open,
O II 1 5. Op, prep, upon, O 1344.
A. S. iip.

Vpon, prep, (place) on, at, 565, 810,
1115: in, 281, 1031, 1097. opon,
on, L 121 1. vpon (aim) with a

view to, L 34 : (time) on, 29, L 31 :
(object of verbal action) upon, on,
44, 295, L 301, 576. opon, O 306.
vpon honde, to be dealt with, L
Si 7. Vpon, adv. from above, 11,
O II, 12, A. S. iippaji, uppoii.

Vppe, adv. in phrases, per vppe, in
addition, completion, 450, L 454,
1126; per oppe, O 470. al vppe,
effectively, L 11 26. al oppe, C) ii6i.
Oppe, prep, to the extent of, O 456.
A. S. uppe.

Vprisinge, s. d. rising from bed, 844.
vprysynge, L 852. oprysyng, O
871 : rising (of sun), O S47.

Vpriste, s, d. rising (of sun), 1436.

Vpspringe,^. d. rising (of sun), L 826,
A. S. upspriiig.

Vre, adj.s. n. our, 132, L 197, 393,
516, 815, L 823. vr, L 136. oure,
L 395. houre, O 140, O 405.
vre, s. n. predic. ours, L 824+ . vre,
s. a. our, L S21, 1368. oure, L 1380,
O 1409. vre, s. d. 549, 1310. oure,
L 378. houre, O 471. oure,//. rt.
L 200, O 202. ore, 192. 'Vve,p7-on.
s. a. our man, 813. houre, O S44 :
s. n. O 842.

Vrne, see Eende.

Vs, pron. d. to, for us, 6S2, L 685,
L 833, L 1 1 19, 1530. hus, O 1 154.
vs, d. after prep. L 200, O 202, 512,
L 514, O 532. ous, L 244. vs,
a. L I04t, L iiof, 6S0, O 1477,
L 1546. hus, O 360, O 875. OS,
O 535. OUS, L 192. vs, a. reflex.
ourselves, 1527.

Vt, adv. (motion), from the room, 707.
out, O 345, L 707, O 728 : to the
field, L S58, O 887. vt, 850. vt,
forming prep, phrase with of, out of,
from, 71, 202, 1337, 1373- out of.
L 77, O 212, L 1383, O 1412.
hout of, O 77, O 734. A. S. at.

Vte, adv. outside, 245. oute, absent,
away from the country, L 1403, O
1434. A. S. ftte.

Vtrage, scribe's error for Image, O 1 545.

Wakede, //. s. awoke, 444. A. S.

zvacian. wok, 1417. A. '6. wocan.
"Walawai, interj. alas ! 956. wail-
away, 957. weylaway, L 1500.

weylawey, L 967, O looi, O 1003.

walaway, s. a. lamentation, 147S.

weylawey, O 1527.
"Walke, V. go about, 1088. walked,

//. journeyed, L 961, O 996. walke,

953.
Walle, s. d. wall, L I054t, L 1396 f.

232

KING HORN.

"Warn, see "Who.

Ward, see Toward.

Ware, see Ben.

Warne, v. put on guard, warn, O 708 :
I pr. s. 6S9. werne, L 691. A. S.
warnian.

"Water, s. n. water (of the sea), 142,
L 146, O 150, L 1098, O 1135.
watere, j. d. O 646, L I029t.
water, O 612, O 1378, L 1412, O
1445. wateres, s. g. O 1481.

W^axe, V. grow in stature, 95. wexe,
O loi. waxe, prosper, L 445.
wexe, 441 : dawn, O 1452. waxe
wild, fall passionately in love, L 302.
wexe wild, 252, 296, 948. waxe}),
pr. s. O 991. wex,/^. s. O 263.

We, pron. 71. L 47 f, L 1438 f, 1527-

W^edbrojjer, s. n. sworn brother, O
295 : see 284 w.

Wedde, v. display passion, O 311 :
pt. s. 300. A. S. lucdan, to rage.

Wedden, v. marry, I430, 1 5 16, O
1561. wedde, L 957 1, L 1422,
L 1538. wedded, //. O 1496.
ywedde, 1449. yweddep, L 1470.

Wedding, s. 71. 423, O 445. weddyng,
L 427. wedding, s. a. O 1295.
weddinge, s. d. 1018. weddynge,
L 934. wedding, 926, 1033. wed-
dinges, //. d. wedding, O 969.

Wede, s. a. clothing, L 1060 1- A. S.
wsede.

Wedlak, s. a. wedding, 1254, L 1264.

Weie, s. d. way, road, 759, 1007, 1236.
weye, L 765, O 788, L 1017, O
1049, L 1244. '^ay, 1304. weye,
s. a. O 1489. alle veie, s. a. in
every direction, O 257.

Wei, adv. (with adj. and adv.), very,
42, L 123, O 170, 1512, L 1526, O
1551. vel, 445, O 723. wel rijte,
straightway, 381 (see rijte). wel
ywis, very certainly, O 129. wel
(degree), much, thoroughly, clearly,
O 74, 92> 377, O 391, L 4S9, L
734+, L 816, 909, L 1544: quite,
739. wel, dexterously, successfully,
O 241 : prosperously, L724, L 779+,
798, L 971 1, 1448, O 1495, L
1534: fitly, becomingly, 484, L 488,
O 492, 782, L 1316, 1520, O 1565 :
kindly, 144, O 152, L 151 f : plea-
surably, to satisfaction, L 212 "f*, L

214 1, L 391 t, L 623t: L 362 f

(constr. as tioiai),
Wel, see While.
Welcome, adj. s. «. O 549, L 796 f ,

L 1468 : (as sentence- word) L 405,

0419,531.

Welcome}), pr. s. welcomes, L 531.

Welde, V. wield (weapon), L 4S5 + :
govern, 901 : possess, L 313, O 318,
L 426, O 444, O 943. wolde, 30S.
A. S. tuealda7i.

Wende, v. go, L 376, O 386, O 1254:
depart, 911, O 952: ? pass away,
679 71., L 681 : turn {hiira/is.), O
1153: go about, biisy oneself, 1401,
O 1450 : ? error for she7ide, O 1451.
wente, go, O 626. wende, i pr. s.
1211, L 1219: 2 pr. s. subj.O 718.
wente, pt. s. went, L 77, 472, O
665, 920, O 1562. vente, O 77.
wende, 367, O 373, L 528, O 1064 =
? turned {t7-aiis.), O 451. wenten,
for wente, went, 71. wenten, pt.
pi. L 1348, O 1429. wente, 1338,
O 1379. wenden, L 1265, O 1514.
wend, t7j!p. s. go, O 338, 709, L
711, 713. went, 325, L 333.
wende, 372 : turn {i7it>-a7is.), 11 18,
L 1118. wente, pp. gone, 913,
O 954. wend, converted, changed,
L 444. iwent, 440. A. S. n'pida7i.

Wendling, s. v. ? vagabond, adven-
turer, O 729. (Apparently occurs
here only : comp. wa7idelard, Lang-
toft, p. 115.)

Wene, i /;-. j. think, judge, expect,
O 578, L 665 +, L 834 1, L 1127 t-
wenest, 2 pr. s. 11 33, L 11 33.
wenst, O 1 1 68. wenep, pr. s.
1439. wendest, 2 pt. s. 1273, L 1281.
wendes, O 13 16. wende, pt. s,
L 303+, L ii24t, wenden, pt.
pi. L 125 f. A. S. weiia7t.

Wepe, V. weep, O 162. weopen,
L 160. wepe, I /;-. s. L 655 1,
1 104. wepest, 2 pr. s. L 654.
wepes, O 672. wepestu, weepest
thou, 656. wepep, pr. s. L 73, L
1058 f. wep, //. s. O 73, L 677,
L 1048, O 1079, 1406. weop, 69,
675, 755, 1036. wepte, L 1424.
wepends, pres. part. O 668.
wepinde, L 1091. wepynde, L
650. wepinge, 1085.

Werie, v. defend, 785, L 791. werye,
O 814. A. S. iv^rian.

Werie, v. wear, L 1399, O 1430.
were, iftip. s. L 567, 569.

Werke, s. d. fortification, L 1452 +.
A. S. lueorc.

Werne, v. forbid, O 374 : hinder,
prevent, O 725, L 890, O 909:
refuse, L 924 f, 1404, L 1420, O
1437. wurne, prevent, 1086. A. S.
wi^rtian.

Weste, s. d. West, 5, L 5, L 1135,

GLOSSARY

233

O 1170, L iiSit, L 1335, O 1366.
westen, C) 5. A. S. be westan, on
'i'cslan, lying to the west. Westene,
ai/J. s. d. Western, 16S, 754. A. S.
western, westanc, adv. from, in llie
west.

Wete, adj. fl. d. wet, L 970.

Whanne, conj. when, 915, 1399, I49i-
whane, 359, 81S. wanne, O 151,
913. O 954. whan, 793. when,
L 366, L 799, I. 141 f. wan, O 372,
O 822, O 956, O 1448. van, O 95.

Whannes, inter, cuiv. whence, 161.
whenne, L 169. wenne, O 171.

Whar, adv. (in dep. clauses), where, in
what place, 11 73. war, O 1212.
whare, O 14S5. wher, L 1458. wer,
h 1 177. whar, on occasion when,
691. wher, L 693. qware, O 710.
wher. wherever, 416. whare, O
43S. werefore, why, L 343.
warfor, that for which, O 1313.
wher so er, wherever, L 944.

What, pron. interrog. n. 825. wat,
L S33, O 854: a. 942, O 985.
whet, L 950. what, pron. con-
junct, n. 197, 765, L 771, 1470:
a. 39, L 2S3, 1163, L 1164, 1307.
qwat, O 615, O 795: n. O 1199.
wat, O 207, O 794, O 1519: a. O
43. 169, 277. wet. L 597. whet,
n. L 205: a. L 43, L 177, L 1319.
Bumwet, s. n. something, L 684.

"Whi, adv. interrog. indirect, why,
337) ii52» "74> L 1320. wi, O
1 213. wy, O 1 189. why, L 1154.
wi, direct interrog. 656, O 1071.
wy, O 672. why, L 654, L 1042.
why ant, well ! if, L 560.

While, s. a. space of time (short
generally) in phrases : a while,
formerly. 131 7. a whyle, for a
little time, L 870. a wile. O 889.
one while, 862. one whyle. L
593. one wile, O609. J>is while,
on this occasion, L 1471. pe wile,
as long as, O 1253. pe while,
whilst, 1354. pe wille, O 1323.
pe while pat, 12S0, L 128S. wile
pat, O 1434. welpat,06. whiles,
s. g. in pe whiles, while, L 6, L
1403. while, .f. rf. 595 : evil chance,
957, L 967. wile, O 1003. wile,
s. n. trouble, 643.

WTiit, adj. s. n. white, L 15 t : s. a.
O 669. whyt, L 651. white, s. d.
1132, L 1132. wite, O 1167.
whit, 501.

White, imp.s. guard, L 1471. A. S.
-iUltan,

Who, pron. interrog. pi. n. (in in-
direct question), L 1492. warn,
pron. rel. s. d. O 1235, O 13(12.
who, pron. iiuicf. s. n. whoever, L
422. whose, J. 646. wham so,
J-. a. 352, L 358. warn so euere,
O 364.

Whyjt, s. n. ? breeze, O 784. A. S.
hvjfpa.

Wide, adv. far, 953. O 996. L 9S3 :
amply, 1512. wyde, lar, L 961.
Wyde, adj. s. d. large, extensive,
L 643.

Wif, s. a. wife, 553, O 569, L 1470.
wyf, O 440, L 551. wiue, O
576, O 773 : s.d. b 430, O 1436.
wyue, I. 414, 560, L932i", L 1419.
wif, 408, 536, O 556. wyf, L

Wi^te, s. d. person, 671. wyijte,
O 691. wihcte, O 397. wyhte,
L 673. wijte, //. n. persons, 886.
wi5t, s. a. particle, whit : in phrase,
a litel wi^t, lightly, gently, 503.
a lute wiht, L 507. a litel with,

o 523-

Wiket, s. c. wicket, gate, 1074. wyket,
L 1079, O 1115. O. F. luisket.

Wil, s. ft. pleasure, wish, O 538.
A. S. 7vil.

Wilde, adj. s. n. passionate (in phrase,
waxe wilde), L 302. wild, 2.^2,
O 263, 296, 948, O 991. wilde
? O 307 (see 295 «.). wylde, adj.
s. d. cruel, L 1045.

Wille, s. n. purpose, desire, inclina-
tion, L 20I t, L 398 1, L 520,
943: s. a. L 294 1, L loiof: s. d.
L 1328 f, 1464. A. S. willa.

Wille, I pr. s. mean to, purpose, O 3,
O 860. wile, O 950. wole, O 708,
O 733, O 987. wolle, O 1263.
wTille, 542, 556. wolle, wish to,
O 13S7. wille, am willing, O 840,
wolle. shall (auxiliary), O 363, L
919, O 937. ichulle, I mean to,
L 540, L 542, L 1228, L 1291.
ychulle, L 3, L 1227. nullich, I
will not, L 1131. nully, L 1146.
ynulle, L 32S. nelle, 1131. nele,
O 149S. nel, O 1 166. wiltu, 2
pr. s. art thou willing, O 493.
wile, pr. s, purposes, O 323, O
709, 949 : is willing to, 811. wol,
L 819 : will (auxiliary), L 685.
wile, O 303. wole, L 298, O 505 :
purposes, L 6S2, L 692, L 730, O
753. wille, 690. wile, 1 pr. pi.
O 619. wilen, O 47. wollep, L
47, L 49, L 601 : have to, L 1060.

234

KING HORN.

■wulle5, purpose to, 603. wulle,
shall (auxiliary), 84S. willen, have
to, O 1095. wolle, 2 pr.pl. wish,
L 1,^67, O 1398. wulle, 1357.
wolle, 2 pr. s. subj. L 1323. wule,
131 1, wilen, pr. pi. subj. are will-
ing, O 2. wolde, \ pt. s. (with/rt'j.
meaning), should like to, O 499,
L 666t: wished to, 1321. nolde,
was unwilling, L 1056 + : (hypo-
thetical) would be unwilling, 320.
woldest, ipt.s. (hypothetical) would
be ready, L 351 : wast willing, L
640, 644 : (with pres. meaning)
desirest, 396. wolde, pt. s. desired,
318, O 331, O 374, L Ii67t, L
1432, O 1469 : wished to go, 1414 :
was about to, L 1098 f, L 1187+:
was determined to, O 883, L 932 f :
(hypothetical) would, were about to,
292. nolde, was not disposed to,
527, L 529, L 1049 1, O 1051,
L 1300: would not have, 1292 : was
determined not, L 864, L 1049 f.
wolden, 2 pt. pi. (hypothetical)
would be inclined to, 345. wolden,
//. //. wanted to, L 889, O 908.
wolde, were determined, 85, L 91,
1^92,091,092. nolde, were unable
to, L 264, O 271 : refused, 1044.
w^olde, 2 pt. s. subj. wert willing, O
658 : (with pres. meaning) desirest,
O" 408 : pt. s. subj. L 77 if.

"Wimman, s. n. woman, O 76 : i'. a.
418. wymmon, s. d. L 552. wim-
menne,//. d. O 71. wymmanne,
67, L 71.

Win, s. a. wine, O 382, O 384.
wyn, 370, L 374, O 414, 1106, L
1 110, 1 131, O 1 190. wyne, s. d.
L1155. wyn, 402, 1153.

Wind, s. n. 1294, 151 2. wynd, L
761, L 1019, O 1051, O 1335, L
1534. wynde, O 1374. wynd, s. d.
L 1446.

Winne, v. conquer, O 619, 1357, O
1406. Wynne, L 601, 603, L 1367 :
succeed, O II 12. winne, gain, 991,
O 1032, 0 1 1 79 (insert shall), wynne,
L looi, 1 144. winne, 1 pr. s. con-
quer, 1278. Wynne, 1286, O 1321.
wan, pt. s. reached, O 200.

Winter, //. a. years, O 18. wyntor,
L 18.

Wipe, V. O 622. wype, L 604, 606.
wiped, //. s. O 1245. wipede,
1203. wypede, L 1210.

Wis, adv. certainly, O 537 (see
1209 «.).

Wise, s. d. fashion, manner, 360, O

371, 929, O 972. wyse, L 365,

L 937.
Wise, adj. s. v. 989, O 1030. wyse,

L 999. wisest, adj. s. ti. O 184.

wyseste, s. n. 70k. L 181.

Wisse, V. direct, guide, O 782 : in-
struct, L 436 : pr. s. stdj. guide,
L 419 +, L 1477 t- wise, imp. s.
237. A. S. wissian, wisian.

Witen, V. learn, know, 288, O 299.
wite, O 461, O 1329. wyte, L
294. wystest, 2 pt. s. L 240.
vistes, O 247. wiste, pt. s. 78,
O 287, L 1372, L i4Sot: //. //.
O 84. nuste, pt. s. neg. knew not,
276, L 282, L 1457. nust, pt. pi.
ncg. L 84. wiste, 2 pt. s. sicbj.
236. weste, pp. L 14S4. A. S.

TVl'tdtl.

WiJ>, prep, along with, in company
with, 20, L 22, 1501, L 1521.
with, O 37, O 1228, 1255. wyj*,
L 25. wy5t, O 1509. wit, O 230,
O 294, O 297. wyt, O 663, O
1405. wif>, beside, near, L 244,
363, 774, L 780. with, O 388.
whyt, O 803. wijj, for, on the side
of, L 1408. wip, in the number of,
among, 1119, L 1119, 1326. wit,
O 494. wyt, O 1038. wijj (ob-
ject of verbal action), 155, L 194.
with, O 165, O 342, O 407. wyj7,
L 552. whit, O 813. wit, O 196,
O 265, O 298. wyt, O 567. wip,
against, L 729, L S38 f. wiht, O
752. wip (modal, of accompanying
circumstance, feeling, &c.), 326, L

458, L 504, L 901, 922, 1082, L
1365, i486, with, O 880, O 1005.
wit, O 241, O 1277, O 1396. wyt,
O 339, O 1126, O 1553. wij)
mihte, earnestly, L 1353. wij»
ryhte, as is right, L 312, L 1354.
wip wronge, wrongfully, L 572,
905. wit wronge, O 946. wip,
filled with, containing, 38, L 596,
598j 633, 1184, L 1 190. wip
(instrumental), by means of, 108, L
112, 1456, L i486, L 1528. with,
O 1 14, O 739, O 1004. whit, O 999.
wit, O 243, O 1471. wyt, O 366,
O 151 2. wip (equivalence), against,

459, L 463, O 477. wyt, O 477.
Wip, adv. with which, 514. wit,
? error for wit inne, prtp. O 726.

Wip alle, adv. therewith, thereupon,
L 371. wip al, besides, L 424.

Wipdra5e, v. (trans.) withhold, 859.
wipdrawe, v. {reflex.) retreat, L
867. wytdrawe, O 886. wip-

GLOSSARY.

235

drawe {iiitraJis.), ebb, I- 1461.
wipdro^e, ft. s. sti/'j. 1399. wij)-
drowe, L 1415. witdrowe, () 1448.

"Wiperling, j-. a. enemy, opponent,
() i-;6. wytherlyng, L 154.
wipering, ? scribal error for wiper-
ling. 14S. A. S. wi/>crli>tg.

Wip inne, prep, (place), within, L
251, L 1054, L 113S. wit hinne,
O 256. wit inne, O 1427. whit
inne, O 1087. bipinne, 1042 :
(time) inside, 1295. wypinne, L

1303-
Wipsegge, i /;-, s. deny, 1276.
wipsugge, L 1284. wytsigge, O

1319-

Wiputen, prep, without, in absence of,
devoid of, 347 «. wipute, 18S, 407,
834. wip outen, I. 353. with-
outen, O S61. wipoute, L 196,
L 842. wyp cute, L 413. wit
uten, O 19S, O 429. wit outen,
O 359. bipute, 1342. wipoute,
outside of, L 251. wit oute, O 256.
wipoute, except, L 1250. bipute,
1242.

Witte, s. d. intellect, wit, O 184.
wytte,L 182. wit, 174. of witte,
out of one's senses, distraught, 652,
1084, O 1125.

Wo, s. n. sorrow, grief, L 54, O 54, L
Ii9t : s. cY, 269 1, 1514 n., L 1536.
"Wo, adj. s. n. sorrovvful, L 281 -f-,
429, L893, L 1423.

Wode, adj. pi. a. furious, O 921 (see
34S ;/.). A. S. zvod.

Woje, s. d. wall, 970. wowe, L 982,
O 1017, O 1076. A. S. wag.

"Woje, V. woo, 546, 793, 1403.
wowen, L 799. wowe, i pr. s.
subj. L 544, O 562. awowen, on
to woo, on wooing bent, O 822.
A. S. wogian.

Won, s. d. abundance, costly display,
L 906. O. N. vdn.

Wonde, i pr. s. scruple, hesitate,
337. L 343: 2 pr. s. subj. L 740,
O 763: imp.s. 736. A. S. wandian.

Word, s. n. report, news, 1017: s. a,
word, L 260. worde, s. d. word,
L 461 : speech, O 1067. wordes,
//. a. L i68t, L 379 1, L 600 f,
828, L 836 : //. d. L 96t, L 1038,
L 1326+, O 1476 (scribe's error for
wondes). worde, //. a. 254, O 265,
O 857. at pe furste worde, forth-
with, 114 n., L iiS. at pe flrste
word, O 122.

Worpi, oiij. pi. n. worthy, estimable,
L 1222.

Wreche, s. a. vengeance, L 1292 \,
A. S. luracii, g. ivrivce.

Wreyede, pt. s. accused, informed on,
L 1258. A. S. wregaii.

Wriuge, v. twist, 980, O 1025.
wrynge, L 990: distort, L 1070.
wringe, O 1105. wrong, pt. s.
distorted, 1062 ;/. wriugende,
pres.p. twisting, O 118. wringinde,
112. wryngynde, L 116.

"Writ, s. a. letter, 930, O 973. wryt,
L 938. writes,//, a. looi.

Write, z'. 931, O 974. wryte, L 939.

Wronge, s. d. wrong: in phrase, wip
wronge, wrongfully, L 572, 905 n.
wit wronge, O 946. O. N. ratigr.

Wrope, adj. pi. a. angry, L 354 fi
1224 f. But see 348 «.

Wude, s. d. wood, 361, 1158: wood-
craft, hunting, 230. wode, L 236,
O 240. wode, wood, L 643, O
661. wodes, s. g. L 1220, O 1255.
wudes, 121 2. wude bo5e, leafy
shade, 1227. wode bowe, L 1235,
O 1270. wode le5e, forest glade,
L 1 1 60. wode leye, O 1195 (see
1227 «.). wude side, edge of the
wood, 1024. wode syde, L 1034,
O 1063.

Wunde, s. a. wound, 640. wounde,
s. n. L 1352, O 1385. wund, s. d.
1342, wundes, //. d. 1423.
wondes, L 1441. A. S. 'viind.

Wunder, s. n. marvel, wonder, 278,
115I} I330' wonder, L 284, O
289, L 1153, O 11S8, L 1340, O
1371 : desperate effort, O 918.
wunder, s. a. terrible deed, ven-
geance, 1247. wonder, O 12S6.
wunder, distress, 1422 n. wonder,
L 1440, O 1475.

Wune, V. dwell, 731. wonie, L 735,
L 1368. wony, O 758. wonye,
O 1399. wuniep, pr. s. 1325.
wonep, L 1335, O 13^)6. wonede,
//. s. L 80, O 80, L 925 f. woned,
pp. dwelt, O 1559 : accustomed, wont,
L 36+. A. S. wunian, dwell :
ge~viinian, be in the habit of.

Wurche, v. build, 1379, L 1391.
werchen, O 1422. werke, perform
a rite, O 933. wro^te, i //. s. did,
effected, 1273. wrohte, L 1281.
wroute, O 1316. wrojte, pt. s.
kept (of a fest'ival), 1387. wrohte,
L 1401. wroute, O 1432 : aimed
at, contrived, O 288.

Wurs, adj. s. n. worse, 116. wors,
L 120. werse, O 120. A. S. adj.
u'ieisa : adv. wiers. Wiirst, adj. s.

236

KING HORN.

n. worst, 68. werst, L 72. verst, O
72. wurste, ^. n. %uk. 648. werste,
L 30 f, O 664. A, S. 'vyrsta.

Wurp, pr, s. will be, 460, 684.
worfi, L 464, O 4.7S, L 686, O 703.
■WTirp, becomes, is, 958. worp, O
1002 : arises, takes place, L 1057,
O 1092 : exists for, L 1199, O 1234.
worpe, /;-. pi. will take place, O
497. •wrorpest, 2 pr. s. wilt be, L
332. wurstu, thou wilt be, 324,
708. worstu, O 337. WT'pe, pr. s.
subj. may be, L 86. worpe to, v.
be turned into, O 467. A. S.
iveor]>an.

"Wyjte, adj. pi. d. valiant, O 1045,
O 1257.

Wyue, V. marry, L Soi f .

Tede, see Eode.

Yfelde, //. //. felt, 54, L 58, A. S.

gef.'lan.
Yfere, adv. together, L 1363, O 1390.

A. S. on gefere.
Yleue, V. trust, L559. A. S. geliefatt.
Ylome, adv. 1 steadily, continuously,

L 197. A. ?>.gelome, often.

Ylype,/r. //. siihj. listen, L 2.

Ymay, pr. s. may, L 103.

Ymete, adj. pi. d. suitable, befitting,
O 1347. A. S.gemwte.

Ymis, O 130: scribal error influenced
hy yi/iist, pp. oi gei?iissen. Read in
1. 129, _j'Ti'mt? : in 1. 130, Jiaiie misse.
misse, s. a. loss. O. N. missa. A. S.
miss.

Ymone, s. d. companionship, 834, L
842 : s. 11. companion, L 530.
mone, 528 : s. d. company, O 861 :
s. a. share, 1 1 14. A. S.gewdna, com-
panionship.

Yorne, see Eende.

Yre, s. d. wrath, O 1553. O. F. ire.

Yrecche,/r. s. stihj. may trouble, affect,

L 358. A. S. r^ccan, care for.

A. S.

Yshape, //. attired, L 1316.

sci^ppan .
Ysoude, scribal error for pe sonde,

O 282.
Ytake, v. lay hold on, seize, L I3i7-
Ype, see Epe.
Ywynne, v. succeed, L 1077. A. S.

gczvinnan.

CORRECTIONS TO GLOSSARY.

Page 195, col. 2, dele ariue, 923. P. 203, c. i, under Dute, add O. F. dtiier;
c. 2, 1. 5, read ennemi; 1. 9, add after 5ede, 294 and dele 294 in 1. 14 ; 1. 20, read
^r. P. 205, c. I, 1. 33, add fyte, O 512. P. 207, c. i, 1. 14, read gean. P. 20S,
c. 2, 1. 37, add hedde, L 1169. P. 209, c. i, 1. 7, add O. F. haste. P. 212, c. i,
1. 25, dele L 519 f . P. 213, c. 2, 1. 4, read lu^fan ; 1. 59, add 2 /;-. s. P. 2 14, c. 2,
1. 52, add after gloomy, 270, after loiire, L 276, O 281. P. 215, c. 2, 1. 4, read
L 1427 f. P. 219, c. 2, 1. 17, add O 270; 1. 39, dele O. P. 221, dele the second
ryue. P. 222, c. 2, 1. 43, add seke, O 988; 1. 45, add stibj.

INDEX OF NAMES

Ailmar, 494. Aylmar, 219, 703.
Aylmare, 1243, L 1251, 1494.
Almair, 155. Aylmer, O 165, L
325, L 703, O 1455. Aylmere,
L 498, O 526, L 1*5 1 4> ^ 1543-
Eylmer, L 163.

AJlof, see Murry.

Alrid, see Apyld.

Arnoldin, 1443, 149S. Arnoldyn,
L 1463, O 1490, L 1513, O 1542.

Apelbrus, 225, L 231, 1507, L 1529.
Athelbrus, L 247, L475. Ailbrus,
241. Aylbrus, 367, 451. Aylbrous,
O 252, O 1548. Aybrous, O 235,
O 1554.

Apulf. 27, L 290, 1515, L 1537.
Athulf, L 27, 2 84, L 575. Hapulf,
25. Ayol, O 27, O 1560. Apulfes,
,^. 1444, L 1464. Ayolles, O 1491.

Apyld, L 767, L 830. Ayld, O 790,
O 850. Alrid, S22. Harild, 761.

Berild, 762, 821. Beryld, L 768,
L 829. Byrild, O 791, O 812.
Byryld, O800, O851.

Crist, 44, L 48, L S6t, L i477 1,
1524, L 1546. Criste, d. 77, O 83,
L 1322,01351. Cristes,^. L i54t,
L 1314, O 1345.

Cutberd, 767, 917. Cuberd, O 796.
Cubert, O 808, O 936. Cutberdes,
g. 797. Godmod, L 773, L 925.
Godraodes, g. L 803.

Ermenild. see Hermenyl.
Estnesse, L 954. O 9S9, O 1250.
Eylmer, see Ailmar.

Pikenhild, 647, 1492. Fikenild, 26,
L 1404. Fikenyld, 0 1435, O 1496.

Fikenylde, 28. Fykenhild, 687.
Fykenild, L 1417, O 1450, L 1491,
O 1518. Fykenyld, L 28, L 6S9,
O 706, O 1 541. Fokenild, O 28,
O 663. Fekenyld, O r454. Fike-
nildes, g. O 14S3. Fikenhildes,
1248, 14S7. Fykenildes, () 12S7,
L 1456, L 1509. Fykenyldes, O
1536. Fykeies, L 1256.

Gile, S. 1175. Gyle, L 1179, O 1214.
God, O 48, 165, L 173, L 1342 1,

O 1569. Gode, d. 75, L 81, O 1169.

Godes, g. L 1544.
Godhild, 7, 1360. Godild, O 7, L

75, L 152, 6 154. Godyld, L 72,

O 72, L 1370. Godylt, L 7.
Godmod, see Cutberd.

Harild, see Apyld.

Hermenyl, O 944. Hermecylde,
O 1561. Ermenild, L 91 7. Erme-
nyld, L1538. Eeynild, 903, 1516.

Horn, i. 9 t, L i.:;39 f. Home, L 337,
O 373> 588- Homes, g. O 93, L
295 1, L 960 t, L 1346 t, I- '455>
1481, 1528, L 1531, 0 1556. Hornos,

L93-

Jesu, So, 148. Ihesu, O S6, L gof ,
L i.i;4, O 156, O 175. Jesus, 1529.
Ihesu, ^. L 1314, O 1345.

Irisse, 1004, 1366. Yrisse, 1290.
Yrisshe, L 1290, L 1376. Hirysce,
O 1325. Hyrische,0 1045, O 1257.
Hyrysce, O 1405.

Mody, L 959, O 994, L 1527, O 1552.

Modi, 951, 1045, 1506.
Murry, 4, L 873, 1335. Murri, 31,

69. Mury, L 1345. Mory, O 73,

238

KING HORN.

O 892, O 1376. Morye, O 4, O 33.
AUof, L 4, L 33, L 73.

Keynes, 951. Reynis, L959. Beny,
O994.

Bimenhild, 928, 984. Bymenhild,
248,1519. Bymenhilde, 874, 1484.
Bimenild, O 259. Bimenilde,
614. Bymenild, L 283, 651, 958,
L 1 541. Bimenyld, O 713.
Bymenyld, L 254, L 929. Bymy-
nyld, L 928. Bemenylde, L 1046.
Beymnyld, O 288. Bymenil, L
980. Beymild, O 388, O 667.
Beymyld, O 298, O 1533. Rey-
mylde, O 1056, O 1075. Bymyld,
O 584, O 1546. Beynyld, O 1451.
O 1564. Bimyld, O 396. Beymyl,
O 463, O 775. Eimenyldes, ^.
O 727. Bymenildes, L 1474.
Bymenyldes, L 706. Beymyldes,
O 1 501. Bymenhilde, 706, 1018,
1438.

Steuene, S. L 667 f-

Sture, 685. Stoure, L 687, L 1455.

Store, O 1482.
Suddene, 138, 127S. Sudenne, L

142, L 1539. Suddenne, 143,

1517. Sodenne, O 146, O 1562.

Sudennes, ^. L 1305. Sodenne,

O 1336.

purston, L 827 f, L 991 f.

Westernesse, 157, 1495. "Westnesse,
L 165, O 167, O 1223, L 1515.
"Westnisse, O 783. Westnesse
londe, L 176, O 178. Westene
londe, 168, 754.

Yrisse, Yrisshe, see Irisse.
Yrlonde, 1002, 1513, L 1535.
Hirelonde, O 785. Hyrelonde,

O 1558.
Ysoude, O 282.

THE END

OXFORD

PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

BY HORACE HART, M.A.

PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY

A CATALOGUE

OF

Cfatenbon ^ttee (|)u6ficah'ona»

-♦-♦-

Contents.

PAGE

I. Literature and Philology 1-54

§ 1. Dictionaries, Grammars, &c 1-5

§ 2, Anglo-Saxon and English ....... 6

§3. European Languages, Mediaeval and Modern . . . 17

1. French, Italian, &c, ....... 17

2. German, &c. ........ 30

3. Scandinavian ........ 23

§ 4. Classical Languages ........ 24

1. Latin 24

2. Greek 32

§ 5. Oriental Languages . 45

§ 6. Anecdota Oxoiiiensia Series 52

II. Theology 65-67

A. The Holy Scriptures, &c 65

B. Fathers of the Church, &c 60

C. Ecclesiastical History, &c. ....... 62

D. Liturgiology 64

E. English Theology 65

III. History, Biography, &c 68-77

IV. Law 78

V. Philosophy, Logic, &c 80

VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c 82-90

VII. Art and Archaeolog^y 91

VIII. Palaeography 92

I /6/0I

Cfaunbon {pu^Bf O)cfoxt>,

I. LITERATURE AND PHILOLOGY.

SECTION I.

DICTIONARIES, GRAMMARS, &c.

ANGLO-SAXON. An Anglo-Saxon Dictionary, based on the
MS. Collections of the late Joseph Bosworth, D.D. Edited and
enlarged by Prof. T. N. Toller, M.A.

Parts I-III, A-SAE. 4to, stiff coveii?, 15s. each.
Part IV. Sect. I. SAR-SWIDRIAN. 8«.6f7.

Sect. II. SWljj-SNEL-YTMEST. i8«. 6rf.
*^* A Supplement, which will complete the Work, is in active preparation,

The Student's Dictionary of" Anglo-Saxon. By H.

Sweet, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D. Small 4to, 8*. 6d. net.

ARABIC. A Practical Arabic Grammar. Compiled by A. O.
Green, Lieiit.-Colonel, R.E.

Part I. Third Edition. Enlarged. Crown Svo, 7«. 6<f.

Part II. Third Edition. Sevised atid Enlarged. ios.6d.

BENGALI. A Grammar of the Bengali Language ; Literary
andCollu(iuial. By John Beames. Crown 8vo, cloth, 7*, 6e?.; cut flush, 6^.

BOHEMIAN. A Grammar of the Boliemian (or Cecil) Lan-
guage. By W. R. MoRFiLL, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6s.

Oxford : Clarendon Press. London : Hknrt Frowde, Amen Comer, E.C.

B

0^

/. Literature and PJiilology.

BITRMESE. A Burmese Reader. By R. F. St. Andrew

St. John, Hon. M.A, Crown 8vo, io«. 6J.
CELTIC. Ancient Cornish Drama. Edited and translated

by E. NoRRlS, with a Sketch of Cornish Grammar, an Ancient Cornieb
Vocabulary, &c. 2 vols. 8vo, 21*.

The Sketch of Cornish Grammar separately, stitched, 2*. 6d.

CHINESE. A Handbook of the Chinese Lang-uage. By
James Sommers. 8vo, half-bound, 28*.

ENGLISH. A NEW ENGLISH DICTIONARY, on

Historical Principles : founded mainly on the materials

collected by the Philological Society. Imperial 4to. Edited by

J. A. H. Murray, LL.D., &c.

£, 8. (i.

Vol. I. J ( By Dr. Murray Half-niorocco 2 12 6

Vol. 11. C By Dr. Murray Half-morocco 2 12 6

Vol.111, i ° ! ^yP/-^"T^ i Half-morocco 2 12 6

I E J By Mr. Bradley \

Vol. IV. ) ft I By Mr. Bradley Half-morocco 212 6

Vol. V. H— K. By Dr. Murray. In the Press. ) t^, , . •, ^ <c

•' •' I For details see page 6.

Vol. VI. L— N. By Mr. Bradley. In the Press. )

FINNISH. A Finnish G ramraar. By C. N. E. Eliot, M.A.

Crown 8vo, roan, los. 6(1,

GOTHIC. A Primer of the Gothic Lang-uage. Containing

the Gospel of St. Mark, Selections from the other Gospels, and the Second
Epistle to Timothy. With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary. By Joseph
Wright, M.A., Ph.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 4*. 6d.

GREEK. A Greek-Eng-lish Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell, D.D.,
and Robert Scott, D.D. Eighth Edition, Revised. 4to, il. 16s.

An Intermediate Greek-English Lexicon, founded upon

the Quarto Edition. Small 4to, I2J. 6d.

A Greek-English Lexicon, abridged from the Quarto

Edition, chiefly for the use of Schools. Square i2mo, 7s. 6d.

~. A Concordance to the Septuagint and the other

Greek Versions of the Old Testament (including the Apocryphal Books).
By the late Edwin Hatch, M.A., and H. A. Redpath, M.A. In six
Parts. Imperial 4to, 2i«. each.

Supplement, Fasc. L Containing a Concordance to

tlie Proper Names occurring in the Septuagint. ByH. A. Redpath, M.A.
Imperial 4to, i6s.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Dictionaries, Gra7nmars, &c.

GRBEK (co7Ui/tued). A copious Greek-Eng-lish Vocabulary,

compiled from the best authorities. 24mo, 35.

Etymologicon Magnum. Ad Codd. mss. recensuit et

notis variorum iiistruxit T. Gaisfobd, S.T.P. fol. il. 12s.

Suidae Lexicon. Ad Codd. mss. recensuit T. Gaisford,

S.T.P. Tomilll. M.21.2S.
HEBREW. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old

Testament, with an Appendix containing the Biblical Aramaic, based on
the Thesaurus and Lexicon of Gesenius, by Francis Brown, D.D.,
S. R. Driver, D.D., and C. A. Briggs, D.D. Small 4to, 2s. 6d. each.
Parts I-IX. IJ^njJ—S

Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar, as Edited and Enlarged

by E. Kadtzsch. Translated from the Twenty-fifth German Edition
by the late Rev. G. W. Collins, M.A. The Translation revised and
adjusted to the Twenty-sixth Edition by A. E. Cowley, M.A. 8vo, 21*.

The Book of Hebrew Roots, by Abu 'l-WalId MarwIn

IBN Janah, otherwise called Rabb! Yonah. Now first edited, with an
Appendix, by Ad. Nedbader, M.A. 4to, 2I. 'js. 6d.

A Treatise on the use of the Tenses in Hebrew. By

S. R. Driver, D.D. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 7*. 6d.

HINDUSTANI. A Hindustani Grammar. By A. O. Green,

Lieut.-Colonel, R.E. Crown 8vo, cloth.

Part I. 8s. 6d. Part II. 7s. 6d.

ICELANDIC. An Icelandic-English Dictionary, based on the

MS. collections of the late Richard Cleasby. Enlarged and completed
by G. ViGFUSSON, M.A. 4to, 3/. 7s.

A List of English Words the Etymology of which

is illustrated by comparison with Icelandic. Prepared in the form
of an Appendix to the above. By W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Stitched, 2«.

An Icelandic Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and

Glossary. By Henby Sweet, M.A. , Ph.D. iSecoMcJ ^diYiow. Extra fcap.
8vo, 3s. 6d.

An Icelandic Prose Reader, with Notes, Grammar, and

Glossary, by Dr. Gddbrand Vigfusson and F. York Powell, M.A.
Extra fcap. 8vo, los. 6d.

LATIN. A Latin Dictionary, founded on Andrews'edition of

Freund's Latin Dictionary, revised,enlarged, and in great part re-written,
by Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles Short, LL.D. 4to, 1 1. 5*1.

London : HENRr Fkowde, Amen Ck>mer, E.C.
B 2

/. Literature and Philology.

Latin {continuerl). A School Latin Dictionary. By Charlton

T. Lewis, Ph.D. Small 4to, i8s.

An Elementary Latin Dictionary. By Charlton

T. Lewis, Ph.D. Square 8vo, 7s. 6c?.

Scheller's Dictionaiy of the Latin Lang-uag-e, revised

and translated into English by J. E. Riddle, M.A. fol. 21s.

Contributions to Latin Lexicography. By Henry

Nettleship, M.A. 8vo, 218.
MELANESIAN. The Melanesian Languages. By Robert

H. CODRINGTON, D.D. 8vo, i8s.

mrSSIAN. A Grammar of the Russian Language. By
W. R. MoRFiLL, M.A. Crown Svo, 68.

SANSKRIT. A Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language,

arranged with reference to the Classical Languages of Europe, for the use
of English Students, by Sir M. Monier-Williams, D.C.L. Fourth
Edition. Svo, 15s.

A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Etymologically and

Philologically arranged, with special reference to cognate Indo-European
Languages. By Sir Monier Monier-Wtlliams, M.A., K.C.I.E., with
the collaboration of Prof. E. Leumann, Ph.D., and Prof. E. Cappeller,
Ph.D., and other Scholars. New Edition, greatlij Enlarged and Improved.
4to, cloth, bevelled edges, 3/. 13s. 6d. ; Half-morocco, 4?. 4s.

Nalopakhyanam. Story of Nala, an Episode of the

Maha-Bharata : the Sanskrit text, with a copious Vocabulary, and an
improved version of Dean Milman's Translation, by Sir M. MoNlER-
WiLLiAMS, D.C.L. Second Edition, Revised and Improved. 8vo, 155.

Sakuntala. A Sanskrit Drama, in Seven Acts. Edited

by Sir M. Monier- Williams, D.C.L. Second Edition. 8vo, 21*.
SWAHILI. English-Svsrahili Dictionary. By A. C. Madan,

M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 7*. 61L net.

SYRIAC. Thesaurus Syriacus : collegerunt Quatremere,

Bernstein, Lorsbach, Arnoldi, Agrell, Field, Roediger: edidit
R. Payne Smith, S.T.P.

Vol. I, containing Fasciculi I-V, sm.fol., 5Z. 5s.

Vol. II, completing the work, containing Fasciculi VI- X, 8?. 8s.

*,^* The Fasciculi may also he had separately.

Fasc. I-VI, il. IS. each; VII, iZ. iis.6d.; VIII, iZ. i6s.; IX, iZ. 54.

Fasc. X, Pars I, il. 16s. ; Pars II, 15s.

Compendious Syriac Dictionary. Founded upon the

above, and edited by Mrs. Margoliouth. In Four Parts. Parts I-III,
88. 6d. net eacli. (Part IV, in the Press.)

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Dictionaries^ Grammars, drV.

SYRIAC. Dictionary of the Dialects o£ Vernacular Syriac as

spoken by the Eastern Syrians of Kurdistan, North-West Persiii, and the
Plain of Mosul. By A. J. Maclean, M.A., F.K.G.S. Small 410, il. 5«.

TAMIL. First Lessons in Tamil. By G. U. Pope, D.D.

Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo, "js. 6d.
The First Catechism of Tamil Grammar. By G. U. Pope,

D.D., with an English Translation by D. S. Herrick, B.A. Crown 8vo, 3«.

The Naladiyar, or Four Hundred Quatrains in Tamil.

Edited by G, U. Pope, D.D. Svo, 185. Large Paper, half Roxburgh. 2I.

Also in paper covers — Part I, Quatrains 1-130, 3«. 6d. Part II, Quatrains
131-320, 4s. 6d. Lexicon only, 6s.

The Tiruva^agam, or ' Sacred Utterances ' of the Tamil

Poet, Saint, and Sage, Manikka-va9agar. The Tamil Test of the Fifty-
one Poems, with English Translation, Introductions, Notes, and Tamil
Lexicon. By the same. Royal Svo, 21s. >iet.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL WORKS.
Cotton's Typographical Gazetteer. First Series, Svo, 12s. 6d.
Typographical Gazetteer. Second Series. Svo, 12s. 6d.

*** Copies of the Second Series cannot be supplied separately.
Dowling(J. G.). Notitia Scriptorum SS.Patrum aliorumque

vet. Eccles. Mon. quae in Collectionibus Anecdotorum post annum Chrieti
MDCC. in lucem editis continentur. Svo, 4*. 6d.

Ebert's Bibliographical Dictionary, translated from the
German. 4 vols. Svo, il. 10s.

The Early Oxford Press. A Bibliography of Printing and
Publishing at Oxford, ' 146S '-1640. With Notes, Appendices, and IUub-
trations. By Falconer Madan, M.A. Demy Svo, cloth, i8«.

London : Hekbt Fkowde, Amen Corner, E.G.

/. Literature and Philology.

SECTION II.

ANGLO-SAXON AND ENGLISH.

HELPS TO THE STUDY OF THE LANGUAGE AND

LITERATURE.

Vol. IV. Separately.

A NEW ENGLISH DICTIONARY on Historical Prin-
ciples, founded mainly on the materials collected by the Philological
Society, Imperial 4to. Edited by J. A. H. Murray, LL.D., &c.

Present State of the "Work. £ g. d.

Vol. I. (A, B) By Dr. Murray Half-morocco 2 I3 6

Vol. 11.(0) By Dr. Murray Half-morocco 3 12 6

Vol.' III. (D, E) By Dr. Murray and Mr. Bradley . Half-morocco 2 12 6

Vol. IV. (P,' G) By Mr. Bradley Half-morocco 212 6

F-Field 076

Field-Frankish o 12 6

Franklaw-Glass-cloth .... o 12 6

Glass-coach-Graded 050

Gradely-Greement 026

^ Green-Gyz 050

H-Hod 0126

Hod-Hywe 076

I-In 050

Vol.V.H-K.ByDr.Murray.J ^^I^'^^^f \- '' ° I I

" ' ■' -^ \ Inferable-Inpushing ....026

Input-Invalid 050

Inv-Jew 050

^ Jew-Kalrine 026

Vol. VI. L-N. By Mr. Bradley L-Lap 026

*^* One Section at least, consisting of Sixty-four Pages, is now published

Quarterly at Half-a-Crown.

^S" Also, commencinfftvith the letter A, monthly numhersofS8pa(jes,^s.6d. each.

The Dictionary is also, as heretofore, issued in the original Parts: —

Series I. Parts I-IX. A-Distrustful each 012 6

,, Part X. Distrustfully-Dziggetai 076

Series II. Parts I-IV, E-Glass-cloth each 012 6

„ Part V. Glassooach-Gyzzarn 0126

Series III. Part I. H-Hod 0126

Part II. Hod-Hywe 076

Part III. I-Inpushing 0126

Part IV. Input-Kairine 0126

>»
»»

Oxford: Clarendon Press-

A tig' lo- Saxon and Eui^Iis^i.

Bosworth and Toiler. An Anglo-Saxon Dictionary, based

on the MS. collections of the late Joseph Boswokth, D.D. Edited and
enlarged by Prof. T. N. Toller, M.A. Parts I-III. A-SAR. 4to, stiff
covers, 1 5.V. each. Part TV. Sect. I. SAR-SWtCRIAN. Ss.6d. Part
IV. Sect. II. SWf]7-SNEL-YTMEST. iSs. 6d.

Bright. The Gospel of St. Luke in Anglo-Saxon. Edited from

ihe MSS. With Introduction, Notes, and Glo.«sary. By Jawes W.
Bright, Ph.D., Professor of Engli-sh Philology at the Johns Hopkins Univ.,
f Baltimore). Extra fcap. 8vo, 5.V.

Earle. A Book for the Beg-inuer in Anglo-Saxon. By
■lOHN Earle, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2.?. 6d.

The Philology of the English Tongue. Fifth Editioji,

Neicly Revised. Extra fcap. 8vo, Ss. 6d.

Mayhew, Synopsis of Old English Phonology. By A. L.
Mathew, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, bevelled boards, 8s. 6d.

Mayhew and Skeat. A Concise Dictionary of Middle English,
from A.D. 1150 to 15S0. By A. L. Mayhew, M.A., and W. W. Skeat,
Litt.D. Crown 8vo, half-roan, 7*. 6d.

Murray. The Evolution of English Lexicography. By
James A. H. Murray, LL.D., &c. (Romanes Lecture, 1900), Svo, 2«.

Skeat. An Etymological Dictionary of the English Language,

arranged on an Historical Basis. By W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. lldrd
Edition. 4to, 2I. 4.9.

A Supplement to the First Edition of the above. 4to, 2*. 6d.

A Concise Etymological Dictionary of the English

Language. New Edition. Re-written and re-arranged. Crown Svo, 5.s.6«f.

Principles of English Etymology :

First Series. The Native Element. Second Edition. Crown Svo, io«. 6(/.
Second Series. The Foreign Element. Crown Svo, 10*. 6f?.

A Primer of English Etymology, Third and Revised

Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers, is. 6d.

Notes on English Etymology ; chiefly reprinted from

the Trans.ictions of the Philological Society. Crown Svo, Ss. 6d. net.

A Student's Pastime: being a Select Series of Articles

reprinted from 'Notes and Queries.' Crown Svo, 7,'-'. 6(7. net.

Twelve Facsimiles of Old English Manuscripts, with

Transcriptions and an Introduction. 4to, paper covers, 7*. Gd.

Stratmann. A Middle English Dictionary, containing Words

used by English Writers from the Twelfth to the Fifteenth Century. By
Francis Henry Stratmann. A New Edition, Re-arranged, Revised, and
Enlarged by Henby Bradley, M.A. Small 410, h.ilf-morocco, iZ. lis. 6d.

London : Hbhrt Fhowds. Amen Corner. E.G.

8 /. Literature and Philology.

Sweet. A New Eng-lish Grammar, Logical and Historical.

Part I. Introduction, Phonology, and Accidence. By Henby Swebt,
M.A., Ph.D., LL.D. Crown 8vo, I08. dd.

Part II. Syntax. Crown 8vo, 3*. 6d.

A Short Historical English Grammar. Extra fcap. 8vo,

4s. 6f7.

A Primer of Historical English Grammar. Extra

fcap. 8vo, IS.

History of English Sounds from the Earliest Period.

With full Word- Lists. 8vo, 14s.

The Student's Dictionary of Anglo-Saxon. Small 4to,

8s. 6f7. net.

First steps in Anglo-Saxon. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6r/.

An Anglo-Saxon Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and

Glossary. Eighth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6c7.

An Anfflo-Saxon Reader. In Prose and Verse. With

Grammatical Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. Seventh Edition, Bevised
and Enlarged. Crown Svo. 9*. 6d.

A Second Anglo-Saxon Reader. Extrafcap.8vo, 4*. 6d.

Old English Reading Primers :

I. Selected Homilies of ^Ifric. Second Edition, 2s.

II. Extracts from Alfred's Orosius. Second Edition, 2S,

First Middle English Primer, with Grammar and

Glossary. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.

Second Middle English Primer. Extracts from Chaucer,

with Grammar and Glossary. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Elementarbuch desGesprochenenEnglisch. Grammatik,

Texte und Glossar. Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, stifFcovers, 2s. 6d.

A Primer of Spoken English. Second Editio7i^ Revised.

Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. dd.

— An Icelandic Primer, with Grammar, Notes and Glos-
sary. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3*. 6(Z.

— A Primer of Phonetics. Extra fcap. Svo, ^s. 6d.

— A Manual of Current Shorthand, Orthographic and
Phonetic. Crown Svo, 48. 6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press,

Anglo-Sax07i and English.

Tancock. An Elementary Eng-lish Grammar and Exercise
Book. By O.W. Tancock, M. A. ThirdJEdition. Extrafcap. 8vo, l«.6d.

An EniJ-lish Grammar and Reading Book, for Lower

Forms in Classical Schools. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. (>d.

Saxon Chronicles. Two of the Saxon Chronicles Parallel ;

with Supplementary Extracts from the others. A Revised Text. Edited,
with Introduction, Notes, Appendices, and Glossary, by C. PuiMMEK,
M.A., and J. Earle, M.A. Two Volumes. Crown 8vo, half-roan.

Vol.1. Text, Appendices, and Glossary, \os.6d.
Vol.11. Introduction, Notes, and Index. 12s. 6(/.

(787-1001 A.D.) Crown 8vo, stiff covers, 3*.

Specimens of Early English. A New and Revised Edition.

With Introduction, Notes, and Glossarial Index.
Part I. From Old English Homilies to King Horn (a.d. 1150 to A.D.

1300). By R. Morris, LL.D. Second Edition. Extrafcap. 8vo, 9?.
Part II. From Robert of Gloucester to Gower (a.d. 1298 to A.D. 1393).

By R. Morris, LL.D., and W.W. Skeat, Litt.D. Fourth Edition,

Herised. Extrafcap. 8vo, 7s. 6rf.

Specimens of English Literature, from the 'Ploughman's
Crede' to the 'Shepheardes Calender' (a.d. 1394 to A.D. 1579). With
Introduction, Notes, and Glossarial Index. By W. W. Skeat, Litt.D.
Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 7*. 6d.

Typical Selections from the best English Writers, with
Introductory Notices. In 2 vols. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6d.
each.

Vol.1. Latimer to Berkeley. Vol.11. PopetoMacaulay.

An English Miscellany. Presented to Dr. Furnivall in

honour of his Seventy-fifth Birthday. With Portrait and Illustrations.
8vo, cloth extra, if. i*.

A SERIES OF ENGLISH CLASSICS.
The Deeds of Beowulf. An English Epic of the Eighth

Century done into Modern Prose. With an Introduction and Notes, by
John Earle, M.A. Crown 8vo, 8.9. 6d.

Alfred. King Alfred's Old English Version of Boethius,

De Consolatione Philosophiae. Edited from the MSS., with Introduction,
Critical Notes, and Glossary. By Walter John Sedgefield, M.A.
Melb., B.A. Cantab. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6c7.

Kinof Alfred's Version of the Consolations of Boethius.

Done into Modern English, with an Introduction. By the same. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 4«. 6c?.

London : Hehrt Fbowde, Amen Comer, £,C.

lo /. Liter attire and Philology

The Ormulum, with the Notes and Glossary of Dr. R. M.
White. Edited by R. Holt, M.A. 2 vols. Extra fcap. 8vo, \l. is.

CHAUCER.

The Complete Works of Geoffrey Chaucer. Edited, from

numerous Manuscripts, by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. In Six Volumes,
demy Svo, with Portrait and Facsimiles. 4L i6s., or 16s. each
volume.

Chaucerian and other Pieces, being- a Supplementary

Volume to the above. Edited, from numerous Manuscripts by
W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Svo, 18*.

The Prologue to the Canterbury Tales. (School Edition.)
Edited by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Extra fcap. Svo, is.

The Prologue, the Knightes Tale, The Nonne Prestes

Tale; from the Canterbury Tales. Edited by R. Morkis, LL.D. A
New Edition, with Collations and Additional Notes by W. W. Skeat,
Litt.D. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6(i.

The Prioresses Tale; Sir Thopas; The Moukes Tale;

The Clerkes Tale ; The Squieres Tale, &c. Edited by W. W. Skeat,
Litt.D. Seventh Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. Svo, 4*. 6d.

The Tale of the Man of Lawe ; The Pardoneres Tale ;

The Second Nonnes Tale ; The Chanouns Yemannes Tale. By
W. W. Skbat, Litt.D. New Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. Svo,
4s. ()d.

Minor Poems. Edited by W.W. Ske.at, Litt.D. Seco7id

Edition. Crown Svo, los. 6d.

The Hous of Fame. Edited by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D.

Crown Svo, paper boards, 2*.

The Legend of Good Women. Edited by W. W. Skeat,

Litt.D. Crown Svo, 6«.
The Student's Chaucer. Being a complete Edition of

the Works, edited from numerous MSS., with Introduction and
Glossary, by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. In one vol., crown Svo, cloth,
"js. 6d.

*^* Glossarial Index to the above, Crown Svo, limp cloth, is. 6d.
The Oxford Chaucer. On Oxford India Paper, cloth extra, 9s. 6d.
The Chaucer Canon. Witli a discussion of the Works

associated with the name of Geoffrey Chaucer. By the Rev. W. W.
Skeat, Litt.D. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d. net.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

A Series of Eiiglish Classics. 1 1

LANGLAND (W.).

The Vision of William concerning' Piers the Plowman, in

three Parallel Texts; together with Richard the Redoless. By
William Langland (about 1362-1399 A. D.). Edited from numerous
Manuscripts, with Preface, Motes, and aGlossary,by W. W.Skeat,
Litt.D. 2 vols. 8vo, 1 L 115. 6rf.

The Vision of" William concerning- Piers the Plowman, by
William Langland. Edited, with Notes, by W. W.Skeat, Litt.D.
Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4.S. 6d.

GOWER. TheComplete Works of John Gower. Edited from

the MSS., with Introductions, Notes, and Glossaries, by G. C. Macaulay,
M.A. In Four Volumes, Svo, buckram.

Vol. I. The French Works. With a facsimile, i6s.

Vols. II. and III. The English Works. With a facsimile. i6«. each.

Gamelyn, The Tale of. Edited, with Notes, Glossary, &c., by
W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Second Edition, Reiixed. Extra fcap. Svo, stitf
covers, is. 6rf.

Wyclifie.

The Books of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and

the Song of Solomon : according to the Wycliffite Version made by
Nicholas de Hekefobd, about a.d. 1381, and Revised by John
Pdbvey, about a.d. 13S8. With Inti-od action and Glossary by
W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Extra fcap. Svo, 3.S. 6d.

The New Testament in Eng-lish. according- to the
Version by John Wycliffe, about a.d. i3So,and Revised by John
Purvey, about a.d. 1388. With Introduction and Glossary by
W. W.Skeat, Litt.D. Extra fcap. Svo, 65.

Minot (Laurence). Poems. Edited, with Introduction and
Notes, by .Joseph Hall, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 4*. td.

Spenser's Faery Queene. Books I and II. Desig-ned chiefly

for the use of Schools. New Edition. With Introduction and Notes
by G. W. KiTCBiN, D.D., and Glossary by A. L. Mayhew, M.A. Extra
fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d. each.

Hooker. Ecclesiastical Polity, Book I. Edited by K. W.
Church, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.

OLD ENGLISH DRAMA.

York Plays. The Plays performed by the Crafts or

Mysteries of York, on the day of Corpus Christi, in the 14th, 15th,
and i6th centuries; now first printed from the unique manuscript
in the library of Lord Ashburnham. Edited, with Introduction and
Glossary, by LucY Toulmin Smith. Svo, 21s.

London : Hkkrt Frowdr, Amen Comer, E.G.

12 /. Literature and Philology.

OLD ENGLISH DRAMA [contintted).

English Miracle Plays, Moralities, and Interludes.
Specimens of the Pre-Elizabethan Drama. Edited, with an Introduc-
tion, Notes, and Glossary, by Alfred W. Pollard, M.A. Third
Edition, Revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

The Pilgrimage to Parnassus, with the Two Parts of

the Return from Parnassus. Three Comedies performedinSt. John's
College, Cambridge, a.d. mdxcvii-mdci. Edited from MSS. by
W. D. Macray, M.A., F.S.A. Medium 8vo, bevelled boards, gilt
top, 8s, 6d.

Marlowe's Edward II. With Introduction, Notes, &c.
By O. W.Tancock, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff
covers, 2«. ; cloth, 3*.

Marlowe and Greene. Marlowe's Tragical History of

Dr. Faustus, and Greene's Honourable History of Friar Bacon and
Friar Bungay. Edited by A. W. Ward, Litt. D. Fourth Edition.
Crown Svo, 6s. 6rf.

Hakluyt. Select Narratives from the ' Principal Navigations
and Discoveries of the English Nation.' Edited by E. J. Payne, M.A.
Second Edition. Crown Svo, with Illustrations. First and Second
Series, 5s. each.

SHAKESPEARE. Select Plays. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers.

Edited by W. G. Clark, M.A., and W. Aldis Wright, D.C.L.

Hamlet. 2«. Merchant of Venice, is.

Macbeth, i*. 6d. Kichard the Second, is. 6d.

Edited by W. Alois Wright, D.C.L.

As You Like It. is. 6d. King Lear. is. 6d.

Coriolanus. 2.s. 6d. Midsummer Night's Dream. i«. 6d.

Henry the Eighth. 28. Much Ado about Nothing. i#. 6d.

Henry the Fifth. 2s. Richard the Third. 2S. 6d.

.Julius Caesar. 2s. Tempest, is. 6d.

King John. is. 6d. Twelfth Night. Is. 6d.
The First Part of Henry the Fourth. 2«.

Shakespeare as a Dramatic Artist; a popular Illustration

of the Principles of Scientific Criticism. By R. G. MOULTON, M.A.
Third Edition, Enlarged. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d.

Bacon. Advancement of Learning. Edited by W. Aldis

Wright, D.C.L. New Edition. Crown Svo, 3s. 6d.

The Essays. Edited, with Introduction and Illustrative

Notes, by S. H. Reynolds, M.A. Svo, half-bound, 12s. 6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

A Series of English Classics. i

o

MILTON. The Poetical Works of John Milton. Edited,

after the Original Texts, by the Rev. H. C. Beeching, M. A. With two collo-
types of handwriting, and nine facsimile title-pages. 8vo, 7»-. 6d.

%* Also in Crown 8t'o, tvifh Portrait and Facsimile Title-pages.

(a) Oi'dinary paper, cloth, 3s. 6d. ; (b) India Paper, cloth extra, 8«.

and in leather bindings.

Areopagitiea. With Introduction and Notes. By

John W. Hales, M. A. New Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.

Poems. Edited hy R. C. Browne, M.A. In Two

Volumes. New Edition, Bevised. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6*. 6d.
Sold separately, Vol. I, 4s.; Vol.11, 3s.
In paper covers :
Lycidas, ^d. Conius, 6d.

Edited with Notes, hy 0. Elton, B.A.

Lycidas, 6d. L' Allegro, j[d. II Peuseroso, 4^?. Comus, i«.

Paradise Lost. Book I. Edited by H. C. Beeching,

M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, i*. 6d. ; in Parchment, 3s. 6d.

• Paradise Lost. Book II. Edited hy E. K. Chambers,

B.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 15. 6d.

*^* Books I and II combined, 2s. 6d.

Samson Agonistes. Edited, with Introduction and

Notes, by J. Churton Collins, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff covers, is.

Milton's Prosody. By Robert Bridges. Extra fcap. Svo,

stiff covers, i*-. 6</.

Bunyan. The Pilgrim's Progress, Grace Abounding, Relation
of the Imprisonment of Mr. John Bunyan. Edited, with Biographical
Introduction and Notes, by E. Venables, M.A. Second Edition,
Revised by Mabel Peacock. Crown Svo, with Portr.iit, 3.5. 6*?.

The Holy War, and The Heavenly Footman. Edited

by Mabel Peacock. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.

Puller. Wise Words and Quaint Counsels of Thomas Fuller,
Selected by Augustus Jessopp, D.D. Crown 8vo, 6s.

Clarendon. History of the Rebellion, Book VI. Edited by T.
Arnold, M.A. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 5s.

Characters and Episodes of the Great Rebellion.

Selections from Clarendon. Edited by G. Botle, M.A., Dean of
Salisbury. Crown Svo, gilt top, 7*. 6d.

Dryden. Essays of John Dryden. Selected and Edited by

W. p. Ker, M.A. In Two Volumes, Crown Svo, lo*-. 6d.
London: Henbt Fkowdk, Amen Comer, E.G.

14 /. Literature and Philology.

Dryden. Select Poems. (Stanzas on the Death of Oliver

Cromwell; Astraea Redux; Annus Mirabilis ; Absalom and AchitopLel ;
Religio Laici ; The Hind and the Panther.) Edited by W. D. Christie,
M.A. Fifth Edition. Revised by C. H. Firth, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo,
3*. 6d.

An Essay of Dramatic Poesy. Edited, with Notes, by

Thomas Arnold, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 38. 6d.

Locke. Conduct of the Understanding'. Edited, with Intro-
duction, Notes, &c., by T. FowLER, D.D. Third Edition. Extra fcap.
8vo, 2s. 6d.

Addison. Selections from Papers in T/ie Spectator. With
Notes. By T. Arnold, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 48. 6d.

Steele. Selections from The Tatler, Spectator and Guardian.
Edited by Austin Dobson. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 78. f>d.

Swift. Selections from his Works. Edited, with Life, In-
troductions, and Notes, by Sir Henry Craik, K.C.B., M.A. Two Vols.
Crown Svo, cloth extra, 15*.

Each volume may he had separately, price "js. 6d.

Pope. Select Works. With Introduction and Notes. By
Mark Pattison, B.D.

Essay on Man. Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, l«. 6d.
Satires and Epistles. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2«.

Parnell. The Hermit. Paper covers, 2d.

Thomson. The Seasons, and The Castle of Indolence. Edited
by J. LoGiE Robertson, M.A. Extra fcRp. Svo, 4s. 6d.

The Castle of Indolence. By the same Editor. Extra

fcap. Svo, IS. 6d.

Gray. Selected Poems. Edited by Edmund Gosse, M.A.

Extra fcap. Svo. In Parchment, 3s.

The same, together with Supplementary Notes for

Schools, by Foster Watson, M.A. Stiff covers, is. 6d.
— Elegy, and Ode on Eton College. Paper covers, 2d.

Chesterfield. Lord Chesterfield's Worldly Wisdom. Selec-
tions from his Letters and Characters. Edited by G. Birkbeck Hill,
D.C.L. Crown Svo, 68.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

A Series of Eiiglish Classics. 15

Golds laith.

Selected Poems. Etlited, with Introduction and Notes, by
Austin Dobson. Extra fcap.Svo, is.dd.

The Travcdler. Edited by G. Biukijkck Hill, U.C.L.
Stifi Covers, i*.

The Deserted Village. Paper covers, 2d.

JOHNSON.

Letters of Samuel .Johnson, LL.D. Collected and Edited
by G. BiKKBECK Hill, D.C.L. 3 vols. Medium 8vo, half-roan, 28^.

Wit and Wisdom of Samuel Johnson. Edited by
G. BiBKBECK Hill, D.C.L. Crown 8vo, 7«. 6d.

Rasselas. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by
G. BiKKBECK Hill, D.C.L. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth flush, 2».; in
Parchment, 4*. dd.

Rasselas; and Lives of Dryden and Pope. Edited by
Alfred Milnes, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. 6d.
%* Lives of Dryden and Pope only, stiff covers, 2». (td.

Life of Milton. Edited by C. H. Firth, M.A. Extra

fcap. 8vo, cloth, 2.?. (id.\ stifi covers, is. 6d.

Vanity of Human Wishes. With Notes, by E. J.
Payne, M.A. Paper covers, 4^.

Boswell's Life of Johnson. With the Journal of
a Tour to the Hebrides. Edited by G. Bikkbeck Hill, D.C.L.
6 vols. Medium 8vo, half-bound, 3Z. 3*.

Cowper. Edited, with Life, Introductions, and Notes, by
the late H. T. Griffith, B.A.

I. The Didactic Poems of 1782, with Selections from the Minor Pieces,
A.D. 1779-1783. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3«.

IL The Task, with Tirocinium, and Selections from the Minor Poems,
A. IJ. 1 784-1 799. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 38.

Burke. Select Works. Edited, with Introduction and
Notes, by E. J. Payne, M.A.

I. Thoughts on the Present Discontents ; the two Speeches on America.

Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4*. (>d.

II. Reflection* on the French Revolution. Second Edition. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 5».

III. Four Letters on the Proposals for Peace with the Regicide
Directory of France. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 5*.

London : Uksbt Fbowoe, Amen Comer, E.G.

1 6 /. Literature and Philology.

Burns. Selected Poems. Edited, with Introduction, Notes,
and a Glossary, by J. LoGiE Robertson, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6«.

Keats. The Odes of Keats. Edited, with Notes, Analyses,
and a Memoir, by Arthur C. Downeu, M.A. With Four Illustrations.
Extra fcap. 8vo, 3.S'. 6(?. net.

Hyperion, Book I. With Notes by W. T. Arnold, B.A.

Paper covers, ^d.

Byron. Childe Harold. With Introduction and Notes, by

H. F. TozEK, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*. 6rf. ; in Parch-
ment, 5*.

Scott. Lady of the Lake. Edited, with Preface and Notes,

by W. MiNTO, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6(L
Lay of the Last Minstrel. By the same Editor..

With Map. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, i «. 6d. ; in Parchment, 3s. 6d.

Lay of the Last Minstrel. Introduction and Canto I,

with Preface and Notes, by the same Editor. 6d.

Lord of the Isles. Edited by Thomas Bayne, Extra

fcap. Svo, 2s.; cloth, 2s. 6d.

Marmion. By the same. Extra fcap. Svo, 3.S. 6d.

Ivanhoe. Edited by C. E. Tiieodosius, M.A. Extra

fcap. Svo, stiff covers, 2s.

The Talisman. Edited by H. B. George, M.A. Extra

fcap. Svo, stiff covers, 2s.

Shelley. Adonais. Edited by W. M. Rossetti. Crown

Svo, 5s.
Campbell. Gertrude of Wyoming-. Edited by H. Macaulay

FiTzGiBBON, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, is.

Wordsworth. The White Doe of Rylstone, &c. Edited by
William Knight, LL.D. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*-. 6d.

Couch. The Oxford Book of English Verse. 1250-1900.

Chosen and Edited by A. T. Quiller-Couch. Crown Svo, clotli, gilt top,
7s. 6d. ; Fcap. Svo, on Oxford India Paper, cloth extra, gilt top, 10*. 6c?.

Palgrave. The Treasury of Sacred Song-. With Notes

Explanatory and Biographical. ByF. T. Palgrave, M.A. Seventeenth
Thousand. Extra fcap. Svo, 4s. 6d.; India Paper, "js. 6d.

Ode for the Twenty-first of June, 1887. By the same

Author. Crown 4to, vellum covers, 2s. 6d.

Courthope. The Longest Reign : an Ode on the Completion

of the Sixtieth Year of the Reign of Her Majesty Queen Victoria. By
W. J. CodRTHOPE, C.B., M.A. Crown 4to, vellum covers, 2s. 6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

French, Italian, &c. 17

SECTION III.

EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, MEDIAEVAL AND

MODERN.

(1) FRENCH, ITALIAN, ETC.

Studies in European Literature. Being- the Taylorian Lec-
tures, 1S89-1S99. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Brachet's Etymolog-ieal Dictionary of the French Language.
Translated by G. W. Kitchin, D.D. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 75.6^.

Plistorical Grammar of the French Language. Trans-
lated by G. W. Kitchin, D.D. Secenth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 38. 6d.

Brittain. Historical Primer of French Phonetics and In-
flfction. By Margaret S. Brittain, ]\r.A. With Introductory Note
by Paget Toynbee, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 3*-, 6d.

Brachet and Toynbee. Historical Grammar of the French

Language. Froiu the French of Adguste Bracket. Re-written and
Enlarged by Paget Toynbee, M.A. Crown Svo, 7s. 6(7.

Saintsbury. Primer of French Literature. By George

Sai.vtsbury, M.A. Fourth Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. Svo, 2«.

Short History of French Literature. Fifth lidition,

lievised (toith ike Section on the Nineteenth Century greatly enlarged).
Crown Svo, los. 6(7.

Specimens of French Literature, from Villon to Hugo.

Second Edition. Crown Svo, <)s.

Wall. A Concise French Grammar, including Phonology,

Accidence and Syntax, with Historical Notes for use in Upper and Middle
Forms. By Akthcb H. Wall, M.A. Crown Svo, 4*. 6c7.

Cest Daucasin et de Nicolete. Reproduced in Photo-
facsimile and Type-transliteration from the unique MS. in the Biblio-
thfeque Nationale at Paris, and edited by F. W. BouEDlLLON, M.A. Small
quarto, half-vellum, 24.?. net.

Song of Dermot and the Earl. An Old F'reuch Poem.

Edited, with Translation, Notes, &c., by G. H. Obpen. Extra fcap. Svo,
8s. 6(7.

Toynbee. Specimens of Old French (IX-XV Centuries).
With Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. By Paget Toynbee, M.A.
Crown Svo, 16*.

London : Hekrt Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C.
C

1 8 /. Literature and Philology.

Molidre. Les Qllavres Completes de Moliere. Crown 8vo, 5.?.

*^ Also, an India Paper edition, cloth extra, 9s. dd. ; and Miniature
edition, 4 vols., 32mo, in case, 14s.

Beaumarchais' Le Barbier de Seville. Edited, with Intro-
duction and Notes, by Austin Dobson. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6d.

Corneille's Horace. Edited, with Introduction and Notes,
by George Saintsbokt, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 25. dd.

Molidre's Les Precieuses Ridicules. Edited, with Introduction
and Notes, by Andrew Lano, M.A. Second UdUioii. Extra fcap. 8vo,
IS. 6d.

Musset's On ne badine pas avec I'Amour, andFantasio. Edited,
with Prolegomena, Notes, &c., by "W. H. Pollock. Extra fcap. Svo, 2».

Racine's Esther. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by
George Saintsburt, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.

Voltaire's Merope. Edited, with Introduction and Notes,
by George Saintsbdry, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.

*** The above six Plays may le had in ornamental case, and hound
in Imitation Parchment, price 1 2-9. 6d.

Moliere. Le Misanthrope. Edited by H. W. G. Markheim,
M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 3*. 6d.

MASSON'S FRENCH CLASSICS.

Edited by Gustave Masson, B.A.

Corneille's Cinna. With Notes, Glossary, &c. Extra fcap.
Svo, 2S.; stiff covers, is. 6d.

Corneille's Cinna. Moliere's Les Femmes Savautes. With

Fontenelle's Life of Corneille, and Notes. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.

Louis XIV and his Contemporaries ; as described in Extracts

from the best Memoirs of the Seventeenth Century. With English Notes,
Genealogical Tables, &c. Extra fcap. Svo, 2S. 6d.

Maistre, Xavier de, &c. Voyage autour de ma Chambre,

by Xavier de Maistre ; Ourika, by Madame de Duras ; Le Vieux
Tailleur, by MM. Ekckmann-Chatrian ; La Veill<^e de Vincennes, by
Alfred de Vigny ; Les Jumeaux de I'Hotel Corneille, by Edmond
About ; Me'saventures d'un ^colier, by Rodolphe Topffer. Third
Edition, Revised. Extra fcap. Svo, 2«. 6d.

Voyage autour de ma Chambre. Limp, i*. 6d.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

French, Italian, &c. 19

Molidre's Lcs Fourheries de Scapin. With Voltaire's Life of

Molit're. Extra fcap. 8 vo, stift covers, is.Gd.

Les Fcmmos Savantes. With Notes, Glossary, &c.

Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 2s. ; stiff covers, i*. 6rf.

Regnard's Le Joucur, and Brueys and Palaprat's Le Gron-

(leur. Extra fcap. Svo, 2S.6d.

Sevign6, Madame de, and her chief Contemporaries. Selections
from their Correspondence. Extra fcap. Svo, 3*.

Blouet. L'l^loquence de la Cbaire Fran^aise. Edited by
Paul Blocet, B.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.

Gautier, Theopliile. Scenes of Travel, Selected and Edited
by George Saintsburt, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*.

Perrault's Popular Tales. Edited from the Original Editions,

with Introduction, &c., by A. Lang, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 55. 6d.

Quinet's Lettres a sa Mere. Selected and Edited by George

Saintsbory, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2*.

Sainte-Beuve. Selections from the Causeries du Lundi.
Edited by George Saintsburt, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 25,

A Primer of Italian Literature. By F. J. Snell, M.A.

Extra fcap. Svo, 38. 6(7.

Dante. A Dictionary of Proper Names and Notable Matters
in the Works of Dante, By Paget Totnbee, M.A. Small 4to, buckram,
25s, net.

Tutte Le Opere di Dante Aligbieri, nuovamente

rivedute nel testo dal Dr. E. Moore : Con Indice dei Nomi Propri e
delle Cose Notabili, compilato da Paget Toynbee, M.A. Crown Svo,
7*. 6d.

*^* Also, an India Paper edition, cloth extra, gs. 6d. ; and Miniature
edition, 3 vols., in case, 10s. 6d.

Studies in Dante. By E. Moore, D.D. Svo, cloth,

108. 6d. net each.
Series I. Scripture and Classical Authors in Dante.
II. Miscellaneous Essays.

La Divina Commedia di Dante Alig-hieri, nuovamente

riveduta nel testo dal Dr. E. Moore : Con Indice dei Nomi Propri,
compilato da Paget Toynbee, M.A. Crown Svo, 6s,

London : Henbt Feowdb, Amen Comer, KC

c a

20 /. Literature atid Philology.

Dante {continued). Selections from the Inferno. With Intro-
ductiou and Notes. By H. B. Cotterill, B.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 4*. 6<i.

Tasso. La Gerusalemme Liberata. Cantos i, ii. With In-
troduction and Notes. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Cervantes. The Adventure of the Wooden Horse, and Sancho

Panza's Goveruorsiiip. Edited, with Introduction, Life and Notes, by
CL0VI3 Bevbxot, M.A. Extra fcap, Svo, is. 6<7.

(2) GERMAN AND GOTHIC.
Max Miiller. The German Classics, from the Fourth to tlie

Nineteenth Century. With Bioi,Tapliical Notices, Translations into
Modern German, and Notes. By the flight Hon. F. Max MtJLLER, M.A.
A New Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and Adapted to WiLHELM Scherek's
'History of German Literature,' by F. LlCHTEX3TElN. 2 vols. Crown
Svo, 213.

*;^* Or, separately, \os. 6d. each volume.

Scherer. A History of German Literature by Wilhelm

ScHERER. Translated from the Third German Edition by Mrs. F. C.
CoNYBE.\RE. Edited by the Eight Hon. F. Max Muller. 2 vols.
Svo, 2I«.

*** Or, separately, 10^. 6(7. each volume.

A History of German Literature, from the Accession

of Frederick the Great to the Death of Goethe. By the same. Crown
8vo,5j«.

Wright. An Old Hig-h German Primer. With Grammar,
Notes, and Glossary. By Joseph Wright, M. A., Ph.D. Extrafcap. Svo,
3*. 6d.

— A Middle Hig-h German Primer. With Grammar,

Notes, and Glossary. By the same Author. Second Edition. Extra
fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.

— A Primer of the Gothic Language. Containing the

Go«pel of St. Marlv, Selections from "the other Gospels, and the Second
Epistle to Timothy. With Gramuiar, Notes, and Glossary. By the same
Au;nor. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 4*. 6<Z.

Osfcrd: Clarendon Press.

German and Gothic. 21

LANGE'S GERMAN COURSE.

BuIIEEMANN LANOE,LectureronFrenchand German at (he Manchester
Technical School, and Lecturer on German at the Manchester Athenaettm.

I. G-ermans at Home; a Practical Introduction <o German

Conversation, with an Appendix containing the Essentials of German
Grammar. Third E<1 it ion. ?,\o,2s.6d.

II. Grammar of the German Language. 8vo, 3*. 6fl.

III. German Manual; a German Grammar, Reading' Book,
and a Handbook of German Conversation. Second Edition. 8vo, "js. 6d.

IV. German Composition; A Theoretical and Pnictical Guide

to the Art of Translating English Prose into German. Third Edition.
8vo, 4». 6d.

*^* A Key to the ahore, price 5«. net.

German Spelling; A S^-nopsis of the Chang-es which it

has undergone through the Government Regulations of l8So. 6d.

BUCniIEIM'S GERMAN CLASSICS.
{Extra f cap. Seo.)

Edited, with Biographical, ni$fnrical,and Critical Tnf roduction.f, Arguments
(to the Dramas), and Complete Commentaries, hy C. A. Bcchheim, PAiV.
Doc., Professor in King^s College, London.

Becker (the Histoi'ian). Friedrich der Grosse. Edited, with

Notes, an Historical Introduction, and a Map. Tliird Edition. 3*. 61I.

Goethe :

DichtuDg und Wahrheit. The first four hooks. 4s. 6d.

Egmont. A Tragedy. Fourth Edition. 3s.

Hermann und Dorothea. Tmrnediately.

Iphigenie auf Tauris?. A Drama. Fourth Edition, Revised. 3«.

Halm : Griseldis. A Drama. 3.?.

Heine :

Harzreise. With Map. Third Edition. 2s. 6d.

Prosa : heing Selections from his Prose Writings. Second
Edition. 4*. 6d.

London : Henrt Frowdk, Amen Comer, E.G.

22 /. Literature and Philology.

BUCHHEIM'S GERMAN CLASSICS {continued),
Lessing :

Minna von Barnhelm. A Comedy. Eighth Edition, Revised
and Enlarged. 35. 6d,

Nathan der Weise. Second Edition. 4s. 6d.

Schiller :

Historisclie Skizzen. With Map. Seventh Edition, Revised.
2s. 6d.

Jungfrau von Orleans. A Drama. Second Edition. 4s. 6d.

Maria Stuart. A Drama. 3s. 6d.

Wilhelm Tell. A Drama. Large Edition. With Map.
Seventh Edition. 38. 6d.

Wilhelm Tell. School Edition. With Map. Fourth

Edition. 2S.

Modern German Reader. A Graduated Collection of Ex-
tracts from Modern German Authors. Edited by C. A. Buchheim,
Phil. Doc.

Part I. Prose Extracts. With English Notes, a Grammatical
Apiiendix, and a complete Vocabulary. Seventh Edition. 2s.6d.

Part II. Extracts in Prose and Poetry. With English NotcB
and an Index. Second Edition. 2s.6d.

German Poetry for Beginners. Edited, with English Notes

and a complete Vocabulary, by Emita S. Buchheim. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.

Elementary German Prose Composition. With Notes,

Vocabulary, &c. By the same Editor. 'Third Edition. Cloth, 2s. ; stiff
covers, Is. 6(Z.

Short German Plays, for Reading and Acting. "With Notes

and Vocabulary. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 3»-.

Chamisso. Peter Sehlemihl's Wundersame Geschichte.

Edited, with Notes and a complete Vocabulary, by the same Editor.
Fourth Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.

German Passages for Unprepared Translation, For the

use of Candidates for Army, Civil Service, and other Examinations.
Selected and arranged by Eddard Ehrke. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, 3s.

Hoffmann (Franz). Heute mir Morg-en dir. Edited, with
Notes, by J. H. Maude, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Scandinavian. 23

Lessing. Tlio Laokoon ; with English Notes by A. Hamann,
Phil. Doc, M. A. Second Edition. Kevised, with an Introduction, by
L. E. Upcott, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.

Niebuhr : Griechische Heroen-Geschicbten (Tales of Greek

Heroes). With English Notes and Vocabulary, by Emma S. Bochheim.
Second Revised Edition. E.xtra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 2S.; stiff covers, is. 6d.
Edition A. Text in German Type. Edition B. Text in Soman Type.

Biehl's Seiues Vaters Sobu a?ul Gespeusterkampf. Edited,
with Notes, by H. T. Geukans, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2«.

Schiller's Wilbelm Tell. Translated into English Verse by
E. Massie, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s.

(3) SCANDINAVIAN.

Cleasby and Vigfdsson. An Icelandic-English Dictionary,
based on the MS. Collections of EiCHAKD Cleasby. Enlarged and com-
pleted by G. ViGFUssoN, M.A. 4to, 3^. 7*.

Sargent. Grammar of the Dano-Norwegian Language. By
J. Y. Sargent, M.A. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d.

Sweet. Icelandic Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and
Glossary. By Henrt Sweet, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo,
3«. 6d.

Vigfusson. Sturlunga Saga, including the Islendinga Saga
of Lawman Stuhla Thordsson and other works. Edited by Gubbband
Vigfusson, M.A. In 2 vols. Svo, 2I. 2s.

Vigfusson and Powell. Icelandic Prose Reader, with Notes,
Grammar, and Glossary. By G. Vigfusson, M.A., and F. York
Powell, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, los. 6d.

Corpus Poeticum Boreale. The Poetry of the Old

Northern Tongue, from the Earliest Times to the Thirteenth Century.
Edited, classified and translated by Gddbrand Vigfusson, M.A., and
F. York Powell, M.A. 2 vols. Svo, 2/. 2s.

XiOndon: Hburi Fbowdk, Amen Comer, E.C,

24 /. Literature and Philology.

SECTION IV.

OLA^^lCAl LANGUAGES.

(1) LATIN.
STANDARD WOIiKS AND EDITIONS.

Ellis (Robinson). The Fables of Phaedrus. i*. net.

Vellei Patereuli ad M, Vinicium Libri Duo. Ex

Araerbachii praecipue Apographo edidit et emendavit R. Ellis,
Littftrarum Latinarum Professor publiciis apud Oxonienses. Crown 8vo,
pa])<:r boards, ts.

King and Cookson. The Principles of Sound and Inflexion,
as illustrated in the Greek and Latin Languages. By J . E. King, M.A . ,
and Christopher Cookson, M. A. 8vo, i8«.

Lewis and Short. A Latin Dictionary, founded on Andrews'

edition of Freund's Latin Dictionary, revised, enlarged, and in great
part re-written by Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles Short,
LL.D. 4to, \l. 5*.

Lindsay. The Latin Language: An Historical Accountof Latin
Sounds, Stems, and Flexions. Ly W. M. Lindsay, M.A. Demy Svo, aijs.

Merry. Selected Frag-ments of Roman Poetry. Edited, with
Introduction and Notes, by W. W. Merry, D.D. Second Edition,
Revised. Crown Svo, 68. 6d.

Nettleship, Contributions to Latin Lexicography. By
Henry Nettleship, M.A. Svo, 2i«.

Lectures and Essays. Second Series. Edited by F.

Haverfield, M.A. With Portrait and Memoir. Crown Svo, 7*. bd.
*if* First Series. Out of Print.

The Roman Satura. Svo, sewed, i*.

Ancient Lives of Vergil. Svo, sewed, 2s.

Papillon. Manual of Comparative Philology. By T. L.
Papillon, M.A, Third Edition. Crown Svo, 6s.

Pinder. Selections from the less known Latin Poets. By
North Pinder, M.A. Svo, 15*.

Rushforth. Latin Historical Inscriptions, illustrating the His-
tory of the Early Empire. By G. M<=N. Eushforth, M.A. Svo, io«. net.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Latin: Standard Woi'ks. 25

Sellar. Roman Poets of the Republic. Ry W. Y. Sei.lar,
M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, los.

Roman Poets of the Augustan Age:

Virgil. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 9.?.

Horace and the Elegiac Poets. Second Edition,

with a Memoir of tlie Author by Andrew Lang, M.A. Crown 8vo, 7>;. Gd.

*n* A limited number of copies of the First Edition, containing a Portrait
of the Author, can still he ohtaiiied in Demy 8i-o, 14s.

Wordsworth. Fragments and Specimens of Early Latin.
With Introductions and Notes. By J. Wordsworth, D.D. Svo, i 8s.

Avianus. The Fables. Edited, with Prolegomena, Critical
Apparatus, Commentary, &c., by ii. Ellis, M.A.,LL.D. Svo, 8*. 6d.

Caesar. De Bello Gallico. Books I-VII. According to
the Test of Emanuel Hoffmann (Vienna, 1890). Edited, with Intro-
duction and Notes, by St. Geokge .Stock. Post 8vo, 10*. 6rf.

Catulli Veronensis Liber. Iterum recognovit, apparatum

criticum prolegomena appendices addidit, R. Ellis, A.M. Svo, 16*.

Catullus, a Commentary on. By Robinson Ellis, M.A.

Second Edition. Svo, i8s.

Cicero. De Oratore Libri Tres. With Introduction and Notes.
By A. S. Wilkins, Litt.D. 8vo, iS^.

Also separately —
Book I, Third Edition. "js.Gd.
Book II, Second Editio?!. 5*. Boole III, 6g.

Pro Milone. Edited, with Introduction and Commen-
tary, by A. C. Clark, M.A. Svo, 8*. 6d.

Select Letters, With English Introductions, Notes, and

Appendices. By Albert Watson, M.A. Fourth Edition . Svo, iSs.

Horace. With a Commentary. Vol. 1. The Odes, Carmen
Seculare,and Epodes. By E. C. Wickham,D.D. Third Edition. 8vo,i2*.

Vol. II. The Satires, Epistles, and De Arte Poetica. By

the same Editor. Svo, 12s.

Juvenalis Ad Satiram Sextam in codice bodl. canon, xli

additi versus xxxvi exscripsit E. O. Winstedt. Accedit simulacrum
photographicum. In Wrapper, Price is. net.

London : Henbt Fsowde, Anaen Comer, E.G.

26 /. Literature and Philology.

Iiivy, Book I. Witli IntroductioD, Historical Examination,

and Notes. By Sir J. K. Seeley, M.A. Third Edition. 8vo, 6«.

Manilius. Noctes Manilianae ; sive Dissertationes in Astro-
nomica Manilii. Accedvnt Coniectvrae in Germanici Aratea. Scripsit
R. Ellis. Crown 8vo, 6s.

Nonius Marcellus : De Conpendiosa Doctvinal-III. Edited,

with Introductionand Critical Apparatus, by the late J. H. Onions, M.A.
8vo, los. 6d.

Ovid. p. Ovidii Nasonis Ibis. Ex Novis Codicibus edidit,

Scholia Vetera Coinmentarium cum Prolegomenis Appendice Indice
addidit, K. Ellis, A.M. 8vo, 105. 6d.

P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium Libri V. Recensuit S. G.

Owen, A.M. 8vo, i6s.

P. Ovidi Nasonis Heroidos. With tbe Greek Trans-

lation of Planudes. Edited by the late Arthur Palmer, Litt.D. 8vo,
cloth, with a Facsimile, 21s.

Persius. The Satires. With a Translation and Commen-
tary. By John Conington, M.A. Edited by Henry Nettleship,
M.A. Third Edition. 8vo, 8«. 6d.

Plautus. Rudens. Edited, with Critical and Explanatory
Notes, by E. A. Sonnenschein, M.A. 8vo, 8s. 6d.

The Codex Turnebi of Plautus. By W. M. Lindsay,

M.A. 8vo, 2 15. net,

Quintilian. Institutionis Oratoriae Liber X. Edited by
W, Peterson, M.A. 8vo, 12*-. 6(i.

ScriptoresLatinireiMetricae. Ed.T.GAiSFORD,S.T.P. 8vo, 6«.

Tacitus. The Annals. Books I-VI. Edited, with Intro-
ductionand Notes, by H. Furneaux, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo, i8«.

Books XI-XVI. By the same Editor. 8vo, 20a'.

De Germania. With Introduction, Notes, and Map.

By the same Editor. 8vo, 6*. 6d.

Vita Agrieolae. With Introduction, Notes, and Map.

-f7

By the same Editor. 8vo, 6s. 6d

— Dialog-US De Oratoribus, A Revised Text, with Intro-
ductory Essays and Critical and Explanatory Notes. By W. Peterson,
M.A.,LL.D. 8vo, io«. 6d.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Latin: Educational Wo7'ks. 27

L A TIN ED UCA TIONA L WORKS.

Oxford Classical Texts, Crown 8vo.

Caesaris Comraentarii. By R. L. A. Du Pontet. De Bello

Gallico. I'aper covers, 2a-. ; limp cloth, 2*. Cd.

De Bello Civili, P:ipcr covcms, 2s. 6d. ; limp cloth, 3*-. :

on India Paper (with De Bello Gallico\ 7*.

Ciceronis Orationes. By A. C. Clakk. Paper covers, 2s. 6(1. ;

limp cloth, ■^,.1.

Epistulae ad Familiare^.. By L. C. Pukser. Paper

covers, 5.<. ; limp clotli, 6».

Horati Opera. By E. C. AVickham. Paper covers, 2.?. 6d. ;

limp cloth, 3;*. 6d. ; on India Paper, 4s. 6d. .

Lucreti Cari de Rerum Natura. By C. Bailey. Paper

covers, 2v. bd. ; limp cloth, 3.^■. ; ou India Paper, 4s.

Cornelii Taciti Opera Minora. By H. Fukneaux. Paper

covers, i*. 6'/.; limj) cloth, 2.s.

Vergili Opera. 13y F. A. IIiiitzel. Paper covers, o^s. ;

limp cloth, 3fi. 6d. ; on India Paper, 4«. 6(/.

*^* India Paper copies are bound in 'cloth, r/ilt edges^ and may also
he purchased in ' smooth persian calj',^

Grammars, Exercise Books, etc.

* Supplied fo Teachers only, on oppJicalion to the Secretary, Clarendon Press.

Allen. lludimeuta Latina. Coniprising" Accidence, and

Exercises of a very Elementary Character, for the use of Beginners.

By John Barrow Allen, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.
An Elementary Latin Grammar. New and Enlarrjed

Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.
A First Latin Exercise Book, lughlh Edii'wn. Extra

fcap. 8vo, 2*. dd.

A Second Latin Exercise Book. Second Edition, Extra

fcap. Svo, 3.9. 6c?.

* Kev to First and Second Latin Exercise Books, in

I vol. 55. net.

Lives fioni Cornelius Nepos. MiUiades, Themistoeles,

Pausauias. ^Vith Notes, Maps, Vocabularies, and English Exercises.
Extra fcap. Svo, i«. 6d.

Tales. Adapted from the Text of Livy. With Notes,

Maps, Vocabularies, and English Exercises. Extra fcap. Svo, stiff
covers, is. 6cZ. each.

(i) Of Early Eome.

(2) Of the Roman Republic, Part I.

(?,) Of the Roman Republic, Part II.

Anthologia Oxoniensis, Nova. Translations into Greek

and Latin Verse. Edited by RoBixsON Ellis, M.A., and A. D. GoDLEY,
M.A. Crown Svo, buckram extra, 6s. net. ; India Paper, 7*. 6d. net.

London : Henry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.G.

28 /. Liter at in-e and Philology.

An Introduction to Latin Syntax. By W. S. Gibson, M.A.

Extra fcaj). 8vo, 2*.

First Latin Reader. By T. J. Nunns, M.A. Third Edition.

Extra t'cap. 8vo, 2s.

A Latin Prose Primer. Bv J. Y. Sargent, M.A, Extra

leap. 8vo, 2s. dd.

Passages for Translation into Latin. Selected by J. Y.

Saugent, M.A. Kighih Edition. Extra t'cap. Svo, 2.s. 6d. "

* Key to the above, 5.?. net.

Latin Prose Composition. By G. G. Ramsay, M.A., LL.D.

Extra fcap. Svo. Fourth Edition.

Vol. I. Syntax, Exercises with Notes, &c, 4.s'. (td.
Or in two Parts, 2.f. 6c?. eacli, viz.
Part I, The Simple Sentence, Part JI, The Compovnd Sentence.

* Ke}^ to the above, 5s. net.

Vol. II. Passages of Oraduafed Dijicniiij for Translation ittto
Latin, together tvith an Introduction on Conlinnous Prose. 4.S. 6c?.

Latin Prose Versions. Contributed by various Scholars.

Edited byGKOiiGK G. JiAMSAY, M.A., LL.D.,Litt.D. Extra fcap. Svo, ^x.

Demonstrations in Latin Elegiac Verse. By W. H. D. Rouse,

M.A. Crown Svo, 48. 6d.

Hints and Helps for Latin Elegiacs. By H, Lee- Warner,

M.A. Extra tcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.

* Key to the above, 4s. 6d. net.

Musa Clauda. Translations into Latin Eleg-iac Verse. By

y. G. Owen, M.A., and J. 8. Phillimoue, M.A. Crown Svo, paper
boards, 3s. 6(i.

Eeddenda Minora; or, Easy Passag'es, Latin and Greek, for

Uuseeu Translation. For the use of Lower Forms. Composed and
selected by C. S. Jerram, M.A. Sixth Edition. Revised and Enlarged.
Extra fcap. Svo, is. 6d.

Anglice Reddenda; or, Extracts, Latin and Greek, for

Unseen Translation. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Fourth Edition. Extra
fcap. Svo, 2*. 6d.

Second Series. By the same Editor. New Edition. 3.9.

Third Series. By the same Editor. 3.9.

Models and Exercises in Unseen Translation. By H. F. Fox,

M.A., and T.M. Bromley, M.A. Revised Edition. Extrafcap.Svo, 6s.6rf.

* A Key to passages quoted in tlie above, price Gd. net.

An Elementary Latin Dictionary. By Charlton T. Lewis,

Ph.D. .Square Svo, 7,v. 6rf.

A School Latin Dictionary. By the same. 4to, 18-?.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Latin : Educational Works. 29

An Introduction to the Comparative Grammar of Greek and
Latin, r.y J. K. KiNO, M.A., ami C. Cookson, M.A. Cr. 8vo, 5*. 6«/.

A Short Historical Latin Grammar. By W. ^M. Lindsay,
M.A. Clown Svo, 5,'>-. 6(/.

Latin Classics for Schools.

Caesar. Tlie Commentaries (for Schools). With Notes and
iMaps. By Ch.vules E. Moberly, M.A.

The Gallic War. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo.

Books I and II, 2s.; III-V, 2s. 6d.; VI-VIII, 3s. 6c?.

Books I-III, stiff' covers, 2s.

The Civil War. i\'eiy Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.

Catulli Veronensis Carmina Selecta, secundum recogniliouem

Robinson Ellis, A.M. Extra fcap. Svo, 35. 6d.
Cicero. Selection of Interesting' and Descriptive Passa^jes:

With Notes. Ey Henuy Walford, M.A. In three Parts. Third
Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 45. 6d. Each Part separately, i*. 6d.

Part I. Anecdotes from Grecian and Pxonian History.

Part II. Omens and Dreams: Beauties of Nature.

Part III. Pome's Kule of her Provinces.

De Amieitia. With Introduction and Notes. By

St. George Stock, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.

De Senectute. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by

L. Huxley, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.

pro Cluentio. AVith Introduction and Notes. By

W. R.vMSAY, M.A. Edited by G. G. Ramsay, M.A. Second Edition.
Extra fcaji. Svo, 3s. 6d.

pro ]\Iarcello, pro Li<i:ario, pro Rege Deiotaro. With

Introduction and Notes. By W. Y. Fal'SSET.M.A. E.xtrafcap. Svo, 2s.6d.

pro ]\rilone. With Notes, &c. By A. B. Poynton,

M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 21^. 6d.

pro Roscio. With Notes. By St. George Stock, M.A.

Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.

Select Orations (for Schools). In Verrem Actio Prima.

De Imperio Gn. Pompeii. Pro Archia. Philippica IX. With Introduc-
tion and Notes by J. R. King, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo,
25. 6d.

In Q. Caecilium Divinatio, and In C. Verrem Actio

Prima. With Introduction and Notes, by J. R. King, M.A. Extra
fcap. Svo, limp, i*-. 6d.

London : Hbnbt Fbowdz, Amen Comer, E.G.

30 /. Literature and Philology.

Cicero [continued). Philippic Orations I, II, III, V, VII. With

Introduction and Notes. By J. R. King, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3.S. M.

Speeches ag-ainst Catilina. With Introduction and

Notes, by E. A. Upcott, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Selected Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By

C. E. Prichard, M.A., and E. R. Beknakd, M.A. Second Edition.
Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.

Select Letters. Text. By Albert Watson, M.A.

Second Edition. Extra fcap.Svo, 4s.

Horace. With a Commentary. (In a size suitable for the

use of Schools.) Vol. I. The Odes, Carmen Seculare, and Epodes. By
E. C. WiCKHAM, D.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s.

Odes, Book I. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.

Selected Odes. With Notes for the use of a Fifth

Form. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.

The Complete Works of Horace. Miniature Oxford

Edition. By the same Editor. On Writing Paper, for MS. Notes, 3s. 6d. ;
on Oxford India Paper, roan, 55.

Juvenal. Thirteen Satires. Edited, with Introduction and
Notes, by C. H. Pearson, M.A., and Herbert A. Strong, M.A., LL.D.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 9s.

Livy. Books V-VII. With Introduction and Notes. By
A. R. Cluer, B.A. Second Edition. Revised by P. E. Matheson,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8 vo, 5s.

Book V. By the same Editors. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. (>d.

Book VII. Bj the same Editors. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2^.

Books XXI-XXIII. With Introduction and Notes.

By M. T. Tatham, M.A. Second Edition, Enlarged. Extra fcap. Svo, 58.

Book XXI. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6<f.

Book XXII. With Introduction, Notes, and Maps. By

the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.6d.

Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By

H. Lee-Warner, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo. In Parts, limp, each is. 6rf.

Part I. The Caudine Disaster. New Edition.

Part II. Hannibal's Campaign in Italy. New Edition.

Part III. The Macedonian War. New Edition.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Latin: Educaiional Works. 31

Nepos. With Notes. By Oscar Bkowning, M.A. Third

Edition. Revised by W. R. Inge, M.A. Extrafcap. 8vo, 3*.
Selected Lives : Milliades, Themistoclcs,Pausanias. AVith

Notes, Maps, Vocabularies, and Euglish Exercises by J. B. Alle.n', M.A.
Extra fcap. 8vo, 15. dd.

Ovid. Selections for tbe use of Schools. With Introduc-
tions and Notes, and an Appendix on the Roman Calendar. By
W. R.vMSAY, M.A. Edited by G. G. Ram.sat, M.A. Third Edition.
Extra fcap. 8 vo, c,s.6d.

Tristia. Book I. The Text revised, with an Introduction

and Notes. By S. G.Owen, M.A. Second Edition. Extrafcap.Svo, 3s. 6<f.

Ovid. Tristia. Book III. With Introduction and Notes.
By S. G. Owen, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2«.

Plaiitus. Captivi. Edited by Wallace M. Lindsay, M.A.

Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.

Trinummus. With Notes and Introductions. (Intended

for the Higher Forms of Public Schools.) By C. E. Freeman, M.A.,
and A. Sloman,M.A. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.

Pliny. Selected Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By
C. E. Prichard, M.A., and E. R. Bernard, M.A. Third Edition.
Extra fcap. Svo, 3«.

Quintilian. Institutionis Oratoriae Liber X. By W. Peter-
son, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s. 6d.

Sallust. With Introduction and Notes. By W. W. Capes,

M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 4*. 6d.

Tacitus. The Annals. Texl only. Crown 8vo, 6g.

The Annals. Books I-IV. Edited, with Introduc-
tion and Notes (for the use of Schools and Junior Students), by H.
Furneaux, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s.

The Annals. Book I. With Introduction and Notes,

by the same Editor. Extra fcap. Svo, limp, 2*.

Terence. Adelphi. With Notes and Introductions. By

A. Sloman, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3.5.

Andria. With Notes and Introductions. By C. E.

Freeman, M.A. , and A. Sloman, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap.
Svo, 3*.

Pliormio. With Notes and Introductions. By A. Sloman,

M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3«.

London : Hkskt Fbowdb, Amen Comer, E.G.

32 /. Literature and Philology.

TibuUus and Propertius. Selections. Edited by G. G.
Ramsay, M.A, Second Edition. Extra foap. 8vo, 6*.

Virgil. With an Introduction and Notes. By T. L. Papillon,
M.A., and A. E. Haigh, M.A. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, cloth, 6a-. each ; or,
stifl" covers, 3s. 6d. each.

Aeneid. In Four Parts. Books I-III ; IV-VI ;

VII-IX ; X-XII. By the same Editors. Crown 8vo, stiff covers, 2«.
each Part.

Bucolics and Georgics. By the same Editors. Crown

Svo, stiff covers, 2*. 6d.

Virgil. The Complete Works of Viro-il. Miniature Oxford
Edition. Edited by T. L. Papillon, M.A., and A. E. Haigh, M.A.
Including the Minor Works, with numerous Emendations by Professor
TloBiNSON Ellis. 32mo. On Writing Paper for WS. Notes, 3s. 60?. ; on
Oxford India Paper, roan, 55.

Bucolics. Edited by C. S. Jerram, M.A. Extra fcap.

Svo, 2.1. 6d.

Georgics, Books I, II. By the same Editor. Extra

fcap. Svo, 28. 6d

— Georg-ics, Books III, IV. By the same Editor. Extra

fcap. Svo, 2*. Gd.

— Aeneid I. With Introduction and Notes. By the same

Editor. Extrafcap. Svo, limp, is.6d.

— Aeneid IX. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by
A. E. Haigh, M.A. Extrafcap. Svo, limp, is. 6d. In two Parts, 2«.

(2) GREEK.
STANDARD WORKS AND EDITIONS.

Allen. Notes on Abbreviations in Greek Manuscripts. By
T. W. Allen, M.A. Royal Svo, 55.

Chandler. A Practical Introduction to Greek Accentuation.
By H. W. Chandler, M.A. Second Edition. 10s. 6d.

Farnell. The Cults of the Greek States. By L. R. Farnell,

M.A. Svo. Vols. I and II, with 61 Plates and over 100 Illustrations,
cloth, \l. 12*. net.

Vol. Ill (completing the work), in preparation.

Oxford : Clarendon Presa.

Greek: Standard Works. 33

G-renfell. An Alexandrian Erotic Frao-ment and other Greek

Papyii, chiefly Ptolemaic. Edited by B. P. Grenfell, M.A. Small 4to,
8s. M. net.

Grenfell and Hunt. New Classical Fraf^ments and other

Greek and Latin Papyri. Edited by B. P. Grenfell, M.A., and A. S.
Hunt, M.A. With Plate.s, 12*'. 6c?. net.

Grenfell and Mahaffy. Revenue Laws of Ptolemy Phila-

delphus. 2 vols. Text and Plates, il.iis.6d.net.

Haigh. The Attic Theatre. A Description of the Stage and

Theatre of the Athenians, and of the Dramatic Performances at Athene.
By A. E. Haigh, M.A. Second Edition, Beii^ed, Enlarged, and in part
Rewritten, with Facsimiles and Illustrations. 8vo, i2.s.6'L

The Tragic Drama of the Greeks. With Illustra-
tions. By A. E. Haigh, M.A. 8vo, I2,s. M.

Head. Historia Numorum : A jNTanual olGreek Numismatics.
By Barclay V. Head, D.C.L. Royal 8vo, half-bound, 2I. 2*.

Hicks. A Manual of Greek Historical Inscriptions. By
E. L. Hicks, M.A. 8vo, 10*. 6c?.

Hill. Sources for Greek History between the Persian
and Peloponnesian Wars. Collected and arranged by G. F. Hill, M.A.
8vo, io«. 6d.

Kenyon. The Palaeography of Greek Papyri. By F. G.
Kenyon, M.A. With Twenty Facsimiles and a Table of Alphabets.
8vo, I OS. 6d.

King and Cookson. The Principles of Sound and Inflexion,
as illustrated in the Greek and Latin Languages. By J. E. King, M.A. ,
aud Chuistopuek Cookson, M.A. 8vo, 185.

Liddell aud Scott. A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G.
LiDDELL, D.D., and Robert Scott, D.D. Eighth Edition, Reiiscd.
4to, il. 7 6s.

Monro. Modes of Ancient Greek Music. By D. B. INIonrg,
M.A. 8vo, 85. 6d. net.

Papillon. Manual of Comparative Philology. By T. L.

Papillon, M.A. TJiird Edition. Crown 8vo, 6s.

Paton and Hicks. The Inscriptions of Cos. By W. R.
Paton and E. L. Hicks. Royal 8vo, linen, with Map, 28s.

Smyth. The Sounds and Inflection!^ of the Greek Dialects
(Ionic). By Herbert Weir Smyth, Ph.D. 8vo, 24.?.

Thompson. A Glossary of Greek Birds. By D'Akcy W.
Thompson, C.B., M.A. 8vo, buckram, 10*. net.

London : Henbt Fbowde, Amen Comer, £.C.
D

/. Liter atui'e and Philology.

Veitch. GreekVerbs, Irregular and Defective. ByW.VEiTCH,
LL.D. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, lo*. 6d.

Aeschinem et Isocratem, Scholia Graeca in. Edidit

G. DiNDORFIUS. 8vo, 4*.

Aeschyli quae supei'sunt in Codice Laurentiano quoad effici

potuit et ad cognitionem necesse est visum typia descripta edidit
R. Merkel. Small folio, I L is.

Aeschylus: Trai^oediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione Gun..

DiNDORFii. Second Edition. 8vo, 5s. bd.

Annotationes Guil. Dindorfii. Partes II. Svo, \os.

Anecdota Graeca e Codd. mss. Bibliothecae Reg-iae Parisiensis.
Edidit J. A. Cramer, S.T.P. Tomi IV. Svo, 1 1. 2s.

Apsinis et Longini Rhetorica. E Codicibus mss. reeensuit

JoH. Bakids. Svo, 3s.

Aristophanes. A Complete Concordance to the Comedies
and Fragments. By Henry Dunbar, M.D. 4to, \l.is.

J. Caravellae Index in Aristophanem. 8vo, 35.

Comoediaeet Frag-menta, ex recensione Guil. Dindorfii.

Tomi II. 8vo, lis.

Annotationes Guil. DiNDORi'ii. Partes II. Svo, 115.

Scholia Graeca ex Codicibus aucta et emendata a Guil.

DiNDORFio. Partes III. Svo, i^.
ARISTOTLE.
Ex recensione Immanuelis Bekkeri. Acceduut Indices

Sylburgiani. Tomi XI. Svo, 2I. 10s.
The volumes (except vols. land IX) may be had separately, price 5s. 6c?. each.

—— Ethica Nicomachea, recognovit brevique Adnotatione

critica instruxit I. Bywater. Post Svo, cloth, 6s.

■ The same, on 4to paper, for Marginal Notes, 10s. 6d.

*^* Also in Crown Svo, paper cover, 3s. 6d.

Contributions to the Textual Criticism of Aristotle's

Nicomachean Ethics. By Ingram Bywater. Stiff cover, 2s. 6d.

Notes on the Nicomaehean Ethics of Aristotle. By

J. A. Stewart, M.A. 2 vols. Post Svo, 32s.

The Eng-lish Manuscripts of the Nicomachean Ethics,

described in relation to Bekker's Manuscripts and other Sources. By
J. A. Stewart, M.A. (Anecdota Oxon.) Small 4to, ^s.6d.

De Arte Poetiea Liber. Recognovit Brevique Adnota-
tione Critica Instruxit I. Bywater, Litterarum Graecarum Professor
Regius. Post Svo, stiff covers, I*. 6d.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Greek : Standard Works.

ARISTOTLE [coniinned).

Selecta ex Organo Aristoteleo Capitula. lu usum

Scliolarum Acatleinicarum. Crown 8vo, still' covers, 3s. bd.

The Politics, with Introductions, Notes, &e., by W. L.

Newmax, M.A. Vols. I and II. Medium 8vo, 28«. Vols. Ill and IV
//( the Ftes)-.

The Politics, translated iato Eng-lish, with Introduction,

Marginal Analysis, Notes, and Indices, by B. Jowett, M.A. Medium
8vo. 3 vols. 21s.

Aristotelian Studies. I. On the Structure of the

Seventh Book of the Nicomacheau Ethics. By J. C. Wilson, M.A. 8vo,
stiff covers, 5.9.

On the History of the process by which the Aristotelian

Writings arrived at their present form. By R. Shute,M.A. 8vo, ^s.^d.

Physics. Book VII. CoHation of various Mss. ; with

Introduction by R. Shute, M.A. (Anecdota Oxon.) Small 4to, 2s.

ChoerobosciDictatainTheodosii Canones, nccnon Epimerismi
inPsalmos. E Codicibus Mss.edidit Thomas GaisforDjS.T.P. Tomilll.
Svo, 155.

Demosthenes. Ex recensione Guil. Dindoefii. Tomi IX.

Svo, 2l. 6.9. Separately—

Textus, iZ. I*. Annotationes, ijs. Scholia, 10*.

Demosthenes and Aeschines. The Orations of Demosthenes

and Aeschines on the Crown. With Introductory Essays and Notes. By
G. A. SiMcox, M.A., and W. H. SiMCOx, M.A, 8vo, 12s.

Euripides. Trag-oediae et Fragraenta, ex recensione Gtjil.

DiNDORFii. Tomi II. 8vo, 10*.

Annotationes Guil. Dindorfii. Partes II. Svo, 10*.

Scholia Graeca, ex Codicibus aucta et emendata a Guil.

DiNDOKFio. Tomi IV. Svo, il. 16s.

Aleestis, ex recensione G. Dindorfii. Svo, 2^. 6d.

Harpocrationis Lexicon. Ex recensione G. Dindorfii. Tomi

II. Svo, ios.6d.

Hephaestionis Enchiridion, Terentianus Maurus, Proclus. &c.

EdiditT. Gaisfokd.S.T.P. Tomi II. los.

Heracliti Ephesii Reliquiae. Recensuit I. Bywater, M.A.

Appendicis loco additae sunt Diogenis Laertii Vita Heracliti, Particulae
Hippocratei De Diaeta Lib. I, Epistolae Heracliteae. Svo, 6*.

Herodotus. Books V and VI. Terpsichore and Erato.
Edited, with Notes and Appendices, by Evelyn Abbott, M.A., LL.D.
With two Maps. Post Svo, 6*.

London : Henry Fkowde, Amen Comer, E.C.
D 2

36 /. Literature and Philology.

HOMER.

A Complete Concordance to the Odyssey and Hymns of

Homer ; to which is added a Concordance to the Parallel Passaj^^es in the
Iliad, Odyssey, and Hymns. By Henry Ddnbak, M.D. 4to, il. is.

Seberi Index in Homerum. 8vo, 6s. 6d.

A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. By D. B.Monro,

M.A. Second Edition. 8vo, 14s.

Homeri Opera et Reliquiae. Recensuifc D. B. Monro, A.M.

Crown 8vo, India Paper Edition, 10s. 6d. net.
Ilias, cum brevi Annotatione C. G. Heynit. Acceduut

Scholia minora. Tomi II. 8vo, 15*.

Ilias, ex rec. Guil. Dindorfii. 8vo, 5^?. 6d.

. Scholia Graeca in Iliadem. Edited by W. Dindorf,

after a new collation of the Venetian mss. by D. B. Monro, M.A.
4 vols. 8vo, aZ. 10s.

Scholia Graeca in Iliadem Townleyana. Recensuit

Ernestus Maass. 2 vols. 8vo, il. 16s.

— Odyssea, ex rec. G. Dindorfii. 8vo, 5#. 6d.

— Scholia Graeca in Odysseam. Edidit Guil. Dindorfius.
Tomi II. 8vo, I5«. 6d.

— Odyssey. Vol. I. Books I-XII. Edited with English
Notes, Appendices, &c. By W. W. Merry, D.D., and James Riddell,
M.A. Second ^Edition. 8vo, i6«.

Vol. II. Books XIII-XXIV. By D. B. Monro,

M.A. [In the Press.']
Hymni Homerici. Codicibus denuo collatis recensuit

Alfredus Goodwin. Small folio. With four Plates, 21s.net.

Menander's reooppoc. A Revised Text of the Geneva Frag-
ment. With a Translation and Notes by B. P. Grenfell, M.A., and
A. S. Hunt, M.A. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d.

Oratores Attici, ex recensione Bekkeri : Vol. III. Isaeus,

iEschines, Lycurgus, &c. 8vo, J«.

*^* Vols. I and II are out of print.

Index Andocideus, Lycurgeus, Dinarcheus, confectus

a LuDOVico Leaminq Forman, Ph.D. 8vo, 78. 6d.

Paroemiographi Graeci, quorum pars nunc primum ex

Codd. MS3. vulgatur. Edidit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. 8vo, 6s. 6d.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Greek: Standard Works. 37

PLATO.

Apology, with a revised Text and Enj^lish Notes, and

a Digest of Platonic Idioms, by Jamks Riddell, M.A. 8vo, 8«. 6</.

Philebus, with a revised Text and English Notes, by

Ki'WAiui I'o.sTE, M.A. 8vo, 7*. (yd.

Republic; The Greek Text. Edited, with Notes and

Essays, by the late 13. Jowett, M.A., and Lewis Campbell, M.A.,
LI-.D. In Thre',' VoIiiinen. Medium Svo, cloth, 2l. 29.

Sophistes and Politicus, with a revised Text and

En.,'lisli Notes, by L. Campbell, M.A. Svo, io«. dd.

Theaetetus, with a revis^ed Text and English Notes, by

L. Campbell, M.A. Second Edition. Svo, io«. dd.

The Dialogues, translated into Engli.sh, with Analyses

and Introductions, by li. JowETT, M.A. Third Edition. 5 vols, medium
Svo, 4/. 4«. In half-morocco, 5^.

The Republic, translated into English, with Analysis and

Introduction, by B.. Jowett, M.A. TItird Blilion. MediumSvo, I2«.6d. ;
half-roan, 14.*.

A Subject-Index to the Dialogues of Plato. By Evelyn

Abbott, M.A. Svo, cloth, 2«. dd.

Plotinus. Edidit Y. Creuzer. Tomi III, 4to, il. 8*.

Plutarchi Moralia. id est, Opera, exceptis Vitis, reliqua.
Edidit Daniel Wyttknbach. Accedit Index Graecitatis. Tomi VIII,
Partes XV. Svo, cloth, 3?. 10s.

Polybius. Selections. Edited by J, L. Stuachan-Davidson,

M.A. With Mai)S. Medium Svo, buckram, 21*.

Sophocles.

The Plays and Fragments, With English Notes and

IntroductionB,by Lewis Campbell, M.A. 3 vols.
Vol, I. Oedipus Tyrannus. Oedipus Coloneus. Antigone. Svo, 16*.
Vol.11. Ajax. Electra. Trachiniae. Philoctetes. Fragments. Svo, l6«.

Tranfoediae et Fra^^rnoenta, ex recensione et cum com-

mentariiBGniL.DiNnoKFii. Third Edition. 2 vols. Fcap. Svo, r /. i*.
Each Play separately, limp, 2». 6d.

Tragoediae et Fragmenta cum Annotationibus GuiL^

DiNDOBFii. Tomi II. Svo, io«.

The Text, Vol. I, 5*. 6d. The Notes, Vol. II, 4*. 6d.

Stobaei Flonlegium. Ad mss. fidem emendavit et sup-
plevitT.GAiSFOBD,S.T.P. Tomi IV. Svo, iZ.

Eclogarum Physicarum et Etliicarum libri duo. Ac-
cedit Hieroclis Commentarins in aurea carniina Pythagoreorum. Ad
MSS. Codd. recensuit T. Gaisfoed, S.T.P. Tomi II. Svo, 1 1*.

London : Hxnr Fbowok, Amen C!omer, E.G.

38 /. Literature and Philology.

Strabo, Selections from. With an Introduction on Strabo's
Life and Works. By H. F. Tozer. M.A., F.R.G.S. With Maps and
Plans. Post 8vo, cloth, I28.

Thucydides. Book I. Edited with Introduction, Notes,
and Maps, by W. H. Forbes, M.A. Post 8vo, 85. (td.

Thucydides. Translated into English, to which is prefixed

an Essay on Inscriptions and a Note on the Geography of Thucydides.
By B. JowETT, M.A. Second Edition, Bevised. 2 Vols., 8vo, 15.V.

Vol. I. Essay on Inscriptions, and Books I-III.

Vol. II. Books IV-VIII, and Historical Index.

Xenophon. Ex rec. et cum annotatt, L. Dindorfii.
Historia Graeea. Second Edition. 8vo, los. 6d.
Expeditio Cyri. Second Edition. 8vo, los. 6(i.
Institutio Cyri. 8vo, lo*. 6d.
Memorabilia Socratis. 8vo, 7s. 6d.

Opuscula Politica Equestria et Venatica cum Arriani
Libellode Venatione. Svo, los. 6d.

A Commentary, with Introduction and Appendices, on

the Hellenica of Xenophon. By G. E. Underbill, M.A. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.

GEE UK EDUCATIONAL WORKS.
Oxford Classical Texts, Crown Svo.
Thucydidis Historiae. By H. Stuart Jones.

Tom. I (Libri I-IV). Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 38. 6d.
Tom. II (Libri V-VIII). Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 3.5. 6d.

Platonis Opera. By J. Burnet.

Tom. I (Tetralogiae I-II). Paper covers, 5*. ; limp cloth, 6*. ; on

India Paper, 7s.
Tom. II (Tetralogiae III, IV). Paper covers, 5*. limp cloth, 6*. ; on

India Paper, 7s.

Aescliyli Tragoediae, cum Fragmentis. By A. Sidgwick.

Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 3s. 6d. ; on India Paper, 4s. 6d.

ApoUonii Rhodii Argonautica. By R. C. Seaton. Paper

covers, 2S. 6d.; limp cloth, 3s.

Aristophanis Comoediae. By F. W. Hall and W. M.

Geldaet.

Tom. I. Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 3s. 6c?. ; on India Paper, 4s. 6d.
Tom. II. Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth , 3s. 6c7. ; on India Paper, 4«. 6d.
Complete, on India Paper, 8*. 6d.

Xenophontis Opera. By E. C. Marchant.

Tom. I (Historia Graeea). Paper covers, 28. 6^. ; limp cloth, 3s.
Tom. II (Libri Socratici). Paper covers, 3s. ; limp cloth, 3s. 6d.
%* India Paper copies bound in ' cloth, gilt edgeit,^ or may also
he purchased in ' smooth persian calf^

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Greek : Educational Works. 39

Grammars, Exercise Books, etc.

* Supplied to Teachers otily, on application to the Secretary,
Clarendon Press.

Chandler. The Elements of Greek Accentuation : abridged
from his larger work by H. W.Chandlek, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*. 6rf.

King aud Cookson. An Introduction to the Comparative

Grammar of Greek and Latin, By J. E. King, M.A.,and C. Cookson,
M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s. 6d.

Liddell and Scott. An Intermediate Greek - Engh'sh

Lexicon, founded upon the Quarto Edition of LlDDELL and Scott's
Greek Lexicon. Small 4to, i 25. 6d.

Liddell and Scott. A Greek-English Lexicon, abridged
from Liddell and Scott's Quarto edition. Square i2mo, 7*. 6d.

Miller. A Greek Testament Primer. An Easy Grammar

and Reading Book for the use of Students beginning Greek. By the
Rev. E. Miller, M.A. Second Edition. E^tra fcap. Svo, paper covers,
28. ; cloth, 3s. 6d.

Moulton. The Ancient Classical Drama. A Study in Literary

Evolution. Intended for Readers in English and in the Original. By
R. G. Moulton, M.A. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 8«. 6d.

Wordsworth. A Greek Primer, for the use of beginners in

that Language. By the Right Rev. Chables Wordswobth, D.C.L.
Eighty-third Thousand. Extra fcap. Svo, is. 6d.

Graecae Grammaticae Rudimenta in usum Schoiarum.

Auctore Cabolo Wordsworth, D.C.L. Nineteenth Edition. lamo, 4».

A Primer of Greek Prose Composition. By J. Y. Saegent,

M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 3*. 6d.

* Key to the above, 55. net.

Passages for Translation into Greek Prose. By J. Young
Sargent, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 35.

Exemplaria Graeca. Being Greek Renderings of Selected

' Passages for Translation into Greek Prose.' By J. Y. Sabgent, M.A.
Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.

Helps, Hints, and Exercises for Greek Verse Composition.

Collected and arranged by C. E. Laurence, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo. 3*-. 6rf.

* Key to the above, 5*. nei.

London : Hknbt Frowdk, Amen Comer, E.C.

40 /. Literature and Philology,

Models and Materials for Greek Iambic Verse. By J. Y.

Sabgent, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 4s. 6d.
* Key to tlie above, 55. net.

Graece Reddenda. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Extra fcap.

8vo, 2*. 6d.

Reddenda Minora; or, Easy Passages, Latin and Greek, for
Unseen Translation. By the same Author. Sixth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged. Extra fcap. 8vo, i«. 6rf.

Anglice Reddenda; or, Extracts, Latin and Greek, for Unseen
Translation. By the same Author. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.

Anglice Reddenda. Second Series. By the same Author.

New Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.

Anglice Reddenda. T/nrd Series. For the use of Middle

and Higher Forms. By the same Author. Extra fcap. Svo, 38.

Models and Exercises in Unseen Translation. By H. F.
Fox, M.A., and T. M. Bromley, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s. 6d.

* Key to passages quoted in the above, price 6d. net.

Golden Treasury of Ancient Greek Poetry. By Sir R. S.
Wright, M.A. Second Edition. Revised by Evelyn Abbott, M.A..
LL.D. Extra fcap. Svo, los.Gd.

Golden Treasury of Greek Prose, being* a Collection of the

finest passages in the principal Greek Prose Writers, with Introductory
Notices and Notes. By Sir R. S. Wright, M.A., and J. E. L.Shadwell,
M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 4*. 6d.

Anthologia Oxoniensis, Nova. Translations into Greek
and Latin Verse. Edited by Robinson Ellis, M.A., and A. D. Godley,
M.A. Crown Svo, buckram Extra, 6»-. net; on India Paper, 7s. 60!.

Select Fragments of the Greek Comic Poets. Edited by
A. W. Pickard-Cambridge, M.A. Crovs^n Svo, 5*.

Greek Readers.
Easy Greek Reader. By Evelyn Abbott, M.A. In one or

two Parts. Extra fcap. Svo, 3s.

First Greek Reader. By W. G. Rushbrooke, M.L. T/iird

Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.

Oxford : Clarendon Press,

Greek: Educational Works, 41

Second Greek Reader. By A. M. Bell, M.A. Second

Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3*.

Specimens of Greek Dialects ; beinq- a Fourth Greek Reader.

With Intnxl actions, &c. By W. W. Merry, D.D. Extrafcap. 8vo, 4.?. 6d

Selections from Homer and the Greek Dramatists ; beiug

a Fifth Greek Reader. With Explanatory Notes and Introductions
to the Study of Greek Epic and Dramatic Poetry. By Evelyn Abbott,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8 vo, 4*-. 6 rf.

Greek Classics for Schools.

Aeschylus. In Single Plays. Willi Introduction and Notes,
by Arthur Sidgwick, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo.

Ao-amemnon. Fifth Edition, Ihvised. 3s.
Choephoi'oi. New Edition, Revised. 3s.
Eumenidcs. New Edition. 38.

Promethens Bound. With Introduction and Notes,
by A. O. Prickakd, M.A . Third Edition. 2tt.

Aristophanes. In Single Pliiys. Edited, with English
Notes, Introductions, &c., by W. W. Merry, D.D. Extra fcap. Svo.

The Aeharnians. Fourth Edition, 3s.
The Birds. Third Edition, ^s. 6d.
The Clouds. Third Edition, ^s.
The Frogs. Third Edition, ^it.
The Knights. Second Edition, 3.-.
The Peace. 38. 6d.
The Wasps. Second Edition, 3s. 6d.

Cebes. Tabula. With Introduction and Notes (School
Edition). By C. S. Jerkam, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is. 6d. ;
cloth, 2s. 6d.

Demosthenes. With Introduction and Notes, by Evelyn
Abbott, M.A.,and P. E. Matheson, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo.

Orations against Philip. Vol.1. Philippicl. OlynthiacsI-III.
Fourth Edition. 3*.

Vol. II. De Pace, Philippic II, De ChersoneBo, Philip-
pic III. 4«. 6d.

Philippics only, reprinted from the above. 2S. 6d.

Speech on the Crown. 35. 6d.

Speech against Meidias. With Introduction and Notes,

by J. R. King, M.A. Crown 8vo, 3s. 6rf.

London : Henrt Frowdk, Amen Comer, E.C

42 /. Literature and Philology.

Euripides. In Sing-le Plays. Edited with Introduction and

Notes. Extra f cap. 8 vo.

Alcestis. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Fifth EdUion. is. 6d.
Bacchae. By A. H. Cruickshank, M.A. 35. 6d.
Cyclops. By W. E. Long, M.A. 2^. 6d.
Hecuba. By C. B, Heberden, M.A. 2s. 6d.
Helena. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. 3*.
Heracleidae. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. 3*.
Ion. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. 3*.

Iphigenia in Tauris. New Edition, Revised. By C. S.
Jerkam, M.A. 35.

Medea. By C. B. Heberden, M.A. Second Edition, is.

Herodotus. Book IX. Edited, with Notes, by Evelyn
Abbott, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s.

Herodotus, Selections. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and
a Map, by W. W. Mekrt, D.D. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d,

Homer.

Iliad, Books I-XII. With an Introduction and

a brief Homeric Grammar, and Notes. By D. B. Monro, M.A.
Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 6s.

Iliad, Books XIII-XXIV. With Notes. By the

same Editor. Fourth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 6«.

Iliad, Book I. By the same Editor. Third Edition. Extra
fcap. Svo, is.6d.

Iliad, Book III. Edited for Beginners, by M. T.

Tatham, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, is. 6d.

Iliad, Book XXI. With Introduction and Notes.
By Herbert Hailstone, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, i*. 6d.

Odyssey, Books I-XII. By W. W. Merry, D.D.

sixtieth Thousand. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s.
Books I and II, separately, each is. 6d.
Books VI and VII. is.6d.
Books VII-XII. 3>!.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Greek : Educational Works. 43

o

Homer {conihiued).

Odyssey, Books XIII-XXIV. By W. W. Merry, D.D.

SLrteenih Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo, 55.
Books XIII-XVIII. 35.

Lucian. Vera Historia. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Second

Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.

Lysias. Epitaphios. Edited, with Introduction and Notes,
by E.J. Snell, B.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2*.

Plato. With Introduction and Notes. By St. George

Stock, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo.

The Apology. Third Edition. 2s. 6d.

Crito, 2S.

Meiio. Second Edition. 2s. 6d,

Selections. With Introductions and Notes. By John

PuRVES, M.A., and Preface by B. Jowett, M.A. Second Edition. Extra
fcap. 8vo, 5.9.

A Selection of Passages from Plato for English

Readers; from the Translation by the late B. Jowett, M.A. Edited,
with Introductions, by M. J. Knight. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, gilt top, I2«.

Plutarch. Lives of the Gracchi. Edited, with Introduction,
Notes, and Indices, by G. E. Undekhill, M.A. Crown 8vo, 45. 6d.

Sophocles. Edited, with Introductions and English Note.s,
by Lewis C.\mpbell, M.A., and Evelyn Abbott, M.A. New and
Revised Edition. 2 vols. Extra fcap. 8vo, 10s. 6d.

Sold separately : Vol. I, Text, 45. 6d. ; Vol. II, Notes, 6s.
*** Or in single Plays, 2s. each.

Oedipus Rex: Dindorf's Text, with Notes by Basil

Jo:-;es, D.D., late Bishop of St. David's. Extra fcap. 8vo, limp, is. dd.

Theocritus (for Schools). With English Notes. By H.
Ktnaston, D.D. (late Snow). Fij'th Edition. Extra fcap.Svo, 45. 6d.

Thucydides. Book I. Edited, with Notes and Maps, by
W. H. Forbes, M.A. Post 8vo, 8«. 6d.

Book III. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by

H, F. Fox, M.A. Crown 8vo. 39. 6d.

London: Hbxrt Feowdk, Amen Comer, E.G.

44 I' Liter atu7'e and Philology.

Xenophon. Easy Selections (for Junior Classes). With a
Vocabulary, Notes, and Map. By J. S. Phillpotts, B.C.L., and C. S.
JekraMjM.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap.Svo, 3s. 6d.

Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By

J. S. Phillpotts, B.C.L. Fifth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d.
*i^.* A Key to Sections 1-3, for Teachers only, 2s. 6d. net.

Anabasis, Book I, Edited for the use of Junior Classes

and Private Students. With Introduction, Notes, &c. By J. Marshall,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s.6d.

Anabasis, Book II. With Notes and Map. By C. S.

JerraMjM.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 25.

— Anabasis, Book III. With Introduction, Analysis,
Notes, &c. By J. Marshall, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 25. 6<i.

— Anabasis, Book IV. By the same Editor. Extra

fcap. 8vo, 2s.

— Anabasis, Books III, IV. By the same Editor. Extra

fcap. 8vo, 3s.

— Vocabulary to the Anabasis. By the same Editor.
Extra fcap. 8vo, is. 6d.

— Cyropaedia.Book I. With Introduction and Notes. By
C. Bigg, D.D. Second Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s.

— Cyropaedia, Books IV and V. With Introduction and
Notes. By C. Bigg, D.D. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2«. 6d.

— Hellenica, Books I, II. With Introduction and Notes.
By G. E. Underbill, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 3«.

— Memorabilia. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, &c.,
by J. Marshall, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo, 48. 6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press,

Sacred Books of the East. 45

SECTION V.

ORIENTAL LANGUAGES.

THE SACRED BOOKS OF THE EAST.

Translated by vartou3 Oriental Scholars, and edited by
THE Right Hon. F. Max Muller.

First Series, Vols. I— XXIV. 8vo,cloth.

Vol. I. The Upanishads. Translated by F. Max Muller.

Parti. Secoml Edition. ios.6d.
Vol. II, The Sacred Laws of tlie Aryas, as taught in the

Schools of Apastamba, Gautama, VasisL^Aa, and Baudha^-ana. Trans-
lated by Georg BiJHLER. Part I. Second Edition. io«. 6d.

Vol. III. The Sacred Books of China. The Texts of Con-
fucianism. Translated by James Legge. Parti. Second Edition . 12s. 6d.

Vol. IV. The Zend-Avesta. Part I. Tlie Vendidad. Trans-
lated by James Darmesteter. Second Edition. 14*.

Vol. V. The Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.

Part I. I2J. 6d.

Vols. VI and IX. The Qur'an. Translated by E. H.
Palmer. Second Edition. 21s.

Vol. VII. The Institutes of Vishwu. Translated by JuLiis
Jolly. los.Gd.

Vol. VIII. The Bhagavadgita, with The Sanatsu^atiya, and
The Anugita. Translated by Kashinath Trimbak Telang. Second
Edition. los. 6d.

Vol. X. The Dhammapada, translated from Pali by F. Max
Muller; and The Sutta-Nipata, translated from Pali by V. Fausboll ;
being Canonical Books of the Buddhists. Second Edition. 10s. 6d.

%* See also Anecdota Oxon., Series II, III, pp. 52-54.

Loudon : ELehry FbowdKi Axneu Comer, E.G.

46 /. Literature and Philology.

The Sacred Books of the East {continued).

Vol. XI. Buddhist Suttas. Translated from Pali by T. W.
Rhys Davids. \os. 6d.

Vol. XII. The /Satapatha-Brahmawa, according to the Text
of the Madhyandina School. Translated by Julius Eggeling. Part I.
Books I and II. 12s. 6d.

Vol. XIII. Vinaya Texts. Ti'anslated from the Pali by
T. W. Rhys Davids and Hermann Oldenberg. Part I. 105. 6d.

Vol. XIV. . The Sacred Laws of the Aryas, as taught in the

Schools of Apastamba, Gautama, Vasish^Aa, and Bandhayana. Translated
by Georg BUHLER. Part II. 10s. 6d.

Vol. XV. The Upanishads. Translated by F. Max Muller,

Part II. Second JiJd it ion. ios.6d.

Vol. XVI. The Sacred Books of China. The Texts of

Confucianism. Translated by J AMES Legge. Part II. 10*. 6c?.

Vol. XVII. Vinaya Texts. Translated from the Pali by
T. W. Rhys Davids and Hermann Oldenberg. Part II. 105. 6d.

Vol. XVIII. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E, W. West.

Part II. 125. 6d.
Vol. XIX. The Fo-sho-hing-tsan-ldng. A Life of Buddha

by Asvaghosha Bodhisattva, translated from Sanskrit into Chinese by
Dharmaraksha, A.D. 420, and from Chinese into English by Samuel
Beal. ios. 6d.

Vol. XX. Vinaya Texts. Translated from the Pali by T. W.
Rhys Davids and Hermann Oldenberg. Part III. 10*. 6d.

Vol. XXI. The Saddharma-pu?tr/arika ; or, the Lotus of the
True Law. Translated by H. Kern. 12s. 6d.

Vol. XXII. Gaina-Sutras. Translated from Prakrit by
Hermann Jacobi. Part I. 10*. 6c?.

Vol. XXIII. The Zend-Avesta. Part II. Translated by James
Darmesteter. ios.6d.

Vol. XXIV. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.

Part III. 10*. 6d.

Oxford : Clarendon Press,

Sacred Books of the East. 47

The Sacred Books of the East [continued).

Second Series, Vols. XXV— XLIX. 8vo, cloth.
Vol. XXV. Manu. Translated by Georg Buhler. ai#.

Vol. XXVI. The ^Satapatba-Brahmawa. Translated by

Julius Eggeling. Part II. Books III and IV. \2s.^d.

Vols. XXVII and XXVIII. The Sacred Books of China.
The Texts of Confucianism. Translated by James Legge. Parts III and
IV. 25*.

Vols. XXIX and XXX. The Grihya-Sutras, Rules of Vedic

Domestic Ceremonies. Translated by Hermann Oldenberg.
Parts I and II. 1 2s. 6d. each.

Vol. XXXI . The Zend-Avesta. Part III. Translated by
L.H. Mills. 12s. 6d.

Vol. XXXII. Vedic Hymns. Part I. Translated by
F. Max Muller. 185. 6(7.

Vol. XXXIII. The Minor Law-books. Translated by Julius

Jolly. Part I. Narada, Brihaspati. los. 6d.

Vol. XXXIV. The Vedanta-Sutras, with ^ankara's Com-
mentary. Translated by G. Thibaut. Part I. 12s. 6d.

Vol. XXXV. The Questions of King Milinda. Part I.
Translated from the Pali by T. W. Ehys Davids, ios. 6d.

Vol. XXXVI. The Questions of King- Milinda. Part II.

1 2s. 6d.

Vol. XXXVII. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West.

Part IV. The Contents of the Nasks, as stated in the Eighth and
Ninth Books of the Dinkard. 15s.

Vol. XXXVIII. The Vedanta-Sutras. Translated by G.
Thibaut. Part II. With Index to Parts I and II. 12s. 6d.

Vols. XXXIX and XL. The Sacred Books of China. The

Texts of Taoism. Translated by James Legge. 21s,

London : Henby Frowdk, Amen Comer, E.G.

48 /. Literature and Philology.

The Sacred Books of the East {continued).

Vol. XLI. The «Satapatha-Btalima«a. Translated by Julius

Eggeling. Part III. Books V, VI, and VII. \2s.6d.

Vol. XLII. Hymns of the Atliarva-veda. Translated by
M. Bloomfield, Books V, VI, and VII. 21s.

Vol. XLIII. The5atapatha-Brahraawa, Translated by Julius
Eggeling. Part IV. Books VIII, IX, and X. 12s. 6d.

Vol. XLI V. The xSatapatha-Brahmawa. PartV. Books XI,
XII, XIII, and XIV. i8*-. 6d.

Vol.XLV. The Gaina-Sutras. Translated from Prakrit
Viy Hermann Jacobi. Part II. 12s. 6d.

Vol. XLVI. Vedic Hymns. Part II. Translated by
Hermann Oldenberg. 14s.

Vol. XLVII. Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. Wkst.

Part V. Marvels of Zoroastrianism. 8s. 6d.

Vol. XLVIII. The Vedanta-Satras with Ramanu^a's
iSMbhasbya. Translated by G. Thibatjt. [In the Fress.l

Vol. XLIX. Buddhist Mahayana Texts. Buddha->^arita,

translated by E. B. CowELL. Sukhavati-vyftha, Viigra/rMedika, &c.,
translated by F. Max Mulleu. Amitayur-Dhyana-Sdtra, tninslated by
J.Takakusu. i2if.6d.

ARABIC. A Practical Arabic Grammar. Compiled by A. O.

Green, Lieutenant-Colonel, I!.E. Crown Svo.
Part I. Third Edition. Reti&ed and Enlarged, 'js. 6d.
Part II. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged. los. 6d.

BENGALI. Grammar of the Beng-ali Lang-uag-e ; Literary
and Colloquial. By John Beames. Crown Svo, cloth, 'js.6d.; cutflush, 6*.

BOHEMIAN. A Grammar of the Bohemian (or Cech)

Language. By W. R, Mokpill, M.A. Crown Svo, cloth, 6s.

BURMESE. A Burmese Reader, By R. F. St. Andrew

St. John, Hon. M.A. Crown Svo, ics. 6d.

CHALDEE. Book of Tobit. A Chaldee Text, from a
unique MS. in the Bodleian Library. Edited by Ad. Neobauee, M.A.
Crown Svo, 6s.

Oxford: Glareudou Press.

Oriental Languages. 49

CHINESE. The Chinese Classics: with a Translation,

Critical and Exegetical Notes, Prolegomena, and Copious Indexes. By
James Legge, D.D., LL.D. In Eight Parts. Royal Svo.

Vol. I. Coufucian Analects, &c. Neio Edition. \l. \qs.

Vol.11. The Works of Mencius. Neio Edition, il. i6s.

Vol. III. The Shoo-King; or, The Book of Historical

Documents. In two Parts, i/. lo.v. each.

Vol. IV. The She-King-; or. The Book of Poetry. In

two Parts, il. los. each.

Vol. V. The Ch'un Ts'ew, with the Tso Chuen. In two

Parts. I?. 10s. each.

The Nestorian Monument of Hsi-an Fu in Shen-

hsi, China, relating to the Diffusion of Christianity in China in the
Seventh and Eighth Centuries. By James Legge, D.D. 2s. 6d.

Record of Buddhit^tic King-doms ; being- an Account

by the Chinese Monk Fa-hien of his travels in India and Ceylon
(a.d. 399-414). Translated and annotated, with a Corean recension of
the Chinese Text, by James Legge, D.D. Crown 4to, boards, los. 6d.

A Record of the Buddhist Religion, as practised in India

and the Malay Archipelago (A.n. 671-695). By I-TsiXG. Translated by
J. Takakusu, B.A., Ph.D. With a Letter from the Right Hon. F. Max
MtJLLER. Crown 4to, boards, with Map, 14*. vet.

Catalogue of the Chinese Translation of the Buddhist

Trijii/aka, the Sacred Canon of the Buddhists in China and Japan,
Compiled by BuxYiu Nanjio. 4to, il. 12s. 6d.

Handbook of the Chinese Language. Parts I and II.

Grammar and Chrestomathy. By James Summers. Svo, i I. 8s.
COPTIC. Libri Prophetarura Majorum,cuni Lamentationibus

Jeremiae, in Dialecto Linguae Aegyptiacae Memphitica sen Coptica.
Ediditcum Versione Latina H. Tattam,S.T.P. Toniill. Svo, 17s.

Libri duodecini Prophetarum Minorum in Ling-. Aegypt.

vulgo Coptica. Edidit H. Tattam, A.M. Svo, S.s. 6c?.

Novum Testamentum Copt ice, eura D. Wilkins. 12s. 6d.

The Coptic Version of the New Testament, in the

Northern Dialect, otherwise called Memphitic and Bohairic. ^Yith
Introduction, Critical Apparatus, and Literal English Translation. The
Gospels. 2 vols. Svo, 2/. 2*'.

HEBREW. Psalms in Hebrew (without points). Cr, Svo, 2S.

Driver. Notes on the Hebrew Text of the Books of
Samuel. By S. R. Driver, D.D. Svo, 14.?.

London: Henrt Feowdk, Amen Corner, E.G.
E

50 /. Literatm^e and Philology.

HEBREW {continued).

Driver. Commentary on the Book of Proverbs. Attri-
buted to Abraham Ibn Ezra. Edited from a Manuscript in the
Bodleian Library by S. R. Driver, D.D. Crown 8vo, paper covers,
3*. 6c?.

Gesenius. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old

Testament, with an Appendix containing the Biblical Aramaic,
based on the Thesaurus and Lexicon of Gesenius, by Francis
Brown, D.D., S. R. Driver, D.D., and C. A. Bri'ggs, D.D.
Parts I — IX. Small 4to, 2*. 6cZ. each.

Hebrew Grammar, as Edited and Enlargrd by

E. Kautzsch. Translated from the Twentj'-fifth German Edition
by the late Rev. G. W. Collins, M.A. The Translation revised
and adjusted to the Twenty-sixth Edition by A. E. Cowley, M.A.
8vo, 2 IS.

Neubauer. Book of Hebrew Roots, by Abu 'l-Walid

Marwiln ibn Jan;1h, otherwise called Rabbi Yonah. Now first
edited, with an Appendix, by Ad. Nedbauer. 4to, 2I. 7s. 6c?.

Spurrell. Notes on the Text of the Book of Genesis.
By G. J. Spurrell, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo,i2s. 6*?.

Wiekes. Hebrew Accentuation of Psalms, Proverbs, and
Job. By William Wickes, D.D. Svo, 5s.

Hebrew Prose Accentuation. 8vo,io.s. 6d.

HINDUSTANI. A Hindustani Grammar. By A. O. Green,

Lieut.-Colonel, R.E. In two Parts. Crown Svo.

Part I, 8*'. Gd. Part II, 7*. 6c?.

MARATHI. ISFaiathi Proverbs, collected and translated by

the Rev. A. Manwaring, of the Church Missionary Society. 8vo,
8.S. 6f?.

SANSKRIT. Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Etymologieally

and Philologically arranged. By Sir M. Monier-Williams, D.C.L.,
&c., &c. New Edition, greatly Eidanjed and Iinproied. 410, cloth,
3?. 13.9. 6d. ; half-morocco, 4?. 45.

Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language. By

Sir M. Moniek-Williams, D.C.L. Fourth Edition. Svo, 158.

Nalopakhyanam. Story of Nala, an Episode of the Maha-

bharata : Sanskrit Text, with a copious Vocabulary, &c. By Sir M.
Monier-Williams, D.C.L. Second Edition, Svo, 15*.

Sakuntala. A Sanskrit Drama, in seven Acts. Edited

by Sir M. Monier-Williams, D.C.L. Second Edition. Svo, il. is.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Oriental Lajiguagcs. 51

SYRIAC. Thesaurus Syriacus : colleg-erunt Quatremere,

Eernstein, Lorsbacb, Arnoldi, Agrell, Field, Roediger : edidit R. Payne
■Smith, S.T.P. Sm. fol. Vol. I, containing Fasc. I-V. 5/. 5*. Vol.11,
completing the work, containing Fasciculi Vl-X, 8/. Sj.

*#* The Fasciculi may also he had separately.
Fasc.I-VI, i/. 15. each; VII, il. iu.6d.; VIII, iL I6^^; IX, il. 5*. ;
Fasc. X, Pais I, il. i6s. Part II, 15.S.

Compendious S3Tiac Dictionary. Founded on the above,

and edited by Mrs. M.MiGOLiouTU. I'arts I-III, Ss.6d. net each.

■ A Dictionary of the Dialects of Vernacular Syriac as

spoken by the Eastern Syrians of Kurdistan, Xorth-West Persia, and the
Plain of Mosul. By A. .J. ^rACLE.VN, M.A., F.R.G.S. Small 4to, il. 5*.

The Book of Kalilah and Dimnah. Translated from

Arabic into Syriac. Edited by W. Wright, LL.D. 8vo, il. is.
Cyrilli Archiepiseopi Alexandrini Commcntarii in Lueae

Evangelium quae supersuut Syriace. E MSS. apud Mus. Britac. edidit
R. Payxe Smith, D.D. 4to, il. 2s.

Translated by the lateE. Payne Smith, D.D. 2 vols.

Svo, 14*.

Ephraemi Syri, Rabulae Episeopi Edesseni, Balaei, &c,,

Opera Selecta. E Codd. Syriacis MSS.in MuseoBrilannico et Bibliotheca
Bodleiana asservatis primus edidit J. J. Overbeck. Svo, il. is.

John, Bishop of Ephesus. The Third Part of his Eccle-
siastical History. [In Syriac] Xow first edited by William Cureton,
M.A. 4to, i^. 1 2s.

Translated by the late R. Payne Smith, D.D. Svo, los.

TAMIL. First Lessons in Tamil. By G. U. Pope, D.D.

Fij'fh Edition. Crown Svo, 75. 6(?.

The First Catechism of Tamil Grammar. By G. U. Pope,

D.D., with an English Translation by D. S. Hereick, B.A. Crown Svo, 3.«.

The Nfiladiyar, or Four Hundred Quatrains in Tamil.

Edited by G. U. Pope, D.D. Svo, iS^. Large Paper, half Boxburr/h. il.
Aho in paper covers— Pa,rt I, Quatrains 1-130, 3*. 6d. Part II, Quatrains
131-320, 4s. 6d. Lexicon only, 6s.

The Tiruva^ag-am, or ' Sacred Utterances' of the Tamil

Poet, Saint, ard Sage Manikka-va9agar. The Tamil Text of the Fifty-
one Poems, with English Translation, Introductions, Notes, and Tamil
Lexicon. By the same. Roj'al Svo, 21*-. net.

ZEND. The Ancient MS. of the Yasna, with its Pahlavi

Translation (a.D. 1323, generally quoted as J2, and now in the posses-
sion of the Bodleian Library. Reproduced in Facsimile, and Edited
with an Introductory Note by L. H. Mills, D.D. Halfbound,
Imperial 4to, 10/. los.nct.

London : Hkxrt Frowde, Amen Comer, E.C.
E 2

52 /. Literature and Philology.

SECTION VI.

ANECDOTA OXONIENSIA.

(Crown 4to, stiff covers.)
I. CLASSICAL SERIES.

I. The Eng-lish Manuscripts of the Nieomachean Ethics,

By J. A. Stewart, M.A. 3*. 6d.

II. Nonius INIarcellus, de Conipendiosa Doctrina, Harleian

MS. 2719. Collated by J. H. Onioxs, M.A. 3s. 6d.

III. Aristotle's Physics. Book VII. With Introduction by

E. Shute, M.A. 2s.

IV. Bentley's Plautine Emendations. From his copy of

Gronovius. By E. A. Sokxenschein, M.A. 2s.6d.

V. Harleian MS. 2610; Ovid's Metamorphoses I, II, III.

1-622 ; XXIV Latin Epigrams from Bodleian or other MSS. ; Latin
Glosses on Apollinaris Sidonius from MS. Digby 172. Collated and
Edited by Eobinson Ellis, M.A., LL.D. 45.

VI. A Collation with the Ancient Armenian Versions of the

Greek Text of Aristotle's Categories, De Interpretatione, De INIundo,
De Virtutibus et Vitiis, and of Porphyi-y's Introduction. By E. C.

CONTBEAEE, M.A. I 4s.

VII. Collations from the Harleian MS. of Cicero 2683. By

Albert C. Claek, M.A. 7*-. 6il.

VIII. The Dialoo^aes of Aihanasius and Zacchaeus and of

Timothy and Aquila. Edited with. Piolegoniena and Facsimiles
by F. C. CoNTBEARE, M.A. 76'. 6cl.

II. SEMITIC SERIES.

I. Commentary on Ezra and Nehemiah. By Babbi

Saadiah. Edited by H. J. Mathews, M.A. ^s.Cd.

II. The Book of the Bee. Edited by Ernest A. Wallis

Budge, M.A. 215.

III. A Commentary on the Book of Daniel. By Japhet Ibn

Ali. Edited and Translated by D. S. Margoliouth, M.A. 2 is.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Anecdota Oxomcnsia. 53

ANECDOTA OXONIENSIA (cotifinned).

IV, VI. Mediaeval Jewish Chronicles and Chronological

Notes. Edited by Ad. Neubauer, M.A.

Part I, 14s. Part II, iS8. 6rf.

V. The Palestinian Version of the Holy Scriptures. Five

more Frngnients recently acq uired by the Bodleian Library. Edited
by G. H. GwiLLiAM, B.D. 6s.

VII. Churches and ^Monasteries of Eg-ypt ; attributed to

Abil Srilih, the Armenian. Edited and translated by B. T. A.
EvETTS, M.A.jwithNotesbyA. J.Bdtler, M.A., F.S.A. il. iis.6d.

*^* Translationfrom the Original Arabic. With Map, buckram, 2I«

VIII. The Ethiopia Version of the Hebrew Book of Jubilees.

Edited by E. H. Charles, M.A. 1 2.«.-. 6d.

IX. Biblical and Patristic Relics of the Palestinian S^'riac

Literature. Edited by G. H. Gwilliam, B.D., F. C. Burkitt, M.A.,
and J. F. Stenmxg, M.A. i2s. 6d.

X. The Letters of Abu 'l-'Alil of Ma'arrat Al-Nu'man.

Edited from the Leyden Manuscript, with the life of the Autlior
by Al-Dhahabi; and with Translation, Notes, Indices, and Biography
by D. S. Margoliovth, ^I.A. 15s.

III. ARYAN SERIES.

I. Buddhist Texts from Japan, i. Vayra/^Medika. Edited

by F. Max Mulleb, M.A. 3.?. 6d.

II. Buddhist Texts from Japan. 2. Sukhavati-Vyuha.

Edited by F. Max Mijller, JLA., and Buntiu Nanjio. 7*. 6d.

III. Buddhist Texts from Japan. 3. The Ancient Palm-

leaves containing the Pra^yjta-PAramita-Hridaya-Svltra and the
Ush»isha-Vi[7aya-Dhara??i, edited by F. Max Mulleb, M.A., and
BuxYiu Nanjio, M.A. With an Appendix by G. Buhlek. 105.

IV. Katyayana's Sarvanukrama;/i of the 7i'/gveda. With

ExtractsfromShac^guru.yisbya'sCommentary entitledVedilrthadipikS.
Edited by A. A. Macdonell, M.A., Ph.D. 165.

V. The Dharma-Sawgraha. Edited l)y Kenjiu Kasawara,

F. Max Muller, and H. Wenzel. 75. 6c?.

VII. The Buddha-^arita of A^vaghosha. Edited, from three

MSS., by E. B. Co well, M.A. i is. 6c/.

VIII. The Mantrapatha : or, The Prayer Book of the

Apastambins. Edited by M. Wlnterxitz, Pli.D. Parti. io»-. 6(/.
London : Henry Fkowde, Amen Comer, E.G.

54 I' Literature and Philology.

IV. MEDIAEVAL AND MODEKN SERIES.

I. Sinoaoma Bartholomei. Edited by J. L. G. Mowat,

M.A. IS. Cd.

II. Alphita. Edited by J. L. G. Mowat, M.A. 12*. 6(1.

III. The Saltair Na Ranu. Edited from a MS. in the

Bodleian Library, by Whitley Stokes, D.C.L. 7s. 6d.

IV. The Cath Finntraga, or Battle of Yentry. Edited by

KuNO Meyer, M.A., Ph.D. 6s.

Y. Lives of Saints, from the Book of Lismore. Edited,
with Translation, by Whitley Stokes, D.C.L. il.iis.6d.

YI. The Ehieidarium and other Tracts in Welsh, from Llyvyr
Agkyr Llamlewivrevi, a.d. i 346. Edited by J. Morris Jones, M.A.,
and John Eh^s, M.A. 21s.

YII. The Crawford Collection of Early Charters and Docu-
ments, now in the Bodleian Library. Edited by A. S. Napieu and
W. H. Stevenson. Paper covers, \os. 6(7.; cloth, i2.s.

VIII. Hibernica Minora. Being- a fragment of an Old-Irish

Treatise on the Psalter. Witli Translation, Notes and Glossary.
Edited by KuNo Meyer. 7s. 6(7.

X. The earliest Translation of the Old Testament into the

Basque Language(a Fragment). Edited, with Facsimile, by Llewelyn
Thomas, M.A. iSs. 6(7.

XL Old English Glosse.«, Chiefly Unpublished. Edited by
Arthur S. Napier, M.A. , Ph.D. Paper covers, 15*. ; cloth, I;*.-. Gd.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

The Holy Scriptures^ drV. 55

II. THEOLOGY.

A. THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, APOCRYPHA, dc.
COPTIC. Libri Proplictarum !^^iljonlm,Clun Lameutatioiiibus

Jeremiae, in Dialecto Linguae Aegyptiacae Meuipliitica seu Coptica.
Ediilitciim Versione Latinall.TATTAM.S.T.P. Toniill. 8vo, 17s.

Libri dtiodeeim Propbelarum Minorum in Ling". Aegy^ t.

vulgo Coptica. Edidit H.T.vTTAM, A.M. Svo, 8s. 6d.

Novum Testamentum Coptice, eura D. Wilkins. 1716.

4to, I2S. 6d.

The Coptic Version of the New Testament, in tie

Nortlieru Dialect, otlier\vi~e called Meiiiphitic and I'.nliaiiic. With
Introduction, Critical Apparatus;, and Literal English Translation. The
Gospels. 3 vols. Svo, 2I. 2S.

ENGLISH. Tlie Holy Bible in the Earliest English Versions,

made from the Latin Vulgate by John Wycliffe and his folltwers :
edited by Forshall and Madden. 4 vols. Royal 4to, 3Z. 35.

The Holy Bible. Revised Version (in rarious himrnigfi).

*^* The Rtviscd Venion is the joint property of the Universities (•/

Oxford and Cambridge.
Folio Edition (for the Church Desk) :

American Russia, 505.; with Apocryi>ha, 6o.y.
Turkey Morocco, 84«. ; with Apocrypha, 965.
Pica Eoyal Svo, with wide margins : 6 vols, (iiichuling Apocrypha),
fi-om 73*-. 5 vol.«. (Old and Is'ew Testaments), from 62s. dd. 4 vols.
(Old Testament only), from 50.S. Apocrypha only, from lo^. 6d.
Pica Demy Svo : 5 vols. (_01d and New Testaments), from 405. 4 vols.

(Old Testament only\ from 32s. Apocrypha only, from 7*. 6rf.
Pica Svo. India Paper: in one vol., from 52»-. 6rf. {Includixfj Apo-
crypha), Turkey ilorocco, 4/.
Small Pica Svo, i vol., from iS-y.

Minion Svo, 4s. ; with Apocrypha, 6s. (.\pocrypha only, i^.)
Kuby 16mo, is. 6d. ; with Apocrypha, ^s. (Apocrypha only, 25.)
Pearl 16mo, cloth boards, lod.

With Revised Marginal References.

Minion Svo, 5?. ; with Apocrypha, 75. 6d.
Parallel Bible : Minion Small 4to, from l8s.

New Testament only. Nonpareil 32mo, 3(7. ; Brevier i6mo, 6d. ; Long
Primer Svo, C)d.

London: Hekbt Feowde, Amen Corner, E.G.

56 //. Theology.

ENGLISH. The Holy Bible {eonthmed).

The Two-Version Edition: beinq* the Authoiiscd

Version with the Dirt'erences of the Revised Version printed in the
margins. In various bindings from *]». 6d. to 42.?.

The Oxfoi'd Bible for Teachers, eontaiuing- the Holy

Scriptures, together with a new, enlarged, and illustrated edition of the
Oxford Helps to the Study of the Bible, comprising Introductions to
the several Books, the Histoi-y and Antiquities of the Jews, the results
of Modern Discoveries, and the Natural History of Palestine, with copious
Tables, Concordance and Indices, and a series of Maps. Prices in various
sizes and bindings from 3s. to 5?.

Bible Illustrations, taken from the above. 2^. 6d.

— Helps to the Study of the Bible, taken from the

Oxford Bible for Teachers. New, Enlartjed, and Illustrated Edition.
Pearl i6mo, stiff covers, is. net.
Nonpareil Svo, cloth boards, 2*. 6d.
Large Type edition, long primer Svo, cloth boards, 5s.

— Helps to the Study of the Book of Common Prayer.

Being a Companion to Church Worship. l!y W. It. W. Stephens, B.D.,
Dean of Winchester. Crown Svo, cloth, 2s. ; also in leather bindings.

— Old Testament History for Schools. By T. II.

Stokoe, D.D. Part I. {Third Edition.) From the Creation to the
Settlement in Palestine. Part II. From the Settlement to the Disruption
of the Kingdom. Part III. From the Disruption to the Return from
Captivity. Extra fcap. Svo, 2S. 6d. each, with maps.

— Notes on the Gospel of St. Luke, for Junior Classes.
By Miss E. J. Moore Smith. Extra fcap. Svo, stifi' covers, is. 6d.

— The Psalter, or Psalms of David, and certain Canticles,

with a Translation and Exposition in English, by Richard Rolle of Ham-
pole. Edited by H. R. Bramley, M.A. With an Introduction and
Glossary. Demy Svo, i Z. i*.

— Studia Biblica et Ecclesiastica. Essays chiefly in

Biblical and Patiistic Criticism, and kindred subjects. By Members
of the University of Oxford, &c. Svo.

Vol. I, 10s. 6d. Vol. II, i2*.6r/. Vol. Ill, 16*. Vol. IV, i2s.6d.
Vol. V, Part I, Life of St. Nino. By Marjory Waudkop and J. 0.
Wardrop. Stiff cover.s, 3.S. 6d.

Deuterographs. Duplicate passages in the Old Testa-

ment. Arranged by R. B. Girdlestone, M.A, Svo, "js. 6d.
— The Parallel Psalter : being* the Prayer-Book Version

of the Psalms and a New Version arranged on opposite pages. With an
Introduction and Glossaries by S. R. Driver, D.D. Fcap. Svo, 6s.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

The Holy Scripiures, (2fc. 5 7

ENGLISH {coutinnerl).

Lectures on the Book of Job. Delivered in Westmiuster

Alibey by the Very Kev.G. G. Uuadley, D.D. Second Edition. C'rown
Svo, 7*. 6rf.

Lectures on Ecclesiastes. By the same Author. Second

KilHion. ("rnwii Svd. -,x.G<I.

The Book of Wisdom: the Greek Text, the Latin Vul-
gate, and the Authorised Enudish Version ; with an Introduction, Critical
Apparatus, and a Coninientar}^ By W. J . Deane, M.A. 4to, i 2*. 6d.

The Five Books of Maccabees, in Eng-lish, with Notes

and Illustrations; by Henry Cotton, D.C.L. Svo, 10*. 6d.

The Book of Enoch. Translated from Dillmanii's

Ethiojjic Text (emended and revised), and edited by R. H. Charles, M.A.
Svo, I6^•.

• The Book of the Secrets of Enoch. Translated from

tlie Slavonic by \V. R. IMorvFii.L, M.A., and Edited, with Introduction,
Xotop, &.C., by R. H. Charles, M.A. Svo, 7,9. 6d.

■ Two Lectures on the 'Sayings of Jesus,' recently

discovered at Oxvrlivnchus. Delivered at Oxford on October 23, 1897,
by the Rev. W. "Lock, D.D., and the Rev. W. .Sa.nday, D.D., LL.l).
Svo, stiff covers, is. 6d. vet.

The Oxyrhynchus Logia and the Apocr^-phal Gospels.

By the Rev. Chaules TayluR, 1).D. Svo, paper covers, 2.>.-. 6d. net.

List of Editions of the Bible in English. By Henry

Cotton, D.C.L. Second Edition. Svo, Ss.6cZ.

Rhemes and Doway. An attempt to show what has

lieen done hy Roman Catholics for the diffusion of the Holy Scriptures in
En^dish. By Henrt Cotton, D.C.L. Svo, 95.

GOTHIC. Evangeliorum Versio Gothica, cum Interpr. et

Annott. E. Eenzelii. Edidit E. Lye, A.M. 410, i25.6(f.

GREEK. Old Testament. Vetus Testamentum ex Versione

Septuaginta Interpretum secundum exeniplar Vaticanum Romae editum.
Accedit potior varietas Codicis Alexandrini. Tomi III. iSmo, iS.f.

Vetus Testamentum Graece <?um Variis Lectionibus.

Editionem a R. Holmes, S.T.P. inchoatam continuavit J. Parsons, S.T.B.

Tomi V. Folio, 7/.

A Concordance to the Septuagint and the other Greek

Versions of tiie Old Testament (including the Apocryphal Books). By
the late Edwin Hatch, M.A., and H. A. Redpath, M.A. In Six
Parts. Imperial 4to, 21*. each.

Supplemmt to the above, Fa.'^c, I. Conlaining- a

Concordance to the Proper Xames occuriing in the Septuagint. By H. A.
Redpath, M.A. Imperial 410, 16*.

London: Henrt Frowde, Amen Corner, E.C,

58 //. Theology.

GREEK {contimiecV).

Origenis Hexaplorum quae supersunt ; sive, Veterum

Interpretimi Graecorum in totum VetusTestamentumFragmenta. Edidit
Fredeeicus Field, A.M. 2 vols. 410, 5Z. 5-9.

Essays in Biblical Greek. By Edwin Hatch, M.A., D.D.

8vo, 10*. 6(/.

— An Essay on the Place of Ecclesiasticiis in Semitic
Literature. By D. S. Margoliouth, M.A. Small 4to, 25. dd.

— New Testament. Novum Testamentum Graece. Anti-

quissiuiorum Codiciim Textus in ordine parallelo dispositi. Edidit
E, H. Hansell,S.T.B. Tomilll. 8vo, 24*.

— Novum Testamentum Graece. Aceedunt parallela
S. Scripturae loca, &c. Edidit Caeolus Lloyd, S.T.P.R. iSmo, i&.

On writing-paper, with ivide margin, 'jS.6d.

Critical Appendices to tbe above, by W. Sanday, D.D.

Extra fcap. Svo, cloth, 3s. 6d.

— Novum Testamentum Graece, Aceedunt parallela S.

Scripturae loca, &c. Ed. C. Lloyd, with Sanday's Appendices. Cloth,
6s. ; paste grain, 7s. 6(7.; morocco, 10s. 6d.

— Novum Testamentum Graecejuxta Exemplar Millianum.
i8mo, 2s.6d. On writing-paper, with wide margin, 'js. 6d.

— Evangelia Sacra Graece. Fcap. Svo, limp, i*. 6d.

— The Greek Testament, with the Reading's adopted by

the Revisers of the Authorised Version —

(i) Pica type. Second Edition. Demy Svo, 10*. 6rf.

(2) Long Primer type. New Edition. With Marginal References.

Fcap. Svo, 4*. 6d. Aho on India Ffirier.

(3) The same, on tvrifing-paper, ivith wide margin, 1 55.

— The New Testament in Greek and English. Edited by
E. Cabdwell,D.D. 2 vols. 1837. Crown Svo, 6s.

— The Parallel New Testament, Greek and English ;

being the Authorised Version, 161 1 ; the Revised Version, 18S1 ; and
the Greek Text followed in the Revised Version. Svo, 12s. 6f?.

— Diatessaron ; sive Historia Jesu Christi ex ipsis Evan-
gelistarum verbis apte dispositis confecta. Ed. J. Whitk. 3s. 6c?.

— Outlines of Textual Criticism applied to the New
Testament. By C.E.Hammond, M.A. Fifth Edition. Crown Svo, 4*. 6cf.

Oxford: Clarendon Press,

The Holy Scriptures, cfe. 59

GREEK {continued).

A Greek Testament Primer. An Easy Grammar and

Reading Book for the use of Stndenta begiuuing Greek . By E. Mil.LEK,
M.A. Second EiUtioii. Extra foap. Svo, p.i}ier, 2S. ; cloth, 3s. 6d.

Canon Muratorianus. Edited, with Notes and Facsimile,

hy S. P. Tregelles, LL.D. 4to, ioj?. 6(1.
Ilorae Synoptieae. Contributions to the study of the

Synoptic Probleiu. By theRev.SirJoHNC. Hawkins, Bart., M.A. Svo,7n. 6d.

HEBREW, &c. A Hebrew and Eni^lish Lexicon of the

Old Testament, with an Appendix containing the Biblical Aramaic,
based on the Thesaurus and Lexicon of GESENiUSjby Francis Brown,
D.D., S. R. Driver, D.D., and C. A. Bkigcs, D.D. Parts I— IX.
Small 4to, each 2s. 6d.

Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar. As Edited and Enlarged

by E. Kautzsch. Translated from the Twenty-fifth German Edition
by the late Rev. G. "W. Collins, M.A. The Translation revised and
adjusted to the Twenty-sixth Edition by A. E. Cowley, M.A. Svo, aij.'.

Notes on the Text of the Book of Genesis. By G. J.

Spurkell, M.A. Second Editioji. Crown Svo, 125. 6</.

Notes on the Hebrew Text of the Books of Samuel.

By S. R. Driver, D.D. Svo, 14*.
The Psalms in Hebrew without points. Stiff covers, 2S.

A Commentary on the Book of Proverbs. Attributed

to Abraham Ibn Ezra. Edited from a MS. in the Bodleian Library
by S. R. Driver, D.D. Crown Svo, paper covers, 3s. 6d.

The Book of Tobit. A Chaldee Text, from a unique MS.

in the Bodleian Library ; with other Rabbinical Texts, English Transla-
tions, and the Itala. Edited by Ad. Neubauer, M.A. Crown Svo, 6s.

Ecclesiasticus (xxxix. 15 — xlix. 11). The Orig-inal

Hebrew, with Early Versions and English Translation, &c. Edited by
A. E. Cowley, M.A., and Ad. Neibauer, M.A. With two Facsimiles.
4to, 10*. 6d. net.

Translated from the Orio-iual Hebrew, with a

Facsimile. By the same lulitors. Crown Svo, stifl covers, 2s. 6d.

■ Facsimiles of the Frn"-ments hitherto recovered of

o ■

the Book of Ecclesiasticus in Hebrew. 60 leaves. Collotype. In a Cloth
Box. il. \8. net. (Published jointly by the Oxford and Cambridge
University Presses.)

— Hebrew Accentuation of Psalms, Proverbs, and Job.
By William Wickes, D.D. Svo, 59.

— Hebrew Prose Accentuation. By the same. 8vo, 10s. 6(1.

— Horae HebraicaeetTalmudicae.a J. Lightfoot. A new

Edition,by R. Gandell, M.A. 4V0IS. Svo, i^. is.

London : Henry Fbowde, Amen Corner, E.C.

6o

//. Theology

LATIN. Libri Psalmornm Versio antiqua Latina, cum Para-
phrasi Anglo-Saxonica. EdiditB. THORPE, F. A. S. 8vo, los. 6rf.

Nouum Testamentum Domini Nostri lesu Christi Latine,

secundum Editionem Saucti Hieronymi. Ad Codicum Manuscriptoriim
fidem recensuitloHANNES WoRDSWonTH,S.T.P.,Episcopus Sarislmriensis;
in operis societatem adsumto Henrico Iuliano White, A.M. 4to.
Pars I, buckram, 2Z. \is. 6d.

Also separately.
Fasc.I.i2s.6d.] II. "js. 6d.; III. 121s. 6d.; IV. 10s. 6d.; T. los.Gd.
%* A Binding Case for the fire Fasciculi in issued at 3.V.

OLD-LATIN BIBLICAL TEXTS : Small 4to, stiff covers.

No. I. St. Matthew, from the St. Germain MS. (gi). Edited by

John Wordsworth, D.D. 6s.
— — No. II. Portions of St. Mark and St. Matthew, from the Bobbie

MS. (k), &c. Edited by J. Wordsworth, D.D., W. Sanday, D.D., and

H. J. White, M. A. 21s.
No. III. The Four Gospel?, from the Munich MS. (q), now numbered

Lat. 6224 in the Royal Library at Munich, &c. Edited by H. J.

White, M. A. 12s. 6d.
Xo. IV. Portions of the Acts, of the Epistle of St. James, and of

the First Epistle of St. Peter, from the Eobbio Palimpsest (s), now

numbered Cod. 16 in the Imperial Library at Vienna. Edited by H. J.

White, M. A. 5s.

OLD-FRENCH. Liljri Psalmornm Versio antiqua Gallica

e Cod. MS. ill Bibl. Bodleiaua adservato, una cum Versione Metrica
aliisque Monumentis pervetustis. Nunc primum descripsit et edidit
Franciscds Michel, Phil. Doc. 8vo, io«. 6d.

SYRIAC. Collatio Cod. Lewisiani Evaui^eliorum S^-riacorura
cum Cod. Curetoniano, auctore A. Bonus, A.M. Demy 4to, 8*. 6d. net.

B. FATHERS OF THE CHURCH, &c.

an

St. Athanasius : Orations ag-ainst tbe Arians. With
Account of his Life by William Bright, D.D. Crown 8vo,9s.

Historical Writings, according* to the Benedictine

Text. With an Introduction by W. Bright, D.D. Crown 8vo, 10*. 6r?.

St. Augustine: Select Anti-Pelagian Treatises, and the Acts

of the Second Council of Orange. With an Introduction by WiLLiAM
Bright, D.D. Crown Svo, 9s.

St. Basil: The Book of St. Basil on the Holy Spirit. A
Eevised Text, with Notes and Introduction by C. F. H. Johnston, M.A.
Crown 8vo, 7*'. 6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Fathers of the Chinch, Cfc. 6i

Barnabas, The Editio Princeps of the Epistle of, by Arch-
bishop Ussher, as printed at Oxford, A. P. 1642, and preserved in an
imperfect form in the Bodleian Liln-ary. With a Dissertation by J. H.
Backhouse, M.A. Small 4to, 3s. 6rf.

Canons of the First Foxir General Councils of Nicaea, Con-
stantinople, Ephesus, and Chalcedon. ^Vill^ Notes, by W. EiUGliT, D.D.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, Is. 61L

Catenae Graecoi-um Patrum in Novum Testamentum.
Edidit J. A. CiiAMEK.S.T.P. TomiVIII. Svo, 2/. 4*.

Clementis Alexandrini Oj^era, ex receusione Guil. Dindorfii.

Tomi IV. Svo, 3/.

Cyrilli Archic])iscopi Alexaudriui in XII Prophetas. Edidit
P. E. FusEY, A.M. Tomi II. Svo, 2I. 2s.

in D. Joannis Evang-elium. Accedunt Fragraenta Varia

necnon Tractatiis ad Tiberium Diaconnm Duo. Edidit post Aubertum
P. E. PusEY, A.M. Tomi III. Svo, 2I. ^s.

Commentarii in Lucae Evang-elium quae supersunt

Syriace. E Mss. apud Mus. Britan. edidit K. Payne Smith, D.D. 4to,

l/. 2S.

■ Translated by R. Payne Smith, D.D. 2 vols. 145.

EphraemiSyri,IlabulaeEpiscopi Edesseni, Balaci,aliorumque

Opera Selecta. E Codd.Syriacis mss. in Museo Britannico et Bibliotheca
Bodleianaasservatis primus edidit J. J. Overbeck. Svo, il. is.

Eusebii Pamphili Evangelieae Praepaiationis Libii XV. Ad

Codd. MSS. recensuit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. Tomi IV. Svo, i/. los.

Evangelicae Demonstrationis Libri X. Rccensuit T.

Gaisford, S.T.P. Tomi II. Svo, 15*.

contra Hieroclem et Marcellum Libri. Recensuit T.

Gaisford, S.T.P. Svo, 7s.

Eusebius' Ecclesiastical History, according* to the text of
Burton, with an Introduction by \V. Bright, D.D. Second Edition.
Crown Svo, S*. 6rf.

Annotationes Variorum. Tomi II. Svo, 17^.

Evagrii Historia Ecclesiastica, ex recensione H. Valesii.

Svo, 4.?.

Irenaeus: The Third Book of St. Ircnaeus, Bishop of Lyon?,,
against Heresies. With short Notes and a Glossary by H. Deane, B.D.
Crown Svo, 55. 6d.

London : Hesbt Feowde, Amen Corner, E.G.

62 //. Theology.

Origenis Philosophumena ; sive omnium Haeresium Eefutatio.
E Codice Parisino nunc primum edidit Emmanuel Miller. 8vo, ios.
Patrum Apostolicorum, S. dementis Romani, S. Ig-natii,

S. Polycarpi, quae supersunt. Edidit GuiL. Jacobson, S.T.P.r" Tomi
II. Fourth Edition. 8vo, il. is.

Philo. About the Contemplative Life ; or, the Fourth Book

of the Treatise concerning Virtues. Critically edited, with a defence of
its genuineness, by Fred. C. Conybeare, M.A. With a Facsimile,
Sva, 14.S.

Reliquiae Saerae secundi tertiiquesaeculi. Recensuit M. J.

PoUTH,S.T.P. TomiV. Second Edilion. Svo,il. e^s.

Scriptorum Ecelesiasticorum Opuscula. Recensuit M. J.

EouTH,S.T.P. Tomi II. Third Edition. 8vo, los.

Soeratis Scholastici Hi.stoi-ia Ecclesiastica. Gr. etLat. Edidit
E. Hu.ssEY,S.T.B. Tomi III. 1853. 8vo, 15*.

Socrates' Ecclesiastical History, according to the Text of
HussEY, with an Introduction by William Bright, D.D. Second
Edilion. Crown 8 vo, 7.S. 6(?.

Sozomeni Historia Ecclesiastica, Edidit R, Hussey, S.T.B.
Tomi III. 8vo, 15*.

Tertulliani Apolog-eticus adversns Gentes pro Christianis,
Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by T. Herbert Bindley, B.D.
Crown 8vo, 6«.

De Praescriptione Haereticorum : ad Martyras : ad

Scapulam. With Introductions and Notes. By T. Herbert Bindley,
B.D. Crown 8vo, 6s.

Theodoreti Ecclesiasticae Historiae Libri Y. Recensuit

T. Gaisford, S.T.P. 8vo, 7.?. 6d.

Graecarum Affectionum Curat io. Ad Codices Mss, re-
censuit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. Svo, 7s. 6d.

C. ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, &c.

Adamnani Vita S. Columbae. Edited, with Introduction,
Notes, and Glossary, by J. T. Fowler, M.A., D.C.L, Crown Svo, half-
bound, 8f!. 6(7. net.

The same, tog-ether with Translation. 9^. 6d. net.

Baedae Opera Historica. A New Edition, in Two Volumes.
Edited by C. Plummer, M.A. Crown Svo, 21*. nd.

Bigg. The Christian Platonists of Alexandria; being the
Bampton Lectures for 18S6. By Charles Bigg, D.D, Svo, los. (td.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Ecclesiastical History, i2fc. 63

Bingham's Antiquities of the Christian Church, and other

Works. 10 vols. Svo, 3/. 3s.

Bright. Chapters of Early En«"]ish Cliurcli History. By

\V. Bkight, D.D. Tldi-tJ Edition. Revised ami Enlarged, with a ISIap.
Svo, 12*.

Burnet's History of the Eeforniation of the Cluireh of Eng-land.

A New Ediliou. Carefully revised, and the IJei-ords collated with the
originals, by N. PococK, M. A. 7 vols. Svo, il. \os.

Cardwell's Doeumcntary Annals of the Reformed Church of

England; being a CVillection of Injunctions, Declarations, Orders, Articles
of Inquiry, &c., from 1546 to 1716. 2 vols. Svo, iSs.

Conybeare. Tiie Key of Truth. A ]\Ianu;il of the Paulician

(Jhureh of Aimenia. The Armenian Text, edited and translated with
illustrative Documents and Introduction by F. C. Coxybeake, M.A.
Svo, i-)S. net.

Councils and Ecclesiastical Documents rehiting- to Great

Jlritain and Ireland. Edited, after Spelmax and Wii.kins, by A. W.
Haddan, B.D., and W. Stubbs, D.D. Vols. I and III. Medium
Svo, il. Is. each.

Vol. II, Part I. Medium Svo, los. 6f7.

Vol. II, Part II. Church of Ireland; Memorials of St. Patrick.
Stiff covers, 3s. 6d.

Formularies of Faith set forth by the Kiug-'s authority during

the Reign of Henry VIII. Svo, 7«.

Fuller's Church History of Britain. Edited by J. S, Breweb,

M.A. 6 vols. Svo, il. 19.S.

Gee. The Elizabethan Clerg-y and the Settlement of Religion,
1558-1564. By Henry Gee, D.D., F.S.A., Co-editor of 'Documents
Illustrative of English Church History.' With Illustrative Documents
and Lists. Svo, 10s. 6d. net.

Gibson's Synodus Anglicana. Edited by E. Cahdwell, D.D.

Svo, 6s.

Hamilton's (Archbishop John) Catechism, 1552. Edited, with

Introduction and Glossary, by Thomas Graves Laav. With a Preface
by the Right Hon. W, E. Gladstone. Demy Svo, 12*. 6d.

Inett's Origines Anglicanae (in continuation of Stillingfleet).
Edited by J. Griffiths, M.A. 3 vols. Svo, 15.?.

John, Bishop of Ephesus. The Third Part of his Ecclesias-
tical History. [In Syriac] Now first edited by William Cubeton,
M.A. 4to, 1 1. i2s.

The same, translated by R.Payne Smith, D.D. Svo, 10*.

London: Hekry Frowde, Amen Corner, E.G.

64 tl' Theology.

Le Neve's Fasti Ecclesiae Anglicanae. Corrected and con-
tinued from 1715 to 1853 by T. DuffusHardt. 3 vols. 8vo, li. I*.

Noelli (A.) Catechismus sive prima institutio discii^linaque

Pietatis Christianae Latiue explicata. Editio nova cura GuiL. Jacobson,
A.M. 8vo, 5s. 6rf.
Prideaux's Connection of Sacred and Profane History, 2 vols.

Svo, 10*.

Primers put forth in the Reig-u of Henry VIII. Svo, 5*.
Records of the Reformation. The Divorce, ^S'^l~^S?i?)-

Mostly now for the first time printed from MSS. in the British Museum
and other Libraries. Collected and arranged by N. PocoCK, M.A. 2 vols.
Svo, \l. 16s.
Reformatio Leg-um Eeclesiasticarum. The Reformation of

Ecclesiastical Laws, as attempted in the reigns of Henrj' VIII, Edward
VI, and Elizabeth. Edited by E. Cardwell, D.D. Svo, 6s. 6d.

Shirley. Some Account of the Church iu the Apostolic Age.
By W. W. Shirley, D.D. Second Edition. Fcap. Svo, 3*. 6d.

Shuckford's Sacred and Profane History connected (in con-
tinuation of Prideaux). 2 vols. Svo, 105.

Stillingfleet's Origines Britaunieae, witli Lloyd's Historical

Account of Church Government. Edited by T. P. Pantin, M.A. 2 vols.
Svo, 105.
Stubbs. Registrum Sacrum Anglicanum. An attempt to

exhibit the course of Episcopal Succession in England. By W. Stubes,
D.D. Second Edition. 4to, 10s. 6d.

Strype's Memorials of Cranmer. 2 vols. 8vo, lis.

Life of Aylmer. Svo, 5s. 6 J.

Life of Whltgift. 3 vols. Svo, i6s. 6d.

General Index. 2 vols. Svo, i is.
Sylloge Confessionum sub tempus Reform.andae Ecclesiae

editarum. Subjiciuntur Catechismus Heidelbergensis et Canones Synodi
Dordrechtanae. 8vo,8«.

Turner. Ecclesiae Occidentalis Monumenta luris Anti-

quisiima : Canonum et Concilinium Graecorum Interpretationes Latinae.
Edidit CuTHBERTUS Hamilton Tlknek, A.M. Ease. I. pars. I. 4to, stiff
covers, los. 6d.

D. LITURGIOLOGY.
Brightman. Liturgies, Eastern and Western. Vol. I.

Eusteni Liturgies. Edited, with Introductions and Appendices, by
F. E. Brightman, M.A., on the Basis of & former work by C. E.
Hammond, M.A. Svo, 21s.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

English Theology. 65

Cardwell's Two Books of Common Prayer, set forth by

authority in the Reign of King Edward VI, compared with each other.
Third Edition. 8vo, 7«.

History of Conferences on the Book of Common Prayer

from I 55 1 to 1690. Third Eilifion. 8vo, "js.Gd.

Gelasian Sacramentary. Liber Sacrameutorum Romanae

Ecclesiae. Edited, with Introduction, Critical Notes, and Appendix, by
H. A. Wilson, M.A. Medium 8vo, iSs.

Leofric Missal, The ; tog-ether with some Account of the

lied Book of Derby, the Missal of Robert of Jumifeges, &c. Edited,
with Introduction and Notes, by F. E. Warren, B.D., F.S.A, 4to,
half-morocco, ll. 155.

Maskell. Ancient Liturgy ofthe Church of England, according

to the Uses of Sarum, York, Hereford, and Bangor,and the Roman Liturgy
arranged in parallel columns, with preface and notes. By W. Maskell,
M.A. Third Edition. 8vo, 15s.

Monumenta Ritualia Ecclesiae Anglicanae. The occa-
sional Offices of the Church of England according to the old Use of
Salisbury, the Pryiner in English, and other prayers and forms, with
dissertations and notes. Second Edition. 3 vols. 8vo, 2^. los.

Warren. The Liturgy and Ritual of the Celtic Church. By
F. E. Warren, B.D. "Svo, 14s.

£. ENGLISH THEOLOGY.

Bradley. Lectures on the Book of Job. By Geoege
Granville Bradley, D.D., Dean of Westminster. Second JEdition.
Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

Lectures on Ecclesiastes. By G. G. Bradley, D.D.

Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 5s. 6d.

Bull's Works, with Nelson's Life. Edited by E. Burton,

D.D. 8 vols. 8vo, 2I. 9,?.

Burnet's Expo.^ition of the xxxix Articles. 8vo, 7*.

Butler. The Works of Bisliop Butler. Edited by the Right
Hon. W. E. Gladstone. 2 vols. Medium 8 vo, 14*. each.

*^* Also, in Crown 8ro, 2 vols., los. 6d. (Vol. I, 58. 6d. ; Vol. II, 5*.)

London : Hehbt Fbowde, Amen Comer, E.G.
F

66 //. Theology.

Butler. The Works of Bishop Butler. 2 vols. 8vo, 1 1*.

Sermons, ^s. 6d. Analogy of Religion, ^s. 6d.

Chillingworth's Works. 3 vols. 8vo, il. is. 6d.
Clergyman's Instructor. Sixtk Edition. 8vo, 6s. 6d.

Cranmer's Works. Collected and arranged by H. Jenkyns.

4 vols. 8vo, il. los.

Enchiridion Theologicum Anti-Romanum.

Vol. I. Jeremy Taylor's Dissuasive from Popery, and Treatise on
the Real Presence. 8vo, 8*.

Vol. II. Baurow on the Supremacy of the Pope, with his Discourse

on the Unity of the Church. 8vo, 7*. 6(7.
Vol. III. Tracts selected from Wake, Patrick, Stillingfleet,Clagett
and others. 8vo, lis.

Greswell's Hui'monia Evangelica. Fifth Edition. 8vo, 9*. 6d.

Hall's Works. Edited by P. Wynter, D.D. i o vols. 8vo, 3/. ^s.

Heurtley. Harmonia Symbolica : Creeds of the Western
Church. By C. Heurtley, D.D. 8vo, 6*. 6d.

Homilies appointed to be read in Churches. Edited by
J. Griffiths, M.A. 8vo, 78. 6d.

HOOKER'S WORKS, with his Life by Walton, arranged by
John Keble, M.A. Secenth Edition. Revised by R. W. Chdbch, M.A.,
and F. Paget, D.D. 3 vols. Medium 8vo, iZ. 168.

the Text as arranged by J. Keble, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, us.

An Introduction to the Fifth Book of Hooker's Treatise

of the Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity. By F. Paget, D.D. Medium 8vo,
7.S. 61I.

*^* For the convenience of purchasers, Vol. II of the Three-Volume Edition
of Hooker's Works {Ecclesiastical I'olit//, Book V). edited hi/ Mr. Kehle,
and Drs. Church and Paget, is sold separately, price Ttvelce Shillings.

Hooper's Works. 2 vols. 8vo, 8*.

Jackson's (Dr. Thomas) Works. 12 vols. 8vo, 3/. 6s.

Jewel's Works. Editedby R.W. Jelf,D.D. 8 vols. 8vo,i/. io#.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

English Theology, 67

Lock :iTi(l Sanday. Two Lectures on the ' Sayino-s of Jesus,'

recently ai.-ccoverecl at Oxyrhyncluis. Delivered at Oxford on October 23,
1897, by W. Lock, D.D., and W. Sanday, D.D.,LL.D. 8vo, stiff covers,
18. 6d. net.

Ommanney. A Critical Dissertation on the Athanasian
Creed. Jly G. D. W. Ommakney, M.A. 8vo, i6s.

Paget. An Introduction to the Fifth Book of Hooker's

Treatise of the Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity. By F. Paget, D.D.
Medium Svo, 7*-. 6<i.

Patrick's Theological ^Yorks. 9 vols. Svo, \l. is.

Pearson's Exposition of the Creed. Revised and corrected by
E. Bdrton, D.D. Sixth Edition. Svo, los. 6rf.

Minor Theological Works. Edited with a Memoir, by

Edward Churton, M.A. a vols. Svo, 10s
Sanderson's Works. Edited by W. Jacobson, D.D. 6 vols.

Svo, \l. IQS.

Stillingfleet's Origines Sacrae. 2 vols. Svo, 9^.

Rational Account of the Grounds of Protestant Religion.

2 vols. Svo, 105

Taylor. The Oxyrhynchus Logia and the Apocryphal Gospels.
By the Rev. Charles Tatloe, D.D. Svo, paper covers, 2s. 6rf. net.

Wall's History of Infant Baptism. Edited by Henry
Cotton, D.C.L. 2 vols. Svo, iZ. i«.

Waterland's Works, with Life, by Bp. Van Mildert. A

Xeic Edition, with copious Indexes. 6 vols. Svo, 2I. lis.

Review of the Doctrine of the Eucharist, with a Preface

by the late Bishop of London. Third Edition. Crown Svo, 6*. 6d.

Wheatly's Illustration of the Book of Common Prayer. Svo, 5*.

Wyclif. A Catalogue of the Original Works of John Wyclif.
By W. W. Shirley, D.D. Svo, 3s. 6d.

Select Englisli Works. By T. Arnold, M.A. 3 vols.

Svo, il. IS.
Trialogus. With the Supplement now first edited. By

Gotthard Lechlee. Svo, 7s.

London : Henry Frowde, Amen Comer, E.G.
F 2

68 ///. History^ Biography, &c.

III. HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY,

POLITICAL ECONOMY, &c.

Arbuthnot. The Life and Works of John Arbuthnot. By

George A. Aitken. 8vo, cloth extra, with Portrait, 165.
Aubrey. ' Brief Lives,' chiefly of Contemporaries, set down

l)y John Aubrey, between the Years 1669 and 1696. Edited from the
Author's MSS. by Andrew Clark, M.A., LL.D. 2 vols. 8vo, 25s.
Baker's Chronicle. Chronicon Galfridi le Baker de Swyne-
broke. Edited with Notes by Sir E. Madnde Thompson, K.C.B.,
D.C.L., F.S.A. Small 4to, stiff covers, i8.s". ; cloth, gilt top, 2^s.

Beaiiehamp. Hindu Manners, Customs, nnd Ceremonies.

By the Abbe J. A. DoBOia. Translated from the Author's later French
MS. and Edited with Notes, Corrections, and Biography, by Henry K.
Beauchamp. With a Prefatory Note by the Right Hon. F. Max
Muller, and a Portrait. Second Edition. Svo, ic^s. net.

Bentham. A Frag-ment on Government. By Jerejiy
Bentham. Edited by F. C. Montague, M. a. fivo,'js.6d.

Berkeley. Life and Letters of Geor^-e Berkeley, formerly

Bishop of Cloyne, and an account of his Philosophy. By A. Cajipbell
Eraser, Hon. D.C.L. and LL.D. Svo, 16s.
Bluntschli. The Theory of the State. By J. K.Bluntschli.

Translated from the Sixth German Edition. Third Edition. Crown Svo,
half-bound, 8.». 6d.

Boswell's Life of Samuel Johnson, LL.D.; including- Bos-
well's Journal of a Tour to the Hebrides, and Johnson's Diary of
a Journey into North Wales. Edited by 6. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L. In

six vols., Svo. With Portraits and Facsimiles. Half-bound, 3L 3s.

Burnet's History of James II. 8vo, 9-5'. 6d.

History of My Own Time. A Neio Edition. Based on

that of M. J. RouTH, D.D. Kdited by Osmund Airy, M.A., LL.D.,
In two vols. Svo, 12*. 6(/. each.

Vol. I. The Reign of Charles the Second, Part I.
Vol. II. Completing the Reign of Charles the Second, with
Index to Vols. I and II.
Life of Sir M. Hale, and Pell's Life of Dr. Hammond.

Small Svo, 2*. 6d.

Calendar of the Clarendon State Papers, preserved in the

Bodleian Library. In three volumes. 1869-76.
Vol.1. From 1523 to January 1649. Svo, i8s.
Vol.11. From 1649 to 1654. Svo, 16*.
Vol. III. From 1655 to 1657. Svo, 145.
Calendar of Charters and Bolls preserved in the Bodleian

Library. Svo, il. lis. 6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

///. History, Bioj^raphy, &c. 69

Carte's Life of James Duke of Ormond. A New Edition,

carefully compared with the original M.SS. 6 vols. 8vo, ll. 58.

Casaubon (Isanc), Life of, by Mark Pattison, B.D. Secoml

Edit tan. Svo, l6).'.

Casauboni Ei)hemerides,cum praefatione et notis J. Russell,

S.T.P. Tomill. Svo, 15*.
Chesterfield. Letters of Philip Dormer Fourth Earl of

C'hesterlieUl, to his Godson and Successor. Edited from the Originals,
with a Memoir of Lord Chesterfield, by the late Eakl OF Carnarvon.
Second Edition. With Appendix of Additional Correspondence. Koval
Svo, cloth extra, 215.

Clarendon's History of the Rebellion and Civil Wars in

England. Re-edited from a fresh collation of the original MS. in the
Bodleian Library, with naarginal dates and occasional notes, by W. Dunn
Mackay, jM.A., F.S.A. 6 vols. Crown Svo, 2/. 5*.

History of the Rebellion and Civil Wars in England.

To which are subjoined the Notes of Bishop Warburton. 1S49. 7 vols.
Medium Svo, 2I. los.

History of the Rebellion and Civil Wars in Eng-land.

Also his Life, written by himself, in which is included a Continuation
of his Ili-story of the Grand Rebellion. Royal Svo, l^ 2S.

Clarendon's Life, including- a Continuation of his History.

2 vols. 1S57. Medium Svo, il.2i<.

Clinton's Fasti Hellenici. The Civil and Literary Chronology

of Greece, from the LVIth to the CXXIIIrd Olympiad. Thifd Edition.
4to, ll. 14s. 6d.
Fasti Hellenici. The Civil and Literary Chronology

of Greece, from the CXXIVth Olympiad to the Death of Augustus.
Second Edition. 4to, il. 12s.

Epitome of the Fasti Hellenici. Svo, 6s. 6d.

Fasti Romani. The Civil and Literary Chronology of

Rome and Constantinople, from the Death of Augustus to the Death (f

Heraclius. 2 vols. 4to, 2/. 2#!.

Epitome of the Fasti Romani. Svo, 'js.

Codrington. The Melanesians. Studies in their Anthro-
pology and Folk-Lore. By R. H. Coduington, D.D. Svo, i6s.
Cramer's Geographical and Historical Description of Asia

!Minor. 2 vols. Svo, li«.

Descri])tion of Ancient Greece. 3 vols. Svo. 1.6s. 6d.

Dixon. History of the Church of England from the Abolition

of the Roman Jurisdiction. By W. R. DiXON, M.A. Third Edition
Itevi.ied.

Yds. I —IV. See Supp. Cat. p. 1 6. Vols. V, YI, in the Press.

London : Hehry Feowde, Amen Corner, E.G.

70 ///. History, Biography, &c.

Earle. Handbook to the Land-Charters, and other Saxouic
Documents. By John Earle, M.A. Crown 8vo, i6«.

The Alfred Jewel. An Historical Essay. With Illustra-
tions and Map. Small 4to, buckram, i2.>;. dd. net.

Finlay. A llistory of Greece from its Conquest by the
Eomans to the present time, B.C. 146 to A.D. 1864. By George Finlay,
LL.D. A New Edition, revised throughout, and in part re-written, with
considerable additions, by the Author, and edited by H. F. Tozeb, M.A.
7 vols. Svo, 3L los.

Forteseue. The Governance of England : otherwise called

The Difference between an Absolute and a Limited Monarchy. By Sir
John Fortescue, Kt. A Revised Text. Edited, with Introduction,
Notes, &c., by Charles Plummer, M.A, Svo, half-boxmd, la*. 6d.

Freeman, The History of Sicily from the Earliest Times.
By E. A. Freeman, M.A., D.C.L.

Vols. I and II. [Vol. I. The Native Nations : Tlie Phoenician and
Greek Settlements. Vol. II. From the beginninirof Greek Settle-
ment to the beginning of Athenian Intervention.] Svo, 2I. 3s.
Vol. III. The Athenian and Carthaginian Invasions, il. 4s.
Vol. IV. From the Tyranny of Dionysios to the Death of Agathokles.
Edited from Posthumous MSS., by Arthur J. Evans, M.A. il. is.

History of the Norman Conquest of England; its

Causes and Results.

Vols. Ill and IV, 215. each. Vol. VI (Index), los. 6d.

*^* Vols. I, II, and V are out of 'print.
The Reig-n of William Rufusaud the Accession of Henry

"is
the First. 2 vols. Svo, i^. 16s.

A Short History of the Norman Conquest of England.

Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2s. 6d.

French Revolutionary Speeches. See Stephens, H. Morse,

Gardiner, The Constitutional Documents of the Puritan

Revolution, 1625-1660, Selected and Edited by Samuel Rawson
Gardiner, D.C.L. Second Edition. Crown Svo, los. 6d.

Gascoigne's Theological Dictionary ('Liber Veritatum ') :

Selected Passages, illustrating the Condition of Church and State, 1403-
145S. With an Introduction by James E. Thorold Rogers, M.A.
Small 4to, los. 6d.

George. Genealogical Tables illustrative of Modern History.

By H. B.George, M.A. Third Edition. Oblong 4to, boards, 7s. 6d.
The Relations of Geography and Hiatory. With Maps.

Crown Svo, 4s. 6d.

Ojsford : Clarendon Press.

///. History , Biography ,&c. yt

Greenidge. The Legal Proceduiv of Cicero's Time. By
A. H. J. Greenidge, M.A. 8vo, \l. la.

Greswell's Fasti Temporis Catholici. 4 vols. 8vo, il. jos.

Tables to Fasti, 4to, aud Introduction to Tables. 8 vo, 1 5*.

Orig-iues Kalendariae Italicse. 4 vols. 8vo, 2I. 2s.

Orig-ines Kalendariae Hellenicae. 6 vols. 8vo, 4I. 4s.

Greswell (W. Parr). History of the Dominion of Canada,
By W. Paur Greswell, M. a. ,uuder the Auspices of the Royal Colonial
Institute. With Eleven Maps. 1890, Crown Svo, 78. 6rf.

Geography of the Dominion of Canada and Newfound-
land. With Ten Maps. 1891. Crown 8vo, 6*-.

Geography of Africa South of the Zambesi. With

Maps. 1892. Crown 8vo, 78. 6d.

Griffith. Stories of the High Priests of Memphis, the Sethon

of Herodotus, and the Demotic Tales of Khamnas. By F. Ll. Griffith,
M.A. With Portfolio containing Seven Atlas Facsimiles (with Keys) of
the Demotic Text of the Second Tale. Royal 8vo, 47*. 6d. net.

Gross. The Gild Merchant: a Contribution to British
Municipal History. By C. GROSS, Ph.D. 2 vols. Svo, half-bound, 248.

Hastings. Hastings and The Rohilla War. By Sir John
Strachey, G.C.S.I. 8vo, 10*. 6d.

Hewins, The Whitefoord Papers. Being the Correspon-
dence and other Manuscripts of Colonel Charles Whitefoord and
Caleb Whitefoord, from 1739 to 1810. Edited, with Introduction and
Notes, by W. A. S. Hewins, M.A. 8vo, 12s. 6d.

Hill. Sources for Greek History between the Persian and

Peloponnesiau Wars. Collected and arranged by G. F. Hill, JI.A.
Svo, I OS. 6d.

Hodgkin. Italy and her Invaders (a.d. 376-814). With
Plates and Maps. 8 vols. 8vo. By Thomas Hodgkin, D.C.L.

Vols. I-II. The Vi.-iigothic Invasions. The Hunnish Invasion. The

Vandal Invasion, and the Herulian Mutiny. Second Edition, 42a.
Vols. III-IV. The Ostrogothic Invasion. The Imperial Restoration.
Second Edition, 36*.

Vols. V-VI. The Lombard Invasion, and the Lombard Kingdom. 36s.
Vols. VII-VIII. Frankisli Invasions, and the Prankish Empire. 24.S.

The Dynasty of Theodosius; or, Seventy Years' Struggle

with the Barbarians. Crown 8vo, 6*.

Hume. Letters of David Hume to William Strahan. Edited
with Notes, Index, &c., by G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L. 8vo, 12s. 6(7.

London : Henkt Fbowoe, Amen Comer, E.G.

72 ///. History^ Biography, &c.

Hunter. A Brief" History of the Indian Peoples. By Sir

W. W. HuNTEK, K.C.S.I. Eight y-Fourtli Thousand. Crown 8vo, 3s. Gd.

Jackson. Dalmatia, the Quarnero, and Istria ; withCettigne

in Montenegro and tlie Island of Grade. By T. G.Jackson, M.A., R.A.
3 vols. With many Plates and Illustrations. 8vo, 2I. 2s.

Johnson. Letters of Samuel Johnson, LL.D. Collected
and Edited by G. Birkbeck Hill, D.C.L., LL.D. 2 vols. Medinnj
Svo, half-roan (uniform with Boswell's Life of Johnson), 28s.

Johnsonian Miscellanies. Arranged and Edited hy

G. BiEKBECK Hill, D.G.L., LL.D. 2 vols. Medium Svo, half-roan, 28s.

Jones (Benj.). Co-operative Production. By Benjamin Jones.
With Preface by the lit. Hon. A. H. Dyke Acland. 2 vols. Cr. 8vo, 15c,

Kitchin. A History of France. With numerous Maps,
Plans, and Tables. By G. W. Kitchin, D.D. Neio Edition. In
three volumes. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d. each.
Vol. I, to 1453. Vol. II, 1453-1624. Vol.III, 1624-1793.

Knight's Life of Dean Colet. Svo, 7*. 6d.

Le Strange. Baghdad during the Abhasid Cah'])hate. From

Contemporary Arabic and Persian sources. By G. Le yTEANGE. With
eight Plans. 8vo, i6s. net.

Lewes, The Song of. Edited, with Introduction and Notes,
by C. L. KiNGSFORD, M.A. Extra fcap. Svo, 5s.

Lewis (Sir G. Cornewall). An Essay on the Government
of Dependencies. Edited by C. P. Looas, B.A. Svo, half-roan, 145.

Lloyd's Prices of Corn in Oxford, 1583-1830. 8vo, is.

Lucas. Historical Geography of the British Colonies. By
C. P.Lucas, B.A. Crown Svo.

Introduction. With Eight Maps. 1887. 4s. 6d.

Vol. I. The Mediterranean and Eastern Colonies (exclusive of India).

With Eleven Maps. 1888. 5s.

Vol. II. The West Indian Colonies. With Twelve Maps. 1890. 7«.6rf.

Vol. III. West Africa. Revised to the end of 1 899 by H. E. Egerton.

With Five Maps, 7*. 6d.
Vol. IV. South and East Africa. Historical and Geographical. With

Eleven Maps. 1898. gs. 6d.

Also Part I. Historical, 6*. 6d. Part II. Geographical, 3s. 6d.
Vol. V. History of Canada (Vol. I). Immediately.

The History of South Africa to the Jameson Raid.

With numerous Maps, 5.S.
Ludlow. The Memoirs of Edmund Ludlow, 1 625-1 672.

Edited, with Appendices of Letters and Illustrative Documents, by C. H.
Firth, M.A. 2 vols. Svo, il. i6s.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

///. History^ Biography, &c.

Luttrell's (Narcissus) Diary. A Brief Historical Relation ol

State Atiairs, 167S-1 714. 6 vols. 8vo, li. 4s.

Machiavelli (Niccolo). II Principe. Edited by L. Arthur

Jjuui). With an Introduction by Lord Acton. 8vo, i^».

The Prince. Trnnslafcd by Ninian Hill Thomson, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6J. net.

Macray. Annals of the Bodleian Library, Oxford, with

a Notice of the Earlier Library of the University. By W. DuNN
^LvcRAT, ^LA., F.8.A. Second Edition, enlarged and continued from
1 868 to iSSo. Medium Svo, half-bound, 25X.

Madan. ^Manuscript Materials relating to the History of

Oxford ; contained iu the Printed Catalogues of the Bodleian and Colleye
Libraries. By F. Mad.\n, M.A. 8vo, 7*-. 6d.

The Early Oxford Press. A Bibliog'ra})hy of Printinc^

and Publishing at Oxford, ' i46S'-i640. With Notes, Appendices, and
Illustrations. By F. Madan, M.A. Svo, clotli, iSs.

Magna Carta, a careful Reprint. Edited by W. Stubbs, D.D.

4t.i, stit(,'hed, IS.

Metcalfe. Passio et Miracula Beati Olaui. Edited from a
I'welfth-Century MS. by F. Metcalfe, M.A. Small 4to, 6s.

More. The Utopia of Sir Thomas More. Edited by J. H.

LuPTON, B.D. Svo, half-bound, los. 6d. net.

Napier (A. S.) and Stevenson ( W. H.). The Crawford Collec-
tion of Early Cliarlers and Documents, now in the B.)dleian Library.
Small 4to, cloth, 12s.

Pattison. Essays by the late Mark Pattison, sometime

Kectiir of Lincoln College. Collected and arranged by Henry Nettlk-
SHIP, ^I.A. 2 vols. Svo, 24s.

Life of Isaac Casaubon (1559-1614). By the same

Author. Second Edition. Svo, i6f.-.

Payne. History of the New "World called America. By
E. J. Payne, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, 32.'!.
Vol. I, i8«. Book I, The Discovert/. Book II, Part I, Aboriginal

A merica.
Vol. II, 14<^. Book II, Part II, Ahorvjinal America (concluded).

Voyages of the Elizabethan Seamen to America. Edited

by E. J. Payne, M.A. Second Edition. Cro\vTi Svo. With Illustrations.
First and Second Series, 55. each.

London : Heket Fkowdz, Amen Corner. E.G.

74 IJ^I' History, Biography, &c. ■

Poole. Historical Atlas of Modern Europe, from the decline

of the Roman Empire. Comprising also Maps of parts of Asia and of
the New World connected with European history. Edited by R. L.
Poole, M. A., Ph.D. Imperial 4to. Parts I-XXVII. To be completed in
thirty Parts, each 3s. 6d. net.

*^* Portfolio to contain Fifteen Paris, 3s. 6d. net.

Prothero. Select Statutes and other Constitutional Docu-
ments, illustrative of the Reigns of Elizabetii and James I. Edited by
G. W. Prothero, M.A., Litt.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, los. 6rf.

Select Statutes and other Documents bearing- on the

Constitutional History of England, from a.d. 1307 to 1558. By the same
Editor. [In Preparation.']

Ralegh. Sir Walter Raleg-h. A Biography. By W. Stebbing,

M.A. With Frontispiece and List of Authorities. Post Svo, 6.s\ ntt.

Ramsay (Sir James H.). Lancaster and York. A Century

of English History (a.d. 1399-1485). 2 vols. Svo, with Index, li. 17s. 6(/.
*^* Index to the above, separately, iiaper cover, is, 6d.

Ramsay (W. M.). The Cities and Bishoprics of Phryg-ia. By
W. M. Ramsay, D.C.L., LL.D. Royal Svo.

Vol.1. Parti. TheLycos Valley and South -Western Phrygia. i8s.net.
Vol. I. Part II. West and West Central Phrygia. 21s. net.

Ranke. A History of Eng'land, principally in theSeventeeuth

Century. By L. von Ranke. Translated under the superintendence
of G. W. KiTCHiN, D.D., and C. W. Boase, M.A. 6 vols. Svo, 3L 38.

*** Revised Index separately, paper cover, is.

Rashdall. The Universities of Europe in the Middle Ages.
By Hastings Rashdall, M.A. 2 vols. Svo, with Maps and Illus-
trations. 2I. 5.S. net.

Rawlinson. A Manual of Ancient History. By George

Rawlinson, M.A. Second Edition. Demy Svo, 14s.

Rhys. Studies in the Arthurian Legend. By John Rhys,

M.A., Principal of Jesus College, Oxford. Svo, 1 2s. dd.

Celtic Folklore : Welsh and Manx. By the same.

2 vols. Svo, 21*.

Ricardo. Letters of David Ricardo to T. R. Malthus
(1810-1823). Edited by James Bonar, M.A. Svo,7s.6<i.

Oxford: Clarendon Press,

///. History, Biography, &c. 75

Ricardo. Letters of David Ricartlo to Hutclies Trower and
others (1811-1823). Edited by James Bonau, M.A, and J. H. Hollan-
der, Ph.D. Svo, 7*. 6(7.

Rogers. History of Agriculture and Prices in Eug-laud,
A.D. 1259-1793. By James p]. Thorold I^ogeus, M.A.

Vols. I and II (i 259-1400). Svo, 2I. 28.

Vols. Ill and IV (1401-1582). Svo, 2I. los.

Vols. A'' and VI (1583-1702). Svo, 2^. los.

Vols. VII and VIII. [In the Press.]

First Nine Years of the Bank of England. 8vo, 8s. 6(1.

Protests of the Lords, including those which have been

expunged, from 1624 to 1874; with Historical Introductions. In three
volumes. Svo, 2I. 2s.

RULERS OF INDIA: The History of the Indian Empire

in a carefully planned succession of Political Biographies. Edited by Sir
W. W. Hunter, K.C.S.I. Crown Svo, 2s, 6d. each.

Babar. By Stanley Lane-Poole, M.A.

Akbar. By Colonel Malleson, C.S.I.

Albuquerque. By H. Morse Stephens.

Aurangzib. By Stanley Lane-Poole, M.A.

Madhava Rao Sindhia. By H. G. Keene, M.A., CLE.

Lord Clive. By Colonel Malleson, C.S.I.

Dxipleix. By Colonel Malleson, C.S.I.

Warren Hastings. By Captain L. J. Trotter.

The Marquess of Cornwallis. By W. S. Seton-Karr.

Haidar All and Tipu Sultan. By L. B. Bowring, C.S.I.

The Marquess Wellesley, E.G. By W.H. Hutton, M.A.

Marquess of Hastings. By Major Eoss-of-Bladensbukg,
C.B.

Mountstuart Elphinstone. By J. S. Cotton, M.A.

Sir Thomas Munro. By John Bradshaw, M.A., LL.D.

Earl Amhex'st. By Anne Thackeray Eitchie and

EicHARDsoN Evans.

Lord "William Bentinck. By Demetrius C. Boulger.
The Earl of Auckland. By Captain L. J. Trotter.
Viscount Hardinge. By his son. Viscount Hardinge.

London : Heskt Feowde, Amen Corner, E.C.

76 ///. History, Biography, (5fc.

RULERS OF INDIA {continued).

Ranjit Singh. By Sir Lepel Griffin, K.C.S.I.
The Marquess of Dalhousie. By Sir W. W. Hunter.
John Russell Colvin. By SirAucKLAKoCoLviN, K.C.S.I., &c.
Clyde and Strathnairn. By ]\Iaj or- General Sir Owen

TUDOll BUUNE, K.C.S.I.

Earl Canning. By Sir H. S. Cunningham, K.C.I.E.
Lord Lawrence. By Sir C. Aitchison, K.C.S.I., LL.D.
The Earl of Mayo. By Sir W. W. Hunter, K.C.S.I.

SUPPLEMIJNTARY VOLUMES.
A Brief History of the Indian Peoples. By Sir

W. \V. HuNTEu, K.C.S.I. Eighty-Fourth Thousand. 3s. 6cJ.
James Thomason. By Sir Iiichard Temple, Bart. 3s. 6(/.
Sir Henry Lawrence, the Pacificator. By Lieut-General

.J. ,J. M'^Leod Innes, R.E., V.C. 3*. 6(1.
Asoka. B\^ Vincent Smith. \_In the Pre-s^.]

School History of England down to the death of Queen

Victoria. With Maps, Plans and lJiblio'4raphies. By 0. M. Edwakds,
R. S. Rait, H. W. C. D.vvis, G. N. Richardson, A. J. Caklyle, and
W. G. Pogson-Smith. Crown 8vo, 3s. dd.

Selden. The Table Talk of John Selden. Edited, with au

Introduction and Notes, by S. 11. Reynolds, M.A. 8vo, half-roan,
S.v. dd.
Smith (Adam). Lectures on Justice, Police, Revenue, and
Arms. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by Edwin Cannan. 8vo,
cloth, \os. 6d. net.

Wealth of Nations. A New Edition, with Notes, by

.7. E.Thorold Rogers, M.A. 2 vols. Svo, 2i«.

Stephens. The Principal Speeches of the Statesmen and

Orators of the French Revolution, 1789-1795. With Introductions,
Notes, &c. By H. Morse Stephens, M.A. 2 vols. Crovtfn 8vo, 215.
Stubbs. Select Charters and other Illustrations of Eng-lish

Constitutional History, from the Earliest Times to the Reignof Edward 1.
Arranged and edited by W. Stobbs, D.D. Eighth Edition. Crown 8vo,
Ss. 6d.
The Constitutional History of England, in its Origin

and Development. Library Edition. 3 vols. Demy 8vo, 2^. 8«.
*^* Also in 3 vols, crown 8vo, price 12s. each.

Seventeen Lectures on the Study of Mediaeval and

Modern History and kindred subjects, 1867-1884. Third Edition,
Hevised and Enlarged. Crown 8vo, half-roan, 8*. 6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

///. History, Biography, <2fc. 77

Swift (F. D.). The Life and Times of James the First of
Aragon. By F. Darwin Swift, B.A. 8vo, la,'*. 6(7.

Tozer. The Islands of the Aegean. By H. Fanshawe
TozER,M.A.,F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, 8*-. 6(1.

Vinogradoff. A^illainao-e in England. Essays in Eng-lish

Mediaeval History. By Padl Vinogkadoff, Professor in the University
of Moscow. 8vo, half-bound, 165.

Ward. Great Britain and Hanover. Some aspects of the

Personal Union. Being the Ford Lectures delivered in the Universit}- of
Oxford, Hilary Term, 1899. By A. W. Ward, Litt.D. Crown 8vo,
paper boards, 5s.

Wellesley. A Selection from the Despatches. Treaties, and
other Papers of the Marquess Wellesley, K.G., during his Government
of India. Edited by S. J. Owen, M.A. 8vo, i I. 4s.

Wellington. A Selection from the Despatches, Treaties, and
other Papers relating to India of Field-Marshal the Duke OF Welling-
ton, K,G. Edited by S. J. Owen, M.A. 8vo, i^. 4*.

Whitelock's Memorials of English Affairs from 1625 to 1660.
4 vols. 8vo, il. 10s.

Woodhouse. Aetolia ; its Geography, Topograph}-, and
Antiquities. By William J. Wooduouse, M.A., F.K.G.S. With Maps
and Hlustrations. Royal 8vo, linen, price 21s. net.

Cannan. Elementary Political Economy. By Edwin Cannan,

M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff" covers, is.

Lewis. Remarks on the Use and Abnse of some Political
Terms. By h^ir G. Cokxewall Lewis, Bart. New Edition, with Notes and
Introduction, by Thomas Ealeigh, D.C.L. Crown 8vo, paper boards,
3«. 6d., cloth, 48. 6d.

Raleigh, Elementary Politics. By Thomas Raleigh, D.C.L.

Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, stiff covers, is.

London : Hkhrt Frowde, Amen Corner, E.G.

78 IV. Law.

IV. LAW.

Anson. Principles of the English Law of Contract, and of
Agency in its Relation to Contract. By Sir W. R. Anson, D.C.L.
Ninth Edition. 8vo, los. 6d.

Law and Custom of the Constitution. In two Parts.

Parti. Parliament. Third Edition, Enlarged. S\o,\2g.6d.
Part II. The Crown. Second Edition. 8vo, 145.

Baden-Powell. Laud-Systems of British India ; being- a

Manual of the Land-Tenures, and of the Systems of Land-Revenue
Administration prevalent in the several Provinces. By B. H. Baden-
PowELL, C.I.E.,F.R.S.E.,M.R.A.S. 3 vols. 8vo, with Maps, 3^ 35.
Land-Revenue and Tenure in British India. By the

same Author. With Map. Crown 8vo, 5s.

Bentham. An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and
Legislation. By Jeremy Bentham. Crown Svo, 65. ()d.

Digby. An Introduction to the History of the Law of Real

Property. By Sir Kenelm E. Digby, M.A., K.C.B, Fifth Edition. Svo,
12*. 6d.

Greenidge. Infamia; its place in Roman Public and Private

Law. By A. H. J. GREENincK, M.A. 8 vo, 10,9. 6c?.
• The Legal Procedure of Cicero's Time. 8vo, il. is.

Grueber. Lex Aquilia. The Roman Law of Damage to Pro-
perty : being a Commentary on the Title of the Digest ' Ad Legem
Aquiliam' (ix. 2). With an Introduction to the Study of the Corpus luris
Civilis. By Erwin Gruebeb, Dr. Jur.,M.A. Svo, los. 6rf.

Hall. International Law. By W. E. Hall, M.A. loiirth

Edition. Svo, 22s. 6d.

A Treatise on the Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction of the

British Crown. By the same Author. Svo, los. 6d.

Holland. The Elements of Jurisprudence. By T.E. Holland,

D.C.L. Ninth Edition. Svo, ios.6d.

The European Concert in the Eastern Question, a Col-
lection of Treaties and other Public Acts. Edited, with Introductions
and Notes. By the same Author. Svo, 12s. 6d.

■ Studies in International Law. By the same Author. 8vo,

los. 6d.

Gentilis, Alberici, LCD., I.C.P.R., de lure Belli Libri

Trea. Edidit T. E. Holland, LCD. Small 4to, half-morocco, 21*.

The Institutes of Justinian, edited as a recension of

the Institutes of Gaids, by T. E. Holland, D.C.L. Second Edition.
Extra fcap. Svo, 55.

I

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

IV. Law. 79

Holland and Shadwell. Select Titles from the Dig-est of
Justiuian. By T. E. Holland, D.C.L., and C. L. Shadwkll, D.C.L.
8vo, 145.

Also sold in Parts, in paper covers, as follows: —
Parti. Introductorj' Titles. 2s. td.
Part II. Family Law. \s.
Part III. Property Law. 2S. 6d.
Part IV. Law of Obligations (No. I ). ^s. 6d.
Part IV. Law of Obligations (No. 2). 4.1. 6d.

Ilbert. Tlie Government of India ; beino;- a Dig-est of the

Stiitute Law relating thereto. With Historical Introduction and Illus-
trative Documents. By Sir Courtenay Ilbert, K.C.S.I. 8vo, half-
roan, 2 IS.

Leg-islative Methods and Forms. 8vo, half-roan, i6s.

Jenks. Modern Land Law. By Edward Jenks, M.A.

Svo, I5.S-.
Markby. Elements of Law considered with reference to

Principles of General Jurisprudence. By Sir William Market, D.C.L.

Fifth Edition. Svo, 12s. 6(J.
Moyle. Liiperatoris Instiniani Institutionum Lihvi Quat-

tuor ; with Introductions, Commentary, Excursus, and Translation. By
J . B. Moyle, D.C.L. Third EtUfion. 2 vols. Svo, 22*.
*^* Also sold separately —
Vol. I, Introduction, Text, Notes, \6s.; Vol. II, Translation, 6s.

Contract of Sale in the Civil Law. 8vo, jo."?. 6d.

Pollock and Wright. An Essay on Possession in the Common

Law. By Sir h\ Pollock, Bart., M.A.,and Sir R. S, Wright, B.C.L.

8vo, 85. 6d.

Poste. Gaii Institutionum Juris CivilisCommentarii Quattuor ;

or, Elements of Roman Law by Gains. With a Translation and Commen-
t;iry by Edward Poste, M.A. Third Edition. Svo, i8s.

Raleigh. An Outline of the Law of Property. By Thomas
Raleigh, M.A. Svo, cloth, ;.<. 6d.

Sohm. Institutes of Roman Law. By Rudolph Sohm,

Professor in the University of Leipzig. Translated by J. C. Ledlie,
B.C.L., M.A. With an Introductory Essay by Erwin Grueber, Dr. Jur.,
M.A. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Svo, iSs.

Stokes. Any-lo-Indian Codes. By Whit[.ey Stokes. LL.D.

Vol. I. Substantive Law. Svo, 30.9. Vol. II. Adjective Law. Svo, 35«.

First Supplement to the above, 1887, 18SS. 2s. 6d.

S-cond Supplement, to May 31, 189 1. 4.9. 6d.

First and Second Supplements in one volimie, price 6s. 6d.

Twiss. The Law of Nations considered as Independent
Political Communities. By Sir Tkavers Twiss, D.C.L.

Part I. Ou the rights and Duties of Nations in time of
Peace. New Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Svo, 15s.

London : Henrt Fbowdk. Amen Comer, EC

8o

V. Philosophy, Logic, &c.

V. PHILOSOPHY, LOGIC, &c.

Bacon. Novum Org-anum. Edited, with Introduction, Notes,
&c., by T. Fowler, D.D. Second Edition. 8vo, i ^s.

Novum Organum. Edited, with English Notes, by

G. W.KiTCHiN,D.D. 8vo, 9s. 6<Z.

Berkeley. The works of George Berkeley, D.D., formerly

Bishop of Cloyne. With Prefaces, Annotations, Appendices, and an
Account of his Life, by A. Campbell Fkaser, Hon, D.C.L. and LL.D.
New Edition in 4 vols, ciown 8vo, il. 4*.

Selections. With Introduction and Notes. For the

use of St\idents in Colleges and Universities. By the same Editor. Fifth
Amended Edition. Crown 8vo, 75. 6d.

Bosanquet. Logic ; or, The Morphology ol" Knowledge. By

B. BOSANQDET, M.A. 8vo, 215.

British Moralists. Selections from Writers principally of

the Eigliteeuth Century. Edited by L. A. Selby-Bigge, M.A. 2 vols.
Crown 8vo, i8s.

Butler. The Works of Bishop Butler. Edited by the Right
Hon. W. E. Gladstone. 2 vols. Medium 8vo, ij^s.each. Or Crown
Svo, 108. 6f7. (Also, separately — Vol. I, ^s. 6d. "Vol. II, 5s.)

Works, with Index to the Analogy. 2 vols. 8vo, i i-s.

Fowler. The Elements of Deductive Logic, designed mainly

for the use of Junior Students in the Universities. By T. Fowleb,
D.D. Tenth Edition, with a Collection of Examples. Extra fcap. Svo,
3s. 6d.

The Elements of Inductive Logic, designed mainly for

the use of Students in the Universities. Sixth Edition. Extra fcap.
Svo, 6s.

Logic ; Deductive and Inductive, combined in a single

volume. Extra fcap. Svo, 7.s'. 6d.

Fowler and Wilson. The Principles of Morals. By T.
Fowler, D.D.,and J. M. Wilson, B.D. Svo, 14s.

Also, separately —
Part I. Introductory Chapters. By T. FoWLEB, D.D., and J. M.
Wilson, B.D. Svo, 3s. 6<i.

Part II. The Principles of Morals. By T. Fowler, D.D. 8vo,ios.6d.

Oxford: Clarendon Press

V. Philosophy, Logic, (jfc. 8i

Green. Prolegomena to Ethics. By T. H. Green, M.A.

Edited by A. C. Bradley, M.A. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6(f .

Hegel. The Lo^^ie of Hegel; translated from the Encyclo-
paedia of the Philosophical Sciences. With Prolegomena to the Study
of Hegel's Logic and Philosophy. By William Wallace, M.A., LL.D.
Second Edition, Rerised and Augmented. 2 vols. CrowuSvo, 10s. 6(7. each.

Hegel's Philosophy of !Mind. Translated from the Encyclo-

]iae(lia of the Philoaophical Sciences. With Five Introductory Essays. By
William Wallace, M.A., LL.D. Crown 8vo, los. (td.

Hume's Treatise of Human Nature. Reprinted from the

Original Edition in Three Volumes, and Edited by L. A. Selby-Bigge,
M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, Ss.

Enquiry concerning- the Human Understanding, and

an En(]uiry concerning the Principles of Morals. Edited by L. A. Selby-
BiGGE, M.A. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d.

Leibniz. The Monadology and other Philosophical Writings.

Translated, with Introduction and Notes, by EoBEUT Latta, M.A.,
D.Phil. Crown Svo, 8.s. 6(7.

Locke. An Essay concerning Human Understanding. By
John Locke. Collated and Annotated with Prolegomena, Biographical,
Critical, and Historical, by A. Campbell Eraser, Hon. D.C.L. and LL.D.
2 vols. Svo, iZ. 12*.

Locke's Conduct of the Understanding. Edited by T. Fowler,

D.D. Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2S. 6rf.

Lotze's Logic, in Three Books — of Thought, of Investigation,

and of Knowledge. English Translation ; edited by B. Bosanquet,M.A.
Second Edition. 2 vols. Crown Svo, 12s.

Metaphysic; in Three Books — Ontology, Cosmology, and

Psychology. English Translation ; edited by B. Bosanquet, M.A.
Second Edition. 2 vols. Crown Svo, 12s.

Martineau. Types of Ethical Theory. By James Martineau,

D.D. Third Edition. 2 vols. Crown Svo, 155.

A Study of Religion : its Sources and Contents. Second

Edition. 2 vols. Crown Svo, 15s.
Plato. A Selection of Passages from Plato for English

Readers; from the Translation by B. Jowett, M.A. Edited, with Intro-
ductions, by M. J. Knight. 2 vols. Crown Svo, gilt top, 12s.

Wallace. Lectures and Essays on Natural Theology and
Ethics. By William Wallace, M.A., LL.D. Edited, with a Bio-
graphical Introduction, by EdwaRD Caird, M.A., Hon. D.C.L. With
a Portrait. Svo, 12s. M.

London : Henrt Frowde, Amen Corner, E.G.
6

82 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c.

VI. PHYSICAL SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS, &c.

Acland. Synopsis of the Pathological Series in the Oxford
Museum. By Sir H. W. Acland, M.D., F.R.S. 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Adler. Alternating- Generations ; a Biological Study of Oak
Galls and Gall Flies. By Hermann Adlek, M.D. Translated and
Edited by C. R. Straton, F.R.C.S. Ed., F.E.S. With coloured Illustra-
tions of forty-two Species, Crown 8vo, cloth extra, los. 6(7. net.

Aldis. A Text-Book of Algebra: with Answers to the
Examples. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. Crown 8vo, 7*. 6d.

Aplin. The Birds of Oxfordshire. By O. V. Aplin.

With a Map and one coloured Plate. 8vo, los. 6d.

Baynes. Lessons on Thermodynamics. By R. E. Baynes,

M.A. New Edition in preparation.

Beddard. A Monograph, Structural and Systematic, of
the Order Oligochaeta. By Frank Evers Beddard, M.A., F.R.S.
With Plates and Ulustiations. Demy 4to, 42s. net.

BIOLOGICAL SERIES. (Translationsof Foreign Memoirs.)

I. Memoirs on the Physiology of Nerve, of Muscle, and

of the Electrical Organ. Edited by Sir J. Burdon-Sanderson, M.D.,
F.R.SS.L. & E. Medium 8vo, 21s.

II. The Anatomy of the Frog. By Dr. Alexander

ECKER, Professor in the University of Freiburg. Translated, with
numerous Annotations and Additions, by GEORGE Haslam, M.D.
Medium 8vo, 215.

IV. Essays upon Heredity and kindred Biological Pro-
blems. By Dr. August Weismann. Authorized Translation.
Crown 8vo.

Vol.1. Edited by E. B. Poulton, S. Schonland, and A. E.

Shipley. Second Edition. 7*. 6d.
Vol. II. Edited by E. B. Poulton and A. E. Shiflkt. 5*.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

VI. Physical Science afid Mathematics, &c. 8.

BOTANICAL SERIES.

History of Botany (1530-1860). By Julius von Sachs.

Authorized Translation, by H. E. F. Garnsey, M.A. Revised by
Isaac Bayley Balfour, M. A., M.D.,F.R.S. Crown 8vo, io«.

Comparative Anatomy of the Vegetative Organs of the

Phanei-ogams and Ferns. By Dr. A. DE Bary. Translated and
Annotated by F. 0. Bower, M.A., F.L.S.,and D. H. Scott, M.A.,
F.R.S. Royal Svo, lialf-moroccO; 22s. 6d.

Outlines of Classification and Special Morphology of

Plants. By Dr. K. Goebel. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey,
M.A.,and Revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A. ,M.D., F.R.S.
Royal Svo, half-morocco, 2ig.

Organogra))liy of Plants, especially of the Archegoniatae

and Speruiaphyta. By Dr. K. Goebel. Authorized English Edition
by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.

Part I. General Organography. Royal Svo, half-morocco, i 2*;. 6rf.

Comparative Morphology and Biology of Fungi, Myce-

tozoa and Bacteria. By Dr. A. DE Bary. Translated by H. E. F.
Garnsey, M.A. Revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A.,M.D.,
F.R.S. Royal Svo, half-morocco, 22s. 6(1.

Lectures on Bacteria. By Dr. A. de Bary. Second
Improved Edition. Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey, M.A. Revised
by Isaac Bayley Balfour, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. Crown Svo, 6s.

Introduction to Fossil Botany. By Count H. zu Solms-
Laubach. TranslatedbyH.E. F. Garnsey, M.A. Revised by Isaac
Bayley Balfour, M. A. ,M.D., F.R.S. Royal Svo, half-morocco, iSs.

The rh^-siology of Plants. A treatise upon the Meta-
bolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. By Dr. W. Pfeffer.
Second Fully Bevised Edition. Translated and Edited by Alfred J.
Ewart, D.Sc, Ph.D., F.L.S, Vol. I, with many Illustrations.
Royal Svo, half-morocco, 28*.

Index Kewensis ; an enumeration of the Genera and Species

of Flowering Plants from the time of Linnaeus to the year 1S85 inclusive.
Edited by Sir J. D. Hooker and B. D. Jackson. 2 vols. 4to, half-
morocco, loZ. los. net.

ANNALS OF BOTANY. Edited by Isaac Bayley Balfouk,
M.A., M.D., F.R.S., D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S., and W. G. Farlow,
M.D. ; assisted by other Botanists. Royal Svo, half-morocco, gilt top.

Already published —
Vol. I, Parts I-IV, consisting of pp. 415, and pp. cix, Record of Current
Literature and Necrology, with eighteen Plates, in part coloured, and
six Woodcuts. iZ. i6s.

London : Henrt Frowde, Amen Comer, RC
G %

84 VI' Physical Science and Mathematics, &c.

Annals of Botany [continued).

Vol. II, Parts V-VIII, consisting of pp. 436, and pp. cxxxviii, Record of

Current Literature and Necrology, with twenty-four Plates, in part

coloured, and twenty-three Woodcuts. 2I. 2s.
Vol. Ill, Parts IX-XII, consisting of pp. 495, and pp. cxviii, Record of

Current Literature and Necrology, with twenty-six Plates, in part

coloured, and eight Woodcuts. 2I, 12s. 6d,
Vol. IV, Parts XIII-XVI, consisting of pp. 385, and pp. cxviii. Record of

Current Literature, with twenty-two Plates, in part coloured, and

thirteen Woodcuts. 2I. 5s.
Vol. V, Parts XVII-XX, consisting of pp. 526, with twenty-seven Plates,

in part coloured, and four Woodcuts. 2/. los.
Vol. VI, Parts XXI-XXIV, consisting of pp. 383, with twenty-four Plates,

in part coloured, and sixteen Woodcuts. 2I. 4s.
Vol. VII, Parts XXV-XXVIII, consisting of pp. 532, with twenty-seven

Plates, in part coloured, and five Woodcuts. 2I. 10s.
Vol. VIII, Parts XXIX-XXXII, consisting of pp. 470, with twenty-four

Plates, in part coloured, and five Woodcuts. 2I. los.
Vol. IX, Parts XXXIII-XXXVI, consisting of pp. 668, with twenty-five

Plates, in part coloured, and thirteen Woodcuts. 2 1. 15s.
Vol. X, Parts XXXVII-XL, consisting of pp. 661, with twenty-eight Plates,

in part coloured, and three Woodcuts. 2I. i6s.

Vol. XI, Parts XLI-XLIV, consisting of pp. 593, with twenty-five Plates, in

part coloured, and twelve Woodcuts. 2I, 16s.
Vol. XII, Parts XLV-XLVIII, consisting of pp. 594, with thirty Plates, in

part coloured, a Portrait, and one Woodcut. 2I, i6>j.

Vol. XIII, Parts XLIX-LII, consisting of pp. 626, with twenty-nine Plates,
in part coloured, a Portrait, and nine Woodcuts. 2I. i6s.

Vol. XIV, Parts LIII-LVI consisting of pp. 736, with thirty-four Plates, in
part coloured, two Portraits, and fourteen Woodcuts. 2I. i6s.

Vol. XV, Part LVII, with eleven Plates and one Woodcut. 143.

Reprints from the ^Annals of Botany.^
Holmes and Batters. Revised List of British Marine Algae

(with Appendix). 2*. 6d. net.

Baker (J. G.). A Summary of New Ferns (1874-90).

55. net. This forms a supplement to the Synopsis Filicum.

Synopsis of the Genera and Species of Museae. i*. 6d. net.

New Ferns of 1892-3. i*. net.

Bradley's Miscellaneous Works and Correspondence. With

an Account of Harriot's Astronomical Papers. 4to, 1 7s.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.

VI. Physical Science and AJa/hcmalics, &c. 85

Chambers. A Iltiadbook of Descriptive Astronomy. By
G. F. Chambers, F.U.A.S. Fonilh Edition.

Vol.1. The Sun, Planets, and Comets. 8vo, 21*.
Vol.11. Instruments and Practical Astronomy. 8vo, 218.
Vol. III. The Starry Heavens, 8vo, i4«.

Cremona. Elements of Piojective Geometry. By Luigi Cue-

MOXA. Translated by C.Leudesdorf.M. A. Second Edition. 8vo,i2s.6<t.

Graphical Statics. Two Treatises on the Graphical

Calculus and Reciprocal Figures in Graphical Statics. By the same
Author. Translated by T. Hudson Beabe. Demy 8vo, 8*. 6d.

Dixey. Epidemic Influenza, a Study in Comjtarative Statistics.
By F. A. Dixey, M.A., D.M. Medium 8vo, ;«. 6d.

Donkin. Acoustics. By \V. E. Donkin, M.A., F.R.S. Second
Edition. Crown 8vo, 7«. 6d.

Druce. The Floiu of Berkshire, being- a Topoq^raphical

and Historical Account of the Flowering Plants and Ferns found in the
County ; with short Biographical Notices of tiie Botanists who have
contributed to Berkshire Botany during the last three centuries. By
Geouge Clakidge Dbuce, Hon. M.A. Oxon. Crown 8vo, i6»- net.

An Account of the Herbarium of the University of

Oxford. Crown Svo, 6d.

Elliott. An Introduction to the Algebra of Quantics. By
E. B. Elliott, M.A. Demy Svo, 15*:.

Emtage. An Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of
Electricity and Magnetism. By W. T. A. Emtage, M.A. Second Edition.
Crown Svo, 78. 6d.

Etheridge. Fossils of the British Islands, Stratigrapbically
and Zoologicallv arranged. Part I. Palaeozoic. By R. Ethekidge,
F.ll.SS.L.&E,,F.G.S. 4to, il.ios.

Euclid, The 'Junior.* By S. W. Finn, M.A. Crown <Svo.
Books I and II, is. 6d. Books III and IV, 2«.

Euclid Revised. Containing the Essentials of the Elements

of I'lane Geometry as given by Euclid in his first Six Books. Edited
by K. C. J. Nixon, M.A. Third Edition. Crown Svo, 6*'.

Sold separately as follows: —
Book I. IS. Books I, II. 18. 6d.
Books I-IV. 35. Books V, YI. 3s. 6d.
Geometry in Space. Containing parts of Euclid's

Eleventh and Twelfth Books. By 11. C. J. NixoN, M.A. Cr. Svo, 3s. 6d.

London : Hejjry Frowde, Amen Comer, E.C.

86 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c.

Fischer. The Structure and Functions of Bacteria, By

Alfred Fischer. Translated into English by A. Coppen Jones. Royal
Svo, with Twenty-nine Woodjuts, 8*. 6d.

Fisher. Class-Book of Chemistry. By W. W. Fisher, M.A.,

F.C.S. Fourth EdUioH. Crown Svo, 4s. 6(/.

Fock (Andreas). An Introduction to Chemical Crystallo-
graphy. By AxnBEAS Fock, Ph.D. Translated and Edited by W. J.
Pope; with a Preface by N. Stouy-Maskelyke, M.A. Crowu Svo, 5s.

Gallon. The Construction of Healthy Dwellings. By
Sir Douglas Galton, K.C.B., F.R.S. Second Edition. Svo, los. 6d.

Healthy Hospitals. Observations on some points

connected with Hospital Construction. By the same Author. With
Illustrations. Svo, \os. 6d.

Green. First Lessons in Modern Geology. By A. H.
Green, M.A., F.R.S. Edited by J. F. Blake, M.A. With Forty-
two Ilhistrations. Crown Svo, 3*. 6f/.

Greenwell. British Barrows, a Record of the Examination of
Sepulchral Mounds in various parts of England. By W. Greenwell,
M.A., F.S.A. Together with Description of Figures of Skulls, General
Remarkson PrehistoricCrania,and an Appendix by George RollestON,
M.D., F.R.S. Medium Svo, 25s.

Gresswell. A Contribution to the Natural History of Scar-
latina, derived from Observations 011 the London Epidemic of 1887-18SS.
By D. AsTLEY Gkesswell, M.D. Medium Svo, 10s. 6d.

Hamilton and Ball. Book-keeping. New and enlarged
Edition. By Sir R. G. C. Hamilton and John Ball. Cloth, 2s.
Elded Exercise books adapted to the above may be had, price is. 6d.;
also, adapted to the Preliminary Course only, price ^d.

Harcourt and Madan. Exercises in Practical Chemistry.
By A. G. Vernon Harcourt, M.A., and H. G. Madan, M.A. Fifth
Edition. Crown Svo, 10s. 6d.

Madan. Tables of Qualitative Analysis. By H. G.
Madan, M.A. Large 4to, paper covers, 4*. 6d.

Hensley. Figures made Easy. A first Arithmetic Book.
By Lewis Hensley, M.A. Crown Svo, 6d. Answers, is.

The Scholar's Arithmetic. 2s. 6d. Answers, is. 6d.

The Scholar's Abebra. Crown Svo, 2s. 6d.

Hughes. Geography for Schools. By Alfred Hughes, M.A.

Parti. Practical Geography. With Diagrams. Crown Svo, 2«.6fZ.

Oxford : Clarendon Press.

VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c. Sy

Johnston. An Elementary Treatise on Analytical Geometry.
By W. J. Johnston, M.A. Crown 8vo, 6j<.

Kelvin. The Molecular Tactics of a Crystal. By Lord
Kelvin, P.R.S. With Twenty Illustrations. 8vo, 3s. 6d.

Maclaren. A System of Physical Education: Theoretical
and Practical. By ARCHIBALD Maclaren. iS>»y Edit ion, re-eiMted and
enlarged by Wallace Maclaren, ^t.A., Ph.D. Crown Svo, Ss. 6d. net.

Maxwell. A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism. By
J. Clerk Maxwell, M.A. Third Edition. 2 vols. 8vo, i^ 125.

An Elementary Treatise on Electricity. Edited by

William Garnett, M.A. Svo, "js. 6d.

Miall and Hammond. The Structure and Life-History of

the Harlequin Fly (C'hironomus). By L. C. MiALL, F.R.S., and A. R.
Hammond, F.L.S. With One Hundred and Thirty lUustratious. Svo,
7s. 6(1.

Minchin. A Treatise on Statics with Applications to Physics.
By G. M. Minchin, M.A.

Vol.1. Equilibrium of Coplanar Forces. Fifth Edition. 8vo,io«.6r?.
Vol.11. Non-Coplanar Forces. Fourth Edition. 8vo,i6s.

Hydrostatics and Elementary Hydrokinetics. Crown

Svo, los. 6d.

Geometry for Beginners. An easy Introduction to

Geometi-y for young learners. Extra fcap. Svo, is. 6d.

Miiller. On certain Variations in the Vocal Organs of the
Passeres. By J. MiiLLER. Translated by F. J. Bell, B.A., and edited
by A. H.Garrod, M.A.,F.R.S. With Plates. 4to, 7s. 6f/.

Nisbet. Studies in Forestry. Being a Short Course of
Lectures on the Principles of Sylviculture, delivered at the Botanic
Garden, Oxford. By John Nisbet, D.Oec. Crown Svo, 6*. net.

Nixon. Elementary Plane Trigonometry. By R. C.J. Nixon,
M.A. Crown Svo, 7i<.6J. (See EucLiD Revised.)

PhiUips. Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames.
By John Phillips', M.A., F.R.S. Svo, 21s.

Vesuvius. Crown Svo, 10,!?. 6(1.

Powell. The Surgical Aspect of Traumatic Insanity. By
H. A. Powell, M.A., M.D. Svo, stiff cover, 2*. M.

London : Hekhy Feowde, Amen Comer, E.G.

88 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c.

Prestwich. Geolog-y, Chemieal.Phj'sical, and Stratigraphical.
By Sir Joseph Prestwich, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.G.S. In two Volumes.

Vol. I. Chemical and Physical. Royal 8vo, iZ. 5s.
Vol. II. Stratigraphical and Physical. With a new Geo-
logical Map of Europe. Royal 8vo, \l. i6s.
Geological Map (separately) in Case or on Roller, 5*.

Price. Treatise on Infinitesinaal Calculus. By Bartholomew
Price, D.D.,F.R.S.

Vol.1. Differential Calculus. Out of print.

Vol.11. Integral Calculus, Calculus of Variations, and Differential

Equations. Out of print.
Vol. III. Statics, including Attractions; Dynamics of a Material

Particle. Second Edition. 8vo, 16s.
Vol. IV. Dynamics of Material Systems. Second Edition. 8vo, i8«.

Price (W. A.}. A Treatise on the Measurement of Electrical
Resistance. By W. A. Price, M.A., A.M.I.C.E. 8vo, 148.

Pritchard. Astronomical Observations made at the University

Observatory, Oxford, under the direction of C. Pritchaed, D.D. No. I.
Royal 8vo, paper covers, 3s. 6d.

No. II. UranometriaNova Oxoniensis. A Piiotometric

determination of the magnitudes of all Stars visible to the naked eye,
from the Pole to ten degrees south of the Equator. Royal 8 vo, 8*. 6d.

No. III. Researches in Stellar Parallax by the aid of

Photography. Royal 8vo, 7s. 6d.

No. IV. Researches in Stellar Parallax by the aid of

Photography. Part II. Royal 8vo, 4*-. 6(/.

Rigaud's Correspondence of Scientific Men of the 17th
Century, with Table of Contents by A. de Morgan, and Index by
J. RiGAUD, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo, i8«. 6rf.

Rolleston. Scientific Papers and Addresses. By Geokge
RoLLESTON, M.D., F.R.S. Arranged and edited by William Turner,
M.B., F.R.S. With a Biographical Sketch by Edward Tylob, F.R.S.
3 vols. 8vo, il. 4*.

Rolleston and Jackson. Forms of Animal Life. A Manual of

Comparative Anatomy, with descriptions of selected types. By George
Rolleston, M.D., F.R.S. Second Edition. Revised and enlarged by
W. Hatchett Jackson, M.A. Medium 8vo, i^. 168.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

VI. Physical Science a?id Mathematics, &c. 89

Russell. An Elementary Treatise on Pure Geometry, ^^'i1ll
uumerous Examples. By J. Welleslky Russell, M.A. Cr. 8vo, io».6(/.

Selby. Elementary IMeelianics of Solids and Fluids. By
A. L. Selby, M.A. Crown Svo, 7.<. M.

Smith. The Collected INIathematical Papers of Henry John

Stephen Smith, M.A., F.R.S., late Savilian Professor of Geometry in the
University of Oxford. Edited by J. W. L. Glaisher, Sc.D., F.K.S.
3 vols. 4to, 3Z. 35.

Solms-Laubaeli. Introduction to Fossil Botany. By Count

il. zu .'-^ulms-Laubach. Tr:aislated by H. E. F. (jARNSEY, M.A. Revised
bv Isaac 1'avley Ealfouu, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. Royal Svo, half-morocco,
1 8s.

Smyth. A Cycle of Celestial Objects. Observed, Reduced,
and Discussed by Adiiiiral W. H. Smyth, ll.N. Revised, condensed., and
greatly enlarged by G. F. Chambers, F.R.A.S. Svo, 1 2s.

Stewart. An Elementary Treatise on Heat, with numerous
Woodcuts and Diagrams. By Balfour Stewart, LL.D., F.R.S. Sixth
^Edition, Revised with Additions, by R. E. Baynes, M.A. Crown Svo,
8s. 6d.

Story-Maskelyne. Crystalloo;rapliy. A Treatise on the
Morpholojj'y of Crystals. By N. Story-Maskelyne, M.A., F.R.S.,
Professor of Mineralogy, Oxford. Crown Svo, 12s. 6d.

Swinhoe. Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera

Heterocera in the Collection of the Oxford University Museum. By
Colonel C. Swinhoe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

Part I. Sphinges and Bombyces. Svo, with eight Plates, 2 ix.

Part II. Xoctiiina, Geometrina and Pyralidina, Ijy Col. C. Swinhoe ;

Pteroplioridse and Tineina, by the Right Hon. Lord Walsingham,

M.A., LL.D. &c., and .1. H. Dikuant F.E.S., INIemb. Soc. Ent.

France, With eight Coloured Plates containing 21S Figures, and

eleven Process Blocks, 42*-.

Thompson. A Glos^:ary of Greek Birds, By D'AncY W.

Thumpson, C.B., M.A, Svo. Buckram, ios.net.

Thomson, Notes on Recent Researches in Electricity and
Magnetism, intended as a sequel to Professor Clerk Maxwell's
'Treati.'-e on Electricity and Magnetism.' By J. J. THOMSON, M.A.,
F.R.S. Svo, IS^■. 6d:.

Van 't Hoflf, Chemistry in Space, Translated and Edited

by J. E. Marsh, M.A. Crown Svo, 4s. 6d.

Veley. A List ofOriq-iiial Papors in the Science of Chemistry.

Compiled by Y. H. Veley, M.A., F.R.S. Third Edition. Paper covers, is.

London : Henrt Frowue, Amen Corner, E.G.

90 VI. Physical Science and Mathematics, &c.

Vernon-Harcourt. Rivers and Canals. The Flow, Control

and Impi-ovement of Rivers, and the Design, Construction, and Develop-
ment of Canals. Bv L. F. Vernon-Harcodrt, M.A. New 'Edition.
2 vols. 8vo. 31S. 6(7.

Harbours and Docks; their Physical Features,

History, Construction, Equipment, and Maintenance. 2 vols. 8vo, 25s.

Walker. The Theory of a Physical Balance. By James
Walker, M.A. 8vo, stifiF cover, 3*. 6d.

Warington. Lectures on some of the Physical Properties of
Soil. By Robert Warington, M.A., F.R.S. ; with a Portrait of Prof.
John Sibthorp. 8vo, 6s.

Watson. A Treatise on the Kinetic Theory of Gases. By
H. W. Watson, D.Sc, F.R.S. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 4s. 6d.

Watson and Burbury. A Treatise on the Application of

Generalized Co-ordinates to the Kinetics of a Material System. By
H. W. Watson, D.Sc, and S. H. Burbury, M.A. Svo, 6s.

The Mathematical Theory of Electricity and

Magnetism. In two volumes. Svo, \os.()d. each.
Vol. I. Electrostatics.
Vol. II. Magnetism and Electrodynamics.

Westwood. Thesaurus Entomoloo;'icus Hopeianus. By J. O.

Westwood,M.A.,F.R.S. With 40 Plates. Small folio, 7Z. loj.

Williamson. Chemistry for Students. With Solutions. By
A. W. Williamson, Phil. Doc, F.R.S. Extra fcap. 8vo, 8s. 6d.

WooUcombe. Practical Work in General Physics. By W. G.
WooLLCOMBE, M.A., B.Sc. Crown 8vo, 2s, each part.

Part I. General Physics. T „ , „ . . t, , ,
T> i. TT TT X > becond Edition Revised.

Part II. Heat. J

Part III. Light and Sound.

Part IV. Magnetism and Electricit}'.

EDUCATION.

Balfour. The Educational Systems of Great Britain and
Ireland. By Graham Balfour, M.A. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d.

Cookson. Essays on Secondary Education. By Various
Contributors. Edited by Christopher Cookson, M.A. Crown Svo, 4s. 6c7.

Locke's Conduct of the Understanding-. Edited by T. Fowler,
D.D. Third Edition. Extra fcap. Svo, 2.9. dd.

Oxford: Clarendon Press.

VII. Art and A7'chaeo logy. 91

VII. ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY.

Bedford. The 131az()u of Episcopacy. I3cin<^ llie Arms borne

by, or attri 1)11 ted to, the Archbishoiis and Bisliojis of England and Wales.
With an Ordinary of the Coats described and other Episcopal Arms. By
the Rev. W. K.R.Bedford,M.A. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged,
witli One Thousand Illustrations. 4to, buckram, gilt top, 31.S. dd. net.

Buckmaster. Elementary Architecture (Classic and Gothic)
for Schools, Art Students, and General Readers. By Martin A. Buck-
master. With thirty-eight full-page Illustrations. Crown 8vo, 4^•. 6d.

Butler. Ancient Coptic Churches of Egypt. By A. J.

Butlee, M.A.jF.S.A. 3 vols. 8vo, 30s.
Oust. The Master E. S. and the 'Ars Moriendi,' a rhai)ter

in the History of Engraving during the XVth Century; witli facsimile
reproductions of Engravings in the University Galleries at O.xford and in
the British Museum. By Lionel Cust, F.S.A. Royal 410, with forty-
six Plates, paper hoards, I'js. 6d. net.
Cyprus. A Catalogue of the Cyprus Museum. "With a

Chronicle of Excavations undertaken since the British occupation, and
Introductory Notes on Cypriote Archaeology. By John L. Myees,
M.A., F.S.A., F.R.G.S., and Max Ohnefalsch-Richter, Ph.D. 8vo,
cloth, with eight Plates, 75. 6'/. net.

Farnell. The Cults of the Greek States. (See p. 32.)
Fortnum. Maiolica ; A Historical Treatise on the Glazed

and Enamelled Earthenwares of Italj', &c., w-ith Plates, Marks, &c.
By C. Drdry E. Fortnum, D.C.L. Small 4to, 2I. 28. net.
A Descriptive Catalogue of the Maiolica and Kindred

Wares in the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford. With Introductory Notice
and Illustrations. Small 4to, los. 6d. net,

Gardner. Catalogue of the Greek Vases in the Ashmolean
Museum. By Percy Gardner, M.A., Litt.D. Small folio, linen, with
26 Plates. Price 3L 3*. we<.

Head. Historia Numorum. (See p. 33.)

Jackson. Dalmatia,the Quarnero and Istria ; with Cettigne
in Montenegro and the Island of Grado. By T.G.Jackson, M.A.,
R.A. 3 vols. Svo. With many Illustrations. Cloth, bevelled boards, 42*.

Wadham College, Oxford; Its Foundation, Architecture

and History. With an Account of the Family of Wadham, and their
seats in Somerset and Devon. 4to, with many Illustrations, half-
persian, 42*. net.

The Church of St. Mary the Virgin, Oxford. With

Twenty-four full-page Illustrations and numerous Cuts in the Text.
Demy 4to, half-bound : buckram, gilt top, 36s. net ; or in vellum, gilt top
and morocco labels, &c., 42s. 7iet.

MUSIC. Balfour. The Natural History of the Musical Bow.
Part I. Primitive Types. By Henrt Balfour, M.A. Royal Svo, paper
covers, 4.?. 6d.

London : Hesrt Fkowde. Amen Comer, E.G.

9 2 VI 11. Palaeography.

MUSIC {contimied).

Farmer. Hymns and Chorales for Schools and Colleges.

Edited by .John Farmer, Organist of Balliol College, Oxford. 5«.
|^p° The Hymns without the Tunes, as.

Hullah. Cultivation of the Speaking Voice. By
John Hdllah. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, 2s. 6rf.

Ouseley. Treatise on Harmony. By Sir F. A. Gore

OUSELET, Bart. Third Edition. 4to, lo?.

Treatise on Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue, based

upon that of Chenibini. Second Edition. 4to, i6s.

Treatise on Musical Form and General Com-

position. Second Edition. 4to, 10.9.
Troutbeck and Dale. Music Primer. By J. Troutbeck,

D.D.,and R. F. Dale,M.A. Third Edit ion. Crown 8vo, 1*. 6(/.

Raffaelle, Drawings by, in the University Galleries, Oxford.

Drawn on Stone by Joseph Fisher. In an ornamental box, 21s.

Robinson. A Critical Account of the Drawings by Michel

Angelo and Raftaelle in the University Galleries, Oxford. _.y Sir

J. C. Robinson, F.S. A. Crown 8vo, 4s.
Thomson. A Handbook of Anatomy for Art Students. With

many Illustrations. By Prof. Arthur Thomson, M.A. Second Edition.

8vo, buckram, i6«. net.
Tyrwhitt. Handbook of Pictorial Art. With Illustrations,

and a chapter on Perspectiveby A. Macdonald. By R.St. J. Tyrwhitt,

M.A. Second Edition. 8vo, half-morocco, i8«.

Upcott. Introduction to Greek Sculpture. By L.E. Upcott,

M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 4.S. 6rf.

Vaux. Catalogue of the Castellani Collection in the University

Galleries, Oxford. By W. S. W. Vaux, M.A. Crown 8vo, is.

VIII. PALAEOGRAPHY.

A.llen. Notes on Abbreviations in Greek Manuscripts. By

T. W. Allen, M.A. Royal Svo, 5s.
Fragmenta Herculanensia.. A Descriptive Catalogue of the

Oxford copies of the Herculanean Rolls, together with the texts of several
papyri. Edited by WALTER ScOTT, M.A. Royal 8vo, 21*.

Thirty-six Engravings of Texts and Alphabets from the

Herculanean Fragments. With an Introductory Note by Bodley's
LiBEARiAN. YoMo, ytmall paper, 10s. 6d.; lanje jmper, 21s.

Gardthausen. Catalogus Codicum Graecorum Sinaiticorum.

Scripsit V.GAEDTHAUSENLipsiensis. With Facsimiles. 8vo,h"?ie», 25.9.

Herculanensium Voluminum Partes II. 1824. Svo, los.

Kenyon. The Palaeography of Greek Papyri. By Frederick
G. Kenyon, M.A. With twenty Facsimiles and a Table of Alphabets.
Svo, lOs. 6d.

I

f

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY